LIST

OF THE

CON TRLEY TOES,

With References to the several Articles contributed by each.

j Page

AxssorTt, Captain C. C.

On the Seals of the Falkland Islands. Communicated, with

Notes; by P. Ls Selater.,. scchertrceieamers Sis tin iol ai eb preres 189

Avams, Henry, F.L.S.

Further Descriptions of New Species of Shells collected at

Mauritius by Geoffrey Nevill, Esq. (Plate IV.).......... 12

Descriptions of some New Species of Land and Marine

ucla. Celate EV.) o. cae eee cay ok ero

Descriptions of some New-Species of Shells collected by

Geoffrey Nevill, Esq., at Mauritius, the Isle of Bourbon, and

the Seychelles. ».(Plate SER VEL.) 5s cnili os ed elects 288

Descriptions of some New Species of Shells, chiefly from

Ceylon... (Plate XX VUIT) es A kp «ise a ate w ate ee 292

Aucock, Sir RurnHerrorp, C.M.Z.S.

Letter from, referring to his endeavours to procure living

specimens of Hlaphurus davidianus .................... 210

Second letter from, on Elaphurus davidianus .......... 530

Anaas, GrorcE Frencu, C.M.ZS., F.L.S., F.R.G.S., &c.

Description of a New Species of Helix from South Aus-

MORN atelier tei mtoeentan oe he Se

Barrp, Prof. Spencer F., F.M.Z.S.

Letter from, relating to a drawing of a young Californian

Vulture (Cathartes californianus)

Barrp, Wituiam, M.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., &c.

Description of a New ein of Ascaris found in the

Stomach of the Walrus .

Monograph of the see of Worms ee to the Sub-

class Gephyrea ; with a Notice of such species as are con-

tained in the Collection of the British Museum. (Plates IX.,

y. igs. ry ER eR caer

Description of a New Species of Sclerostoma from the

Stomach of the African Elephant (Loxodonta africana)... .

Barron, Cuarzes, Curator of the Haslar Museum, and Mac-

DONALD, J. D., M.D., F.R:S.

On a Supposed New Species of Galeocerdo from the.

Southern Seas. (Plate XXXIT.)........ 0. ce ceee es eee

Notes on Heptranchus indicus, chiefly as regards Sexual

Characters. With drawings from nature by Dr. Macdonald.

(Plate SEX SEB eet. Tees

Bartiett, A. D., Superintendent of the Society’s Gardens.

Notes on the Breeding of several Species of Birds in the

Society’s Gardens during the year 1867. (Plate XII.)....

On the Incubation of the Apteryx -.......:..-...---:

Notes upon the Birth of a ee el Seal in the Society’s

Gardenais . stake acs ecient tine eoiefe anne weal

Bates, C. Srence, F.R.S.

On a New Genus, with four New Species, of Freshwater

Prawns. (Plates XR KOM oi. ocath eel sis Grey

Page -

SO AO7.

262

368

; Page

Bravan, R. C., Bengal Staff Corps, C.M.Z.S. Xe.

Sundry Notes on Indian Raptores. (Plate XXXIV.).... 390

BLANFORD, WituiAM T., C.M.Z.S. &c.

Letter from, relating to animals observed near Annesley

AMO ERIN IE, HEIRS h Miate ROUND ies dare Be. OO

Buiytru, Epwarp, C.M.Z.S.

Exhibition of the Skin, Head, and Horns of a Wild Goat

ERNE RODEN? Cero Rha s Sa teigdin che ea Peewee ae shee. = 262

Bowersank, J.S., LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S8., &c.

Observations on Dr. Gray’s “ Notes on the Arrangement

of Sponges, with the Description of some new Genera”’.... 118

Branpon, Percy.

Letter from, relating to a specimen of the Great Ant-eater. 211

Brown, Rosert, F.R.G.S.

On the Mammalian Fauna of Greenland .............. 330

Notes on the History and Geographical Relations of the

Pinnipedia frequenting the Spitzbergen and Greenland Seas. 405

Notes on the History and Geographical Relations of the

_ Cetacea frequenting Davis Strait and Baffin’s Bay ........ 033

Buckuanp, Francis, M.A., F.Z.S.

Exhibition of Specimens of Salmonoids reared in fresh

Le Aa hlealen td 5 2h Serena SONGS ies SSRN hy Se 9 214

BurmMetster, Dr. Hero., F.M.Z.S.

Contributions to the Ornithology of the Argentine Republic

and adjacent: Jands:—Part [oy 0k 0. (oe ane 2.» 633

Page

Burtuer, Arruur GarpIneER, F.L.S., F.Z.S.

Descriptions of New or little-known Species of Lepidoptera.

REate VET ns os ees rE ek te

A Monographic Revision of the Lepidoptera hitherto in-

cluded in the Genus Adolias, with Descriptions of New

Genera and Species. (Plate XLV.) . 0.25. esice eset cees 599

Cunnineuam, Dr. Roserrt O., Naturalist to the Magellan

Straits Survey Expedition.

Extracts of a Letter from, relating to the Zoology of the

ISTEP ORTOUES o5 cw ois ages wes nar Mia alas eee ir Sm 184

Davin, M. te Prkre Armanp, C.M.Z.S.

Letter from, relating to the habitat of Hlaphurus davi-

dianus, and to the localities of various Phasianide...... 210

Day, Francis, F.Z.S., F.L.S., &e.

On some New or imperfectly known Fishes of India .... 149

On some New Fishes from Madras ...... 192

On a New Gobioid Fish from Madras ........ 272

Observations on some Freshwater Fishes of India .. 274

Observations’on Indian Fishes .... 2... 0.45.05: 00 sae 580

Finscu, Dr. O., C.M.Z.S., and Hartnavs, Dr. G., F.M.Z.S.

On a Collection of Birds from the Pelew Islands. es

TE REET) ice Gis : : 4

Additional Notes on the pekaay s of the Pelew Islands 116

FLower, Witi1am Henry, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Conser-

vator of the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons.

On the probable identity of the Fin-Whales described as

Balenoptera carolina, Malm, and Physalus sibbaldit, Gray. 187

On the Development and Succession of the Teeth in the

Atmadillos (Dasypodide) ...0. ces. weds ocala a 378

Page

Gouxp, Joun, F.R.S., F.Z.8., &e.

Remarks on Menura, and Exhibition of a Chick and Egg

eMBC MRA TELON ET ot ea awh poe ne ee noc lORIGS A 52

On Two New Australian Birds.... sro 74

On Four New Species of Birds.................4.... 218

Description of a New Species of the Genus Ceyx ...... 404

Gray, Dr. Joan Epwarp, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., F.L.S.

ae, of the ts of Pigs (Suide) in the British

Museum . Vets weae Pema ase Cn centaar emer ss LT

Notice of Macacus lasiotus, a New Species of Ape from

China, in the Collection of the Society. (Plate VI.)...... 60

Observations on the Margined-tailed Otter (Pteronura

agndbachit).” "(Plate Vil.) czas. 4 AFSL kX. eer Sl

Notice of Clymene similis, a New Dolphin sent from the

Gane ny (Mr., Layard! . (20s case pipe oe ats ae ee ebon 146

Notice of a New Species of Colobus and of another Monkey

GES PRUE. CE BEE Ved wah fein uaeels = oe ae x safes ss 180

Synopsis of the Species of Saccomyine, or Pouched Mice,

in the Collection of the British Museum ...............- 199

Notice of a Badger from China (Meles chinensis), sent by

Mr. Swinhoe, H.M. Consul at Amoy, and by Dr. Hartland,

We ELOMORONE See hc ete eee tse a ees ttle cs wes 206

Notice of an interesting American Monkey living in the

Society’s Gardens. (Plate XXIV.).. ass aep aOO

Notes on the Fcetus of an Elephant and of a Hippopotamus

in the Collection of the British Museum ................ 491

Notes on the Skulls of the Species of Dogs, Wolves, and

Foxes (Canide) in the Collection of the British Museum .. 492

Letter from, containing a reply to Dr. Bowerbank’s remarks

on his “ Notes on Sponges”

Note on the Bottle-nosed Whales (Tursio)

Notice of Hydraspis gordoni, a New Species from Trinidad,

living in the Gardens of the Society. (Plate XLII.)...... 563

Vill

Note on Oculinaria, a New Genus of Social Ascidia......

Note on Theonella, a New Genus of Coralloid Sponges

prom Formosa... sce won cx. Phx ORR Rens See ee eee

Notes on the Ceratellade, a family of Keratose Sponges .

Note on Xylospongia cookii, a New Genus of Palmated

Sponges in the Collection of the British Museum ........

Ginruer, Atsert, M.D., F.RS., F.Z.S., &e.

Remarks on Salmonoids exhibited by Dr. Murie and

Wir etMleKlENG et uc crine ccs a be eee Tames Wee ene

Report on a Collection of Fishes made at St. Helena by

J. C. Melliss, Esq. (Plates XVIII. & XIX.) ..........

Descriptions of Freshwater Fishes from Surinam and Brazil.

(Plates XX., MXT, RR) 222252 .88S 2...

Exhibition of Specimens of the Ova and Young of the

Axolotl (Siredon mewicanum) .... 2... cece ceseceeececs

Observations on the British Species of Clupea.........-

First Account of Species of Tailless Batrachians added to

the Collection of the British Museum, (Plates XXXVIL.,

NOUVEL... 6 Reman rola). Ginkenieis ao ieee oela te

Harriavs, Dr. G., F.M.Z.S., and Fryscu, Dr. O., C.M.Z.S.

On a Collection of Birds from the Pelew Islands. (Plates

Additional Notes on the Ornithology of the Pelew Islands

Higerns, Epvmunp Tuomas, F.Z.S8. &e.

Description of Six New Species of Shells. (Plate XIV.)

Exhibition of the Skin of a Puma. .....60 600 0005 .1-5-

Hincxs, Rev. W1n.iAM.

Letter from, on the differences between Cygnus passmort

and C. buccinator, (Communicated by Dr. Murie.)......

214

225

. 229

319

377

. 478

Huxtey, Prof. Taomas Henry, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., &.

On the Classification and Distribution of the Alectoro-

morphe and Heteromorphe. (With a Map.)............

Kwnocxer, Commander Hucu H., R.N., C.M.Z.S.

On Pelagic Shells collected during a Voyage from Van-

EouveR island to tits Country oo ve ota sts s og acne os

Krerrt, Gerarp, F.L.S., C.M.Z.S., Curator and Secretary of

the Australian Museum at Sydney, New South Wales.

Notes on Australian Zoology... iis ss ee. sees cece eens

Letter from, relating to the discovery of an extinct species

of Echidna in Australia... ...uves wevets oe de este aes

Letter from, relating to a large specimen of a Skate

(Cephaloptera) (Ji i sc. Se AL

Layarp, Epcar Leoro xp, F.Z.S.

Letter from, containing a description and drawings of a

Gymnetrus captured in Table Bay ................ re

Lessona, Professor (of Turin).

Notes on Salamandrina perspicillata. © Communicated

BY Abs Mis GcOtme NEVAT Es te cits aici. 60-2 a's egies

Macpona.p, J. D., M.D., F.R.S., and Barron, CHARLES,

Curator of the Haslar Museum.

On a Supposed New Species of Galeocerdo from the

moutherm Seas.) (Plate RKTT es ose Sk. wens ee wens

Notes on Heptranchus indicus, chiefly as regards Sexual

Characters. With drawings from nature by Dr. Macdonald.

(Plate OEM sae ne

Mivart, Sr. Georex, F.L.S., F.Z.S., Lecturer on Compara-

tive Anatomy at St. Mary’s Hospital.

Notes on Salamandrina perspicillata by Prof. Lessona . .

On Pachybatrachus robustus, a new Genus of Anurous

Batrachians

Page

294

615

531

319

254

368

. 371

254

. 997

Page

Murir, James, M.D., F.L.S., F.G.S., Prosector to the Society.

On the Morbid Appearances observed in the Walrus lately

living in the Society’s Gardens. With a Description of a New

Species of Ascaris found in the Stomach, by Dr. Baird, F.L.S. 67

Exhibition of some specimens of young Anthropoid Apes 157

Remarks on a Rat lately living in the Society’s Gardens.. 157

On the Nocturnal Ground-Parrakeet (Geopsittacus occi-

dentalis, Gould). . SA re Oe aA re teers ee

Extract of a letter addressed to him by Rev. W. Hincks

on Cygnus passmort «2. 2 oo. ss kackog heme hoe 3 211

Exhibition of supposed examples of Salmon reared in the

Society = Pish-house . 2 op wee fees vin yr Ra A. a. Se

On the supposed Arrest of Development of the Salmon

when retained in Fresh water. (Plate XXIII.).......... 247

Notice of the first portion of a Memoir on the Anatomy

olitne, Sen-bsenr:( Ofaree) svi. ss +30 an emen <2 che woe eee 254

Observations concerning the presence and function of the

Gular Pouch in Otis kori and Otis australis. (Plate XXXVI.) 471

Murray, Anprew, F.LS.

Note on the Alleged Occurrence of the Rhinoceros in Borneo 440

Nevi.u, Greorrrey, C.M.Z.S.

Notes on some of the Species of Land Mollusca inhabiting —

Mauritius and the Seychelles «2.0 0.00.0. ..0ede00- Noe 2aF

Newton, Aurrep, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Professor of Zoo-

logy and Comparative Anatomy in the University of

Cambridge.

Exhibition of the humerus of a Pelican from the Cambridge-

shire’ Bemsis.2 3 Ss

CC ee ee )

Owen, Prof. Ricwarp, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

Notice of the thirteenth part of a series of Memoirs on

the extinct Birds of the Genus Dinornis................ 404

Parker, WitiiaM Kitcuen, F.RS.

Notice of a Memoir on the Osteology of the Kagu (Rhino-

phe fubatuslei se AG woot basta diet aecroreth at

Peters, Dr. WituiaM, F.M.Z.S.

Extract of a Letter from, relating to the locality of Lophio-

TUS WNIUSIE os oe ahaa ee he

Letter from, on a Pteropine Bat lately living in the So-

MiGiy HOMCHBSCMEs ot Wit wackas @hes Re Sine S Le weeN a6

Paiipri, Dr. R. A., C.M.Z.S.

Letter from, relating to certain Birds of Chili..........

Puayratr, Lieut.-Col. R. L., F.Z.S., H.B.M. Consul-General

in Algeria.

On a Collection of Fishes from Madagascar............

Ponton, Tuomas Grauam, F.Z.S.

A Review of some of the Species of the Genera Melo and

ERG: Obi ROMER, Sata Sohal, SRI Uae 9 sere oo ats staje ss tule

Ramsay, E. P., C.M.Z.S.

Letter from, relating to the nesting of the Lyre-bird ....

On certain New and Rare species of Birds found at Rock-

meham Day, Queensland: coco en cia ein daisis cis. npsime on)

Satvapor1, Tuomas, M.D., C.M.Z.S.

Description of a New Species of the Genus Leucosticte.

PRA eT A, WIPO 02 UA ae ON fie 0

Sazvin, Ossert, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S8., and SctatTer, PHInie

Lut ey, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the Society.

Descriptions of New Species of Birds of the Families Den-

drocoluptide, Strigide, and Columbide. (Plate V.)......

List of Birds collected at Conchitas, Argentine Republic,

by Mr. William H. Hudson ............-0 sees ee cece

Page

183

531

374

381

579

xii

Page

On Venezuelan Birds collected by Mr. A. Goering.—Part I.

(Plate MAY. eX. cola ds pete gale ae eo Bees 165

On Peruvian Birds collected by Mr. H. Whitely.— Part II. 173

Descriptions of New or little-known American Birds of

the Families Fringillide, Oxyrhampide, Bucconide, and

Strigide. (Plate XXIX.) .......... Fae eer care « 322

Descriptions of Four New Species of Birds from Veragua 388

Synopsis of the American Rails (Rallide). (Plate XXXV.) 442

On Peruvian Birds collected by Mr. Whitely.—Part III. 568

On Venezuelan Birds collected by Mr. A. Goering.—Part II. 626

SciaterR, Paitie Luttey, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary

to the Society.

Exhibition of a drawing of a new species of Impeyan

(Lophophorus Vhuysi) (Plate 1.) .05 i008 ce cae ee ae 1

Remarks upon a Bear recently added to the Society’s

Menagerie. (Plate VEIL). .eowectalte he TAs 71

Exhibition of an Egg of the Guacharo (Steatornis cari-

Fe AEM oo) ie A Rae I or rg en 73

Exhibition of a stuffed specimen of a Monkey (Cercocebus

albigena) from Cabinda, north of the River Congo........ 183

On the Seals of the Falkland Islands ; “ Capt. C. C.

Axgsotr. Communicated, with Notes, by .............. 189

Notes on Baker’s ce, cea gus sabory (Plate

RVI). hee IE hc rky Pen ee SE

Remarks on recent Additions to the ee s Menagerie. 261

Notes on the Pelicans living in the Society’s Gardens.

(Plates ORV =. & SERVE es fe Sees Ya Si oe eae

Notice of the shipment from Australia of two living exam-

ples of Owen's Apteryaion.c: . st -fi ho 4d-0'4 2 reese ed: 31g

Exhibition of, and Remarks upon, a Skin of the Australian

Cassowary ¢.dekt} <= alee J aaah yh egleveae

Exhibition of Heads of the Spanish I Ibex c Capra pyre-

MCA See EE, EOE 2, ae. al See

xili

cas : Page

Notices of recent Additions to the Society’s Menagerie .. 404

On Additions to the Society’s Menagerie, and report on

Lecomte’s expedition to the Falkland Islands............ 526

Announcement of the arrival of a Skin and Skeleton of

TGR RUIUS GUADIINUR. ooo 5 Ske le ae eek a, ous ag, DBT

On Additions to the Society’s Menagerie.............. 566

Remarks on the Breeding of the Eleonora Falcon near

LE LOG 7 RRS, CIR Rain acciaae hs Bel erga ey We te SIR! rg

Descriptions of some New or little-known Species of For-

micarians. (Plate XLIII.)....... aa. ay, 5 ts 571

On Additions to the Society’s Menagerie.............. 622

Exhibition of, and Remarks upon, specimens of Ampeliceps

coronatus and Euplocamus cuvieri.......... 00... ce eens 622

On the Breeding of Mammals in the Society’s Menagerie

durmetie past. wenty Years). 25.0. 0S os el ss 623

SciaTer, Puiuie Lutiey, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to

the Society, and Satvin, Ossert, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S.

Descriptions of New Species of Birds of the Families Den-

drocolaptide, Strigide, and Columbide. (Plate V.) .... 53

List of Birds collected at Conchitas, Argentine Republic,

oy Die. Wilkin TiS Eindgan/ io tea rece dace. oo ee EBT

On Venezuelan Birds collected by Mr. A. Goering.—Part I.

Gratoem CLIN ety To Re eho ca se alas rete ie bavieday IER

On Peruvian Birds collected by Mr. H. Whitely.—Part II. 173

Descriptions of New or little-known American Birds of

the Families Fringillide, Oxyrhamphide, Bucconide, and

Sirtpideee: “(Plate RUN eo. ioe oa bw alee btn. caren B28

Descriptions of Four New Species of Birds from Veragua 388

Synopsis of the American Rails (Rallide.) (Plate XXXV.) 442

On Peruvian Birds collected by Mr. Whitely.—Part III. 568

On Venezuelan Birds collected by Mr. A. Goering.—Part II. 626

Xiv

Semper, Dr. C., C.M.Z.S.

Some Remarks on the New Genus Wacrobrachium of Mr.

Spence Bate ....

SHarpeg, R. B.

On Two New or little-known Kingfishers belonging to the

Genera \Cepeand. Cirtura:” (Plate KX VEN.) 3: e sss: se eee

Petre Genus Oder: 2) See, a, BO bs Sees 587

SwinuHog, Rosert, F.Z.S.

Letter from, on Llaphurus davidianus, and on his collee-

LIONS INVELAIMAN Kriya ince, Te oem reed She oor ie Sorte oI 530

TEGETMEIER, R. B.

Remarks on the Progress of Salmon-breeding in the Stor-

MONG HeldMRGnns: Ase ase cel MIN ee tue,

‘an ae

LIST OF PLATES.

Plate Page

I. Lophophorus Vhuysit .0..cccccc ce asveccccccsesare 1

WS Psat is a anette fevers teisteetohe arate hats! «a=

MON ROS ORO AD, ceo coi. oo coup moddvnn CoONGeCD }

IV. New Species of Mollusks 22. iccwsve oleceens ce ecee 14

V. Dendrocolaptes puncticollis ........eeccseecceeeee 53

WT, MM ACALUS LAStOTUS a cicrelahstalvetateterstetotainor a) «inlevoholesela'ei<) ale 60

Wi Gerona, Sand Achitiamee arene velensictel laters lela oh oso reete «le 61

AVANT xe S268; ASUS... c, aca Batedolete eit Rae cue as oo Widlel Cha elete ein. ove 73

IX.

X. faven Species of Gephyred: aveocck sess ewis lose dades 76

XI.

XII. Chick and Egg of Tinamou ....... eee eee eeees 114

Euscarthmus impiger ...ccesccceccevcrscesscecs

a { Sublegatus Glaver 2. dele seicte cieletam stelels old slels s6 ole } 165

XIV. New Species of Shells ..........cecesscevecceecs 178

EXOV.) © OCOlGGUS Kar ksty stayersyeicrstaal= niaieisi ees 0:00 w\s)e\sleieie'eis/0\in.n ois 180

MOVE Hippotragus GARE. ace te oc cin 0 ev eeleasenn scenes 214

XVII. New or Rare Lepidoptera ......-.0.++eeeeeescseee 221

XVIII. Anthias fronticinctus .........cccsecevscecccecs

XIX. Scorpena mellissii ..... AnnCOgS ban Ho ddooon tue } a

XX. Osydoras acipenserinus ......ececesrsvvercecece

XXI. Chetostomus fordit.......cccececeecrccccccercs j 229

XXII. Leporinus hypselonotus ........000e00e- Rate taletars

MMT, Salmonoids). osc c ccs cece nv ev desc vases 247

MALV. Mico sertceus 2... cc vccecccccansvecscsderscvcace 256

RONG ee PPELECHIUIS fUSCUS cela ss sive elniels as) o's yo el aialele) sacar slele

XXVI. PSEA e cane Oreo DO BUG AUG CULM Opedoose } 264

SRENGV IN Mean CAELUMOS AOL ENSTS a rcvarals alex w'eleld'ste'elesinies slele's vic sie 270

XXVIII. New Shells from Mauritius and Ceylon ............ 288

XXIX. Gymnoglaumr lawrenctt .....cccresececccccecececs 322

XXX. Macrobrachium americanum ......+.eeeeeeeees oo)

Fig. 1. Macrobrachium formosense .....-..+++4+5 363

XXXI. | Fig. 2. TDI GECEG LUIS G d niatew vlelolaj ai dietalsleie)otale’+/s .

Fig. 3. A RMGIATIO Gat on br don hhoed DDO AGC J

xvl

Plate Page

XXXII. Galeocerdo rayneri.............. so Oodog000 000000 368

XXXII. Heptranchus indicus ..... Perit eae s DR RIe eta ao thatele 371

SRONENUDIVI 8 LV CONUS IO IALCHSTS. ote tplesciel Veter olateyalelevestsiais) «\s¥ol-\c1e% oo 000

EXONS PPOnZAN ALCON OUAisiS ps TO Velslaieiaielslolels/e) sie) s1</aia\n\e o/s rialele 442

WOMAN. (OES CIS MGUIG’ sa co bonaotod nnadeoopocaseOeoenn 5 471

af Fig. 1. Cystignathus rhodonotus ...........++005 )

Big, 2. (Bufo glabenwmus es. . doll since cc se sess

aoe Fig. 3. Ivalus opisthorhodus ..........00ceeseee8

Bier a Edel TROCODOTUS) Matas eel ale'ove clelel slelste.9/eV cera

(Fig. 1. Glyphoglossus molossus.. 2... 000. eee evens

| IRE oda) LOCUS POLES ovatarayis)enieleteiat-vielalolsievel™ erie

XXXVIIL.< Fig. 3. Hylodes sali@t ..........00+ aye feieretleelote

| Fig. 4. Hyla triangulum .......0..eceeeeeeoce

\ Fig. 5. Cacotus maculatus.........104+ 6 od Gai AOe 478

Fig. 1. Polypedates cavirostris.......0ec+eeeeens

XXXIX. Fig. Zoo, == TUISUEUS 0.0; 0rarerein cieivlde sigis eles ielele «a's oh

) Fig. 3. MONUS:; dara tahatae stars Weciaaiale of Melels weet Ae

UFig. 4. Inalus macropus......ceceeescecsceeeees

(Fig. 1. Callula guttulata ....ceeeee cee eeeeeeees

XL. Hic 2. Happs Lagoensisieydeie se. 1s elicits Nos as1=

Fig. 3. Hyla rubicundula .........0 sce eee eee |

Fig. 4. LEUCOTENTG ne wre 5 «sie)sisiseiel sis 461th J

DOIG SR ULOceros DICOrnss weiss. Wi Aetetttag 6 atete Male) 'seeIele! (ns 529

SXOIGMe: Ely ch MAS TSH ORM ONE vaste «hele cio oe! Sinie)ofsie)ale\s) eae rentals 563

XLII. Hypocnemis hypowantha........ccee veceeeevee cues 571

MIU. . Geucostictegigizaltz.... . .maeaies Wetiatsierl in. > -pivisiere 579

XLV. New Species of Adolias ..........cseseee ee ee eeees 599

S @&@ iweb St - oe eClU A et = a

duit LreuweyY' NY “wit

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

January 9, 1868.

Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

Mr. P. L. Sclater exhibited a drawing (Plate I.) of a new species

of Impeyan, lately named by M. Albert Geoffroy St.-Hilaire Lopho-

phorus Uhuysi*, taken from the original specimen which had been

recently purchased by the Trustees of the British Museum. This skin

had been transmitted to France by M. Dabry, French Consul at Han-

kow, and was stated by its describer to have been obtained in Nor-

thern China. But, according to information Mr. Sclater had received

from the British Consul at Hankow through Mr. J. J. Stone, the

collection of which this bird formed a part had been really formed

by one of the French Missionary priests resident at Llassa in Tibet,

and its natural habitat was probably some portion of the northern

slope of the great Himalayan range, where it would represent the

Lophophorus refulgens of the southern facies of the same range.

Mr. Sclater gave the following short diagnoses of the two species :—

L. refulgens: criste plumis spatulatis : cauda unicolore rufo-

castanea: ex mont. Himalayan. facie merid.

L. Phuysi: criste plumis integris: cauda eneo-viridi, albo stel-

lata: ex mont. Himalayan. facie boreali.

* Bull. Soc. Accl. sér. 2, t. ili. p. 223 (1866).

Proc, Zoou. Soc.—1868, No. I.

2 MR. GERARD KREFFT ON AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGY. [Jan. 9,

Mr. W. K. Parker, F.R.S., read a memoir on the osteology of the

Kagu (Rhinochetus jubatus). The conclusion arrived at by Mr.

Parker, from an examination of the osseous structure of this bird,

was that the Kagu constituted the type of a distinct family belong-

ing to Prof. Huxley’s order Geranomorphe, and was most nearly

allied to Psophia and Eurypyga.

This paper will be published in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’

Professor Newton exhibited the humerus of a large species of Pe-

lican from the lower peat of the Cambridgeshire Fens.

Though in size exceeding the corresponding bone in Pelecanus

onocrotalus, the condition of the extremities showed the specimen

to have been that of a young bird—a fact which rendered it not un-

likely that the species was an inhabitant of the locality in which the

bone was found. The specimen had been submitted to the inspection

of M. Alphonse Milne-Edwards by Mr. H. Seeley, of the Wood-

wardian Museum at Cambridge (to which it belonged), and was about

to be figured and described by the gentleman first named.

The following papers were read :—

1. Notes on Australian Zoology. By Grrarp Krerrr,

F.L.S., C.M.Z.8., Curator and Secretary of the Austra-

lian Museum at Sydney, New South Wales.

It has recently been stated* that the Short-tailed Wallaby of

Western Australia (Halmaturus brachyurus) is the common species

found in South-eastern Victoria; but having received one of these

short-tailed specimens, shot at the Bass River in Victoria, from

Professor M*Coy, I find it to be identical with the Tasmanian Hal-

maturus billardiert. Skull, limbs, and tail are in two specimens,

the one from Tasmania, the other from Victoria, exactly alike; but

the colour of the fur of the Victorian species is somewhat lighter.

That this Wallaby should have been confounded gyith H. ra-

chyurus is difficult to conceive, as the western species resembles in

the shape of its skull and dentition the Bettongie much more than

the Wallabies. In the whole group we never find so short a tail or

hind foot as in H. brachyurus ; and looking at the small incisor

teeth, both above and below, the short lower jaw, the broad zygoma,

and the strong and powerful premolar, it becomes apparent at once

that this animal could not easily be mistaken for the H. billardieri,

the latter having a long head, elongate tarsi, broad incisors (as large

again as those of the western specimen), and a long and narrow zygo-

matic arch. Our best authorities, as Gilbert, Masters, and Water-

house, state that H. drachyurus is peculiar to the west coast.

Again Prof. M°Coy errs when he supposes that the western Tor-

toise (Chelodina oblonga) is found in the northern rivers of Victoria.

* Prof. McCoy, “ On the Recent Zoology and Palzontology of Victoria,” ‘ Inter-

colonial Exhibition Essays, 1866-67, No. 7. Melbourne: Blundell and Co.

1868.] MR. GERARD KREFFT ON AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGY. 3

It is a true western species; and the specific name of longicollis

would be much better adapted to it: the Tortoise known so well

as C. longicollis can shelter its head under the shell; whereas C. 04-

longa cannot do this, and there is scarcely a margin left to protect

the head or neck.

We are told by the same authority that “the Batrachia of Vic-

toria, with the exception of the Common Green Frog (Ranhyla?,

M°Coy; Hyla aurea, White), are rarely seen or heard, that the

true Hyle inhabit lofty gum-trees, and that the Swamp-Frogs of

the genus Limnodynastes burrow into the sand during the day.”

I need only refer to Dr. Giinther’s paper on the “ Geographical

Distribution of the Batrachians,” to bear witness to the fact that

this country is overrun with frogs, that they produce a deafening

noise, which is frequently mistaken by those newly arrived for the

song of birds and chirping of insects, and that after dark, when the

dew is on the grass or after a shower of rain, the ground (even close

to a city) is covered with many species of these animals. Most

Hyle retire under the bark of trees during the day, and come forth

only after dark, when they make themselves sufficiently heard, and

can easily be seen, by the light of a candle, hopping about in all di-

rections. Hyla aurea has not the habit of Rana, as is stated by the

same authority. No true Rana is found basking in the noonday

sun miles away from water; but I have frequently observed H. aurea

in such positions. As to Frogs burrowing into the sand during the

day, this is simply against their nature.

As I am now speaking about reptiles, I wish to put myself right

with my friend Dr. Giinther, who gives the habitat of Pseudechis

australis as “ North-eastern Australia.” In August 1857 I caught

on the Murray a red-brown Snake with bright-yellow belly, which had

the scales in 17 rows, anal bifid, ventrals 199, subcaudals 34 : =.

Six years afterwards I received from Port Denison a similar speci-

men differing only in the subcaudals, which always vary in this

genus (being 31: 2). Another point to be corrected is, that I have

referred the common Diemennia met with in the vicinity of Sydney

to D. psammophis. I have used this name because it was this southern

and ‘western species which Schlegel first described and figured as

Elaps psammophis. The head (see Schlegel’s Abbildungen, t. 46.

f. 14) is decidedly that of the common Diemennia found in New

South Wales, the snake to which Dr. Giinther and Dr. Gray apply

Schlegel’s designation being found in Queensland only. I am quite

willing to adopt the name of D. reticulata for the southern species,

if it is desirable to do so, though Schlegel’s name of D. psammophis

was applied first to the reptile which has generally gone under the

name of D, reticulata.

Before concluding, I wish to make a few remarks with regard to

the Myrmecobius fasciatus, of which I have twice had an opportu-

nity of examining females. This animal is supposed to have as many

as eight nipples; and one observer, and a good one, states that he

has actually seen seven young on the nipples. Now in both speci-

4 MESSRS. HARTLAUB AND FINSCH ON [Jan. 9,

mens which I have had before me only four nipples could be traced,

and in one of these, in the Australian Museum Collection (in spirits),

all four nipples are drawn, showing that four is probably the greatest

number of young produced. I have examined the region of the

pouch, which is represented by a skin-fold, with a powerful glass,

but not a vestige of the remaining nipples could I discover. My

specimen is full-grown ; and if the other nipples were present, traces

should be found of them, though ever so small. In young females of

Phascogale penicillata the nipples are scarcely discernible to the

naked eye, but are clearly shown as soon as a good lens is used.

2. On a Collection of Birds from the Pelew Islands.

By Dr. G. Harrzavs, F.M.Z.8., and O. Finscu.

(Plates II. & III.)

The Polynesian collectors of M. Johann Cesar Godeffroy of Ham-

burg, to whose zealous efforts we owe already so many valuable ma-

terials and so much useful information concerning the zoology of the

Pacific Islands, have of late sent a second collection from the Pelew

group, an almost unknown locality, of which the geographical posi-

tion between Mindanao and the Western Carolines is certainly

a most interesting one. This second collection contains thirty-

five species, but amongst them are neither rapacious birds nor

parrots! Besides a number of widely distributed Indo- and Po-

lynesian species, as Carpophaga pacifica, Rallus pectoralis, Orty-

gometra quadristrigata, Lringa acuminata, Charadrius fulvus,

Ardea sacra, Anas superciliosa, Sterna lunata, Gygis alba, Carbo

melanoleucus, &c., there are three well-known members of the

avifauna of the Caroline and Marianne Islands,—Haleyon albi-

cilla, Myzomela rubratra, and Calornis hittlitzii. For Rallina

fasciata and Nycticorax goisagi the Philippines are the transi-

tional station. For Porphyrio melanotus, a very common Aus-

tralian and New-Zealand species, the Pelew Islands are a new

habitat. Asa very curious fact we must consider the occurrence

of Fuligula cristata, a Duck widely distributed over the continents

of Europe and Asia, but as yet not known from any of the Indian

or Polynesian Islands.

1. CoLLOCALIA VANICORENSIS, Quoy.

2. Haucyon AuBrciuua, Less.

Three specimens, not quite adult, all having the crown and mantle

with a greenish gloss.

3. HaLcyon REICHENBACHII, Hart). (HZ. cinnamomina, Reich.

f. 3490, 3491).

One specimen, somewhat smaller than those figured by Reichen-

bach; the colour is quite the same. There remains a good deal of

PZ. > 18GB eee

M&N Hanhart imp

TEPHRAS FINSGHI .

1868. | THE BIRDS OF THE PELEW ISLANDS. 5

uncertainty about this species, which may possibly turn out to be a

younger state of H. cinnamomina, Sw., Reichenbach’s indication of the

habitat of his H. cinnamomina, the Marquesas Islands, being more

than doubtful. The measurements of our specimen are :—Long. tot.

72", rostr. 63!", alee 3! 3!, caudee 2" 1'", tars. 62!". In the middle

of the rufous crown there are a number of dark greenish spots.

4, MyzomELA RUBRATRA, Less.

Jun. av. Obscure atro-fuscescens, remigibus et rectricibus fusco-

nigricantibus, marginibus externis olivaceo-flavescentibus ; sin-

cipite, gule et genarum plumis obsolete scarlatino limbatis ;

pectore, abdomine, tergo, uropygio et tectricibus caude supe-

riortbus distinctius rubris.

Long. alee 2" 6!", caudee 1! 83", rostr. 6!", tars. 9!".

The dimensions of the adult bird from the Pelews are exactly the

same as those of the Caroline specimens.

PSAMATHIA, 0. gen.

Char. gen.—Rostrum elongatum, rectum, gracile, subulatum, com-

pressiusculum, carinatum, subemarginatum, culmine dimidio

apicalt subarcuato, gonyde apice vir conspicue adscendente ;

naribus in fossa majore positis, linearibus ; vibrissis vix ullis.

Ale breviuscule, caude basin parum superantes, subrotun-

date, remige primo subspurio, pollicari, quarto longissimo,

secundo et tertio subequilongis. Cauda rotundata, longius-

cula, rectricibus decem, subangustatis, mollibus. Tarsus sub-

elongatus, caligatus. Pedes parvi; ungues debiles; digitus

internus externo brevior. Ptilosis tergi et uropygii mollis, laxa,

subelongata.

5. PsaMATHIA ANN#&, n.sp. (Plate IT.)

Supra flavescenti-olivacea ; remigibus et rectricibus fuscis, dorsi

colore marginatis; subalaribus flavis; subtus flava, olivaceo

adumbrata ; gula purius flava ; linea superciliari brevi, parum

conspicua, flavida ; mandibula flava, mawilla brunnea ; pedibus

pallide flavidis.

Long. 63", rostr. 8", alee 2! 9", caudze 2" 2!", tars. 133!"",

The generic position of this new form is in the Calamoherpe

group: the feet are the same as in Calamoherpe; but the beak is

weaker and slenderer, and the wings are very different. Calamo-

herpe has the first quill quite spurious, the third is the longest, and

the second and sixth are subequal. In Calamoherpe there are

twelve tail-feathers ; in Psamathia I can find only ten. Tatare is

a very different form, with scutellated tarsi, a very different structure

of the plumage, a much more elongated beak, and a twelve-feathered

tail. Tatare syrinz is a typical Calamoherpe. Yn the structure of

the wing of Psamathia there seems to be a great resemblance to

the genus dArundinae of Blyth, a form with which it is not in my

power to compare it.

6 MESSRS. HARTLAUB AND FINSCH ON [Jan. 9,

Trpuras, Hartl., n. gen.

Char. gen.—Rostrum mediocre, rectum, acutum, integerrimum,

apice subcompresso, carinatum, culmine apicem versus subar-

cuato; vibrissis viv conspicuis. Alze mediocres, caude basin

superantes, rotundate vel subtruncate; remige primo et quarto,

secundo et tertio subaqualibus. Cauda mediocris, subequalis,

rectricibus debilibus, angustatis, apicem versus subacuminatis.

Tarsus mediocris, scutellatus ; pedes parvi ; digitus externus vir

longior interno; ungues parvi, debiles. Ptilosis mollis.

6. Teruras Frnscui, Hartl., n. sp. (PI. II.)

Supra obsolete fusca, subtus pallide cinerascens : cauda et alis

intensius fuscis; subalaribus, subcaudalibus et hypochondriis

magis brunnescentibus ; rostro et pedibus nigricantibus.

Long. 52", rostr. 6", alee 2" 4", caudee 123!', tars, 9!',

Tephras is a new form of the Zosteropine group. It differs from

Zosterops in its differently formed beak, in the tail (which is rotun-

date in J'ephras, emarginate in Zosterops), in the different form

of the tail-feathers, in the less-pointed wing, and in the want of an

eye-ring. There are some other genera with which Tephras agrees

in many points, such as the West-African genus Parinia, and the

Indian genera Myzornis and Yuhina; but it is decidedly different

from these, as well as from other more or less allied forms, One

specimen in good condition.

I have named this interesting new bird after my dear friend and

coadjutor Otto Finsch, a young ornithologist whose well-known

merits do not need any further eulogium.

7. RECTES TENEBROSUS, 0. sp.

Ay. jun. Fuliginosus, subtus pallidior, subrufescens ; capite ni-

gricanti-fusco, pileo obscuriore ; rostro fusco, basi pallidiore ;

pedibus plumbeis. Ptilosis mollis, lawa, sericea. Iris flava.

Long. 8", rostr. 9", alee 3! 7", caude 2" 3, tars. 1".

One specimen, not quite adult, and perhaps not quite typical.

8. RHIPIDURA LEPIDA, N. sp.

Noteo toto abdomineque lete ferrugineis; subalaribus rufis ;

mento, gula fasciaque lata pectoral albis; macula gutturali

magna rotundata nigra; rectricibus fuscis, apice latissime

rufis; remigibus fuscis, minoribus dilute rufo limbatis ; rostro

et pedibus nigricantibus. Iris nigra.

Long. 62", rostr. 5!", alee 3", caudee 3! 1", tars, 11!".

One adult specimen of this species, allied to Rhipidura torrida of

Wallace, but certainly different.

9, MyraGRA ERYTHROPS, 0. sp.

Supra plumbea, subfuscescens, alis distinctius fuscescentibus ;

Jronte et gastreo dilute rufis ; subcaudalibus albis ; subalari-

1868. ] THE BIRDS OF THE PELEW ISLANDS. 7

bus albido et nigricante variegatis ; cauda fuscescente ; rostro

et pedibus nigris. Iris nigra.

Long. 42", rostr. 6!", alee 23", caudze 1" 10!" tars. 9".

A fine typical species, perhaps not quite adult, or a female. One

specimen in good condition.

10. Catornis KiTTLITz11, Finsch et Hartl. Beitr. z. F, Centr.

Polyn. p. 109.

Jun. av. Supra fuliginoso-nigricans, nitore metallico vix ullo ;

gastret plumis fuliginosis, late albido marginatis; jugulo

striato ; abdomine medio distinctius albicante; rostro et pedi-

bus nigris; cauda et alis dorso concoloribus.

Long. ale 4" 10!, caudee 3! 3!, rostr. 93'", tars. 13!" (ad.).

Seems to be very common; many specimens.

11. PriLINOPUS PELEWENSIS, N. sp»

Supra lete viridis, remigibus majoribus nigris, apice et margine

externo late viridibus, minoribus intensius viridibus, limbo ea-

terno tenuissime flavo; rectricibus mediis viridibus, reliquis

pogonio interno nigris, externo viridibus, omnibus apice late

flavis ; pileo circumscripte violacescenti-roseo, limbo marginalt

flavo, fronte pallidiore ; capite reliquo colloque dilute flavo-

virentibus ; juguli plumis macula lata violacea transversim

notatis ; ventre medio saturate aurantiaco; crisso subfiavo ;

subcaudalibus basi albis, medio flavis, apice late roseo-vio-

lacescentibus, limbo apicali tenuissime flavido ; rostro plumbeo ;

pedibus pallidis.

Long. circa 93", rostr. 6!"', alee 5! 2!", caudee 23", tars. 10!".

One adult specimen in good condition. Nearly allied to Péili-

nopus roseicapillus, Less., from the Marianne Islands. But this

latter species differs from it in having a distinct rose-red spot at the

rictus, in the white throat, in the greyish-green colour of the head

and neck, the whitish tips of the guttural plumes (which are without

any purplish mark), in the red spots on the underbreast, the orange

under tail-coverts, &c. &c. Another allied species is Ptilinopus

fasciatus ; but in this the hypogastrium and crissum are dark yellow,

the purplish spot is on the underbreast, the under tail-coverts are of

areddish orange, the head, neck, and breast are whitish grey.

12. CARPOPHAGA PACIFICA, Gm.

Exactly like specimens from the Navigator group.

13. MrGaproptius sENEX, Hartl.

14. RALLINA FAscIATA, Raffi.

Ay. jun. Capite, collo et pectore dorso concoloribus, fuscis ;

plumis nonnullis castaneis in fronte et occipite conspicuis ; gas-

treo obsolete fasciato; alis sicut in adulto.

The hitherto known localities for this species are Sumatra, the Phi-

lippines, and the Pelew Islands.

8 ON THE BIRDS OF THE PELEW ISLANDS. [Jan. 9,

15. RaLuus PECTORALIS, Less.

16. OrnTYGOMETRA QUADRISTRIGATA, Horsf.

Av. jun. Supra obscure olivaceo-fusca, cauda uropygioque obscu-

rioribus ; loris obscuris, striis laterum capitis albis minus di-

stinctis ; mento et gula albidis ; abdomine medio albido ;

gastro reliquo obsolete et pallide brunnescente ; crisso, cru-

ribus et subcaudalibus fulvis ; rostro corneo-flavescente ; pedi-

bus corneo-grisescentibus.

Long. ale 3! 7!", rostr. 9'", caudee 2", tars. 16!".

17. Porruyrio MELANOTUS, Temm.

A small local variety of the well-known Australian bird.

Long. rostr. 15-18", alee 8-8" 5!’, tars. 2! 9'"-3", dig. med.

9! 1 QNT_3t,

“Beak red; eyes and legs yellow.”

18. Numenius pH zopus, Lath.

No material differences from Javan specimens. The stripes on

throat, breast, and neck are a little narrower, and more like those

in N. borealis.

19. Actritis HyPoLEuCA, L.

20. TRINGA mMiINuTA, Leisl.=7. albescens, Gould.

Exactly like an Australian specimen in winter dress.

* Bill black ; eyes yellow; legs blue.”

21. Trinca acuminata, Horsf.

Limnocinelus acuminatus, Gould, Handb. Austr. ii. p. 254.

One specimen in summer plumage.

22. STREPSILAS INTERPRES, L.

23. CHARADRIUS FULVUS, Gm.

Six specimens, all alike in colour.

* Kye, bill, and feet black.”

24, ARDEA SACRA, Gm.

A fine adult specimen, of a dark slate-colour, with a very narrow

snow-white gular stripe. A young bird, like that from the Mate-

lotas.

25. Nycricorax Gorsaci, Temm.

One specimen, exactly like the posterior figure on plate 25 of

‘Fauna Japonica.’

26. ANAS SUPERCILIOSA, Gm.

Two specimens. The colour of the superciliary stripes, chin,

throat, and sides of head are a little more rufescent than in a New-

Zealand specimen in the Bremen collection.

1868.] LIEUT.-COL, PLAYFAIR ON FISHES FROM MADAGASCAR. 9

27. Fuxieuna cristata, Ray.

One specimen, a young male, not different from the European

bird. As mentioned above, the occurrence of this essentially con-

tinental species in the Pelew Islands is certainly a very curious fact.

28. PUFFINUS OPISTHOMELAS, Coues.

The under tail-coverts are uniformly black on both webs, without

the light colour of the tips.

Long. tot. circa 13", alee 7! 3!"', caudee 3! 2", tars. 16!", dig. med.

16", rostr. 12!"",

29. STERNA LUNATA, Peale.

30. Gye1s auBa (Sparrm.).

Six specimens.

31. Anovus srouipus (L.).

32. Puaiiron canpivvs, Gr. ( flavirostris, Br.).

33. Dysporus piscaTor (L.).

34, Dysporvus sua (L.).

35. CARBO MELANOLEUCUS, Gray.

One adult specimen, not different from the adult Australian bird.

“Kye and beak yellow; legs black.’ Five nestlings.

Pull. Lanugine nigricante obtectus; collo nudo nigricante; capite,

gula dimidioque basali mandibule sordide aurantiaco-brunnes-

centibus ; rostro nigro.

3. On a Collection of Fishes from Madagascar. By Lieut.-

Colonel R. L. Prayrarr, F.Z.S., H.B.M. Consul-Ge-

neral in Algeria.

T have lately received from my friend M. Alfred Grandidier a small

collection of Fishes made by him in Madagascar, with a request that

I would send them, after identification, to the Museum of Natural

History at Paris.

M. Grandidier is well known in France as an intelligent and ad-

venturous oriental traveller. For the last three years he has been

travelling amongst the islands on the east coast of Africa, particu-

larly in Madagascar ; and after a hurried visit to his native country,

he has returned to complete his explorations in that interesting

island.

In forwarding these fishes to me he states, “Of the four dried skins,

I caught the two largest (Lethrinus ramak and Otolithus argenteus)

in the sea at Cape St. Mary; the two smaller ones (Mugil smithii

and Chromis niloticus) were found in a river at Pointe 4 Larrée,

10 LIEUT.-COL. PLAYFAIR ON FISHES FROM MADAGASCAR. [Jan. 9,

opposite to the little colony of St. Mary’s Island. All the others,

preserved in alcohol, were taken by me some miles up the river Mou-

roundava, on the west coast. Some of them live in salt aswell as in

fresh water.”

Most of these fishes have been already described in the ‘ Fishes of

Zanzibar :’ two only are new.

1. AmBAssis PproDUCTUS, Guich. Cat. Poiss, Madag. Mém. Soc.

Imp. Se. Nat. Cherbourg, t. xii. p. 2.

Hab. Mouroundava River.

2. Dues Fuscus, Cuv. & Val.

3. THERAPON SERYUS, Bl.

4, SCATOPHAGUS TETRACANTHUS, Lacép.

5. DrEPANE PUNCTATA, Gm.

6. CHRYSOPHRYS HASTA,

Sparus hasta, Bl. Schn. p. 275.

Coius datnia, Buch. Ham. Fishes of Ganges, p. 88, pl. 9. f. 29.

Chrysophrys longispinis, Cuv. & Val, vi. p. 116; Schleg. Faun.

Japon. Poiss. p. 68, pl. 32.

C. berda, Cuv. & Val. J. ec. p. 113.

C. calamara, Cant. Mal. Fish. p. 48 (not C, & V.).

C. hasta, Giinth, Fish. i. p. 490,

Hab. Mouroundava River; Bay of Bengal; Chinese and Japanese

Seas.

7, LETHRINUS RAMAK, Forsk.

8. SyNANCEA VERRUCOSA, Schn.

9, OToLITHUS ARGENTEA, K. & y. H.

10. NavcrATESs DucToR, L.

11. Equuta pussumiERI, Cuv. & Val. x. p. 77, pl. 283; Cuv.

Régne An. Ill. Poiss. pl. 62. f, 1 (bad); Ginth. Fish. ii. p. 500.

Hab. Mouroundava River; East-Indian Seas.

12. GoBIUS GRANDIDIERII, sp. n.

D. 6|>. A,2, P, 20. L, lat. 35-36.

pat

Eight longitudinal series of scales between the second dorsal and

anal fins. The height of the body is contained five times and one-

third in the total length ; the length of the head of adults four times,

and of smaller specimens thrice and a half in the same. Both the

breadth and the length of the head are considerably greater than

its height. Snout produced, more than four times the length of the

diameter of the eye, rounded. Cleft of mouth oblique; lower jaw

prominent. Eyes small, one-tenth of the length of the head ; the

space between them is less than twice their longitudinal diameter,

1868,] LIEUT.-COL, PLAYFAIR ON FISHES FROM MADAGASCAR. 1]

Cheeks swollen, with five or six longitudinal lines of minute pores.

Head entirely naked, with the exception of a few small scales on the

superior portion of the operculum. Teeth in jaws in villiform bands,

with an inner series of larger ones, and an outer row of canines.

First dorsal lower than body; the spine and all the rays flexible ;

the first and second rays somewhat produced. Longest ray of second

dorsal (the last) shorter than the first of the anterior dorsal. Caudal

rounded, rather longer than the length of head to posterior limb of

preoperculum. Anal with the rays very much branched. None

of the pectoral rays silk-like. Scales largest on the sides of body

and tail, smallest on the belly and nape and around the root of pec-

torals, each is imbedded in a membranous base, Colour uniform

brown ; a black spot, smaller than the eye, at the base of the ante-

rior dorsal, between the spine and the first ray; both dorsals with

more or less distinct longitudinal rows of darker spots; ventrals and

anal minutely punctulated with brown. Length 153 inches. Two

specimens were obtained.

Hab, Mouroundava River.

13. Per1opHTHALMUS K@LREUTERI, C. & V.

The most interesting specimen in this collection is a new species

of Xiphogadus. Unfortunately it is in a very bad state of preserva-

tion, having been partially digested in the stomach of another fish.

Half of the lower jaw is wanting, and the ventral region is so much

destroyed that it is impossible to ascertain the nature of the ventral

fins ; the other organs, however, are tolerably perfect.

14, XIPHOGADUS MADAGASCARIENSIS, sp. 0,

D. 122. <A. 96?

Body exceedingly elongate, the greatest height is contained fifty-

four times in the total length, and the length of the head seventeen

times in the same. Snout obtusely conical, shorter than the dia-

meter of the eye, projecting beyond the cleft of the mouth. Ten-

tacles none. Width of interorbital space rather more than half the

diameter of the eye. Upper jaw with rather feeble canines, those in

the lower jaw somewhat stronger. Dorsal commencing above the

anterior margin of orbit and extending almost as far as the caudal

fin; the anterior rays are longest, the first being thrice and a half

the height of the body. The anal appears to commence below the

twenty-seventh dorsal ray ; it is lower than the dorsal, and extends

slightly behind it. Caudal short, not much longer than the height

of the body. Colour uniform brown. Length 112 inches.

Hab. Mouroundaya River.

15. Mueiu smirutt.

Mugil microlepis, Smith, Il. Zool, 8. Afr, Pisce. pl. 28. f. 2 (not

Riipp. or Bleek.),

M. smithii, Giinth. Fish. iii. p. 447.

Hab, Mouroundava River, on the west coast of Madagascar ;

12 MR. H. ADAMS ON SHELLS FROM MAURITIUS. [Jan. 9,

River at Pointe 4 Larrée, on the east coast ; rivers and fresh waters

of the Cape of Good Hope.

16. GERRES LINEOLATUS, Giinth.

17. Curomis NiLotTicvus, Hasselq.

18. Arius FALCARIUS, Richards.

19. LuTropEIRA CHANOs, Forsk.

20. Ex.ors MAcuHNArTA, Forsk.

21. ELors cypriNnoIpEs, Gm.

22. ANGUILLA JOHANN, Giinth.

4. Further Descriptions of New Species of Shells collected at

Mauritius by Geoffrey Nevill, Esq. By Henry Apams,

F.L.S.

(Plate IV.)

Stomatiya varrecaTa, H. Ad. (PI. IV. fig. 1.)

S. festa subrimata, ovato-oblonga, convexa, transversim costata,

costis subdistantibus, interstitiis longitudinaliter striatis, rubra,

albo variegata ; spira prominula, apice acuto, sutura distincta;

anfr. 33, conveais ; apertura ovali, labio calloso, labro supra

ultimum anfractuum paulum ascendente.

Long. 9, lat. 7 mill.

Hab. Mauritius.

Discus vorticELuA, H. Ad. (Pl. IV. figs. 2, 2a.)

D. testa aperte umbilicata, subdiscoidea, tenui, oblique confertis-

sime costulato-striata, fulva; spira vix elevata, sutura di-

stincta; anfr. 43, convexis, ultimo antice non descendente,

superne subdepresso; umbilico perspectivo, 3 diametri fere

aquante ; apertura obliqua, rotundato-lunari ; perist. simplict,

recto, marginibus conniventibus, columellari vix dilatato, dextro

subsinuato.

Diam. maj. 27, min. 2, alt. 3 mill.

Hab. Bamboo, Mauritius.

Nanina (Rotuta) cernica, H. Ad. (PI. IV. fig. 3.)

N. testa imperforata, trochiformi-depressa, tenuissima, membra-

nacea, oblique longitudinaliter striata, lineis spiralibus minutis

decussata, corneo-lutescente ; spira depresso-conica, apice ob-

tusulo, sutura leviter impressa; anfr. 4, planatis, ultimo de-

scendente, acute carinato, basi convexo; apertura diagonali,

{

M&N Hanhart imo

CB Sowerby. lith

NEW SPECIES OF MOLLUSKS.

1868. ] MR. H. ADAMS ON SHELLS FROM MAURITIUS. 13

angulato-ovali ; perist. simplici, acuto, recto, marginibus callo

tenuissimo junctis, columellari arcuato.

Diam. maj. 10, min. 8, alt. 8 mill.

Hab. Mauritius.

This species is closely allied to NV. philyrina, Morel., and N."imper-

fecta, Desh., which latter species has also been met with by Mr.

Nevill at Mauritius.

Pura (Puritia) exieua, H. Ad. (PI. IV. fig. 4.)

P. testa profunde rimata, ovato-cylindrica, tenui, levissime striata,

sericea, fusco-cornea; spira convexa, apice obtuso; anfr. 5,

convexis, ultimo circa rimam obtuse angulato, pone aperturam

angustiore, bisuleato; apertura truncato-ovata, verticali, la-

minis 2 parietalibus, dextra prominente, sinistra remota ;

perist. ecpansiusculo, margine dextro sinuato, plicis 2 intranti-

bus munito.

Long. 13, diam. ? mill.

Hab. Bamboo, Mauritius.

Gisspus (GIBBULINA) MONDRAINI, H. Ad. (PI. IV. fig. 5.)

G. testa profunde arcuato-rimata, subcylindrica, solidiuscula,

peroblique flexuoso-costata, sordide flavida; spira apice acu-

minato; anfr. 7, convexiusculis, ultimo antice ascendente, bast

rotundato; apertura verticali, truncato-ovali, dente parietali

pliciformi prope angulum munita ; perist. subincrassato, ex-

panso, reflexiusculo, marginibus callo junctis, dextro subsinuato.

Long. 20, diam. 10 mill.; ap. 8 mill. longa, 5 mill. lata.

Hab. Mauritius.

This species appears to be recognized at Mauritius under the name

of mondraini, which it is therefore desirable to retain.

Gipsus (GipBuLINA) BARCLAYI, H.Ad. (PI. IV. fig. 6.)

G. testa profunde rimata, cylindrica, solidiuscula, costulis obli-

quis subremotis sculpta, flavida; spira cylindrica, in conum

obtusum terminata, sutura distincta; anfr. 7, convexiusculis,

ultimo antice vix ascendente, basi compresso ; apertura subver-

ticali, ovali, dente parietali mediocri prope angulum coarctata ;

perist. continuo, incrassato, superne subsinuoso, adnato, undique

expanso, subreflexo.

Long. 17, diam. 7 mill.

Hab. Mauritius.

Giszus (GispuLINA) PRopuctus, H.Ad. (Pl. IV. fig. 7.)

G. testa rimata, cylindracea, tenui, suboblique confertim costu-

lata, sordide flava; spira cylindrica, apice convexo-conico,

sutura distincta; anfr. 8, planiusculis, ultimo bast subcom-

presso; plica columellari profunda; apertura subobliqua, ob-

longa, dente parietali valido prope angulum coarctata ; perist.

14 MR. H. ADAMS ON NEW SHELLS. [Jan. 9,

inerassato, expansiusculo, marginibus callo crasso junctis, dex-

tro subsinuato.

Long. 15, diam. 4 mill.; ap. 4 mill. longa, 3 lata.

Hab. Mauritius.

This species was received with the name palangula attached to it.

But the true palangula is, according to M. Morelet, who has had an

opportunity of seeing that species in Férussac’s collection, the same

as teres, Pfr. I have therefore considered it necessary to describe it

as new.

Fam. GALEOMMID&.

Genus Tuyreoprsis, H. Ad.

Testa aquivalvis, equilateralis, trigono-ovata, aperta; margine

dorsali convexo, ad umbones subacuto. Cardo edentulus, liga-

mento interno sub umbonibus instructus.

THYREOPSIS CORALLIOPHILA, H. Ad. (Pl. IV. figs. 8, 8a.)

T. testa solidiuscula, subpurpurea, ad margines pallidiore ; super-

ficie valvarum concentrice striata, marginibus dorsalibus pau-

lum elevatis, rugosis ; umbonibus parvis, levibus, approximatis.

Long. 10, alt. 4 mill.

Hab. Mauritius.

In this singular genus the valves are always widely separated ; and

when they most nearly approach one another, the shell may be likened

to a depressed Emarginula cut through the centre lengthways. It.

appears to have more affinity with Iiératula, Pease, than with Ga-

leomma, but differs so much from the former as to render it desirable

to constitute a new genus to receive it. Mr. Nevill informs me that

it was found alive by his friend Dr. Power on a coral-reef at Mauri-

tius, and that the animal could barely enter the shell. It would

appear to be parasitic upon the coral, which is also probably the

case with Libratula, as Mr. Pease states that he found that genus

living on coral. In Libratula the animal does not extend beyond

the shell.

Note.—In a former paper read by me on new species of Mauritian

Shells, some observations on the animals by Mr. G. Nevill were ap-

pended to the descriptions, in which the expression “ mantle” should

correctly have been written “foot,” and “foot” should haye been

“sole of foot.”

5. Descriptions of some New Species of Land and Marine

Shells. By Henry Apams, F.L.S.

(Plate IV.)

Macrocuiamys TENvIcuLA, H. Ad. (PI. IV. fig. 9.)

M. testa aperte perforata, turbinata, tenui, sublevigata, levissime

spiraliter striatula, rufo-cornea, diaphana, nitida ; spira con-

1868.] MR, H. ADAMS ON NEW SHELLS, 15

vexo-conoidea, apice obtuso, sutura marginata; anfr. 43, con-

veviusculis, ultimo non descendente, peripheria obsolete angu-

lato, basi convexo; apertura obliqua, subrotundato-lunari ;

perist. recto, marginibus conniventibus, columellari ad perfora-

tionem reflexo.

Diam. maj. 6, min. 54, alt. 43 mill.

Hab. Sattara, Bombay (Coll. F. Layard).

Guessuxa Fusca, H. Ad. (PI. IV. figs. 10, 10a.)

G. testa oblongo-turrita, solidiuscula, levigata, obscure striata,

nitida, fusco-cornea ; spira turrita, apice obtusiusculo, sutura

impressa, crenulata; anfr. 7, convexiusculis, ultimo 2 teste

paulo superante; apertura parum obliqua, ovali; columella

callosa, valde arcuata, oblique truncata; perist. recto, obtuso,

albido marginato, marginibus callo tenui junctis.

Long. 84, diam. 4 mill.

Hab. Sattara, Bombay (Coll. F. Layard).

Virrina ANGasI, H. Ad. (PI. IV. fig. 11.)

V. testa imperforata, subdepressa, peripheria auriformi, tenui,

superne plicato-striata, non nitente, rufo-fulva, subtus levigata,

nitida, olivacea; spira paulum elevata,.sutura distincta, vix

albo marginata ; anfr. 4, convexiusculis, ultimo magno, ad peri-

pheriam compresso; apertura valde obliqua, ovali, intus leviter

margaritacea ; perist. simplici, amplo, anguste membranaceo

marginato, brevissime inflexo, marginibus conniventibus, dextro

extrorsum valde dilatato, columellari arcuato.

Diam. maj. 33, min. 26, alt. 20 mill.

Hab. Capengo, West Africa (Coll. H. Adams).

This fine species most nearly approaches V. femingii, Pfr., from

India; but the aperture is more ample and depressed, the right margin

more dilated, the last whorl more compressed at the periphery, the

spiral lines on the whorls are absent, and the colour of the upper portion

is red-brown instead of olivaceous. It differs from the other large

African species, V. sowerbyana, Pfr., in the last whorl being less an-

gulate, in the spire being considerably more raised, and in the aper-

ture being less oblong.

Nanina (Xesta) sutcirera, Barcl. MS. (PI. IV. fig. 12.)

N. testa imperforata, semigloboso-conoidea, solida, spiraliter sulcis

distantibus, et longitudinaliter striis obliquis confertis sculpta,

Sulvo-rubida ; spira conoidea, apice acutiusculo, sutura leviter

impressa ; anfr. 5, convexiusculis, ultimo antice deflexo, magno,

inflato, basi subconvexo ; apertura valde obliqua, ovali; perist.

simplici, incrassato, marginibus conniventibus, callo tenut

junctis, columellari dilatato, excavato.

Diam. maj. 40, min. 32, alt. 30 mill.

Hab. Montagne-au-Riz, Mauritius (Coll. Barclay).

“This interesting species has not, to my knowledge, been found

alive, and would appear to be extinct. Fragments of the shell were

16 MR. H. ADAMS ON NEW SHELLS. [Jan. 9,

first discovered by myself, several years since, among large boulders

of blue basalt, about halfway up the Montagne-au-Riz, on the left-

hand side of the road to Moka; and subsequently I found a few

perfect specimens in the same locality, but all more or less bleached

by exposure. During the remainder of my residence at Mauritius

no other specimen was met with; but since my return to England,

the one figured, which is in better condition than those I collected,

was obtained on the same spot by E. Dupont, jun., Esq., and sent

to me.’—D. Barclay.

Gissus (GrsBuLINnA) cLavutus, H. Ad. (PI. IV. fig. 13.)

G. testa profunde rimata, ovata, tenuiuscula, oblique flexuoso

costellata ; spira attenuata, apice acuminato, sutura distincta;

anfr. 7-8, convexiusculis, ultimo ad peripheriam angulato, basi

subplanato, antice vir ascendente ; apertura subverticali, ovali,

dente parietali valido prope angulum coarctata ; perist. con-

tinuo, soluto, subincrassato, undique late expanso.

Long. 18, diam. 8 mill.

Hab. Mauritius (Coll. Barclay).

This species, I am informed, has been long known at Mauritius

under the name of clavulus, which name I therefore with much plea-

sure retain for it.

Pauarna coxi, H. Ad. (PI. IV. fig. 14.)

P. testa sinistrorsa, subperforata, ovata, costulis compressis, sub-

distantibus sculpta, albida ; spira convexo-conica, apice obtu-

siusculo, corneo; anfr. 6, convexis, ultimo angustiore, paulum

ascendente; apertura subverticali, circulari ; perist. duplici,

externo valde expanso, breviter interrupto.

Long. 3, diam. 1 mill.

Hab. Norfolk Island (Coll. J. C. Coz).

DirtomMatina minuTA, H. Ad. (PI. IV. fig. 15.)

D. testa dextrorsa, rimata, fusiformi-ovata, costulis debilibus con-

Sertis obliquis sculpta, pallide rufo-fusca ; spira elongata, apice

obtusiusculo ; anfr.7, convewis, antepenultimo tumidiore, ultimo

antice paulum ascendente; apertura subverticali, truncato-

rotundata, plica columellari conspicua ; perist. duplici, interno

porrecto, expansiusculo, externo subrefiexo, marginibus callo

expanso junctis, columellari sinuato, basi angulato.

Long. 2, diam. 12 mill.

Hab. ? (Coll. H. Adams).

Fam. ANATINIDE.

Genus Pexopia, H. Ad.

Testa inequivalvis, subovata, ventricosa, clausa, superficie valva-

rum scabra, umbonibus integris. Cardo sub umbonibus apo-

physibus duabus, horizontalibus, antice curvatis munitus ; carti-

1868. ] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE SUID&. 17

lago interna, ossiculo magno curvato instructa; ligamentum

subinternum. Impressiones musculares conspicue, posterior

magna, rotundata ; linea pallialis sinuata.

This genus has much the appearance externally of Ivartia, Leach

(Rupicola, Fleur. de Belly., not Brisson). The hinge is most like

that of Periploma, the ossicle being very large and strong ; but the

ligamental processes, although prominent, are without the strength-

ening ribs present in that genus, from which it also differs in the

beaks not being fissured. From the distorted appearance of the

shell, its habitat is probably in sponges or crevices of rocks.

PEtopia Brevirrons, H. Ad. (Pl. IV. figs. 16, 16a.)

P. testa solida, albida, inequilaterali, irregulariter concentrice

et rugose plicata; latere antico breviore, rotundato, latere

postico angulato, margine superiore rectiusculo, inferiore ar-

cuato; sinu palliali lato, brevi.

Long. 14, alt. 13, lat. 8 mill.

Hab. ? (Coil. H. Addams).

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE IV.

Fig. 1. Stomatia variegata, p. 12.

2, 2a. Discus vorticella, p. 12.

3. Nanina (Rotula) cernica, p. 12.

4. Pupa (Pupilla) exigua, p. 13.

5. Gibbus ( Gibbulina) mondraini, p. 13.

6. —— (Gibbulina) barclayi, p. 13.

7. —— (Gibbulina) productus, p. 13.

8, 8a. Thyreopsis coralliophila, p. 14.

9. Macrochlamys tenuicula, p. 14.

10, 10a. Glessula fusca, p. 15,

ll. Vitrina angasi, p. 15.

12. Nanina (Xesta) suleifera, p. 15.

13. Gibbus (Gibbulina) clavulus, p. 16.

14. Palaina coxi, p. 16

15. Diplommatina minuta, p. 16.

16, 16a. Pelopia brevifrons, p. 17.

6. Synopsis of the Species of Pigs (Suide) in the British

Museum. By Dr. J. Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., F.L.S.

The distribution of Swine into species and the species into genera

and families is attended with considerable difficulty ; this probably

arises from three peculiarities of the group :—

1. That most of the wild or presumed wild species are easily re-

duced to a domestic or semidomestic condition.

2. That the domestic breeds return to their wild condition, even

in countries situated far away from their native habitats, and that,

under favonrable circumstances, the newly enfranchised animals are

able to hold their own against the native and colonial cultivators.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1868, No. II.

18 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE SUID. [ Jan. 9,

3. That the domestic, and possibly the wild species have a great

facility in breeding together, having fertile offspring.

There are very few countries that have, or are presumed to have,

a native race of Pigs, where some of the kinds are not kept in a more

or less domestic state. This is even the case where the animal is

regarded with disgust and never eaten as food, except by the lowest

class of the inhabitants, as in India.

“Wild Hogs abound in Dukhun, and the male attains to a very

great size. Iam not satisfied that there is any specific difference

between the European and Asiatic Wild Hogs. Every village abounds

in hogs. The Village Hog is of the same colour as the wild animal,

mostly a rusty black, and the only variations are slate-black or slate-

brown; but it is not above two-thirds of the size of the latter. Tail

never curled or spirally twisted. They dispute with the Pariah dogs

the possession of the offal matter thrown out of the houses, and are

the public scavengers.” —Sykes, P. Z. S. 1831, p. 11.

“The Indian Wild Hog differs considerably from the German ;

the head of the former is longer and more pointed, and the plane of

the forehead straight, while it is concave in the European; the ears

of the former are small and pointed, in the latter larger and not so

erect. The Indian is altogether a more active-looking animal. The

German has a stronger and heavier appearance. The same differ-

ences are perceptible in the domesticated individuals of the two

countries.””—Sykes, l. e. p. 30.

In some of the islands of the Pacific the woods are stocked with

wild swine that are the produce of the litter of one breeding sow

that has been introduced.

As an instance of the facility and rapidity with which the Pig may be

completely naturalized and become a pest, one may mention New Zea-

land, where some of the pigs introduced by the colonists have escaped

and their offspring have spread themselves over the country, and are

now a pest to the colonial farmer and breeder of sheep, destroying

the crops of the former, and following the ewes and eating the lambs

as they are dropped on the sheep-walk. A reward of so much per

head is paid for all the pigs that are destroyed in several parts of

that colony.

I have attempted to arrange the genera of Suidz in natural groups.

All the genera are well defined, and, I believe, distinct. The only doubt-

ful one is my genus Centuriosus, which was established on an animal

which is as yet only known in a domesticated state, and one that

breeds with facility with the Domestic Pig of Europe, and the mules

are fertile.

The species of Pigs have been very much misunderstood. Pigs

belonging to very distinct genera have been considered varieties

of the same species, or only domestic varieties of the Common Hog.

The genera and species have been gradually unravelled.

As an example, 1 may here observe that Desmarest regards Sus

poreus( Potamocherus porcus)as only a domestic variety of Sus scrofa.

Fischer considers Sus koiropotamus (Potamocherus larvatus) a

synonym of Sus /arvatus, the type of the genus Phacocherus.

1868. | DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE SUID&, 19

Fitzinger, in his Essay on the Se¢ifera, in the ‘Sitzungsberichte,

of the Vienna Academy for 1864, has brought together what has

been written on the subject, and has given a useful synopsis of the

species as characterized by their external characters.

Unfortunately we have not any good works on the Domestic Pig,

or clear history of the origin of several of the most approved breeds,

some of which are most probably the result of the interbreeding of

several varieties.

Desmarest, in his ‘ Mammiféres,’ gives a list of the domestic varie-

ties divided into subvarieties (see Mamm. p. 390).

Youall (‘ Pig,’ 1860) and Richardson (‘On the Pigs and their

Origin,’ 1847) have written on the English breeds *

Little information respecting the species of the family is to be ob-

tained from travellers; they are generally satisfied with stating that

a wild boar was observed, sometimes adding that it afforded good

sport, and rarely make any observations respecting the domestic

pigs. They often include under the name of “wild boar”’ species

of different genera, as the French naturalists do under the name of

sanglier. The skins of pigs are rarely preserved, except by profes-

sional collectors ; and they only collect the wild specimens ; so that

the specimens in Museums are limited in number and kinds, and

afford very imperfect materials for the systematic zoologist.

The domestic animals of the different countries inhabited by man,

and especially the effect of the climate or local circumstances on those

that have been introduced from other countries, have yet to be stu-

died. There is no subject which naturalists living in a different

country have so entirely neglected, because they have supposed that

everything respecting it is known, while the truth is no animals are

so imperfectly known or understood. Take, for instance, the Horse,

which is so completely naturalized in North and South America, and

so locally distributed in Africa—abundant, prosperous, and high-

bred in some parts, very rare and, when present, greatly deteriorated

in others, even in the same latitudes. It is the same with the Pig,

Indeed these large animals, common to a great part of the inhabited

world, are less known than the species of the rats, mice, squirrels,

bats, and such small and comparatively unimportant animals, as far

as man is concerned, who generally classes them with vermin.

Suborder II. SretT1reRa.

Toes in pairs; the hinder pair shorter; the outer ones on the

hind feet sometimes wanting. Stomach simple. Skin thick, with

bristles. Nose conical, truncated at the end, enclosing a couple of

supplementary bones between the intermaxillary and nasals, used

* Since this was written, I have been informed by Mr. Darwin that Hermann

von Nathusius of Prussia has written on the Races of Pigs (1860), and pub-

lished the figures of a number of skulls (1864); but I have not been able to see

these works; they are not in the Museum Library, nor in those of the Zoolo-

gical, Royal, and Linnean Societies.

20 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE SUID. {Jan. 9,

in turning up the ground. The scrotum posterior, only slightly

prominent, just under the vent.

Setifera, Illiger.

Pachydermata fissipedes, Latr. Rég. Anim. 1830, p. 596.

Setigera, Fitz. Sitz. Akad. Wiss. 1864.

Pachyderma paridigitata, Cuvier, Oss. Foss. ; Burmeister, 1840-

1845.

Ungulata isodactyla seu artiodactyla, Owen, Odont.

«The progressive increase of size in the molar teeth as they are

situated further back in the mouth may also be noticed as a family

characteristic, which, with the complication of the crown and deve-

lopment of the teeth, reaches its maximum in the Phacocheeres.”’—

Owen, Odont. 544.

SyNopsis OF THE FAMILIES AND GENERA.

I. The premolars permanent, forming one series with the molars.

Fam. 1. Surp2.

Teeth 44 or 40 :—Cutting-teeth —; canines triangular, upper

4—4 3—3 3—3 : .

recurved; premolars ——, or 5; molars —,, hinder largest. Tail

elongate, rarely absent. Teats 10, rarely 8. Toes 4.4; the hinder

on each foot shorter, smaller.

Hab. Europe, Asia, and Africa ; naturalized in America and the

Pacific Islands.

A. TypicaL Swine (Surna). Cutting-teeth 6/6; intermaxillary

short ; diastema between the cutting-teeth and grinders short;

canines thick, spread out; the sheaths of the upper canines

spread Ouh and then bent up at the end; premolars =;

molars 7—.-

a. Wiuip Swine. Face elongate. The ears erect, moderate, hairy.

Colour uniform or grizzled; young yellow, streaked. Skull

elongated ; facial line straight ; forehead convex.

. Sus. Ears ovate, hairy. Tail moderate, tufted at the end.

Skull—nose convex, rounded and smooth on the sides above ;

concavity on the cheeks reaching to the edge of the orbit.

Male with a ridge across the upper part of the base of the sheath

of the canines.

2. Porcuna. Earsovate, hairy. Tail rudimentary. Skull—nose

tapering, rather thickened on the edge in front of the orbit.

Canines small, spreading; upper not recurved, without any

ridge on the sheath.

ee)

. Poramocuerus. Ears elongate, tapering, acute, and pencilled

at the tips. Tail thick, high up onthe haunches. Skull—nose

1868.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE SUID. 21

flattened above and rather thickened on the upper edge; con-

cavity of the cheeks separated from the orbit by a broad ridge.

Males with the upper edge of the nose warty in front, and with

a large process from the upper part of the sheath of the canine

tooth. Females with only a ridge across the base of the sheath

of the canines.

4. DomesticaTeD Swine. The ears more or less dependent, often

very large. Colour black, white, or variegated; young like

parents. Skull short ; facial line sunken; forehead and top of

nose flat ; nose margined on the sides.

4. Scrora. Face smooth or nearly so. Skull—sheath of upper

canine with a longitudinal ridge at the base.

5. Centuriosus. Face strongly concentrically wrinkled. Skull—

sheath of upper canine with a large rounded tubercle at the

base.

B. AsnorMAL Swine (Basrrussina). Cutting-teeth 4/6; inter-

maxilla and maxilla in front, forming a large diastema between

the cutting-teeth and grinders; canines erect, parallel; the

sheaths of the upper canines bent up from the base, and closely

applied to the side of the jaw; premolars =, the front ones

early deciduous.

6. BaBirussa.

Fam. 2. DicotTyLip2&.

Teeth 38 :—Cutting-teeth = the outer lower small; canines,

upper bent downwards; grinders = Back with a gland. Tail

none. Teats 2. Toes 4.3; the outer hinder toes absent.

Hab. America.

1. Norornorus. Side of face in front of the orbit dilated, spread

out.

2. Dicoryues. Side of the face in front of the orbit flattened.

Il. The premolars deciduous, their place being occupied by the

development of the molars.

Fam. 3. PHACOCH@RID.

Teeth variable :—Grinders 6/6; premolars ==, early deciduous ;

canines subcylindrical, upper very large, recurved; the last molar

very large, convex, divided into many conical cusps. Toes 4.4;

two hinder on each foot small, shorter.

Hab. Africa.

1. PHacocue@rRvs.

22 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE SUIDZ. [Jan. 9,

I. The premolars permanent, forming with the molars « continuous

series of teeth.

Fam. 1. Surin.

Head pointed. Snout blunt, slender. Ears large. Body com-

pressed. Legs slender. Skin covered with close bristly hairs.

Grinders tubercular, with a few separate roots. Canines prismatic,

triangular; upper recurved from the base. Teeth 44 or 40 :—Out.

ting-teeth — ; premolars <~* or —. Tail elongate, rarely absent.

oe 4—4 2—2°

Teats 10 or rarely 8. Young of wild races striped on the sides.

Suina, Gray, Ann. Phil. 1825; List Mamm. B. M. 284; Bonap.

Prod. 5; Giebel, Saugth. 221.

Setigera, Fitz. Sitz. Akad. des Wiss. 1864, p. 383.

Suide, Owen, Odont. i. 543.

Suidee, Lesson, N. Tab. R. A. 1842, p. 160.

Suide, § 3, Schinz, Syst. Verz. ii. 344.

The change in the dentition of the Pig is represented by De Blain-

ville, ‘Ostéographie, Onguligrades, Sus, t.8, and by Owen, ‘ Odont.’

554, t.140. Buffon (Hist. Nat. v. 110) erroneously says that the

milk-teeth of the Pig are not changed and remain permanent. At

page 181 he quotes (Aristotle, Des Animaux, lib. 2. chap. 1) further

that the Pigs never loose any of their teeth. The crown of the

grinders are many-lobed, especially the hinder one, which is larger

than the rest.

A. Typican Swine (Surna). Cutting-teeth = (the outer upper

rarely deciduous) ; intermaxilla short; diastema between the

cutting-teeth and grinders short ; canines thick, spreading out

on sides of head; sheath of upper canine spreading out and

bent up at the end; premolars —.

The depression in the skull behind the hinder nasal opening is

without any pits on the sides behind.

a. Witp Swine. The ears erect, hairy. Colour of fur uniform

or more or less grizzled. Young yellow, streaked, Skull elon-

gate; facial line straight ; forehead convex.

1. Sus.

Face conical, simple, or with two or three small warts on each

cheek. Ears ovate, hairy. ‘l'ail moderate, tufted at the end. Skull

elongate; the forehead and upper part of nose rounded on the

sides; upper part of the intermaxillary bone smooth; nose very

long, tapering, convex, rounded and smooth on the sides above;

concavity on the cheek deep, continued nearly to the orbit behind.

Canines well developed, of upper jaw recurved; the sheath of the

upper canine (of the males at least) with a longitudinal ridge across

the upper part of the base.

Hab. Europe, Asia, and the Malay Islands.

1868.) DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE SUID. 23

Sus, Linn.; Gray, P. Z. 8. 1852, p. 130; Owen, Odont. p. 534,

t. 140.f. 1; Fitz. Sitz. Akad. der Wiss. 1864, p. 384; F. Cuv. Dent.

Mamm. p, 208, t. 85.

The head and skull lengthened absolutely, and as compared with

its width, as the animal increases in age, and especially as it reaches

adult and old age. The nasal bones of the skull elongated as the

animal increases in age. In the young they seldom extend beyond

a line even with the larger foramen on the side of the face; but in-

the adult they are generally much produced behind it (P. Z. 8.

1852, p. 131).

The descriptions and the figures of the two jaws in F. Cuvier’s

‘Dent. Mamm.’ p. 208, do not agree ; he says there are 14 grinders

in each jaw, and divides them into 6 false molars and 8 molars in

the upper, and 2 false and 6 molars in the lower; the 2 is perhaps

a mistake for 8. The front lower premolar is far from the canine

and second premolar; three upper and four lower premolars com-

pressed; the last grinder elongate, longer than broad.

Fitzinger, in his monograph, divides the Pigs thus, according to

the presence or absence of warts on the face :—

Warts none :—Sus leucomystax, S. timorensis, 8. vittatus, S. bar-

batus, S. cristatus, S. sennaariensis.

Warts small, under eyes :-—S. scrofa.

Warts three—one large, on the mandible, covered with long bristles,

and a small one under the eye, and the other above the canines :—

S. verrucosus, S. celebensis.

The Pigs may be divided geographically :—Europe, S. serofa ;

Asia Minor, S. bycus ; India, 8. eristatus, S. andamanensis ; Africa,

S. sennaariensis; Malay Islands, S. verrucosus, S. celebensis, S. bar-

batus, S. vittatus, S. timorensis ; Japan and Formosa, 8. leucomys-

tax.

+ Head moderate, with three small warts, and one at the back

angle of lower jaw. Skull with the lower gaw above half as

long again as the height at the occiput ; concavity in front of

orbit deep, and narrow behind. Nape erect.

1. Sus VERRUCOSUS. B.M.

Ears moderate, nakedish. Fur with scattered bristles ; yellowish

or blackish brown, beneath yellowish white ; bristles above the man-

dibular wart white. Warts three :—one on the cheek, large, covered

with long bristles; another below the eye, smaller; a third above

the canine teeth, small.

Sus verrucosus, Boie, MS. ; S. Miller, Verhand.i. 42. p. 175, t. 28

(adult), t. 32. f. 1-4 (skull); Gerrard, Cat. Bones, B. M. 278.

S. scrofa, var., Giebel, Siugeth. p. 225.

Hab. Java; Borneo; Ceram. B.M.

The skulls in the British Museum are :—

No. 712c. An adult skull from Java. Length 16 inches, height

24 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE SUID. [Jan. 9,

at occiput 8? inches (see Miiller, Verh. t. 32. f. 3,4). Nose rather

broad behind, tapering from the orbits, more compressed in front ;

concavity on cheek very deep; forehead convex; zygomatic arch

very large, swollen, convex externally. The side of the lower jaw

much swollen and prominent. The nose of this skull is much wider

than that of the skull from Ceram (712d).

No. 1362a. An adult skull, without cutting-teeth and canines,

and rather broken on the nose, received from Mr. Wallace as the

skull of S. vttatus from Borneo, is very similar to no. 712 ¢ from

Java, 144 inches long, 82 inches high at the occiput. The fore-

head not quite so convex; but in almost all other respects they

agree, except that the sides of the lower jaw are not so much swollen

and convex. These skulls are known from those of S. wittatus by

the concavity in the front of the orbit being very deep, ovate, and

narrow behind, instead of broad and square (that is, ending in a

nearly straight line).

Three other adult skulls, apparently belonging to the same species,

were received without any habitat (but probably from Java or some

other Dutch colony) from the Utrecht Museum. One is 15 inches

long, 93 inches high at the occiput ; the second 16 inches long,

92 inches high at the occiput; the third, length 15, height at the

occiput 83 inches.

Var. ceramica. No. 712d. Skull, adult. A Wild Boar from

Ceram, collected by Mr. Wallace. Length 15 inches, height at oc-

ciput 8 inches. Nose tapering, very narrow, compressed and deeply

concave on each side in front of the orbits ; the zygomatic arch large,

swollen, and convex externally ; the crest on the sheath of the upper

canine is narrow and short.

No. 712f. An adult skull, obtained from the Utrecht Museum,

named ‘ Sus larvatus,” without any habitat, which is very like 712d

from Ceram, but considerably larger, being 16} inches long and

82 inches high; the nose is broader and rather wider in front over

the canines; the crest on the hinder part of the sheath of the upper

canine is similar, smaller, but thicker.

In both skulls the crest on the canine is much shorter and less

marked, and the sides of the lower jaw are swollen, but not so swollen

and convex asin 712c from Java.

The specimen from Ceram (712d) differs from all the others in

the nose being much narrower, more compressed, and apparently

longer compared with the length of the brain-case.

Otherwise the four skulls from the Utrecht Museum and the one

from Java (712c) are all very much alike.

Mr. Blyth considers his Sus ceylonensis (Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng.

xx. 173; Sus zeylanensis, Blyth, MS. photogr.) a variety of S.

barbatus, which he says has been introduced from Borneo to Ceylon.

Judging from the photograph of the skull, which has Sus zeylanensis

written on it, it is much shorter and thicker than the skull of 8.

barbatus. ‘The photograph is much more like that of Sus verru-

cosus.

1868. ] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE SUID#. 25

++ Head moderate, and without warts. Skull with the lower jaw

about half as long again as high at the occiput ; concavity on

cheek in front of the orbit wide behind.

a. Skull—concavity on cheek in front of the orbit deep behind, and

separated from the orbit by a well-marked ridge.

2. Sus CELEBENSIS. B.M.

Black-brown above and below; bristles on upper mandibular wart

white. Ears moderate, nakedish; fur with scattered bristles.

“Head with three warts: the wart on the upper jaw large; the one

under the eye and the other over the canine-teeth very small, indi-

stinct.”

Sus celebensis, S. Miiller, Verhandl. i. pp. 172, 177, t. 28* (animal

and skull); Gerrard, Cat. Bones, B.M. 278.

Sus verrucosus, 3, Wagner, Schreb. Siugeth. Suppl. iv. 299.

Sus scrofa, var., Giebel, Saugeth. 235.

Hab. Celebes (S. Miiller). B.M.

Skull rather more than half as long again as high; concavity on

the cheek in front of the orbit very deep behind, separated from the

orbit by a high narrow ridge; sheath of upper canine with large

light crest-like ridges (see Miiller, Verh. t. 28*. f. 2, 3).

3. Sus VITTATUS. B.M.

Yellowish or brown black, with a white streak from the end of

the nose to the angle of the mandible. Ears moderate, nakedish ;

fur with scattered bristles. Head without any warts. Skull short ;

concavity in front of orbit broad and deep, near the orbit, separated

from the orbit by a broad ridge.

Sus vittatus, Boie, MS.; S. Miller, Verhand. i. 42. 172, 173,

t. 29 (animal), t. 32. f. 5 (skull); Blainv. Ostéogr. Onguligr. t. 4

(skull); P. Z. S. 1860, pp. 442, 443 ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones, B. M.

277.

Sus scrofa, var., Giebel, Siiugeth. 225.

Hab. Java; Borneo; Amboyna; Macassar ; Banka.

A skeleton (712) of a Pig, received from the Zoological Society

under the name of the Javan Pig (Sus verrucosus), seems to belong

to this species; but the concavity in front of the eye is scarcely as

deep as usual, perhaps arising from its having been long in confine-

ment.

No. 1362c¢. Skull of an adult male of Sus vittatus from Amboyna,

from Mr. Wallace. Nose rather wide before in front of the orbit,

and then with parallel sides; concavity in front of orbit deep and

large, separated from the front of the orbit by a narrow raised con-

vex edge. Canines thick ; crest at base strong. Length 123, height at

occiput 8 inches. The processes of the sheaths of the upper canines

are curved back, sharp-edged above, and straight and truncated at the

end.

No. 1362 d. Skull of adult, very like 1362 c, also from Amboyna,

26 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE SUID. [Jan. 9,

from Mr. Wallace’s collection. Length 12, height 83 inches. The

concavity in the front of the orbit is deeper, and the ridge separating

it from the cavity of the orbit more marked. The process of the

sheath of the upper canine is similar, but rather larger, the upper

edge is sharp-edged at the end, longer, more ovate, convex, and

rugose.

No. 1362 4. Skull of an old male from Batchian, from Mr. Wal-

lace’s collection. Length 13, height at occiput 84 inches. Very

like 1362 d from Amboyna; but the forehead is narrower and flatter,

and the nose broader, being rather wider in front over the canines

than in front of orbits ; the concavity in front of the orbit similar

and deep, and with well-marked outer orbital ridges. The process

of the sheath of the upper canine is shorter, thicker, blunter, with

a rounded end, and without any distinctly sharp crested front edge.

No. 1362 6. Skull of an adult, with well-worn grinders, a “ Wild

Boar from Java,’’? from Mr. Wallace’s collection. Length 133,

height 83 inches. Very similar to S. vittatus from Amboyna

(1362 c¢ and 1362 d); but the nose of the skull is rather broader,

especially in front, and the sheath of the upper canine is only fur-

nished with a well-marked ridge behind. The coucavity on the

cheeks is very deep and wide in front, but not so well marked and

deep on the hinder edge, where it is separated from the orbit by a

wide flattish space.

No. 1362/. Skull of an animal developing the hinder molar; the

concavity in front of the orbit not so deep and well marked, as usual

behind ; zygomatic arch and lower jaw swollen on the sides; the

ridge of the sheath of the canine slight and sharp-edged. From

the Utrecht Museum; probably from Java or some of the Dutch

colonies. Length 13, height 7 inches.

No. 1362g. A skull of an adult, received from the Utrecht Mu-

seum without any habitat, but most probably from Java, is very like

the preceding ; it is 12} inches long and 7# inches high at the oc-

ciput.

4, Sus teEucomysrax. Japanese Pig. B.M.

Blackish brown; fur dense, bristly ; streak on lower jaw and

underside of body white. Lars rather large, densely pilose. Head

without any wart.

Sus leucomystax, Temm. Fauna Japon. Mamm. 6, t. 20; Fitzinger,

Setigera, 387; Swinhoe, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 466.

Sus scrofa, var., Giebel, Saugeth. 226.

Sus taivanus, Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 382, 1866, p. 419.

Porcula taivana, Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1862, p. 360, 1864, p. 381.

Hab. Japan; Formosa (Swinhoe) ; Nagasaki (Swinhoe).

Mr. Swinhoe gave an account of the habits of the Pig in Formosa

(P. Z.S. 1862, p. 361). It is a Sus, and not a Porcula.

Mr. Swinhoe (P. Z. 8. 1862, p. 36) thinks this is a Wild Pig, the

original stock of the Chinese Domestic Pig.

Mr. Blyth says this is the animal from which the Chinese Do-

mestic Pig is supposed to be derived. There are three animals in

1868. | DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE SUIDZ. 27

the Zoological Gardens (Feb. 1867) which appear to be a domestic

race from Formosa, although not much altered save in colouring

from the wild animals (Blyth, Land and Water, Feb. 16, 1867, p. 84).

Mr. Fraser has just received from the island of Formosa, per the

‘Maitland,’ one Boar and one Sow of a red variety, and one Sow in

pig, black variety, of a new species of Pig (Sus taévanus, Swinhve,

Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.) supposed to be the wild origin of the well-

known Chinese Pig (Dec. 1867).

5. Sus CRISTATUS. B.M.

Bristles of forehead, occiput, and back elongate, forming a mane ;

cheeks with a beard. Yellowish brown, black-varied ; beneath dirty

white. Nose and extremity brownish. Ears moderate, nakedish,

covered with scattered bristles. Head without any warts. Hoofs

white.

Sus scrofa, Elliot, Madras Journ. x. 216, 1839, 1; Adams, P. Z.S.

1860, p. 531.

S. scrofa, var. indicus, Horsfield, Cat. Mamm. M. EK. I. C. 193;

Blainv. Ostéogr. t. 5.

Sus indicus, Gray, List Mamm. B. M. 185,1840; Horsfield, P.Z.S.

1852, p. 130, 1856, p. 406; Cantor, Journ. Asiat. Soc. xv. 261 ;

Schinz, Syn. Mamm. ii. 350; Blainv. Ostéogr. Onguligr. t. 5 (skull) ;

P. Z. 8. 1848, p. 73, 1850, p. 158, 1852, p. 130, 1860, p. 181; Ger-

rard, Cat. Bones, B. M. 277.

Sus bengalensis, Blyth, Journ. A. 8. Bengal, xxix. 304.

Sus cristatus, Wagner, Minch. gel. Anzeig. lx. 535, 1839; Vitz.

Sitz. Akad. d. Wiss. xix. 417, 1864, p. 389.

Sus aper, Hodgson, J. A. S. Beng. x. 911.

Sus affinis, Gray, Cat. Osteol. B. M. 71, 1847.

Sus scrofa, var. isonotus, Hodgson, Icon. B. M. t. 216.

Hab. India; Malabar (Blainv.); Nepal, Tarai and mountains

(Hodgson); Banks of Punjab (4dams); Penang, Singapore, and

Lanedy Island (Fitzinger).

Mr. Bryan Hodgson describes two varieties (see Journ. A. S.

Bengal, i. pp. 245 & 911) as inhabiting the Tarai and mountains of

Nepal:—1. aipomus: tusk large; forequarters high. 2. csonotus :

tusk small; back nearly horizontal. There is a figure of the latter

variety in his drawings in the British Museum (t. 216): the nape

and back are much crested.

716u. Skull of adult male. Length 15, height 94 inches. ‘ Mar-

quis.” Nepal; B. H. Hodgson, Esq.

716p. Skull of adult male. Length 14, height 8? inches. Marked

‘« Bilmareeah, S. indicus.”

716%. Skullof adult male. Length 154, height 97 inches. Marked

** Sus babirusa.”’ Malabar (see Blainv. Ostéog. t. .).

716m. Skull of adult male. Length 144, height 8? inches.

716g. Skull of adult male. Length 14, height 9 inches. ‘ Mar-

quis.’ Nepal; B. H. Hodgson.

7160. Skull of adult male. Length 154, height 9; inches. India;

Sir John Boileau.

28 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE SUID. [Jan. 9,

716f/. Skull of adult male. Length 15, height 8} inches. Nepal;

B. H. Hodgson, Esq.

716 4. Skull of adult male. Length 13, height 8? inches. India ;

General Hardwicke.

716 y. Skull of adult male. Length 14, height 9 inches. India ;

G. H. Money, Esq.

716. Skull of adult male, broken. India Museum, Zoological

Society.

7167. Skull of adult male. Length 13, height 9 inches. Nepal;

Tarai; Professor Oldham.

716 e. Skull of adult male. Length 134, height 8 inches. ‘ Wild

Boar of the plains.” Nepal; B. H. Hodgson, Esq. Forehead nearly

flat.

716d. Skull of adult male. Length 14, height 82 inches. ‘Wild

Boar of the Plains.” Nepal; B. H. Hodgson.

716. Skull of adult female. Length 143, height 84 inches.

India; Professor Oldham.

716. Skull of nearly adult female. Length 124, height 74 inches.

Neilgherries. Sus affinis, Gray, Cat. Osteol. 71, 1847.

716c. Skull of young male? Length 13, height 77 inches. Tarai,

Nepal; B. H. Hodgson, Esq.

716 w. Skull of young male. Length 10, height 63 inches. Tarai,

Nepal; B. H. Hodgson, Esq. Sus bengalensis, Blyth (type).

716m. Skull of young female. Length 102, height 72 inches.

Tarai, Nepal; Dr. Oldham.

716g. Skull of young female. Length , height inches. Nepal;

B. H. Hodgson. Nose much narrower and contracted behind in

front of the orbit, perhaps the character of the female sex. The

skulls of female exotic Pigs are very rare in collections.

This series of skulls differ in the depth of the concavity on the

hinder part of the cheeks in front of the orbit. It is very deep, and

with a well-defined wide ridge behind in 7160, 716, and 7164.

It is less marked in the others, in different degrees of distinctness

and depth.

In the skulls of the younger animals the concavity is very shallow

behind, and gradually shelving off to the orbit, as in 716¢, 716 w,

716m, 716q,716 a. Itis one of these skulls (716 w) that Mr. Blyth

marked as like his type of S. bengalensis.

The skull of this species is like that of Sus verrucosus from the

Malay Islands; but all the skulls differ from the skulls of 8. verru-

cosus in the flatness of the zygomatic arch, compared with the thick

swollen form of the zygoma in all the skulls of that species. The

sides of the lower jaw are convex and swollen, but not so much so

as the lower jaw of S. verrucosus.

b. Concavity on the cheeks of the skull in front of the orbit shallow

behind, only separated from the orbit by a narrow ridge.

6. Sus TIMORENSIS.

Yellowish or blackish brown, generally with a white streak from

1868. ] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE SUID. 29

the nose to the angle of the jaw. Ears moderate, nakedish; fur

with scattered bristles, maned. ‘ Head without any warts.” Skull

(young)—the concavity in front of the orbit shallow behind, and

only separated from the orbit by a slight ridge.

Sus timorensis, S. Miller, Verhand. i. 42, 173, 178, t. 31. f. 1-3;

Gerrard, Cat. Bones, B. M. 278.

Sus vittatus, 8, Wagner, Schreb. Siugeth. Suppl. iv.

Sus scrofa, var., Giebel, Saugeth. 225.

Sus, sp., from Dampier Straits, Sclater, List of Vert. Animals,

Zool. Soc. ed. 3. 37. n. 235.

Hab. Timor and Rottie.

Like S. vittatus, but smaller.

1501 a. A skull of a young animal, very like the one figured by

Miiller (Verhand. t. 32. f. 2,3); it is marked “young female Badi-

russa,” from Mr. Wallace’s collection. It is certainly not a Babi-

russa, having six upper cutting-teeth and short intermaxillaries, but

is more probably a young female of the preceding. It has the con-

eavity in front of the orbit shallow, and only separated from the

orbit by a narrow ridge.

1501 c¢. Skull with the last grinder being developed (on one side

only), perhaps young male? Inscribed “a Wild Pig, Makassar.”

Length 103, height at occiput 6 inches. Nose broad behind, taper-

ing in front from orbit ; concavity in front of orbit large, not deep,

and extending close up to the edge of the cavity ; the hinder suture

of the parietal bone is produced and angular behind.

1501 4. A rather larger skull, also developing the last molar, and

probably a young male. A Wild Pig, Ternate, from Mr. Wallace’s

collection. Length 125, height 5} inches. It is very similar to the

above in all particulars, particularly in the shallowness of the con-

cavity in front of the orbits, and in the crest-like form of the ridge

behind the base of the sheath of the upper canines; hinder suture

of the parietal produced and rounded behind.

The shallowness of the concavity on the cheeks of these specimens

may depend on the youth of the animal, as it is to be found in the

skull of the young Sus indicus. It is not always a character of

youth, as it is found shallow and shelving off behind in the skull of

the very old Sus andamanensis and S. scrofa.

There is the skin and skeleton (1501 d) of a “ Wild Pig from

Dampier Straits, in the Eastern archipelago,” that was brought

to the Museum by Mr. Swinhoe. It does not appear to differ from

S. timorensis of S. Miller; and the skull is very like the skull from

Ternate (1501). A specimen was living in the Society’s Gardens.

Mr. Bartlett thinks that it is “a domestic Pig running wild,

because he has seen two specimens of them, both of which had white

markings about the legs in a very irregular manner and other cha-

racters of the domestic Pig.”’

7. SUS ANDAMANENS!s. Andaman Pig.

The concavity of the cheeks in front of the orbit deeply concave,

30 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE SUID&. (Jan. 9,

shallower behind, shelving off to the orbit, and only separated from

the orbit by a narrow ridge; in the male the sheaths of the upper

canines with a well-marked ridge; the concavity in front of the

orbit very wide; in the female the concavity narrower, and sheaths

of the canines not developed.

Sus andamanensis, Blyth, photogr. MS.; Sclater, List of Vert.

Anim. Zool. Soe. ed. 3. 37.

Hab. Andaman Islands. B.M.

Living in the Gardens of the Society. Also a hybrid between

the female Andaman Pig and the male Wild Pig from Dampier

Straits.

A skull of an adult male in the British Museum, without lower jaw

(no. 1497 a). The four front upper cutting-teeth very large, entire,

square; the hinder lateral one very small, early deciduous. Lower

cutting-teeth six, subequal, close together ; upper canines very large,

recurved, with a deep central ridge on the upper edge; concavity

in front of the orbits very wide and deep; sheath produced, with a

well-marked longitudinal crest on the upper reflexed edges.

A complete skull of an adult female (no. 1497 6), very similar to

preceding, but concavity in front of the orbit narrower behind.

Upper canine small, compressed, without any developed sheath ;

no ridge above its root. Lower canines very large, subtrigonal,

with the first two rooted; premolar on the hinder part of its base

separated a short distance from the second premolar. Upper cutting-

teeth three, the first very large; the second on the right side, and

both the hinder one have fallen out, and the cavity left is filled

up.

P Phe skull of this species is more nearly allied to the Babirussa

than any others of the Pigs (Sus), the front of the canines being

rather more produced than in other species, but not nearly so much

so as in Badirussa; and the two hinder upper cutting-teeth are

very small and often deciduous. In the skull of the adult male, for

example, they are very small, but the pits they filled are present ;

in the adult female, they and the pits they filled are entirely oblite-

rated. By a curious coincidence the second upper cutting-teeth on

the right side of the jaws of the skulls of both the male and female

animals are wanting, and the pits they filled are obliterated; but

this may be only an accidental circumstance, as the tooth on the

other side is well developed.

8. Sus SCROFA.

Fars large, densely hairy. Fur blackish brown, densely bristly.

Wart under the eye small. Skull elongate, slender ; the concavity

on the cheeks in front of the orbits wide, shallow behind, shelving

towards, and only separated from the orbit by a narrow ridge.

Sus aper, Brisson; Gray, P. Z.S. 1852, p. 130, 1856, p. 406.

Sus scrofa, Linn.; Giebel, Saugeth. 225; P. Z.S. 1856, p. 158,

1858, p. 531, 1860, pp. 183, 448; Blainv. Ostéogr. Onguligr. t. 1.

f. 4-6; Fitz. Setigera, 384.

1868. ] DR. J. E, GRAY ON THE SUID&. ai

Sus setosus aper, Bodd. Elench. Anim. i. 157.

S. scrofa aper, Erxl. Syst. R. A. i. 176.

S. fasciatus, Gray, List Mamm. B. M. 184.

S. serofa fasciatus, Schreb. S. 322 (jun.).

S. scrofa ferus, Gmel. Syst. Nat. 217; Gray, P. Z.S. 1862, p. 13,

f. 1, 2, 3 (skull and palate); Blainv. Ostéogr. t. 4 (skull, ¢).

Sanglier, Buffon, H. N. v. 176, t. 24. f. 1 (skull).

Hab. Europe.

Var. Domesticated. Head short, slender. Ears erect, pointed.

Limbs short, slender. Hair of body rather crisp, ferruginous or

blackish brown. Junior fasciated.

Cochon ture, F. Cuvier, Dict. Sci. Nat. ix. 512.

Cochon ture ou de Mongolitz, Desm. Mamm., 391.

Sus scrofa domestica turcica, Fisher, Syn. 422.

? Sus scrofa, var. (Maltese Pig), Sclater, P. Z. S. 1862, p. 139.

Hab. Europe; Turkey; Hungary; Borneo; Vienna.

Skull of adult (713). Length 14, height 9 inches. With dis-

eased teeth and alveoli. From the Zoological Gardens ; probably

from Germany. The concavity on the cheeks wide, shallow behind,

and gradually shelving off to the orbit. The sheaths of the upper

canines with a well-marked elevated ridge behind.

Skull of adult (713m). Length 15, height 8 inches. From

Germany.

Skull of adult (713f). Length 15, height 74 inches. From the

Museum of the Zoological Society.

Skull of adult (7137). Length 14, height 7? inches. Germany,

from Dr. Ginther.

Skull developing the last molar (713). Length 13, height 65

inches. Germany, from Mr. Gerrard.

A skin and skeleton of a Wild Boar from Barbary (Sus scrofa

barbarus, Sclater, P. Z. S. 1860, p. 443), received from the Zoolo-

gical Gardens. Skull 7127 does not differ from the skull of the

Wild Boar from Germany.

713% and 713%. Two skulls of young animals from the Zoological

Society.

713g. Skull of a nearly adult animal; purchased of a dealer.

9. Sus Lipycus.

Animal ig

? Sus scrofa, Tristram, Nat. Hist. of Bible, p. 84.

Hab. Asia Minor (Xantus). Skull in the British Museum, pre-

sented by Sir Charles Fellows.

Skull of adult (713). Length 144, height 83 inches. The con-

cavity on the cheeks in front of the orbits very broad and very shal-

low, with a broad concavity in the middle ; the hinder part mode-

rately deep, separated from the orbit by a rather narrow well-marked

prominent ridge. Nose narrow, and compressed over the lateral fora-

men. The sheath of the canine with only a slight ridge behind it.

32 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE SUID. (Jan. 9,

The skull is very distinct from all the skulls of the Wild Boars

from Germany in the British Museum.

The Wild Boar of the Holy Land, described by Mr. Tristram,

may be the same. He observes :—

«Abundant in the wooded hills and maritime plains alike. Swarms

in all the thickets by the Jordan and Dead Sea, and in the forest-

country east of Jordan. Extends even to the bare wilderness of

Judzea, and almost into the desert, where there is no cover, and

where its only food is the roots of the desert bulbs.””—Tristram,

P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 84.

10. Sus SENNAARENSIS.

Fur dense, bristly, dull olive-black and yellow-varied. Ears mo-

derate, densely pilose. Head without any warts.

Sus sennaarensis, Fitz. Sitz, Akad. d. Wiss. xix. 365, 1864; Se-

tigera, 388.

Sus larvatus, Fitz. Sitz. Akad. d. Wiss. x. 362.

? Sus scrofa (Egypt), Blainv. Ostéogr. t. 5 (skull).

? Cochon des Negres, Buffon, H. N. Quad. v. 123.

Hab. North Africa; Sennaar; Kordofan; Sudan. Called ‘ Qua-

druk” by the Arabs.

Dr. Murie says he has often seen and eaten the true Wild Boar of

the genus Sus in Africa, as well as the Potamocherus on the west

coast. I have never seen any or the skull of one.

+++ Head very long, slender, without warts. The skull elongate,

more than twice as long as high ; concavity in front of the orbit

deep. Cheeks bearded. usus.

11. Sus BARBATUS. B.M.

Back covered with ochraceous, sides and beneath with black

bristles ; nose, extremities, and tuft at end of tail blackish. Skull

much compressed, very long, slender. Ears moderate, nakedish.

Fur with scattered bristles. Head very long, slender; sides of the

jaws covered with crisp hairs ; crown and occiput covered with short

hairs. Head without any warts.

Sus barbatus, S. Miller, Van der Hoeven, Tijdschr. 1839, v. 149;

Verhandl. i. 42, 173, 179, t. 30, 31; Gerrard, Cat. Bones B. M. 278;

Fitzinger, Setigera, 392.

Sus scrofa, var., Giebel, Siiugeth. 225.

Hab. Borneo. Called ‘* Wite Warken.”

712a. Skull of adult, from Borneo, presented by J. Brooke, Esq.

Length from end of nasal to occipital crest 19 inches, 93 high at oc-

ciput. Exactly like the figure in Miller’s ‘ Verhand.’ t. 31. f. 45.

712. Skull of young animal changing its teeth, from Borneo.

Capt. Sir E. Belcher. Length 114 inches, 5 inches high at occiput.

Nose very slender, attenuated ; nose from the orbit double the length

of the distance from the front of the orbit to the occiput ; the zygo-

matic arch fiat, thin.

1868. ] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE SUID. 33

2. Porcuna.

Head conical, moderate. Ears small, erect, hairy. Cheeks with-

out any tubercles. Tail very short, rudimentary. Cutting-teeth 4,

two upper front largest, the lateral lower small; intermaxillary mo-

derate, not produced; canines small, scarcely elevated above the

other teeth, the upper one rather spread out, but not reflexed ;

premolars =.

Porcula, Hodgson ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones B. M. 278, 1852; Fitz.

Sitz. Akad. d. Wiss. 1864, p. 404.

The skull chiefly differs from Sus in being shorter and much

smaller. The number and form of the teeth and of the intermaxil-

laries are the same as in Sus.

* Back and nape maned.

1. Porcuta parpuensis. The Bene. B.M.

Ears moderate, erect, nakedish; internally white. Fur very

bristly above, with scattered bristles beneath ; bristles of nape and

back longer, forming a black mane; brown and reddish above, black

and white beneath.

Young. Dark brown, with five fulvous streaks.

Ben, Forrest, Voy. 97, t. 2, 3.

Sus papuensis, Lesson & Garn. Bull. Sci. Nat. vii. 96, 80; Du-

perrey, Voy. Coquille, Zool. i. t.8; Gray, List Mamm. B. M. 185;

Boe, S: 18538, -p: 107.

Porcula papuensis, Fitz. Sitz. Akad. d. Wiss. 1864, p: 23:

Papuan Hog, Low, Breeds of Domestic Anim. ii. 1.

Sus scrofa, var., Giebel, Saugeth. 226.

Hab. New Guinea. Called ‘ Ben’ or ‘ Bene.’

Lesson and Garnot described the skull as having only five grind-

ers on each side of each jaw; but this animal was probably not full-

grown. Canines not longer than the other teeth. Tail very short.

** Back and nape without any mane.

2. PoRCULA SALVIANIA. B.M.

Fur very bristly above, nakedish beneath ; black-brown, grey- or

yellowish-washed. Ears naked. Back without any crest.

Porcula salviania, Hodgson, Journ. Asiat. Soc. xvi. 423, 593,

t. 12, 13, xvii. 480, t. 27; Horsfield, P. Z. S. 1853, p- 191; Fitz.

Sitz. Akad. d. Wissen. 1864, p. 25.

Porcula salvania, Gerrard, Cat. Bones, 278 ; Gray, P. Z.S. 1856,

p- 406, Mamm. Pl. xxxvn.

Sus scrofa, var., Giebel, Siugeth. 226.

Pygmy Hog of the Saul Forests, Hodgson.

Hab. Nepal; Sikkim ; Saul Forests in Tarai.

Skull from the Saul Forests. Presented to the Museum (1077 «)

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1868, No. III.

34 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE SUID. (Jan. 9,

by B. H. Hodgson, Esq. It is that of an animal developing the last

molar. In form the skull is very like that of Sus, but shorter; the

forehead is convex ; the nose tapers in front of the orbit, is rather

swollen and wide over the deeply concave cheeks ; the concavity is

deepest in the middle of the cheeks, and it is only separated from

the orbit by the narrow edge of the orbit. The canines are small,

the upper ones not recurved.

3. PoTaMocH@RUS.

Face elongate, with a bony protuberance on each side, halfway

between the nose and eyes. Ears elongate, suddenly tapering, and

euding in a pencil of hairs. ‘Tail thick, elongate, high up on the

rump. Skull elongate ; brain-case swollen ; nose nearly of the same

width the whole length, rounded above, with a rather thickened

upper margin, and a deep concavity on the cheeks extending nearly

to the front of the orbit, and partly over and nearly covering the

malar process that supports the zygomatic arch.

Male. Swollen, and often warty on the sides in front. Sheath of

the canine with a large broad process on the upper side of its base.

Female. Side of the nose simple, and the sheath of the canine

with a well-marked ridge across the upper part of its base.

Teats four. Young four at a birth, with longitudinal stripes.

Koiropotamus, Gray, List Mamm. B. M. 185.

Choiropotamus, Gray, Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1852.

Potamocherus, Gray, Aun. & Mag. N. H. xv. 66; Sclater, P. Z.S8.

1860, p. 301; Fitz. Sitz. Akad. d. Wiss. 1864, p. 19.

Phascocherus, sp., Jardine.

Phacocherus, sp., Lesson in Tabl. R. A. 1841, p. 162.

1. PorAMOCHG@RUS AFRICANUS. Bosch Vark. B.M.

Ears densely hairy ; internally white, with black edge and tuft.

Fur black. Head and back whitish or yellowish ; forehead and back

black-varied ; large spot beneath the eyes black.

Skull: male. The lateral tubercular ridge prominent, and elevated

above the upper surface of the nose ; lateral process on the base of

the sheath of the upper canine broad, compressed, reaching to the

level of the upper surface of the nose. Female with transverse

ridge at the base of the sheath of the upper canine.

African wild boar, Daniel, African Scenery, t. 22.

Sus africanus, Schreb. Saugeth. i. 327; P. Z. S. 1852, p. 131;

Blainv. in Laur. et Bazin, Anat. Phys. t. 1]. f. 9 (teeth); Blainv.

Ostéogr. t. 8. f.1; Gray, Griffith, A. K. t.; Reichenb. Naturg. d.

Pachyd. t. 33. f. 129.

Sus larvatus, F. Cuv. Mém. Mus. vii. 447, t. 22; A. Smith, 8. A.

Quart. Journ. 90; Blainv. Ostéogr. Onguligr. t. (skull).

Sus koiropotamus, Desmoul. Dict. Class. H. N. vii. t.1; P. Z.S.

1852, p. 131.

Chotropotamus africanus, Gray, Cat. Mamm. B. M. 185.

1868. | DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE SUID. 35

C. larvatus, Gray, Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1852.

Phacocherus koiropotamus, Lesson, N. Tab. R. A. 162, 1841.

Sus koiropotamus, Desmoulins, Dict. Class. H. N. t.7, 2.

Sus choiropotamus, Reichenb, Naturg. d. Pachyd. t. 33. f. 48.

Potamocherus larvatus, Gray, Ann. & Mag. N. H. xv. 66; Fitz.

Sitz. Akad. d. Wissen. 1864, p. 19.

P. africanus, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1852, p. 131, 1858, p. 58, 1860,

p: 443; Gerrard, Cat. Bones, B. M. 279; Kirk, P. Z. S. 1864,

p- 656.

Phascocherus larvatus, Jardine, Nat. Libr. 232, t. 28.

Sanglier & masque, Sganzin, Mém. Strasb. i. 1, t. 1.

Female. Skull with only a ridge across the base of the sheath of

the upper canines.

Sus capensis, Gray ; Gerrard, Cat. of Bones B. M. 277 (skull).

Hab. South Africa, called “‘ Bosch Vark;’’ Central Africa; Zam-

besi delta, called “ Njulvi” (Kirk).

“‘Scarcely any two specimens of this species exhibit the same

colour; some are brownish black variegated with white, and others

are almost entirely of a light reddish brown or rufous tint without

the white variations ; indeed such are the varieties that it is scarcely

possible to say what are the most prevailing colours.”—A. Smith,

S. A. Quart. Journ. p. 90.

1. In the British Museum there is a skeleton (1364 6) of a spe-

cimen that lived several years in the Zoological Gardens. In the

skull the malar process is very broad, reaching nearly to the level of

the top of the nose ; it is thin on each edge, and thickened near the

outer hinder edge by a strong angular keel.

2. A skull (1364 a) that was purchased of Mr. Argent in 1851

as coming from South Africa. It has the process of the sheath of

the canines nearly as long as the preceding (1364 4); but it is not

so broad from side to side, and the outer surface is evenly rounded,

without any keel. This skull very nearly resembles the one figured

by De Blainville as that of Sus larvatus (Ostéograph. t. 5), and the

skull figured by M. F. Cuvier (Mém. Mus.).

3. A skull from the Museum of Dr. de Jeude, probably from

the Cape of Good Hope (1364 ¢).

The front of the lower jaw behind the canine is more dilated and

swollen in P. darvatus (1364 6) than in the lower jaws of the two

other skulls ; but they all differ from each other more or less in this

respect.

4, A skull without its lower jaw (715 a), was brought home by

Captain Alexander from his Expedition to Damara, and presented

to the British Museum. It is recorded in Mr. Gerrard’s ‘ Catalogue

of the Bones in the British Museum’ as Sus capensis (p. 277). It

is the skull of an adult animal, with the crown of the grinders much

worn, It is probably the skull of a female, as it agrees with all the

characters of Potamocherus, but it has only a well-marked ridge

across the upper part of the base of the sheath of the upper canine,

and the upper margin of the nose is not dilated nor swollen.

36 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE SUID E. [Jan. 9,

2. Poramocua@rus porcus. Red River-Hog. B.M.

Ears densely hairy ; edges of ears and pencil white. Fur red-brown,

beneath greyish white. Head and ears black; whiskers on the

cheek, streak over and below the eyes, and dorsal mane white.

Skull.—Male, the prominence of the canine flat-topped and not

raised above the surface of the nose; the lateral process of the

sheath of the upper canine narrow at the base, dilated above, short,

not reaching to the level of the upper surface of the nose. Female,

with only a ridge across the base of the sheath of the upper canine.

Porcus guineensis, Maregr. Bras. 230, fig. (good).

““ Cochon de guinée, Buffon, H. N. v. 146.”

Guinea Pig, Brown, Jam. 487.

Sus porcus, Linn. 8. N. 1032.

Pore de guinée, Desm. Mamm. 391; Enc. Méth. t. 39. f. 1 (from

Marcg.).

Sus scrofa, var. porcus, Fischer, Syn. 423.

Sus guineensis, Brisson, R. A. 109.

Sus africanus, Smith; Griffith, A. K. (not Desm.).

Sus penicillatus, Schinz, Monogr. d. Saéugeth. t.10; Rev. Zool.

1848, p. 152; Gray, P. Z.S. 1852, p. 132.

Choiropotamus pictus, Gray, Aun. & Mag. N. H. x. 280, 281.

Painted Pig of the Camaroons, Ulustr. London News, fig., 1852.

Sus pictus, Wagner, Schreb. Saugeth. Supp. v. 302, 800.

Potamocherus albifrons, Du Chaillu, Proc. Boston N. H.S. vii.

301, 1861; Travels, p. 422, t. 62; Gray, P. Z. S. 1861, p. 277.

Potamocherus penicillatus, Gray, Ann. & Mag. N. H. xv. 66;

P. Z.S. 1852, p. 131, t.34; Gerrard, Cat. Bones, B. M. 279 ; Fitz.

Kais. Akad. d. Wissen. xix. 365; Sclater, P. Z. 8. 1861, p. 62, t. 12

(adult and young).

Hab. West Coast of Africa; Camaroons River; Guinea; natu-

ralized in Brazil (Maregrave).

Skeleton (no. 1363 a) of a male specimen, from the Camaroons,

that lived for several years in the Society’s Gardens. The skull of

this animal is figured by Mr. Sclater in the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoo-

logical Society,’ 1860, p. 301. The process on the base of the sheath

of the canine is much shorter than in the skulls of P. africanus

(1364 a, 6); it does not reach the upper surface of the nose, is sub-

cylindrical at the base, without any keel on its outer side, and broad

at the end. It diverges much more from the side of the nose than

in the skull from South Africa.

Two skulls, collected by Dr. Baikie in the interior of Africa

(1363¢ and 1363d). They are very like the skull of the male

animal from the Camaroons (1363 a). The process of the sheath

of the upper canine in 1363¢ is rather shorter and broader at the

top than in that skull; and in 1363a it is unfortunately broken off.

With these skulls Dr. Baikie brought another without the lower

jaw (715 4), which is very like the others, only the side of the nose

over the canines is not dilated, and there is only a slight ridge across

the base of the upper surface of the sheath of the upper canine, as in

1868.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE SUID#. 37

the female from the Gardens (13634). The skull has adult den-

tition, and it is nearly of the same size, but not so aged, as the skull

sent by Captain Alexander ; it differs from it in the nose being more

compressed and narrowed in front of the orbit. The condyles of

this skull are large, and separated by a broad space beneath, as in

all the other skulls of the genus, except that received from the

Zoological Society.

A skeleton of a female, from the Camaroons, that lived in the

Society’s Gardens (Gerrard, Cat. Bones, no. 13634). In the ‘Ca-

talogue of Bones in the British Museum’ the sexes of 1363 a and 0

are accidentally reversed. The skull had the dentition of an adult

animal ; the canines are very imperfectly developed, cylindrical, and

smooth, and the sides flattened and grooved longitudinally beneath.

The side of the nose of the skull is not swollen nor warty over the

canines, and there is only a well-marked ridge at the base of the

upper surface of the sheath of the upper canine.

This skull differs from the others of the genus I have compared

it with in the small size of the occipital condyles, which are also

closer together on their under edge. The hinder nasal opening is

wide and rounded.

The three skulls also differ in the form of the upper jaws in front

of the base of the canines. They are longer and narrower in the

two skulls which have been named P. larvatus (1364 a, 1364 6) than

they are in the skull from the Camaroons named P. penicillatus or

P. porcus (1363 a). But the two skulls with the longer intermaxil-

laries differ from one another, the intermaxillaries of 1364 6 being

longer and narrower than in the skull 1364 a.

The ridges on the underside of the canine of P. penicillatus

(1363 6) are fewer, coarser, and more irregular than they are on the

canines of the two other skulls (1364 a and 6). The back and front

sides of the canines are rounded in 1363 a, while they are flat in

1364 a and 4; but the two latter differ considerably in flatness.

This species has bred in the Society’s Gardens, and reared the

progeny. It will not breed with the Domestic Pig, or at least has

not done so.

Marcgrave describes it as having a cyst on the navel, and says

that it had been introduced by the negroes, and naturalized in

Brazil.

I suppose that the Pig has not been found profitable, or was not

fitted for the American climate, as the breeding of it has been dis-

continued. I have inquired of persons who have lived in different

parts of Brazil; they all state that they have never seen or heard

of the Painted Pig in that country; nor do I find any account of it

in the modern works on the natural history of the country. Mr. J.

‘Miers, F.R.S., has observed that Maregrave only knew of the north-

ern provinces of Brazil, then in possession of the Dutch, and that

perhaps it still breeds there. My son and daughter, who travelled

in those districts, and first made entomologists acquainted with the

smaller Lepidoptera of the country, of which they collected very many

new species, state that they never saw any Red Pig there.

38 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE SUID. [Jan. 9,

3. PoTAMOCH@RUS

Sanglier de Madagascar, Daubenton; Buffon, H. N. xiv. 396;

Flacourt’s Hist. Madagase. 151.

Hab. Madagascar.

Mr. Sclater informs me that a species of this genus from Mada-

gascar is living in the Jardin des Plantes at Paris. 1am not aware

that any specimens from that country have reached England.

4. Domestic Swine. Face short. The ear more or less de-

pendent, often very large. Animal black, white, or mottled.

Young like parent (not yellow-streaked). Skull short ; facial

line sunken; forehead and upper surface of the nose flattened,

more or less distinct, margined on the sides.

I do not believe that the Domestic Pig is derived from the Wild

Boar of Europe, any more than the Domestic Cat is derived from the

Wild Cat of Scotland, or the Dog from the Wolf of Europe; nor do

I know of any exotic species of Pig from which it is likely to have

been derived.

There is no doubt that the Domestic Pig will breed with the Wild

Boar, and that there are hybrid breeds which are more like the Wild

Boar than the normal domestic animal. On the other hand, the

wild species are often more or less domesticated in the countries they

naturally inhabit ; but these animals differ little from the wild pro-

genitors, and are very different from the true domestic animals.

4. ScROFA.

Face conical, smooth, or nearly so. Skull—sheath of the canine

with a more or less distinct longitudinal crest across the base.

ScCROFA DOMESTICA.

Sus verres, Plinius, Hist. Nat. viii. 151.

Sus domesticus, Brisson, Rég. Anim. 106.

Sus scrofa domesticus, Erxleb. Syst. 179; Fischer, Syn. Mamm.

422.

Cochon, Buffon, H. N.v. 99.

Verrat, Buffon, H. N. v. 99, t. 17. f. 2 (t. 24. f. 3) (skull).

Hog, Penn.

Hab. Domesticated in most parts of the inhabited world.

Some varieties have small erect hairy ears and strong long legs

like wild swine.

(1) Cochon de Siam, Buffon, v. 125, 137, t. 1500 (t. 24. f. 2, skull?).

Sus scrofa sinensis, Schreb. t. 324 (copied from Buffon; not S.

sinensis, Brisson).

Black. The young black, without any streaks. Face tapering.

Skull rather short ; crown rather convex (Buffon).

Hab. Siam. I have not seen the variety.

Daubenton describes the skeleton (v. p.181). This has most unac-

countably been confused with the Chinese Pig by Desmarest, Fischer,

1868.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE SUIDE. 39

and others, which has very short thin legs, with the belly almost to

the ground. I have not seen this variety.

A young boar from Algiers. Rusty brown; hair black, with long

rusty ends. Nose, orbits, edge of ears, and a longitudinal streak on

the whiskers black. Chest nakedish. No warts on the cheeks.

Ears moderate, densely hairy.

Hab. Algiers (B.M.; Henry Christy, Esq.).

Skull in the British Museum (no. 7137). This animal lived

some time in the Society’s Gardens. The skull is short, with a

flat forehead and nose like a Domestic Pig. It is, in many re-

spects, very like the Cochon de Siam of Buffon.

(2) Pore noir a jambe courte, F. Cuv.

Sus scrofa domestica meridionalis, Fischer, Syn. Mamm., 422.

Hab. Italy.

Black. Ears small, nearly erect. A fold over the eyebrow.

Var. sinensis.

Sus scrofa sinensis, Brisson, R. A. 108; Erxl. 181.

Chinesische schwein, Linn. West Goth. 62.

Small. Black, white, or variegated. Back nakedish. Body very

large; legs very short aud thin.

A short-headed, swollen-cheeked, full-bodied Pig, with short thin

legs, like our prize Pigs, was well known to the ancient Greeks.

There are several representations in marble of such Pigs in the

British Museum that were procured from the Temenos of Demeter

Cnidus, and are inscribed “ Pig sacred to Persephone,” by Captain

Spratt. These models chiefly differ from the form of the English

prize Pig in the back being furnished with a well-marked, high

compressed crest of bristles from the crown of the head to the tail.

Similar Pigs are represented on Greek silver coins.

Long-legged, flat-sided sows with their young are represented

among the reeds on the Assyrian Marbles in the Museum Collection.

The Pigs naturalized in Para and Pernambuco are black, like the

Berkshire or Chinese breeds, with very thin legs, short nose, and

thick cheeks. They were introduced from Portugal. In Rio they

send the Pigs out in the marshy places to destroy the snakes before

the negroes are turned in to cultivate the land; they eat the snakes

greedily, and are said never to be injured by the bite of a snake,

however poisonous.

Var. Wattled, with a cylindrical wattle on the hinder corner of

the lower jaw on one or both sides.

Haé. Irish Greyhound Pig (Richardson on Pigs, 30).

Var. Solid-hoofed Pigs, with two front toes united into one hoof,

Sus scrofa monongulus, Linn. Anim. v. 461.

S. ungulis solidis, Plini. H. N. x. 146.

S. scrofa mononyz, Fischer, Syn. 423.

Solid-hoofed sow, Struthers, Edinb. N. P. Journ. 1863; Blainy.

Ostéogr. p. 128; Darwin, Dom. Anim. il. 75.

40 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE SUID, [Jan. 9,

The British Museum has a series of thirteen skulls of the Do-

mestic Pig ; all have very similar characters (see Gray, P. Z. S. 1862,

16). They are known by the shortness of the skull, the side of the

nose being bluntly keeled; the cheeks concave, the concavity ex-

tending up to the edge of the orbit, and being separated from the

aperture of the orbit by only a narrow ridge; the frontal line is

more or less concave.

The skull of the male has a distinctly marked transverse ridge

on the base of the sheath of the upper canine ; in the young male

it is only slightly indicated ;_in the skull of the female and young

pigs it is not to be seen.

717 a. Skull of an old male from Africa, from the Gambia (Sus

gambianus, Gray, List Mamm. B.M.; Gerrard, Cat. Bones B. M.

277). Forehead flat (see Sus scrofa hybridus, West-African Pig,

Sclater, P. Z. S. 1862, p. 325).

713k. Skull of an old male, from Africa. Forehead rather convex.

713r. A very similar skull of an old male, purchased at a

sale.

7130 and 713 ¢. Two nearly adult skulls, from the Museum of

Dr. de Jeude.

713. A skull of an old specimen, diseased, from the Zoological

Society’s Gardens.

7167. A skull of a young specimen from India, from the Museum

of the Zoological Society ; inscribed with Indian characters. Named

Sus indicus.

713q. Skull of a young Berkshire Sow.

713 e. Skull of a young Domestic Pig.

713s. The skull of a very young Domestic Pig. This skull has

an abnormality in the cutting-teeth. There are six in the upper

jaw; the first two are in their natural position, and in their proper

place ; the two hinder ones on each side are close together, just in

front of the suture of the intermaxillary bone, the front one being

elongated, slender, conical, and bent outwards, and the hinder one

short, broad, conical, and compressed. The canine on the right

side is double; that is to say, the new one has appeared before the

old one has been shed.

713 w. Skull developing its last grinder, from the Museum of Dr.

de Jeude.

7134. Skull of an adult, with the nose of the skull more elon-

gated; from the Utrecht Collection. Probably half-bred between

the Wild Boar and the Domestic Sow; it has the flat forehead, con-

cave facial line, and the keeled side to the nose before the orbit, of

the Domestic Pig, and the length of the face like the wild breeds.

5. CENTURIOSUS.

Face deeply and symmetrically furrowed. Ears very large, falling

down. Tail moderate. Skull—forehead and upper part of the nose

flat, smooth, keeled on the sides; sides of the cheek concave ; the

sheath of the upper canine tubercular above ; upper canines coming

1868.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE SUID. 41

out in the lower edge of the jaws, and then bent upwards ; palate

broad.

Centuriosus, Gray, P. Z. S. 1862, p. 17.

Gyrosus, Gray ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones B. M. 1862.

Ptychocherus, Fitz. Sitz. Akad. d. Wissen. 1864.

This genus is most allied to Potamocherus in the form of the

skull, and to Sus in its external appearance. It is not likely to be

a cross-breed between the two genera.

CENTURIOSUS PLICICEPS. B.M.

Ears large, flat, rounded at the end, pendulous. Fur with scat-

tered black bristles. Skin blackish grey. Limbs and beneath

whitish.

Sus (Centuriosus) pliciceps, Gray, P. Z. S. 1861, p. 263, 1862,

p- 14, fig. of skull, p. 15, fig. of palate.

Sus (Gyrosus) pliciceps, Gray, MS.; Gerrard, Cat. Bones B. M.

p- 278; P. Z. S. 1864, pp. 160, 383.

Sus scrofa, var. pliciceps, Sclater, List Vert. Anim. Gard. Zool.

Soc, ed. 3. 36; P. Z. S. 1862, p. 322.

Ptychocherus plicifrons, Fitz. Sitz. Akad. d. Wissen. 1864, p. 409;

Fuhr. z. Zool. Garten z. Miinchen, p. 23.

Japanese masked pig, Bartlett, P. Z. S. 1861, p. 263 (figures) ;

Illustr. London News, 1862, no. 1126 (figure).

Chinesische Maskenschwein, Schmidt, Zool. Gart. 1862, p. 80.

Hab. Japan; China. Male in the Gardens of the Zoological So-

ciety in 1864.

Evidently a domestic variety ; the ears are pendulous, like those

of most domestic animals. The young are of a uniform colour like

the parents, and not striped like the wild species.

The skull in the British Museum (no. 1387 a), figured in the

‘ Proce. Zool. Soc.’ 1862, is very unlike any of the skulls of the Do-

mestic Pig in the Museum Collection, especially in the breadth of

the nose and the rounder form of the tubercle on the base of the

sheath of the upper canine.

Skeleton of a very old animal (no. 1387 4), from the Zoological

Gardens. The forehead between the orbits deeply depressed ; nasal

bones very flat.

B. ABNORMAL Swine (Badirussina).

Cutting-teeth 4/6 ; intermazxillary and maxilla produced in front,

Sorming a long diastema between the cutting-teeth and the

grinders. Canines erect, parallel; the sheath of the upper

canine bent up from the base, and closely applied to the side

of ihe jaw. Premolars — ; the front one very small, and early

eciduous.

There are two large oblong deep cavities at the hinder part of the

depression behind the hinder nasal opening, separated from each

42 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE SUIDZ. [Jan. 9,

other by a sharp, high, central, longitudinal lamina, that are not to

be observed in the skulls of other Sucda.

These depressions seem to become deeper as the animal increases

in age. I have only observed them in specimens which have well-

developed canines; they may be confined to the males.

There is in the British Museum a small skull, obtained from Hol-

land (718 0), of a half-grown animal, which has developed its second

true grinder, and which is without canines, only having a slight

ridge on the bone at the place where they are developed in the other

skulls. The skull has no indication of the depression in the hinder

part of the hinder nasal opening, and the grinders are much smaller

than those in any other skull. Is it the skull of a female, or does

it belong to a distinct species allied to Babirussa alfurus?

The prolongation of the skull in front and the length of the sepa-

ration of the cutting-teeth from the grinders are produced by the

prolongation of the maxilla in front and the elongation of the inter-

maxilla behind. The first premolar is very early deciduous; it is

only to be observed in skulls of young animals; but the spot where

it was placed is sometimes indicated by a porous structure in the

full-grown skull, as in specimen no. 7187.

6. BABIRUSSA.

Face conical, simple. Ears rounded. ‘Tail and limbs slender.

Skull conical ; nose elongate, simple; the hinder upper part of the

intermaxillary bones smooth; the upper cutting-teeth large, equal,

equidistant ; the sheath of the upper canine bent upwards from the

base at the side of the jaw; canines arched backwards, sometimes

even spirally recurved ; lower premolar compressed.

Babirousa, Gray, Ann. Phil. 1825.

Babiroussa, F. Cuv. Dent. Mam. 212, t. 86*.

Babirussa, F. Cuv. Dent. Mam.; Lesson, Man. 338; Gray, List

Mamm. B. M. 185; P. Z. 8. 1852, p. 131; Gerrard, Cat. Bones

B. M. 278.

Porcus, Wagler, Syst. 17 ; Fitz. Sitz. Akad. Wissen. 1864, p. 435.

M. F. Cuvier, when adopting this genus, described and figured

the grinders as small and nearly equal-sided (see Dent. Mamm. t.);

but this is a mistake ; they are as large and elongate as the grinders

of the other Pigs, compared with the size of the skull. This genus

was first distinctly characterized in the ‘ P. Z.S.’ 1852, p. 131.

BABIRUSSA ALFURUS. B.M.

‘Fur ashy ; dorsal streak yellowish brown ; beneath ferruginous-

washed.”

Aper orientalis, Brisson, Régn. Anim. 110.

Sus babyrussa, Linn. 8. N. 50; Quoy & Gaim. Voy. Astrol. Zool.

1.125, t. 22, 23; Isis, 1836, t. 13; Schinz, Monogr. iv. 5, t. 5. f.a—d;

Blainv. Ostéogr. t. 2, t. 5 (skull, ¢ ).

Sus baberoussa, Bodd. Elench. i. 157.

1868. ] DR. J E.GRAY ON THE SUID. 43

Sus babirussa, Schreb. Saugeth. t. 328; Blainv. Ostéog. Onguligr.

t. 2 (skeleton, 2 ), t. 5. f. 7 (skull and teeth).

Babirussa alfurus, Lesson, Mamun. 338; Gray, List Mamm. B.M.

185; Sclater, P. Z. S. 1860, p. 443, t. 83 (from life) ; Gerrard, Cat.

Bones B. M. 279.

Porcus babyrussa, Wagler, Syst. 17; Schreb. Saugeth. Supp. v.

509; Fitz. Sitz. Akad. d. Wiss. 1864, p. 43; Giebel, Saugeth. 232.

Porcus babirussa, Reichb. Nat. Pachyd. 57, t. 54. f. 199, 197.

Aper in India, Plinius, Hist. Nat. vii. 52.

Horned hog, Green, Mus. R. S. 27, t. 1 (skull).

Babyroussa, Bontius, Ind. Orient. t. 1. fig.

Babyrussa, Jacob, Mus.

Babi roesa, Seba, Thes. i. t. 50. f. 2.

Babiroussa, Buffon, H. N. xii. 379, t. 48.

Hab. Borneo; Malacca? ; Celebes; Ceram; Timor; Java; Su-

matra; New Guinea; New Ireland (Fitzinger).

Fam. 2. Dicotytip2.

Teeth 38 :—Cutting-teeth 3 canines —: premolars =; mo-

lars =. Tail short. Teats 2.

Cheropotamide, Owen, Odont. 559 (not characterized).

See description of dentition (Owen, Odont. 560).

Dicotyles, Cuvier, Rég. Anim. i. 237, 1817; F.Cuv. Dent. Mamm.

210, t. 86; Owen, Odont.559; Baird, Mamm.N, A. 627, t.; Fitz-

inger, Setigera, 429, 1864.

Notophorus, Fischer, Zool. 1819.

These animals do not breed with the Domestic Pig, or any of the

genus Sus. They have not been domesticated, and very rarely

breed in confinement. The two species, a male (Dicotyles labia-

tus) and female (Notophorus torquatus), bred together in the

Zoological Gardens, 1864; they have only two teats, and have two

at a birth.

Mr. E. Gerrard, in the ‘ Catalogue of Bones in the British Mu-

seum,’ has pointed out that the Collared Peccary has six and the

White-lipped Peccary nine caudal vertebrze (p. 289).

M. F. Cuvier, in ‘ Dent. Mamm.,’ observes that his description of

the teeth is taken from the Peceary (N. torquatus), and the figure

from the Tagassu (D. /abiatus); and he continues, “The hinder

molar of the lower jaw of D. dabiatus is terminated by a single tu-

berele as large as the others, and not by three small ones.” — Dent.

Mamm. 211. I cannot see any difference in the form of the crown of

the last grinder of the two species. The teeth, like the skull, are

much the largest in D. labiatus.

1. NororHorus.

Skull—side of the face in front of the orbit dilated, spread out,

deeply concave beneath ; the longitudinal ridge on the cheeks nearly

44 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE SUID. [Jan. 9,

parallel with the tooth-line ; orbit small, incomplete behind, with a

concave half ring beneath, on the cheeks and upper part of the front

of the zygomatic arch; occipital end much dilated on the sides,

forming a case for the hinder part of the temporal muscle. Teeth

moderate. Tail rudimentary ; caudal vertebrz six (Gerrard).

De Blainville’s figure of the skull on the skeleton (Onguligrades,

Sus, t. 3) is not characteristic ; the concavity in front of the lower

part of the orbit is not sufficiently marked. The skull figured as

that of Sus torguatus on tab. 5 is that of Dicotyles labiatus.

Dr. Spencer Baird’s figure of the skull (t. 87) is much shorter

and more ventricose than any of our specimens; the form of the

ridge on the cheek is very imperfectly represented.

NotorHorvs Torquatus. Peccary. B.M.

Black-brown, yellow-washed ; neck and shoulders with a white

streak.

Sus tajacu, Linn. 8. N. i. 103.

Sus tajassu, Erxleb. S. R. A. i. 188.

Sus torquatus, Blainv. Ostéogr. Onguligr. Sus, t. 3 (skull), t. 8

(teeth).

Dicotyles torquatus, Cuv. R. A. i. 237; F. Cuv. Dent. Mam. t. 86.

f. 1; Mamm. Lithogr. i. t.; Fitz. 1864, p. 49; P. Z. S. 1859,

p. 51, 1860, pp. 181, 206, 242, 262, 417, 443; Baird, M. N. A.

627; Blainv. Ostéogr. t. 3 (skeleton), t. 5 (skull).

D. minor, Schinz, Cuv. Thierr. iv. 511 (jun.).

D. tajacu, Gray, List Mamm. B. M. 186; Gerrard, Cat. Bones

B. M. 280.

Cuche, Oviedo.

Vagassou, Lerius, Nav. in Bras. 115.

Saynos, Acosta, H. N. Indias, 287.

Zainus sive Tajacu, Jonst. Quad. 107, t. 46.

Tajacu, Piso, Ind. 98, fig.; Rai. Syn. Quad. 97.

Peccary, Wafer, Voy. 222. +3

Musk hog, Tyson, Phil. Trans. cliii. p. 359 ; Hill, Anim. 572.

Pecari ou tajacu, Buffon, H. N. x. 21, t. 3. f. 27, t. 5. f. 13.

Mewican hog, Penn.

Pecari, Shaw.

fab. South America: Mexico, Red River, Arkansas, Guiana,

Brazil, Paraguay, Peru, California (Baird).

Notophorus torquatus had a young one in 1860, the first occasion

that the animal has bred in confinement in England (Sclater, P. Z. 8.

1860, p. 443).

The skulls of the three old [males?], having large canine teeth,

are rather larger than the other, and they have a well-marked ob-

long slightly sunk concavity in front of the orbits.

One adult skull, in the Museum, with large short thick canines,

has this part of the skull, which is concave in the three other skulls

above referred to, flat.

The angle of the lower jaw in the old skull becomes much di-

1868.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE SUID. 45

lated, with a produced lower edge, making the skull appear higher

than the skull from an animal with all its teeth just developed, as

720 h.

2. Dicory es.

Skull—side of the face in front and on the under side of the orbits

flattened, with a well-marked ridge on its lower edge ; orbits small,

incomplete. The longitudinal ridge on the cheeks bent up in an

arched manner in front of the orbits, and then slightly indicated

parallel to the line of the forehead, becoming a large concavity on

the cheek beneath. Teeth large (see Blainv. Ostéogr. Onguligr. Sus,

t. 5, figured as Sus torquatus). Tail rudimentary ; caudal vertebrae

nine (Gerrard).

DicoryLes LABIATUS. B.M.

Black-brown, varied with yellowish ; no neck-bands; lower jaw

white.

Sus tajassu, Erxleb. S. Rég. Anim. i. 185.

Sus albirostris, Illig., Licht. Verz. d. Doubl. Berl. Mus. 3.

Dicotyles labiatus, Cuv.R. A. i. 237 ; F.Cuv. Dent. Mamm. 210,

t. 86. f. 2; Mamm. Lith. xxvii. t.; P. Z. S. 1848, p. 70, 1860,

. 262.

; Sus labiatus, Gerrard, Cat. Bones B. M. 281; Blainv. Ostéogr.

Onguligr. t. 3 (foot).

Dicotyles albirostris, Wagner, Schreb. Sdugeth. Suppl. iv. 306 ;

P. Z. 8.1860, pp. 262, 442, 443.

D,. torquatus, Blainv. Ostéogr. Sus, t. 5 (skull).

Cuche, Oviedo, H. N. de las Indias, p. 21.

Saynos, Acosta, H. N. de las Indias, p. 287.

Tayacutericus, Laet. Nov. Orb. 551.

Tagnicati, Azara, Paraguay, i. 25.

Hab. South America; Guiana, Brazil, Paraguay, Peru.

The skulls are shorter, and the ridge on the cheek is not so large

and distinctly marked in younger animals as in the adults. The

alveolus for the hinder grinders, which are about to be developed,

is a kind of sheath with a slit along the middle of its exposed side.

The skulls of the young animals changing their teeth sometimes

show two small conical canines on each side of the upper jaw, as 721 a,

721 6.

Il. The premolars deciduous, their place being supplied by the

development of the molars.

Fam. 3. PHacocH@RID.

Grinders formed of laminz, with numerous roots. Canines cylin-

drical, conical ; the upper bent upwards. Eyes and nostrils on a

level with top of head. Young not streaked.

Hab. Africa. Lives floating among reeds. Intermediate between

Suide and Hippopotamide.

46 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE SUIDE. [Jan. 9,

Pie fice tna,

3—

Cutting-teeth = deciduous ; canines — = : ; grinders &= = + premo-

lars — The premolars fall out; and their places are eventually

filled by the molars, as the large molar is developed and gradually

increased in length by the addition of a new plate to its hinder edge

(see Blainv. Ostéogr., Sus ethiopicus, t. 8).

The whole series of teeth are never or very rarely to be seen deve-

loped at the same time, as the last molar is rarely apparent until the

first two or three premolars have fallen out.

Phacocheres (Phacocherus), F. Cuv. Dent. Mam. 213, t. 87.

Phascocherus, F. Cuv. Mém. Mus. viii. 454; I. Geoff.; A.

Smith.

Phococherus, F.Cuv. Dent. Mamm. 213,t.87; Temm.; Reichenb.;

Giebel, 235; Peters; Owen, Odont. 549, t. 141. f. 2; Fitz. Setigera,

415, 1864; Gerrard, Cat. Bones B. M. 279.

Eureodon, G. Fischer, Zoogr.

See for dentition of Phacocherus, and the changes in it, ‘Owen,

Odont.’ p. 549, t. 140. f.4, t. 141. f. 1. He represents the premolars,

the fourth being the first tooth of the permanent series.

PHACOCHGRUS ZTHIOPICUS.

Fur dull ashy brown; beneath whitish. Ears and beard on cheeks

whitish.

Sanglier du cap vert, Daubenton; Buffon, H. N. xiv. 409, xv.

148.

Sus ethiopicus, Erxleb. Sus, R. A.i. 187; Griffith, A. K. iii. 410,

fig. ; Blainv. Ostéogr. Onguligr. Sus, t. 5

Sus africanus, Gmelin, 8. N. i. 220; Home, Comp. Anat. ii.

t. 39 (skull, adult).

Phascocherus africanus, F. Cuv. Mém. du Mus. viii. 454, t. 23;

Lesson, Mamm. 341.

Phascocheres incisivus, I. Geoff. Dict. Class. H. N. xiii. 32.

Phacocherus africanus, F. Cuv. Dent. Mamm. 215, t. 87. f.6;

Fischer, Syn. Mamm. 424: Peters, Mossamb. 181 ; Giebel, Saugeth.

DRY kc

Sanglier d Afrique, Adanson, Sénégal, 76.

Aper ethiopicus, Pallas, Misc. 16, t.2; Spicil. ii. 3, t. 1, xi. t. 5.

Sus ethiopicus, Linn. 8. N. i. 223; Blainv. Ostéogr. t. 5 (skull),

t. 8 (teeth).

Engalla, Merol. Cong. 667.

Pore a large groin, Vosm. Descrip. 1767.

Emgallo, Buffon, H. N. Supp. iu. 76, t.11.

LEthiopian Hog, Penn.

Sus angalla, Boddaert, Elench. A. i. 150.

Phascocheres ethiopicus, F, Cuvier, Mém. du Mus. viii. 450, t. 23;

Dent. Mamm. 215, t. 87. f. a.

Phascocherus eliani, Riippell, Atlas, t. 25, 26.

1868. | DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE SUID. 47

Phacocherus barbatus, Temm. Monog. i. 29.

Phacocherus haroja, Ehrenb. Symb. ii. t. 20.

Phacocherus eliani, Gray, List Mamm. B. M. 185; Reichb. N.

Pachyd. 36; Sclater, P. Z. S. 1864, p. 106; Gerrard, Cat. Bones

B. M. 280; Owen, Odont. 549.

Phacocherus ethiopicus, Home, List Comp. Anat. ii. t. 38, 39.

Cape Verd Hog, Shaw; Penn.

Phascocheres africanus, Desm. Mamm. 593; A. Smith, Cat. S.

A. Mus. 16.

Phascocherus edentatus, I. Geoff. Dict. Class. H. N. xiii. 320.

Phascocherus typicus (African Boar), A. Smith, 8. African Quart.

Journ. 90.

Phacocherus ethiopicus, Fischer, Syn. Mamm. 424; P. Z. S.

1850, p. 78, 1860, p. 443; Gray, List Mamm. B. M. 185; Giebel,

Siugeth. 236; Fitz. Sitz. Akad. d. Wissen. 1864, p. 39.

Phacocherus africanus, Harris; Kirk, P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 656.

Phacocherus pallasit, Van der Hoeven, Nov. Act. Leop. xix. i.

171, t.18; Owen, Ann. & Mag. N. H. 2nd ser. xi. 246 ; Odont. 553,

t. 140. f. 4 (teeth); P. Z.S. 1851, p. 63,

Phacocherus aper ethiopicus, Reichenb. N. Pachyd. 35, t. 32.

ve a ee

Hab. Africa; Central Africa, Tete, &c. (Kirk) ; Guinea, Senegal

(Adanson) ; Mossambique (Peters); South Africa, called “ Kau-

naba ;” Abyssinia; Arabia.

* Native name ‘Jiri’ or ‘Njiri’ at Tete; in Sechuana, ‘ Kolobe;’

Sena and Tete; Batoka country.” —Kirk, P. Z. S. 1864, p- 656.

M. F. Cuvier divides Phacochwrus into (1) Phacocheres & inci-

sives, P. africanus ; (2) Phacocheres sans incisives, P. ethiopicus,

Gmel. (Dent. Mam. 257, 213). He adds, “Notre dessin est tiré,

pour la machoire supérieure d’un Phacochere sans incisives, et pour

la machoire inférieure d’un Phacochere pourvu d’incisives, et nous

ferous remarquer que les disques des dernitres molaires du premier

sont moins grands et moins nombreux que ceux de la derniére mo-

laire du second, serait-ce encore un caractére spécifique?” (Dent.

Mamm. p. 213).

The size and number of the disks on the crown of the last grinder

depend on the age of the tooth and how much of the surface has

been worn down.

In the British Museum there are three skeletons and fourteen

skulls or parts of skulls. The skulls of ten of these have two inci-

sors in the upper jaw, and seven are without any incisors in the

upper jaw, as marked in Mr. Gerrard’s ‘ Catalogue of Bones,’ p. 280.

Two of these skulls belong to skeletons of a male and female Phaco-

chere that were brought together from Africa, and lived several

years in the Gardens ; they are both destitute of upper cutting-teeth.

Another skeleton of a female that lived in the Zoological Gardens

has two cutting-teeth in the upper jaw; so the existence or non-

existence of the upper cutting-teeth is not a sexual character.

The presence or absence of the upper cutting-teeth does not de-

pend on the age of the animal ; for there are specimens without any

48 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE SUID. [Jan. 9,

cutting-teeth that have the premolars still present and the hinder

molar small, and there are specimens which have the cutting-teeth

that have lost or are losing the premolars and have the hinder

molar very large and well developed.

Nine of the skulls or front parts of the upper jaws were bought

of Mr. Argent, who purchased them all together with a collection of

Cape skins: five of these jaws have distinct teeth in the upper jaw,

and four of them are without any indications of them ; therefore the

presence or absence of the upper cutting-teeth is common to ani-

mals inhabiting the same locality, not peculiar to the Phacochere of

different districts of Africa as has been supposed.

Professor Sundevall observes, ‘‘ Sus (Phacoch.) eliani, Cram. ;

Ph. harroya, Ehr., in Caffraria a Wahlbergio inventus est. Plura

specimina utriusque sexus retulit, nullum vero suis Athiopici ibi

vidit.”— Gifversigt K.V. Akad. Forh. 1846, p. 121.

I cannot discover any difference between the skull which we re-

ceived from Professor Sundevall as P. eliani from Caffraria and the

skulls without cutting-teeth which were obtained from Mr. Argent,

which are called P. ethiopicus.

There is no difference, as far as I can see, except size, between the

very large skull of a male from Cape Verde, that was given to

the Museum by Mr. T. Tatum, and the skulls from South Africa

and Caffraria in the Museum Collection, and the skull figured by

Dr. Riippell as the type of his P. eliani.

It is said that P. ethiopicus, without upper cutting-teeth, has a

soft sac under the eyes, which is not to be observed in P. africanus,

that has cutting-teeth in the upper jaw. Perhaps that may be a

sexual character ; for it was a male P. ethiopicus that was first de-

scribed, with a large mane of slight bristles.

The teeth in the lower jaw are generally well developed and large.

There is one skull in the British Museum, from Mr. Argent, in which

they are nearly worn away to the roots; they are small. This skull

has no upper incisors. De Blainville figures a lower jaw in which

they are entirely absent, and another in which there are only two

very small teeth (Ostéogr. Sus, t. 5, Sus ethiopicus).

It has been proposed to divide Phacocherus into two species,

thus characterized :—

P. ethiopicus. Head short; forehead convex ; cutting-teeth none

above, and small and deciduous below.

P. eliani. Head elongate; forehead convex ; cutting-teeth two

in upper, six in lower jaw, both large and exserted.

I cannot find any difference in the form of the head and forehead

between the specimens with and without cutting-teeth in the upper

jaw. ‘The head is as long and the forehead is as concave in the

skulls that are destitute of upper cutting-teeth as in those that have

them well developed.

There is a considerable variation in the skulls. The skull of the

male from the Zoological Gardens is much broader, and the forehead

more concave, than the skulls of the females from the same collection ;

but these are from animals that have been kept in confinement.

1868. | LETTER FROM MR. E.'P. RAMSAY, 49

The teeth of the old male are greatly deformed, the grinders being

absent on one side of the upper and on the opposite side of the lower

jaw, the teeth working into cavities in the alveolar surface. The nose

of the skull below the base of the canines is much broader and more

rounded and arched in the males than in the females. The upper

canine teeth are nearly of the same form in the two sexes; those of

the males are much the thickest.

The skull from the Cape Verde is longer in proportion to its

width than any of the other skulls, the line along the upper surface

of the skull being full three times the length of the width between

the upper edges of the orbits. In other skulls it is twice and a half,

or rather more than twice and a half, the width at the same part of

the skull. I cannot see any other character to separate it.

The Wild Pigs of Obbo, Central Africa, live under ground ; they

take possession of the holes made by the Manis; these they enlarge

and form coul and secure retreats. (Baker, ‘Albert N’yauza,’ ii. 66.)

January 23, 1868.

John Gould, Esq., F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

An extract was read from a letter addressed to Dr. Gray by Mr.

Gerard Krefft, Corr. Memb., dated Sydney, 23 Nov. 1867, stating

that amongst other fossil remains which he was now arranging for

the Australian Museum he had discovered a portion of the humerus

of an extinct species of Echidna from the Darling Downs, indicating

the former existence of a gigantic form of this Monotreme in Au-

stralia.

The following letter, addressed to the Secretary by Mr. E. P.

Ramsay, Corr. Memb., was read :—

« Srr,—Seeing that great interest has been taken in the arrival of a

living specimen of the New-South-Wales Lyre-bird (Menura superba)

in England, I thought it my duty to investigate the subject, and to

endeavour to procure some for the Society. I have therefore, during

this last breeding-season, paid much attention to their habits and

mode of nidification, and by sending men for that purpose have ob-

tained three young birds, which, as soon as they are strong enough,

shall be forwarded to the Society with all due care. At present these

young birds are doing remarkably well, and are just able to run about

and feed themselves. I have also obtained several of their nests and

eggs, in the latter of which I find three distinct varieties. The nests

also differ, according to the locality frequented by the birds :—some

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1868, No. LV.

50 LETTER FROM MR. E. P. RAMSAY. | Jan. 23,

being constructed of rough material, such as large sticks, stringy

bark *, and dead ferns (Péeris aquilina) ; others of very fine rootlets

and pieces of Hymenophyllum tunbridgense, which makes a remark-

ably neat nest. Braisher, the most successful of my collectors, who

also procured the young birds, called upon me a few days ago with

some of the eggs, when I took the opportunity of getting all the

particulars respecting the nidification. I find that in no instance

did he meet with more than one egg or one young bird in the same

nest. The birds commence to build in May, and lay their eggs in

June and July. The female is not fed by the male while she is sit-

ting, nor has Braisher ever observed the male bird near the place

after she has laid her egg. The female frequently leaves her egg

during the middle of the day to search for food. This may account

for the length of time taken in the hatching, which sometimes

extends over a month. The young do not leave the nest until they

are eight or ten weeks old. When one is standing in front of the

nest, the egg or the young bird can easily be seen in it. The

female enters the nest head first, and then turns round and settles

herself on the egg, with her tail sometimes over her back, but more

often bent round by her side. 'Thus in time the tail becomes quite

askew, and is a tolerable guide to the length of time the bird has

been sitting.

« The nests are for the most part placed on the darker side of the

gullies and ravines. They are large, oval, domed structures, with

the entrance in the front, are usually placed on the ground, at the

foot of some stump or tree, by the side of a fallen log; sometimes

they are placed on a ledge of rock in the face of a cliff at a consi-

derable height from the ground; occasionally a nest is found in the

end of a log which has been hollowed out by fire and formed in the

shape of a scoop. They are always built on some solid foundation ;

nor do I see how such a bulky and loosely built structure could hold

together if placed otherwise ; great care must be taken in moving

the nests to prevent their falling to pieces. I have now before me

three nests :—No. 1, taken from the hollow end of a log; No. 2,

from a ledge of rock; while the third was found by the side of a

fallen tree. No. 2 is composed of fine roots and Hymenophyllum

tunbridgense, with pieces of Hypnum, and lined with feathers ;

this nest is much more neat, smaller than the others, and looked

very beautiful while the ferns and moss which covered the whole

of the outside were fresh and green. Nos. 1 and 3 are much the

same in appearance and size, being large, oval, dome-shaped struc-

tures of sticks, twigs, and roots interwoven loosely with pieces of

bark and moss, roots of ferns, and fronds of Péeris aquilina; the

inside is lined with rootlets and, finally, the long loose feathers from

the flanks and backs of the birds. The entrance, which is in the

side (or front), is not covered with a hood, nor does its upper edge

hang over so as to conceal the egg. The lower edge, if anything,

protrudes slightly in all the nests I have examined. ‘The total length

* The inner bark of Eucalyptus, used as ties by the bushmen for almost all

purposes. :

1868. ] LETTEK FROM MR. E, P. RAMSAY. ol

of the nest is 26 inches, height 12, and width 18 inches; the en-

trance is 5 or 6 inches in diameter, and its lower edge 43 in thickness.

The whole of the interior is lined with feathers, which, being much

of the same colour as the egg, help to protect it and hide it from

view. All the nests and eggs which I possess, with the exception of

une, were procured in the Illawarra district, chiefly from the ravines

and gullies in the neighbourhoods of Appin and Wollongong. Occa-

sionally the same nest is used more than once, after being lined

afresh with feathers. The eggs are of three varieties at least :—

“Var. a, the most common, is of a light stone-grey, with darker-

coloured blotches and spots, and a few jet-black dots; length 24 to

2°5 inches by 1°6 to 1*7 in breadth. Other specimens are dull brown,

stone-brown, or dark blackish brown, with dull-brown spots and

blotches when fresh.

“Var, 3 is of a reddish-brown colour, with dark blackish-brown

spots, and a beautiful blush of pinkish purple over the whole surface.

I have only seen one of this very marked variety, 2°35 inches in

length by 1°65 in breadth.

“Var. y is a most peculiar-looking egg, of a uniform dark me-

tallie blackish brown, having obscure spots and blotches of a

darker tint, almost invisible at a short distance ; length 2°5 by 1°7

inches; and, like many of the other specimens, this variety has jet-

black lines and dots dispersed over the surface.

«The young, which are hatched early in August, but sometimes

as late as the end of September, are of a whity-brown colour upon

leaving the egg, but become darker as they get older ; tle crown of

the head is covered with long dusky slate-coloured down, which hangs

over the neck (which is quite bare) on to the back; the wings have

a fringe of shorter down round them, being longest on their lower

edge; the upper part of the rump, centre of the back, and the tail

are also covered with down, while two rows of short down grow along

the thighs. The bare triangular part of the neck is surrounded by

a narrow fringe of very short down, while two edges, still shorter and

of a light yellow colour, grow on either side of the breast or keel of

the sternum. Down on the head from 13 to 2 inches in length; on

rump and tail it is 2 inches long. Bill °5 inch in length, blackish

brown at tip; tarsi ‘8 inch in length.

“Upon finding that Mr. Gould is wont to consider the South-

Australian Lyre-bird to be of a distinct species from that found in

New South Wales, I took the earliest opportunity of obtaining South-

Australian specimens, and in due time received from Port Phillip six

tolerably good skins, which I have now before me, consisting of

three adult males, one young male, and two females. Having closely

examined and compared these with numerous specimens shot in

various parts of New South Wales, as well as with a very complete

series in my own collection, I must say that, although not altogether

unprepared, I was greatly disappointed to find that Mr. Gould had

endeavoured to form a species from such trivial differences as are

exhibited in the more defined and deeper-coloured bars of the two

outer tail-feathers of some of the Port-Phillip birds. I say some,

52 LETTER FROM MR. E. P. RAMSAY. [Jan. 23,

because these differences do not exist in all the specimens I have

examined from those parts. Nevertheless I must acknowledge that in

most of the Port-Phillip specimens these bars on the two tail-feathers

are more defined and of a deeper tint than 1 have observed in the

New-South-Wales specimens. But this I attribute in a great mea-

sure to the age of the birds, and also of the tail itself; for an old tail

always appears to me to be darker in tint than one freshly grown.

I noticed this fact last year, when | examined some fifty specimens,

and found that the most perfect tails were lightest in colour, and,

moreover, that the two outside tail-feathers were the last to obtain

their full length. This may in some way account for Mr. Gould’s

remark respecting the ‘ diminished length’ of these feathers in his

Port-Phillip specimens ; for when fully grown, in all my specimens

from the same locality, these feathers are of the same average length,

and bear the same proportion te the rest of the tail-feathers as those

of the New-South- Wales birds.

“The South-Australian variety, then, differs upon the whole in

being of a slightly darker tint, and in having the bars of the two

outer tail-feathers more defined, especially at the base, and of a

deeper colour than is usually found in New-South-Wales speci-

mens. This darker tint of colour is also visible in the tails of the

females. If such slight differences are considered by ornithologists

to be specific, no more appropriate name could be found for the

South-Australian bird than that chosen by Mr. Gould (Menura

vietoria). :

“With respect to the Menura alberti, 1 am afraid that I can

add but little to the very complete account of it already given by Mr.

Gould in his ‘Handbook to the Birds of Australia.” We met with

it on two occasions only during last year’s visit to the Richmond

River. So shy and distrustful was this species, that a passing glance

and a random shot were all we could get in either instance, which,

nevertheless, obtained us two fine specimens. One, a young female (°),

shot on the 9th of November, and which I take to be about six

months old, had still a large tuft of down on the chest ; all the upper

surface (except the back of the head and neck, which are dark

brown) is of a deep rufous; front of the head, throat, underside of

neck, and the upper and under tail-coverts are of a deep bright ru-

fous ; the chest is covered with dense, short, stiff, downy feathers of

a dull-brown colour; all the under surface, except the centre of the

breast and abdomen, which are light brown, is of a sandy buff; tail

dark brown underneath, each feather tipped with rufous. Total

length 23 inches, tail 14°12, bill 1°7, along the ridge 1-4, width at

base ‘6, height °5, tarsi 4 inches; hind toe 1-4, its claw 1°5; second

toe 1°9, its claw 1:2; third toe 2:1, its claw 1°1; fourth toe 1*7, its

claw 1 inch. Bill, legs, and claws black.”

Mr. Gould made some comments upon Mr. Ramsay’s paper, in

the course of which he remarked that any additional information

respecting the birds forming the genus Mexura must be of the highest

interest to physiologists as well as to ornithologists. The ano-

J. Smt. lith

M &N Hanihart imp

1868.] MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON NEW BIRDS. 53

malous structure and habits of these birds had induced some natu-

ralists to place them among the Gallinaceze, and others with the In-

sessores, in which latter order was, in his opinion, their true position,

To what family they belonged was still an open question. He had

formerly associated them with the American genus Pteroplochos,

but no longer entertained that view. By one, at least, of the old

writers the Lyre-bird was placed with the Paradiseide, a view which

has lately been revived by Mr. Bartlett. The features most favour-

able to this opinion appeared to be the character of the feathers cover-

ing the body, and the peculiar form of the two narrow central tail-

Lathan. which feathers were nearly of the same form in the true

Birds of Paradise.

Mr. Gould then exhibited skins of Menura superba and M. victoria,

with a chick and egg of the latter species, and directed the attention

of the meeting to the peculiar condition of the bird at this early

stage of its existence (two days after its exclusion from the egg),

when its appearance was so extraordinary as to render it difficult for

the most astute ornithologist to determine to what genus it belonged,

the entire surface being thickly covered with a lengthened sooty-black

down, which assumed the form of a great cowl or hood over the

head ; while the under surface was so sparsely clothed, that the throat,

ae and thighs were nearly naked. The chick also differed from

those of most other birds in the feebleness or comparative non-deve-

lopment of the tarsi, toes, and nails, particularly when compared

with those of the Gallinaceze and Plovers, in which these organs, so

necessary for nimble running, were almost perfect, and eminently

fitted for aiding them in procuring their subsistence. The Me-

nura, on the other hand, was as helpless as a young thrush, or any

other Insessorial nestling. It was evident, therefore, that, like them,

the solitary young Lyre-bird remained sitting in its great domed nest,

and was entirely dependent upon its parents for food and protection

until its feeble legs had become fully developed, and its body covered

with real feathers. Whether the chick was blind on exclusion from

the egg was at present unknown, and this was a point which it

would be very interesting to ascertain.

_ The following papers were read : —

1. Descriptions of New Species of Birds of the Families

Dendrocolaptide, Strigide, and Columbide. By P. lL.

Sciarer and Ospert Savin.

(Plate V.)

The following descriptions relate to presumed new species of

birds which we have lately met with during a revision of the speci-

mens of the families Dendrocolaptide, Strigide, and Columbide in

our collections. We hope to give illustrations of the greater portion

of them in the forthcoming numbers of our ‘ Exotic Ornithology.’

54 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON NEW BIRDS. [Jan. 23,

1. DENDROCINCLA RUFICEPS, sp. nov.

Brunnescenti-olivacea; pileo, alis extus, et cauda tota castaneis :

subtus, precipue in gula, paulo dilutior : remigum primariorum

quinque externorum apicibus nigricantibus : rostro corneo, pe-

dibus corylinis: long. tota 8, ale 4°2, caud@e 3°2, rostri a

rictu 1°35 poll. Angl.

Had. Isthmus Panamensis.

Sim. D. homochroe, sed statura majore, rostro multo fortiore, et

dorso olivaceo tincto distinguenda.

Sclater’s collection contains a single skin of this Dendrocincla,

which was obtained near the city of Panama by the late Mr. William

Thomas Hodgetts Chambers-Hodgetts (formerly Chambers) during

a temporary visit to the isthmus. It is, perhaps, the species indi-

cated by Mr. Lawrence as Dendromanes homochrous (Ann. L. N. Y.

viii. p. 466), but is certainly distinct. We are now inclined to con-

sider Sclater’s genus Dendromanes to be only subgenerically distinct

from Dendrocincla, of which group the following species are known

to us.

a. Dendromanes.

. D. anabatina, Sclater, ex Mexico et Guatemala.

. D. homochroa, Sclater, ex Mexico et Guatemala.

wo no

. D. ruficeps, nobis, ex Panama.

. D. merula (Licht.), ex Guiana et Amazonia.

. D. meruloides (Lafr.), ex Venezuela.

b. Dendrocinela.

6. D. fumigata (Licht.), ex Brasil.

7. D. atrirostris (Lafr.), ex Boliv., Nov. Granada, rep. Aiquator.

et Panama.

8. D. longicauda, Pelzeln, ex Amazonia.

9. D. tyrannina (Lafr.), ex Nov. Granada.

10. D. turdina (Licht.), ex Brasil.

Of all these ten species there are specimens in Sclater’s col-

lection.

We are not acquainted with D. minor, lately described by Herr

von Pelzeln, ‘Orn. Bras.’ p. 60.

2. DENDROCOLAPTES PUNCTICOLLIS, sp. nov. (PI. V.)

Dendrocolaptes multistrigatus, Scl. et Salv. Ibis, 1860, p. 275

(nec Eytoni).

Olivaceo-brunneus : alis extus et cauda rufis: capite nigricante

cum dorso superiore fulvo strigato ; subtus dilutior et magis

fuscus, gutture albescentiore ; collo antico nigro punctato, pec-

tore pallide fuscescenti-albido strigato : ventre toto indistincte

niavo transfasciato : tectricibus subalaribus ochraceis nigro

1868.] MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON NEW BIRDS. 55

punctatis: rostro pallide corneo, mandibula magis albicante :

pedibus nigris: long. tota 10°5, ale 5:0, caude 4°5, rostri a

rictu 1*7.

Hab. Guatemala, prov. Vere Pacis.

Sim. D. picumno, sed rostro longiore angustiore et colore pallidiore,

collo nigro punctato et tectricibus subalaribus ochraceis dignoscen-

dus.

Pic. x.

Dendrocolaptes puneticollis.

We have hitherto referred this bird to D, multostrigatus of Eyton

(Contr. Orn. 1851, p. 75), but, having recently, through Mr. Thomas

Moore’s kindness, had an opportunity of examining the type specimen

of Mr. Eyton’s species in the Derby Museum, find that we have been

in error. Mr. Eyton’s bird is identical with a Peruvian and New-

Granadian species which we consider to be D. validus of Tschudi,

although, from the badness of the plate and description in the ‘ Fauna

Peruviana,’ this identification is open to some doubt.

56 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON NEW BIRpDs. [Jan. 23,

We are acquainted with six species of this genus, which is divisible

into two sections as follows :—

a. Dendrocops.

(1) D. picumnus (Licht.), ex Brasil. reg. sylv.

(2) D. puneticollis, nobis, ex Guatemala.

(3) D. validus (Tsch.): Sel. et Salv. P. Z.S.1866, p. 184. D.

multostrigatus, Eyton. Ex Peruvia orient. et Nov. Granada.

b. Dendrocolaptes.

(4) D. certhia (Bodd. ex Pl. Enl. 621). D. cayennensis, auct.

ex Gmelin. Premnocopus undulatus, Cab. Ex Guiana et Amazonia

inf.

(5) D. radiolatus, Sel. et Salv. P. Z. S. 1867, p. 755, ex Peruv.

~ orientali.

(6) D. sancti-thome (Lafr.), ex Panama, Costa Rica, et Guatemala.

(7) D. concolor, Pelzeln, ex Amazonia.

There are specimens of all these species in Sclater’s collection.

We have not yet met with D. pallescens, Pelzeln, Orn. Bras. p. 61.

3. Scors BARBARUS, sp. nov.

Scops flammeola, Salvin, Ibis, 1861, p. 355 (err.).

Niger, pallido rufo punctatus et variegatus : superciliis in torquem

nuchalem transeuntibus, albo guttatis: scapularium pogoniis

externis distincte albo ocellatis : primariis fusco-nigris, in po-

gonio externo rufescente albo septies transfasciatis: cauda

nigricante, rufescente quinquies transfasciata: subtus nigricans,

precipue in ventre ocellis albis frequenter aspersus ; crisso albi-

cante, nigro punctato: tarsis pro majore parte dense vestitis ;

horum autem parte terminali cum digitis omnino nudis: long.

tota 7, ale 5°4, caud@ 2°5, tarsi 1.

Hab. Guatemala, prov. Vere Pacis.

The type specimen of this apparently undescribed Scops, now in

the collection of Messrs. Salvin and Godman, was sent to Salvin

from Vera Paz in the year 1866. The bird referred to by Salvin as

Scops flammeola, as quoted above, turns out to be a rufous variety

of the same species.

Scops barbarus, as we propose to term it, the last-mentioned

example having been obtained near the village of Santa Barbara, in

Vera Paz, is readily distinguishable from every other American Scops,

except Scops flammeola, by its small size. From the latter it may

be at once distinguished by the feathering of the tarsus terminating

above its distal end, and leaving a narrow naked ring round its lower

end (see fig. 2). In Seops flammeola (fig. 1) the feathering is con-

tinued rather beyond the extremity of the tarsus, and covers the basal

joints of the anterior phalanges. The present bird is also remark-

able for the round white spots which thickly cover its under plu-

1868.] | MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON NEW BIRDS, 57

mage. In Scops fammeola there are strongly marked longitudinal

bars on the under surface, as in Scops asio and its allies.

Fig. B.

Fig. 1. Left foot of Scops flammeola.

2. Left foot of S. barbarus.

3. Left foot of 8. xudipes,

We are acquainted with seven well-marked species of this genus

in America, namely :-—

a. Digitis setosis.

(1) S. asto (Linn.) : Baird’s B. N. A. p. 51, ex America septentr.

universa.

(2) S. kennicotti, Baird, sp. nov., ex America bor.-oce.*

(3) S. trichopsis, Wagler, Isis, 1832, p. 276. S. macalli, Cassin,

Ex Texas, Mexico, et Guatemala.

b. Digitis omnino nudis.

(4) S. fammeola, Kp., ex Mexico.

(5) S. darbarus, ex Guatemala.

(6) S. brasilianus (Gm.). Strix choliba, Vieill. Strix crucigera,

Spix. Ex America meridionali tropica.

c. Digitis cum tarsorum dimidio basali nudis.

(7) S. nudipes (Vieill.). Bubo nudipes, Vieill. Ois. de ? Am. Sept. i.

p. 53, t. 22. Ephialtes nudipes, Cassin, List of Owls. Ex Costa

Rica (Arcé); Bogota (Cassin).

* We have lately had an opportunity of examining the type specimen of this

new species, which has been sent to this country to be figured for Mr. Elliot’s

work on the ‘ Birds of North America,’ now in progress. It is similar in form to

S. asio, but is of larger size and more distinctly marked.

58 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON NEW BiRps. [Jan. 23,

Mr. Salvin has lately received from Costa Rica a skin of a Scops

which seems to be referable to this species. It is immediately

distinguishable by its naked tarsus (see fig. 3).

We are not yet convinced of the validity of the following spe-

cies:—

(1) Scops atricapillus (Temm.) Probably only a variety of S. °

brasilianus.

(2) Scops ustus, Sclater. Probably an hepatic variety of the same

species.

(3) Scops watsoni, Cassin, (4) Scops lophotes, Less., and (5) Scops

portoricensis, Less. Specimens of these species have not yet come

under our observation.

4, SyRNIUM FULVESCENS, Sp. nov.

Syrnium nebulosum, Scl. et Salv. Ibis, 1859, p. 221.

Supra chocolatino-brunneum, fulvo transfasciatum et maculatum :

disci facialis plumis albis, fulvo et nigro variegatis: alarum

tectricibus minoribus in pogonio externo maculis rotundis albis

distincte notatis : alis caudaque brunneis, fulvo transfasciatis :

subtus fulvum, in pectore albicans, brunneo frequenter trans-

fasciatum, ventre pallide fulvescenti-albido fulvo strigato, crisso

immaculato: tectricibus subalaribus pallide fulvis : tarsis cum

digitorum phalangibus primis dense vestitis, plumis fulvis nigri-

cante punctulatis : rostro clare flavo: digitis nudis carneis ;

unguibus nigris: long. tota 16, ale 12°5, caude 7°3, tarsi 2°2.

Hab. Guatemala.

Obs. Sim. S. nebuloso, sed crassitie minore, colore magis fulvo,

et digitis nisi in summis phalangibus nudis dignoscendum.

The collection of Messrs. Salvin and Godman contains three spe-

cimens of this Owl from various parts of Guatemala ; and we have

met with other examples from the same country. We have hitherto

confounded it with Syrnium nebulosum, but have recently convinced

ourselves upon reexamination of its being quite distinct. In its more

denuded toes it rather resembles the southern S. hylophilum. The

fourth and fifth quills of the wing are nearly equal and longest.

The ear-opercle is very well developed, as in S. nebulosum.

Mr. Gurney’s collection contains a skin of this Owl, said to be

from Mexico ; so that the Mexican bird, hitherto referred to S. nebu-

losum*, may possibly belong to this species.

We are acquainted with the following species of American Owls

strictly referable to the genus Syrnium, which contains, according to

our views, a series of large species without ear-horns, having the lower

portion of the toes bare, the facial disk for the most part entire, and

the operculum of the ear greatly developed. Species of Wagler’s

genus Ciccaba have been very much mixed up with those of this

group. The presence or absence of the ear-opercle, however, is suf-

* Sclater, P. Z. S. 1858, p. 298.

1868.] MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON NEW BIRDS. 59

ficient at once to indicate to which genus each species should be re-

ferred :—

(1) Syrnium cinereum (Gm.): ex Am. bor.

(2) Syrnium nebulosum (Forst.) : ex Am. bor.-orient.

(3) Syrnium fulvescens, nobis, ex Mexico et Guatemala.

(4) Syrnium rufipes (King): ex terra Ignea (King).

(5) Syrnium hylophilum (Temm.): ex Brasil.

Ulula fasciata, Des Murs, Ic. Orn. t. 37, probably the same as

Strix rufipes, King, is only known to us from the plate ; and Syr-

nium occidentale, Xantus, Pr. Ac. Phil, 1859, p. 193, we have not

yet seen,

5. LEPTOPTILA PLUMBEICEPS, sp. nov.

Leptoptila rufawilla, Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1860, p. 402; Scl. P. Z. S.

1856, p. 309.

Supra lete brunnea, pileo toto plumbeo, antice albescentiore,

postice violaceo tincto : subtus vinacea, gula et ventre toto cum

erisso candidis : caude rectricibus quatuor mediis dorso con-

coloribus, lateralibus nigris albo terminatis : subalaribus casta-

neis: remigibus intus cinnamomeo-castaneis, remige externo et

ceterorum apicibus plumbeis: rostro nigro: pedibus carneis:

long. tota 10, ale 5°5, caude 3°6, tarsi 1:1.

Hab. Prov. Ver Pacis in rep. Guatemalensi, et Mexico.

Obs. Affinis L. rufaville, ex Am. merid. sed pileo saturate plumbeo

dignoscenda.

Mus. Salvino-Godmannico.

6. LEPTOPTILA CERVINIVENTRIS, Sp. Nov.

Leptoptila, sp.?, Salv. Ibis, 1861, p. 355.

Supra lete brunnea, cervice postica violaceo vix tincta: pileo

antico albescente vinaceo induto: subtus cervino-cinnamomea,

pectore plumbescente tincto, gula albicante: ventre superiore

Sumido-brunneo, hypochondriis obscurioribus, ventre imo cum

crisso medialiter albis : caude rectricibus quatuor mediis supra

dorso concoloribus : lateralibus nigricantibus, duabus aut tribus

utrinque externis anguste albo terminatis : remigibus intus ad

basin cum subalaribus castaneis: rostro nigro, pedibus lete

carneis : long. tota 9, ale 5°3, caude 3°4, tarsi 1:2.

Hab. Prov. Verz Pacis in rep. Guatemalensi.

Mus. Salvino-Godmannico.

Sim. LZ. cassini, sed pectore dilutiore et vinaceo tincto et ventre

summo saturate cervino differt.

We are acquainted with the following species of the genus Lep-

toptila, which may be easily distinguished from all other genera of

Columbide (except Peristera) by the peculiar acumination of the

outer primary, All of them have the under wing-coverts deep cin-

60 DR. J. E. GRAY ON A NEW APE, (Jan. 23,

namomeous or chestnut, and the outer tail-feathers more or less

terminated with white :—

(1) Leptoptila jamaicensis (Linn.) ; Bp. Consp. ii. p. 73, et Icon.

t.119. Ex ins. Jamaica. Mus. Brit.

(2) L. albifrons, Bp. Consp. ii. p. 74. Perist. brachyptera, Gray,

MS. Ex Mexico et Guatemala. Mus. Brit. et 8S. & G.

(3) L. verreauxi, Bp. Consp. ii. p. 75. Perist. brevipennis, G. R.

Gray, in Mus. Brit. Ex ins. Trinit. Venezuela, Nov. Granada, Pa-

nama, rep. Avquatoriali et Veragua. Mus. Brit. et S. & G.

(4) L. rufazilla (Rich. et Bern.) ; Bp. Consp. ii. p. 73. Ex Guiana

et valle Amazon. inf. Mus. Brit.

(5) L. plumbeiceps, sp. nov. Ex Vera Pace et Mexico.

(6) L. erythrothorax (Temm.) ; Bp. Consp. ii. p. 74. Peristera

macrodactyla, G. R. Gray in Mus. Brit. Ex Guianaet Brasil. Mus.

Brit. et S. & G.

(7) L. eassini, Lawr. Pr. Ac. Phil. 1867, p. 94. Ex Panama.

(8) L. cerviniventris, nobis, ex Guatemala.

We have not yet met with examples of L. dubusi, Bp.

2. Notice of Macacus lasiotus, a New Species of Ape from

China, in the Collection of the Society. By Dr. J. E.

Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.8S., &c.

(Plate VI.)

Mr. Bartlett has brought to the British Museum for my exami-

nation and identification a large strong tailless male Macaque, which

has just been imported from China in the ‘ Star of the Isles,’ and

added to the Collection of the Society. As the species is evidently

new to science, I propose to name it Macacus lasiotus, and send the

following short description, waiting until the animal can be more

carefully examined after its death ; for it is too fierce and unquiet to

be closely observed or handled.

In the want of a tail, the square form of the rump, and the colour

of the face it is much like the Magot (Inuus ecaudatus), or Tailless

Ape of Africa ; but in the colour of the fur, of the skin of the hinder

part of the body, and in its general appearance it is more nearly allied

to the Rhesus (Macacus rhesus) of Asia. Indeed it is very like a

very fine large specimen of that group of Monkeys that has acci-

dentally lost its tail; but the want of the tail is evidently a natural

deficiency.

1868. DR. J. E. GRAY ON PTERONURA SANDBACHII. 61

Macacus tasiotus. The Hairy-eared Macaque. (PI. VI.)

Tail none; ears ovate, prominent, exposed, covered with hair ;

fur yellowish olive, very minutely punctulated by the small sub-

terminal yellow rings; of the rump and outer side of the thighs red-

dish; of the face, cheeks, chest, front of the shoulders, and under

part of the body grey; the skin of the hinder part of the body near

the callosities crimson; the crown covered with short erect or re-

flexed hairs, with a few blackish hairs projecting forwards over the

eyebrows ; the chest and under part of the body covered with abun-

dance of hairs; skin of face whitish flesh-coloured, with a small red

naked spot at the outer hinder angle of each eye; hand covered with

hair, blackish.

Hab. China.

This fine Ape was presented to the Society on the 15th instant by

Miss Charlotte Alice Winkworth, of 65 Gloucester Crescent, Regent's

Park. Miss Winkworth received it from a relative in Shanghai,

who sent the following account of the animal :—

«The Ape is about three or four years old, a fine male; he comes

from the province of Szechuen, in China, aud is probably the first

conveyed home from the interior of China. In the winter he has a

splendid coat of rich brown hair, very long and thick ; and is very

fierce and powerful.”

The canines are either not much developed, or they have been

broken out, perhaps in some encounter with the wires of his den.

3. Observations on the Margined-tailed Otter (Pieronura

sandbachii). By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., &e.

‘ (Plate VII.)

During the first visit of the British Association to Liverpool in 1837

I observed a depressed-tailed very large-footed Otter in the Mu-

seum of the Royal Institution of that town, which had been collected

in Demerara by Mr. Edmondson, and presented to the Museum by

my friend Mr. Sandbach. I brought it before the Natural-History

Seetion, and named it Pteronura sandbachii.

A description of the specimen was published in ‘ Loudon’s Maga-

gine of Natural History’ for 1837, i. 580.

Mr. Gould kindly made me a drawing of the specimen during the

meeting, which was engraved, with some notes on the genus, in the

‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History’ for 1839, il. 285, t. 14.

This plate is copied in Wiegmann’s ‘Archiv’ for 1838, p. 392, t. 10

(which did not appear until late in 1839).

Professor Wiegmann at first doubted the distinctness of the genus

from Euhydra, but after he received the plate admitted that the

genera were distinct. Le proposed to alter the name of the genus

from Péeronura to Pterura.

62 DR. J. E. GRAY ON PTERONURA SANDBACHIT. [Jan. 23,

a. Upper surface of skull of Pteronura sandbachii.

+. Upper sectorial tooth and tubercular grinder of P. sandhachii.

1868.1]

DR. J. E. GRAY ON PTERONURA SANDBACHII,

Side view of skull of Preronura sandbachii.

64 DR. J. E. GRAY ON PTERONURA SANDBACHII. (Jan. 23,

The Liverpool specimen has remained unique up to this time, and

Pteronura was the only well-established genus of Mammalia wanting

in the British-Museum Collection.

In the latter end of 1867 the British Museum received from Dr.

Krauss the skins of a large female Otter and its cub, under the name

of Lutra brasiliensis, which had been obtained in Surinam by Mr.

Kappler.

As I had lately published a monograph of Mustelide, including

the species of Lutrina, in the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society’

for 1865, these specimens were entered in the register, and put away

for future examination. But the skin which Mr. Bartlett exhibited

at the last Meeting having excited new interest as regards the spe-

cimens of Otters, the skins in store were examined, and it was soon

seen that the Otter from Surinam was not the true Lutra brasili-

ensis, and was very nearly allied to, if not the same species as, the skin

that Mr. Bartlett had exhibited. The specimen chiefly differs from

Mr. Bartlett’s skin in the tail being thick and strong, and convex

on the upper and lower surface, nearly as in other Otters; so that

the flatness of the upper and under surface of the prepared skin

was doubtless produced by the preparation or dressing of it; and

it was this excessive flatness that gave the tail such an artificial

appearance. I believe that the tail of a Common Otter (L. vulgaris)

might artificially be made to resemble the tail of that prepared skin.

That there was considerable cause for scepticism I think is proved

by the experiment that Mr. Bartlett himself made to see if the cord-

like margins on the side of the tail were not artificially made, and

would disappear in soaking and stretching.

As soon as I discovered the Surinam Otter I thought it ought to

be compared with the one from Demerara. I therefore wrote to the

Secretary of the Royal Institution of Liverpool to request that they

would allow the specimen, which I originally described, to be sent

to the Museum for me to examine it, and show it to the Zoological

Society. He, most kindly and liberally, immediately granted my

request, and, on a second application, allowed me to extract the

skull of the specimen, in order that there might be no doubt on the

subject of the specific identity, as there is aslight difference in the

colouring of the throat, and also a very great difference in the size

of the specimens.

A careful examination and comparison of the specimen has satisfied

me that the Demerara and Surinam Otters are of the same species.

The specimen in Liverpool, from Demerara, is a very young animal,

with its milk series of teeth. The tail of the Demerara specimen has

the same marginal ribs as the Surinam one; but in the preparation

it has been too much depressed on the sides, and the sides also are

artificially extended, giving it a fin like appearance, which induced

ine to give it the name ot Pteronura. Craspedura, or margined-

tailed, would have been a much more appropriate one. The bones

have been almost entirely extracted from the skin of the feet, and

they have been evidently flattened by the stuffer. The size and

flatness of the feet in this specimen, which gave the animal so much

1868. ] DR. J. E. GRAY ON PTERONURA SANDBACHII. 65

apparent relation to the Sea-Otters, do not exist in the unstuffed

specimen from Surinam, which has large feet, with very strong toes

united by a broad web extending to the end of the toes, and large

acute claws, the feet being quite of the normal or usual form of the

Otters’, and having no more resemblance to those of the Sea-Otter or

Enhydra than is the case in any of the other species of the genus.

The skull, which is very long and has sharply tubercular teeth,

also shows that it is far removed from the very short, broad, square

skull, with the very broad teeth with hemispherical tubercles, that is

so peculiar to the Sea-Otter.

The Surinam specimen and the reexamination of the Demerara

specimen and its skull enable me to give a revised character to the

genus :—

PTERONURA.

Head depressed ; ears hairy, small; muzzle entirely covered with

hair. Fur very soft, short, with a fine short soft under-fur. Feet

large and strong; toes 5.5, elongate, strong, widely webbed to the

ends ; toes on fore feet nearly equal, thumb smaller ; the three outer

toes of the hind feet are rather longer than the first toes, and the

great toe a little smaller; claws large, compressed, acute; soles and

palms bald to the heel, striated. Tail conical, tapering, rather de-

pressed, covered with short hair, and furnished with a subcylindrical

prominent ridge on each side; end more depressed, two-edged, and

fringed at the tip. Teats four, abdominal. Skull elongate, rather

high for an Otter; face very short; nose-opening large, nearly erect;

nose with an oblong depression on each side near the orbits; orbits

very incomplete, moderate, with a very large oblong aperture beneath

the lower edge, and with an obtuse prominence in the front of the

upper edge near the side of the nose ; forehead shelving, flat, straight,

sides over the orbits straight and short, triangular behind the

very small conical supraorbital process; crown with a very narrow

central ridge; brain-case very long, twice as long as the face to the

back of the orbits, very narrow and compressed in front, broad and

swollen behind ; zygomatic arch very strong, broad, leaving a very

large wide cavity beneath, infraorbital process slightly marked; the

occipital end nearly erect, nearly twice as broad as high; the foramen

magnum oblong, transverse ; the upper edge of the foramen thick,

concave, with two large roundish perforations close together in the

upper part for the passage of two blood-vessels to the brain-cavity.

Palate rather concave, narrowed behind, with a square hinder nasal

opening. The four central cutting-teeth in each jaw moderate, equal,

the outer larger and broader. The premolars conical; the front

very small, on the inner side of the hinder edge of the base of the

canine ; two others conical, with distinct cingulum. The flesh-tooth

large, with the inner lobe nearly as long as the outer edge, oblong,

the front side being broadest. The last or tubercular grinder oblong,

transverse, nearly twice as broad as long, with four distinct tubercles,

The flesh-tooth of the lower jaw oblong, more than twice as long as

broad, with three large anterior and one very large posterior lobes ;

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1868, No. V.

66 DR. J. E. GRAY ON PTERONURA SANDBACHII. [Jan. 23,

the hinder or tubercular grinder moderate, with a nearly circular

crown.

Preronura sanpsacuil. (PI. VII.)

Fur bright bay brown above and below; hairs all nearly of a

uniform brown colour ; lips and a large irregular patch on the throat

and some spots on the side of the throat bright yellow.

Pteronura sandbachit, Gray, Loudon’s Mag. N. H. i. 580, 1837 ;

Ann. & Mag. N. H. ii. 285, t. 14, 1839.

Pterura sandbachii, Wiegmann’s Arch. iv. 392, 1838 (published

1839).

Hob. Demerara (Mus. Roy. Institution, Liverpool). Young.

Length of adult female (a tanned skin in the possession of Mr.

Bartlett), body and head 43, tail 24,=67 inches. Throat with two

bright yellow streaks and some yellow spots.

Var. kappleri. B.M.

Bright golden brown above and below; hairs brown, with nume-

rous white hairs intermixed ; lips, chin, and an elongated streak on

each side of the throat, which is dilated behind, and one branch of

it extended up to the side of the chest, white.

Young duller, greyer ; lips and throat spotted, white.

Lutra brasiliensis, Krauss, Mus. Stutgardt.

Hab. Surinam (Kappler).

The white hairs are better seen when the fur is examined by a

hand magnifier.

Skull of adult :—Length 6, of brain-case from the back edge of

the orbit 43, of the zygoma and orbit 33 inches; width at the zygo-

matic arch 33, at the back of ear-opening 33 inches ; height of skull

and lower jaw 22 inches. The skull of the young specimen chiefly

differs from that of the adult in the space between the orbits and

masseter muscles being thicker, and in the supraorbital process

before the upper hinder edge of the orbit not being developed.

These are the usual characters of the skulls in young animals.

The complete hairiness of the nose at once shows that it is not

Lutra brasiliensis, as Dr. Krauss named it, which is the type of the

genus Lontra.

It is probable that there is another species of this genus, which

has been described under the name of Lutra solitaria, Natterer.

It was obtained by that enterprising traveller and collector at Ypa-

nema, in Brazil, and is described as “chestnut-brown, and dirty

white beneath.”

1868. ] DR. J. MURIE ON THE WALRUS. 67

4, On the Morbid Appearances observed in the Walrus lately

living in the Society’s Gardens. By James Muriz,

M.D., Prosector to the Zoological Society. With a

Description of a New Species of Ascaris found in the

Stomach; by Dr. Barrp, F.L.S.

In 1853 the Society obtained a very young Walrus (Trichechus

rosmarus, Linn.), which specimen unfortunately only lived some few

days after its arrival. From that time up to the lst of November

last (1867) no opportunity has offered of adding another example

of this exceedingly interesting animal to the collection. When,

therefore, a tolerably well-developed, although still young, male Sea-

Horse was reported to have arrived safely in the Gardens, the curio-

sity of the Members of the Society and the public generally natu-

rally was aroused. Notwithstanding the inclemency of the weather,

the number of visitors was great.

The proper food of the Walrus in a state of nature has been vari-

ously stated by different naturalists. Some assert it to be a vegetable-

eater; others believe it to be entirely carnivorous; while a third

notion has gained ground, that it may occasionally partake of food

of the one kind or the other.

Our Superintendent, therefore, under these circumstances felt a

difficulty in deciding what might be the best food to give the crea-

ture so as to retain it in as good health as possible. ‘The results of

his experiments concerning suitable diet he has himself laid before

the Society’s Meetings on a previous occasion. I shall just reiterate

his conclusions, namely :—It refused every kind of seaweed offered,

but it greedily gulped up the soft bodies of Mya truncata and M.

arenaria, which were its principal food, besides quantities of whelks,

mussels, fish cut up in small strips, and the viscera of fish, these

last, however, having previously been well washed and cleaned.

It may be remarked that the young Walrus dissected by Prof.

Owen in 1853 had been fed during its captivity on oatmeal, milk,

and water. The specimen at present under consideration, when first

captured, and on shipboard, had also received a certain allowance of

the above, along with strips of fat pork.

I have taken notice of the animal’s food for the purpose of direct-

ing attention to the question, Whence were the ova of the Entozoa

obtained that ultimately led to the Walrus’s death ?

At the period of arrival in the Gardens the Walrus looked thin

and lean; there was an amount of loose skin, however, which indi-

cated that better regimen than that which he had lately been under

would soon render the body plump and comparatively free from the

very numerous skin-folds. These wrinkles, it may be observed, in

several places met each other, so as to form a series of elongated

diamond-shaped enclosures.

It was early noticed that the conjunctivee were suffused and in-

jected with blood; this gave the eyes a disagreeable appearance.

68 DR. J. MURIE ON THE WALRUS. [Jan. 23,

The animal also at times chattered or rattled his teeth together in a

very remarkable and noisy manner. This last habit, however, was

put down to temper, or as a sign of hunger ; the sanguineous effusion

to a cold received during transport.

After the lapse of a few weeks it would seem that the body and

limbs acquired more vigour; for the gait became altered, so that

in walking on all fours, Sea-Bear fashion, the abdomen and chest

were raised from the ground, whereas at first the animal rather

trailed or draggled along than walked. This showed that the animal

was growing stronger in body, an equivalent in some measure to

improvement in health. It was noticed all the while that it re-

mained emaciated, and did not increase in stoutness or otherwise

become fatter, although the quantity of food it consumed was enor-

mous. The ravenousness of its appetite was something extraordi-

nary, and many thought that the animal was underfed.

The Walrus thus was considered by every one who saw it to have

had apparently uninterrupted health till Monday the 16th December.

On that day the keeper first began seriously to apprenend that the

animal was out of order—as he thought, constipated; but mean-

while it did not refuse food.

On Mr. Bartlett being consulted, he proposed to give it some oily

substance which might act as a purgative. One pound and a half

of horse-fat cut in strips was therefore given the afternoon following.

The next morning there were copious alvine evacuations. What

passed at first was hard, black, and fetid; but the excretions became

moister, though still very dark-coloured.

When this occurred it was thought relief was obtained and that

the animal would go on well. It did not seem, however, to rally,

but died rather suddenly on Thursday the 19th.

The body was examined by mea day afterwards, and disclosed

unusual conditions.

Not a particle of subcutaneous fat was present, and the mesentery

and other abdominal parts usually containing fatty substances were

equally destitute of such.

‘The viscera of the thorax and abdomen, with the exception of the

interior of the stomach, appeared quite sound. The brain was also

normal in structure *.

* When the brain was taken out, its general appearance and firmness of tex-

ture, as implied above, was that of health. As it was desired for anatomical

investigation, it was not then cut into or interfered with farther than cursory

examination permitted. At one point it was noticed that unusual vascularity

existed ; but as the diseased condition of the stomach was thought sufficient of

itself to account for death, no great attention was then paid to this superficial

cerebellar congestion. Subsequent examination showed, however, that upon the

upper surface of the cerebellum (between the posterior cerebral lobes) and under-

neath the injected pia mater an abscess had begun to be formed. The brain-

substance immediately underneath was very slightly softened, but around it was

quite firm; the morbid deposit and infiltration had chiefly implicated the pia

mater over the superior vermiform process. Whether this lesion was the more

immediate cause of death, and not the ulcerated condition of the stomach, is an

open question. Some of the symptoms during life might, indeed, be referred to it.

1868. ] DR. J. MURIE ON THE WALRUS. 69

On opening the stomach, which was of moderate size, I was much

surprised to find that it contained small round Worms, a species of

Ascaris, in such quantities that, when these were turned out, there

was altogether about half a pailful. They occupied the entire inte-

rior of the viscus, but were in greatest abundance at the bend of the

peculiar siphon-like stomach.

The Entozoa swarmed between the rugze, and in many cases were

firmly attached to the membrane. The mucous membrane lining

the interior was of an intense red hue; but here and there were some-

what paler patches. More rigid examination showed that these last

were extensive ulcerations, the mucous membrane being entirely

eroded, and only the muscular and a very thin lining of submucous

tissue remained, preventing perforation of the walls of the stomach.

The chief ulcerations were some four in number, and varied in size

and situation.

One, nearly circular, ? of an inch in diameter, occupied the ante-

rior wall at a distance of between 5 and 6 inches from the cardiac

end. Another, somewhat diamond-shaped, 23 inches by 13 at widest,

also existed on the anterior wall of the viscus and about its middle.

In this ulcerated erosion, the mucous coat was in some parts so ex-

cavated underneath as to leave 3 inch of an overhanging lappet of

membrane. On a section being made vertically, the submucous tissue

was seen to be absent, the muscular and serous coats alone prevent-

ing perforation of the wall. At this part the wall of the stomach

had a thickness of only 0-1 of an inch, although it seemed as if the

muscular fibres were slightly increased in numbers here, possibly

from the effects of the irritation going on in the neighbourhood and

within. A third ulcer, of an elliptical form, 27 inches long, and

with more regular edges than the preceding, had been eaten away

on the anterior wall, close to the lesser curvature of the stomach

and between 5 and 6 inches from the pylorus. Between the second

and third erosions here described, but upon the posterior wall of the

stomach, another very extensive patch of ulceration had taken place.

This ulcer stretched between the greater and lesser curvatures. It

had a semilunar figure, was rather more than 4 inches long, pos-

sessed irregular borders, and varied from half to one inch ia width.

The mucous coat around had been undermined in a manner similar

to that described above as occurring in the second ulcer. To the

right and lying parallel with this large excavation were a series of

small circular and ovoid spots, which had been eroded in like manner

with those already described. The spots just spoken of varied in

size from about a threepenny piece to a shilling, and they evidently

were fast running into one single long ulcer, resembling that upon

their left side. Only a very few Worms were found here and there

in the intestinal tract; some were observed to have passed pre-

viously to the horse-fat having been given.

Dr. Baird, of the British Museum, having examined some of the

Entozoa, considers them new to science, and sufficiently different

to require a new specific name. He has proposed, therefore, that

of Ascaris bicolor, on account of a peculiarity common to most of

70 DR. J. MURIE ON THE WALRUS. [Jan. 23,

them,—viz. that the posterior half of the body is more or less

of a reddish or pinkish hue, the remaining segment being pale-

coloured. I myself incline to the opinion that this culoration may

not be of a specific kind, but due in some measure to the in-

tensely congested condition of the stomach and sanguineous nature

of the food. The accompanying figures I have had drawn under

my supervision ; and Dr. Baird is pleased to consider them a faithful

delineation.

Ascaris bicolor, Baird.

A. Three female specimens, of about the natural size; that to the left shows the

manner in which occasionally the caudal end is found coiled up. 2B. Por-

tion near the middle of the body, enlarged so as to display the transverse

striations and how some of them interdigitate. C. Magnified view of the

head and labia.

There still remain two points worthy of consideration—viz. the

cause of death, and whence the Entozoa were derived.

1. Death seems to have resulted from the ulceration of the sto-

mach. It is not clear, though, why the animal should have suc-

cumbed so suddenly. Literally speaking, these ulcerations were so

extensive that it is curious the animal should have survived so long.

The chronic stage of the ulceration alone accounted for this. This

instance is one exemplifying pure chronic gastritis, due, no doubt, to

the presence in such numbers of the Entozoa.

2. It has been said by some parties that the Entozoa were pos-

sibly derived from food given to the Walrus after its arrival at the

Gardens; but there are many reasons against this being a likely

circumstance. In the first place, the fact of the Entozoa being a new

species peculiar to the Walrus militates against the above assertion.

1868.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON A NEW URSUS. 71

Again, the ulceration apparently took a longer period to attain the

chronic stage extant than the few weeks’ residence of the Walrus

in the Gardens would account for. Furthermore, the nature of the

food given at the Gardens, and the care and regularity with which

it was examined, make it unlikely that such swarms of Entozoa were

derived from it and developed in so short a period.

Whether the Entozoa had been derived from the food given on

board ship, or in what manner they had originally reached the sto-

mach of the Walrus, are questions which I am quite unprepared to

answer ; and speculation leaves the matter quite as undecided.

Dr. Baird has furnished the subjoined description of this Ascaris,

which proves to belong to a new species.

ASCARIS BICOLOR, Baird.

Head naked; labia distinct, prominent, rounded, and of moderate

size. Both anterior and posterior portions destitute of alee or wings.

Body of worm cylindrical, attenuated anteriorly, of a brownish colour,

except at the anterior extremity, which is white; the posterior ex-

tremity is sometimes red. The surface of the body is beautifully

and minutely but distinctly striated across ; as seen under the micro-

scope (with a power of two-thirds of an inch), the striz on each

side terminate in such a manner that the edges of the body appear

as if serrated. Caudal extremity thicker than anterior, obtuse, and

generally convoluted.

A great many specimens were found in the stomach; but appa-

rently all were females.

The Ascaris simplex of Rudolphi, found in the stomach of the

Porpoise (Phocena communis), very nearly approaches this species in

general appearance and size, but differs from it in several respects.

The Ascaris bicolor is less attenuated at the anterior extremity

than the A. simplex, and is destitute of alze or wings equally at the

posterior and at the anterior extremity. The striations on the sur-

face of the body are much finer, and the labia or valves at the mouth

are more distinct and larger.

Length from 23 to 3 inches; breadth from 2 to 24 millimetres.

Hab. Stomach of a young male Walrus (Mus. Brit.).

February 13, 1868.

John Gould, Esq., F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

Mr. P. L. Sclater called attention to a Bear recently added to the

Society's Menagerie, which appeared to be distinct from every re-

cognized species. In general appearance it somewhat resembled the

American Black Bear (Ursus americanus), but differed in its finer

fur, larger and less densely clothed ears, pale brown muzzle, and

white crescent-shaped mark on the chest, which was connected with

72 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON A NEW URSUS. [ Feb. 13,

the brown chin by an ill-defined brown line. The shape of the

muzzle was also much sharper and more prolonged than in U. ame-

ricanus, rendering the distance between the eye and the point of the

nose comparatively greater, as was shown by sketches of the heads

of these two animals.

a. Ursus nasutus. 6, Ursus americanus.

The specimen had been purchased of a dealer at Liverpool, and

was stated to have been brought from the West Indies. It was pro-

bably from some part of the South-American Continent. The only

generally recognized South-American Bear was the Spectacled Bear

(U. ornatus), figured in Geoffroy St.-Hilaire and F. Cuvier’s ‘ Hist.

Nat.’ (ii. t. 218), which was known by the brown spectacle-like

markings on the forehead, and had a short broad nose. Tschudi

had described a second species, from Peru*, which, however, did not

seem at all to resemble the present animal. But it was very pos-

sible that the Venezuelan Bear, described by Sir R. Ker Porter, in

a communication made to this Society on the 22nd of October, 1833,

might refer to it, as the description and presumed locality alike agreed

with it.

* Ursus frugilegus, Tsch. F. P. Mamm. p. 90, characterized as ‘ supra nigro-

Suscus concolor, subtus brunneus.” Dr. Gray, in his lately published revision of

the Urside (P. Z. S. 1864), seems to have altogether overlooked this species.—

Palas.

tT See P. Z. S. 1833, p. 114.

4 the

eer ts

dunt qreyuepy NAW

O haxal

“SNINSvN

snsun

tat SOM

1868.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE EGG OF THE GUACHARO. 73

Mr. Sclater proposed the temporary name of Ursus nasutus for

this Bear, until its characters could be more completely determined

from an examination of its osseous structure, and exhibited a draw-

ing of it by Mr. Wolf (Pl. VIII.).

In concluding his remarks, Mr. Sclater submitted the following

list of the Society’s living collection of species of the genus Ursus,

which was stated to consist of nineteen individuals :—

1. Thalassarctos maritimus. Female, purchased September 28th,

1846.

2. Ursus arctos. Presented by Capt. W. Beauchamp Seymour,

R.N., C.B., October 18, 1864; said to be from Japan.

3. U. arctos. Received in exchange, February 7, 1866.

4. U. syriacus. Female, purchased April 4, 1851.

5. U. syriacus. Male, presented by E. T. Rogers, Esq., H.B.M.’s

Consul at Damascus, September 21, 1864; from Syria.

6. U. piscator. Presented by W. Scott Stonehewer, Esq., Sep-

tember 14, 1867. See P. Z.S. 1867, p. 817.

7. U. piscator. Deposited, January 23, 1868.

8. U. tibetanus. Female, presented by W. H. Russell, Esq.,

F.Z.S., October 7, 1859. From India.

9. U, tibetanus. Presented by H. O. Hebeler, Esq., 6th Regt.

Foot, September 19, 1864. From India.

10. U. tibetanus. Presented by Robert Swinhoe, Esq., Septem-

ber 24, 1867. From Formosa. U. formosanus, Swinhoe. See

P. Z.S. 1867, p. 818.

11,12. U. japonicus. Two females, purchased April 1, 1863.

13. U. americanus. Presented by Capt. D’Arcy, R.N., November

22, 1864.

14. U. americanus. Deposited, March 1, 1866.

15. U. americanus. Presented by Capt. David Herd, H.B.C.S.,

C.M.Z.S., November 8, 1866. From the Hudson’s Bay Territory.

16. U. nasutus. Purchased, January 28, 1868.

17. U. malayanus. Purchased, March 12, 1863.

18. U. malayanus. Presented by T. Paudorf, Esq., September

14, 1867.

19. Melursus labiatus. Purchased, October 21, 1865.

Mr. Sclater exhibited a specimen of the egg of the Guacharo

(Steatornis caripensis), which had been taken from one of the caves

74 MR. J. GOULD ON NEW AUSTRALIAN BIRDS, [ Feb. 13,

inhabited by this bird in the island of Trinidad, and presented to

him by the Hon. Arthur Gordon, C.M.Z.8S., Governor of the

island.

The egg was elliptical in shape and pure white in colour, the

larger axis measuring 1°7 inch, and the smaller 1-2.

The following papers were read :—

1. On Two New Australian Birds.

By Joun Goutp, Esq., F.R.S.

One of the many results which attend the progress of colonization

over the great country of Australia is the bringing to light of new

species in every department of zoological and botanical science.

Whether the explorer proceeds towards the centre of this vast region,

or in the direction of the as yet but little-known northern coast,

some new bird is sure to be brought under our notice; and thus,

through the exertions of the earlier settlers and the zeal of public

officers, Northern Queensland has yielded many fine species pre-

viously unknown, some of greater interest than others. That

the supply from this quarter is not yet exhausted seems evident

from the fact that we rarely examine a fresh collection thence

without finding therein either a new species or a specimen in such a

state of plumage as to induce an anxious desire to see an example

of it in its full beauty. The next collection that arrives probably

adds something to our knowledge of the subject ; and a third fur-

nishes us with all we desire respecting it. For some years past I

have been treasuring up all the specimens I could obtain of the

little Bronze Cuckoo of Cape York, under the impression that it

would ultimately prove to be distinct from the species of the same

form inhabiting New South Wales, Western Australia, and Tasma-

nia; and I have now before me four, exhibiting a uniformity of

characterization which distinguishes them from all their congeners,

however closely allied. To the unpractised eye they would appear

to be identical with one or other of the previously described spe-

cies; and a cursory observer might suppose that the Australian

members of this genus are identical with those inhabiting the islands

to the northward of that country, This, however, I venture to

say, is not the case, and I shall here point out in what particu-

lars the bird from the Cape-York peninsula differs from the rest.

In size it is rather smaller than the one or more inhabiting the

southern coast of Australia, but at the same time has a stouter

bill, in which respect it somewhat resembles the Port-Essington

Chrysococcyx minutillus ; it differs, however, from that and every

other species in the rich buff colouring of the under surface of the

wings or the basal portions of the primaries. Moreover a rufous tint

pervades the upper surface; and the rufous hue of the tail is of a

deeper colour, all the feathers, except the two central ones, being of

a rich rusty fawn-colour, and the outer one on each side only marked

1868:] MR. J. GOULD ON NEW AUSTRALIAN BIRDS, 75

with spots or bands of black and white ; a similar mark of black and

white also occurs on the tips of the three other lateral feathers. In

some individuals (probably immature) the feathers of the scapularies

are indistinctly barred near the shoulder with the bronzy green and

buff seen in some of the extra-Australian species of the genus, but

which I have not observed to exist in any other examples from that

country. It would not have been necessary to give such minute

details respecting this little Cuckoo, were it not most difficult to

diagnose the members of this genus of parasitic birds, respecting

which we have yet much to learn, particularly with regard to the

colouring of their eggs, which are frequently totally different from

each other and from those of the Maluri, Acanthize, and other

birds in whose nests they are deposited. The young, too, are most

puzzling ; for they do not appear to follow the law which obtains in

the young of the true Cuckoos (genus Cuculus), and, instead of

being strongly barred like them, they are coloured uniformly, the

outer tail-feathers only being barred with black and white.

Not having the opportunity or sufficient materials at hand to clear

up these points, I have requested Mr. Ramsay of New South Wales

to investigate those of the southern coast; and he will doubtless be

most accurate in his statement as to the period when the throat and

under surface becomes barred. That this takes place very soon after

the birds leave the nest appears to be certain; at least I have specimens

now before me which justify such an opinion. Has not my friend

Professor Schlegel described a little Cuckoo in this state? And if

so, has he not been deceived by the unusual state of plumage?

The specific appellation I propose for the Cape York Chryso-

coccyx is russata, from the rusty hue of the under surface of the

primaries.

Besides the Bronze Cuckoos, many of the birds of the Cape-York

district differ from allied species inhabiting other parts of Australia ;

I may instance the Maluri, the Meliphage, &c. There also we find

a beautiful and apparently very common Pitta, closely assimilating

in colour, but in colour alone, to the P. strepitans ; and I seldom

receive a letter from my ornithological friends in Australia in which

inquiry is not made as to whether’it has been named. By more

than one have I been favoured with the opinion that it is distinct

from its near ally ; yet up to the present time no specific appellation

has, I believe, been assigned to it.

Having lately had a great number of specimens forwarded to me

which all agree in being of a smaller size and in having the under

surface of a deeper buff, I propose, notwithstanding the opinion

given in my ‘ Handbook,’ to characterize it as distinct, and at the

same time to assign to it a name (simillima) which shall mark its

affinity to the older known species. It would be interesting to

ascertain the exact range of the two birds, and at what part of

Australia they inosculate. One thing is certain; no example of Pitta

simillima has yet been found in the brushes of New South Wales,

where, on the other hand, the P. strepitans, which has never been

found at Cape York, is abundant.

76 DR. W. BAIRD ON THE GEPHYREA. [Feb. 13;

Curysococcyx russaTa, Gould.

Head, all the upper surface, and wings pale shining rusty bronze ;

under surface white, crossed by numerous bands of bronzy brown ;

a wash of rufous across the breast, most apparent or defined on the

sides in front of the shoulders; under wing-coverts barred like the

breast ; base of the primaries and secondaries deep fawn-colour ; tail

deep rufous, the two centre feathers glossed with bronze, the lateral

feather on each side with three double spots, the upper half black,

in the form of a crescent, the lower round and white, a similar spot

on the tip of the inner web of each of the next three feathers on

each side, but with the white greatly diminishing as they approach

the centre ; bill black ; legs and feet olive.

Total length 53 inches, bill 3, wing 33, tail 23, tarsi 3.

Hab. Cape-York district of Queensland, Australia.

Pirra stmituima, Gould.

Crown deep ferruginous, with a narrow stripe of black down the

centre; on the chin a large spot of black, terminating in a point on

the front of the neck, uniting with a broad band on each side of the

head, encircling the crown and terminating in a broad rounded

point at the base of the neck ; back and wings pure olive-green ;

shoulders and lesser wing-coverts bright metallic cerulean blue ;

across the rump a band of the same colour ; upper tail-coverts and

tail black, the latter tipped with dark olive-green ; primaries black,

becoming paler at the tip; near the base of the fourth, fifth, and

sixth a small spot of white; sides of the neck, throat, breast, and

flanks buff; on the centre of the abdomen a patch of black ; vent

and under tail-coverts scarlet ; irides dark brown; bill brown; feet

flesh-colour.

Total length 73 inches, bill 13, wing 43, tail 12, tarsi 13.

Hab. Cape-York district of Queensland, Australia.

2. Monograph of the Species of Worms belonging to the

Subclass Gephyrea; with a Notice of such Species as

are contained in the Collection of the British Museum.

By W. Barrp, M.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., &e.

(Plates IX., X., XI.)

Subclass GEPHYREA*.

Gephyrea, Quatrefages, Ann. des Sciences Nat. 3rd ser. Zool.

tom. vii. p. 340, 1847; Hist. Nat. des Annelés, Anndélides et Gé-

phyréens, tom. ii. pt. 2. p. 563, 1865; Ehlers in Zeitschrift fiir

wissenschaft. Zool. Band xi. Heft 2. p. 205, 1861.

Rhyngodea, suborder Proctucha, tribe Sipunculidea, Diesing, Syst.

* yépupa, bridge.

P.Z.5.1868 -P1.IX.

po SESS

beelindaibetlnpteestesheane’

ve - oe ;

ae ae ee eee se ee

WWest imp

New species of Gephyrea.

Pao ASS. Pix

G,ec =)

2, a

KR Minternlith ad nat. W West imp.

New species of Gephyrea.

PP Aip.1898. Pro

W. West imp.

R Miaternlith ad nai

New species of Gephyrea .

1868. ] DR. W. BAIRD ON THE GEPHYREA. 77

Helminth. tom. ii. p. 59, 1851; Revis. der Rhyngod. in Sitzungs-

bericbte der kaiserlichen Akad. der Wissenschaft. Band xxxvii. p. 751,

1859.

Order I. GEPHYREA INERMIA.

Gephyrea inermia, Quatrefages.

Sipunculidea acrostomata, Diesing, Revis. der Rhyngod.

Sipunculide, Keferstein.

Family I. SrpuNcULID2.

Sipunculea, Quatrefages, 1865.

Sipunculacea, Brandt, 1835; Keferstein, 1865.

Eusipunculidea, Ewaspidosiphones, Diesing, Revis. der Rhyngod.

1859.

Anoteroprocta, Baseoprocta(pars), Diesing, Syst. Helminth. 1841.

Genus 1. SreuNCULUS.

Sipunculus, Linneeus, Blainville, Lamarck, Cuvier, Grube, Diesing,

Quatrefages, Keferstein, &c.

Syrinx, Bohadsch, Forbes (pars).

Lumbricus, sp., Pallas.

1. SrrpuUNCULUS NUDUS.

Vermis microrhynchoteros, Rondeletius, Gesner De Vermib. Aquati-

libus, liber iv. p. 1226. fig. superior, 1558.

Vermis macrorhynchoteros, Rond. Gesner J. ¢. fig. infer.*

Syrinz, Bohadsch, De quibusd. Animalib. Marinis, pp. 93-95, t. 7.

feb ssol7 Ol.

Sipunculus nudus, Linneeus, Syst. Nat. 12th edit. p. 1078, 1766,

Pennant, British Zoology, vol. iv. p. 31, t. 20. f. 10 (bad), 1777 ;

Barbut, Genera Vermium, p. 16, t. 2. f. 3, 1783+; Gmelin, Linn.

Syst. Nat. vi. p. 3094 (synon. Martin exclud.), 1789 ; Lamarck,

Systéme des Anim. sans Vertéb. p. 352, 1801, Hist. Nat. An. s.

Verttb. 1st edit. iii. p. 78, 1816, 2nd edit. iii. p. 469, 1840; Tur-

ton, Brit. Fauna, p. 128, 1807; Schweigger, Handbuch der Naturg.

p. 553, 1820; Martens, Fauna Veneta, in Reise nach Venedig, Theil

il. p. 523, 1824; Blainville, Dict. des Se. Nat. art. Stpunculus, tom.

xlix. p. 309, and art. Vers, vii. p. 554, Atlas, t. 31. f. 1, la, 1827;

Leuckart, Brev. Animal. quorund. descriptiones, pp. 20, 21, t.1. f. 3,

1828; Fleming, British Animals, p. 491, 1828; Costa, Faun. del

* The two worms figured by Gesner, in the work quoted above, appear to me,

without doubt, to represent the same species, only in different states of preserva-

tion in spirits. I have equally little doubt that they are identical with the

Syrine figured by Bohadsch, and that the two species given by Linnzeus in the

‘Systema Nature,’ S. nwdus and S. saccatus, are only different states of the

same species, as has been pointed out by Cuvier and others.

+ The figure of S. nudus given by Barbut in the work quoted above is very

bad and does not well represent this species; but the description appended to it

is very good. ‘The figure given by him of the S. saccatus is copied from

Bohadsch, and refers to this species.

78 DR. W. BAIRD ON THE GEPHYREA. [Febai3;,

Regn. di Napoli, p. 4, t. 1. f. 9, 18327; Grube, Miiller’s Archiv

fiir Anat. 1837, p. 237, t. 10. f.1; Krohn, Mill. Archiv, 1839, p. 348;

Grube, Actin. Echinod. Wiirm. Adriat. p. 43, 1840; Diesing, Syst.

Helminth. ii. p. 60, 1851; Revis. der Rhyngod. /. c. p. 756, 1859 ;

Keferstein, Beitr. z. Anat. der Sipunculoid. in Nachricht. kénigl.

Gesellsch. der Wissenschaft. zu Gottingen, p. 196, 1865; Zeitsch.

fiir wissenschaft. Zool. 1867, p. 45; Quatrefages, Hist. des An-

nelés, J. c. p. 614, 1865.

Sipunculus reticulatus, Martin, Observ. on Marine Vermes, &c.,

pio; t. 1,4. 3, 1786.

Syrinz tesselatus, Rafinesque, Précis des découvertes, p. 32, 1814.

Sipunculus tesselatus, Keferstein, J. c. p. 196, 1865.

Stpunculus balanophorus, Delle Chiaje, Mem. sull. Stor. e Notom.

Animal. s. Vertebre, tom. 1., sur la Notom. e la Classificaz. del Si-

pune. Nud. p. 22, t. |. f. 1-7, 1823.

Syring nudus, Forbes, Brit. Starfishes, p. 245. fig., 1841.

Sipunculus saccatus, Barbut (not Linn.), Genera of Worms, p. 18.

t. 2. f. 4, 1783 (figure copied from Bohadsch); Turton, British

Fauna, p. 128, 1807.

Hab. Mediterranean; British seas; Weymouth and Devonshire

(Mus. Brit.) ; ? American seas ; (Keferstein). B.M.

2. SIPUNCULUS PHALLOIDES.

Lumbricus phalloides, Pallas, Spic. Zool. tom. i. fase. 10. p. 12,

toiled Os ls se.

Sipunculus phalloides, Blainville, Dict. Sc. Nat. art. Sipunculus,

tom. xlix. p. 311, 1827, Atlas, t. 32. f. 1 (copied from Pallas) ;

Diesing, Syst. Helminth. ii. p. 61, 1851; Revis. der Rhyngod. J. ec.

p- 757, 1859; ?Grube, Annulat. CErsted. p. 12, 1858*; Keferstein,

Beitr. z. Anat. der Sipunc. in Gesellsch. Wissensch. Gotting. p. 196,

1865; Quatrefages, Hist. Nat. Annel. p. 615, 1865.

? Nereis (sacculo induta), Linneus, Chinensia Lagerstroemiana,

f.5, 1754; and in Ameen. Acad. iv. p. 254, t. 3. f. 5 (1788).

? Sipunculus saccatus, Linneus, Syst. Nat. ed. 12, p. 1078, 1766+;

Gmel. Syst. Nat. et var. 6, p. 3095, 1789; Bosc, Hist. Nat. des

Vers, ii. p. 130, 1802; Turton, Brit. Fauna, p. 128, 1807; La-

marck, An. s. Vert. Ist edit. iii. p. 79, 1816, 2nd edit. iil. p. 469,

1840; Fleming, Brit. Anim. p. 491, 1828.

Hab. Shores of Grenada (Pallas); Punta Arenas (sted) ; In-

dian seas? (saccatus) (Linneus).

* Grube describes the tentacular membrane (as he calls the cirri round the

mouth) of Dujardin as being “6-fariam laciniata, laciniis iterum incisis,” which

does not agree with Pallas’s description of his Lumbricus phalloides, and which,

indeed, would almost place this species in the genus Themiste of Gray (Dendro-

stomum of Grube). The habitat, Punta Arenas in Central America, is not, how-

ever, very widely apart from that given by Pallas, *‘ Shore of the island of

Grenada in the West Indies.”

+ Pallas refers the saccatus of Linnzus, with a doubt, to his species L. phai-

loides, it only differing in the skin which covers it being rendered lax by having

been badly preserved in spirits.

1868.] DR. W. BAIRD ON THE GEPHYREA. 79

3. SIPUNCULUS GIGAS.

Sipunculus gigas, Quatrefages, Hist. Nat. Ann. ii. p. 514, 1865.

Hab. Coast of Brittany (Quatrefages).

I suspect this is only a variety of Sipunculus nudus. The chief

difference seems to consist in the oral cirri, which, according to

Quatrefages, are “‘ quasi conglobati,” or, as he elsewhere describes

them, something like cauliflowers. This, however, he says may be

the action of the spirits in which the specimen has been preserved.

4, SIPUNCULUS EDULIS.

Lumbricus edulis, Pallas, Spic. Zool. tom. i. fase. x. p. 11, t. 1.

EEE

Sipunculus edulis, Lamarck, An. s. Vert. lst edit. iil. p. 79, 1816 ;

2nd edit.iii. p.469, 1840; Blainville, Dict. Sc. Nat. art. Sipunculus,

1827, Atlas, t. 31. f.4; Cuvier, Régn. Anim. iii. p. 243, 1830; Guérin

Icon. Régn. An. Zooph. p. 8, pl. 5. f. 3 (copied from Pallas?) ;

Griffith, An. Kingd. xii. Zooph. t. 12. f. 3 (copied from Guérin),

1834; Diesing, Syst. Helminth. ii. p. 61, 1851, Revis. der Rhyngod.

l.c. 757, 1859 ; Quatrefages, Hist. Nat. Annel. ii. p. 615, 1865.

Hab. Java (Pallas); Siam (Mouhot). B.M.

5. SIPUNCULUS INDICUS.

Sipunculus indicus, Peters, Miiller’s Archiv fiir Anat. &c. 1850,

p- 385, t.4. f. A-H*; Diesing, Syst. Helminth. ii. p. 555, 1851,

Revis. der Rhyngod. in 1. c. p. 757, 1859 ; Keferstein, Beitr. z. Anat.

der Sipune. in J. c. p. 196, 1865; Quatrefages, Hist. Nat. Annel.

ii. p. 615, 1865.

Hab. Coast of Mozambique (Peters).

6. SIPUNCULUS RUFOFIMBRIATUS.

Sipunculus rufofimbriatus, Blanchard, Ann. Sc. Nat. 3rd ser. tom.

xii. p. 56, 1849; Cuv. Régn. An. edit. Crochard, Zoophytes, t. 22.

f. 1, la; Diesing, Syst. Helminth.ii. p.62, 1851 ; Revis.der Rhyngod.

l. c. p. 757, 1859; Quatrefages, Hist. Nat. Annel. ii. p. 616, 1865.

Hab. Nice (Blanchard).

7. SIPUNCULUS ECHINORHYNCHUS.

Siphunculus echinorhynchus, Delle Chiaje, Memor. sulla Storia e

Notom. degli Animal. s. Vertebre, tom. 1. pp. 124 & 133, 134, t. 10.

f. 8-11, 1823.

Sipunculus echinorhynchus, Diesing, Syst. Helminth. ii. p. 60,1851;

Dujardin, in Lamk. An. s. Vert. 2nd edit. tom. iii. p. 469 ; Quatre-

fages, Hist. Nat. Annel. ii. p. 616, 1865+.

* Peters’s figure of this species represents the tentacular membrane as being

divided into a considerable number (eight according to Diesing) of lacinix or

oral cirri, which appear again to be divided.into others, amounting, according

to Diesing, to from 40 to60. This structure would appear to be almost sufficient

to refer this species to another genus, allied to the Dendrostomum of Grube.

t Quatrefages says it is likely that this species may turn out to be only the

young of S. xudus. he oval cirri, however, are very different from those of

that species.

80 DR. W. BAIRD ON THE GEPHYREA. [Feb. 13,

Phascolosomum echinorhynchus, Diesing, Revis. der Rhyngod. Z. ¢.

p- 763, 1859.

Hab. Bay of Naples (Chigje).

8. SIPUNCULUS ROBUSTUS.

Sipunculus robustus, Keferstein, Beitr. z. Anat. der Sipune. in

Nach. kénig. Gesellsch. der Wissensch. Gotting. p. 196, 1865,

Quatrefages, Hist. Nat. Annel. ii. p. 616, 1865.

Haé. Wallis Islands, Oceania (Dr. Graffe fide Keferstein).

9. SrpuNCULUS ANGASII, sp. nov. (Pl. IX. fig. 1.)

Corpus cylindricum, inequale, infra medium contractum, laze cla~

thratum, longitudinaliter costatum et transverse striatum ; apice

caudali globoso-clavato, levi; proboscis brevis, crassiuscula,

cylindrica, muricata, oris limbo papilloso; totum corpus iri-

descens.

Long. corporis 6 unc., crassitud. in medio corporis 8 lin., long.

proboscid. muricat. 8 lin.

Retractile portion of body, containing the proboscis, short, tole-

rably well developed, covered with numerous rather large triangular

tubercles, the points projecting downwards. The tentacular mem-

brane is divided in the centre into numerous short and somewhat

conical papillze, forming, as it were, a pad at the extremity of the

proboscis. Body contracted a little below the middle. The upper

portion is much the larger, and for a short distance below the pro-

boscis it is divided, for about half an inch, by several rather deep

circular sulci. Then the grooves or ridges run longitudinally

throughout the whole length of the body, which is cylindrical, and

terminates at the lower extremity in a round-shaped club, smooth

and shining. The grooves or ridges in the upper half of the body

are rather distant from each other, and are crossed by faint trans-

parent circular lines. Below the contraction the circular grooves

are more decided, and the longitudinal grooves are crowded and of

a wavy form. The whole body is shining, and of an opal iridescent

hue, especially about the centre of the body.

Hab. Port Lincoln, South Australia (G. F. Angas, Esq.). B.M.

10. SrPUNCULUS DEFORMIS, sp. nov. (PI. IX. fig. 2.)

Corpus subcylindricum, inequale, hine et illine valde constrictum,

dense clathratum et tuberculatum, apice caudali subinflato, ovali,

tuberculis parvis muricato; proboscis crassa, quintam partem

longitudinis corporis equans, tuberculis minimis rufis circulariter

obsita ; color corporis fuscus.

Longit. 53 unc., crassitud. major 4 lin. ; long. probose. 13 une.,

crass. prope extremitat. 3 lin.

Rectractile part of body, containing the proboscis, of considerable

length, nearly equalling the fifth part of the body, roughened with

numerous very small brown dots or tubercles arranged in circular

rows, robust, of nearly equal thickness with the rest of the body, ex-

1868.] DR. W. BAIRD ON THE GEPHYREA. 81

cept at the thickest portion. The extremity of the proboscis, con-

taining the tentacular filaments, in the only specimen we possess, is

withdrawn completely, so that it cannot be seen. The body is of a

subcylindrical form, and is roughly clathrate, the longitudinal ridges

being close set, and the circular striz cutting rather deep, and form-

ing, as it were, small tubercles along the longitudinal ridges, which

are especially prominent near the base of the proboscis. In several

places it is very much constricted, the constricted parts in one or

two places being very narrow*. ‘Ihe caudal extremity is of an oval

slightly inflated form, and densely roughened with crowded small

tubercles. ‘The general colour of the body is brown, the small dots

or tubercles on the proboscis being of a deeper hue.

Hab. Siv Charles Hardy’s Island, North Australia (J. B. Brookes,

Esq.). B.M.

11. SrpuNCULUS ZNEUS, sp. nov.

Corpus cylindricum, gracile, antice attenuatum, postice crassius,

Susiforme, reticulatum, in parte anteriore corrugatum, deinde

levius et minute granulatum, apice caudali evali, levi, lucente ;

proboscis brevis, levis, parte anteriore corporis crassior ; color

albus, eneo lucens.

Longit. corporis 63 une. ; crass. part. anter. 14 lin., part. posterior.

4 lin. ; long. probos. 6 lin., crass. 2 lin.

The proboscis in this species is much thicker than the upper or

anterior part of the body; so that it is difficult to imagine how the

animal could withdraw it within its body, and “where it could pack

it,’ as Professor Forbes says of another species. It is smooth-look-

ing, but when examined with a glass we see it ringed or annulated

and finely reticulated. _ The oral cirri or tentacles are not visible in

the only specimen we possess. The body is slender, ringed, the

rings or annulations being very close together, small, and finely

but distinctly reticulated across. The upper extremity is strongly

corrugately reticulate, the middle portion less distinctly so, and the

caudal almost smooth. Scattered over the surface we see a good

many small warty-looking tubercles. The upper extremity is narrow,

the body gradually enlarging in size as it descends, so that at the

caudal extremity it is three times as large as anteriorly, and is of

a fusiform conoidal form, the warty tubercles at the same time being

larger there than elsewhere.

The general colour is nearly white, except towards the caudal ex-

tremity, where it is very shiny with an iridescent metallic lustre.

Hab. New Zealand (Mr. Cuming’s Collection). B.M.

12, SIPUNCULUS EXIMIO-CLATHRATUS, sp. Noy.

Corpus cylindricum, infra medium coarctatum dense clathratum, ex-

tremitatibus inflatis, leviusculis, iridescentibus ; proboscis bre-

vis, crassiuscula, muricata ; color griseus.

Long. 23 unc. ; crassit. in medio 3 lin., ad extremitates 52 lin.

# This may, to a considerable extent, be produced by the spirit in which the

animal has been immersed.

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1868, No. VI.

82 DR, W. BAIRD ON THE GEPHYREA. [Feb. 13,

The body of the animal is cylindrical in form, rather narrow in

the middle, and densely clathrate, presenting the appearance, to a

certain extent, of chain armour. The two extremities are inflated

and nearly smooth and shining, the longitudinal ridges being much

wider asunder, and the transverse sulci shallow and less apparent ;

the posterior extremity isa little larger than the anterior. ‘The pro-

boscis is only partially exeluded, but appears short and cylindrical,

and is densely covered with triangular soft murications, the points

projecting downwards. The body is of a grey colour, and the two

extremities are somewhat iridescent.

Hab. Philippine Islands (Mr. Cuming’s Collection). B.M.

13. SIPUNCULUS CORALLICOLUS.

Sipunculus corallicolus, Pourtalés, Proc. Amer. Soc. Ady. Knowl.

1851, p. 41.

Hab. Florida, living in hollows in dead coral (Pourtales).

Another species has been shortly described; but, according to

Diesing, it requires further investigation.

Genus 2. PHAscoLOSoMA.

Phascolosoma, Leuckart, Grube, Girsted, O. Schmidt, Keferstein,

Costa.

Phascolosomum, Diesing.

Stpunculus (Phascolosomum), Quatrefages, 1. ¢.

Sipunculus, Blainville, Forbes (in part), Grube (in part).

Siphunculus, Montagu, Gray.

Syrinz (part.), Forbes, M‘Coy.

Phymosomum (part.), Quatrefages, J. ¢.

(dematosomum (part.), Quatrefages, 1. c.

Cryptosomum (part.), Quatrefages, 1. c.

* Species with the skin smooth.

(PHAscoLosomuM, Quatrefages.)

1. PHASCOLOSOMA HARVEII%.

Syring harveii, Forbes, British Starfishes, p. 249. fig., 1841;

Gosse, Rambles of a Naturalist on the Devonshire Coast, p. 157,

1853.

? Sipunculus nudus, Bosc, Hist. Nat. des Vers, ii. p. 130, 1802

(Syn. Bohadsch exclud.); ?Turton, Brit. Faun. p. 128, 1807.

Siphunculus nudus, Martin, Marine Vermes, p. 4, t. 1. f. 2, 1786;

Gray, Spic. Zoolog. p. 8, 1828.

Phascolosomum harveyi, Diesing, Revis. der Rhyngod. /. c. p. 763,

1859.

+ In this species the extremity of the proboscis is encircled by a close-set

series of short bristles, “as if,” says Mr. Gosse, “it had omitted to shave its

beard the day before;” and the oral cirri consist of a “dense tuft of white

tentacula.” ;

1868. } DR. W. BAIRD ON THE GEPHYREA. 83

Sipunculus (Phascolosomum) harveyi, Quatrefages, Hist. Nat.

Annel. ii. p. 617, 1865.

Hab. Coast of England, Weymouth, Devonshire, Cornwall, &e.

B.M.

2. PHASCOLOSOMA FORBESI*.

Syrinaz forbesii, M‘Coy, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xv. p. 273, t. 16.

f. 3, 1845.

Phascolosomum forbesi, Diesing, Syst. Helminth, ii. p. 66, 1851 ;

Revis. der Rhyngod. J. c. 764, 1859.

Stpunculus (Phascolosomum) forbesii, Quatrefages, Hist. Nat.

Ann. ii. p. 618, 1865.

Hab. South Devon, Cornwall (Montagu, Laughrin). B.M..

3. PHASCOLOSOMA TENUICINCTUM.

Syrinx tenuicinctus, M‘Coy, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xv. p. 273,

t. 16. f. 4, 1845. :

Phascolosomum tenuicinctum, Diesing, Syst. Helminth. ii. p. 64,

1851 ; Revis. der Rhyngod. U. c. p. 764, 1859.

Sipunculus (Phascolosomum) tenuicinctus, Quatrefages, Hist. Nat.

Ann. ii. p. 618, 1865.

ab. Falmouth (J. Cranch). B.M.

4, PHASCOLOSOMA OXYURUM.

~ Lumbricus oxyurus, Pallas, Spice. Zoolog. i. fase. 10. p.16, 1774;

Miscell. Zool. p. 147, t. 11. f. 7, 8, 1766.

Sipunculus oxyurus, Blainville, Dict. Sc. Nat. xlix. art. Siponcle,

p. 312, 1828.

' Sipunculus, sp., Forbes, Brit. Starfishes, p. 255, 1841. j

Anoplosomatum pallasii, Diesing, Syst. Helminth. ii. p. 69, 1851 ;

Revis. der Rhyngod. /. c. p. 756, 1859; Quatrefages, Hist. Nat.

Annel. ii. p. 631, 18657.

Hab. Hastings; coast of Sussex (Pallas). B.M.

5. PHASCOLOSOMA CAPSIFORME, sp. nov. (Pl. IX. fig. 3.)

Corpus cylindrico-fusiforme, levissimum, lutescens, in medio infla-

tum, sacciforme, capsico simile, apice caudali acuminato, granu-

loso; proboscis cylindrica, crassiuscula, cirris brevibus, nume-

rosis, apice clavatis, obsita.

Long. corporis 2 unc., crass. corporis in medio 10 lin., crass.

apic. caudal. 2} lin.

In this species the body is cylindrical and fusiform, very smooth-

__* Jn this species the extremity of the proboscis is surrounded by from six to

bce distinct circles of minute bristles, and the oral cirri are in the form of short

acinie.

t One of the characters of the genus Anoplosomatum, according to its founder,

Grube, and Diesing himself, is the position of the anus in the caudal extremity.

Pallas, however, distinctly states that in this species the anus is placed in the

anterior portion of the body; and the specimen we possess from the coast of

Sussex, and which T refer to the cxyurvs of Pallas, agrees in this particular with

the description given by that author.

84 DR. W. BAIRD ON THE GEPHYREA. [Feb. 13,

looking and shining. It is inflated like a bottle, more swollen near the

anterior extremity, but with the inferior extremity elongately acuminate

and somewhat granular or warty. ‘The general appearance of the ani-

mal, especially with the proboscis retracted, is that of a capsicum.

The proboscis is thick and cylindrical, and at the apex is crowned

with numerous short, fleshy-looking cirri, each slightly club-shaped

at the free extremity. The surface of the body, when examined with

the lens, presents the appearance of very minute circular strize, and

numerous, very fine, flat granulations. The posterior extremity

becomes suddenly acuminated, and is of considerable length.

Hab. Falkland Islands (VW. Wright, Esq.). B.M.

The P. capsiforme approaches in characters to the Sipunc. (Gidema-

tosomum) rapa of Quatrefages, a species brought by M. d’Orbigny,

but from what quarter of the world the author does not state ;

neither has the proboscis been seen by M. Quatrefages, and the

body is described as “albo setaceum,” or like the cocoon of a white

moth.

6. PHASCOLOSOMA BOREALE.

Phascolosoma boreale, Keferstein, Beitr. z. Anatom. der Sipune.

in l.c. p. 206, 1865.

Sipunculus (Phascolosomum) borealis, Quatrefages, . ¢. ii. p. 620,

1865.

Hab. Godthaab, Greenland, in from 30 to 40 fath. (Holdall).

B.M.

7. PHASCOLOSOMA GRSTEDII.

Phascolosoma erstedii, Kefersiein, 7. ¢. p. 205, 1865,

Sipunculus (Phascolosoma) erstedii, Quatrefages, /. c. ii. p. 620,

1865.

Hab. Godthaab, Greenland (Jo/dél/). B.M.

5. PHASCOLOSOMA OBSCURUM.

Sipunculus (Phascolosomum) obscurus, Quatrefages, 1. c. ii. p. 516,

1865.

Hab. Les cétes de ?Océan (Quatrefages).

9. PHASCOLOSOMA VULGARE.

Sipunculus vulgaris, Blainville, Dict. Se. Nat. art. Siponele, Atlas,

pl. 33. f. 3, 3a, 6, 1828.

Phascolosomum vulgare, Diesing, Syst. Helm. it. p. 65, 1851;

Revis. der Rhyngod. p. 759, 1859.

Phascolosoma vulgare, Keferstein, Beitr. in 1. ¢. p. 201, 1865.

Sipunculus (Phascolosomum) vulgaris, Quatrefages, 1. c. 1. p. 616,

1865.

Hab. Dieppe (Blainville).

10. PHASCOLOSOMA PUNCTATISSIMUM,

Sipunculus punctatissimus, Gosse, Ann. & Mag. of Nat. Hist.

2nd ser. vol. xii. p. 125, 1853 ; Quatrefages, /. c. il. p. 617, 1865,

1368. ] DR. W. BAIRD ON THE GEPHYREA. 85

Phascolosomum punctatissimum, Diesing, Rev. der Rhyng. 7. c.

p- 763, 1859.

Hab. English coast (Gosse); Isles of Chausey (Quatrefages).

11. PHascoLOSOMA RUBENS.

Phascolosoma rubens, Costa, Faun. del Regn. di Nap. p. 11, t. 1.

f. 6-8, 1860?

Phascolosomum rubens, Diesing, Rev. der Rhyng. /. c. p. 764, 1859.

Stpunculus (Phascolosomum) rubens, Quatrefages, /. c, il. p. 617,

1865.

Hab. Coasts of Naples and Sicily (Cos/a).

12. PHascoLosoMA CARNEUM.

Phascolosoma carneum, Leuckart & Rippell, Atlas der Reise im

nordl. Africa, t. 2. f. 2, 1828; Diesing, Rev. der Rhyngod, in J. c.

p- 764.

Stpunculus carneus, Diesing, Syst. Helm. il. p. 63, 1859.

Stpunculus (Phascolosomum) carneus, Quatrefages, l. c. il, p. 618,

1865.

Hab. Red Sea (Ritppell).

13. PHASCOLOSOMA GOULDII.

Sipunculus gouldii, Pourtalés, Proc. Amer. Ass. for Advance. of

Science, 1851, pp. 40, 41.

Phascolosomum gouldii, Diesing, Revis. der Rhyngod. in J. ¢.

p- 764, 1859.

Sipunculus (Phascolosomum) gouldii, Quatrefages, 1. ¢. ii. p. 618,

1865.

Phascolosoma gouldii, WKeferstein, Beitr. in Nach. Gesellsch.

Wissen. G6ttingen, p. 205, 1865; Zeitsch. fiir wissensch. Zool.

Band xv. t. 33. f. 32, 1865, and Band xvil. Heft 1. p. 54, 1867.

Hab. Massachusets ( Pourtales).

14. PHAscOLOSOMA VIOLACEUM.

Sipunculzs (Phascolosomum) violaceus, Quatrefages, Hist. Nat.

des Annelés, ii. p. 619, 1865.

Hab. Indian Seas (Quatrefuges).

15. PHASCOLOSOMA VERMICULUM.

Sipunculus (Phascolosomum) vermiculus, Quatrefages, l. ¢. ii.

p- 619, 1865.

Hab. Indian Seas (Quatrefages).

16. PHASCOLOSOMA ELONGATUM.

Phascolosoma clongaéum, Keferstein, Unters. iib. nied. Seethiere-

Kenntn. in Zeitschr. fiir wiss. Zool. tom. xii. p. 39, t. 3. £. 5,51862 ;

Beitr. in l. c. p. 201, 1865.

Sipunculus (Phascolosomum) elongatus, Quatrefages, 1, ¢. ii,

p. 619, 1865.

Hab, St. Vaast, Normandy (Keferstein).

86 DR. W. BAIRD ON THE GEPHYREA. [Feb. 13,

17. PHASCOLOSOMA AUSTRALE.

Phascolosoma australe, Keferstein, Beitr. in 1. c. p. 197, 1865. -

Sipuneulus (Phascolosomum) australis, Quatrefages, le. il. p. 619,

1865.

_ Hab. Sydney (R. Schiitte fide Keferstein).

18. PHASCOLOSOMA CORIACEUM.

Phascolosoma coriaceum, Keferstein, Beitr. in U. ce. p. 203, 1865.

Sipunculus (Phascolusomum) coriaceus, Quatrefages, 1. ¢. il.

p- 203, 1865.

Hab. St. Thomas’s, West Indies (Riise fide Keferstein).

19. PHASCOLCSOMA PELLUCIDUM.

Phascolosoma pellucidum, Keferstein, Beitr. in 1. c. p. 204, 1865.

- Sipunculus (Phascolosomum) pellucidus, Quatrefages, 1. e. ii.

p-. 620, 1865.

iTZab. St. Thomas’s, West Indies (Riise fide Keferstein).

20. PHASCOLOSOMA PAPILLIFERUM.

Phascolosoma papilliferum, Keferstein, Beitr. iz 7. c. p. 204, 1865.

Sipunculus (Phascolosomum) papillifer, Quatrefages, J. ¢. i.

620, 1865.

Hab. St. Thomas, West Indies (Riise fide Keferstein).

21. PHASCOLOSOMA PYGMEZUM.

Sipunculus (Gidematosomum) pygmeus, Quatrefages, J. ¢. il

627, 1865.

ITab.

22. PHASCOLOSOMA RAPA.

Sipunculus (idematosomum) rapa, Quatrefages,/. ¢. il. p. 627, 1865.

fab.

23. PHASCOLOSOMA MARGARITACEUM.

Phascolosoma margaritaceum, Sars, 1851, fide Keferstein, Nach.

Gesell. Wissensch. 1865, p. 201.

Hab. Bergen (Keferstein).

24. PHaSCcOLOSOMA CUMANENSE.

_ Phascolosoma cumanense, Keferstein, Nach. kén. Gesell. Wissen.

Gottingen, 1866; Zeitsch. f. wissen. Zool. Band xvii. p. 53, t. 6.

f. NOS Sb fa

Hab. Cumana, Venezuela (Couthoy fide Keferstein).

t+ Species inhabiting shells belonging to the Mollusea.

(Cryetosomum, Quatrefages.)

1. PHASCOLOSOMA BERNHARDUWS,

Sipunculus strombus, Montagu, Tr. Linn. Soc, vil. p. 74, 1804 ;

1868.] DR. W. BAIRD ON THE GEPHYREA, 87

Turton, Brit. Faun. p. 74, 1807; Fleming, Brit. Animals, p. 491,

1825; Gray, Spic. Zool. p. 8, 1828.

Sipunculus (Cryptosomum) strombi, Quatrefages, Hist. Nat. Ann.

ii. p. 628, 1865.

Phascolosomum strombi, Diesng, Syst. Helminth. ii, p. 65, 1851.

Phascolosoma strombi, Keferstein, Beitr. z. Anat. Sipunc. /. c.

p. 202, 1865.

_ Siphunculus dentalii, Gray, Spice. Zool. p. 8, 1828; Johnston,

Loudon’s Mag. N. Hist. vi. p. 233, f. 25, 1833.

Phascolosomum dentalii, Diesing, Syst. Helm. ii. p. 64, 1851.

* Sipunculus (Cryptosomum) dentalii, Quatrefages, Hist. Nat.

Annel. il. p. 627, 1865.

Sipunculus bernhardus, Forbes, Brit. Starfish. p. 251, f., 1841;

Girard, Stimpson, Contrib. Smithson. 1853, p. 28.

Phascclosoma bernhardus, Pourtalés, Proc. Amer. Ass. Adv. Se.

Meeting v. 1851, p. 41; Diesing, Revis. d. Rhyngod. J. e. p. 759,

1859.

~ — Sipunculus (Phascolosoma) concharum, Cirsted, De Regionib.

Marin. p. 80, 1844; Kréyer’s Nat. Tidssk. 1844-45, p. 419; Sars,

Magaz. f. Naturvidensk. 1850, p. 77.

Var. capitata.

Sipunculus capitatus, Rathke, Nov. Act. Nat. Cur. xx. part i.

pp. 143-147, t. 6. f, 20-23, 1843; O. Schmidt, Zeitsch. f. d.

gesammt. Naturw. 1854, pt. 3. p.2,t. 1. f. 2.

Phascolosomum capitatum, Diesing, Syst. Helm. ii. pp. 65 and

535, 1851.

Phascolosomum bernhardus, var. capitata, Viesing, Revis. d.

Rhyngod. J. ec. p. 760, 1859.

Hab. Coasts of England, Scotland, &c., inhabiting Dentalium- and

Stromb-shells, &e.

a. P. dentalii, Cornwall (Laughrin), Devonshire (J. Cranch).

B.M.

b. P. strombus, Devonshire (Montagu), Aberystwith (Henslow).

B.M.

ce. P. dentalii, var. capitata, Yorkshire (W. Clift, Esq.). B.M.

2. PHASCOLOSOMA CHZMENTARIUM.

Sipunculus (Cryptosomum) cementarius, Quatrefages, Hist. Nat.

Annelés, ii. p. 628, 1865.

Hab. North America, in Dentalium-shells (M. Richard fide

Quatrefages).

+ Species with skin more or less densely covered with warts or

granules.

(PuymMosomum, Quatrefages.)

1. PHASCOLOSOMA TUBERCULATUM.

- Stpunculus tuberculatus, Blainville, Dict. Se. Nat. art. Siponele,

Atlas, pl. 33. f. 5, 1827.

88 DR. W. BAIRD ON THE GEPHYREA. [Feb. 13,

Sipunculus verrucosus, Cuvier, Regn, An. 2nd ed. in. p. 243,

1830; Grube, Actin. Echin, und Wiirm. Adriat. p. 44, 1840.

Phascolosoma granulatum, Leuckart, Brev. desc. An. quor. p. 22,

f. 5, 1838; Keferstein, Unters. iib. nied. Seeth. p. 38, 1862; Beitr.

in l. c. p. 200, 1865.

Phascolosomum granulatum, Diesing, Syst. Helm. ii. p. 63, 1851 ;

Revis. der Rhyngod. in J. ¢. p. 759, 1899.

Sipunculus (Phymosomum) tuberculatus, Quatrefages, 7. ¢. il.

p- 624, 1865.

Hab. Mediterranean, Adriatic ( Blainville, Leuckart), Santa Cruz,

West Indies (@rsted).

2. PHASCOLOSOMA GRAYI, Baird.

Siphunculus tuberculutus, Gray, Spic. Zool. i. p.8. no. 4, 1828 (not

Blainville, Dict. Sc. Nat. art. Sipencle, 1827).

fab. ? B.M.

The worm described by Blainville under the name of Sipunculus

tuberculatus differs considerably from the species described by Dr.

Gray under the same name in his ‘ Spicilegia Zoologica ;’ and a

comparison of Gray’s type in the National Collection with De Blain-

ville’s figure confirms this opinion. In the present species the caudal

extremity terminates in a prolonged acuminated point, studded all

over with flattened tubercles like warts. The exsertile part of the

body is of considerable thickness, and is, like the opposite extre-

mity, also thickly covered with warts. In De Blainville’s species

the caudal extremity is rounded and blunt, and the anterior or pro-

boscidal extremity is much more attenuated than the posterior. The

name vervucosus would have been appropriate ; but Cuvier has pre-

occupied that name; and more lately Hermann Meyer, in the

‘ Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaft. Zool.’ i. p. 268, gives some anatomical

details of a species which he considers the Sipunculus verrucosus,

but which Diesing states to be the same as the S. tuberculatus of

Blainville. As the species described by Blainville takes precedence

bya year of Dr. Gray’s, I have named it after this zoologist, who has

very well defined the species in his ‘Spicileg. Zoolog.’

3. PHASCOLOSOMA ARCUATUM.

Sipunculus arcuatus, Gray, Spic. Zool. 1. p. 8. no. 5, 1828.

Hab. India (General Hardwiche’s Collection). B.M.

4, PHASCOLOSOMA JEFFREYSII, sp. noy.

Corpus attenuatum, fusiforme, maculis rubris in dorso notalum, striis

circularibus transverse cinctum, in medio sparse granulatum, pos-

tice et antice dense granulatum, granulis brunneis; pars easertilis

sparse granulata et in dorso rubro cincta; tentaculis retractis.

Long.corp. 14 lin.,proboscistertiam partem corpori eequans ; crass.

corp. 14 lin., proboseidis 3 lin. -

Hab. Spezzia (J. G. Jeffreys, Esq.). B.M.

The body of this worm is narrow and cylindrically fusiform in

1868. | DR. W. BAIRD ON THE GEPHYREA. 89

shape, rather acuminated posteriorly, slightly narrowed in front.

Along the back it is marked with variously shaped reddish marks ;

it is striated transversely, the strize distinct, marked with small,

flattish, indistinct warts, and more sparingly with elevated brown

granules. The caudal extremity is densely and rather strongly gra-

nulated, the granules of a reddish-brown colour and elevated. ‘The

proboscis at the root, next the body, is also densely granulated ;

anteriorly it is circularly striated, sparingly granulated, and ringed

dorsally with reddish brown. The extremity of the proboscis, in

the only specimen we possess, is withdrawn, so that the tentacles

cannot be seen.

3, PHASCOLOSOMA FASCIATUM, §p. Nov.

Corpus cylindricum, transverse obsolete striatum, antrorsum aitenua-

tum, granulis parvis rubris obsitum, postice rolundatum, subito

conicum, pars exsertilis perlonga, atienuata, levis, strits circula-

ribus distinctis cincta, et in dorso fasciis latis rubris notata ;

color albidus, maculis rubridis conspersus ; tentaculis retractis.

Long. corp. 14 lin., proboscis corpore fere duplo longior ; lat. corp.

2 lin., proboscid. 1 lin.

Hab. Madeira (N. Lister, M.D.). B.M.

The body of the worm is of a whitish colour, obsoletely trans-

versely striated, marked here and there with reddish-brown spots,

and covered with small red granules, which are nearly similar in size

anteriorly and posteriorly. It is more attenuated anteriorly, and

sends out a very long proboscis, which is narrow, not tuberculated,

but distinctly circularly striated, and fasciated with interrupted broad

bands of brown. Posteriorly the body is blunt, but becomes sud-

denly pointed at the very extremity. The broad bands of brown on

the proboscis, the marks of red on the body, and the small tubercles

on the surface are all nearly confined to the dorsal aspect, the abdo-

minal region being nearly white.

Is this the Sipunculus levis, Cuvier= Phascolosoma leve, Kefer-

stein? In the ‘ Zeitsch. f. wiss. Zool.’ 1867, p. 50, Keferstein men-

tions having received a specimen 11 mm. long from Fayal, Azores ;

but in some respects his description differs from that of the species

here given.

6. PHascOLOSOMA PLACOSTEGI, sp. nov.

Corpus fusiforme, breve, utringue attenuatum, striis circularibus

cinctum, fere leve, parte caudali acuminata, granulis majusculis

obsita, parte anteriore verrucis complanatis sparsis instructa,

parte exsertili circulariter striata; tentaculis absconditis.

Long. corp. 10 lin., crass. 1 lin.; long. probose. 33 lin.

Hab. Cape of Good Hope; found lodged in a mass of Serpulee

(Placostegus). B.M.

The body is fusiform in shape, a little attenuated at both extre-

mities, rather more so at the caudal termination, which is somewhat

acuminated and covered with raised warty-looking granules. The

90 DR. W, BAIRD ON THE GEPHYREA. [Feb. 13,

body is not verrucose, but is roughened with numerous, close-set,

circular stricze near the anterior extremity, showing a few scattered,

flattened-looking warty granules. ‘The exsertile portion of the body

is attenuated, and circularly striated ; but the extremity or proboscis

is withdrawn in the only specimen we possess, so that the tentacles

cannot be seen. This was found lodged in some of the crevices of

a mass of a species of tubicolous Annelides belonging to the genus

Placostegus, which formed a portion of the collection of Dr. Krauss ;

it was dry, but was afterwards moistened and put into spirits.

7. PHASCOLOSOMA NIGRICEPS, sp. nov. (Pl. XI. figs. 1, 1%.) .

Corpus fusiforme, antice paulo attenuatum, postice rotundatum,

granulis fuscis numerosis circulariter obsitum, parte antica nigra,

granulis nigris multo majoribus instructa; pars exsertilis re-

tracta.

Long. corp. fere 2 unc., crassitud. corp. med. 3 une.

Hab, St. Thomas’s, West Indies (Air. Pivaicthigt 2); Jamaica (Mr.

Gosse) ; Chili (Mus. Brit.). B.M.

The body is of a fusiform shape, slightly attenuated posteriorly,

much more so anteriorly, and thicker about the centre. It is covered

with numerous, rather small, rounded granules, of a brown colour,

with a small white point in the centre, but which, at the anterior

extremity, become much larger, rather square-shaped, and so dark

as to give the whole of the anterior part, and what can be seen of

the exsertile portion, a deep black hue. The proboscis itself, in all

the specimens possessed by the Museum, is withdrawn, so that I

could not ascertain the appearance of the tentacles. The body, with

the exception of the granules and the anterior portion, is of a light

colour.

PHASCOLOSOMA THIOPS, Sp. nov.

’

Corpus utriculare, totum nigrum, granulis parvis, in extremitatibus,

anteriore presertim, majoribus, obtectum, extremitate caudali co-

noidea, antica paulo attenuata; pars exsertilis brevis, crassius-

cula, spinulis numerosis parvis cbsita; tentacula brevia, nume-

rosa.

Long. corp. 14 lin., probosc. 3 lin. ; crass. corp. in medio 4 lin.

Hab. St. Vincent’ s, West Indies (Rev. J. Guilding’?). B.M.

The whole body is of a deep black colour, and it is covered with

numerous small black granules, which, however, become larger at

the extremities, especially anteriorly. The posterior extremity is

conoidal, and the anterior is rather attenuated. ‘The exsertile por-

tion is also black, and is roughened with numerous small black spines.

The cirri of the proboscis are short and numerous.

9, PHASCOLOSOMA PERLUCENS, sp. noy. (Pl. X. figs. 2, 2*).

Corpus subcylindricum, arcuatum, elongatum, postice paulo attenua-

tum, pellucido-albidum, granulis minimis sparsis obsitum, dimidia

1868. ] DR. W. BAIRD ON THE GEPHYREA. 91

pars anterior longitudinaliter sub cute albo lineata ; pars exsertilis

granulis parvis rubris dense obtecta et rubro vittuta.

Long. corp. 1 unc., crass. 13 lin.; long. probosc. 23 lin., crass.

3 lin.

Hab, Jamaica; taken out of holes in coral-rocks (Mr. Gosse).

B.M.

The body of this worm is slightly arched or curved in form, is

somewhat cylindrical, rather slender, much longer than broad, and

is of a pellucid white colour, at first appearing smooth and shining,

but with the assistance of a lens showing itself to be partially covered

with minute light-brown-coloured granules. These are more nume-

rous at the posterior extremity than on the rest of the body, except the

exsertile or proboscidal portion, which is thickly covered with small

reddish-brown granules and here and there a stain of reddish-brown

hue. The upper half of the body is the smoothest, and is marked

by a series of longitudinal white lines showing under the integument,

and which disappear at about half the length of the body.

10. PHASCOLOSOMA ALBO-LINEATUM, sp. noy.

Corpus subcylindricum, arcuatum, subpellucidum, in medio punctis

seu granulis minimis sparse obsitum, extremitatibus utrinque sub-

attenualis, granulis majoribus rubro-fuscis cbtectis ; pars anterior

levis, sub cute longitudinaliter albo lineata; pars exsertilis longa,

postice granulis parvis rubris, antice levis, rubro maculata, et

prope extremitatem lineis nigris exilibus viginti circumdata ; pro-

boscis cirris curtis paucis violascentibus induta.

Long. corp. 12 une., long. part. exsert. 1 une.; crass. corp. in

medio 2 lin., crass. probose. 3 lin.

Hab. Philippine fslands (Mr. Cuming’s Collection). B.M.

This species is much larger than the preceding, but resembles it

in many respects. The body is arched or curved in form, and is

somewhat translucid, especially the upper or anterior halt, which is

smooth and shining to appearance, and is marked under the skin

with numerous longitudinal white lines. Under the lens the middle

of the body appears covered partially with very minute point-like

granules, which enlarge at each extremity and become more nume-

rous. The caudal extremity is conoidal, rather sharp-pointed, and

the granules are like raised warty projections ; the anterior extremity

is rather attenuated, the exsertile portion being of considerable

length, more than half the length of the body. It is covered at the

base with numerous reddish-brown granules, is smooth on the ante-

rior portion, is marked with reddish-brown-looking stains, and near

the extremity is surrounded with about twenty very fine black rings,

each ring being composed of numerous very small spines. The pro-

boscis does not at first sight seem to be provided with any cirri ;

upon more attentive examination, however, they appear to be very

short, few in number, and of a violet hue. The only history we

have of this species is, that it was found in the Philippine Islands ;

but I should be disposed to consider, from its general resemblance

92 DR. W. BAIRD ON THE GEPHYREA. [Feb. 13,

to the foregoing (P. perlucens), that it was found burrowing like it

in holes in coral-rocks.

11. PHASCOLOSOMA NODULIFERUM.

Phascolosomum noduliferum, Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Philad. tom.

vill. p. 375, 1855; Diesing, Rev. der Rhyngod. J. c. p. 761, 1859.

Phascolosoma noduliferum, Keferstein, Beitr. in 7. c. p. 198, 1865.

Sipunculus (Phymosomum) nodulosus, Quatrefages, /. ¢. i. p. 621.

no. 30, 1865.

Sipunculus (Phymosomum) noduliferus, Quatrefages, /.c. ii. p. 624.

no. 42, 1865 *.

Hab. Australia, Sydney (J. M‘Gillivray) ; Nicol Bay, north coast

of Australia (M. de Boulay); Australia (J. B. Jukes, Hsq.). B.M.

12. PHASCOLOSOMA AGASSIZII.

Phascolosoma agassizii, Keferstein, Nach. d. kon. Gesellsch. der

Wissensch. in Gottingen, 1866; Zeitsch. fiir wissensch. Zool. Band

xvii. Heft i. p. 46, t. 6. f. 3-8, 1867.

Phascolosoma Hawkinsii, Baird, MS. in Mus. Brit.

ITab. California and Panama (Agassiz fide Keferstein) ; Esquimalt

Harbour, Vancouver Island (Lieut.-Col. Hawkins). B.M.

I had named this species after Lieut.-Col. Hawkins, H.M. Com-

missioner on the North-American Boundary Survey, who collected

the specimens, and to whom we are indebted for them. There are

two specimens, one much more slender than the other. This has

the exsertile portion protruded; the other has it withdrawn, which

may account for the difference in circumference.

13. PHASCOLOSOMA LORDI, sp. nov.

Corpus brevifusiforme, griseum, transverse rugosum, granulis par-

vis fuscis obsitum, ad extremitatem posteriorem coacervatis, ad

extremilatem anteriorem sparsis ; pars exsertilis cylindrica, bre-

vis, rugibus circularibus circumdata,

Long. corp. 1 une., part. exsert. 4 lin.

Hab. Esquimalt Harbour, Vancouver Island (J. A. Lord, Hsq.).

B.M.

The body of this animal is of a greyish colour, wrinkled across

with transverse rugee, or, as it were, corrugated. The skin is covered

with very small light-brown granules, which at the posterior extre-

mity are larger, darker-coloured, and more numerous, and at the

anterior extremity are very few and scattered at intervals. The

exsertile portion is rather short, cylindrical in form, and rugose.

The tentacles are withdrawn. We have only one specimen of this

species, which differs very much from the preceding in general

appearance, size, and colour, though collected at the same place. I

have named it after Mr. J. K. Lord, who was the naturalist attached

* Quatrefages has, evidently in mistake, quoted this species twice over, but

has, in the first instance, given it the name of nodulosus. The synonyms he has

quoted are the same in both instances.

1868. ] DR. W. BAIRD ON THE GEPHYREA, 93

to the North-American Boundary Survey under Col. Hawkins. It

may possibly be only a variety of the preceding species.

14, PHASCOLOSOMA PLANISPINOSUM, Sp. Nov.

Corpus sacciforme, albo-griseum, granulis brunneis minutis oblectum,

granulis ad extremitatem posticam in spinis latis mutatis ; pars

exsertilis partem tertiam corporis aquans, spinis latis, majoribus,

brunneis obtecta ; tentaculis retractis.

Long. corp. 6 lin., part. exsert. 4 lin. ; corp. crass. usque ad 34

lin.

Tab. ? (Mr. Cuming’s Collection). B.M.

The body of this species is of a light greyish colour, deeper at the

two extremities, where the minute granules with which the body is

covered are replaced by flat sharp-pointed spines, standing out nearly

erect from the skin. ‘The exsertile portion is particularly marked in

this manner, the spines being numerous and larger than at the pos-

terior extremity. The shape of the body is very similar to that of

Sipunculus (Phascolosoma) genuensis of Blainville, but differs in

being very much smaller and having the exsertile portion, compa-

ratively speaking, longer, and being very rough with the flat spines.

Unfortunately we have only one specimen, which was collected by

the late Mr. Cuming, but no habitat was attached to it.

15. PHASCOLOSOMA MULTITORQUATUM,.

Sipunculus (Phymosomum) multitorquatus, Quatrefages, 7, ¢. ii.

p. 621, 1865.

Hab. Guettary (Quatrefages).

16. PHASCOLOSOMA SPINICAUDA.

Sipunculus (Phymosomum) spinicauda, Quatrefages, 7. ¢. ii. p. 621,

1865.

Hab. Barcelona (Q.:utrefages).

17. PHASCOLOSOMA GUTTATUM.

Sipunculus (Phymosomum) guttatus, Quatrefages, 1. c. ii. p. 621,

1865.

Hab. Red Sea (Quatrefages).

18. PHAscoLOSOMA ORBINIENSE.

Fee (Phymosomum) orbiniensis, Quatrefages, /.c. ii. p.622,

JO.

Hab, American seas (M. d’ Orbigny).

19. PHASCOLOSOMA PLICATUM.

Sipunculus (Phymosomum) plicatus, Quatrefages, 7. ¢, ii. p. 622,

1865.

Hab, Indian seas (Quatrefages).

94 DR. W. BAIRD ON THE GEPHYREA. [Feb. 13,

20. PHASCOLOSOMA JAVANENSE.

Sipunculus (Phymosomum) javanensis, Quatrefages, 1. ¢. i. p. 622,

1865.

Hab. Java (Quatrefages).

21. PHASCOLOSOMA CONSTELLATUM.

Sipunculus (Phymosomum) constellatus, Quatrefages, 7. c. ii.

p- 622, 1865.

_ Hab. Isle of France ( Quatrefages).

22; PHASCOLOSOMA COCHLEARIUM:

Sipunculus cochlearius, Valenciennes, Comptes Rendus, tom, xxvix.

p- 641, 1854.

Sipunculus (Phymosomum) cochlearius, Quatrefages, 2. ¢. il.

p. 623, 1865.

Hab. Indian seas, in coral (Qua!refages).

23. PHASCOLOSOMA NIGRESCENS.

Phascolosoma nigrescens, Keferstein, Beitr. in 1. e. p. 198, 1865.

Sipunculus (Phymosomum) nigrescens, Quatrefages, /. c. il. p. 623,

1865.

Hab. Fiji Islands (Viti) (Dr. Griiffe fide Keferstein).

24, PHASCOLOSOMA VARIANS.

Phascolosoma varians, Keferstein, Nach. kén. Ges. Wissen.

p- 199, 1865; Zeitsch. f. wiss. Zool. Band xv. pp. 424-426, t. 31.

f. 3, t. 32. f. 22, 1865; Band xvii. p. 48, 1867. ;

Phascolosoma puntarene, Keferstein, Unters. iiber nied. See-

thiere, in Zeitsch. f. wiss. Zool. tom. xii. p. 40, t. 3. f. 1, 6, 12, 15,

1862.

Sipunculus (Phymosomum) varians, Quatrefages, 1. c. 11. p. 623,

1865.

Hab. St. Thomas, West Indies (Riise), Florida (Agassiz fide Ke-

ferstein).

25. PHASCOLOSOMA CYLINDRATUM.

Phascolosoma cylindratum, Keferstein, Beitr. in 7. c. p. 200, 1865.

Sipunculus (Phymosomum) cylindratus, Quatrefages, 7. ¢. ii.

p. 623, 1865.

Hab. Bermuda (Riise fide Keferstein).

26. PHASCOLOSOMA LORICATUM.

Lithodermus cuneus?, Cuvier, R. An. 2nd edit. iii. p. 242, 1830.

Sipunculus (Phymosomum) loricatus, Quatrefages, U. ¢. 11. p. 623,

1865.

Hab. New Holland (Quatrefages).

27. PHASCOLOSOMA PUNTARENZ.

Phascolosoma puntarene, Grube et CErsted, Annul. CErsted.

p- 13, 1858, not Keferstein, Unters. n. Thier. p. 40, 1863.

1868. | DR. W. BAIRD ON THE GEPHYREA 95

Phascolosomum puntarene, Diesing, Rey. der Rhyng. p.y 61, 1859.

Sipunculus (Phymosomum) puntarene, Quatrefages, /. c. il. p. 624,

1865.

Hab. Puntarenas (@rsted).

28. PHASCOLOSOMA GENUENSE.

Sipunculus genuensis, Blainville, Dict. Sc. Nat. art. Siponcle,

Atlas, t. 33. f. 4, 1828.

Phascolosomum genuense, Diesing, Rev. der Rhyngod. in J. e-

p- 761, 1859.

Phascolosoma lima, Costa, Faun. del Regn, di Napoli, Annelid-

ita 5: LO. 3

Pieicliioncim lima, Diesing, 7. ec. p. 761, 1859.

Sipunculus (Phymosomum) genuensis, Quatrefages, Z, c. il. p. 625,

1865.

Hab. Coast near Genoa (Blainville); near Naples (Costa).

29. PHASCOLOSOMA GRANULOSUM.

Syringe granulosus, M‘Coy, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. tom. xv.

p. 272, t. 16, f. 2, 1845. ;

Phascolosomum granulosum, Diesing, Syst. Helminth. ii. p. 63,

1851; Revis. d. Rhyng. iz 1. ce. p. 761, 1859.

Sipunculus (Phymosomum) granulosus, Quatrefages, /.c. ii. p. 625,

1865.

Hab. Roundstone Bay, Ireland (M‘Coy).

30. PHASCOLOSOMA PAPILLOSUM.

Sipunculus papillosus, Thompson, Ann. & Mag. vol. v. p. 101,

1840.

Syring papillosus, Forbes, Brit. Starfishes, p. 247, fig., 1841.

Phascolosomum papillosum, Diesing, Revis. der Rhynged. in 1. e.

p. 762, 1859.

Sipunculus (Phymosomum) papillosus, Quatrefages, Ll. c. il. p. 625,

1865.

Hab. Miltown Bay, &c., Ireland (Thompson).

31. PHASCOLOSOMA JOHNSTONI.

— Stpunculus johnstoni, Forbes, Brit. Starfishes, p. 254, fig., 1841.

Phascolosomum johnstoni, Diesng, Revis. d. Rhyng. in 7. e.

p. 762, 1859.

Sipunculus (Phymosomum) johnstoni, Quatrefages, /. c. il. p. 625,

1865.

Hab. Berwick Bay (Johnston).

32. PuascoLOSOMA LONGICOLLE.

’ Phascolosomum longicolle, Leuckart and Riippell, Atlas z. der

Reise im noérdl. Afr. Zooph. p. 6, t. 2. f. 1, 1828.

Sipunculus (Phymosomum) longicollis, Quatrefages, tc 1. B, O25,

1865.

Hab. Red Sea (Rétppell).

96 DR. W. BAIRD ON THE GEPHYREA, [Febs 3;

33. PHASCOLOSOMA ANTILLARUM.

Phascolosomum antillarum, Grube & Cirsted, Annulat. CErsted.

p- 13, 1858; Diesing, Revis. d. Rhyngod. ia 1. ec. p. 762, 1859.

Phascolosoma antillarum, Keferstein, Beitr. in 1. e. p. 205, 1865 ;

Unters. Nied. Seethiere in Zeitsch. f. wiss. Zool. Band xi. p. 40, 1862,

t. 3. f. 2, 11; Band xv. p. 435, 1865, t. 31. f. 11, t. 33. f.37, and

Band xvii. p. 54, 1867.

Sipunculus (Phymosomum) antillarum, Quatrefages, 7. ¢. ii. p. 626,

1865.

Hab. Puntarenas and Santa Cruz (@rsted); St. Thomas, West

Indies (Keferstein) ; Panama (Agassiz).

34. PHASCOLOSOMA GLANS,

Sipunculus (Gidematosomum) glans, Quatrefages, 1. c. ii. p. 626,

1865.

Hab. ? Indian Seas (Quatrefages).

35. PHASCOLOSOMA IMMODESTUM™.

Sipunculus (Gidematosomum) immodestus, Quatrefages, 1. e. il.

p- 627, 1865.

Hab. Indian Seas (Quatrefages).

36. PHASCOLOSOMA LZVE.

Sipunculus levis, Cuvier, Régne An, 2nd ed. tom. iii. p. 243,

1830.

Phascolosoma leave, Keferstein, Zeitsch. f. wiss. Zool. Band xii.

p- 38, t, 3.f. 4, 1862; Band xv. p, 427, t. 31. f. 6, t. 32. f. 20, 21 ;

1865; Band xvii. p. 50, t. 6. f. 14, 1867; Beitr. tn /.¢. p. 200, 1865.

? Phascolosoma fasciatum, Baird, see sp. 5.

Hab. Sicily (Cuvier, Keferstein) ; Vayal, Azores (Higginson fide

Keferstein).

37. PHASCOLOSOMA RIISEII.

Phascolosoma riisei, Keferstein, Beitr. in 7. c. p. 206, 1865.

Hab. St. Thomas, West Indies (Iiise fide Keferstein).

38. PHASCOLOSOMA PECTINATUM.

Phascolosoma pectinatum, Keferstein, Nach. kénigl. Gesellsch.

Wissensch. Gottingen, 1866; Zeitsch. f. wissensch. Zool. Band xvii.

p- 47, t. 6. f. 9-12, 1867,

Hab. Panama (Agassiz fide Keferstein).

39. PHASCOLOSOMA PACIFICUM.

Phascolosoma pacificum, Keferstein, Nach. kon. Gesell. Wissen.

Géttingen, 1866; Zeitsch. f. wissen. Zool. Band xvii. p. 49, t. 6.

f. 1-2, 1867.

Hab. Kingsmill Island, Gilbert Group, Pacific (Keferstein).

* Quatrefages does not mention, in his description of this species, whether it is

smooth or tubereulated,

1868.] DR. W. BAIRD ON THE GEPHYREA. 97

Species considered doubtful, or not sufficiently described.

40. PaascoLosomMa NORDFOLCENSE.

Sipunculus nordfolcensis, Brandt, Prod. Descript. Animal. ab Mer-

tens. observat. p. 61, 1835; Dujardin in Lamarck, An. s. Verttb.

(2nd edit.) iii. p. 470, 1840.

Phascolosomum nordfolcense, Diesing, Syst. Helm. ii. p. 67, 1851 ;

Revis. d. Rhyngod. /. c. p. 765, 1859 ; Dujardin, Hist. Nat. Ann.

ii. p. 631, 1865.

Hab. Norfolk Sound (Mertens).

41. PHascoLosoma FASCIOLATUM.

Sipunculus fasciolatus, Brandt, Prod, Desc. An. Mertens. obs.

p- 61, 1835.

Phascolosomum fasciolatum, Diesing, Syst. Helm. ii. p- 66, 1851;

Revis. d. Rhyngod. J. c. p- 765, 1859; Dujardin, /. ¢. ii. p- 631,

1865.

Hab. Island of Ualan, Caroline Islands (Mertens).

42. PHASCOLOSOMA AMBIGUUM.

? Sipunculus ambiguus, Brandt, Prod. An. Mertens. obs. pe 02)

1835.

Phascolosomum ambiguum, Diesing, Syst, Helm. ii. p- 67, 1851;

Revis. d. Rhyng. Z. c. p- 765, 1859; Dujardin, JZ. ec. ii. p. 631, 1865.

Hab. ? (Mertens).

43. PHASCOLOSOMA TIGRINUM.

Stpunculus tigrinus, Risso, Hist. nat. Europ. mérid. y. p- 292,

1826; Guérin, Icon. Rég. An. Cuv. Zooph. t. v. f. 4, 1834 ?.

Phascolosoma granulatum, Leuckart ? Jide Diesing ; Joh. Miiller,

Wiegm. Archiv, 1844, p. 168.

Phascolosomum tigrinum, Diesing, Syst. Helm, ii. p. 66, 1851;

Revis. d. Rhyng. J. ¢. p. 765, 1859; Dujardin, 0. ¢. ii. p. 631,

1865.

Hab. Nice, amongst Fuci (Risso).

44, PHASCOLOSOMA FLAVUM.

Stpunculus flavus, Risso, Hist. nat. Eur. mérid. v. p. 292, 1826.

Phascolosomum granulatum, Leuckart?; Joh. Miiller, Wiegm.,

Archiv, 1844, p. 168 (quoted by Diesing).

Phascolosomum flavum, Diesing, Syst. Helm. ii. p. 66, 1851;

Revis. d. Rhyng. /. c. p. 765, 1859; Dujardin, Z. c. ii. p. 631, 1865.

Hab. Nice (Risso).

45. PHASCOLOSOMA LEACHII.

Stpunculus leachii, Blainville, Dict. Sc. Nat. xlix. p. 312, 1827.

Phascolosomum leachii, Diesing, Syst. Helm. ii. p. 67, 1851;

Revis. d. Rhyngod. 7. c. p- 765, 1859; Dujardin, lc. ii. p. 631,

1865.

Hab. ? (Leach).

Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1868, No. VII.

98 DR. W. BAIRD ON THE GEPHYREA. [Feb. 13,

46. PHASCOLOSOMA POURTALESI.

Stpunculus granulatus, Pourtalés, Proc. Amer. Ass. Adv. Se.

1851, p. 41.

Phascolosomum pourtalesi, Diesing, Revis. der Rhyngod. J. ¢.-

p. 765, 1859.

Hab. Florida (Pourtales).

Genus 3. PETALOSTOMA.

Phascolosoma (sp.), Keferstein, 1862.

Petalostoma, Keferstein, 1865.

PETALOSTOMA MINUTUM.

Phascolosoma minutum, Keferstein, Unter. niedere Seethiere in

Zeitsch. f. wissensch. Zool. Band xii. p. 40, t. 3. f. 7-10, 1862.

Petalostoma minutum, Keferstein, Beitr. Nach. kon. Gesellsch.

Gottingen, p. 207*, 1865; Quatrefages, J. ¢. il. p. 631, 1865.

Hab. St. Vaast, Normandy (Keferstein).

Genus 4. THEMISTE.

Themiste, Gray, Spicilegia Zoolog. p. 8, 1828.

Dendrostomum, Grube & CErsted, Annulat. CErsted, p. 14, 1858 ;

Diesing, Rev. d. Rhyngod. 1859 ; Quatrefages, J. c. ii. p. 629, 1865.

Dendrostoma, Keferstein, Beitr. z. Anat. Sipunc. in Nach. konig.

Gesellsch. Gottingen, p. 207, 1865.

1. THEMISTE HENNAHI.

Themiste hennahi, Gray, Spic. Zool. p. 8, 1828.

Hab. Peru (Rev. W. Hennah). B.M.

2. THEMISTE ALUTACEA.

Dendrostomum alutaceum, Grube & Qérsted, Annulat. Girsted.

p. 14, 1858; Diesing, Revis. der Rhyngod. inl. c. p. 765, 1859 ;

Quatrefages, J. c. il. p. 630, 1865.

Hab. Santa Cruz, West Indies (rsted).

3. THEMISTE PINNIFOLIA.

Dendrostoma pinnifolium, Keferstein, Beitr. in 1. c. p. 207, 1865,

Dendrostomum pinnifolium, Quatrefages, l. c. ii. p. 630, 1865.

Hab, St. Thomas’s, West Indies (Riise).

4, THEMISTE RAMOSA.

Dendrostomum ramosum, Quatrefages, Ll. c. ii. p. 629, 1865.

Hab. Brazil (Quatrefages).

5. THEMISTE LAGENIFORMIS. (Pl. X. figs. 3-3°.)

Corpus cum proboscide exserta lageniforme, leve, corrugatum,

* P. miuntum! evidently a misprint for minutwm.

1868. ] DR. W. BAIRD ON THE GEPHYREA. 99

‘

transverse rugoso-striatum, rotundato-inflatum, extremitate postica

in mucronem obtusum desinente, antica paulo attenuata; pars

exsertilis longa, cylindrica, rugoso-plicata; tentaculis 6? in

pinnulas numerosas divisis.

Long. corp. 6 lin., crass. 5 lin. ; long. part. exsert. 5 lin.

Hab. ? Australia (Zarl of Derby’s Coll). B.M.

This species, which is one of many specimens of natural history

collected for the late Earl of Derby by the late John Macgillivray,

appears different from all the others in our collection. When the

exsertile portion is protruded, it is completely bottle-shaped, and the

skin is entirely free from granulations. It is, however, wrinkled,

transversely finely striated and rugose, and at the posterior ex-

tremity is almost clathrate. This portion of the body is rounded,

inflated, and terminates in a blunt conical point. The exsertile

portion is of considerable length, is cylindrical in shape, and rugosely

plicate. The tentacles or cirri are short and much pinnated.

We possess two specimens of this species—one with the exsertile

portion and tentacula protruded, from which the diagnosis is chiefly

drawn up, and which apparently, when collected, had been allowed

to dry, and has thus, to outward appearance, become almost

smooth ; when examined, however, more carefully, the skin is seen

to be wrinkled and transversely striated. In the other specimen

the proboscis is almost entirely withdrawn, and the skin is much

more distinctly wrinkled and striated, At first sight they appear

to be distinct species; but as they come from the same locality, I

am led to believe them the same.

Genera of Sipunculide not sufficiently established, and the position

of which is doubtful.

Genus 1. Ascosoma.

Ascosoma, Leuckart, Brev. Animal. quor. Descript. 1828 ; Qua-

trefages, /. c. 11. 1865.

Ascosomum, Diesing, Syst. Helminth. ii. p. 75, 1851; Revis. d.

Rhyngod. in /.c. p. 778, 1859.

ASCOSOMA BLUMENBACHII.

Ascosoma blumenbachii, Leuckart, Brev. Animal. quor. Descrip.

p- 21, t. 1. f. 4, 1828; Quatrefages, 7. e. ii. p. 630, 1865.

Ascosomum blumenbachii, Diesing, Syst. Helminth. ii. p. 76,

1851; Revis. d. Rhyngod. in J. c. p. 778, 1859.

Phascolosoma granulatum, Leuckart? Joh. Miill. Wiegm. Arch.

p- 168, 1844.

Hab. Mediterranean, near Cette (Leuckart).

Genus 2. ANOPLOSOMATUM.

Anoplosomatum, Grube, Act. Echin. Wirm. Adriat. p. 47, 1840

(charact. emend.) ; Diesing, Syst. Helm. ii. p. 68, 1851; Revis. d.

100 DR. W. BAIRD ON THE GEPHYREA. [Feb. 13,

Rhyng. in l.c. p. 766, 1859 ; Quatrefages, J. c. ii. p. 630, 1565 ; Ke-

ferstein, Beitr. in l. c. p. 209, 1865.

Lanceola, Blainville, Dict. Sc. Nat. lvii. art. Vers, p. 553, 1828.

1. ANOPLOSOMATUM .UTRICULUS.

Anoplosomatum utriculus, Grube, Actin. Echin. Wiirm. Adriat.

p. 48, t. 1. f. 3, 1840; Diesing, Syst. Helminth. ii. p. 69; Revis. d.

Rhyngod. ia l. c. p. 766, 1859; Quatrefages, J. c. ii. p. 631, 1865.

Hab. Mediterranean, near Palermo (Gruée).

2, 1? ANOPLOSOMATUM PARETTI.

Lanceola paretti, Blain. J. c. art. Vers, 1828.

Anoplosomatum paretti, Diesing, Syst. Helm. i. p. 69, 1851;

Revis. d. Rhyngod. in l.c. p. 776, 1859; Quatrefages, /.¢. ii.

p: 631, 1865.

3. ANOPLOSOMATUM ANTILLENSE.

Anoplosomatum antillense, Steenstrup, Keferstein, Beitr. in J. ¢.

p- 209, 1865.

Hab. St. Ian, West Indies (Prosch, Suenson, fide Keferstein).

? Genus 3. DicLiposiPHON.

Diclidosiphon, Diesing, Revis. d. Rhyngod. 1859,

Sipunculus, sp., Lesson, Quatrefages.

DicLipOSIPHON LUMBRICIFORMIS.

Sipunculus lumbriciformis, Lesson, Cent. d. Zool. p. 152, t. 53.

f. 3, 1830.

Sipunculus (Phymosomum) lumbriciformis, Quatrefages, J. ¢. i.

p- 626, 1865.

Diclidosiphon lumbriciformis, Diesing, Syst. Helminth. ii, p. 70,

1851; Revis. d. Rhyngod. in J. c. p. 766, 1859.

Hab. Falkland Islands (Lesson).

Family II. AsprposIPHONID&.

Eusipunculidea, Aspidosiphones (part.), Diesing.

Aspidosiphonea, Quatrefages.

Genus 1. ASPIDOSIPHON.

Aspidosiphon, Diesing, Syst. Helm. ii. p. 67, 1851; Revis. der

Rhyngod. l. c. p. 767, 1859; Quatrefages, /. c. i. p. 608, 1865.

Sipunculus, sp., Blainville.

Stpunculus (Phascolosomum), sp., Joh. Miller.

Lesinia, O. Schmidt, Zeitsch. f. d. gesammt. Naturwiss. 1854,

tom. iii. p.2; Diesing, Revis. der Rhyngod. J.c. p. 779, 1859;

Quatrefages, 7. c. p. 599, 1865.

1868.] DR. W. BAIRD ON THE GEPHYREA. 101

(Anus dorsalis.)

1. ASPIDOSIPHON MULLERI,

Stpunculus (Phascolosomum) scutatus, Joh. Miiller, in Wiegm.

Archiv, tom. xix. p. 166-168, t. 5. f. A-D, 1844; Krohn, in

Mill. Archiv, p. 371, 1851.

Aspidosiphon miilleri, Diesing, Syst. Helminth. ii. pp- 68 & 556 ;

Revis. der Rhyngod. J. c. p. 767, 1859 ; Quatrefages, 1. c. p. 609,

1865; O. Schmidt, Mitth. Nat. Verein. Steirmark, p. 56, 1865.

Lesinia farcimen, O. Schmidt, Zeitsch. f. d. gesammt. Natur-

wiss. 1854, vol. iii. p. 2, t. 1. f. 3; Diesing, Revis. der Rhyngod.

lc. p. 779, 1859 ; Quatrefages, J. ¢. p- 599, 1865.

Hab. Mediterranean (Grohman § Krohn) ; Lesina (Schmidt) ; off

the Shetland Isles (J. G. Jeffreys). B.M.

Notwithstanding the difference of habitat, I cannot distinguish

any marks by which to separate our specimen from the species found

in the Mediterranean. It is perhaps less narrow posteriorly ; and

the small brown points or papille, as Diesing terms them, on the

body, are smaller than in the species figured by Miiller. The

Phascolosoma radiata of Alder, found in the same locality, and de-

scribed by him in the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History’ in

1860, approaches in some respects this species, and may possibly be

synonymous with it. The description given by Mr. Alder is rather

indefinite, and a further examination of fresh specimens is necessary

to elucidate the point.

2. Asprposi PHON STEENSTRUPII.

Aspidosiphon steenstrupii, Diesing, Revis. der Rhyngod. J. e.

p. 767, 1859; Icon. Zoogr. Ferdinand. I. Imperatoris ; Quatrefages,

lc. p. 610, 1865.

Hab. Island of St. Thomas, West Indies (Riise fide Diesing).

3. ASPIDOSIPHON RHYSSASPIS.

Aspidosiphon rhyssaspis, Diesing, Revis. der Rhyngod. J. ec.

p- 768, 1859 ; Icon. Zoogr. Ferdinand. I. Imperatoris ; Quatrefages,

lc. p. 610, 1865.

Hab. West Indies (Swenson fide Diesing).

4, AsPIpOsIPHON EREMITA.

Aspidosiphon eremita, Diesing, Revis. der Rhyngod. J. ec. p- 768,

1859; Icon. Zoogr. Ferd. I. Imperat.; Quatrefages, J. ¢. p- 610,

1865.

Hab. Madeira (Dr. Lister) ; inhabiting empty shells of Ditrupa

(Diesing). B.M.

5. ASPIDOSIPHON CoyI.

Aspidosiphon coyi, Quatrefages, 1. c. p- 608, 1865,

Hab. Indian seas? (Quatrefages).

102 DR. W. BAIRD ON THE GEPHYREA. [Feb. 13,

6. ASPIDOSIPHON LEVF.

Aspidosiphon leve, Quatrefages, 1. c. p. 609, t. 20. f. 23, 24.

Hab. Indian seas? (Quatrefages).

7. ASPIDOSIPHON CUMINGII, sp. nov. (Pl. XI. fig. 2.)

Corpus cylindricum, fuscum, antice densissime, postice paululum

verrucosum, in medio rugosum et circulariter striatum; scu-

tellum anterius subellipticum, brunneum, longitudinaliter sulcatum,

posterius centrifuge sulcatum, sulcis dichotomis ; proboscis brevis,

cylindrica, gracilis, rugosa, fasciata.

Long. corp. 3 une., lat. 7 lin.; long. probose. 8 lin.

Hab. Philippine Islands (Cuming). B.M.

This is the largest species I have seen. Anteriorly it is densely

granularly tuberculated for nearly an inch in length, posteriorly for

only a very short distance. In the middle the body is circularly

striated and longitudinally ribbed, as it were, with pellucid ribs. It

is of a brownish colour, much deeper at the two extremities, and

marked with scattered granulations. The anterior scutellum is of a

somewhat oval or elliptic shape, broadly sulcated longitudinally,

near the proboscis tubercularly granulated, and at a short distance

from where it terminates on the body it is keeled. The posterior

scutellum is circular, is marked by the same kind of sulci as the

anterior, but radiately disposed and dichotomously divided towards

the external margin. It is separated from the lower part of the

body by a sharp keel which surrounds it. The proboscis is rugose,

slender, and short, is of a light colour at its two extremities, and

peculiarly marked in the middle with a broad band of a deep

brown.

8. ASPIDOSIPHON TRUNCATUM.

Phascolosoma truncatum, Keferstein, Nach. kon. Gesell. Gét-

tingen, 1866.

Phascolosoma (Aspidosiphon) truncatum, Keferstein, Zeitsch. f.

wissensch. Zool. Band xvii. p. 50, t. 6. f. 15-18, 1867.

Hab. Panama (Agassiz fide Keferstein).

9. ASPIDOSIPHON RADIATUM.

Phascolosoma radiata, Alder, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 3rd ser.

v. p. 75, t. 5. f. 4-6, 1860.

Stpunculus (Cryptosomum) radiatus, Quatrefages, 1. c. ii. p. 629,

1865.

Hab. Shetland Isles, in shells of Aporrhais (Barlee fide Alder).

Genus 2. PsruDASPIDOSIPHON, Baird.

Corpus gracile, duabus opacitatibus, scutella simulantibus, in-

structum. Extremitas posterior conica, centrifuge radiata ;

extremitas anterior, scutello destituta, opaca. Cetera ut in

Aspidosiphone.

1868.] DR. W. BAIRD ON THE GEPHYREA, 103

1. PsEUDASPIDOSIPHON CLAVATUM.

Sipunculus clavatus, Blainville, Dict. Sc. Nat. tom. xlix. art.

Stpunculus, Atlas, t. 33. f. 2, 1828.

Aspidosiphon clavatum, Diesing, Syst. Helminth. ii. p. 68, 1851.

Aspidosiphon clavatus, Diesing, Revis. der Rhyng. J. e. p. 768,

1859; ? Quatrefages, 7.c. p. 611, 1865.

Hab. Mediterranean (Blainville).

Quatrefages says of this species that the figure given of it by

Blainville in the work quoted above does not represent the anterior

scutellum so characteristic of the genus, and which is found in all

the other species described. The posterior extremity is conical and

centrifugally radiated, but does not appear to have a regular scutellum.

The same may be said of the next species, which is said by Diesing

to belong doubtfully to the genus Aspidosiphon. I have therefore

made a new genus for the reception of these two species, and for a

third, which does not appear to have been previously described.

2. PSEUDASPIDOSIPHON SPRATTI.

Sipunculus, sp., Spratt, Lond. Edin. & Dublin Philosoph. Magaz.

xxxill. p. 171, 1848.

Aspidosiphon ? spratti, Diesing, Revis. der Rhyngod. /. c. p. 768,

1859.

Hab. Near the island of Malta, at 320 fathoms depth (Spratt).

3. PSEUDASPIDOSIPHON GRACILE, sp.nov. (PI. X. figs. 1, 1*.)

Corpus gracile, elongatum, cylindricum, striis circularibus cinctum,

et granulis parvis, numerosis, brunneis obsitum, parte caudali

conoidea, subito acuminata, centrifuge radiata, parte unteriore

infra proboscidem attenuatam scutelliformi, brunnea, longitudi-

naliter rugoso-verrucosa; pars exsertilis attenuata, granulis

minimis obsita ; ‘proboscis retracta.

Long. corporis 27 une., crass. 14 lin. ; long. proboscid. 3 unc.,

crass. 3 lin.

Hab. Philippine Islands (Mr. Cuming). B.M.

The body of this peculiar species is long and slender, circularly

striated, the interspaces between the strize regularly beset with nu-

merous small brown granules. Thecaudal portion terminates abruptly

in a short conical point, which is longitudinally centrifugally stri-

ated, while the upper portion of the body just beneath the exsertile

portion is of a dark brown colour, and longitudinally granulously stri-

ated, the two extremities resembling a good deal the scutella of the

genus Aspidosiphon. The colour of the body is of a light yellowish

hue, the two extremities (which show the resemblance to the scutella)

being of a darker brown, resembling in this respect the Sipunculus

clavatus, as represented by Blainville in his figure in the Atlas of the

Dict. des Se. Nat.

Family III. LoxostrHonip2.

Eusipunculidea, Aspidosiphones(part.), Diesing, Rev. Rhyng.1859 .

Loxosiphonea, Quatrefages, Hist. Nat. Ann. ii. p. 604, 1865.

104 DR. W. BAIRD ON THE GEPHYREA. [Feb. 13,

(Anus terminalis.)

Genus 1. LoxosipHon.

Loxosiphon, Diesing, 1851 ; Quatrefages, 1865.

Sternaspis, sp., Chamisso & Eysenhardt.

Sipunculus, sp., Blainville.

1. LoxostrPHON ELEGANS.

Sternaspis elegans, Chamisso & Eysenhardt, Nov. Act. Nat. Cur.

tom. x. p. 351, t. 24. f. 5 a—e, 1820,

Sipunculus elegans, Blainv. Dict. Sc. Nat. art. Siponcle, Atlas,

t. 26. f. 2 (copied from Cham. & Eysenh.), 1828.

Lowosiphon elegans, Diesing, Syst. Helm. ii. p. 70, 1851 ; Revis.

Rhyng. /.¢. p. 769, 1859 ; Quatrefages, Hist. Ann. ii. p. 605, 1865.

Hab. Island of Radack, Pacific Ocean (Chamisso).

2. LoxosiPHON ASPERGILLUM.

Loxosiphon aspergillum, Quatrefages, Hist. Nat. Annel. ii. p. 605,

t. 20! f. 20, 1865.

Hab. Isle of France ( Quatrefages).

Genus 2. Dirsinera.

Diesingia, Quatrefages, ii. p. 606, 1865.

1. DresInGIA CHAMTSSOI.

Diesingia chamissoi, Quatrefages, Hist. Nat. Annel. ii. p- 606,

be2O nt, 22. 1865s

Hab. 2

2. DIESINGIA CUPULIFERA.

Diesingia eupulifera, Quatrefages, 1. c. p. 607, t. 20. f.21, 1865.

Hab. ? Indian seas (Quoy §& Gaimard fide Quatrefages).

Family IV. Prraruip2.

Priapulidea, Diesing, 1851 & 1859.

Priapulea, Quatrefages, 1. c. p. 600, 1865.

Priapulacea, Keferstein, Nach. Gesellsch. Wissensch. Gétting.

1865.

Genus 1. Priaputus.

Priapulus, Lamarck, 1816 ; Blainville, 1828 ; Cuvier, 1830; Ed-

wards; Forbes, 1841 ; Diesing, 1851 & 1859; Ehlers, 1862 ; Quatre-

fages, 1865, &c.

Priapus, Linneeus.

Holothuria, sp., Miller, Linneeus.

1. PRIAPULUS CAUDATUS.

Holothuria priapus, Linneus, Syst. Nat. 12th ed. p. 1091 (syno-

nym. et habitat partim exclusis), 1766; Gmelin, Linn. Syst. Nat.

1868. | DR. W. BAIRD ON THE GEPHYREA. 105

p- 3140. no.9, 1789 ; Miiller, O. F., Zool. Dan. Prod. no. 2807, 1776;

Zool. Danice, tom. iii. p. 27, t. 96. fig. infera, 1789; Fabricius,

Faun. Greenland. p. 355. no. 347, 1780; Abildgaard, in Schrift. der

Gesellsch. naturf. Freunde zu Berlin, tom. ix. p. 133, t. 3. f. 1-3,

1789 ; Rathke in Zool. Dan. iv. pp. 18-19, ? t. 135. f. 2, 1784.

? Priapus humanus, Linnzus, Ameen. Acad. tom. iv. p. 255,

1754?

Madkomoder, Olafsen & Povelsen, Reyse igiennem Island, Deel ii.

p- 1001, t. 10. f. 9 (from an injured specimen), 1772.

Priapulus caudatus, Lamarck, An. s. Vert. Ist. edit. tom. iii.

p- 77, 1816; 2nd edit. iii. p. 467, 1840; Schweigger, Handb. der

Naturg. p. 554, 1820; Fleming, British Animals, p. 491, 1825;

Blainville, Dict. Sc. Nat. art. Vers, tom. lvii. p. 554, 1828 ; Forbes,

Hist. British Starfishes, p. 256, fig. annexed, 1841 ; M.-Edwards,Cuy.

R. An. edit. Crochard, Zooph. t. 21. f. 2; Frey and Leuckart,

Beit. zur Kenntn. wirbellos. Thiere (anatom.), pp. 40-45, 1847; Sars,

Mag. for Naturvidenskab. p. 76, 1850; Diesing, Syst. Helm.

tom. ii. pp. 71 & 556, 1851; Revis. der Rhyngod. l. c. p. 769, 1859 ;

O. Schmidt, Zeitsch. fiir die gesammten Naturwissensch. Halle,

1854, p. 4, t. 2. f.4 a-b; Maitland, Faun. Belgii Septent. tom. i.

p- 96, 1851 ; Phillips, Report of British Assoc. 23rd meeting,

at Hull, in 1853, Notices and Abstracts, pp. 70-71, 1854; Ehlers,

Zeitsch. fiir wissenschaft. Zool. tom. xi. p. 209, t. 20. f. 1-13,

t. 21. f. 14-22, 1862; Keferstein, Beitr. zur Anat. und Syst. Kennt.

der Sipunculid. p. 208, 1865; Quatrefages, Hist. Nat. des Annel.

tom. ii. part 2. p. 601, 1865.

Priapulus, sp., Cuvier, R. An. 2nd edit: tom. iii. p. 242, 1830.

Priapula caudata, Guérin, Iconog. R. Anim. Zooph. t. 5. f. 2,

copied into Griffith’s An. Kingd. tom. xii. Zooph. t. 12. f. 2, 1834

(both copied from Miiller).

Priapulus hibernicus, M‘Coy, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. Ist ser.

tom. xv. p. 272, t. 16. f. 1, 1845; Diesing, Syst. Helm. ii. p. 71,

1851 ; Revis. Rhyng. l. c. p. 770, 1859.

Lacazia hibernica, Quatrefages, Hist. Nat. Annel. ii. p. 604, 1865.

Hab. Coasts of Greenland, Norway, Great Britain, and shores of

German Ocean. B.M.

This species, like most of the group to which it belongs, varies

remarkably in appearance according as it is observed alive or, as it

is generally seen, corrugated and preserved in spirits. Professor

Forbes, in his ‘ History of the British Starfishes,’ points this out, and

says that when alive it will in a moment change its size from half an

inch to as many as four or five inches. Professor Phillips, in his

notes upon the animal seen alive, quoted above, says that it becomes

very active in the sunshine, ‘‘ drawing in and exserting the proboscis

quickly and even suddenly, opening and again contracting the large

caudal plume, bending, extending, and shortening the body without any

settled order of changes.” This will account for the discrepancy in

the various figures given by different authors. The figure given by

Miiller in his ‘ Zoologia Danica,’ copied into Guérin’s ‘ Ieonography,’

and the works of Abildgaard & Forbes would almost be sufficient, were

106 DR. W. BAIRD ON THE GEPHYREA. [Feb. 13,

it not for the author’s descriptions, to induce one to suppose that they

referred toa distinct species from the animal figured by Ehlers and

others, and the specimens from Scotland and Greenland which we

possess in our Collection. The P. hibernicus of M‘Coy, as figured

by him in the ‘ Annals,’ exactly corresponds with the figure given by

Ehlers of P. caudatus, and with our specimens of that species in the

Collection as corrugated by the spirits in which they have been pre-

served. JI have no hesitation, therefore, in referring it to our P.

caudatus. What Quatrefages could see in either M‘Coy’s description

or figure to induce him to place it in the genus Lacazia I am at a

loss to understand. Indeed he himself places it there with doubt.

Linneus, in his dissertation, ‘ Chinensia Lagerstreemiana ’ (first pub-

lished in 1754), and afterwardsin the ‘ Amcenitates Academice,’ vol.iv.

p. 255, and in the 10th edit. of the Syst. Natur. p. 656 (1758), de-

scribes a species of Priapulus which has been usually quoted as

synonymous with the P. caudatus. He names it in these works

Priapus humanus—an objectionable name in itself, and which he

afterwards changed in the 12th edition of the ‘Systema Nature’ to

Holothuria priapus. As the species of plants and animals mentioned

in that dissertation (‘Chinensia Lagerstrcemiana’ ) chiefly refer tothose

inhabiting the Southern or East-Indian and Chinese seas, and as in

the 10th edit. of the Syst. Nat. he mentions distinctly the habitat “a

mari indico,” I have some hesitation in referring the species described

there to the caudatus, which is a northern species, and not likely to

be met with in the Indian seas. Osbeck, however, a pupil of Lin-

nzeus, mentions a species as found in China, and which is referred to

the Holothuria priapus of Linmeus. His voyage to China was made

in the years 1750-52; and an English translation, with a ‘ Faunula

Chinesia’ attached, was published in London in 1771: wide this

edition, p. 337.

2. PRIAPULUS GLANDIFER.

Priapulus glandifer, Ehlers, Zeitschr. f. wissensch. Zool. tom. ii.

p. 209, t. 20. f. 24, 1862; Quatrefages, /.c. p. 601, 1865.

Hab. North seas (Eilers).

3. PRIAPULUS BREVICAUDATUS.

Priapulus brevicaudatus, Ehlers, 1. c. t. 21. f. 23, 1862; Quatre-

fages, l.c. p. 601, 1865.

Hab. North seas (Ehlers).

4, PRIAPULUS TUBERCULATO-sPINOsuUS. (PI. XI. fig. 3.)

Proboscis 25 costis longitudinalibus ‘tuberculato-spinosis ; cauda

brevis, papillis numerosis validis longe acuminatis ; dentes os

cingentes, pallidi, in basi lati cum aculeo parum incurvato unico ;

corporis pars postica verrucis magnis obsita.

Had. Falkland Islands. Collected by Dr. J. Robertson during the

Antarctic expedition under the command of Sir James Ross. B.M.

1868. ] DR. W. BAIRD ON THE GEPHYREA. 107

This species, according to the only specimen we have in the Col-

lection, is upwards of five inches in length, and the trunk is about

one inch in circumference. It is of an olive colour, the exsertile part

of the body, or proboscis, darker than the rest of the animal. This

proboscis is large, somewhat club-shaped ; and the ribs, which run

down longitudinally, are placed at some distance from each other,

and, instead of being roughened with short spines (murieated) as in

the other known species, are beset at nearly equal distances with

unequal-sized small tubercles, which have a lax spine coming out of

.the centre. The lower extremity of the body is covered with rather

large warts. The tail itself is short ; but the papillae which surround

it are numerous, rather strong, and terminate m a long sharp point.

The teeth (which surround the mouth) are of a pale colour, of tolerable

size, spring from a broad base, and have only one (the central) spine,

slightly curved inwards. The lateral small teeth, seen in the other

species, in this one appear to be altogether wanting. The body is

divided into numerous flattened rings, about fifty in number ; the

grooves or sulci which separate them are very distinct ; and each ring

is marked with a fine groove running round the centre; it is nearly

smooth at the upper part, becoming striated as it descends, and is

beset very sparingly with sharp spines, which, however, are most

numerous posteriorly.

Genus 2. Haticryprus*.

Halieryptus, Siebold, 1849?; Diesing, 1859 ; Keferstein, 1865 ;

Quatrefages, 1865.

HALICRYPTUS SPINULOSUS.

Halieryptus spinulosus, Siebold, in Neue Preussische oe

Blatter, vii. figs. 8, 9, 1849?; Diesing, Revis. der Rhyngod. 7

Le. p. 779, 1859; Keerteny Beitr: in Nach. kon. Gesellsch. Gattin.

gen, p. 208, Line Quatrefages, 7. c. ii. p. 599, 1865.

Hab.

Genus 3. CH@%TODERMA.

Chetoderma, Lovén, Hornschuch, Arch. Skandinav. 1845;

Diesing, Revis. d. Rhyngod. 1859; Keferstein, Beitr. in J. ec.

1865.

Chetoderma, Quatrefages, J. c. 1865.

CuH2ZTODERMA NITIDULUM.

Chetoderma nitidulum, Lovén, Hornschuch, Arch. Skandinay.

Beitr. z. Naturg. i. p.69, tab., et in Froriep, Neue Notiz. tom. xxxiv.

p. 26, f. 43,1845; Diesing, Revis. der Rhyng. i 1. ¢. P- 770, 1859;

Keferstein, Beitr. in 7. c. p. 208, 1865.

Chetoderma nitidulum, Quatrefages, l.c. ii. p. 602, 1865.

Hab. Coast of Sweden (Lovén).

* Diesing, followed by Quatrefages, places this genus amongst his “genera

minus cognita;” but Keferstein accepts it as belonging to the family Priapulide,

108 DR. W. BAIRD ON THE GEPHYREA. [Feb. 13,

? Genus 4. LAcAzia.

Lacazia, Quatrefages, 7. c. 1865.

LacaziA LONGIROSTRIS.

Quatrefages, l.c. ii. p. 603, t. 20 (16 bis in teatu). f. 18, 19,

1865.

Hab. 2

This appears to be a doubtful genus. Certainly the second species

quoted by Quatrefages (Lacazia hibernica) is a true Priapulus, and

is nothing more than the Priapulus caudatus (P. hibernicus, M‘Coy).

Order II. GEPHYREA ARMATA.

Rhynchelidea, Diesing, Syst. 1851.

Sipunculidea baseostomata, Diesing, Revis. 1859.

Gephyrea armata, Quatrefages, /. c. il. 1865.

Family I. SreERNASPID.

Sternaspidea, Quatrefages, J. c. ii. 1865 ; V. Carus.

Sternaspidide, Malmgren, Annulat. polychzet. Spitsberg. Groen-

land. &c. p. 85, 1867.

Genus StTeRNASPIs*.

Sternaspis, Otto, Nov. Act. 1821; Blainville, Dict. Sc. Nat., 1528 ;

Cuvier, R. A. 1830; Lamarck, A.s. V. 1838; Krohn, Mill. Archiv,

1842; Quatrefages, Hist. Nat. Annel. 1865; Malmgren, /.¢. 85,1867.

Echinorhynchus, sp., Renier, 1807.

Thalassema, sp., Ranzani, Isis, 1817 ; Schweigger, Handb., 1820 ;

Martens, 1824.

1. SreRNASPIS SCUTATA.

Mentula cucurbitacea marina, Janus Plancus, De Conchis minus

notis, p. 110, t. 5. App. f. D, E, 1760.

Echinorhynchus scutatus, Renier, Tavola alfabetica delle Con-

chiglie Adriatiche, 1807+ (asquoted by Ranzani in his paper in ‘Isis’).

Schreberus bremseri, Renier, Catalog. Vienn. (? MS.), 1807? fide

Otto et Blainv.+

Thalassema scutatum, Ranzani, Isis, 1817; ib. xii. pp. 1457-60,

* M. Claparéde, in his critique on the classification of the Annelida, especially

with reference to that of M. Quatrefages, in the ‘ Bibliothéque Universelle,’ 1867,

and translated in the ‘Annals & Magazine of Nat. Hist.’ for November 1867,

expresses his concurrence with Oken, Siebold, Max Miller, and Malmgren in

their opinion that the genus Sternaspis belongs to the true Annelida. He also

says that it is astonishing “that in the year 1865 M. de Quatrefages, in assign-

ing to Sternaspis a place among the Gephyrea, should still mistake the head of

these animals for the tail, without taking any notice of the beautiful anatomical

investigations of MM. Krohn and Max Miler, and more especially as neither

Bianchi (Janus Plancus), Ranzani, nor Delle Chiaje had fallen into the error of

Oken and Otto, now corroborated by the authority of M. Quatrefages” (Ann. &

Mag. Nat. Hist. 1867, p. 361).

T retain here the genus Sternaspis amongst the Gephyrea, as, in outward form

at least, it seems to be more nearly allied to this group than to the true Annelids,

+ These works I have not been able to see.

1868.] DR. W. BAIRD ON THE GEPHYREA. 109

t. 11. f. 10-14; Eysenhardt, Isis, 1818; ib. xii. p. 2086, t. 26

f. 1, 2; Schweigger, Handb. der Naturgesch. der ungeglied. Thiere,

p- 593, 1820; Martens, Fauna Veneta, in Reise nach Venedig,

Theil ii. p. 486, 1824.

Sternaspis thalassemoides, Otto, Epist. gratulator. Vratislay.

1820*, and in Nov. Act. Nat. Cur. t. x. pp. 619-27, t. 50. f. 1-5,

1821; Blainville, Dict. des Sc. Nat. art. Vers, p. 500, Atlas, t. 26.

f. 1, la—1d, 1828; Delle Chiaje, Mem. Stor. e Notom. degli Animali

del Reg. Napol. vol. iv. t. 62. f. 18, and (descript. of plate) p. 204,

1829 ; Cuvier, Régn. Animal, tom. iii. p. 245, 1830; Guérin, Icon.

du Regn. An. Zoophytes, t. 6. f. 4; Cuvier, R. A. edit. Griffith,

vol. xii. p. 456, t. (Zoophytes) 1. f. 3, copied from Guérin, 1834 ;

Cuv. R. A. edit. Crochard, Echinod. p. 45, t. (Zoophytes) 22. f. 3,

? 1837 ; Lamarck, An.s. Vert. v. p. 535, 1838; Krohn, Mill. AvGhiv

fiir Anat. 1842, p. 426; Max Miller, Obs. Anat. de Verm. qui-

busd. Marin. p. 1, tab. 1* (quoted by Quatrefages), 1852; Quatre-

fages, Hist. Nat. des Annelés, tom. ii. p. 391, 1865.

Sternaspis scutata, Malmgren, Annulat. polychet. Spitsberg. &c.

p- 85, 1867.

Hab. Mediterranean and Adriatic seas. B.M.

2. STERNASPIS FossoR, Stimpson.

3. STERNASPIS AFFINIS, Stimpson.

Sternaspis affinis, Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philadelphia, 1864,

p- 159.

Hab. Puget Sound (Stimpson).

4. STERNASPIS ASSIMILIS.

Sternaspis assimilis, Malmgren, J. c. p. 87, 1867.

Hab. West coast of France.

5. STERNASPIS ISLANDICA.

Sternaspis islandica, Malmgren, J. c. p. 87, t. 14. f. 85.

Hab. Iceland.

Family II. Ecuiurip#.

Echiurea, Quatrefages.

Schizorhynchelidea (part.), Diesing.

Thalasseme (part.), Cuvier.

Thalassamacee (part, ), Forbes & Goodsir.

Thalassemata (part.), Brandt.

’ Genus Ecuturus.

Lumbricus, sp., Pallas, Fabricius, Gmelin.

Thalassema, Sa Lamarck, Bose, Blainville, Leach, Savigny,

M. Edwards.

Echiurus, Cuvier, Régn. Animal, 2nd edit. tom. iil. p. 244 ; Guérin,

Forbes, Brandt, Quatrefages, Diesing.

1. Ecuiurus VULGARIS.

Lumbricus echiurus, Pallas, Spicil. Zool. fase. x. p. 5, t. 1.

* Works not seen by me,

110 DR. W. BAIRD ON THE GEPHYREA. [Feb. 13,

f. 1-5, 1774; Miscell. Zool. p. 148, t. 11. f. 1-6, 1766; O. Fa-

bricius, Faun. Greenland. p. 285. no. 268, 1780; Gmelin, Syst.

Natur. tom. i. p. 3085. no. 9, 1789; Bruguiére, Encye. Méthod.

Helm. t. 35. f. 3-6.

Thalassema rupium, Lamarck, Syst. des An. sans Vert. p. 339

(synonyms excluded), 1801*.

Thalassema echiurus, Bosc, Hist. des Vers, i. p. 224, t. 8. f. 2, 3,

1802; Cuvier, Bullet. des Scien. 18 ; Régn. An. Ist edit. il.

p- 529, 1817; Lamarck, An. s. Vert. Ist edit. v. p. 300, 1818; 2nd

edit. v. p. 534, 1838; Schweigger, Handb. der Naturg. ungegl. Thiere,

p- 593, 1820; Blainville, Dict. des Sc. Nat. art. Vers, p. 499, 1828 ;

Mettenheimer, in Senckenbergische Abhandl. tom. i. Lief, 1. p. 6,

t. 1. f. 19 (cum anat.).

Thalassema vulgaris, Savigny, Syst. des Annélides, p. 102, 1809.

Thalassema aquatica, Leach, Encye. Brit. Supp. vol.i. p. 451, 1824.

Echiurus, sp., Cuvier, Régn. An. iii. p. 244, 1830.

Echiurus pallasii, Guérin, Ieon. Régn. Anim. Zoophytes, t. 6.

f. 3, copied into Griffith’s An, Kingd. vol. xii. p. 456, t. (Zoophytes)

1. f. 3, 1833; Diesing, Rev. d. Rhyng. l.c. p. 775, 1859 ; Quatre-

fages, Hist. Nat. des Annelés, tom. ii. part 2. p. 592, 1865.

Thalassema neptuni, Edwards, Regn. An. edit. Crochard, Zooph.

ree PA

LEchiurus vulgaris, Forbes & Goodsir, Ed. New Phil. Journ. xxx.

p- 369, t. 7. f. 1, 1841; Forbes, Brit. Starfishes, p. 263, f., 1841,

copied into Froriep’s N. Notiz. tom. xviii. no. 392, pp. 273-280,

f. 11-23 (cum anat.), 1841; Sars, in Mag. for Naturvidensk. 1850,

pp- 10 &17; O. Schmidt, Zeitschrift f. d. gesammt. Naturwiss. 1854,

Band iii. p. 6, t. 2. f. 5.

Hab, Coasts of Belgium and Great Britain, W. sands, St. An-

drew’s (Dr. McIntosh). B. M.

2. ECHIURUS GAERTNERI.

Echiurus gertneri, Quatrefages, Ann. des Se. Nat. 3rd series,

t. vii. p. 307, t. 6 (anatomy), 1847; Cuv. Régn. Anim. edit. Cro-

chard, Zoophytes, t. 23. f. 1; Hist. Nat. des Anunelés, tom. ii. part

2. p. 593, t. 16. f. 13, 1865; Voyage en Sicile, p. 221, t. 25, 26;

V. Carus, Icon. Zootom. t. 8. f. 20; Diesing, Revis. der Rhyngod.

p- 776, 1859.

Hab. St. Vaast, Normandy (Quatrefages).

3. ECHIURUS FORCIPATUS.

Holothuria forcipata, Fabricius, Faun, Greenland. p. 357, 1780.

Echiurus forcipatus, Reinhardt, Naturhist. Bidr. Besk. Gréen-

* This species was named Thalassema rupium by Lamarck in 1801, but not

described ; and the references he gives to the figures of Pallas and the Eneye.

Méthod. represent the Sipunculus edulis. Savigny was the next to name it,

which he did by calling it Thalassema vulgaris. He describes it at some

length (1809), and refers to the proper figures of Pallas &e. I have therefore

followed Forbes and Goodsir in preserving the specific name given it by this

eminent naturalist.

1868.) DR. W. BAIRD ON THE GEPHYREA. 111

land, 1857 ; Diesing, Revis. Rhyng. p. 776, 1859 ; Quatrefages, Hist.

Nat. Annelés, tom. ii. pt. 2. p. 593, 1865.

Bonellia fabricii, Diesing, Syst. Helm. ii. p. 75, 1851.

Hab. Greenland (Fabricius, Rudolphi, Rink).

4, Ecururvus LUTKENII.

Echiurus lutkenii, Diesing, Icon. Zoogr. Ferdinand. I. Imperator.,

Rey. der Rhyng. p. 777, 1859 ; Quatrefages, Hist. Nat. des Annelés,

tom. ii. pt. 2. p. 593, 1865.

Hab. Helleboek (Liithen).

»o. EcHIURUS SITCHAENSIS.

Thalassema no. 1, Mertens, MS. in J. c. infra.

Echiurus sitchaénsis, Brandt, Prod. Desc. Anim. a Mertensio

obs. fase. i. p. 62, 1835; Lamarck, An. s. Vert. 2nd edit. tom. iii.

p-472, 1838 ; Diesing, Rev. der Rhyngod. p. 777 ; Quatrefages, /. ¢.

p. 593, 1865. |

Hah, Sitka Sound (Mertens),

6. EcH1rurus CARAIBICUS.

Echiurus caraibicus, Diesing, Icon. Zoogr. Ferdinand. I. Imperat.,

Rey. Rhyng. p. 777, 1859; Quatrefages, /. c. p. 594, 1865.

Hab. West Indies (Suenson et Krebs, fide Diesing).

2 7. ECHIURUS CHRYSACANTHOPHORUS,

Holothuria chrysacanthophora, Couthoy, fide Diesing.

Echiurus chrysacanthophorus, Pourtalés, Proc. Amer. Ass. Ad.

Se. v. Meet. 1851, p. 39; Diesing, J. c. p. 778, 1859 ; Quatrefages,

Hist. Nat. Ann. tom. ii. part 2. p. 594, 1865,

Hab. North-American Sea.

?8, Ecuiurus CHILENSIS.

Echiurus chilensis, Max Miiller, Obs. Anat. de Verm. quibusd.

Marit. p. 21, 1852; Diesing, Revis. J. c. p. 778, 1859; Quatrefages,

lc. p. 594, 1865.

Hab. Coast of Chili.

Fam. III. Bone wip.

Bonelliea, Lacaze, Quatrefages.

Schizorhynchelidea (part.), Diesing.

Genus 1. THALASSEMA.

Thalassema, Gartner, Cuvier, Forbes, M.-Edwards, Farran,

Quatrefages, Diesing. :

Lumbricus, sp., Pallas, Gmelin.

Thalassina, Montagu.

Ochetostomum, Leuckart et Riippell, Diesing.

Holothuria, sp., Lesson.

1. THALASSEMA NEPTUNI.

Thalassema neptuni, Gartner in lit., Pallas, Spic. Zool. tom. i.

112 DR. W. BAIRD ON THE GEPHYREA. [Feb. 13,

fascic. 10. p. 8, 1774; Cuvier, Regn. Anim. tom. iii. p. 244, 1830;

Guérin, Icon. R. Anim. Zoophytes, t. 6. f. 2, copied into Griffith’s

An. Kingd. tom. xii. p. 456, Zoophytes, t. 1. f. 2, 1833; Lamarck,

An. s. Vert. 2nd edit. tom. ili. p. 472, 1846; Forbes & Goodsir,

Edinb. New Philos. Journ. tom. xxx. p. 370, 1841, and in Froriep’s

Neue Notiz. tom. xviii. p. 273, 1841; Forbes, Brit. Starfishes,

p- 259, fig. append., 1841; Farran, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 2nd

series, tom. vil. p. 156, 1851; Nat. Hist. Review, tom. vi. p. 70,

1859 ; Diesing, Revis. der Rhyngod. /. ec. p. 772, 1859; Quatrefages,

Hist. Nat. Annelés, tom. il. pt. 2. p. 594.

Lumbricus thalassema, Pallas, Spic. Zool. tom. i. fase. 10. p. 8,

t. 1. f. 6, 1774; Gmelin, Syst. Nat. p. 3085. no. 10, 1789 (synon.

prim. excluso); ? Turton, Linn. Syst. Nat. tom. iv. p. 59; Brit.

Fauna, p. 125, 1807 (synon. prim. excluso), descriptions and re-

ferences copied from Gmelin.

Thalassina mutatoria, Montagu, Linn. Trans. vol. xi. p. 24, t. 5.

f, 234815;

Thalassema mutatorium, Cuvier, Régn. Anim. tom. ili. p. 244,

1830; Edwards, Régn. Anim. edit. Crochard, Zoophytes, t. 21.

fads, 55

Ochetostomum Gertneri, Diesing, Syst. Helminth. tom. ii. p. 73.

no. 3, and p. 556, 1851.

Ochetostoma mutatorium, Diesing, l.¢. no. 4.

Hab. Coast of England, Devonshire (Montagu); Cornwall (Cocks,

Laughrin, Sc.) ; Ireland, near Dungarvon (Farran). B.M.

2. THALASSEMA BREVIPALPIS.

Thalassema brevipalpis, Quatrefages, Hist. des Annel. tom. ii.

pt. 2. p. 595, 1865.

Hab. ——?

3. THALASSEMA PERONII.

Thalassema peronii, Quatrefages, J. c. p. 595, 1865.

Hab. Indian seas.

4, THALASSEMA LESSONII.

Holothuria eaouart, Lesson, Cent. Zool. p. 91, t. 31. f. 2, 1830;

Guérin, Icon. R. An. Zooph. t. 4. f. 6 (copied from Lesson).

Ochetostomum lessoni, Diesing, Syst. Helminth. i. p. 73, 1851.

Thalassema lessonii, Diesing, Revis. d. Rhyng. J. c. p. 774, 1859;

Quatrefages, J. c. il. p. 596, 1865.

Hab. Borabora, Oceania (Lesson).

5. THALASSEMA GIGAS.

Thalassema gigas, Max Miiller, Obs. Anat. de Verm. quibusd.

Marit. p. 14, t. 3. f. 1-12, 1852; Diesing, Revis. d. Rhyngod. /. ec.

p- 773, 1859 ; Quatrefages, J. c. ii. p. 596, 1865.

Hab. Coast of Italy (Maz Miiller).

6. THALASSEMA GROHMANNI.

Ochetostomum grohmanni, Diesing, Syst. Helm. il. p. 74, 1851.

1868.] DR. W. BAIRD ON THE GEPHYREA. : 113

Thalassema grohmanni, Diesing, Revis. der Rhyngod. p. 773, 1859 ;

Quatrefages J. c. p. 596, 1865.

Hab. Sea at Palermo (Grohmann).

7. THALASSEMA PELZELNII.

Thalassema pelzelnii, Diesing, Icon. Zoogr. Ferdinand. 1. Imperat. ;

Revis. d. Rhyng. 7. ¢. p. 774, 1859; Quatrefages, J. c. ii. p. 596,

1865.

Hab. West Indies (Diesing).

8. THALASSEMA ERYTHROGRAMMON.

Ochetostoma erythrogrammon, Leuckart & Riippell, Atlas z. Reise

im nordl. Afric. Zoophytes, p. 7, t. 2. f. 3, 1828.

Ochetostomum erythrogrammon, Diesing, Syst. Helm. ii. p. 72,

1851.

Thalassema erythrogrammon, Max Miller, Obs. Anat. Verm. Ma-

rit. p. 16, 1852; Joh. Miller, Mill. Arch. 1854, p. 97; Diesing,

Revis. d. Rhyng. J. ¢. p. 774, 1859; Quatrefages, J. ¢. ii. p. 599,

1865.

Hab. Red Sea (Riippell).

Genus 2. BonE.Luia.

Bonellia, Rolando, Cuvier, Blainville, Edwards, Schmarda, Lacaze

Duthiers, Diesing, Quatrefages, &c.

1. BoNELLIA VIRIDIS.

Bonellia viridis, Rolando, Mem. d. Reale Ac. d. Sc. di Torino,

tom. xxvi. pp. 539-556, t. 14. f. 1-3, t. 15. f. 5-7, 1822; Isis,

1823, pp. 398-403, t. 5; Blainville, Dict. Sc. Nat. art. Vers, p. 576,

Atlas, t. 38. f. 1, la-ld, 1828 (copied from Rolando) ; Cuvier,

Régn. Anim. 2nd edit. tom. iii. p. 244, 1830; Dujardin, in Lamk.

A. s. Vert. 2nd edit. tom. iii. p. 471, 1840; ? Guérin, Icon. Zooph.

t. 6. f. 1; Edwards, Régn. An. edit. Crochard, t. 21. f. 3, ? 1840;

Diesing, Syst. Helminth. ii. p. 74, 1851; Revis. Rhyngod. p. 771,

1859; Schmarda, Denkschrift. der Ak. der Wiss. in Wien, tom. iv.

pp- 117-126, t. 4-7, 1852 ; Girsted, in Kroy. Tidss. tom. iv. p. 579;

Lacaze Duthiers, Ann. Sc. Nat. 4th ser. tom. x. pp. 49, 110,t. 1.

f. 1, 2, t. 2 (anatomy), 1858; Quatrefages, Hist. Annelés, tom. ii.

pt. 2. p.597, 1865.

Hab. Mediterranean (Rolando).

2. BONELLIA FULIGINOSA.

Bonellia fuliginosa, Rolando, Uc. p. 552, t. 15. f.4,1822; Dujardin,

in Lamk. A. s. Vert. 2nd ed. tom. iii. p. 471 ; Diesing, Syst. Helm.

p- 75, 1851; Revis. d. Rhyng. p. 771, 1859 ; Quatrefages, /. e.

p. 598, 1865.

Bonellia viridis juvenilis, Blainville, Dict. Sc. Nat. tom. lvii. p..576,

Atlas, Apodes, t. 1. 4, 1828 (fide Diesing).

Hab. Coast of Sardinia (Rolando).

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1868, No. VIII.

114 MR. A. D. BARTLETT ON THE BREEDING [Feb. 13,

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate IX.

Fig. 1. Sipunculus angasii, Baird, nat. size, p. 80.

2, —— deformis, Baird, nat. size, p. 80.

3. Phascolosoma capsiforme, Baird, nat. size, p. 83.

Prats X.

Fig. 1. Pseudaspidosiphon gracile, Baird, magnified, p. 103.

1s, The same, nat. size, p. 103.

2. Phascolosoma perlucens, Baird, magnified, p. 90.

2. The same, nat. size, p. 90.

3. Themiste lageniformis, Baird, magnified, p. 98.

3*. The same, nat. size, p F

3>. The same, exsertile portion and crown of cirri, magn., p. 98.

3°; is x 93 “ nat. size, p. 98.

Puats XT.

Fig. 1. Phascolosoma nigriceps, Baird, magnified, p. 90.

1*. The same, nat. size, p. 90. .

2. Aspidosiphon cumingii, Baird, nat. size, p. 102.

3. Priapulus tuberculato-spinosus, Baird, nat. size, p. 106.

3. Notes on the Breeding of several Species of Birds in the

Society’s Gardens during the year 1867. By A.D.

Bartietr, Superintendent of the Society’s Gardens.

(Plate XII.)

The following list of species of birds bred during the last year

will be found to contain several that I believe have never been before

recorded as having reproduced in the Society’s Gardens ; and some

of the facts noted are of considerable importance with reference to the

habits and affinities of the species to which they belong :—

Impeyan Pheasant. Rufous Tinamou*.

Pallas’ Eared Pheasant*. Common Cassowary *.

Japanese Pheasant. Black Kite*.

Barred-tailed Pheasant*. Black-crested Cardinal*.

Cheer Pheasant. Turquoisine Parrakeet.

Swinhoe’s Pheasant*. Dusky Duck.

Lineated Pheasant. Bahama Duck.

Purple Kaleege. Carolina Duck.

Black-backed Kaleege. Ruddy Sheldrake.

Bankiva Jungle-fowl. New Zealand Sheldrake.

Talegalla. Ruddy-headed Goose.

Sun-Bittern (Eurypyga). Ashy-headed Goose.

The most remarkable of these is perhaps the Rufous Tinamou

(Rhynchotis rufescens), of which species I am able to state that the

male bird incubates, and that one male will attend to two or more

* Those marked thus haye bred for the first time.

M&N Hanhart imp.

J Jernens del et lith .

CHICK AND EGG OF TINAMOU &.

1868.] OF BIRDS IN THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 115

females*, The number of eggs laid by two birds between the 20th of

May and the 24th of September was eighty-five; out of this number,

upwards of twenty birds were hatched. Many more would have been

hatched had it not been for the parent birds, who were guilty of fre-

quently eating the eggs before the young birds had arrived at a per-

fect state. It was only by removing the eggs to the care of common

hens that we succeeded in hatching and rearing sixteen or eighteen

young birds.

The male bird would take to the eggs when ten or twelve were

laid, and after about fifteen days’ incubation was found breaking them

up and eating the contents, which in many instances were imper-

fectly developed young. In no instance did the female attempt to in-

cubate. The period of incubation was twenty-one days. ‘The chick

(Pl. XII. fig. 1) much resembles the young of a Rhea, and, from its

small size, looks and walks about like a little 4pterywz; in fact the

keepers and others who saw Tinamous for the first time thought they

were the young of the former bird. They fed upon worms, chopped

meat, boiled eggs, &c.

Of the several species above mentioned some have bred in the

gardens many times ; but as a few of them have bred for the first time,

I beg leave to call particular attention to these.

Perhaps the most valuable addition to the list is the breeding of the

Barred-tailed Pheasant (Phasianusreevesii). Itismostremarkable that

the birds arrived on the 22nd of June and commenced laying imme-

diately, and four birds were hatched on the 10th of August. Another

singular instance of late breeding occurred with a fine pair of imported

Versicolor Pheasants, which arrived from Japan on the 27th of July,

and three young birds were produced on the 20th of September.

These birds were considered useless and not likely to live; but two

of them (hens) are now strong and healthy birds, having perfectly got

over their moult during the coldest part of this winter.

Of the Crossoptilon or Eared Pheasant of Pailas we have reared

nine fine birds, the second hatch, having lost by the gapes the first

brood of seven. With reference to this species, I may remark that

these birds breed when only one year old. At the first moult the

young birds assume the adult plumage, the male and female being

exactly alike. They are remarkably hardy, and extremely tame.

In concluding, I beg to call attention to my paper published in

the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ for 1862, on the habits and affinities of

the Kagu (Rhinochetus jubatus). I there gave it as my opinion that

this bird was more nearly allied to Lurypyga than to any other bird.

Again, in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ in January 1866, at pp. 77

and 78, I stated, after speaking of the egg and young bird :—

“ That Lurypyga is lessa Heron than has generally been thought

must now be admitted, and the spotted egg and downy young one

abundantly shows. I feel, however, certain that this bird has its

nearest ally in the Kagu (Rhinochetus jubatus), as already stated

(see P. Z. S. 1862, p. 218).” Having stated this so long since, it is

* The eggs are laid on the ground in a hollow formed by the male bird in the

sand or mould. No other nest is made.

116 MESSRS. HARTLAUB AND FINSCH ON THE [Feb. 13,

with great pleasure I have this evening to offer a most striking

proof of the correctness of these views, one of the Kagus at the

Gardens having had the kindness to lay a very fine egg, which I now

place before you. (See Plate XII. fig. 3.) This egg was rendered

useless for hatching immediately after it was laid, by being pecked by

the bird that laid it, or by some other bird inthe aviary. It is, how-

ever, a very fine and well-marked specimen, and in many particulars

closely resembles the egg of Eurypyga (Pl. XII. fig. 4), but perhaps

exhibits rather more of the form of the eggs of the Cranes (Grus)

than of the Rails and Plovers. Moreover the lively movements of the

bird as described by me in 1862 fully support its affinities with the

Cranes, and show, I think, that it has less affinity to the Ardeine

roup.

ae DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XII.

Fig. 1. Chick of Rhynchotis rufescens.

2. Ege of Rhynchotis rufescens.

3. Ege of Rhinochetus jubatus.

4. Egg of Hurypyga helias.

4. Additional Notes on the Ornithology of the Pelew Islands.

By Dr. G. Harrravs and O. Finscu*.

A new collection from the Pelew Islands has been submitted to our

examination. This collection was formed by the late Dr. Semper of

Altona, and is now deposited in the Museum of that town. It con-

sists of eighteen species, two of which are undescribed :—

1. CoLLOCALIA VANICORENSIS, Q. & G.

The only difference between this oceanic species and C. francica

from the Mascarene Islands consists in the colour of the under tail-

coverts, which are of a simple brown colour in OC. vanicorensis,

of a much darker and bronze-glossed hue in C. francica,

2. Haucyon sanctus, Vig. & H.

Two younger birds, not different from Australian specimens.

3. MyzoMELA RUBRATRA, Less.

4. PsaMATHIA ANN&, Hartl. P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 5, t. m1.

Av. jun. Supra magis brunnescens, subtus magis in fulvum ver-

gens; subalaribus albo flavoque mixtis ; flexura ale flava.

5. ARTAMUS LEUCORHYNCHUS, Gm.

Lanius manillensis, Briss. ii. p. 180, t. 18. f. 2. (descr. opt.) ; Buff.

Pl. Enl. 9. fig. 1; Lath. Syn.i. p. 181.

Pie-griéche dominicaine, Sonn. Voy. Nouv. Guin, p. 55, t. 26.

Lanius dominicanus, Gm. 8. N. p. 307.

Leptopterus melaleucus, Wagl. Syst. Av. (excl. synon.); Kittl.

Kiipfert. t. 30. fig. 1; Hahn, Vog. Ausl. Lief. 19. t. 2. (fig. bon.).

The fact is that there are two species of Artamus on the Philip-

* See above, p. 4.

1868.] ORNITHOLOGY OF THE PELEW ISLANDS. 117

pines, and more especially on the island of Luzon. One is the old

Brissonian Lanius manillensis, figured also by Sonnerat. This is the

larger species, black above and white below. It is very certainly

this species that is also found on the Pelew Islands.

The other is the well-known Javan species, a somewhat smaller

bird with the upper parts of a more or less greyish or purplish

brown. We have examined many specimens from the island of

Luzon, where it appears to be more common than A. leucorhynchus.

The oldest name for this species is Art. lewcorhynchus, Horsf. (nec

Gmelin !) ; and it is Art. Jeucogaster of Valenciennes.

6. ZosTEROPS SEMPERI, n. sp., Hartl.

Supra olivaceo-flavescens, annulo periophthalmico albo ; lineola

a naribus ad oculum ducta et toto gastreo citrino-flavis ; sub-

alaribus albis, flavo variegatis ; remigibus fuscis, dorsi colore

limbatis ; hypochondriis parum olivascente adumbratis ; rostro

dilute brunneo, mandibula pallidiore ; pedibus plumbeis.

Long. 4", rostr. 43’”, al. 2” 1’, caud. 15", tars. 8".

7. RHIPIDURA LEPIDA, Hartl.

8. Myracra eryturops, Hartl.

Both not different from the former specimens.

9. Tepuras Finscuit, Hartl. P. Z. S. 1868, p. 6, t. vr.

One adult specimen, in which the wings are more complete than

in the type specimen of M. Godeffroy’s collection. There is a con-

spicuous first spurious quill as in the Sylviade (4! long). The

fourth and fifth quills are the longest and of equal length ; the third

and sixth are a little shorter; the second is of equal length with the

seventh. In the type specimen the first spurious quill was wanting.

10. CALORNIS KITTLITZUI, nob.

11. CHARADRIUS FULVUS, Gm.

12. CHarapRIvs GEOFFROYI, Wagl.

13. CHARADRIUS CANTIANUS, Lath.

Exactly like a Heligoland specimen in winter dress.

14. Rauuus pecToratis, Less.

15. PorPHYRIO MELANOTUS, Temm.

A smaller race of the well-known Australian bird. The largest

of four specimens from the Pelews is still considerably smaller

than the smallest of the Australian specimens of P. melanotus in

the Leyden collection. The measurements of the very small speci-

men of this collection are:—Long. tot. circa 15", rostr. a rict.

1" 3", al. 7" 10'", caud. 2” 10", tars. 2" 9'".

16. Nycricorax CALEDONICUS, Gml.

118 DR. J. S. BOWERBANK ON SPONGES. [Feb. 13,

17. ArpEA sacra, Gml.

Three young birds in different states of plumage. In one of these

the white colour is interrupted by brown longitudinal spots at the

end of the scapulars and wing-coverts. Another is of a dirty

olive-brown, intermixed with slate-coloured plumes, and with an

indistinct white chin-stripe.

18. Gyers aLBa (Sparrm.).

We add a list of the 41 known species of birds of the Pelew

Islands.

1. Collocalia vanicorensis. 21. Numenius pheopus.

2. Halcyon sanctus. 22. Actitis hypoleucus.

3 albicilla. 23. Tringa minuta.

4 reichenbachit. 24. acuminata.

5. Myzomela rubratra. 25. Strepsilas interpres.

*6. Psamathia anne. 26. Charadrius fulvus.

*7. Tephras finschi. 27. geoffroyt.

*8. Zosterops sempert. 28. cantianus.

*9. Rhipidura lepida. 29. Ardea sacra.

*10. Myiagra erythrops. 30. Nycticorax caledonicus.

*11. Rectes tenebrosus. 31. goisagt.

12. Artamus leucorhynchus. 32. Anas superciliosa.

13. Calornis kittlitzit. 33. Fuligula cristata.

*14, Ptilonopus pelewensis. 34. Puffinus opisthomelas.

15. Carpophaga pacifica. 35. Sterna lunata.

*16. Megapodius senex. 36. Gygis alba.

17. Rallina fasciata. 37. Anous stolidus.

18. Rallus pectoralis. 38. Phaéton candidus.

19. Ortygometra quadristri- 39. Dysporus piscator.

gata, 40. sula.

20. Porphyrio melanotus. 41. Carbo melanoleucus.

[The eight species marked with an* are exclusively proper to the Pe/ew group.]

5. Observations on Dr. Gray’s “ Notes on the Arrangement

of Sponges, with the Description of some New Genera.”

By J. S. Bowrrsanx, LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.8., &e.

Previously to criticising the arrangement of the Spongiadz pro-

posed by Dr. Gray, it would perhaps be as well to take a rapid re-

view of the principles of arrangement adopted by previous writers

on the subject, and of the system originally proposed by me in papers

on the anatomy and physiology of the Spongiadz in the ‘ Philosophi-

cal Transactions’ for 1857, p. 279, 1858, p. 747, and 1862, p. 1087,

and also in my ‘ Monograph of the British Spongiade,’ published

by the Ray Society for the years 1864 and 1866.

Previous writers on the Spongiadee have, with very few exceptions,

1868.] DR. J. S. BOWERBANK ON SPONGES. 119

all adopted the system of division and subdivision of these numerous

and protean animals by means of their chemical constituents aud

their external forms ; and the results of their attempts at classification

by such means have universally been unsuccessful in leading stu-

dents to a ready recognition, or, indeed, to scarcely any recognition at

all, of the species described by the authors who have had recourse to

such systems. The natural result has been that every naturalist who

has attempted to recognize the species of his predecessors has found

himself to so great an extent unsuccessful, through the vagueness and

uncertainty of the system that was to have been his guide, that he has

therefore naturally commenced his career of the study and record of

Species unknown to him by a new method of arrangement, which,

although perhaps sufficient for his own limited circle of subjects,

becomes, when applied to a fresh series of them, quite as inapplicable

to a general and extended view of these singularly protean forms as

those of his predecessors.

This was precisely the condition in which I found myself at the

commencement of my own career of investigation; and I naturally

asked myself the question, Is there no means of escape from these

various and inefficient modes of registering the examination of these

animals, through a natural division of them into classes, orders,

and genera, by means of their internal and external organization,

after the manner pursued in other departments of zoology, and espe-

cially in botany? Strongly impressed with this idea, I com-

menced an investigation of a large collection of British and foreign spe-

cies in my own possession ; and I soon found that sponges, like other

organized beings, were always provided with a skeleton, and that, as

in other branches of zoology, the materials and mode of its structure

varied very considerably in different species, and that those peculi-

arities of its structure were remarkably uniform and_ persistent

through a considerable number of species in which they occurred.

Here, then, was a foundation for the primary division of these crea-

tures, in perfect accordance with the rules of zoological science as

established by Linnzeus, Cuvier, and other laborious and talented

authors of modern times; and I had the satisfaction of finding that

the more widely I extended my observations the more uniform and

certainly available these primary parts of the organization became ;

and in addition to their characters of uniformity and constancy, there

was this strong recommendation of them as bases for the foundation

of classes, orders, and genera, that, however imperfect in form or

dilapidated by external injuries or partial decomposition, the most

persistent and last surviving part of the animal was always the

skeleton.

In botany and some branches of zoology the principal difficulty

that meets the student is the correct determination of the genera; but

this is not the case to so great an extent in the study of the Spon-

giade when their characters are founded on their structure and

organization. As far as the genera have been established on these

principles, they are so well marked, both by the material and the

peculiar modes of the arrangement of their component parts, that they

120 DR. J. S. BOWERBANK ON SPONGES. [Feb. 13,

are certainly recognized by the aid of the microscope with greater

decision and facility than those of many other branches of zoology

or of botany.

Having thus assigned the skeleton to the determination of genera,

it became a question as to what parts of the organization were the

most appropriate to the distinction of the species. Here, again, the

lucid example of the great father of systematical botany, Linnzeus,

naturally suggested the most advisable course of proceeding ; and the

example that he set botanists in a rigid examination and a compen-

dious nomenclature of those parts of the plant that were rather

auxiliary and only occasional in their presence, and not absolutely

necessary to the existence of a plant, naturally suggested the course

to be pursued with regard to the determination of the species among

the Spongiadee; and first amidst these characters stood forth the

spicula, the fit compeers of the leaves of plants in their great variety

of form; and, like them, they are as widely distributed and as com-

pletely without reference to generic peculiarities. Other subsidiary

organs in the sponges have also their value as specific characters, and

have been thus applied accordingly ; but among these form and

colour, the sheet anchors of the old modes of arrangement, are un-

doubtedly of the least value, from the perfectly protean character of

the first, and the variable and evanescent peculiarities of the latter.

My first task, therefore, was to acquaint myself, as completely as I

possibly could, with the various normal forms, and their varieties, of

the spicula and their especial situations and peculiar offices in the

animal economy. In aid of this object, I accumulated a vast number

of specimens from various quarters of the world; and as each pecu-

liar form of spiculum became known to me I had to record and dis-

tinguish it by a name, as I found no such thing as a systematic de-

scription or nomenclature of the organisms of the Spongiadze existing.

How far I may have executed this task to the satisfaction of the

scientific world I must leave time to decide, and, where necessary, to

correct. In thus attempting to establish a nomenclature of parts

hitherto undescribed, I have endeavoured to make these terms ex-

pressive of the forms and qualities of the organs in the same manner

as the designations of leaves more or less describe their forms and the

modes of their arrangement. But this one thing is certain, that

without a definite nomenclature no descriptive science can hope to

progress with any degree of precision or success.

My first application of the nomenclature thus formed was origi-

nally published in the ‘ Philosophical Transactions,’ as I have before

stated ; and it has been applied to the British species of sponges in my

monograph of them published by the Ray Society.

This work, Dr. Gray is of opinion, is viot sufficiently distinct and

definite in its descriptions to answer the required purpose ; and he

seeks to remedy this defect by his proposed new mode of arrangement,

which is based principally on the forms and peculiarities of the spi-

cula, totally ignoring the skeleton as a means of arrangement into

orders or genera,

It would require almost a volume to discuss and expose the fallacy

1868.] DR. J. S. BOWERBANK ON SPONGES, 121

of the whole of the numerous vague and extraordinary alterations in

the existing systematic arrangements of the Spongiadze proposed by

him with a degree of hasty inconsideration that has led him into

errors of omission and commission too numerous to be mentioned in

detail ; I will not, therefore, attempt a minute critical examination of

his new system of arrangement, but content myself with pointing out

the prominent errors and inconsistencies of his plan. Thus, in page

493, he writes :—‘ The division between the calcareous and siliceous

Sponges is very distinct and natural; the separation between the

siliceous and keratose sponges, on the other hand, is very indistinct

and separates nearly allied genera.” But he does not state what are

the nature of these alliances ; nor does he seem to consider that the

alliance must really be closer between sponges having spicula with

calcareous or siliceous bases than between either and those having

no spicula at all. And he then enumerates a series of distinctive

characters belonging to the Spongiadz that are, upon the showing of

his own descriptions of them, amply sufficient to establish each as a

separate order or genus; and having done this, he concludes the

paragraph thus :—‘‘I believe it better to unite the siliceous and

keratose sponges of these zoologists into one group or order.” He

then discusses the skeleton-spicula in the same loose manner, thus: —

“The spicula that form the main part of the skeleton of these sili-

ceous sponges are of three shapes :—

“Fusiform (acerate, Bowerb.), more or less cylindrical, and pointed

at each end. Needle-shaped (acuate, Bowerb.), cylindrical, blunt at

one and sharp at the other end. Pin-shaped (spinulate, Bowerb.),

cylindrical, with a more or less spherical head and a tapering point,” —

totally omitting to mention the true cylindrical form, plate 1. fig. 12,

‘ Monograph of British Sponges,’ and entirely ignoring the first three

primary forms of acerate, acuate, and spinulate, neither of which are

fusiform in their typical forms, the fusiformity and the attenuation

being merely secondary characters, or variations of the typical forms,

and applicable alike to the whole four of them.

The author then describes the whole of the auxiliary spicula of

sponges in the same loose and hasty style. He writes—‘ The stel-

late are usually scattered in the sarcode; and the three-pronged are

what Dr. Bowerbank calls tension and defensive spicula.” This

is quite incorrect as regards the “ three-pronged”’ spicula, as I

have never designated them as tension spicula, but always as de-

fensive ones. He then proceeds thus—‘The forms of the spicules

are characteristic of the different families, if they are not always

peculiar to them. Thus the many-rayed stellate, with rays on all

sides, and the three-pronged or three-hooked elongate spicules are

characteristic of the Geodiade and Tethyade. The anchorate and

birotulate spicules and other forms of the series are almost peculiar

to the family Esperiade.”’ These assumptions of Dr. Gray are also,

to a great extent, erroneous. In the first place, I totally deny that

“ the forms of the spicules are characteristic of the different families.”’

On the contrary, the primary skeleton forms are common to all of

them; the spicula are not characteristic even to a genus; and in

122 DR. J. S. BOWERBANK ON SPONGES. [Feb. 13,

many cases all the four forms occur in different divisions of the same

genus; and in some individuals, as in Isodictya varians (Mon. Brit.

Spongiade, vol. ii. p. 281), as many as three of the primary forms

occur mixed in the skeleton; and in Isodictya infundibuliformis

(Mon. Brit. Spong. vol. ii. p. 317) we have the spicula of the pri-

mary lines of the skeleton attenuato-acuate, while those of the secon-

dary lines are acerate, and in many other species we find acerate

prevailing in number, but with a considerable admixture of acuate

forms, thus totally ignoring the assumptions of Dr. Gray that the

forms of the spicula are characteristic of the different families.

Neither are “the many-rayed stellate, with rays on all sides, and the

three-pronged or three-hooked elongate spicules characteristic of the

Geodiade and Tethyade.’ Thus the sphero-stellate form occurs

abundantly in Dictyocylindrus stuposus (Mon. Brit. Spongiade, vol.

ii. p. 116) and in many exotic species in no degree allied to either

Geodia ov Tethea, and ternate or ‘ three-pronged’”’ spicula are an

esseutial part of the structure in some species of Dactylocalyx and

other exotic genera. These are not the only crude and inaccurate

assertions regarding the general structural characters of the spicula

of sponges that are made by the author, but they are sufficient to

illustrate the hasty style in which he arrives at his conclusions on

these subjects.

Page 499. Dr. Gray states the object of his proposed new system

thus :—‘‘I would propose the following arrangement as bringing to-

gether the species which seem most allied, and also as facilitating

the study of these very difficult and anomalous animals.” The

author’s generalizations in constructing his system are upon a won-

derfully expansive scale. Thus his subclass Porifera silicea, p. 502,

will include at least 99 per cent. of the whole number of known

sponges, the calcareous ones as compared with the others being ex-

ecedingly few in number.

The first step the author takes in his endeavours to simplify the

arrangement of-the sponges is to merge in one subclass the two very

distinet divisions of Dr. Grant of Silicea and Keratosa; and the un-

fortunate result is immediately visible in the same and following

pages, 503 and 504, in bringing together groups the species of

which are of the most varied and opposite anatomical structure ;

and the difficulty is increased by the author’s descriptions of his

orders immediately following, which are so vague and loosely put

together as to be nearly incomprehensible, even to naturalists well

acquainted with sponges.

The first difficulty occurs in his description of section 1, page 502,

“‘ Malacospore(Soft-spored Sponges). Reproduction by ova contained

in a thin membranaceous ovisac not strengthened by siliceous spi-

cules or by gemmules scattered in the substance of the sponge.”

The author does not seem to be aware that it is comparatively a rare

occurrence to find the description of gemmules to which he refers

in situ, as they only occur thus at certain periods, and then for only

a short time; so that in thus making them the sole character of his

section 1, Malacospore, he is placing a complete stumblingblock in

1868. ] DR. J. S. BOWERBANK ON SPONGES. 123

the way of the student, who would naturally conclude they were

organs always present in the sponge, while, in fact, he may search for

them in many dozen specimens of Halichondria panicea and other

allied species without once seeing a gemmule in situ.

If we may judge of the extent of their distribution by their ascer-

tained presence in various genera, and by the negative evidence af-

forded by our knowledge of other descriptions of ovaria, it will not

be an overestimate if we believe that they will be found in at least

95 or 96 per cent. of the known siliceous and keratose sponges.

Page 502, subsection 1. ‘‘ Netted sponges (Dictyospongie). Ske-

leton formed of a continuous siliceous or horny network.” ‘This de-

finition embraces so wide a range and such varied modes of structure

that it is calculated rather to bewilder the student than to facilitate

his researches. It would include rather more than 75 per cent. of

the whole number of the British sponges, and also the whole of the

author’s second, third, and fourth orders, excepting his Tethyade.

Subsection 2, p. 503. The families included in this section, if

distributed in accordance with its wording, might just as correctly

be referred to subsection 1, page 502, as to order 4, p. 504, sec-

tion 2. Chlamydospore is founded on a misapprehension of the

structure of the spicula of the ovaria, which have no defensive cha-

racters, but are simply portions of the wall of the ovarium, which is

so constructed that the spicula may allow of a slight degree of lateral

expansion of that body ; their external surfaces in the adult state

are flat coincident planes. The sponges having truly armed ovaria

or gemmules are entirely excluded by the author from this section,

the family Tethyade being disposed of in his order 4, Acantho-

spongia, p. 504.

In truth, the confusion of ideas existing in the descriptions of

these orders is such as to render it perfectly impossible to compre-

hend the characters by which species are to be referred to any one or

the other of them.

This course of proceeding is not divisional arrangement ; it is no

separation of the multitudes with the members of which we want

to cultivate an individual acquaintance. These vague expansive ideas

are not definitive or distinctive. What we want in such descriptions

is a certain group of characters within a definite circle to be readily

separated from other well-defined groups or circles by which they

are surrounded, such as we see amidst the natural orders of plants,

and not a flow of indefinite verbosity, that leaves us in a labyrinth of

words, amidst an impervious cloud of ideas.

The Orders.

The author’s orders are seven in number. They are formed prin-

cipally by an elevation of his own and other writers’ genera to that

dignified position in science, their characters being constructed by

a free version of their previous generic ones; but in many instances

these alterations or additions have a very unfortunate result, as they

have led to serious errors of description.

124 DR. J. S. BOWERBANK ON SPONGES. (Feb. 13,

In his “Ist order, p. 502, Coralliospongia. Sponges hard,

coral-like, entirely formed of siliceous spicules anchylosed together

by siliceous matter into a network. Mass covered by a thin coat of

sarcode when alive.’’ This description is eminently incorrect. No

one, I believe, ever yet saw the terminations of spicula united into a

network through the morbid action of anchylosis by means of siliceous

matter. The material by which they are naturally cemented to-

gether is keratode. The author does not seem to be aware that,

although sponge-fibres always anastomose more or less, sponge-spi-

cula never do so. And in the description of bis first family in this

order, Dactylocalycide, page 505, the author distinctly abnegates his

own definition of the order by describing the family thus :—‘“ This

beautiful family of sponges is at once known by having the skeleton

formed of continuous anastomosing fibres formed of concentric lamina

of silica, forming a hard brittle network.”

Order II. Keratospongia, p. 503. In his definition of this

order, the author takes an extremely wide range of skeleton-struc-

ture, embracing the true sponges, Dysidea, Chalina, Phakellia, and

other genera differing widely in their structural peculiarities.

“Subsection 2. Spicular Sponges (Spiculospongie), p. 503.

Sponge fleshy, more or less strengthened by fasciculated or scattered

siliceous spicules, the bundles being sometimes slightly covered with

a thin layer of horny matter. The sarcode is generally abundant ;

in some few, as Luplecteila, it is thin, mucilaginous, and deciduous.”

This description is decidedly incorrect as regards Euplectella,

Owen, as that sponge assuredly has a siliceo-fibrous skeleton, and

not a spiculo-fibrous one. See Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867, p. 361.

«Order III. Letospongia. Sponge-spicules of only one kind, often

varying in size and shape in the same species.” This is another

exceedingly vague description on which to found an order; and we

may reasonably ask whether, if they vary in shape, they can be of

only one kind. There are very few species in which the spicules,

strictly speaking, would be only of one kind, and in every spiculo-

reticulate sponge they are liable to variations in size and shape.

The author has placed three families in his version of this order, but

in the illustration of each of them he violates his own rules. Thus,

in his list of illustrative species of Halichondria (p. 519), he in-

cludes H. farinaria and distorta, both of which have two forms of

spicula.

The same error occurs in his family Polymastide,—Polymastia

bulbosa and radiosa each having two forms, and P. robusta three

forms of spicula.

The like error is also apparent in his family Clionide, as, accord-

ing to Mr. Hancock’s description of exotic and other species of

Cliona, several of them have at least two forms of spicula in their

structure.

Order IV. Acanthospongia. This isa most expansive order, as it

would embrace every siliceo-spiculous family excepting those included

in the author’s order 3. The Luplectellade are erroneously placed

in this order. :

1868.] DR. J. S: BOWERBANK ON SPONGES. 125

I have before stated, in treating of subsection 2, that Euplectel/a,

Owen, is not a spiculo-reticulate sponge, but truly a siliceo-fibrous

one; but under the head of Dr. Gray’s order 4 it will take its place

very well, as among its auxiliary spicula it certainly has “ spicules

of more than one form or kind.’’ This, however, is rather a loose

way of disposing of it, and totally ignores the most essential part

of its structure, the skeleton.

Order V. Arenospongia is formed by the conversion of the author’s

genus Xenospongia into an order, The specimen is in the British

Museum, and is described in the Proc. Zool. Soc. for 1858, p. 320.

Section II. p. 504. Chlamydospore. What the author means by

‘sponges with armed spores”’ it is difficult to imagine, unless it

be meant to intimate that sponges are vegetable bodies; but as he

combines the term spore with that of ovisac, it is probably only an

error in his terminology; and this is very likely to be the case, as in

order VI. Spherospongia, immediately following, he describes the

*ovisac ’’ as emitting ova. The ovaria or “ ovisacs”’ are occasion-

ally armed or constructed with spicula; but the ova, or spores, have

never yet been found to contain them.

Order VI. Spherospongia. Both of the author’s families Geo-

diade and Placospongiade are misplaced in this order, as the

ovaries or ‘“‘ovisacs,’ as I have before stated, are in neither case

armed, the external surfaces of the adult bodies being perfectly

smooth in every species with which I am acquainted.

Order VII. (p. 504) is based on the structural peculiarities of

the ovaria of the genus Spongilla ; but, from the author’s vague de-

scriptions of their structures, both “ Tethya” and Geodia would

be as naturally referred to this order as to order 6.

The Families.

The families comprised in the seven orders are eighteen in num-

ber; they are simply based on the genera established in the works

of Dr. O. Schmidt, the ‘ Monograph of British Spongiadee,’ and a few

other authors, including those of Dr. Gray, the characters of the

genera being taken by the author and generally altered in the manner

of description, but certainly not with the effect of rendering them

- more definitive or distinctive. I will not discuss their merits seriatim,

but notice those only in which the errors are of a striking character.

Family 1. Dactylocalycide, p. 502. In consequence of the in-

accuracy of the description of order I. Coralliospongia, which is

stated to be ‘entirely formed of siliceous spicula anchylosed toge-

ther,” the family the members of which are siliceo-fibrous, and

not spicular, in their skeleton-structures, appears to be entirely

misplaced. The author’s description of his order should therefore

be amended to remedy this discrepancy, or the family removed to

another order.

Family 7. Ophistospongiade, p. 503. This term is an error in

spelling, as it is derived from my genus Ophlitaspongia, Mon,

Brit. Sponges, vol. ii. p. 14.

126 DR. J. Ss. BOWERBANK ON SPONGES. [ Feb. 13,

Family 8. Phakelliade. The author, in endeavouring to vary the

mode in which I have described the genus Phakellia, states that the

“skeleton is formed of closely reticulated horny fibres, forming an

expanded mass,”’ &c. This is incorrect, as it is not a kerato-fibrous

sponge, but belongs to the order Silicea. See Mon. Brit. Sponges,

vol. i. p. 186.

Family 10, Polymastiade, p. 503. ‘‘Sponge with tubular fis-

tulous branches; tubes open at the end, and formed of longitudi-

nal and transverse fascicules of fibres.”

Here, again, the author has fallen into a great error in describing

the “fistulous branches” as open at the end. In no species of

Polymastia that I have ever seen is that the case. See Mon. Brit.

Sponges, vol. ii. p. 73.

Family 12. Luplectellade, p. 504. ‘Skeleton composed of

longitudinal, transverse, and oblique bundles of spicules intersecting

each other, and forming a network.” This description of the struc-

ture of the skeleton of Huplectella, Owen, as I have before stated,

is incorrect, the whole skeleton being truly siliceo-fibrous.

Family 13. Esperiade, p. 504. ‘Sponge massive. Skeleton

composed of fusiform and linear spicules, interspersed with ancho-

tate, bihamate, or birotulate spicules. Sarcode soft.”

The description of this family is singularly incomprehensible.

‘Sponge massive.” This character would apply to by far the

greater number of sponges in existence. ‘Skeleton composed of

fusiform and linear spicules.’ All the four primary forms of skeleton-

spicula are liable to fusiformity ; which of the four forms does the

author mean, any one in particular or all of them? And when he

names ‘‘linear,’’ what form of linear spiculum does he mean? as

all straight or slightly curved spicula are linear. ‘ Interspersed with

anchorate, bihamate, or birotulate spicules.’ This embraces a most

extensive field of investigation, as we shall presently see. “‘ Sarcode

soft.”” All sponge-sarcode is soft. Thus it will be seen that every

one of the characters assigned by Dr. Gray to the Hsperiade@ are

singularly indefinite. Subsequently, at page 532, he divides the

family into six sections, which are about as ill-defined as the charac-

ters of the family. In the first place, the author designates all the

retentive spicula as defensive spicula. The defensive spicula, exter-

nal and internal, are quite another class of spicula than those peculiar

to the sarcode. See Mon. Brit. Spong. vol. i. p. 21.

The application of the retentive, or bihamate and anchorate, spi-

cula to the distinction of families or genera is peculiarly unfortu-

nate. I will not trace their occurrence through the exotic genera

of sponges, but confine myself to their range among the British

genera. They are met with in Microciona, Hymedesmia, Hyme-

niacidon, Halichondria, Isodictya, and Desmacidon—six genera, con-

taining 126 species; and of this number of species, 5! only have

their spicula imbedded in their sarcode ; and it rarely occurs that a

species has only one form, and frequently three forms are present

mixed together.

Family 14. Tethyade, p. 504. The author describes the ske-

1868. ] DR. J. S. BOWERBANK ON SPONGES. 127

leton in this family as “consisting of simple filiform spicules,

with three prongs or three recurved points at the outer end.’ This

is inaccurate. The skeleton of Tethea cranium, Johnston, which

the author has selected as the type of his family, is composed of

simple fusiformi-acerate spicula, the fusiformi-porrecto-ternate and

fusiformi-recurvo-ternate ones being purely external defensive spi-

eula (Mon. Brit. Spon. vol. ii. p. 83).

The Genera.

Having discussed the general principles of Dr. Gray’s new sys-

tematical arrangement of the sponges in his classes, orders, and

families, we will now proceed to consider the mode in which he

proposes to establish his numerous new genera ; and it will perhaps

facilitate our comprehension of his scheme if we first consider the

present condition and numbers of the genera in contrast with the

characters and numbers of Dr. Gray’s new series of them.

The author proceeds in the first place to adopt to a considerable

extent the genera established by previous writers on the Spongiadee,

altering the phraseology according to his own ideas of terminology,

sometimes omitting, as in his character of Stematumenia (p. 511),

the most distinctive character of the genus, the fibro-membranous

tissues, and then adding a variety of characters derived from the

specific ones of the type species of the genus he adopts, thus

completing the heterogeneous mixture of descriptions. In this mode

the author has adopted sixteen genera from Professor O. Schmidt’s

‘Die Spongien des Adriatischen Meeres,’ twenty-nine from my

‘ Monograph of the British Sponges,’ and seven others from various

authors, making a total of fifty-two genera. The number of genera

treated of in Dr. Gray’s paper is 157, so that we have a total of

105 new genera proposed to be established ; and these, we shall find,

are based upon the descriptions of species hitherto comprised in the

genera of the authors quoted above, with alterations to suit the occa-

sion. And, finally, others are founded on the descriptions of single spi-

cula, described in the anatomical portion of vol. i. of my ‘Monograph

of British Spongiadz’ as examples of organic form, without the

slightest knowledge on his own part of the sponges whence they

were derived.

In the construction of his families, we have seen that the course

pursued by Dr. Gray has been that of appropriating every known

genus within his reach, without the slightest consideration of the

different and perhaps discrepant principles on which they have been

based by their respective authors. The same mode is adopted by

him in his proposed new genera.

Every species having a determinate specific character is at once

seized upon by Dr. Gray, and converted into a new genus; and it

seems to matter little to him whether the specimen the characters

of which are thus appropriated be in his own possession or the pro-

perty of a private collector, as, in the latter case, it is surreptitiously

taken, without the least regard to the owner of the specimen, or

128 DR. J. S. BOWERBANK ON SPONGES. [ Feb. 13,

the slightest notice of his intended appropriation of it. Numerous

cases of this description occur in his “ Notes on the Arrangement of

Sponges ;”’ and I cannot give a better instance of it than that of his

genus Astrostoma, p. 514.

As an example of the facility and imaccuracy with which Dr.

Gray propounds a new genus, in part 1 of the Proceedings of the

Zoological Society for 1867, in his paper on Zoanthine, in treating

of Palythoa, p. 238, hewrites thus :—“ Mr. Bowerbank, in his ‘British

Sponges’ (t. 20. fig. 307), figures a very similar body, which he de-

scribes as a portion of the dermal surface of an undescribed sponge

from the East Indies, having numerous depressed pores, furnished

with stomata, like protective organs. Mr. Tyler, F.L.S., has kindly

shown me some specimens of the sponge mounted as a transparent

and an opake object; and they are very like a parasitic actinoid

polype; but the rays are strengthened with spicules on the surface,

and on the tips with some prominent ones (which form a pencil),

unlike any Actinia I have seen, and so they are perhaps sponges.

If so, they ought to form a genus, which may be called Astrostoma.”’

Such a mention of a microscopic fragment would certainly never be

considered a fit characterization of a new genus; and yet, in his

paper on Sponges, part 2 of the Proceedings of the Zool. Soc. for

1867, p. 514, it is quoted thus :—*‘ Astrostoma, Gray, P. Z. 8.

1867, p. 239.” He now proceeds to characterize his new genus as

follows :—‘ 9. Astrostoma. Sponge solitary, branched ; fibres horny,

flexible. Oscules? circular, scattered and concave, sunk in the sur-

face, with eight or ten rays, which are covered with spicules.

Spicules small, subulate, in corneous fibre.’ He subsequently writes,

« T have been enabled, through Mr. Tyler, to examine the original

specimens from which Dr. Bowerbank described this species, which

is probably a parasite like the genus Bergia of Michelotti.”

In every one of these details he is completely wrong. In the

first place, what he means by “ solitary,” as a generic character, I

really cannot comprehend; secondly, it is not branched. It is a

simple unbranched cylinder, nine inches in length, and three-fourths

of an inch in diameter for a considerable portion of its length.

Thirdly, it has not a particle of keratose fibre in its structure, being

purely spiculo-reticulate ; and it is quite inflexible. The author then

describes the inhalant areas as oscules, and does not mention the

true oscula, although two out of twenty-one of them are figured ina

portion of this sponge (Mon. Brit. Sponges, vol. i. plate 20. fig. 308),

and are described, along with the inhalant areas, in page 278 of the

same work; and lastly, the spicula are not subulate, nor are they

**in corneous fibre.’ Thus there is not a single point in the de-

scriptive character of the author’s genus Astrostoma that is correct.

Nor is Dr. Gray correct in stating that he has ‘ been enabled, through

Mr. Tyler, to examine the original specimens from which Dr. Bower-

bank described the species,” as the original specimen has never

been out of my hands, Mr. Tyler having only received from me a

small piece from which to mount microscopical specimens. The

specimen figured in yol. i. Mon. Brit. Sponges, plate 20. fig. 307,

1868.] DR. J. S. BOWERBANK ON SPONGES, 129

has never been out of my possession. We may naturally ask what

confidence can we place in the system of an author who is so syste-

matically incorrect ?

In this style Dr. Gray has described sixty-five sponges in my pos-

session which he has never seen ; and of these sixty-five, fifty are the

types of a portion of his new genera. The consequences of this

mode of proceeding are that he has fallen into some most extra-

ordinary errors. I will not weary my readers by specifying and

criticising all the author’s efforts of this description; the first one

in his list, extracted from the ‘ Monograph of British Sponges,’ will

suffice for the purpose. Page 533.—*3. Aigogropila. Sponge

massive or coating, rugose. Oscules large, dispersed. Skin spicu-

lose. Skeleton reticulated; fibres formed of bungled spicules. Spi-

cules of four kinds:—1. Fusiform, needle-like, or subclavate. 2,

contorted and reversed, bihamate. 3. Inequianchorate, bidentate.

4. Fusiform, tricurvate.”

If this generic character be compared with the specific character

of Desmacidon egagropila, Mon. Brit. Sponges, vol. ii. p. 352,

it wil] be at once seen to be almost verbatim the same, with the

exception of a new generic character of the author’s own inven-

tion, that of “bungled spicules,” the meaning of which I must

leave to the reader’s own imagination. There is also an altera-

tion in the name of the author’s new genus, which is printed Aigo-

gropila in place of Aiyagropila, the original specific name of Dr.

Johnston, sufficiently applicable to the species, but not so as a

generic name.

Similar distortions of established generic and specific names occur

in several other instances. Thus, in page 507 of his paper, for

Farrea orca, we should read F. occa; pages 503 and 515, for

Ophistospongia read Ophlitaspongia ; page 545, 20. Vibulinus, for

var. damicenus read damicornis ; page 534, Iophon, for bipolicated

read bipocillated ; page 527, 2. Polymastica read Polymastia ; page

927, 1. Pencillaria, S. pencillus should be 8S. penicillus ; page 542,

7. for Eciomemia read Ecionemia; page 532, synopsis of sections

of Family II., bi- or tripolicated should be bipocillated; there is

no such form as tripocillated. Other errors of the same deserip-

tion occur dispersed through the work ; but these will serve to dis-

play the loose and careless style in which the author has treated his

subject.

But these are not the most extraordinary efforts of the author; for

in one case he has not only made two new genera and two new

species out of one species, but out of one individual of that species,

and without having seen the sponge or even the slip of glass contain-

ing the spicula from which he derives his two new genera. He

bases his new genus Dymnus, page 539. no. 27, on the figures of

spicula represented in my work on British Sponges, vol. i. pl. 5.

figs. 115-117, and his genus Damo, page 539. no. 28, on the

spicula represented by figures 118-120 in the same plate, not being

aware that both forms are contained in the same slide of sponge-

spicula, which was prepared from a small fragment of a sponge from

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1868, No. IX.

130 DR. J. Ss BOWERBANK ON SPONGES. [ Feb. 13,

Sicily by Mr. Topping and was presented to me by him. Now the

question arises, which of these new genera and species are to stand ?

are either or neither? Common sense would answer, the latter.

One would naturally imagine that this facility in creating genera

could not be carried to a more absurd extreme; but, strange as it

may appear, under the ingenious manipulation of Dr. Gray, that is

really the case, as in page 544, the genera and species, 14. dearnus

innominatus, and 15. Fonteia anomala are actually founded on one

form of spiculum hitherto only found on one undescribed species of

sponge. Acarnus innominatus is derived from fig. 292, pl. 18, ‘Mon.

Brit. Sponges,’ representing a portion of the reticulated skeleton of

the sponge with the radiating fasciculi of spinulo-quaternate internal

defensive spicula in situ; while Fonteia anomala is based on the figures

73-76, pl. 3, of the same work, representing the various stages of

development of the same spinulo-quaternate spicula as those repre-

sented zz s¢tw in pl. 18, and which various forms are described by me in

page 239, ‘Mon. Brit. Spongiadee,’ as different stages of development

of the perfect form represented by fig. 76, and the reader is referred

to pl. 18. fig. 92, in the same description, for a view of them in situ.

Comment on such a case as this is superfluous ; and, strange though

it be, the author, with their descriptions before his eyes, describes them

as “spicules of four kinds.”’ Ifthe author should steadily pursue the

course described in the last cases we may ultimately arrive at the un-

foreseen and rather extraordinary conclusion that not only may single

species represent a genus, but an individual may really be composed

of a group of genera and species.

I will now endeavour to show the mischievous consequences, to

closely allied and well-established genera, arising from Dr. Gray’s

mode of founding his new genera on peculiarities of form in the

various auxiliary spicula of sponges, which are only present in certain

species, and which vary more or less in form, combinations, and

mode of disposition in almost every species in which they are found,

instead of basing his generic characters on the more substantial and

enduring characters afforded by the anatomical peculiarities of the

skeleton. I will not comment on every instance in which his mode

of proceeding has been highly detrimental to our power of discrimi-

nating species, but I will select a few only of the most illustrative

ones. ‘Thus in the genera Te¢hea and Geodia we have two of the

most natural and most accordant groups of species among the whole

of the Spongiadze, groups which all naturalists have hitherto con-

curred in preserving entire. Let us see how the author proposes

to treat them.

In the first place, Dr. Gray, in page 543 of his paper, misquotes

both Dr. Johnston’s ‘ History of British Sponges,’ page 85 (or, more

correctly, 83),and my ‘Monograph of British Spongiadee,’ vol. ii. page

83, making us each to have adopted the term Tethya, whereas both

have rejected that name and adopted Lamarck’s name T'ethea, for the

very good reasons given by Dr. Johnston in page 83 of his work.

Dr. Gray separates Johnston’s two species 7. cranium and T. lyn-

curium, leaving the former as the type of his Tethya, page 543,

1868. ] DR. J. S. BOWERBANK ON SPONGES. 131

having previously disposed of the latter as Donatia aurantium, page

541, in accordance with the views of Nardo. My two species, Mon.

Brit. Spon. vol. ii. pp. 87 & 89, are converted into Collingsias ; and

Tethea muricata, of which he knows nothing, but the form of one

sort of retentive spiculum, he transforms into Thenea muricata. Tethea

robusta and 7’. ingalli, of which he knows nothing but the figures of

a spiculum of each represented by figures 164 & 165, plate 6. vol. i.

Mon. Brit. Spon., he at once consigns to the rejected genus Cy-

donium, Fleming, resuscitated by Dr. Gray to be thus filled by his

fertile imagination with species.

Dr. Gray thus disperses the species of one of the most striking

genera with which we are acquainted among sponges—so much so that

the student who has become acquainted with one species can scarcely

fail at the first glance to assign uny others he may acquire to their

proper genus in existing arrangements.

The author has arranged the Geodiad@ in his Order VI. Sphe-

rospongia, page 547. In the definition of this order he has two

names for the same organ in one sentence. In place of ovarium

he has first ovisac-cells and then ova-cells ; and in his description of

the family Geodiad@, immediately following, there is a third varia-

tion, ovisacs.

Instead of placing the type genus of the family, Geodia, Lamarck,

first, he gives that position to my genus Pachymatisma, decidedly

an aberrant one, and places Geodia second. He then separates all

the species of Geodia described by Prof. O. Schmidt and by me, and

places them under the very doubtful genus Cydonium, Fleming, page

548, thus—“* 2. Cydonium muelleri [miilleri], Fleming, B. A. 516,”

in which Dr. Fleming describes his genus as having “ polypi with

a central opening and an orifice at the base of each of the eight pin-

nated tentacula,’’—showing either that he had greatly mistaken the

nature of Geodia zetlandica, Johnston, or that he had described the

orange-coloured variety of Alcyonium digitatum, Johnston’s ‘ British

Zoophytes,’ 2nd ed. vol. i. p. 174. The latter appears to be the

most probable.

Dr. Gray then, to increase the confusion, adds to the genus Cy-

donium Tethea ingalli and T. robusta, from the figures of spicula

only from each quoted by me in ‘ Monograph of British Spongiadee,’

vol. i. pl. 6. figs. 164 & 165, leaving Lamarck’s genus Geodia to

be represented by the type species, G. gibberosa, and one other,

G. caribea, Duchass. et Michel. I have had the opportunity of

carefully examining Lamarck’s type specimen in the Jardin’ des

Plantes, Paris, and am well acquainted with its organic structure ; and

I will veuture to say that no practical naturalist who has had the

like advantage and was acquainted with the other well-known species

of Geodia would for one moment dream of separating them from

Lamarck’s genus. To complete the confusion of ideas, we then have

a specimen of Pachymatisma, P. listeri, on the faith of the form

of one spiculum, figs. 50 & 51, pl. 2, Mon. Brit. Spong., transformed

into a new genus, Triate, page 549 of the author’s paper, and, by the

same uncertain means, identified with Prof. O. Schmidt’s Stedletta

132 DR. J. Ss. BOWERBANK ON SPONGES. [Feb 13,

discophora. Dr. Gray, in page 549, “4. Erylus,” also introduces us

to a new form of ovarium thus, ‘ with oblong ovisacs ;’’ but I presume

the author means oval ovisacs, not with flat sides and rectangular

ends as in an oblong figure.

Dr. Gray’s genus Placospongia, page 549, described by him in

Proc. Zool. Soc. for 1867, p. 128, is neither more nor. less than

Geodia carinata, Phil. Trans. 1858, p. 314, tab. 36. fig. 42.

Many years since, I found specimens of this species arranged in the

cases at the British Museum among the corals, and I pointed them

out to Dr. Baird as placed there in error; and he immediately re-

moved them from the case. I have several specimens based on

Oculina rosea from the South Seas, and their history in MS. The

species is structurally in perfect accordance with the genus Geodia,

although very discrepant in external form from the majority of the

other species of that rather numerous genus. The 18th family in

Dr. Gray’s proposed arrangement is Potamospongia, containing the

Spongillidee, which he treats in his accustomed style, dividing this

eminently natural genus into seven divisions and adding to them as

an eighth one my genus Diplodemia, a sponge of very different

organization, the skeleton having an abundance of kerato-fibrous

structure in its composition.

Page 557. Fam. 2. Aleyoncellide. Dr. Gray describes the genus

Aleyoncellum thus—‘‘ Sponge soft, subgelatinous, slightly branched.

* Aleyoncellum et Alcyoncella, Blainville, Man. d’Actin. p. 529,

1832 (not Milne-Edwards, 1835, Bowerbank, nor Owen, Nardo, uor

O. Schmidt).

« Aleyoncellum gelatinosum, Blainy. Man. d’ Actin. p. 529, tab. 92.

fig, 5.”

Oe Hab. - B.M.?”

From this quotation we should naturally imagine that all preceding

writers who have referred to this genus, as founded by MM. Quoy

et Gaimard, were wrong; and that it was originally established by

Blainville in his Man. d’Actin., published 1834, instead of by MM.

Quoy et Gaimard in their ‘ Zoology of the Voyage of the Astrolabe,’

published in 1830, and that Dr. Gray was the only writer who had

attributed the genus to its true founder, M. de Blainville. But on

reference to the work of that author, we find that he makes the fol-

lowing observations regarding it in page 529 :—

« Observ.—Ce genre a été établi par MM. Quoy et Gaimard pour un

corps organisé, rapporté dans leur dernier voyage, et qwils ont bien

voulu soumettre 4 notre observation,’ &c. After this, what are we to

say to the correctness of Dr. Gray’s quotations, and to the laws of

nomenclature he would fain establish by his sole declaration? In

such matters, and on such authority, are we to submit to his saying,

«TJ am Sir Oracle ; and when I ope my lips, let no dog bark’’? or

are we, imaccordance with the excellent and just rules recommended

by the committee for nomenclature of the British Association, to

render justice to those authors by the permanent adoption of the

names they have given to genera and species, which they have been

the first to make known to science?

1868. ] DR. J. S. BOWERBANK ON SPONGES, 133

That MM. Quoy and Gaimard did not correctly comprehend the

nature and structure of their species, 4. speciosum, is no reason why

the name they assigned to it should be put on one side, and that of

Euplectella, founded on error by Professor Owen, substituted for it.

Or if this want of knowledge of a type specimen be sufficient to ab-

rogate the author’s title, then Dr. Gray’s genus Aphrocallistes, de-

scribed in Proc. Zool. Soc. 1858, p. 114, as a calcareous sponge, when

in reality it is a siliceo-fibrous one, must fall by the same law.

If M. de Blainville has chosen his specimen to illustrate the genus

Alcyoncellum injudiciously in his ‘ Manuel d’Actinologie,’ that is no

reason for abrogating the name originally assigned to their genus by

MM. Quoy and Gaimard in their previously published work descrip-

tive of the zoology of the voyage of the Astrolabe ; and there can be

no mistake as to which specimen is really the type of the genus, as

they have figured it in the atlas to that work, plate 26, Zoophytes,

fig. 3.

”Dr. Gray’s second subclass, Porifera calcarea, is treated in the

same unscrupulous manner, the only species left to represent

Grantia being G. ciliata. Grantia ensata is turned into Ute ensata ;

Grantia compressa into Artynes compressa. Leucosolenia, Leuconia,

and Lucogypsia fare better, as they escape alteration.

If the course of proceeding adopted by Dr. Gray in the construc-

tion of his proposed new arrangement of the sponges is to be con-

sidered legitimate, if it be tolerated that any naturalist shall get

sight surreptitiously of the specimens belonging to another, and then

describe, name, and publish them, as in the case of his genus Astro-

stoma, page 514, unknown to the owner, and without permission

so to use them, if it be considered right that from the figure of

a single spiculum of a sponge, published in illustration of organic

structural peculiarities by one author, any one has a right to name

generically and specifically the specimen whence it is derived and

without having ever seen it, and thus to forestall, haphazard, the

manuscript descriptions of the owner of the specimens, nothing for

the future will be easier than to establish new genera and construct

new systems of arrangement; but then the question will naturally

arise, of what use are such systems to practical naturalists? This

question Dr. Gray himself answers in page 495 of his paper, in

treating of Nardo’s ‘ Spongiariorum Classificatio,’ where he observes,

“Almost all the species mentioned as belonging to the genera are

new and not described in this paper; so that it is impossible to de-

termine what they are except for such persons as have specimens

named by the author.”” This observation of Dr. Gray respecting

Nardo’s species is perfectly correct ; but the Doctor does not seem to

be aware that it applies quite as justly to the genera and species

which hehas named in his own paper, without having seen the sponges

whence his names are derived. I will not comment especially on

theauthor’s choice of generic names, as he has bespoken our indulgence

on that subject at page 500; but they strongly remind me of an oral

tradition among the old officers of the natural-history department

of the British Museum, that in bygone days one of the principals of

134 DR. J. S. BOWERBANK ON SPONGES. [Feb. 13,

that department kept an old hat by him in which a large number

of single letters cut out of old catalogues were stored, and that when

he wanted a name for a new genus he used to dip his hand therein

and take out a pinch of letters, which were scattered before him, and

out of which, by a few judicious changes of arrangement, he formed

the required name. From the nature of a number of the names of

the new genera proposed by Dr. Gray in his arrangement of the

sponges, it would appear highly probable that he has found the old

hat and its contents in some one of the out-of-the-way corners in his

department, and again applied it to its original use.

There are certain animadversions in the author’s paper on my

own course of proceeding in treating on the sponges both British and

foreign, to which I must beg leave to say a few words in reply.

Dr. Gray complains (p. 496) of my not having referred to any

of the exotic sponges described by him in the ‘ Proceedings of the

Zoological Society,’ and of my not having described the sponges in

the British Museum. I have carefully gone over all the British

species in that collection, and have referred to them, when necessary,

in my ‘ Monograph of British Sponges’ (as, for instance, vol. ii.

pp. 275, 277, 279, 281, 364, and elsewhere), and I should have de-

scribed the sponges which Dr. Gray has written upon with pleasure

had he requested me to do so. But all these specimens were described

and named by him first and shown to me afterwards, and when I

found he was thus skimming the cream of the subject I determined

not to accept the leavings. I will not now point out the numerous

errors regarding these species into which Dr. Gray has fallen, as it

is very probable that I shall have to recur to their descriptions at a

future period.

Dr. Gray (p. 500) objects to the large number of species of

British Sponges in my genera Halichondria, Hymedesmia, and Iso-

dictya. Had I applied Halichondria as Dr. Johnston and previous

writers had established it, instead of having 28 species of that

genus in my ‘ Monograph of the British Spongiadee’ there would have

been 169 species. The number thus designated in Dr. Johnston’s

‘History of British Sponges’ is 37. The Doctor’s objection to the

large number of species in the genera he names is plausible ; but it

is Nature and not I that am answerable for this difficulty ; but in

stating this objection he does not mention that the species of each

of these genera are subdivided, by means of the various forms of the

primary skeleton-spicula, into four or five divisions each, and that the

greatest number of species in one group is 28 in the genus Isodictya.

The author even extends his objection to my genus Dictyocylindrus,

in which there are 11 species, and these subdivided into 4 groups,

the largest of which contains 5 species. ‘lhe learned author quite

forgets that the same inevitable difficulty occurs in botany. In the

fourth edition of Babington’s ‘ Manual of British Botany,’ we find

there are 19 species of Roses, 32 of Salix, 33 of Hieracium, 41 of

Rubus, and 72 of Carex. In all these cases the difficulty is very

much lessened by judicious subdivisions of the respective genera.

The author also objects to my terminology ; but without a definite

1868. ] DR. J. S. BOWERBANK ON SPONGES. 135

name for every part of a sponge we should no more progress suc-

cessfully in the description of sponge-species than botanists would

without their copious and well-considered descriptive language.

Now I will venture to say that when the terminology relating to the

parts of sponges applied in my ‘ Monograph of British Spongiade ’

has become familiar to the student, he will find no more difficulty

in the recognition of a species of sponge described by means of the

appropriate technicalities than a botanist encounters when he works

out a species of plant that is new to him; and this is precisely

the point at which I have aimed in my sponge-terminology, and

by means of which I have described our British species of

those animals. I am quite free to acknowledge that in the de-

scription of the sponges we are as yet but on the threshold of our

structure, and that many new genera must be established to receive

the amazing number of exotic species that are still undescribed ; and

the most that I can hope for in the course of study that I have

shadowed forth in my ‘ Monograph of the British Spongiade’ is, that

it may prove a sound and useful foundation for the labours of future

naturalists in this comparatively untrodden path of zoological science.

I shall always hail with pleasure the appearance of new students of

these extraordinary creatures, whose labours would advance our

knowledge of their structural peculiarities and extraordinary habits ;

but amongst this class of students I cannot recognize the author of the

singularly loose and impracticable attempt at a systematic arrange-

ment of them published in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ for May 1867.

The essential object of all systematic arrangements is that of

arriving with facility and certainty at the knowledge of species by

characters common to all the individuals of such groups. This end

is not attainable among the Spongiade by external characters: age,

size, colour, and locality modify the external appearances of these

animals to so great an extent as to scarcely ever allow of two indi-

viduals presenting the same amount of characteristic similarity that

is so prevalent among other species of animals. We are therefore

driven by necessity to the internal organization to attain the great

end of accurate recognition in defiance of all their protean varia-

tions in form and colour.

An accurate and extensive knowledge of species should therefore

be our first step towards a scientific arrangement of such animals.

As the number of species known to us increases, we quickly find

that many of them agree in possessing certain structural characters

in common, while each of them has some especial organ which is

not existent in the others, and this single peculiarity determines the

species ; or it may be that the determinative points may be more

than one, or that in place of organs peculiar to certain species,

the character may be stamped by other modifications, such as

comparative size and peculiar modes of association or disposition of

organs common to many species. In any of these cases the deve-

lopment of these characters is uniform and certain during all stages

of the growth of the individual, and, notwithstanding all other inter-

vening difficulties, the discrimination of the species is effective and final.

136 DR. J. S. BOWERBANK ON SPONGES. [Feb. 13,

The nature of these characters is not that of organisms indis-

pensably necessary to the existence of a sponge, but rather of those

of an auxiliary description, which one species may require while

another may well dispense with them.

As our knowledge of species extends, we quickly find that there

are groups existing among them marked by peculiar modifications

of the more essential organs of the sponge, such as those of the

various modes of arrangement of the mechanical structure of the

skeleton, while the material of which it is formed remains the same

through a considerable number of such groups. Thus we arrive by

a natural process at generic groups, which are on this constructive

anatomical system quite as natural as species. Hitherto we have

had but few well-defined genera of this description; and these few have

been, as it were, thrust upon us by the irresistible evidence of Nature

herself. Contrary to the received opinion of many able naturalists,

I firmly believe that genera are quite as natural as species, and that

it only requires perseverance on our own parts to recognize them,

and to define their boundaries with accuracy and certainty. Of

course we must expect cases occasionally to arise in which they ap-

proach each other by such insensible degrees as to render it extremely

difficult to distinguish between the approximating points; but this

appears also to be the case in botany, and in other branches of

natural history, and may be considered the exception and not the

rule of nature. Having thus established a natural foundation to

our system of genera, the next step is that of classification; and

here the material of which the skeleton is formed becomes a most

important point of consideration. We find in the higher classes in

zoology the animals of the highest degrees of organization secreting

phosphate of lime as the basis of the skeleton; and as we descend

in the scale of creation, the phosphate is replaced by carbonate of

lime, and the skeleton becomes external instead of internal; the

next step downward, and we lose the earthy material, and the kera-

tode skeleton supplies its place; membrane succeeds to keratode ; and

finally all these substances are wanting, and sarcode becomes the

entire animal. But amidst all these changes we find no class of ani-

mals secreting silex as the basis of its skeleton; this material is re-

served as the great distinguishing character of the class Protozoa.

Among the Spongiadz we observe a natural simulation, as it were,

of this gradational retrogression of organization. None of them

secrete phosphate of lime; but the highest organized species secrete

carbonate of lime in abundance. The next gradation is the secretion

of silex in place of.lime, the silex being the predominant material of

the skeleton; and to this tribe belong by far the greater number of

existing sponges. Then follows an intermediate stage, similar to that

of the cartilaginous fishes, where we find the cartilage the predomi-

nant material, with included floating or dispersed portions of earthy

basis ; so in the sponges, as in Chalina and other genera, we have kera-

tode the essential portion of the skeleton, with siliceous spicula im-

mersed in the fibres to give additional strength and substance to the

structures ; and, finally, the skeleton becomes pure keratode, without

1868. ] ON BIRDS FROM CONCHITAS. 137

any admixture of earthy material. In the mature state I do not be-

lieve that there is any species that is destitute of keratode and com-

posed of sarcode only. I have never yet seen such a sponge ; but

in the young and earliest stages of the development of many species

we have them, as in Spongilla and others, simply existing as moving

masses of sarcode, which [ believe have been designated by ob-

servers as Ameha. In every specimen that I have yet seen that has

been designated Halisarca I have always succeeded, by the aid of

Canada balsam, in detecting minute siliceous spicula in situ. As re-

gards the animal or vegetable nature of sponges, I may observe that

in our investigations of this subject we must take a broader view than

that of the ultimate structures of the animal. It is not a cell or a

cilium that will decide that question. Nature is not so widely vari-

ous in her general plan of operations as the world is prone to imagine.

The tree, with its almost unlimited capabilities of propagation by seeds,

by roots, or by cuttings, and in some cases even by single leaves, is

the fit type of the coral, with its innumerable polypes, in each of

which the germ of a separate animal is inherent. So it is with the

sponge; each morsel of it is the germ of a separate existence ; but the

combined compound existences within it is in reality the animal. It is

a congeries of existences in one. Not that the uniflagellate cells are

to be designated as the animal; they are only vital points within, as

seeds, buds, or axillary bulbs in plants. The late eminent Surgeon

Liston on one occasion invited me to see the ciliated cells from a

polypus in the nose of a patient at University Hospital ; but no one

in such a case would dream of designating man as a congeries of

polyciliated cellular animaleula. Such bodies are more or less inci-

dental to the structure of almost all animals ; and in the sponges the

living organized mass is the animal, not its incidental parts, as some

authors would seem to imply. A knowledge of the structure and

offices of such organs in its economy is an important point in the

history of the sponge ; but it is the combined structures and working

together of the whole organized mass that we must look to for the

determination of its character, either as an animal or a vegetable ; and

in the performance of its vital functions we have perhaps the most

positive and undeniable evidence of its truly animal nature. Its nutri-

tion is, like that of animals, voluntary and at intervals. It imbibes

its food through one set of orifices, digests that which it has received,

and excretes the rejected matter by appropriate oscula, while in

plants these vital operations are involuntary and continuous.

6. List of Birds collected at Conchitas, Argentine Republic,

by Mr. William H. Hudson. By P. L. Scrarer, M.A.,

Ph.D., F.R.S., and Osspert Satvin, F.Z.S.

The authorities of the Smithsonian Institution, Washington, United

States, America, have most kindly sent over for our inspection a

series of birdskins collected at Conchitas, in the Argentine Re-

138 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN [Feb. 13,

public, about twelve miles from the city of Buenos Ayres, by one

of their correspondents, Mr. William H. Hudson. We have had great

pleasure in determining the species, a list of which is herewith

given. Nearly the whole of them are included in the list of the

birds of the Argentine Republic given in the second volume of

Burmeister’s excellent ‘ Reise durch die La-Plata-Staaten ;’ but there

are many points which call for remarks.

The following is a complete list of the species. The nomen-

clature used is generally that of Sclater’s ‘American Catalogue ;’

but we have also always referred to Burmeister’s work above men-

tioned, which is the best guide to the ornithology of this district.

The number of skins submitted to our inspection is 265, refer-

able to 96 species. Burmeister’s list of the birds of the whole

Argentine Republic includes 263 species.

Among the 96 species represented in the present collection the

following 14 are not included in Burmeister’s list :—

Geothlypis velata. Picus mixtus.

Molothrus rufo-avillaris. Circus macropterus.

Synallaxis maluroides. Columba picazuro.

anthoides. LEgialitis falklandica,

Limnornis curvirostris. Tringa bonapartii.

Myjiotheretes rufiventris. — bairdi.

Myiobius nevius. Butorides cyanurus.

It is most important that this district should be thoroughly

worked out, in order that the whole of Azara’s species may be re-

identified. We trust, therefore, that Mr. Hudson will continue his

collections in this interesting locality, and that we may again have

the pleasure of calling the Society’s attention to this subject.

1. TuRDUS LEUCOMELAS.

Zorzal obscuro y blanco, Azara, Apunt. i. p. 341.

Turdus leucomelas, Vieill. N. D. xx. p. 226, et EB. M. 644.

Turdus crotopezus, Burm. La-Plata-Reise, 11. p. 474.

Turdus amaurochalinus, Cab. Mus. Hein. p. 568; Scl. et Salv.

P. Z. S. 1866, p. 177.

The receipt of this species from this locality, where it is stated

to be “resident,” appears to settle the question of its being Azara’s

“ Zorzal obscuro y blanco.’ It therefore becomes entitled to bear

the name leucomelas of Vieillot. We have compared Mr. Hudson’s

specimens with a typical example of 7’. amaurochalinus, and find

them identical,

This Thrush has a wide range in South America. Natterer

collected examples at Ypanema in Brazil, one of which is now in

the Bremen Museum. Sclater’s collection contains specimens from

other parts of Brazil, Bolivia, and Cayenne. Bartlett has recently

sent specimens from the Ucayali, as we have already noted.

2. Turpus RUFIVENTRIS (Vieill.) ; Burm. J. c. p. 474.

1868. | ON BIRDS FROM CONCHITAS. 139

3. Mimus cALannreia (Lafr. et d’Orb.) ; Burm. 1. ¢. p. 475.

We are now convinced that Mimus modulator, Gould, is identical

with this species. Sclater’s Bolivian M. calandria (P. Z. S. 1859,

p- 343) seems to differ principally in its smaller dimensions, and

is perhaps hardly distinct.

4. PoLiopriLA DuMICOLA (Vieill.).

Culicivora dumicola, Burm. 1. c. p. 473.

** Resident,”’

5. ANTHUS CORRENDERA (Vieill.).

A. rufus, Burm. l.c. p. 474.

** Resident.”

6. GroruLyPis VELATA (Vieill.).

Two specimens of this species, agreeing with Brazilianskins. Not

mentioned by Burmeister. ‘‘ Summer visitor.”’

7. ProGne TAPeRA (Linn.).

Colyte tapera, Burm. 1. ¢. p. 477.

H. fusca, Vieill. ex Azara, No. 301.

Pheoprogne fusca, Baird, Rev. A. B. p. 285.

Several examples of this species, agreeing with specimens so named

in Sclater’s collection. We do not know Baird’s P. tapera as dis-

tinguished from his P. fusca.

8. Hrrunpo LeEucoRRHOA (Vieill.).

Cotyle leucorrhea, Burm, 1. c. p. 478.

Several examples of this distinct species. H. albilinea of Law-

rence is rightly associated by Baird (Rev. A. B. p. 297) with this

species, but is readily distinguishable by its smaller size.

9. TANAGRA CYANOPTERA (Vieill.)

T. sayaca, Burm. l. c. p. 479.

Six skins of this species, all marked females, and without the

bright blue on the lesser wing-coverts.

10. TanaGRra striata (Gm.); Burm. J. ¢. p. 480.

11, GurRAcA GLAUCO-CHRULEA (Lafr. et d’Orb.).

Coccoborus glaucoceruleus, Burm. 1. c. p. 488.

Two male specimens only of this highly interesting species.

12. Zonorricuta PILEATA (Bodd.).

Z. matutina, Burm. 1. ¢. p. 486.

** Resident.”

140 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN [ Feb. 13,

13. Poosp1za NIGRO-RUFA (Lafr. et d’Orb.) ; Burm. 7. ¢. p. 484.

«Summer visitor.”

14. EmpernaGra PLATENSIS (Gm.); Burm. J. c. p. 485.

15. Curysomirris BARBATA (Mol.); Sclater, P. Z. S. 1867,

p. 332=C. marginalis, Bp. et Burm. J. c. p. 490.

16. Sycaxis arvensis (Kittl.) ; Sclater, P. Z.S. 1867, p. 323.

S. luteiventris, Burm. 1. c. p. 489.

Tt is somewhat doubtful whether S. luteiventris is specifically iden-

tical with this species, which agrees with Chilian specimens. See

Sclater’s remarks, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 342.

17. IcrERUS PYRRHOPTERUS (Vieill.).

Xanthornus pyrrhopterus, Burm. 1. e. p. 493.

18. MoLotHrRus BONARIENSIS (Gm.); Cassin, Pr. Ac. Phil.

1866, p. 19.

Molobrus sericeus, Burm. 1. c. p. 494.

19. MoLoTHRUS RUFOAXILLARIS, Cassin, Pr. Acad. Phil. 1866,

p- 23.

Two specimens (both males) of this highly interesting species,

which we have not met with before. It seems to have escaped Bur-

meister’s notice.

20. Motorurus sapivus (Vieill.) ; Burm. J. ce. p. 495.

Dolichonyx badius, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Phil. 1866, p. 15.

Sexes, as determined by Mr. Hudson, alike.

21. PsEUDOLEISTES VIRESCENS (Vieill.).

Leistes anticus, Burm. 1. c. p. 491.

A pair of this species, distinguishable from P. viridis by the want

ofthe yellow rump. The female is scarcely different from the male,

being only somewhat less bright in colouring.

22. LeistEs SUPERCILIARIS, Bp.

Trupialis guianensis, Burm. /. c. p. 490.

23. Grositra cunrtcuLaria (Vieill.) ; Burm. /. ¢. p. 465.

24, Furnarius rurus (Gm.); Burm. J. c. p. 462.

25. CrncLopes Fuscus (Vieill.).

C. vulgaris, Burm. 1. c. p. 463.

26. SYNALLAXIS ALBESCENS, Kittl.; Burm. /.c. p- 469.

27. SYNALLAXIS MELANOPS (Vieill.); Burm. J. c. p. 470.

*‘ Inhabits marshes.”

1868.] ON BIRDS FROM CONCHITAS. 141

28. SYNALLAXIS ALBESCENS (Temm.).

One skin, marked “very scarce,” agreeing with South-Brazilian

examples of this species. Burmeister’s S. ruficapilla (J. c. p. 468)

is probably the same bird; but the true 8. ruficapilla (Vieill. ) seems

to be the Brazilian species with the whole head and tail rufous. See

Sclater, P. Z. 8. 1856, p. 97.

29. SyNALLAXIS MALUROTDEs (D’Orb.).

Not noticed by Burmeister.

30. SyNALLAXIS ANTHOIDES, King.

Not mentioned by Burmeister. ‘* Resident : lives on the ground.”

31. ANUMBIUS ACUTICAUDATUS (Less.) ; Burm. l. ec. p. 467.

32. PLACELLODOMUS RUBER (Vieill.) ; Burm. J. c. p. 467.

33. LiIMNORNIS CuURVIROSTRIS, Gould, Zool. Voy. Beagle, iil.

p- 81, t. 25.

Two skins of this rare species originally obtained by Darwin from

reed-beds in the vicinity of Maldonado, Not mentioned by Bur-

meister.

34. THAMNOPHILUS ARGENTINUS, Cab.; Burm. l. c. p. 472.

“Summer visitor.’ Three skins of this species, representing the

Brazilian Th. torquatus. The female has the tail rufous, and no

cross bands on the body below.

35. MyIoTHERETES RUFIVENTRIS (Vieill.).

Not mentioned by Burmeister, but obtained by Mr. Darwin at

Maldonado and Bahia Blanca, and in Sclater’s collection from the

Parana.

36. T=nropreRA coronarTa (Vieill.) ; Burm. J. ¢. p. 459.

37. T&NIOPTERA IRUPERO (Vieill.).

T. mesta, Burm. l.c. p. 460.

38. SisopyGis rcrERoPHRYS (Vieill.).

Tenioptera icterophrys, Burm. 1, c. p. 460.

«Summer visitor.’ Sexes, as marked, alike.

39. LicHENops PERSPICILLATUS (Gm.); Burm. /.¢. p. 457.

Three specimens of this bird in black plumage, and two in the

rufous plumage (L. erythropterus), which Mr. Darwin * considers

to be a distinct species, but which is usually regarded as the same

bird in female dress. Two of Mr. Hudson’s black-plumaged birds are

marked females ; but so are also both his red-plumaged ones, 'so that

we can offer no additional evidence upon this disputed point. We

* Zool. Voy. Beagle, ili. p. 52.

142 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN [Feb. 13,

may remark that Azara (Apunt. ii. p. 250) described these two birds

as sexes, although he had already described (J. ¢. p. 117) the female

as a different species.

40. Macuetornis rrxosa (Vieill.); Burm. J. ¢. p. 458.

Al. Centritres NIGER (Bodd.) ; Burm. /.¢. p. 458.

42, SeRPOPHAGA suBCRISTATA (Vieill.); Burm. J. ¢. p. 454.

43. SERPOPHAGA NIGRICANS (Vieill.) ; Burm. l.¢. p. 454.

44, Evainea mopesta (Tsch.); Burm. /.¢. p. 454.

Agrees with the Chilian birds. See Sclater’s notes upon this

species, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 327.

45. PrrAnGus BELuicosvs (Vieill.).

Saurophagus sulphuratus, Burm. 1. ¢. p. 492.

46. My1onius n&zvius (Bodd.).

Not mentioned by Burmeister. Larger than, and possibly distinct

from, the northern species (in which case it will, perhaps, stand as M.

auriceps, Gould); but our series of specimens is not sufficient for

comparison. ‘‘ Summer visitor.”

47. PyRocerHALUS RUBINEUS (Bodd.).

P. parvirostris, Gould; Burm. J. ¢. p. 496.

«Summer visitor.”

After comparing a large series of skins of this form from many

parts, we only feel satisfied as to the distinguishability of the northern

P. mexicanus, which seems always larger in size and paler in colour.

48. TyRANNUS MELANCHOLICUS (Vieill.) ; Burm. J. ¢. p. 402.

«* Summer visitor.”

49. Mrivuuvus VIoLENTUs (Vieill.).

Tyrannus violentus, Burm. J. ¢. p. 453.

50. PopaGeR NAcuNDA, Vieill.; Burm. /. ¢. p. 449.

51. SrENOPSIS BIFASCIATA, Gould; Sclater, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 140.

Antrostomus longirostris, Burm. 1. c. p. 450.

A single skin of an immature bird, probably referable to this

species.

52. Guira pirtricua (Vieill.).

Ptiloleptis guira, Burm. 1. ¢. p. 443.

‘Tris red.”

1868. ] ON BIRDS FROM CONCHITAS. 143

53. Prous mixtrvus, Bodd. (ex Pl. Enl. 748) ; Sundeval, Consp

Pie. p. 20.

Not mentioned by Burmeister.

54. CurysorTitus CHLoROzostTUus (Wagl.).

Chrysopicus chlorozostus, Malh.

P. chlorozostus, Sund. Consp. Pic. p. 75.

Chrysoptilus melanochlorus, Burm. l. ¢. p. 445.

Three specimens. “ Frequents the woods on the shores of the

Plata.”? Quite erroneously united by Burmeister with its Brazilian

representative C. melanochlorus.

55. Mitvaco cuimanco (Vieill.).

M., pezoporus, Burm. J. ¢. p. 434.

‘* Resident.”

56. UrusitinGa unicincrta (Temm.).

Asturina unicincta, Burm. J. ¢. p. 436.

‘Eye hazel.”

57. HyporTrRiorCHIs FEMORALIs (Temm.); Burm. /. c. p. 437.

‘¢ Winter visitor.”

58, TrnNUNCULUS SPARVERIUS (Linn.); Burm. /. c. p. 437.

59. Circus CINEREUS (Vieill.) ; Burm. l. c. p. 439.

* Inhabits the Southern Pampas.”

60. Crrcus mMAcRoprerRus (Vieill.); Azara, No. 31.

One adult specimen of this Harrier marked 3, but apparently a

female. ‘‘ Eyes hazel.” Not mentioned by Burmeister.

61. Orus sracuyortus (Forst.) ; Burm. l.¢. p. 439.

62. PHoLeortynx cunicuLaria (Mol.).

Noctua cunicularia, Burm. l. ¢ p. 440.

63. ZENAIDA MACULATA (Vieill.); Burm. J. c. p. 497.

64. CotumsButa pPicur (Temm.); Burm. /. ¢. p. 496.

65. CotumsBa PicazurRo (Temm.).

Picazuro, Azara, No. 317.

This species is quite distinct from C. gymnophthalma (Temm.)

and C. maculosa (Temm.), with which it has been often confounded.

C. gymnophthalma has the bill yellow, not black as in this species,

66. NorHura macutosa (Temm.); Burm. l. c. p. 499.

67. THinocorus Rumicivorvs, Eschsch.; Burm. /.¢. p. 501.

144 MESSRS, SCLATER AND SALVIN [Feb. 13,

68. AEGIALITIS FALKLANDICA (Lath.).

One specimen of this bird, which is not mentioned by Burmeister.

69. VANELLUS CAYENNENSIS (Gm.); Burm. J. ¢. p. 502.

70. Evpromras mopesta (Licht.).

Vanellus modestus, Burm. 1, ¢. p. 502.

Four skins of this Plover in winter dress, and one in process of

change to summer plumage. “ Chorlito di inverno : a winter visitor.”

71. Himantopus nicrico.uis (Vieill.); Burm. /. c. p. 503.

«Eye red: resident.”—W. H. H.

72. GAMBETTA MELANOLEUCA (Gm.); Burm. /. c. p. 503.

«Summer visitor, Becassina.’’—W. H. H.

73. GAMBETTA FLAVIPES (Gm.) ; Burm. /. c. p. 503.

«Summer visitor.””—W. H. H.

74, TRINGA BONAPARTH, Schlegel; Baird, Rev. A. B. p. 472.

‘Winter visitor.’"—W. H. H. Four skins of this species, which

seems to be the “ Chorlito pestorejo pardo” of Azara. If this be so,

the prior names Tringa fuscicollis (Vieill.) and 7. campestris ( Licht.)

will be applicable to it. Burmeister does not mention it in his ‘ La-

Plata-Reise ;’ but it may be the Tringa campestris of his ‘ Syst. Ueb.’

lil. p. 74.

75. TRINGA BAIRDI.

Actodromas bairdi, Coues, Pr. Ac. Phil. 1851, p. 194.

One skin of this species, which appears to be the ‘‘ Chorlito lomo

negro” of Azara; if so, Mr. Coues’s name will have to give way to

Tringa melanota, Vieill. (Tringa dorsalis, Meyen).

76. GALLINAGO PARAGULE (Vieill.) ; Schlegel, Mus. des P.-B.

Scolopaces, p. 11.

Scolopax frenata, Burm. l.c. p. 503.

Schlegel makes this species different from his Gallinago frenata.

But we may point out that Scolopar paraguie, Vieillot, and S. fre-

nata, Lichtenstein, are both based upon Azara’s “‘ Becasina prima”

(No. 387) ; so that these names cannot be used for different species.

The only two Snipes we have yet met with from La Plata, Pata-

gonia, and Chili are the present species and G. stricklandi.

77. RHYNCHZA SEMICOLLARIS (Vielill.).

Rh. hilarii, Burm. J. c. p. 504; Azara, no. 405.

One specimen.

78. ARAMIDES YPECAHA (Vieill.).

Rallus ypecaha, Vieill. (ex Azara).

1868. | ON BIRDS FROM CONCHITAS, 145

Aramides gigas, Burm. 1. c. p. 504; Schlegel, Mus. d. P.-B.

Ralli,p. 14.

« Gallinetta: eye yellow.” This is certainly Vieillot’s Radlus

ypecaha, founded on Azara’s Ypecaha, and appears to be the species

indieated by Schlegel as A. gigas. We have not yet met with the

allied species, which he calls dramides ypecaha.

79. RALLUS RHyYTIRHYNCHUS, Vieill.; Scl. et Salv. P. Z. S.

1867, p. 990.

Aramides rytirhynchus, Burm. 1. e. p. 504.

“ Burito: a summer bird ; very scarce.’—W. H. H. Two skins

of this species, which we take to be the Rallus rhytirhynchus of

Vieillot, founded upon Azara’s “ Ypecaha pardo.”’ Upon comparing

them with Chilian specimens of Rallus sanguinolentus and the Peru-

vian skin of the same species obtained by Whitely (see P. Z. S. 1867,

p- 990) it seems necessary to unite them all under the same name.

The Chilian bird is certainly larger and has a longer beak; but

Whitely’s Peruvian skin is scarcely larger than one of the La Plata

birds.

80. Funica ARMILLATA, Vieill.; Burm. J. ¢. p. 505.

One immature example, apparently, of this species. ‘ Gallareta:

eye hazel; very common.’—W. H. H.

81. Parra sacana, Linn.; Burm. /. c. p. 506.

Two examples of this wide-ranging species.

82. CHauna cHAVARIA (Linn.); Burm. /. c. p. 506.

* Chaja.’—W. H. H.

83. BuroripEs CYANURUS (Vieill.).

Ardea cyanura, Vieill. N. D. xiv. p. 21, et E. M. p. 1120 (ex

Azara).

B. scapularis, Bp. Consp. ii. p. 128.

« Summer visitor.” Apparently not mentioned by Burmeister.

84. Isis FALCINELLUS, Linn.

T. chalcoptera, Burm. l.c. p. 511.

«Summer visitor.” Cf. Schlegel, Mus. d. P.-B. Idides, p. 4, et v.

Pelz. Novara-Reise, p. 125.

85. PLraTaLea asasA (Linn.); Burm. lc. p. 511.

86. PH@NICOPTERUS IGNIPALLIATUS, Is. Geoffr.; Burm. J. e.

p- 912.

87. Cyenus nicricoLtuis (Gm.); Burm. /. ec. p. 512.

88. Spatuxa PLATALEA (Vieill.); Burm. /.c. p. 517.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1868, No. X.

146 DR. J. E. GRAY ON A NEW DOLFHIN. [ Feb. 13,

89. QUERQUEDULA FLAVtRosTRIS (Vieill.) ; Burm. /. ¢. p. 516.

Concerning the distinctness of this species from Q, owyptera we

have already spoken (P. Z. S. 1867, p. 990).

90. QuERQUEDULA VERSICOLOR (Vieill.).

A. maculirostris, Burm. 1. c. p. 516.

91. DaritaA BAHAMENSIS (Linn.); Burm. /. ec. p. 515.

92. Daria sprNniIcauDA (Vieill.); Burm. J. ¢. p.515.

93. Metorrana PEposACca (Vieill.) ; Burm, /. c. p. 518.

This Duck is not a Fuligula, as Burmeister has already shown.

Nor can it be placed with dnas, as it has a large bulbous expansion

in the windpipe, besides the curious bulging forehead. We have

therefore adopted for it a generic name invented by the late Prince

Bonaparte (C. R. xliii. p. 649).

94, LARUS CIRRHOCEPHALUS (Vieill.) (ex Azara, No. 410).

L. maculipennis, Burm. l.c. p. 518.

One skin in winter dress.

95. PopIcEPs ROLLANDI, Q. et G.

A single young specimen. Not mentioned by Burmeister, unless

it be the P. bicornis, Licht., which we are not at present able to as-

certain with certainty.

96. PHALACROCORAX BRASILIANUS (Licht.); Burm. /. e. p. 520.

7. Notice of Clymene similis, a New Dolphin sent from the

Cape by Mr. Layard. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S.,

VP 29., Plas. ce.

Mr. Edgar Layard has sent from the Cape the skull of a Dolphin

with the under jaw, which is so ike the skull I figured under the

name of Delphinus obscurus in the ‘ Zoology of the Erebus and

Terror,’ t. 16, that I at first regarded it as the same. But having

oceasion to recompare it to identify the skull of a very young Dol-

phin that Mr. Layard has since sent from the Cape, I was interested

in finding that it showed the same kind of difference in the form of

the hinder part of the palate in front of the internal nostrils that I

have before observed in some true Dolphins which had very similar

skulls in other respects, but which belong to Dolphins very differ-

ently coloured, which were obtained in distinct parts of the world.

In this ease the two skulls both come from animals found at the

Cape; but several Dolphins inhabit the seas surrounding that pro-

montory.

I have thought it desirable to distinguish the two skulls by dif-

1868.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON A NEW DOLPHIN. 147

ferent names, and to give a short diagnostic description of them,

and also to figure the differences, and thus draw attention to the

fact, leaving it to be verified by future observers under more favour-

able circumstances; and I have briefly described the skull of the

very young specimen, which I believe belongs to one of these species,

to show the variation that exists between the skulls of the young

and adult animals.

Pterygoid bones and hinder nasal opening of skull.

Fig. 1. Clymene obscura. Fig. 2. Clymene similis.

1, CiyMENE osscurRA, Gray, P. Z. 8S. 1866, p. 215.

Tursio obscurus, Gray, Zool. Ereb. & Ter. t. 16.

Black. Teeth =, very slender, rather far apart, five in an inch.

The palate in front of the pterygoid bones broad, flat. The ptery-

goid bones bluntly keeled, with a comparatively shallow broad an-

gular concavity between the ridges.

Hab. Cape of Good Hope.

2. CLYMENE SIMILISs, 0. sp.

Black, white beneath. Teeth = straight, tapering, rather close

together, five in an inch. Palate much contracted in front of the

base of the pterygoid bones. Pterygoid bones rather sharply keeled,

with a deep angular narrow concavity between the ridges.

Hab. Cape of Good Hope (Layard).

This species is chiefly known from the preceding by the larger

148 DR. J. E. GRAY ON A NEW DOLPHIN. [ Feb. 13,

size of the teeth, by the palate being contracted behind, and the

form of the pterygoid bones.

Mr. Layard sent for examination a full-grown skuli of this species,

with only a few teeth in the middle of the tooth-line, and without

the lower jaw.

He also sent a young animal preserved in salt, which was cut in two

parts transversely. The skin has been kept in the British Museum

in spirits, and the body has been made into a skeleton. It would

appear that the intermaxillary bones become more prominent in the

palate as the animal increases in size. In the adult skull they form

a distinct part of the palate for about one-fourth of its length. In

the skull of the young animal they are scarcely seen, being only

visible deep in the suture between the maxillary bones.

In the skeleton of the young specimen the index finger is rather

longer than the length of the upper and lower arm-bones and carpal

bones. The radius and ulna compressed, close together; the ulna

about half as wide as the radius. Carpal bones eight; the two

upper hinder ones largest; the rest subequal, oblong. Thumb of

two very small rudimentary bones, far apart. Index finger of seven,

the ring-finger of six, the middle finger of three phalanges; the

upper phalanges of the index and middle fingers very small. The

cervical vertebrae separate; but they may become united, as the

first vertebra is in so young a state as to be formed of four separate

bones.

The skulls of the adult and young are very much alike; but the

beak of the adult skull is much longer, compared with the length of

the brain-cavity, than that of the skull of the young animal. In the

adult the beak is only rather longer than the brain-cavity, as 83 to

73. In the young skull the beak is not nearly so Jong as the length

of the brain-cavity, which is 43 inches long, and the beak only

41 inches.

The processes of the pterygoid bone, which form the bony sheath

of the front of the blowhole inside the pterygoid bone, are well deve-

loped, and as long as the pterygoid itself, in the young skull only

forming a slightly raised ridge on the inner side of the base of the

bones.

As in some specimens of Lagenorhynchus, there is a triangular

space marked on the hinder part of the palate in front of the pala-

tine bones, which is defined by the impression of blood-vessels ; this

space is very distinct in the young skull, and not so much so in the

older one.

The inner surface of the intermaxillary bones forms a narrow

central prominence in the front of the palate in the older skull ;

these bones are not seen in the palate, being hidden in the inner edge

of the suture of the maxilla in the skulls of younger specimens,

showing that the presence or the absence of the sight of these bones

in the palate, in some specimens at least, depends upon age.

As the three skulls were all obtained from animals inhabiting the

seas near the Cape of Good Hope, it has occurred to me that the

difference in the form of the pterygoid bones and in the size of the

1868. | MR. F, DAY ON NEW INDIAN FISHES. 149

teeth may be only a sexual character; but they are so similar to the

differences that I observed in the skulls of the Dolphins sent from

Liverpool that came from different localities, and had such a different

system of coloration, that I am inclined to regard them as distinct

for the purpose of attracting atterition to them, and in the hope that

Mr. Layard, or some naturalist in the southern hemisphere, may

obtain a series of specimens, and be able to study the question in

more detail.

The shorter-beaked species of Clymene are chiefly known from

Lagenorhynchus by the convexity of. the upper surface of the beak,

and of the intermaxilla above that surface.

8. On some new or imperfectly known Fishes of India.

By Francis Day, F.Z.S., F.L.S., &e.

ACANTHOPTERYGII.

Berycip&.

RH YNCHICHTHYS ORNATUS, sp. nov.

D. 12/3. P.15. V.1/6. A.4/9., C.15. L.1. 36. L. tr. 33/6.

Length of specimen 1-3; inch.

Length of head 3, of pectoral 4, of base of dorsal spines 4, of base

of dorsal rays +15, of base of anal 4, of caudal 4 of the total length.

Height of head 7, of body 3, of dorsal spines 4, uf dorsal rays 4, of

ventral 4, of anal spines 4, of anal rays +4, of the total length.

Eyes. Large, circular, diameter 2 of length of head, rather above

4 a diameter from end of snout, nearly 1 diameter apart.

Appearance percoid ; the dorsal profile much more convex than

the abdominal, which is nearly horizontal from the lower surface of

the snout to the inferior margin of the caudal fin.

Mouth below, posterior to the produced and pointed snout. The

posterior extremity of the maxilla extends to beneath the centre of

the orbit ; it is hidden by the preorbital. Praeoperculum, its vertical

limb with fine but distantly placed serrations ; a large and strong

spine extends from its angle to the base of the pectoral fin ; its hori-

zontal limb strongly denticulated, as is also the lower margin of the

interoperculum. Operculum with two spines, the upper the largest,

its lower margin denticulated. Preeorbital and shoulder-bones ser-

rated. The upper surface of the head roughened by raised longi-

tudinal ridges.

Teeth. Villiform in jaws, vomer, and palatines.

Fins. Dorsal fins connected ; spines moderately strong, the second

the longest, whence they decrease to the last ; interspinous mem-

brane deeply cleft. Pectoral rounded. Ventral arises a little dis-

tance posterior to the pectoral, its spine being equal to the second

of the dorsal fin in length. Third anal spine longest and strongest,

the first very minute. Caudal slightly lobed.

150 MR. F. DAY ON NEW INDIAN FISHES. { Feb. 13,

Scales cover the body, and form a partial sheath to the dorsal and

anal fins, but there are none on the top of the head. They are

strongly ctenoid and in parallel rows.

Lateral line in single tubes, following the curve of the back in the

upper fourth of the body.

Colours. Bluish silvery along the back and sides, and rosy along

the abdomen. Fins yellowish ; dorsal «range; spines black. The

interspinous membrane between the first three dorsal spines and

also between the sixth and last is deep black.

A single specimen captured at Madras, June 6th, 1867.

PERCID.

MEsopRION CHIRTAH, Cuv. & Val.

B. vu... Hi /14.. P..17.. V-1/a.. A. 3/9. C. 17. Te Maa

L. tr. 10/25.

Length of specimens from 11,8, to 16 inches.

Length of head 2, of pectoral 3, of base of dorsal spines 7, of base

of dorsal rays 1, of base of anal 4, of caudal 2 of the total length.

Height of head 3, of dorsal spines 3, of dorsal rays 4, of ventral §,

of anal + of the total length.

Eyes. Upper margin j of diameter from the profile; diameter

of length of head, 1 diameter apart, 13 diameter from end of snout.

Posterior extremity of maxilla extends to nearly beneath the an-

terior extremity of the orbit. Preeoperculum slightly emarginate,

smooth superiorly and serrated inferiorly, whilst the posterior por-

tion of its vertical limb has some widely separated denticulations.

Teeth. An external row of conical teeth in the upper jaw, and

several rows of villiform ones posterior to it; the same in the lower

jaw, except that the villiform ones are only in its central portion.

Villiform in vomer and palate.

Dorsal spines weak, the fourth the longest. First anal spine a

little above one-third the length of the second, which is much the

strongest, but not quite so long as the third. Caudal broad and

slightly emarginate.

Colours. Uniform bright rose-colour, with an orange tinge. All

the fins have a slightly dark stain at their margins.

Hab. Common in Madras.

I have been so fortunate as to obtain numerous specimens of this

fish, from the very young to the adult, and have no hesitation in as-

serting that the M. annularis, C. & V., is the young of this species,

and the M. malabaricus the semiadult.

Before describing the specimens, it will be necessary to offer a few

remarks upon what has been written respecting these fish. Russell

was the original observer of the M. chirtah, which he figures in his

‘Fishes of Vizagapatam ;’ his specimen was 13 inches long. Dr.

Jerdon omits the M. chirtah from amongst the list of his fishes of

Madras, but states that the M. annularis is one of the commonest

of the tribe there. Dr. Giinther rejects the M/. chirtah, but remarks

that the M. malabaricus is perhaps a variety of the M. annularis.

1868. | MR. F. DAY ON NEW INDIAN FISHES. 151

The numbers of spines, rays, and scales of the three are identical,

whilst the difference in proportion is only such as might be due to

age, sex, and accidental circumstances.

The general coloration of these three species is scarlet, with a more

or less purplish gloss. In a number of specimens from 2;%; inches

to 16 inches in length the following variations in colour were no-

ticed.

In the smallest there is a dark mark along the base of the dorsal

fin, commencing at the opercles, and a black band across the back,

just anterior to the root of the tail, on either side of which and ex-

tending over the back it has a white edge. In a specimen a little

larger the colours are the same, except that there is a dark line along

each row of scales. At 7,%; inches in length the band across the

back before the tail is still very distinct, but it does not extend quite

so far down the sides, and its light edges are not so visible. At 82;

inches the white edging has almost gone. At 9 inches, in one spe-

cimen, there is only a very indistinct dark bar across the back ; it has,

in fact, become the M. malabaricus, whilst at 11,8, it has assumed the

full scarlet colours of the M. chirtah. At 16 inches in length the

scarlet colours are not so vivid, and the fins are slightly darker than

in the young.

MULLID2.

UPENEOIDES FASCIOLATUS, sp. nov.

Dees] ae en evel o.~ nadia. Ontos el oO, 1. tr. 22/0,

Length of specimen 3 inches.

Length of head 3, of pectoral +, of caudal 4, of base of first

dorsal 5%, of hase of second dorsal +, of base of anal ;); of the

total length. Height of head 4, of body 3, of first dorsal4, of second

dorsal +1, of ventral ;*:, of anal +1, of the total length.

Eyes. Upper margin near the profile; diameter ? of length of

head, 1 diameter from end of snout, 1 diameter apart.

Profile of head rounded.

Postericr extremity of maxilla reaches to beneath the anterior

third of the orbital. Interorbital space concave, having a longitu-

dinal groove down its centre. The barbels reach to opposite to the

posterior margin of the orbit.

Teeth in several villiform rows in both jaws, and in an uninter-

rupted semilunar band in vomer and palate.

Fins. Second spine of first dorsal the highest, six rows of scales

between the end of first dorsal and commencement of second dorsal.

Origin of anal in a line slightly posterior to the origin of the second

dorsal. Ventrals reach about halfway to the anus. Caudal deeply

forked.

Scales ctenoid over body, cheeks, and head, also over commence-

ment of caudal, besides which there are some minute scales between

rays of the second dorsal, anal, and caudal fins.

Lateral line in arborescent form on each scale.

Air-bladder absent.

Colours. Of areddish chestnut along the back, becoming silvery

152 MR. F. DAY ON NEW INDIAN FISHES. [ Feb. 13,

along the abdomen. A brilliant golden stripe, two-thirds as wide as

a scale, passes from the orbit to the upper third of the tail. Pectoral

flesh-coloured. Ventral and anal yellow. Caudal reddish, without

bands, tipped with black which is externally edged with white.

First dorsal milk-white, edged with black; two horizontal yellow lines

along it, which are dotted with very fine black points. Second dor-

sal milk-white, tipped with black, having one curved horizontal line

of yellow, dotted with black points along its centre.

Hab. Madras, in the sea, November 1867.

Gosius MADRASPATENSIS, Sp. Nov.

D? 6/2, Pe 17) SVAN eg eOIish Be Pez? Lee

Length of three specimens from 2;%; to 3inches. Length of head

4, of pectoral }, of caudal 4, of base of first dorsal 4, of base of

second dorsal 1, of base of anal } of the total length. Height

of head 4, of body 3, of first dorsal 4, of second dorsal +, of ven-

tral 1, of anal + of the total length.

Eyes. Upper margin near the profile; diameter 4 of length of

head, % of a diameter from end of snout, q of a diameter apart.

Cleft of mouth rather oblique, lower jaw the longest, the posterior

extremity of the maxilla extending to beneath the anterior margin

of the orbit.

Teeth. In several closely set villiform bands in both jaws, with

an external somewhat enlarged row in the upper, and also in the

anterior half of the lower jaw, having externally a large recurved

canine tooth, which is rather nearer the symphysis than the angle of

the mouth.

Fins. Dorsal spines flexible, the first with a short filamentous

extremity ; none of the pectoral rays silk-like. Caudal rounded.

Scales. Finely ctenoid, scarcely lineated ; they extend forward to

the posterior margin of the orbit, and are smaller on the nape

than on the rest of the body. There are.seven horizontal rows

between the origin of the second dorsal and that of the anal.

Colours. Olivaceous, with irregular brownish ill-defined blotches

and dots. From five to eight very fine vertical black lines pass

downwards from the back to the abdomen, commencing opposite

to the base of the ventral, and ending opposite to the middle of the

anal, giving the first the appearance of being banded.

Fins greyish ; first dorsal with two rows of dark blotches, second

dorsal irregularly blotched and dotted. Pectoral and anal unspotted.

Ventral tipped with black. Caudal minutely dotted in rows.

Hab. Backwaters in Madras, probably will be found in the sea;

is not a freshwater species.

GoBIUS NEILLI, sp nov.

D, 6/scap. hou rae eal see 26.) Lettate

Length of specimens from 1,3, to 3,2; iuches.

Length of head #, of pectoral 4, of caudal 1, of base of

®?

first dorsal 4, of base of second dorsal 4, of base of anal of the

1868. | MR. F. DAY ON NEW INDIAN FISHES. 153

total length. Height of head 4, of body 3, of first dorsal 3, of

second dorsal 1, of anal 4, of ventral } of the total length.

Eyes directed upwards and slightly outwards, diameter 7 of

length of head, nearly | diameter from end of snout, and less than

z of a diameter apart.

Body somewhat compressed. Head as broad as high.

The posterior extremity of the maxilla extends to beneath the

anterior third of the orbit. Cheeks somewhat swollen. Horizontal

margin of preeoperculum rather longer than the vertical.

Teeth in fine villiform rows in both jaws, and having in the lower

jaw an external recurved series, the outer one of which on either

side is nearly as large again as the others, and curved outwards and

slightly backwards ; it is situated nearer to the angle of the mouth

than the centre of the jaw.

Fins. First dorsal spines flexible, prolonged, and in the adult a

long filamentous termination to the second spine, which, however,

is not elongated in the young. Pectoral somewhat pointed, none

of its rays silk-like. Ventral reaches to the commencement of the

anal. Caudal somewhat pointed.

Scales finely ctenoid, with striee converging posteriorly. Seven

horizontal rows between the bases of the second dorsal and anal

anteriorly, and nine between the end of the dorsal and the base

of the caudal.

Colours. In the adult pale ochreous, becoming of a dirty-white

colour on the abdomen. Upper surface of head, cheeks, and

superior two-thirds of the body covered with various-sized rusty-

brown dots of irregular shapes, and which form oblique vertical

bands on the cheeks and opercles. Pectoral and ventral unspotted,

but with a deep greyish edge. First dorsal with a deep-black

mark between the first and fifth spine at about half the height of

the fin, which above is of a canary-yellow colour, and the ends of

the spines black; between the fourth spine and the end of the

fin are deep-brown spots. Second dorsal edged externally with

brown, and having a yellow band with a black base dividing it from

the lower ? of the fin, which is spotted with light brown. Anal

yellow, edged with black in its external half. Caudal barred with

eight or nine rows of chestnut spots.

In the young the dorsal fins are spotted with brown, and the

black mark in the first dorsal does not generally show itself until

the fish is above 2 inches long. Pectoral, ventral, and anal yellow,

without any markings.

This very pretty little Goby, which I have named after my friend

A.C. B. Neill, Esq., F.Z.S., is not uncommon in the backwaters and

along the sea-shore.

The G. neilli is allied to the G. criniger, C. & V., from which it

differs in several points, amongst which are that in the former the

neck is sealed 3 of the distance between the base of the first dorsal

and the orbits, whilst in the G. criniger this part is scaleless.

In the G. neilli there is an external enlarged row of teeth in the

lower jaw, the external of which is much larger than the others, and

154 MR. F. DAY ON NEW INDIAN FISHES. [ Feb. 13,

recurved as seen in the G. venenatus, G. viridipunctatus, and other

allied species ; but in the G. criniger ‘ses dents sont petites, méme

les extérieures”’ (Cuv. & Val). ‘The teeth are minute, velvety, of

nearly equal length ”’ (Cantor). ‘‘ Teeth small” (Giinther).

Gosius BiocELLATUS, C. & V.

Gobius sublitus, Cantor.

M.76/55. B19 so Naknek 5 Ce ipeo lk 30-06. Wa, tr. lo,

Length of specimens from 1 to 4 inches.

Length of head 3, of pectoral 4, of caudal }, of base of first

dorsal 3, of base of second dorsal 4, of base of anal 4 of the total

length. Height of head 3, of body 4, of first dorsal 3, of second

dorsal 4, of anal 4, of ventral + of the total length.

Eyes directed upwards and slightly outwards ; horizontal diameter

1 of length of head, ? of a diameter apart, 1 diameter trom end of

snout.

Teeth villiform in both jaws, except an external slightly enlarged

row in the lower jaw, those in which are considerably recurved in-

wards. A few of those in the outer row in the upper jaw are

slightly enlarged.

Fins. First dorsal generally highest anteriorly ; but in some speci-

mens the fifth spine is somewhat the longest.

Colours. These vary, generally greyish brown, with some large

irregular blotches along the side, and a slight brownish line along

the centre of each row of scales. Under surface of cheeks and

jaws lineated with circuitous brownish lines. Cheeks dark brownish.

Fins. Dorsal generally yellowish, with a greyish tinge, and having

several irregular whitish lines along its lower half, also a deep-black

blotch with a white margin usually between its fifth and sixth

spines. Second dorsal of the same colour, with several rows of irre-

gular white spots. Pectoral, ventral, and anal greyish, the last with

some white dots. Caudal dark grey, with some lines of dark spots.

Cantor observes that G. sublitus chiefly differs from G. biocellatus,

C. & V., in its dentition; but I have fortunately obtained a large

number of specimens at Madras, and find that the dentition of the

two is identical. His other diagnostic sign, namely the filamentous

fifth spine of the first dorsal, is accidental in the specimen and by

no means uncommon.

One very curious diseased specimen of this species was captured

Novembor 15, 1867; it is covered with large, hard tubercles over

its body and the base of its fins, also over its tongue.

PHARYNGOGNATHI ACANTHOPTERYGII.

PsevDOSCARUS RUSSELLII, Cuy. & Val.

DSS PS a Wea eee so CS! Lh, oe ee

tr. =

Length of specimen 18 inches.

1868. ] MR. F. DAY ON NEW INDIAN FISHES. 155

Length of head 4, of pectoral 4, of base of hard dorsal a, of

base of dorsal rays +, of base of anal nearly 4, of caudal + of

the total length. Height of head 4, of body 2, of dorsal spines

Ty of dorsal rays =, of ventral 1, of anal spines zs, of anal rays

zy of the total length.

Eyes. Upper margins near the profile; diameter 1 of length of

head, 2 diameters from end of snout and anterior extremity of teeth,

1; diameter apart.

Teeth. Two in either jaw; their inferior edges slightly serrated.

Fins. Dorsal spines nearly as high as the rays. Pectoral mode-

rately rounded. Ventral pointed. Caudal cut nearly square.

Lateral line proceeds straight to beneath middle of dorsal rays, then

curves slightly downwards for two scales; anterior to this termina-

tion, and beneath the eighth dorsal ray, the lateral line is continued

along the middle of the side to the tail. The last two scales of the

upper branch of the lateral line are above the two first of its lower

branch.

Air-bladder rather thick.

Colours. Sea-green, each scale, except those on the chest, having

a reddish semilunar-shaped base, equai to about halfits width. The

scales between the base of the ventral and anal fins reddish. Head

rosy. Eye hazel, with a few short blue lines radiating from its lower

margin; anteriorly one passes to the upper margin of the tip, which

it skirts, another to the lower margin of the tip, which it encircles.

Dorsal fin bluish green, edged with light blue; an irregular reddish

line extends along its centre, another passes along its base, anda third

below its blue edge. Caudal reddish, with four or five irregularly

vertical bluish-green bands. Anal of a lightish blue. Pectoral and

ventral reddish, the outer ray blue.

This description is taken from a female specimen which was cap-

tured at Madras on July 12th, 1867.

It is said by the fishermen to be very rarely met with.

SILURID&.

SILURUS PUNCTATUS, sp. nov.

B. xii. D.5. P. yj. V.8. A.58-62. C. 19.

Length of specimens from 4 to 8,1, inches.

Length of head 4, of pectoral fin zi; of base of dorsal ap of

base of anal 3, of caudal 7; of the total length. Height of head

7g of body g, of dorsal fin ;;, of ventral j,, of anal +1, of the

total length.

Eyes small, their covering continuous with the skin of the head;

they are situated above the level of the angle of the mouth, 22 to3

diameters from the end of the snout, and 5 diameters apart.

Head wide, depressed ; neck not elevated, upper profile of head

horizontal. Body strongly compressed.

Mouth wide, cleft narrow ; posterior extremity of the upper jaw

extends to beneath the posterior extremity of the orbit. Lower

Jaw elevated at its centre, and slightly shorter than the upper. Crown

156 LETTER FROM MR. W. G. BLANFORD. [Feb. 27,

of head smooth, covered by skin. Nostrils some distance apart, the

anterior between the orbit and the snout, and covered by a thick

strong cirrus, which reaches to ? the length of the pectoral fin.

Mandibular cirri situated one anterior to the other, at a distance

equalling the diameter of the orbit; both of them extend nearly as

far as the base of the pectoral fin. Gill-openings wide, central cleft

extends to above the isthmus.

Teeth. Numerous rows of fine sharp villiform ones in both jaws,

and two oval patches, one on each side of the vomer, divided by

a small interspace. None on the palate.

Fins. Dorsal small, without any spine, situated anterior to the

origin of the ventral; no adipose dorsal. Pectoral with a very short

but strong spine, ending in a short termination. Ventrals extend to

the origin of the anal, which last is slightly joined to the caudal, the

latter being rounded or rather emarginate.

Air-bladder present.

Lateral line straight, ceasing just anterior to the base of the caudal

fin.

Colours. Leaden, becoming purplish beneath, covered all over

with minute black points, which form an irregular dark finger-mark

on the shoulder. Caudal in some specimens yellowish.

Mr. Burnett was good enough to send me several specimens of this

interesting fish, which he captured in the Wynaad, in a stream about

3000 feet above the level of the sea. Some were full of ova. The

fish does not appear to grow above 12 inches in length.

February 27, 1868.

Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

The following extract was read from a letter addressed to the

Secretary, by Mr. W. G. Blanford, Corr. Memb., dated ‘‘ Annesley

Bay, Feb. 3rd :”—

““T have got Pectinator spekei, or else a second species of the

same genus. It abounds up the passes, living amongst the rocks,

and it is, without exception, the most tender-skinned mammal I ever

tried to preserve. It is rather a pretty little beast, fond of lying

out on lumps of rock, and feeding upon green leaves, though I have

never seen one on a tree. It is constantly out in the morning and

evening, but I fancy it only feeds at night.

““T have also two species of Hyraw (one from the passes, a second

from the shores of Annesley Bay), aspecies of Ground-Squirrel (Xerus),

which does not agree in colour with any of those described in Dr.

Gray’s list, and a few other things. The Jackal is quite different

1868.] DR. J. MURIE ON A SPECIES OF RAT. 157

from the Indian species ; but I cannot get hold of a specimen. The

only Antelopes here are two species of Gazelle—one of the Spring-bok

type, living in large herds, the other of the Indian type, like Gazella

bennettii, solitary or in pairs, more rarely three or four occurring

together ; this is perhaps Blyth’s G. spekii. I have good horns

of both male and female, but no perfect specimen. Besides these~

there is the little Beni-Israel, which I suppose is Antilope saltiana,

a beautiful little animal, with somewhat the appearance and habits

of a Hare. It is almost always met with solitary or in pairs; more

rarely three or four occur together. Above 3000 feet on the passes is

an Antelope with somewhat the habits of a Chamois. I have not

seen a specimen dead, nor yet a perfect skin ; the hair is singularly

coarse. I cannot ascertain what animal this is. A species of Koodoo

also occurs in the higher ranges, and, I believe, one or two other ani-

mals; but I have only the accounts of sportsmen, and they are not

very trustworthy. A species of Wart-Hog (Phacochewrus) abounds.

The birds are more Indian than the mammals. Land-shells very.

searce; indeed I have seen none down here.”’

Dr. J. Murie exhibited some specimens of young Anthropoid Apes

(the Gorilla, Chimpanzee, and Orang), and made remarks upon them

and their different varieties.

The following papers were read :—

1. Remarks on a Rat lately living in the Society’s Gardens.

By James Mourie, M.D., Prosector to the Society.

The specimen which I exhibit before the present meeting is one

of three presented to the Society, by Mr. F. Bond, in July 1867.

The information first derived was to the effect that they had been

brought by a ship from Manilla.

Further inquiry, however, led to the following information from

Mr. Bond. The rats had been caught on board a ship, which had

sailed from London direct to Sydney, N.S.W., thence to Hong Kong,

where she lay some weeks in the port. Afterwards, on the voyage

home, the vessel called at Manilla to provision, but anchored at a

considerable distance from shore, the only communication with the

land being by means of small boats.

It would thus seem that if the rats were from a foreign port, it

is more likely that it was Sydney or Hong Kong than Manilla.

If from the first, then the chances would be in favour of their being

but a pale-coloured variety or example of albinism in Mus rattus.

If from China, where European shipping is so numerous, they might

still be the same, although it is possible a light species of rat may

exist in that land.

The peculiarity of colouring and somewhat obscure history deter-

mined me upon making a comparison of the specimen with some of

—o%

158 DR.J.MURIE ON GEOPSITTACUS OCCIDENTALIS. [Feb. 27,

the East-Indian species in the British Museum. No specimen in

that collection agrees with them in tint.

The Black Rat, Mus rattus (var. niger), approaches nearest in

form and general appearance. Mus rufescens or indicus (Mus kok,

Gray) is considerably darker and rufescent in shade. The Mus dar-

winit, Waterh., P. Z. S. 1837, p. 28, besides differing in colour and

size, has a much broader, leaf-like ear, although the specimens in

question have it nearly as long.

Whether considered merely as a pale variety of the Black Rat, or

as indicating a variation towards separation into a specific type, I

may be justified in placing on record a description of the external

characters.

Hair fine. Tail clothed with very short, close-set, white hairs.

Ears large and somewhat leaf-like, naked and of a pinkish or flesh-

colour. Sides of body of a light-yellowish hue. Forehead and back

inclining to a more brownish tinge. Nose and rump of a purplish-

grey colour. Under parts of body white. Whiskers long, fine, and

black.

The size, somewhat naked tail, and other characters show it to

be a true rat, and not belonging to the group of mice. The admea-

surements of one specimen are as follows :—

inches

Length from snout:to tip of tall... 6. c0.5 ca. +). 00 32520) bbo

LCR eh oli Ge i i ohn. laa tac hate, oped Bae nea

— OE HOI dae aaah ele? cca 8.) pisuaiin Shei aie ye

——-— of tail (partly injured, probably an inch longer).. 4°9

Ears in length 1 inch, greatest breadth 0°7 inch.

Length of sole of foot 1 inch, and including toes 1-3 inch.

2. On the Nocturnal Ground-Parrakeet (Geopsittacus occi-

dentalis, Gould). By James Muriz, M.D., F.L.S., Pro-

sector to the Society.

Of this singular “ Strigops-looking ” Parrakeet, first made known

to ornithologists through Mr. Gould’s description (P. Z. S. 1861,

p- 100) from a skin sent him from Perth, in Western Australia,

nothing further has been learned until lately.

No living specimen had been seen by naturalists in this country,

when Dr. Mueller, of Melbourne, our active and obliging Corre-

sponding Member, transmitted to this country a specimen of parrot-

like bird, which proved to be the Western or Nocturnal Ground-Par-

rakeet of Mr. Gould, Geopsittacus occidentalis *.

In a letter to Dr. Sclater, it is described by Dr. Mueller as inha-

biting the Gawler Ranges in South Australia, and in some respects

to be a night-bird, like the Nightjars and Owls.

During the short period it remained in the Gardens, its habits

* Gould, ‘ Handbook to Birds of Australia,’ 1865, vol. ii. p. 88; and the

‘Birds of Australia,’ Suppl. part iv. pl. 2,and text, 1867.

1868.] DR. J. MURIE ON GEOPSITTACUS OCCIDENTALIS. 159

were carefully watched by our Superintendent, Mr. A. D. Bartlett.

He arrived at the same conclusion as Dr. Mueller, namely, that it

is chiefly a nocturnal bird. As the results of Mr. Bartlett’s obser-

vations have already been stated* I need only add two facts men-

tioned by him :—one, that it showed a preference for green food ;

the other, that its voice was a double note, harsh and loud.

My own observations, although limited, would incline me to

agree with the above-mentioned gentleman. While I saw the bird

during the day it remained motionless on its tuft of grass, and only

became lively towards sundown. In daylight the eye had a sin-

gular expression, reminding one of the appearances characteristic

of the Owls, Lemuroids, and such like night-feeding animals. The

eye, however, did not look excessively large in proportion to the

head.

Toward the end of January, the weather having become change-

able, the bird took what appeared to its keeper a fit of sneezing,

and died within a day after.

Examination of the viscera showed that death had been caused

by an acute pneumonic attack. This had affected both lungs. The

other internal organs were much congested with blood, and their

texture softened. This softening may have been due to a fatty de-

generation of the tissues.

The body was so fat and oily that it was only with difficulty

that Mr. Bartlett took off the skin in safety. Of the allied form of

Ground-Parrakeet, Pezoporus formosus, Mr. Gould says that “ its

flesh is excellent, being delicate in flavour, and equalling, if not sur-

passing, that of the Quail and Snipe’’}. Although I myself did not

taste the flesh of the present nocturnal species, I have no doubt, from

the delicacy of its appearance, that it would form quite as good

food as its congener.

Upon carefully comparing our bird with Mr. Gould’s type speci-

men (an indifferent skin) and his description, I could find no points,

either in the marking or colouring, worthy of special notice. The

sex of his specimen not being known, it becomes the more important

to mention that the Society’s bird was a male, and doubtless adult.

The typical skin has lately been presented to the British Museum

by Mr. Gould ; and our mounted bird has now been added to the same

collection.

I regret that the amount of fat and the greasy nature of the skin

quite stood in the way of examination respecting the pterylosis of

‘this interesting Psittacine form.

The subjoined are the only notes I was enabled to make. The

greatest stretch of the wings, 7. ¢. from tip to tip, is 15 inches.

The shape of each wing itself is also peculiar, and not unlike that

of the night-flying birds. From base to apex it presents a regular

elongated cone, the tips of the feathers being subequal.

The primaries are ten in number, the second of which is probably

the longest. There are nine or ten secondary feathers.

* By Mr. Sclater, P. Z. S. 1867, p. 891.

+ Handbook, already cited, vol. 1i. p. 87.

160 DR. J. MURIE ON GEOPSITTACUS OCCIDENTALIS. [ Feb. 27,

The tail, 43 inches in greatest length, possesses 12 rectrices, each

of an acuminate form. The four middle feathers are barely so long as

the two outside of them. The remaining outermost ones decrease

from within outwards, so that the posterior terminal edge of the

tail has a rounded or deep-arched contour.

Notwithstanding the scantiness of material originally at his com-

mand, Mr. Gould nevertheless had felicitiously caught the main cha-

racters of this somewhat remarkable, or, as he termed it, ‘“‘ anoma-

lous bird.’ In his later ‘Supplement to the Birds of Australia,’

he has given a very charming figure of it from the living specimen,

and by his own pencil. This delineation, in other respects excellent,

seems to me to have the head and body rather fuller than natural ;

in this way the resemblance to Pezoporus is not so striking as under

more favourable circumstances it might be.

Of course one cannot well judge or compare living animals with

stuffed specimens ; but as far as my examination extends, excepting,

it may be, in the length of tail, there is a much nearer likeness in

form between these birds than Mr. Gould has admitted in his text.

Figs Ts

Head of Geopsittacus (Pezoporus) occidentalis. Nat. size. Drawn from the

bird immediately after death.

Besides colour and build of body, the beak and legs, among the

external characters, are worthy of especial remark.

The upper mandible is thick-set, and projects quite beyond the

lower; it is 5'” long and 3'” deep at its basal end. The culmen is

broad, which gives the beak a flattened appearance anteriorly. The

lateral tooth-like expansion near the angle of the gape, present in’

many genera of Parrots, is here wanting, as is the case in Pezoporus

and the genus Platycercus generally.

The cere, even for a Parrot, is unusually large, full, and fleshy.

It is slate-coloured. Gould describes it as large and grey. The

opening of the nostrils is wide, roundish, and directed upwards and

outwards (see fig. 1).

In front and below the cere there is a small pencil of elongated

bristle-like hairs. These are directed forwards and outwards.

As the bird is seen standing cn the ground, the legs appear rela-

1868.] DR. J. MURIE ON GEOPSITTACUS OCCIDENTALIS. 161

tively longer than is common to the Parrot tribe. They are clothed

with small hexagonal scales, closely set together, which upon the

toes, on their upper surface, are gradually altered into narrow par-

tially transverse scutella (fig. 2).

Fig. 2. Left foot of G. occidentalis (dorsal surface).

3. Plantar surface of right foot. (Both nat. size.)

The claws are moderately strong and curved.

A better idea may be formed of any differences, if they exist, be-

tween this nocturnal species and the Ground-Parrakeet by a tabular

view of the limb-proportions. I have added also the measurements

of specimens of two other genera, not very distantly related, and

from birds nearly equivalent in general size.

Comparative lengths of the tarsus, digits, and claws in four genera

of Parrots.

S/s i 8/8

|S] s

Sey ea] sR

“ie AUS EE te a 1-0 1-0 08 | 05

1st digit (inner hind toe), length to root of claw............ 0°35) 0°3 | 0°35) 0-22

Manottivotthe ClawWis.vctccsck sarssorseecess chest estes ccldeess 0-2 | 0:2 | 0:24) 0-2

2nd digit (inner front toe), length to root of claw ......... 0-4 (03 | 05 | 03

Ment of fhe Claw, (uwaswseseoes «Uils- actescasec'scisspe sash sie 0-2 |0°3 | 0°3 | 0-21

3rd digit (outer front toe), length to root of claw ......... 0-7 |0-7 |0°'7 | 0-5

HoKSUMBULUMOICIAWe sncabts cna sn.ccasecetoacectustprtasssscec 03 |0-4 | 03 103

4th digit (outer hind toe), length to root of claw ......... 0°5 | 0°5 | 0:65) 0-48

Were Eg O fete CLA Wars cect tisceus «sepia qadocine sososseasstind se 05 | 0-4 033) 0-21

It will be seen from the above that Geopsittacus and Pezopo-

rus resemble each other closely so far as the length of the tarsus

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1868, No. XI.

162 DR.J.MURIE ON GEOPSITTACUS OCCIDENTALIS. [ Feb. 27,

and the digits are concerned. The first form is no doubt the stouter-

limbed of the two. Platycercus approaches nearer to them than does

Euphema.

The same remarks apply to the claws. Curiously mers the

claw of the fourth digit in Geopsittacus slightly surpasses in length

that of Pezoporus, although the remaining claws are the shortest.

While discussing the external characters, I shall just add a few

remarks bearing somewhat upon the physical contour of Geopsitta-

cus.

I had the opportunity of comparing the body of this bird, when

disrobed of skin and feathering, side by side with those of Platy-

cercus flaveolus, Lorius chlorocercus, and Calopsitta nove-hollandia

in a similar condition. It then appeared that Geopsittacus and Pla-

tycercus were nearly alike with regard to their muscular develop-

ment and proportions of depth to length of body and keel. The

former, however, had very slightly the advantage over the latter in

vertical depth posteriorly. Lorius chlorocercus, with a much longer

body than any one of the other species, had less vertical depth ante-

riorly than Platycercus and Geopsittacus, and only slightly more

than Calopsitta. On the other hand, while the three last-mentioned

genera more nearly agreed in the depth of the body behind, Lorius

differed from them all in its being much greater.

These limited observations would seem to indicate that the chest

or wing-giving power is greatest and nearly alike in Geopsittacus

and Platycercus, whereas Lorius and Calopsitta are stronger rela-

tively towards the rump and in the abdominal region generally.

Expressed in antithesis it points to volatorial powers versus scan-

sorial habits.

Circumstances, I regret, only permitted me to examine the osteo-

logy through the sternum, which possesses characters in common

with those of the Parrot tribe. Its body is elongated in shape

(1""7), narrowest (0'°65) and deepest forwards, ‘shallowest and

expanded (0°85) behind. The middle xiphoid region* shows a

tendency to be produced ; but this is so slight as barely to break the

regularity of the arch of the posterior border. There is a large

fenestra on each side, of an oval figure. These, in the specimen

in question, have an irregular margin, from partial filling-in of deli-

cate osseous material. At an earlier stage, therefore, the fenestree

must have been proportionally larger and more ellipsoid in contour.

The keel is large and deep (0''*6 anteriorly) and has a gentle but

not greatly projecting anterior curvature, fashioned after the manner

of the prow of a steam-ram.

There are six pointed serrations, or costo-condyles, for the attach-

ment of as many sternal ribs.

* In the description of the sternal bones, I have throughout followed the

terms adopted by Mr. Parker in his recent “ Monograph on the Structure and

Development of the Shoulder-girdle and Sternum in the Vertebrata,” Ray Soc.

1868. The breadth of his researches and the sequence in the developmental con-

dition of the parts examined by him give us a more trustworthy basis than

heretofore.

1868.] DR. J. MURIE ON GEOPSITTACUS OCCIDENTALIS. 163

Fig. 5. Fig. 4.

Figs. 4 & 5. Ventral and lateral views of the sternum of G. occidentalis.

Nat. size.

The rostrum projects rather upwards than forwards ; its anterior

groove is shallow.

The coracoids are moderately long and stout, the epicoracoids

well-defined.

The furcula, or conjoined clavicles, is absent.

The mesoscapular segment is of fair dimensions, and partly con-

joined with the mesocoraco- and mesoscapular spurs.

Each scapula is of considerable length, strong, though only of

moderate thickness ; its upper ensiform-shaped half is terminated by

a sharp point.

As regards the visceral anatomy of Geopsittacus occidentalis,

I shall proceed simply to describe the several parts and organs

examined by me, leaving structural comparisons for after-consi-

deration.

At the angles of the gape, but within the buccal cavity, two un-

usually large lobe-like flaps are observed. These folds correspond

to the glandule anguli oris, said to be found in some birds of prey.

Whether identical with what Tiedemann has taken to be the parotid

gland or not, the above exist in all the Parrots I have examined,

but are unusually large in Geopsittacus.

Their minute structure I have only examined sufficiently to ascer-

tain they are tolerably vascular and covered with tough cuticle. No

doubt they serve an important office in deglution, or may possibly be

tactile organs.

The tongue has a number of minute longitudinal striations upon

its upper surface, disposed in such a manner that the elevations and

furrows resemble a diminutive fan. The narrow end of these is

164 DR. J. MURIE ON GEOPSITTACUS OCCIDENTALIS. [Feb. 27,

hindermost, aud the median smaller ones are outflanked by a consi-

derable broader ridge.

As in the greater number of the genera of Parrots, the tongue

is bulbous, short, thick, and fleshy.

Towards the root, at the chink of the glottis, I observed indica-

tions (the parts having been slightly injured in the operation of

skinning) of a transverse lappet or fringe, whose free posterior mar-

gin was tipped with papillary projections directed backwards.

The aperture of the rima glottidis is, comparatively speaking, short

and wide. The trachea, including its bronchial portion, measures

2:7 inches in length: it is slightly wider at the top; but the dimi-

nution in calibre is very gradual indeed until approaching the lower

larynx, where it is sensibly reduced in diameter.

From the noiseless diurnal habits of Geopsittacus it might be

supposed the larynx would offer some important variations from its

noisy confréres. True to its Psittacine character, however, it pos-

sesses the usual three pairs of lower laryngeal muscles, namely, two

tensors and one laxator on either side. Of these, in the specimen

under consideration, it appeared as if the laxator was unusually, or

at least well developed, while the uppermost tensor was remarkably

sparse in fleshy fibre.

The digestive tract is truly Psittacine in its nature, as the follow-

ing description shows.

The upper portion of the cesophagus and the crop unfortunately

were partially destroyed during the process of skinning. The proven-

triculus is moderately developed, and its glandular structure minute.

The gizzard is roundish in outline and somewhat flattened antero-

posteriorly ; it is tolerably muscular, and has a broad central ten-

don. At its lower border (the part which corresponds with the

great flexure of the stomach in human anatomy) there is a deep

incision. The moiety which lies in front, or to the left side of the

duodenum, descends rather the lower of the two. The gizzard

is about 0°6 of an inch in its greatest diameter. Towards, but above

the pyloric aperture, where the intestine is given off, there is a

prominent bulging or sacculus. Internally the gizzard is lined with

a thick, soft, tough, white-coloured membrane, disposed in longitu-

dinal ruge. It contained only comminuted quartzy grit, but no

remains of food.

The intestines have a total length of 16 inches ; and their calibre,

which is but very moderate, has nearly a uniform diameter.

As usual in the Psttacide, ceeci are absent.

The liver, kidneys, and other internal organs presented no points

of interest worth recording.

Having thus anatomically described this, in some respects, aber-

rant form of Parrot, it remains to be considered whether its charac-

ters, external and internal, warrant its being retained as the type of

a separate genus, and what are its nearest allied forms.

In his technical description, Mr. Gould leaves it open for natu-

ralists to adopt his generic name. M. Otto Finsch, in his recent

volume on the group of Parrots, gives the genus Pezoporus with two

} Wolf hth M&N Hanhart mp

1. EUSCARTHMUS IMPIGER.

2 SUBLEGATUS GLABER.

1868. | ON VENEZUELAN BIRDS. 165

species, P. formosus and P. occidentalis, from which we may infer

he does not intend, in his succeeding yet unpublished volume,

to give Geopsittacus as a distinct genus.

If external markings and colour reveal affinity, then Geopsit-

tacus, Pezoporus, and Strigops are nearly allied. Osteological cha-

racters come to divide the two former from the latter.

While admitting that the shorter tail, rather stouter body, and the

want of the red frontal band sufficiently define G. occidentalis from

P. formosus specifically, these points, I am inclined to believe, are

not of sufficient value or equal import when considered generically.

Admitting that the nocturnal habits of Geopsittacus vary from

those of Pezoporus, this itself would throw the balance in favour

of its separation as a genus.

Through the kindness of Mr. Flower I have been enabled to

compare the sternum of the latter with the former bird. Excepting

the relation of size, Pezoporus being the smaller and altogether the

more slender of the two, there is essentially no difference in structure.

In the genus Platycercus, altogether a group of ground-loving

birds, there is a close resemblance to the two last-spoken-of forms ;

but they differ not only in colour, but structurally, as regards the

sternum and other anatomical characters.

Of Strigops that intense similarity in outward aspect to Geo-

psittacus and Pezoporus is outweighed when its osteology is com-

pared. Yet, notwithstanding its almost keelless sternum, I cannot

help believing its real affinities are with the nocturnal Parrakeet, and

that some intermediate form may one day be found.

Platycercus and Strigops are the extremes of a Psittacine group

(it may be subfamily). Pezoporus, including Geopsittacus under that

genus, is the central type of the same group.

3. On Venezuelan Birds collected by Mr. A. Goering. By

P.L. Scuater, M.A., F.R.S., and Ospert Satvin, F.L.S.

—Part I.

(Plate XIII.)

Mr. Anton Goering, of Saxe-Altenburg, who accompanied Dr. Bur-

meister as préparateur during his travels through La Plata, left Eng-

land, in September 1866, to collect objects of natural history in

Venezuela. Mr. Goering reached Carupano (wid Trinidad) on the

30th of November of the same year. From Carupano he made

an excursion of several months into the interior, visiting Caripé,

several caves inhabited by the Guacharo (Steatornis caripensis) in

that neighbourhood, and Pilar, and collecting extensively. Unfortu-

nately a large part of these collections were lost by an accident

during his return back to Carupano. From Carupano Mr. Goering

proceeded to Caraccas, where he arrived in the latter part of last

summer,

166 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN [ Feb. 27,

The collection we now bring before your notice contains 173 skins,

collected mostly at Carupano, Pilar, and Caraccas. They are referable

to 126 species. Three of these we have described as being probably

new to science, namely Basileuterus griseiceps, Euscarthmus im-

piger, and Sublegatus glaber. The last two are obscure species

belonging to difficult groups, and may have received prior names ;

but we have not succeeded in finding them.

Although some well-known collectors have visited Venezuela (Mr.

Dyson, M. Sallé, and others), and many extensive collections have

been formed in that country and transmitted to Europe, there has

been hitherto no attempt made to give a connected account of its

rich avifauna. We trust that Mr. Goering, who is now exploring the

country to the interior of Puerto Cabello and the Lake of Valencia,

will continue his successful researches, so as to enable us to supply

this deficiency.

We first give the names of the entire set of species, adopting gene-

rally the nomenclature of Sclater’s ‘ American Catalogue,’ and then

add notes upon such of them as appear to call for observation. The

exact localities are added when they are stated on the specimens.

| Caripé.

| Pilar:

| Carupano.

| Caraccas.

TurDIDaz.

1. Catharus aurantiirostris ..........c.seceescesees *

Doe PUTO TAH NIC ADIS Wieteadosa ecu racceacesedsees

3, Mimus melanopterus ............ssceseocsrerees Aooul Nd Rites

4. Rhodimocichla rosea ............eseeececseoeees NS See he a

TROGLODYTIDE.

5. Henicorhina leucosticta ...............0esseeeee S| earl aaees Wane

6. Thryothorus rutilus De Me scemal es

MeLlroplodytesparvuss..cdees-secetneesotestes et Fea I Sae

SyYLVIIDz. | |

Ge Poloptila butions. 4 .....<0tten on eter * |

SYLVICOLID2. |

QO) Parnla pitiayiMirrecsrssesesse-cueacesneeseaaccee | *

+10. Basileuterus griseiceps, Sp. 0. ............0606-- * |

11. Setophaga verticalis...................1.seeeeeees [aie inesestteses alpha

sat nte UES sees BeRcnennac donee nabedeancnanee

VIREONID#. |

1Se (Wyclorisctlayipectus:..cc-ccsta.cesscccestereness: ieee laese [ora

+14. Hylophilus acuticauda .............0.c:ce.e TSO. (MRE) Be

Ca@reEBIDz.

TLD. Diglossa\ similis pyeeeees. <->. dee eriowseeidas do ase a0 sk jlistetaet loys apg

16. Chlorophanes atricapilla ..................... ial ioe?

Ij Ceerebaicyanedancenwesdorcvsertstper-sace-scueas esata ace

1868.]

ON VENEZUELAN BIRDS.

TANAGRIDA.

. Procnias occidentalis ............60. PC RI

» PHHOnIa MP TICOMISS .....<ccsvenevendende senses

HRELTN MAES acres ioae ss coesearianu een tepacanen sae

. Calliste cyanoptera ..... ....2.......cessecenne a

. Compsocoma sumptuosa...........ceeeeeeeeee es

- PAMSPTA OMVIECVANED 2.208.000 secanecestis-e nas

. Ramphoceelus venezuelensis ..........+......

SE yranpal ardenshs.cs2s:12st00dsss.. esd ene |

. Tachyphonus melaleucus............00.0600.

TuChlOSUBi tes seascsstesscsces ccacsaasscess se

, Nemosia, ruficepss,-.sass<sstes10 500075 «sees:

. Buarremon semirufus.................0000eeenee

» Saltator olivascens ...0....sss-cesccereccoseesese

» —— maculipectus ........0..ececeeccceseeeenes

FRINGILLIDA.

. Cardinalis phoeniceus ...................ceeeeeee

. Oryzoborus torridus .............6e0. cee eee ee

» Npermophila mintta ....2.......5.0.c.sceene ene

pay OlatiniaPACARINA ciscsecsrsdcnceeescettaaeh eke

bP Ronipara (OMIssa Mss.c:csae.seesarcosenesness oe

. Coryphospingus pileatus..............6.0.:0200

. Coturniculus manimbe ...........0..../0...04-

. Embernagra conirostris ................00e0e00-

. Chrysomitris cucullata ..:............sssceeee.

COluMIbIantics csc cccew sted ccc orctceene

IcTERID&.

. Teterus auricapillus................0.ss00e ceeees

(GENUS Ue eoppsenccteapoeackoLeacecnbGenbd eee

MANGHONIMUS tees eee ee erence saeaemiee cece

$V OATS Wl ccet teers cee scene sctesescameperess

. Lampropsar guianensis ............6..02c0ee eee

. Molothrus, sp. ind., f jun. .......... ee

. Sturnella meridionalis .............sseeeseeee-

CorvID£.

2 (GyaAMOvorax INCAS. .521.2<2sstesseapsiestecsece ace

DENDROCOLAPTIDE.

. Synallaxis albigularis ..............c000ceeee

. —— inornata ..... FEA Cee Ror See

LEPRORUTIG ERs bectecee hteecsstecetenesert

. Philydor columbianus,.........066...2-00s000e-

. Dendrocincla meruloides ...............:00665

. Xiphocolaptes promeropirynchus ............

. Dendrornis susurrans ............6.--:00002e0 ee

. Dendroplex picirostris ...............62660000

. Picolaptes albo-lineatus ...............:0000000

fy CELE DAUE EP UNCAL oaecn:nn seats sadou ame an cccpmas (rr

. Certhiola luteola............. Reaasaseeanacinecs tate

H | Ss

| Ss

Ay | oO

Seo ee

eee

* | *

| Caraccas.

* *

167

168 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN [Feb. 27,

S -

Soke ee ee

Sle] sl s

ela|s|3

| ere oi’ S)

ForMIcARIIDz&.

61. Thamnophilus major ..........--eseeeeeeeeeee ee Saculisse | 238

62. —— atricapillus ...............0.0<.seecaeetonees aE 3g

G3. ——— /Goliatus. sirecs-chs sp ssetode cen actasesesaavecl iia. Pagel eae

64. Dysithamnus semicinereus............-+++++++- *

65. Myrmotherula, sp. ind., 9 ............+.-e00-- *

66. Formicivora intermedia... ........c000--.s0008 in ey ee

67, Chameza olivaced .......cc00ssessesceeecneernes seer tess all ase oa

TYRANNIDE,

+68. Ochthoéca setophagoides .............ee-0.+8- ¥edai| weszal ts: [Pe

69. Sayornis cineracea ............ss2eeeeseeee reser

20. Bluvicola pies, .....6.-0.00s.dyse2ssessanecsnounes

71. Machetormis rix0sa ..........eseessseeeseeseeeees bat Iucaseall eee LIAS

72. Todirostrum cinereum ........ 2.006. eesee enone Pres eae 3

+73. Euscarthmus impiger, sp.n. .......0.seeeeeeee] eee eer rca ins

74. Phyllomyias semifusca ............0.c+eeeeeee Bacall is seas al minnie EERE

75. Myiozetetes guianensis ..........--seeseeeeeee- see, icant Ieee

+76. Sublegatus glaber, sp. 1. .........:seeeeeeeeee eee Bo Wiseen seer ae

77. Rhynchocyelus sulphurescens ............++- *

78: Bitaneus rufipenniss........02s-sscesesoanevenenl tone Fs (BS (OY

79. Myiodynastes audaxX ............ssseeeeeeseeee vee, a

80. Megarhynchus pitangua .......-.....sseeeeeeeee Boal fone fer

81. Myiobius nxevius ............ceeseceecreeeee ences Epil lees te

S 2) VICMIOMGES ia spcces access nas ce snntyscrmenes™ *

83. Empidonax, sp. ind. «..........seseeeceeesaeees sae Oe

84. Contopus brachytarsus ..........-+.seeeeseeee sisen fay, laeee ERS

85. Myiarchus ferox ...........2..2+-2++-seerasceeee

86. ——— MIPTICEPS.........0..2crecceeerereeseeceerans %

87. Tyrannus melancholicus .............:.0006-

CorTincip2&.

S85 Unbyirs ICAYVAU Aap arasecesesers coves snrmesssserieue nee |i

89. Pachyramphus albogriseus ...........-.0e0ee02] eee meohtl scogy | Re

SOM Bipraaurcolau.c-sycteencessss-o0esesessoecdrsens Haeall ade

91. Chiroxiphia lanceolata ............ eeeeeereee acy leat

492. Pipreola formosa...........-sccceccentasvncadene> *

+93. Chasmorhynchus variegatus ............0606

GALBULIDE.

O47) Gallbula cuticauda: ’<e-.+s+-.sc-+ 2 .c-<- sce sates Yah se ae

Bucconiw2z.

9b. Bueco) bicinGhuspesececce s-ced enone 7 <2 sesonteon 5s |b

TROGONIDA.

965 Dro fom WTI sacsecunaers=ayaseaesteassende ers

O7.. Promont eps ind Gr-) yess sscasysue see =ene eee *

TROCHILIDE.

98. Phaéthornis PUyi ..0.....0.c..sccecseeeeceeeeeeees

99. Dolerisca fallax. o).coose estes ieee tee dteeowes

1868. ] ON VENEZUELAN BIRDS. 169

Caripé.

| Pilar.

| Carupano.

| Caraccas.

100. Campylopterus lazulus .............eeeeeeeee ee

TOUS ——— EMEMPeNMIS: «6 5.c00..o0tecrce-eeasess eases

102. Lampornis mango ...............csereeeernecter

103. Spathura underwood ............:....:seeserees

104. Lesbia forficatias ..:.......cc.s0scscecteccessonnee

105. Mettallura tyrianthina .............:..csseeee

106. Heliothrix auritus ..........cc.:.cssssseees eens

107. Petasophora cyanotis .............:seseeeeeeeeee

108. Lampropygia ceeligena .........see..cseseeeees

Cucunipa. {

109. Diplopterus neevius............ceeccsesee ee eeeees *

RAMPHASTID.E.

110. Aulacoramphus sulcatus...............4- geo eoe *

Picip#.

111. Celeus cinnamomeus ..............eeeeseeeeenee

cites 20.4, 26 DO 8, SO

113. Chloronerpes rubiginosus .............0.00s00- SEAR Sa | CNH}. Te

LAE -Centurusitricolotscciceeel costes tee elses yes

Psitract.

M2 ornunuaiwar lent, Mews. -cas sacecmas sp J00

5 (ChpFia(0] VESTA Chehancncianod phechaadondequscdacs *

DU. Pionusvsordidis) 22. 2.2324. 20stt-caeeeceed et *

118. Urochroma melanoptera...............c+se00e0 by | eaphl CERN

119. Psittacula guiannensis ....0..........eeeseeee oats te

ACCIPTRES.

MeO: Asthiurina Nitidan ..:.<cessecesssscccencinteacne cece

: MNAONICOSIIS! "Aone .iscerecestas st ene sss esas

122. Ictinia plumbea . ............sc0sceseecereeseneees

Rai.

123. Crex schomburgki ............seseseeee seeeeeee *

GRALLE.

124. Actiturus bartramius ...........0..0.scseeeeeees Seer eetsesual Reel bee

125. Totanus solitarius . ............ccsssccsescesee:

126. Aigialites wilsonius............06..cseceseeceees Siac cca (beds

The following notes refer to the species marked +:—

1, CATHARUS AURANTIIROSTRIS.

Turdus aurantiirostris, Hartl. R. Z. 1850, p. 158, et Contr. Orn.

1851, p. 80, t. 72.

Catharus immaculatus, Bp. Consp. p. 278.

C. aurantiirostris, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1859, p. 323.

One example from near the cave of Caripé. Female: iris brown.

170 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN [ Feb. 27,

We have long wished to see this species. It is very closely allied

to C. melpomene, but apparently sufficiently distinct to be recogni-

zable, being generally more olivaceous above, showing less cinnamo-

meous colouring, particularly on the wings, and having the whole bill »

bright orange.

5. HENICORHINA LEUCOSTICTA.

Cyphorinus leucostictus, Cab.

Heterorhina leucosticta et H. prostheleuca, Baird, Review, p. 117.

Microcerculus leucostictus, Scl. et Salv. P. Z. S. 1864, p. 345.

Baird’s term Heterorhina for this group having been employed in

the Coleoptera by Westwood in 1845, we propose to change it into

Henicorhina.

10. BASILEUTERUS GRISEICEPS, Sp. Nov.

Supra flavicanti-olivaceus : capite toto griseo, pileo summo nigri-

cantiore, superciliis brevibus albis : subtus unicolor aureoflavus :

rostro nigro, pedibus flavis : long tota 5°3, ale 2°5, caud@ 2°2.

Hab. Venezuela, in sylvis Caripensibus (Goering).

Mr. Goering obtained only a single individual of this well-marked

species, in the neighbourhood of Caripé in June last. It is marked

“male: iris reddish-brown. Very rare.”

Sclater has given a synopsis of the known Basileuteri in P. Z. 8S.

1866, p. 282. The present bird may be arranged in the first section,

next after the red-headed species B. mesochrysus &c., from which

it is at once distinguished by its grey head. Besides the 15 species

there given, Sclater has recently obtained a specimen of B. hypoleucus

. (Bp. Consp. p. 313) from Brazil.

14. HyLorninus acuricaupa, Lawrence, Pr. Ac. Phil. 1865,

p- 37.

One skin, apparently of this species, but not in very good condi-

tion. It is most nearly allied to H. insularis, Sclater, and may even-

tually turn out to be the same.

15. D1GLOSSA SIMILIS.

Agrees with Bogota specimens of this species. It follows that D.

hyperythra, Cab. Mus. Hein. i. p. 97, isa synonym of D. similis.

34. CARDINALIS PHENICEUS, Gould.

‘Found only on the coast, and not met with a few leagues in the

interior.” —A. G.

55. Purtypor COLUMBIANUS, Cab. et Hein. Mus. Hein. ii.

p> 29.

One example from Caraceas of this species, which is allied to P.

rufus, and more remotely to P. panerythrus of Bogota.

68. OcHTHOECA SETOPHAGOIDES.

Tyrannula setophagoides, Bp. Att. Sc. It. vi. p. 405.

1868.] ON VENEZUELAN BIRDS. 171

Mecocerculus leucophrys, Scl. Cat. A. B. p. 199.

Ochthoéca setophagoides, Cab. et Hein. Mus. Hein. ii. p. 48.

Nearly agrees with Bogota skins of this species. We have already

corrected the error of referring Ochthoéca leucophrys (Lafr. et d’ Orb.)

to this species. See P. Z. S. 1867, p. 986.

73. EUSCARTHMUS IMPIGER, sp. nov. (Pl. XIII. fig. 1.)

Supra murino-brunneus, uropygium versus olivaceus, alis caudaque

nigricantibus olivaceo limbatis, alarum tectricibus Sulvescenti-

olivaceo bifasciatis : campterio et subalaribus flavidis : subtus

albus, lateraliter murino perfusus, gutture et pectore murino

substriatis ; hypochondriis et crisso olivaceo perfusis : rostro

et pedibus carneis : long tota 4:2, ale 2°1, caude 1°6, tarsi

0°8, rostri a rictu 0°6.

Hab. Venezuela et Nova Granada.

Euscarthmus impiger.

Mr. Goering’s single skin, obtained near Caraccas, agrees with a

Bogota specimen in Sclater’s collection. The species seems to be

most nearly allied to H. margaritaceiventer (Lafr. et d’Orb.), but

differs in its olivaceous lower back and the obscure flammulations

below. These two species have to be added to the list of the genus

given in Sclater’s ‘American Catalogue,’ p. 208, and may stand

after EL. orbitatus.

Mr. Goering notes the irides of this bird as “ white.”

76. SUBLEGATUS GLABER, sp. et gen.nov. (Pl. XIII. fig. 2.)

Apparently the adult of the bird numbered 1340a@ in Sclater’s

‘American Catalogue.’ It is not quite a Legatus, and in some re-

spects comes nearer to Elainea; but we are not able to refer it satis-

factorily to any other genus.

172 ON VENEZUELAN BIRDS. [Feb. 27,

Fig. 2.

Sublegatus glaber.

We propose, therefore, to give it a new name, with the following

characters :—

SUBLEGATUS, gen. nov.

Habitus generalis Elaine, sed narium aperturis seorsum versis,

rotundatis et omnino patentibus. Rostrum aliter fere sicut in

genere Legato, sed magis depressum. ictus setis paucis et

inconspicuis armatus. Ale subbreves: remige tertio quarto et

quinto equalibus et longissimis, primo nonum fere equante :

secundo sextum paulo excedente. Cauda longa, fere quadrata.

Tarsi sicut in Elainea, sed robustiores.

SUBLEGATUS GLABER, sp. nov. (Pl. XIII. fig. 2.)

Supra ex olivaceo murinus, pileo obscuriore: alis et cauda nigri-

canti-fuscis, tectricum alarum et secundariorum marginibus sor-

dide albescentibus: subtus pallide flavicans, gutture albo in

pectore in cinereum trahente : subalaribus flavidis : rostro cor-

neo, pedibus nigris : long. tota 5*5, ale 2°8, caude 2°6, tarsi

0°75, rostri a rictu 0°6.

Hab. in Venezuela (Goering).

Mus. P.L.8.

92. PrpREOLA FORMOSA.

Ampelis formosa, Hartl. Rev. Zool. 1849, p. 493, t. 14.

Pyrrhorhynchus formosus, Bp. Consp. p. 177.

Euchlorornis formosa, Cab. et Hein. Mus. Hein. ii. p. 103.

A pair of this beautiful species from the dark forest near Caripé,

alt. 3000 feet. ‘‘ Iris red brown.”

93. CHASMORHYNCHUS VARIEGATUS.

An adult male of this species from ‘the dark forest of Casuaré,

Nueva Andalucia.’’ See Sclater’s remarks on the geographical dis-

1868.] MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON PERUVIAN BIRDS. 173

tribution of this group in ‘Ibis’ 1866, p. 406, and the ‘ Intellectual

Observer,’ vol. x. p. 401 (1867).

120. AstuRINA NITIDA (Lath.).

One example, rather pale in colouring. North of Panama this

species is replaced by Asturina plagiata, Schlegel (Mus. des P.-B.

Asturine, p. 1), which has hitherto been usually miscalled 4.

nitida*.,

4. On Peruvian Birds collected by Mr. H. Whitely. By

P. L. Sctater, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., and Osserr Sat-

vin, M.A., F.L.S.—Part II.+

The present paper contains a list (accompanied by critical notes)

of the species of birds contained in Mr. Whitely’s second collection.

This was entirely formed in the valley of the Tambo (which flows

into the Pacific, about thirty miles south of the port of Islay) in the

months of October and November last. The collection contains

about 100 specimens, which are referable to 28 species.

1. ANTHUS RUFUS.

Alauda rufa, Gm. (ex Pl. Enl. 738. fig. 1),

Anthus rufus, Baird, Rev. A. B. p. 156.

Anthus parvus, Lawrence, Proc. Ac. Phil. 1865, p. 106; Salvin,

P. Z.S. 1867, p. 135.

Anthus chit, auct. plur.

Specimens of this Pipit agree with a large series in Sclater’s collec-

tion from different parts of South America, viz. Panama (M‘Clean-

nan), Trinidad, Mexiana (Wallace), Rio, Lima (Nation) ; and we are

inclined to agree with Professor Baird in adopting rufus, as its oldest

specific designation, although Burmeister has assigned that name to

the larger A. correndera. Salvin’s specimens from Veragua are also

referable to the same species, which appears to be very widely distri-

buted.

2. SPERMOPHILA TELASCO (Less.); Sclater, P. Z. S. 1867, p. 341.

3. VOLATINIA JACARINA (Linn.).

4, XENOSPINGUS CONCOLOR.

Sylvia concolor, Lafr. et d’Orb. Syn. Av. in Mag. de Zool. 1836,

p- 20; d’Orb. Voy. Ois. p. 216, t. 18. fig 1.

Xenospingus concolor, Cab. J. f. Orn. 1867, p. 347.

Specimens of both sexes of this remarkable bird, which we agree

with Dr. Cabanis in considering to be undoubtedly a Fringilline form.

It seems to us to be most nearly allied to PArygilus, but to differ in

* Cassin, in Baird’s B. N. A. p. 35, et Sclater et Salvin, Ibis, 1859, p. 217.

t See P. Z. S. 1867, p. 982.

174 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON PERUVIAN BIRDS. [ Feb. 27,

its elongated and much attenuated bill, and in its longer and more

graduated tail.

Fig. 1.

Xenospingus concolor.

The sexes may be diagnosed as follows :—

3. Cinereus: subtus dilutior, magis albicans: fronte et loris

nigris : rostro et pedibus flavis: long. tota 6-0, ale 2°8, caude

rectr. med. 2°9, later. 2°5, rostri a rictu 0°6, tarsi 0°95.

Q. Fuscescenti-cinerea, subtus valde dilutior, fere albicans, obso-

lete fusco striata: rostro et pedibus fuscis.

D’Orbigny obtained a single specimen of this species in the valley

of Arica. Mr. Whitely has sent us six examples from the more nor-

thern valley of Tambo.

5. ELAINEA ALBICEPS.

Muscipeta albiceps, Lafr. et d’?Orb. Syn. Av. i. p. 47; dOrb.

Voy. Ois. p. 319.

This bird, from the locality, we have little hesitation in referring

to the present species. Sclater’s E. albiceps, Cat. A.B. p. 217.

sp. 1325 (from Ecuador) is of larger size, and probably distinct.

D’Orbigny procured this bird at Tacna.

6. My1osrus RUFESCENS, Salvadori.

M. rufescens, Salvadori, Atti Soc. It. vii. p. 152(1864).

M. nationi, Sclater, P. Z. S. 1866, p. 99, t. xi. fig. 1.

Dr. Salvadori having most kindly sent over the types of the Ame-

rican species described in his recent papers in the seventh and eighth

volumes of the ‘ Atti della Societ& Italiana di Scienze Naturali’ for

1868.] MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON PERUVIAN BIRDS. 175

our inspection, we have convinced ourselves that his M. rufescens

is the same as M. nationi, Sclater. The locality given by Dr.

Salvadori, however, is erroneous, the bird being probably restricted

in its range to the western coast-region of Peru*.

7. PyROCEPHALUS RUBINEUS (Bodd.).

A pair of this widely spread species, accompanied by a specimen

of the form called P. obscurus by Gould and P. atropurpureus by

Cabanis (Tsch. F. P. Aves, p. 156), which we are now inclined to

regard as in all probability a melanism of the same bird.

8. CeRYLE CABANISI (Tsch.).

Originally described from specimens obtained by Tschudi in the

vicinity of Lima. This is the most southern locality we have yet

met with for this western representative of C. americana, which

ranges northwards up to Texas. We have seen specimens from

Panama, Costa Rica, Guatemala, and Mexico.

9. CHORDEILES PERUVIANUS.

Chordeiles pruinosus, Tsch. Consp. Av. p. 8, et F. P. t. 6. fig. 2.

Chordeiles semitorquatus, Tsch. F. P. Aves, p. 130.

Chordeiles peruvianus, Peale, Zool. U.S. Expl. Exp. Birds, p. 172

1848).

\ a mies acutipennis, Cassin, ibid. ed. ii. p. 189 (1858).

Caprimulgus exilis, Less. Rev. Zool. 1839, p. 44 (?).

An adult male of this interesting species, which turns out after

all to be quite distinct from the eastern C.-acutipennis. It is easily

distinguishable by the white bars on the inner webs of the rectrices,

which are five or six in number besides the white subterminal bar,

which crosses both webs. It is besides much whiter and paler un-

derneath generally.

10. CRoTOPHAGA SULCIROSTRIS, Sw.

This is, again, a purely western species, extending hence, which is

the most southern locality hitherto noted for it, through Central

America into Southern Mexico.

11, PHOLEOPTYNX CUNICULARIA (Mol.).

12. UrusiTinea unicincta (Temm.).

* Concerning other American species described by Dr. Salvadori ((. c.), we

have arrived at the following conclusions from examination of his typical speci-

mens :—Rhynchocyclus cerviniventris, Salvad. Att. 8. It. vii. p. 153=Contopus

pullidus (Gosse) ; Aneretes cristatellus, Salvad. 1. c, p. 153 = Serpophaga subcris-

tata (Vieill.) ; Thammnistes affinis, Salvad. 7. c. p. 154= Thamnomanes glaucus 9 ;

Myrmotherula minor, Salvad. 1. ¢. p. 157=M. brevicauda (Sw.) ; Myrmeciza mar-

ginata, Salvad.7.c. p. 158=M. ruficauda (Max.). Porphyriops leucopterus, op. cit.

Vili. p. 382, is different from Porphyriops melanops, but may be probably iden-

tical with Tschudi’s Crex femoralis. ‘There is a specimen of this bird in the

Derby Museum, Liverpool, from Bogota. It seems to be a good second species

of the genus Porphyriops.

176 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON PERUVIAN BIRDS. [ Feb. 27,

13. TINNUNCULUS SPARVERIUS (Linn.).

14. ZENAIDA AURICULATA, Des Murs.

15. CHAM&EPELIA CRUZIANA (d’Orb.).

16. TuHrnocorvs Rumicrvorus, Eschsch.

17. CGEDICNEMUS SUPERCILIARIS, Tschudi; Scl. et Salv. Ex.

Orn. p. 59, t. xxx.

A single adult specimen of this fine and distinct species, differing

from the individual figured in our plate in the absence of the black

stripe behind the eye, the greyer colouring of the head and neck, and

the absence of the rufous edgings to the wing-coverts. In the pre-

sent bird also the crissum is nearly pure white, and the bill is mostly

black, the base of the mandible only being greenish.

18. CHARADRIUS VIRGINICUS, Borck.

19. ALGIALITES VOCIFERUS.

Three specimens of this well-known species, apparently birds of

the year.

20. ANGIALITES Nivosus, Cassin.

Two male specimens of this species in adult plumage. They serve

to confirm our former impression* that Schlegel has made a mis-

take in uniting this Plover to the European 4. cantianus. The

lores of the American bird are pure white; in the European there is

a black line between the eye and the base of the bill.

21. CaLIDRIS ARENARIA (Linn.).

22. TRINGA BAIRDI, Coues ; Sclater, P. Z. S. 1867, p. 322.

A single specimen, apparently in full winter plumage.

23. NUMENIUS HUDSONICUS (Lath.); Sclater, P. Z. S. 1867,

p- 333.

24. GALLINULA GALEATA (Licht.) ; Tsch. F. P. dves, p. 302.

** Shot on the lake at Tambo.”’

25. FuLICA CHILENSIS.

Fulica chilensis, Gay, Faun. Chil. Atlas, t. 10; Hartl. J. f. O.

Extrah. 1854, p. 81.

One example from the Laguna of Tambo. ‘ Bill lavender-colour;

eye bright red ; crown of head [¢.e. shield? white ; legs and toes

lavender. Large numbers of this Coot were seen, but they are shy

and difficult to shoot.”

This skin we have no hesitation in referring to F. chilensis, as

described by Hartlaub (/. s. c.). A similar specimen is in the Bri-

tish Museum (marked 1850/7/14/8), but has the head-shield bright

* See P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 331.

1868.] MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON PERUVIAN BIRDS. 177

red, having probably been obtained in the breeding-season. This

species is at once distinguishable by the under tail-coverts being black

with a slight white margin on each side, and the broad elevated

frontal shield, which is divided from the base of the bill by a dis-

tinct line * (see fig. 2). It may probably be the F. ardesiaca of

Tschudi ; but it is impossible to state this with certainty, without

reference to the original type. It appears to be uncertain whether

this species has ever been met with in Chili, although it is called

chilensis,—both the specimens described by Hartlaub being from

Bolivia, and the only other recorded locality being Ecuador (Fra-

ser) T.

Fulica chilensis.

Dr, Schlegelt has united F. chilensis with F. stricklandi (Hart-

laub), which is a very different bird, and seems to have thrown back

the whole genus into the confusion from which it was rescued by

Dr. Hartlaub’s admirable memoir.

26. ERIsMATURA FERRUGINEA, Eyton.

Eye dark hazel; upper mandible cobalt blue, lower purple ; legs

and feet black. One male example from the Laguna de Tambo.

27. PopILYMBUS ANTARCTICUS.

- Podiceps antarcticus, Less. R. Z. 1842, p. 209.

? is BD eine deutliche Furche von der Schnabelwurzel getrennt”’ (Hartlaub,

.¢. p. 81).

t See Sclater, P. Z. 8. 1860, p. 821.

{ Mus. des P.-B. Ralli, p. 63.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1868, No. XII.

178 MR. E.T, HIGGINS ON NEW SHELLS. [Feb. 27,

Podilymbus antarcticus, Hartl. Naum. 1853, p. 218; Sclater,

P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 337.

P. brevirostris, G. R. Gray, Gen. of B. iii. t. 172: Cassin in Gil-

liss’s Exp. ii. p. 205.

One adult example of this species. We have not yet had an op-

portunity of comparing it with Brazilian skins which are commonly

referred to the northern species *.

28. LARUS BONAPARTH, Richardson,

A single skin in winter dress, apparently referable to this species.

Blasius (Cab. J. f. O. 1866, p. 371) refers Temminck’s Larus

melanorhynchus, described from a Chilian specimen, to Larus bone-

partii, as does also Schlegel (Mus. des P.-B. Lari, p. 41). There is

a specimen of this bird marked Larus melanocephalus in the British

Museum, from Chili.

5. Description of Six New Species of Shells.

By Epmunv Tuomas Hiceins, F.Z.S. &e.

(Plate XIV.)

Fam. Cypr#ID2&.

LuponiaA CASTANEA, 0. sp. (Pl. XIV. figs. 1, la, 1b.)

L. testa pyriformi-ovata, tenui, polita, in medio ventricosa, antice

attenuata, latere dextro marginata, subtus convexa, lineis pro-

minulis distinctis cineta, luteo-carnea, ad marginem carnea ;

basi pallidiore ; supra rufo-fulvo vel eastaneo oblita et varie-

gata; spira immersa, paulum concava; apertura angusta, flex-

uosa, antrorsum subdilatata; columella irregulariter dentata,

dentibus antice elongatis validis, in medio alternantibus, pos-

tice minutis vix obsoletis; labro postice producto, valde 24-

dentato, interstitiis excavatis.

Long. 46, diam. 25 mill.

Hab. South-eastern Africa.

Of this fine Luponia I only know one other example, a very boul-

dered specimen, in the magnificent collection of Cyprea belonging

to Miss Saul. In general appearance it somewhat approaches L.

similis, but differs from it and eyery other known species of the genus

by its rich chestnut-brown colour in blotches, and by the peculiar

alternate arrangement of the central teeth on the columella.

Fam. Hexicip2&.

Butimus (OrosroMus) RUBROVARIEGATUS, n. sp. (PI. XIV.

figs. 2, 2 a.)

B. testa rimata, oblonga, fusiformi, tenuiuscula, leviter plicato-

striata, levigata, rubro albo variegata, strigis latis, irregulari-

* Of. Max. Beitr. iv. p. 830, et Burm. Syst. Ueb. ii. p. 465.

Sowerby del et lith

NEW

SPECIES

SHELLS

M & N Hanhart imp

1868.] MR. E.T. HIGGINS ON NEW SHELLS. 179

bus, interdum subinterruptis, nigricanti-castaneis, albo puncta-

tis picta; spira elongato-conica, acutiuscula ; anfractibus 8,

planiusculis, basi attenuato; columella subtorta 3; apertura

verticali, elongato-ovali; perist. simplici, recto, margine dextro

superne sinuato, columellari breviter reflexo, appresso.

Long. 37, diam. 13 mill. ; apertura 17 mill. longa, 63 mill. lata.

Haé. Huamachuco, Peru.

Several specimens of this very exquisite shell were found by Mr.

Farris.

Buimus (Orostomus) Lamas, n.sp. (Pl. XIV. figs. 3, 3.4.)

B. testa subperforata, oblongo-turrita, tenui, sublevigata, irregu-

lariter leviter striata, albida, strigis castaneis ornata ; spira

elongata, apice acuto; anfractibus 7, planiusculis, ultimo basi

rotundato ; columella substricta; apertura parum obliqua, ovali,

intus castanea ; perist. simplici, recto, margine columellari su-

perne reflexo, subadnato,.

Long. 33, diam. 10 mill. ; apertura 14 mill. longa, 5 mill. lata.

Hab. Jouctabamba, Peru.

Fam. HELicinip&.

Nanina (XestTA) DE-CRESPIGNII, n.sp, (Pl. XIV. fig. 4.)

N. testa anguste perforata, turbiniformi, tenui, polita, pellucida,

castanea, leviter radiato-striatula; spira elevata, convexo-co-

nica, vertice obtuso, sutura impressa, viz albo marginata ; an-

Sractibus 6, convexiusculis, ultimo non descendente, periph. ro-

tundato, medio fascia albida cincto, basi convezo ; apertura

parum oblonga, rotundato-lunari ; perist. recto, acuto; margine

collumellari deelivi, leviter arcuato, superne dilatato, supra

perforationem reflexo.

Diam. maj. 25, min. 22, alt. 18 mill.

Hab, Labuan.

This very distinct Xesta was found in tolerable abundance by

Lieut. De Crespigny.

Heix (AGLAIA) FARRISI, 0. sp. (PI. XIV. fig. 5.)

H. testa umbilicata, orbiculato-depressa, solidiuscula, striata et

indentata, olivaceo-fusca, fascia fusca cincta ; spira paulum

elevata, sutura impressa ; anfractibus 43, convexiusculis, ultimo

descendente, basi convexo ; apertura valde obliqua, ovali ; pe-

rist. albo, breviter reflexo, marginibus conniventibus, columellari

umbilicum fere tegente.

Diam. maj. 32, min. 26, alt. 18 mill.

Hab. Huamachuco, Peru.

Discovered by Mr. Farris, after whom I have named it.

Fam. Mycetorpip2.

MYcETOPUS FALCATUS, n. sp. (Pl. XIV. fig. 6.)

M. testa mazxime elongata, falciformi, tenui, valde inequilaterali,

180 DR. J. E. GRAY ON A NEW COLOBUS. { Feb.i27;

antice producta, angusta, rotundata, postice lata, angulata,

oblique truncata ; margine ventrali coneavo, anteriore hiante,

margine dorsali arcuato ; superficie valvarum irregulariter con-

centrice striata, epidermide olivacea induta, ad umbones erosa ;

umbonibus parvis, anterioribus ad } longitudinis teste positis ;

intus margarita luteo-alba, versus marginem ventralem ceru-

lescente.

Long. 135, alt. sub umbones 15, ad partem posteriorem 28, lat.

14 mill.

Hab. Forest-streams, near Chyavetas, Upper Amazons.

This exceedingly beautiful species was discovered by Mr. E. Bart-

lett.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XIV.

Fig. 1. Luponia castanea, p. 178.

. Otostomus rubrovariegatus, p. 178.

lamas, p. 179.

. Xesta de-crespignii, p.179.

. Aglaia farrisi, p. 179.

. Mycetopus faleatus, p. 179.

2 oT 9 bo

6. Notices of a New Species of Colobus and of another Monkey

from Zanzibar. By Dr. J. HE. Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.

(Plate XV.)

Dr. Kirk has kindly sent to the British Museum a series of ani-

mals in spirits, from Zanzibar—amongst them some species which,

I believe, have not before been described, and some other specimens

which will enable known species to be better understood. I will, on

a future occasion, as soon as I have been able to examine them

more carefully, send an account of these specimens to the Society.

My object now is to lay before the Society a notice of a new species

of Colobus, which I propose to call

CoLoBus KIRKII, sp.nov. (PI. XV.)

Head with long divergent hairs, forming a kind of cap, bent back

over the forehead. The crown of the head, back, and tail red brown,

end of tail rather paler; the nape, upper surface of hands and feet,

and outside of the upper and forearm and of the thighs blackish ;

the forehead, cheeks, throat, side of the neck, chest, underside of

the body, inner side of the limbs and the hind legs, and the hinder

edge of the arms and thighs greyish white ; a few bristly hairs on the

eyebrows black.

Hab. Zanzibar (Dr. Kirk).

The British Museum contains specimens of all the known species

of Colobus, except Colobus verus of Van Beneden. This new species

is quite distinct from them, and cannot be confounded with the above

species described and figured by Van Beneden.

It is most like Colobus ferrugineus, but is quite distinct from all the

J Wolf lith M&N Hanhar't imp

COLOBUS KIRKI.

* + Fy

mit, : Pet Aka %.

. 1 ee

aye t Tig sgt He

—

1868.) DR. J. E. GRAY ON A NEW COLOBUS, 181

varieties of that species. The long hair of the head shows its alliance

to C. vellerosus.

The species of the genus may be thus defined :—

1. CoLtosus saTAnas, Waterhouse.

Crown crested ; whiskers elongated, expanded. Black; hairs long

and coarse, of crown and sides of face elongated, crisp, forming a

wide, high-spreading crest, with the tips recurved forwards.

Fernando Po. B.M.

2. CoLosus PoLycomus, Geoffr.

Crown of head and sides of face and throat with elongated hairs,

forming a mane ; tail-end slightly tufted. Black; forehead, circum-

ference of face, and mane whitish ; tail white. B.M.

Var. ursinus, Ogilby. Tail all white; mane greyish.

Fernando Po. B.M.

3. CoLonus ANGOLENSIS, Sclater, P. Z.S. 1860, p. 245.

Crown of head, the sides of face, and throat with elongated hairs,

forming a mane; tail-end slightly tufted. Black ; sides of mane and

end of tail white.

Angola. B.M.

4. CoLoBus BICOLOR, Wesmael.

Crown of the head with reflexed hair ; hair of forehead, sides of

face, and chin long, expanded. Black, shining, silky; hair of forehead

and side of face and chin white ; tail white; haunches grey.

West Coast of Africa. B.M.

5. CoLOBUS KIRKII.

Crown of head with reflexed hair, rather radiating in front of fore-

head ; circumference of face and chin smooth, baldish. Back and

tail red brown; nape, feet, outside of arms, and thighs black ; forehead,

cheeks, underside and inner side of limbs whitish.

Zanzibar. B.M.

6. CoLoBus FERRUGINEUS, Kuhl.

Crown of head with reflexed hair, rather radiating in front of the

forehead ; circumference of face and chin smooth. Blackish grey ;

sides of neck, cheek, throat, forehead, legs, and feet red-bay ; nape

and base of tail above reddish.

Gambia. oes a

Var. 1. rufoniger, Martin. The black and red more intense

and bright ; tail black, red near the base. B.M.

Var. 2. pennantii, Waterhouse. Like rufoniger, but feet and

tail blacker ; nape not red.

Gambia. B.M.

In this species the thumb varies in development ; it sometimes

has a claw.

182 DR. J. E. GRAY ON A NEW COLOBUS. [Feb. 27,

7. CoLosus cRISTATUS, Gray.

Crown of the head with short reflexed hair, with two whorls in

front, and alow, narrow, central, erect, longitudinal crest. Yellowish

brown ; front part of the body, shoulders, and outside of the fore

legs greyer; throat, chest, belly, inner side of the limbs, and feet

greyish white.

West Africa. B.M.

8. Cotosus veRus, Van Beneden.

Crown of the head with short reflexed even hair; chest with

elongated spreading hair. Olive-brown ; hair finely ringed with

black ; whiskers whitish ; chin and beneath pale greyish.

Mus. Paris.

Van Beneden’s figure and short description seem to indicate that

this species is very like the preceding, but that the head shows no

indication of a crest or whor! of hair on the forehead.

9. CoLoBUS GUEREZA, Riippell.

Crown-hair short ; back with a line of long produced hair forming

a kind of mantle; end of tail tufted. Black; end of tail, circum-

ference of face, and mantle white.

Abyssinia. B.M.

Along with the Colobus there was sent the skin, with the skull

and bones of the limbs, of a young specimen of Cercopithecus albo-

gularis, Sykes. It differs from C. samango by being grizzled and

yellow-brown-washed, and the base of the tail grizzled and the hinder

half pure black. This is also probably from Zanzibar.

The Cercopitheci in the British Museum may be thus divided :—

a. Nose blue, whiskers yellow. 1. ©. cephus, B.M.

6. Nose covered with white hairs. 2. C. petaurista, Erxl., B.M.

3. C. melanogenys, Gray, B.M. 4. C. martinii, Waterh.,

B.M. 5. C. nietitans, Erxl., B.M. 6. C. ludio, Gray, B.M.

ce. Nose and ears covered with red hairs. 7. C. erythrotis, Wa-

terh., B.M.

d, Nose coloured like the body.

* Haunches with a white streak. 8. C. diana, Erxl., B.M.

9. C. lewcampyz, Martin, B.M.

** Haunches with a white spot. 10. C. mona, Erxl., B.M.

11. C. grayit, Fraser.

*** Paunches without streak or spot.

+ Head with a black temple-streak. 12. C. pogonias,

Bennett, B.M. 13. C. ervlebenti, Dahlbom, B.M.

Var. nigripes, Du Chaillu, B.M. 14. C. pluto, Gray,

B.M. 15. C. erythrogaster, Gray, B.M.

++ Head without any black streak. 16. C. campéellit,

Waterh., B.M. (C. burnettii, Gray). 17. C. albo-

gularis, Sykes, B.M. 18. C. saimango, Sundevall,

B.M.

1868.] LETTER FROM PROF. SPENCER F. BAIRD. 183

March 12, 1868.

George Busk, Esq., F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

Mr. P. L. Sclater exhibited a stuffed specimen of a Monkey (Cer-

cocebus albigena*) from Mr. J. J. Monteiro’s collection, which had

been procured by that gentleman from Cabinda, north of the river

Congo. The only exact locality previously recorded for this species

was stated to be Gaboon (Du Chaillu), whence it would appear to

extend down the northern bank of the Congo.

An extract was read from a letter addressed to Mr. Sclater by Dr.

W. Peters, For. Memb., stating that a skull of the singular Rodent

lately described by M. Alphonse Milne-Edwards under the name

Lophiomys imhausii, in the zootomical collection at Berlin, had been

obtained by Dr. Schweinfurth from the tombs of Maman, northwards

of Kassala in Upper Nubia.

Mr. Sclater remarked that this fact was of great importance as

giving an indication of the true patria of this Mammal, which was

unknown to M. Milne-Edwards, and stated that he had particularly

called the attention of Mr. Jesse, who was accompanying the Abys-

sinian Expedition, to the desirability of obtaining specimens of it.

A letter was read from Prof. Spencer F. Baird, For. Memb., dated

Cathartes californianus, jv.

* Preshytes albigena, Gray, P. Z. S. 1850, p. 77, t. 16; Murie, P. Z. S. 1865,

p. 740.

184 LETTER FROM DR. R. 0. CUNNINGHAM. [Mar. 12,

Washington, January 31st, 1868, announcing that he had forwarded

to the Society, on behalf of the Smithsonian Institution, an electro-

type copy of a drawing on wood of a young Californian Vulture

(Cathartes californianus), in return for a similar copy of the wood-

cut of the adult of the same bird in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ for

1866.

The woodcut had been taken from a photograph of the same in-

dividual (which was now living in the Society’s Gardens, having

been presented by Dr. Canfield in June 1866) when quite young and

in the down. It was stated that the details of the bill were perhaps

not quite accurate.

The following extracts were read from a letter addressed by Dr.

Robert O. Cunningham, Naturalist to the Magellan Straits Survey

Expedition, to Professor Huxley, and communicated by him to the

Meeting. “ H.MLS, ‘ Nassau,’

Rio de Janeiro,

September 23rd, 1867.

“My pear Srr,—When I had the pleasure of calling on you

rather more than a year ago, before proceeding to the Straits of Ma-

gelhaens, as Naturalist to a Surveying Expedition under the com-

mand of Captain Mayne, you were kind enough to invite me to write

to you when I felt so disposed, and now, after my first year’s expe-

rience of the Strait, I send you a few notes principally relating to

its zoology. We left England last September, and, after visiting

Madeira, St. Vincent (Cape de Verdes), Rio de Janeiro, Monte Video,

and Maldonado, arrived at our destination near the end of December.

There, with the exception of a visit to the Falkland Islands to pro-

vision and coal, we remained till about the middle of June, when,

the severity of the weather putting an end to surveying-operations,

we moved northwards, and arrived at Rio in the beginning of July.

Our work, except a cruise of a few days, when we were engaged

piloting H.M.S. ‘Zealous’ through the northern portion of the

Strait, has lain between the Chilian settlement of Sandy Point and

the eastern entrance, and consequently has embraced some of the

wider portions of the Strait. The country on either side of this

tract is for the most part formed of low-lying undulating plains, the

geological formation being almost exclusively boulder-clay, and pre-

senting but few eminences of any considerable elevation, at all events

near the sea. These plains are covered with grass and occasional

barberry-bushes ; and it is not till we reach Cape Negro that the

wooded country, which is of a more elevated character, begins.

Thence to the westward the woods increase in thickness till they

become almost impenetrable in their character. The climate of this

eastern portion may be described as remarkably fine, the atmo-

sphere being singularly bright and clear, and the rainfall very small,

the principal drawback being the prevalence of wind. This latter

circumstance, and the great force and rise and fall of the tides, con-

stituted two of the chief difficulties with which we had to contend

during our sojourn last season, and made a heavy demand on our

1868. | LETTER FROM DR. R. 0. CUNNINGHAM. 185

patience. The following brief observations, you will perceive, relate

almost entirely to the zoology of the eastern part of the Strait.

«The Puma (Felis concolor) must be tolerably plentiful in the open

plains, as I met with several skulls and portions of skeletons in vari-

ous localities, and I saw two live young ones which the Patagonians

had captured and presented to the Governor of Sandy Point. Like

Mr. Darwin, I have seen numerous skeletons of Guanacoes with their

necks dislocated, apparently from the attack of the Puma. Two

species of Fox are abundant, a grey and a tawny-coloured one, I

presume the Canis azare and C. magellanicus. The Skunk or Zo-

rillo is also frequently met with, and is much valued by the Pata-

gonians for its beautifully striped skin. The smell of one that was

killed on one occasion when I was camping out reminded me of

strong assafcetida. I did not attempt to skin it, as I should have

been regarded in the light of a leper for days afterwards. Several

species of Seal occur in the Strait ; and Dungeness Point seems to

be a favourite resort of the Sea-Lion (O¢aria jubata), as we came

across numerous putrefying specimens, in addition to seeing several

live individuals off that locality. Of Cetacea there are also several

species, among which the Delphinus bivittatus is conspicuous from its

black and white bands. Guanacoes we met with in abundance both

on the Fuegian and Patagonian sides of the Strait ; on the latter side

especially we saw some very large herds. I observed a black-faced

variety at Philip Bay, on the Fuegian coast. I have nothing to add

to our knowledge of the habits of this interesting animal. Like Mr.

Darwin, I have noticed the combination of shyness and wariness with

great curiosity in its character, and I have also frequently observed

their habit, noticed by him, of dropping their dung on successive

days in the same defined heap. Their flesh, which we ate on several

occasions, is white and good, though not equal to that of the Rhea,

which we highly appreciated. I met with several species of Rodents,

all of them Muride ; and, the most abundant by far, the Tucu-Tucu

(Ctenomys magellanicus), which tunnels great tracts of ground in

the open country. The innumerable hillocks resulting therefrom

render walking very fatiguing, owing to their giving way under the

feet when trod on. The animal itself I frequently heard giving vent

to its peculiar sonorous sound in its subterranean retreat, and one

bright sunny day, when taking a walk in the neighbourhood of Cape

Gregory, I saw many specimens basking in the heat at the mouth of

their holes.

“‘T shall say nothing about the birds here, as I have made them

the subject of a letter to Prof. Newton of Cambridge. Of reptiles

I have only encountered one species, a small Lizard, which exists

in tolerable plenty on the flat open country on both sides of the

Strait, one specimen having been also procured in a wood at Sandy

Point. I have not been very successful as regards the fishes. A

Myzine occurred rather plentifully at Sandy Poiut, where I also

gota small Raia; and an Acanthias was caught off Dungeness. The

above mentioned, with a fish allied to Uranoscopus obtained at Port

Gallant, and various species found in rock-pools in various localities,

186 LETTER FROM DR. R. 0. CUNNINGHAM. [Mar. 12,

constitute the sum total of the fishes obtained last season. I trust,

however, that in succeeding seasons I may be more fortunate. I

have procured a considerable number of mollusks. The only Ce-

phalopod seen was a species of Octopus, specimens of which were

dredged at Sandy Point, St. Jago Bay, &e. These were all of small

size; but I saw much larger mutilated specimens lying on the beach

at Sandy Point on one occasion, having been cast up by a severe

gale. Gasteropoda—species of Trophen (Trophen magellanicus is

one of the commonest Strait shells), Fusus, Buccinum, Turbo, Vo-

luta, Crepidula, Fissurella, Emarginula, Calyptrea, Patella, Ac-

mea, Chiton, &c. occurred to me. I never succeeded in dredging

live specimens of Voluta magellanica, though the dead shells existed

in great numbers, almost all my live ones having been found on the

beach at Sandy Point after a gale. The body of the animal is of a

fine purple colour, as is also that of a second species of Voluta I

found at Cape Possession burrowing in the sand, and apparently

feeding on the mussels on the rocks after the manner of our British

Purpura lapillus. I met with no land Mollusca, and only a single

freshwater species, a Lymnea. The Chitones, Patelle, and Fissu-

relle were of large size. Among the Lamellibranchiata of the

Strait I may mention species of Pecten, Mytilus, Pullastra, Maetra,

Solen, &c. The Brachiopods are represented by one, if not two,

species of Terebratula, of which much the finest specimens were

procured by means of the dredge in Possession Bay, one or two

measuring more than 14 inch long. The Strait appears to be

rather rich in Tunicata, both simple and compound, many species

of both sections of the class attaining a very large size, specimens

of the former sometimes measuring 5 or 6 inches from the base to

the apertures, and those of the latter frequently attaining a length

of 2 or 3 feet. Of Polypea I obtained several species. Then, as

to Crustacea, I have been more fortunate as respects the sessile-eyed

than stalk-eyed species, having met with but few of the latter. ‘Two

species of Lithodes are tolerably abundant, and two or three Bra-

chyura; but I have met with only one small Macrurous Decapod.

The most striking of the Sessile-eyed Crustacea observed was the

Sardis fabricii, which was taken in great numbers in the sea at

Sandy Point. Of Annelids I have obtained a considerable num-

ber, most of them belonging to British types. The insect-fauna

of the Strait is, I need scarcely say, very poor. Of Coleoptera I

found six or eight species, including one or two Curculionidae, a

small Longicorn, one or two Carabide, &e. The Orthoptera were

represented by two species of Grasshopper ; the Hymenoptera by

an orange-coloured Humblebee, found at Port Gallant, and a few

Ichneumonflies; the Neuroptera by two Dragonflies, one got at

Possession Bay, the other at Port Gallant; the Diptera by a few

obscure species ; and the Lepidoptera by four species of Butterflies

and a few Moths. Of Echinodermata I procured species of Aste-

riade (including species of Asterias and Genatha, Aphiuride, Echi-

nide, and Halthuride). Several large species of Acalephze were ob-

tained, and a variety of Hydroidea and Porifera.

1868.] MR. W. H. FLOWER ON BALZNOPTERA CAROLINE. 187

“On our way down to the Strait last year, in the course of our

voyage between St. Vincent and Rio, a series of soundings were in-

stituted for the purpose of endeavouring to find the Jaseur bank, a

bank discovered by the ‘Jaseur’ in 1825, and, I believe, not examined

since then. The latitude of the bank in question is 20! 36" 30' south,

and the longitude 35° 47! west; it is 60 miles from the Victoria

Bank and 360 from Trinidade. The search was rewarded with suc-

cess, and a sample of its composition at 30 fathoms obtained by

means of a Fitzgerald sounding-apparatus. This I examined, and, at

Captain Mayne’s request, drew up a short note on its nature, which

he forwarded to the hydrographer. As, however, I do not know

whether my remarks met the eye of any one occupied with science,

I may briefly mention the results obtained. The deposit was com-

posed exclusively of animal and vegetable organisms, and no frag-

ments of any rock or mineral were present. The vegetable organisms

consisted of fragments of an incrusted Melibesia, and a small portion

of the frond of an Ulna. The animal organisms, which were all

dead and maimed, en masse presented a chalky-white appearance ;

they consisted principally of great numbers of Foraminifera, most

of which seemed to belong to the genus Amphistegina, and nume-

rous small portions of delicate corals of various species. A very

few shells of Mollusca were present, the only ones discerned being

a minute Oliva, a small Lima, a minute Pecten, and a small shell

numbered 4 in the rough sketch I send you. The only other animal

specimens observed were the fragments of a Serpula, and a spine

and portion of the dental apparatus of a small Eehinus.”

The following papers were read :—

1. On the probable Identity of the Fin- Whales described as

Balenoptera caroline, Malm, and Physalus sibbaldii,

Gray. By W. H. Frownr, F.R.S. &e.

The Library of the Zoological Society has, within the last few

days, received a very handsomely printed folio work, entitled ‘ Mo-

nographie illustrée du Baleinopteére trouvé le 29 Octobre 1865, sur

la cote occidentale de Suéde,’ by A. W. Malm, published at Stock-

holm in 1867. It is illustrated by numerous photographs and wood-

cuts, and contains an extremely careful and detailed description of

the external characters, the skeleton, and many other portions of

the organization of the animal. As far as the individual specimen

was concerned, nothing appears to have been left undone, that the

most painstaking industry could compass, to render the monograph

exhaustive, except, perhaps, that some further photographic illus-

trations of the vertebral column and of the cranium would have

been acceptable.

As this work will certainly long be regarded as one of standard

authority in cetology, it is important that the correct appellation and

synonymy of the species of which it treats should be determined with

188 MR. W. H. FLOWER ON BALHNOPTERA CAROLINE. [Mar. 12,

certainty ; and it is on this subject that I propose to address a few

remarks to the Society. The author has evidently taken pains to

compare his specimen with most of the more or less accurate descrip-

tions of Fin-Whales previously published, and has come to the con-

clusion that it belongs to a species unknown to science, and has ac-

cordingly designated it by a new specific name, Balenoptera caro-

line*.

That it was not the common Fin-Whale (Physalus antiquorum,

Gray, Pterobalena communis, Esch., and Balenoptera musculus,

auct.) there could be no doubt, although belonging to the same

genus. The possibility of its being of the same species as the whale

of which the skeleton is preserved in the Museum at Hull, and on

which Dr. Gray founded his Physalus sibbaldii (P. Z.S.1847, p. 92),

did not escape the author’s noticet. Not having had access to the

more recent volumes of the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society, he had

only the original very brief description upon which to base his judg-

ment—a description from which I also failed to recognize the species

when I found an example of it in the museum of the late Professor

Lidth de Jeude at Utrecht, and redescribed it under the name of

Physalus latirostris (P. Z. S. 1864, p. 410)T.

After an examination of the Hull skeleton in 1865, its identity or

close affinity with the last-named specimen became apparent, and

the characters in which these two skeletons agreed, and by which

they could be distinguished from P. antiquorum were pointed out

(P. Z. S. 1865, p. 473). In nearly all of the special characteristics

of P. sibbaldii the whale described by Malm agrees.

I may particularly mention the breadth of the middle of the rostral

part of the skull, which, as compared with the entire length of the

cranium, is in the Hull Whale as 26 to 100, in the Utrecht Whale

as 27 to 100, in Malm’s as 26:4 to 100, while in six specimens of

P. antiquorum it varies between 18 and 21 to 100. Another im-

portant character is the extremely rudimentary size and simple oval

form of the sternum, in which Malm’s Whale agrees perfectly with

the Utrecht skeleton, and differs completely from all known examples

of P. antiquorum. A third striking difference between P. sibbaldii

and P. antiquorum is the greater length, relatively and absolutely,

of the metacarpals and phalanges; in this character the new speci-

men corresponds exactly with the others. Among other characters

in which a similar correspondence exists are the form of the nasal

bones, of the heads of the anterior ribs, of the spinous process of the

axis, and the uniform dark colour of the baleen.

* Being dedicated “4 la femme, tendrement chérie et hautement appréciée par

nous, & laquelle nous sommes uni par les liens de mariage.”

+ Malm, speaking of this skeleton, says, “ Si néanmoins il devait appartenir a

la méme espéce de notre exemplaire, nous ne voudrions pas pourtant adopter la

dénomination de sibdaldii, cette dénomination ayant déja été en 1808 employée

par Neill (Trans. Wern. Soc. vol. i. p. 201) pour un autre baleinoptére.” I think

this must be a mistake, as ] am unable to find any such denomination used by

Neill in the paper referred to.

+ This skeleton is now in the British Museum.

1868.] CAPT. ABBOTT ON THE SEALS OF THE FALKLANDS. 189

The number of the vertebra in the two previously known skele-

tons of P. sibbaldii is sixty-four. Malm gives sixty-three as the

number in his specimen, a very small bone corresponding to the last

caudal of the other two being apparently absent. The number of

the vertebree in P. antiquorum appears never to exceed sixty-two.

From the coincidence of these and other minor characters, for

which I must refer to the work itself, it appears to me highly pro-

bable that the Gothenburg Whale is a third example of P. sibbaldii.

To the previously known osteological characters we are now en-

abled to add a description of the external appearance of the species.

It differs notably from P. antiquorum in colour, being described by

Malm as of a deep slate-colour, dashed with washes of a paler hue,

and gradually passing to a lighter shade below, with scattered small

spots of milk-white on the inferior surface. The inner sides of the

pectoral fins are white, and the under surface of the lobes of the tail

approaching to that colour.

Like the other two known examples of the species, the present

specimen was not a full-grown animal ; it measured 53! 10" long in

a straight line. The skull is 10’ 2" in length. The skeleton, pre-

pared skin, and portions of the viscera are preserved in the Museum

at Gothenburg, of which Prof. Malm is the superintendent.

2. On the Seals of the Falkland Islands. By Captain C. C.

Axssort. Communicated, with Notes, by P. L. Scrater,

M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the Society*.

Sealskins and Seal-oil are two of the principal products of the

Falkland Islands. The boats employed in collecting these articles

of commerce are usually from 20 to 30 tons in measurement, and

are manned by four or five men. They are sent out laden with pro-

visions, casks for the oil, and salt for preserving the sealskins ; they

are frequently out for arate together, cruizing about the islanda,

and seldom return without a full cargo.

I only know of four varieties of Seals being found among these

islands. These are:—1. The Sea-Elephant; 2. The Sea-Lion; 3. The

Fur-Seal; and 4. The Sea-Leopard.

1, Tue Sza-ELepuant. (Morunga elephantina.)t

This Seal is called the “‘Sea-Elephant”’ from the prolongation of

* My friend Capt. C. C. Abbott, who was formerly resident in the Falkland

Islands, and has contributed so largely to our knowledge of its ornithology (see

his articles in the ‘ Ibis,’ for 1860 and 1861), has kindly drawn up this article at

my request. We know so little of the habits and localities of the marine Car-

nivora that the value of such notes of a practical observer cannot be estimated

too highly.—P. L. S.

+ There can be no question of this being the Morunga elephantina (Mol.); Gray,

Catal. of Seals and Whales (1866), p. 39. Dr. Gray must have made some mis-

take when he says (Ann.Nat. Hist. March 1868, p.215) that Capt. Abbott informed

him that this animal has become extinct in the Falklands.—P. L. S

190 CAPT. ABBOTT ON THE SEALS OF THE FALKLANDS. [ Mar. 12,

its upper lip, which is somewhat like a diminutive proboscis. It is

not at all common in this group of islands, and comparatively few

of the skins are brought in by the sealers; it is, however, fre-

quently seen in one or two of the bays on the north shore of East

Falkland, where it is little disturbed, owing to the sealing-boats

being unable to approach the shore. In these bays the Sea-Ele-

phants breed in some of the many caverns, the only entrances to

which are by water. I have never met with this Seal alive, but I

have examined the skins and skulls which have been brought in

by the sealers; its hair is very coarse, and its hide very thick.

This Seal is by far the largest of all the four kinds inhabiting the

Falkland Islands, its skull being one-third larger than that of the

next species.

2. Tue Sea-Lion. (Otaria jubata.)*

I presume that this Seal derives its name from the roar that the

male makes when disturbed or fighting, and from the long mane-

like hair which covers his neck and shoulders. It is very common

in the Falklands, being found plentifully on many of the islands, and

even on the north shore of West Falkland; here also it breeds, being

little disturbed by the sealing-boats. There is a remarkable dispa-

rity in size between the male and female of this Seal. The male is as

large as a bullock in circumference, while the female is no bigger

than a calf. At one time only the female was killed by the sealers,

as the skin of the male was considered to be of little value ; and this

may account for the preponderance of males which I have observed.

* This is Otaria jubata (Phoca jubata, Schreb., from Forster’s ‘‘ Sea-Lion.”

Otaria leonina, Péron; Gray, Catal. of Seals and Whales, p. 59). Capt. Abbott’s

skin and skull of this animal are now in the British Museum ; so that there can

be no doubt about their identity, although they are not included in Dr. Gray’s

latest enumeration of the specimens of this portion of the collection.

The older authors (Schreber, Gmelin, &c.) confounded under the name Phoca

jubata the present animal and the Sea-Lion of the Northern Pacific (Leo marinus

of Steller= Phoca stelleri, Fischer = Arctocephalus monteriensis et Otaria stelleri,

Gray = Eumetopias californiana. Gill). 1 agree with Dr. Peters (Monatsb. Berl.

Ac. 1866, p. 274) in thinking it best to reserve the name juda‘a for the southern

species, and to call the northern one stedleri. I consider O. leonina, F. Cuy., to be

probably the same as O. judata, as appears to be admitted by Dr. Peters in his last

paper (/.c. p.670). The fine series of the skulls of O. jubata in the Museum of

the College of Surgeons has lately been increased by the receipt of a skull of an

adult male of this species obtained by Dr. Cunningham at Dungeness Point, in

the extreme south of South America.

Since the death of our Sea-Bear in the Gardens I have had an opportunity of

examining its skull, and have now to confess that I have been wrong in deter-

mining it to be O. hookeri. The skull certainly belongs to the long-palated series,

and is not distinguishable from specimens in the Museum of the Royal College

of Surgeons, which are believed to be females or young individuals of O. jubata.

Nor is this animal distinguishable externally by any marked characters from

Capt. Abbott’s skin in the British Museum. Iam therefore disposed to agree

with Dr. Peters’s views (/. s. c. p. 666) and Dr. Gray’s opinion (Ann. Nat. Hist.

ser. 4. vol. i. p. 108) that our beast was only a stunted male of O. jubata. In

this case, however, the animal must be some years in coming to its full stature,

and the mane (whence it has received its name) only apparent when the beast is

fully adult.—P. L. S.

1868.] CAPT. ABBOTT ON THE SEALS OF THE FALKLANDS. 191

Now, however, the skin of the latter is considered the more valuable

of the two. During the breeding-season the males fight most despe-

rately, and I have seen them covered with scars from old wounds.

When these Seals are on the shore they appear to have a great dis-

inclination to go to sea, I recollect on one occasion, accompanied

by a friend, rolling stones down from above on some that were lying

on the beach. When one was hit, he gave a roar and rushed at his

nearest companion, fancying no doubt that he had attacked him;

others swallowed the stones thrown at them. This dislike to going

into the water may have arisen from their laying up to change

their coats. Although these animals are so unwieldy in appear-

ance, they have wonderful powers of climbing, chiefly by means of

their flippers, and can ascend rocks that are almost perpendicular.

I recollect once watching a number of Seals from the top of a

very steep ledge of rocks about 20 feet high, when, upon hearing

our voices, a large Sea-Lion gave a sudden roar and rushed up

the rock to where I was sitting. Having no weapons of defence

it did not take me long to beat a retreat. I fancy that it was

on account of a female companion near him that he made this at-

tack, as among about fifteen males there appeared to be only two

females.

On one occasion I made an excursion to the north shore to pro-

cure the skull of a Sea-Lion. On finding about a dozen of these

animals basking on the shore, I fired both barrels loaded with bul-

lets into the shoulder of one lying about 5 yards off, but with no effect,

for he only gave a roar and shuffled into the water. I then. reloaded,

and going close to another fired at him, but without doing him any

apparent harm. Upon this the others took the alarm and retired

into the water, whence I could see them gazing at me, their bodies

half-raised up out of the sea, perfectly motionless, like large rocks,

the water being quite smooth. I was afterwards more successful ;

for finding two Sea-Lions with two females and their cubs in a small

cave, I killed one of Sea-Lions with a bullet through the ear, and

wounded the other badly ; but the latter animal managed to escape

into the water. I then drove out the females and secured the cubs.

Wishing to have the skull of the Sea-Lion that I had killed, I sent

the Gaucho, who accompanied me, for a lasso, which we made fast

round his head (his body being half in the water) and proceeded to

haul him out.

I have never taken the dimensions of a Sea-Lion; but I once

skinned a large one, and it was as much as the man who was with

me and myself could do to carry only the skin across the bay and

up the hill to my tent; on returning to the settlement I found the

weight of the skin to be 240 1b. The hair of both sexes is very

coarse, that of the female being somewhat the finest. The young

ones also have coarse hair, and are much darker in colour than

the old ones, being almost black. I have seen hundreds of skins,

and never saw on any of them anything approaching to fur. The

skin and skull of the Sea-Lion that I shot are now in the British

Museum.

192 SURGEON F. DAY ON NEW FISHES FROM MADRAS. | Mar. 12,

3. Tue Fur-Seau*. (Otaria falklandica.)

This is one of the Fur-Seals of commerce, of which I fancy there

are many varieties. It is not uncommon in the Falkland Islands, but,

as it is much sought after on account of the value of its skin, only

frequents places difficult of access. A favourite locality is the Vo-

lunteer Rocks, at the northern entrance to Berkeley Sound, these

rocks, owing to the heavy swell, being inaccessible, except in fine

weather and after many days of calm. I once procured a specimen

from this place, but it was only half-grown. Others full-grown were

killed at the same time; and, on measuring one of the latter, the

skin appeared to be about the same size as that of the common

English Seal. The largest skin I have ever seen I do not think

measured more than 4 feet in length, perhaps hardly as much. The

hair differs in colour, being sometimes grey, and at other times of a

brownish tint ; that of the young is of a dark or brown colour. In

speaking of the hair of this Seal, which gives the colour of the skin,

it must be understood that the fur lies underneath, and the coarse

hair is removed in the process of preparing the skins for the various

purposes for which they are now used, such as ladies’ cloaks, &e.

The skin and skull of my half-grown specimen are now in the Bri-

tish Museum.

4, Tue Sga-Leoparp}. (Stenorhynchus leptonyz.)

This Seal is so scarce in the Falkland Islands that I have little to

say in reference to it. Ionce sawa specimen which had been washed

ashore dead near Port Louis; and afterwards the sealers brought

me a skin, but, as they had neglected to preserve the flippers, it was

of no use as a specimen. ‘The spots on the skin render it easily

distinguishable from other species.

3. On some New Fishes from Madras.

By Surgeon Francis Day, F.LS., F.Z.S.

The following fishes have either been personally collected in the

Madras, Coimbatore, and Kurnool collectorates, or received from

* On accompanying Capt. Abbott to the British Museum in order to identify

his specimen of this animal, we found it labelled Otaria jubata, as Dr. Gray has

already mentioned (Ann. Nat. Hist. Feb. 1868, p. 104), having been supposed to

be the young of the same animal of which he had sent the adult! Dr. Gray has

now identified this specimen, and, I believe, correctly, with his Euotaria nigres-

cens (l.c. p. 106). Iam, however, inclined to doubt whether there is really more

than one species of Fur-Seal in the Falkland Islands, which should be called

Otaria falklandica, being the Phoca falklandica of Shaw (from Pennant). Ido

not deny that Dr. Gray’s Arctocephalus falklandicus (I. c. p. 103) may be dif-

ferent from his Euotaria nigrescens; but there may have been some error in the

locality of his specimen.—P. L. S.

+ A fine skull of this Seal, now in the Museum of the Royal College of Sur-

geons, was presented by the Directors of the Falkland-Island Corporation, having

been obtained in the Falklands, and sent to England by their Manager at Port

Stanley.—P. L. 8.

1868.] SURGEON F. DAY ON NEW FISHES FROM MADRAS. _ 193

Mysore, where they were obtained by Major Puckle of the Mysore

Commission. |

The first is a small species, which appears to be rare at Madras,

and of which I have only succeeded in obtaining two specimens, both

of nearly the same size. It is a percoid fish, but one which I have

been unable to identify with any of the acknowledged genera.

Its appearance is that of a small Serranus, having teeth in the jaws

and palate, and also canines, whilst the lower margin of the praeoper-

culum is smooth; but it not only has a large serrated spine at the

angle of the preoperculum, but the ventral spine is likewise serrated

internally. The genus Priacanthus contains fishes with a spine, oc-

casionally serrated, in the same situation; but it has no enlarged

teeth in its jaws, and the ventral spine is smooth internally (in some

species rugose externally), and only six branchiostegals. I therefore

propose to create anew genus for its reception, and, from its affinity,

to designate it

Genus PRIACANTHICHTHYS.

Seven branchiostegals. Teeth villiform, with an external enlarged

row; canines in both jaws. Teeth on palatine bones. Tongue

smooth. One dorsal with eleven spines, anal with three. Ventral

with one serrated spine and five branched rays. Operculum with

strong spines. Preeoperculum serrated in its vertical limb, with a

long serrated spine at its angle. Preorbital narrow and entire.

Scales small, ctenoid. Lower jaw with a rather prominent chin.

Eyes large.

PRIACANTHICHTHYS MADERASPATENSIS, Sp. nov.

Reiss De TU Did 7. Wed pee Add, A Des Da. 1 70.

L. r. upwards of 100.

Length of specimens from 1,8, to 1,5 inch.

Length of head 2, of pectoral 4, of caudal 4, of base of dorsal

spines 2, of base of dorsal rays 4, of base of anal 4 of the total length.

Height of head 1, of body 4, of dorsal spines 3, of dorsal rays 2, of

ventral 4, of anal spines nearly 3, of anal rays ~ of the total

length.

Eyes. Diameter 3 of length of head, } of a diameter from end of

snout, 3 of a diameter apart.

Appearance that of a Serranus, except in the preopercular and

ventral spines.

Lower jaw the longest, the posterior extremity of the maxilla ex-

tends to beneath the posterior third of the orbit. Preeoperculum

with its vertical limb evenly serrated, and having a very strong spine

at its angle directed backwards and extending almost to the base of

the pectoral fin, its upper edge is serrated in its whole extent ; lower

limb of preoperculum smooth. Preeorbital very narrow and entire.

Operculum with one strong central spine, anda small one above and

another below it. Tongue smooth. Some pores on inferior surface

of lower jaw.

Proc. Zoo. Soc.— 1868, No. XIII.

194 SURGEON F. DAY ON NEW FISHES FROM MADRAS. [Mat. 12,

Teeth villiform, with an external band of recurved ones ; a large

canine on either side of upper jaw near the mesial line; and similar

teeth, but with smaller canines, in the lower jaw. Teeth in vomer

and palate in a recurved row.

Fins. First dorsal one-third as long as the second, which is the

longest ; interspinous membrane slightly emarginate. Second anal

spine strongest and longest. Caudal rounded ; ventral spine nearly

twice as Jong as highest in dorsal fin, and strongly serrated inter-

nally.

lier Dark violet, with two bluish bands, one passing from

the lower margin of the orbit to the centre of the caudal fin, the

other from the summit of the orbit to the centre of the soft dorsal ;

anterior portion of the base of the dorsal white, also the interspinous

membrane between the fifth and seventh spines; the rest of the fin

violet. Ventral yellowish. Caudal yellowish, with a vertical violet

band in its posterior third, whilst in its anterior half the violet bands

from the body cease, forming two large blotches.

Hab. Madras, in the sea during the cold months of the year.

Is said never to attain a large size.

UpENEOIDES CHZRULEUS, Sp. nov.

Beive, Deg | be PD. Vie M/San cele Fab 1G, Mesdeataty

Distr: SD:

Length of specimens from 135; to 3 inches.

Length of head 4, of pectoral ;%, of caudal %, of base of first

dorsal 3, of base of second dorsal x5, of base of anal ~; of the total

length. Height of head 3, of body 4, of first dorsal +, of second

dorsal ;,, of ventral 5, of anal ,1, of the total length.

Eyes. Upper margin near the profile; diameter nearly 3 of length

of head, 1 diameter apart, and the same distance from end of snout.

Form as in the other species.

Maxilla broad at its posterior extremity, where it extends to beneath

the anterior third of the orbit. The barbles do not extend so far

as to beneath the angle of the preeoperculum.

Teeth in fine villiform rows in both jaws, and in a single row in

vomer and palate.

Scales. Ctenoid, eight rows between the two dorsal fins. *

Lateral line in a single tube in each scale, which gives only one

branch from its upper side.

Air-bladder present.

Colours. Leaden superiorly, becoming dirty white below. The

first dorsal has a black tip, a widish light band-along its centre, and

a badly marked one on its base. The second dorsal is darkish, with

a band along the centre. The extremity of the caudal is stained

with black, and there is a band along the upper lobe. Pectoral,

ventral, and anal yellowish.

This species is said never to grow to more than 3 or 4 inches in

length. It is very common at Madras during the hot months, espe-

cially in June and July.

1868.] SURGEON F. DAY ON NEW FISHES FROM MADRAS. 195

GoBIUS BLEEKERT, Sp. nov.

B.iv. D.6{>. P.16. V.1/5. A.1/8. L.1. 33. Ltr. 15.

Length of specimen 2,5, inches.

Length of head rather more than 4, of pectoral 4, of base of first

dorsal 4, of base of second dorsal 3, of base of anal 4, of caudal } of

total length. Height of head 4, of body 4, of first dorsal 1, of second

dorsal 4, of ventral 4, of anal + of total length.

Eyes directed upwards and slightly outwards, closely approxima-

ting superiorly ; diameter 4 length of head, 2 of a diameter from

end of snout.

Body subfusiform. Cheeks much puffed out. Mouth antero-

superior. Lower jaw the longest. Cleft of mouth oblique ; the pos-

terior extremity of the maxilla reaches to beneath the anterior third

of the orbit.

Interorbital space very narrow, and concave; preeoperculum as

broad as high.

Teeth in numerous sharp villiform rows in both jaws, with an ex-

ternal conical series in the upper jaw, the largest of which are in the

centre of the jaw. In the anterior half of the lower jaw there is an

external enlarged row of about twelve, the outer tooth of which is

much the largest, being a recurved conical canine.

Fins. Dorsal spines fine, with hair-like prolongations. Two rows

of scales between the extremity of the first and the commencement

of the second dorsal, the posterior rays of the latter fin are its longest.

The centre rays of the pectoral have silk-like prolongations. The

ventral does not reach as far as the origin of the anal. The anal is

similar to the second dorsal. Caudal wedge-shaped, with the centre

rays the longest.

Scales. Ctenoid, extended as far forwards as the posterior margin

of the orbit. None on the cheeks or the base of the pectoral ; those

anterior to the dorsal fin are rather smaller than the remainder.

There are eleven rows of scales between the origin of the second

dorsal and the origin of the anal fins.

Colours. Olivaceous, clouded with darker blotches and irregular

spots, very fine black dots on the scales. First dorsal dusky in its

upper half, with a large bluish spot extending from the first to the

fourth spine, and a light mark along its base from the fourth to the

sixth. ‘The spines orange. The second dorsal nearly black from a

number of fine points, which are most numerous towards its base ;

the first half minutely edged with white, and some blue spots on its

posterior half. The anal covered with minute black dots. The

pectoral orange, having a large blue ocellus on the upper half of its

base; the lowest ray also deep blue. Ventral blackish. Caudal

nearly black, but with from three to four rows of bluish-white spots

between each ray,

Hab. Madras backwater. Rare.

I have named this pretty species after Dr. Bleeker, the celebrated

ichthyologist of the east.

196 SURGEON F. DAY ON NEW FISHES FROM MADRAS. [ Mar. 12,

BROTULA MACULATA, Sp. Nov.

Bovis “W115. Vel. .A,.107.

Length of specimens up to 3;/; inches.

Length of head 4, of pectoral 3, of base of dorsal 3, of base of

anal 3, of caudal 51, of the total length. Height of head 75, of body {,

of dorsal 54, of anal -;; of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter + of the length of head, 2 of a diameter from end

of snout, + of a diameter apart.

Body eel-like, compressed. The posterior extremity of the maxilla

extends to beneath the centre of the orbit. A strong spine at the

operculum; two smaller ones at the angle of the preoperculum.

Cirri two on the snout, and two on either side of the upper jaw;

three pairs on the lower jaw, making in all six pairs.

Teeth in fine sharp rows, becoming single posteriorly; a small

patch on the vomer, and a single row on the palate.

Fins. Not enveloped in skin. Dorsal, caudal, and anal joined.

Dorsal commences over the base of the pectoral. Ventral two-thirds

as long as the head, bifid at its extremity, and reaching beyond the

base of the pectoral. Pectoral under the operculum.

Scales minute, covering body and head.

Air-bladder large and rounded posteriorly.

Colours. Of a light dirty greenish brown, with a few reddish-brown

spots about the body, and a round blackish mark behind the eye.

Muzzle and cirri of upper jaw blackish. Fins greyish, external por-

tions deep black.

Three specimens, captured in the sea at Madras in November

1867.

Rather closely approaches Brotula ensiformis, Ginther; but in

that species the snout is longer than the eye, in this one-third

shorter. The maxilla in B. maculata does not extend so far back-

wards as in the former species.

Puntivs (CAPOETA) LEPIDUS, sp. nov.

Be iit: 5/053 /8in Ped bes. V9. ntl 2/de G19; . Talee te

Li tes 5/3.

Length of specimens from 1 to 4,4; inches.

Length of head 4, of pectoral +, of base of dorsal +, of base of

anal 5/,, of caudal 7 of the total length. Height of head 4, of body 3,

of dorsal fin +, of anal 3 of the total length.

yes. Diameter 2 of length of head, nearly 2 of a diameter from

end of snout, 1 diameter apart.

Body strongly compressed; in appearance resembling the young

of the Puntius (Leuciscus) filamentosus, C. & V.

Lower jaw slightly shortest. Snout somewhat obtuse. Maxillary

cirri thin, and extending to under the centre of the orbit.

Fins. Upper surface of dorsal fin concave ; it commences midway

between snout and base of caudal fin; first undivided ray short, the

third cartilaginous and articulated. None of the fin-rays elongated.

The caudal deeply lobed.

1868.] SURGEON F, DAY ON NEW FISHES FROM MADRAS. 197

Scales on body large, those on the chest small; rather a high row

along the bases of dorsal and anal fins.

Lateral line slightly concave to opposite end of dorsal fin, whence

it is straight.

Colours. Silvery white, with a greenish back and a diffused black

spot on the lateral line from the fourteenth to the eighteenth scale.

Caudal red, tipped with black.

Hab. Bowany, at Mettapolliam.

This species was overlooked in my collection last year, being so

very similar to the young of the P. filamentosus that the two had

become mixed together, the only apparent difference being in the

presence of maxillary cirri. One of this species was taken at Kur-

riapudnam in the Cochin state, 1862; but the cirri became destroyed,

and the specimen then was identical in appearance with the young

of the other species ; consequently I did not describe it, being unable

to obtain another specimen. It appears to be a small species.

Puntius (CaPpoETA) PUCKELLI, sp. nov.

Be iyise D2 /7e. A. Pela Vink Seen Aw Sie -LEr Nene:

L. tr. 4/3.

Length of specimen 3 inches.

Length of head 1, of pectoral 2, of caudal 4, of base of dorsal 4,

of base of anal 54 of the total length. Height of head 4, of body 2, of

dorsal fin 1, of ventral =, of anal ;% of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter j of length of head, | diameter from end of snout,

1} diameter apart.

The form of this fish is more that of a Rasbora than of a typical

Puntius; its thickness equals its height; its dorsal and abdominal

profiles are about equally convex; and both are broad.

Mouth almost anterior. Lower jaw slightly shortest, no tubercle ;

but its extremity is not covered by lip. The maxilla only extends

backwards to half the distance between snout and anterior margin

of the orbit; it has a thick fleshy cirrus at its angle, which extends

to below anterior margin of orbit. Snout rather fleshy, no glands ;

summit of head convex.

Teeth. Pharyngeal teeth plough-shaped, 5, 3, 2 / 2, 3, 5.

Fins. Dorsal commences midway between end of snout and base

of caudal fin, and in advance of the ventrals. Anal midway between

the posterior extremity of the operculum and the posterior extremity

of the caudal fin, which last is lobed in its last half. Dorsal undi-

vided ; rays cartilaginous and articulated.

Scales with from four to ten divergent striee on each, placed in

horizontal parallel rows. There are no scales along the base of either

dorsal or anal fins; it can therefore scarcely be considered a typical

Puntius.

Lateral line has a very slight descent for three scales, and then

passes along the middle of the side of the body to the caudal fin.

Colours. Greenish yellow along the back, silvery on the abdomen,

with a golden and scarlet mark on the operculum, and a scarlet

198. SURGEON F. DAY ON NEW FISHES FROM MADRAS. [Mar. 12,

stripe extending along the middle of the body to the centre of the

caudal fin. Fins diaphanous. Dorsal, pectoral, and caudal stained

with greyish ; a deep-black mark on the dorsal fin from the base of

the third to the base of the sixth branched ray. Very fine dark

dots over scales, especially at their bases. An indistinct black mark

on lateral line from nineteenth to twenty-first scale. Eye golden.

Hab. Bangalore.

I have named this species after Major Puckle, who has been good

enough to collect for me about thirty species of fishes from Mysore.

This has enabled me to identify many of Cuvier and Valenciennes’s

species, which I otherwise should not (at least at present) have been

able to effect.

Puntius (PuntTrIvs) STIGMA.

Leuciscus stigma, C. & V. xvii. p. 93, pl. 489.

Systomus sophore, M°Clelland, Asiatic Researches, xix. pp. 285,

382.

Bwiv.. “D. 3/8.., Poly Vos 40h e3/ot, ba as) Aer,

Pharyngeal teeth spoon-shaped, summits 5, 3, 2 / 2, 3, 5.

This species has been fully described by Valenciennes and MeClel-

land; it only, therefore, remains to observe upon its colours and

habitat.

Colours. In the breeding-season the female has a scarlet line along

the side of the body, and a golden spot dashed with crimson on the

operculum, also a diffused badly marked spot on the side of the tail on

the twenty-first and twenty-second scales of the lateral line. Dorsal

fin with a black band passing along the base of the rays from the

third to the seventh.

As the breeding-season passes away the scarlet line partially, in

some entirely, disappears ; but it seems that the well-marked lateral

blotch is only seen in the males. In some the mark on the dorsal

fin is seen with difficulty.

Out of ten specimens sent from Mysore by Major Puckle, one was

without the scarlet stripe, but the two black marks were very distinct ;

in another the lateral blotch was scarcely to be distinguished.

It was pointed out by Valenciennes that the species of Puntius

named sophore by Ham. Buchanan had four cirri, and that M°Clel-

land’s species had none ; consequently the fish he described was

distinct.

I have taken the Puntius stigma, C. & V., at Madras, also at

Kurnool ; it appears to be a very widely diffused species. I should

observe that the first undivided ray in the dorsal fin is very minute,

and liable to remain undetected,

Danio LINEATUS, sp. nov.

B, iii, Dig /7. BAB i BG hsi3/12,)-C,19.,, Ie Bee:

bs tr6}

Length of specimens from | to 1,4, inch.

Length of head }, of base of dorsal }, of base of anal ;%;, of cau-

1868. ] DR. J. E. GRAY ON SACCOMYIN2E. 199

dal ; of the total length. Height of head j, of body 7, of dorsal fin

+"; of the total length.

yes. Diameter nearly + of length of head, 3 a diameter from end

of snout, 1 diameter apart.

Profile of back nearly horizontal, having only a slight elevation to

the dorsal fin. Abdominal profile convex. Upper surface of head

compressed.

Mouth antero-superior; when closed the end of the lower jaw

forms part of the dorsal profile; tip of the lower jaw thin and not

covered by lip. The nasal cirrus is short, whilst the maxillary ex-

tends as far as the operculum.

Teeth. Pharyngeal teeth in three rows, crooked and pointed,

Paoetyt, a, 3.

Fins. Dorsal commences opposite to the anal and slightly in advance

of the centre of the total length; there are fourteen rows of scales

between its origin and the head. Caudal deeply lobed. Dorsal

and anal highest anteriorly. Pectoral reaches as far as origin of

ventral.

Lateral line absent.

Colours. Metallic dark blue with brilliant reflections, divided along

the body by four horizontal white lines, whilst there is a greenish

tinge along the back; the blue of the body is continued on to the

tail, where it forms three bands. Dorsal with a dark blue edging.

Anal with three horizontal blue bands.

Hab. Ennore, near Madras. A number of these little fishes were

kept some months in an aquarium, but did not increase in size.

They prefer swimming close to the surface, and eat meat more rea-

dily than vegetable food.

I have placed this fish as a Danio as defined by Dr. Bleeker.

4. Synopsis of the Species of Saccomyine, or Pouched Mice,

in the Collection of the British Museum. By Dr. Joun

Epwarp Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., F.L.S., &e.

The family of Pouched Mice is well characterized by Dr. Spencer

Baird in his work on the ‘ Mammalia of North America,’ p. 403 ; and

he has carefully described the North-American species which came

under his observation.

The family, as far as is known, is confined to North and Central

America and the West-India Islands.

Unfortunately the British Museum wants several of the species

found in the northern part of the United States; so I have only been

able to refer to Dr. Spencer Baird’s description of them.

It contains several species of Spiny Rats that were sent to the

Museum from Paris under the names used in Dr. Baird’s work ; but

they are evidently not the species to which they have been referred,

as they differ in the form of the upper cutting-teeth.

200 _ DR. J. E. GRAY ON SACCOMYINE. [ Mar. 12,

The Saccomyine are divisible into two tribes by the form of the

grinders. The coloration of the species of each tribe is so much

alike that it is almost impossible to distinguish them except by other

characters.

The species of Heteromyina are only to be separated by the form

and surface of the upper cutting-teeth and the form of the hairs of

the fur, and the comparative length and hairiness of the tail.

It would be well if the hairs of the fur of each of the species of

Heteromys and Perognathus were figured under the microscope; but I

will leave that to be done by some younger zoologist.

There is considerable difference in the form and size of the ridges

of the crowns of the grinders in the different species, which require

to be figured and described at length.

1. Grinders rootless; upper cutting-teeth with a longitudinal groove.

Fur soft, long, without any bristles. Dipodomyina.

1. Dirropomys, Gray.

Dipodomys, Gray, Aun. & Mag. N. H. 1846, p. 521; Aud. &

Bachm. N. A. Quad. ii. 137, 1853; S. Baird, Mamm. N. A. 406.

? Macrocolus, Wagner, Wiegm. Arch. i. 176,1846 ; Abhand. K. B.

Akad. Miinch. 1848, x. t. 7.

Wagner says his animal has no external cheek-pouches ; but, as

Dr. Baird observes, “the coincidence in every other respect is so

intimate as to render it almost certain that the cheek-pouches must

have been overlooked, especially as we are particularly informed that

the specimen was in a very defective condition as preserved in alco-

hol.’ —Spencer Baird, Mamm. N. A. 409.

1. Drpopomys puHituipsi1, Gray, Ann. & Mag. N. H. vii. 521,

1840; S. Baird, Mamm. N. A. 412.

D. phillipsii, Aud. & Bach. N. A. Quad. iii. 137, t. 130, 1853.

Macrocolus halticus, Wagner, Wiegm. Arch. i. 172, 1846; Ab-

hand. K. B. Akad. 1845, p. 319, t. 7 (skeleton).

fab. Mexico, Real del Monte (John Phillips). B.M.

Var. Larger, darker, the colour more distinctly marked.

D. agilis, Gambel; Spencer Baird, Mamm. N. A. 414.

Hab. California (Bridges).

«Found in dense thickets, Maccartysville, Santa Clara county. It

lives in the nests made by the Neotoma. Caught in traps during the

night, baited with wheat”’ (Bridges). The tail of the variety is shorter,

compared with the size of the body, than that of the stuffed specimen ;

but there is no knowing how much the skin of the body may have

contracted before it was preserved.

Dr. Spencer Baird describes two other species of the genus, chiefly

depending on the absolute length of the hind foot and the length of

the tail as compared with the length of the body. He believes that

there are at least two good species—one with a long tail and longer

1868. | DR. J. E. GRAY ON SACCOMYINA. 201

hind feet, D. phillipsii, and one with a shorter tail and slenderer fore

feet, D. ordii, with different geographical distribution (see M. N.

Amer. pp. 409, 414, 415).

2. Diropomys orp11, Woodhouse, Leconte, Proc. Acad. N. S.

Philad. vi. 1853, p. 224; Spencer Baird, Mamm. N. A. 410, t. 21.

1, t Shot 71> 2 (skull):

? D. montanus, Spencer Baird:

3. Dirpopomys aGiuis, Gambel, Proc. Acad. N. S. Philad. iv.

1848, p. 77; Spencer Baird, Mamm. N. A. 414.

4. DipopomMys HERMANNII, Leconte, Proc. A. N.S. Philad. vi.

1853, p. 224.

Hab. Sierra Nevada.

5. Dieopomys waAGn_ERrI, Leconte, Proc. A. N.S. Philad. vi. 1853,

p- 224.

Hab. South Carolina.

2. Grinders rooted. Heteromyina.

+ Upper cutting-teeth with a longitudinal groove.

2. PEROGNATHUS.

Perognathus, Pr. Max. Nova Acta Acad. C. L. C. xix. 369, 1839;

Spencer Baird, Mamm. N. A. 416.

Cutting-teeth with a longitudinal groove. Fur spinous or bristly ;

spines flat, with a central channel on the upper surface. Ears

rather large, with a distant suborbicular lobe to the antitragus.

Sole of the hind feet naked to the heel. Tail covered with dense

hairs, sometimes tufted at the tip.

1. PEROGNATHUS PENICILLATUS, Woodhouse, Pr. Acad. N. S.

Philad. vi. 200, 1852; S. Baird, Mamm. N. A. 418, t. 20. f. 5; Sit-

graves, Expl. Colorado, 49, t. 3, 1853; Aud. & Bach. N. A. Quad.

ii. 298, 1854.

Junior? P. parvus, Spencer Baird, M. N. A. 419, 425.

Tail crested above at the end; sides without a fulvous stripe;

hair very coarse and stiff, without any under-fur.

Hab. San Francisco, California, Colorado River.

2. PeRoenatuus Fasciatus, Pr. Max. Nova Acta C. L. C.

Akad. xix. 1, 369, t. 24, 1859; Aud. & Bachm. N. A. Quad. iii. 341,

1854 ; Spencer Baird, M. N. A. 420.

Tail simple ; ears large ; sides with a fulvous stripe. Above sandy-

coloured ; outside of fore legs and upper surface of the feet white ; hair

stiff and hard, like spun glass, without any under-fur.

Hab. Kansas.

202 DR. J. E. GRAY ON SACCOMYINE. [ Mar. 12,

3. PEROGNATHUS HIsPIDUS, Spencer Baird, Mamm. N. A. 421,

t. 51. f. 4, t. 69. f. 2, t. 83. f. 6.

Tail simple, sides with a fulvous stripe ; ears small. Above cinna-

mon and black mixed; outside of fore and hind legs and upper

surface of feet white ; hairs very rigid, long, very thick, coarse, stiff,

bristly ; hair of tail long, concealing the whorls of scales.

Hab. Matamoras, Mexico.

4. PEROGNATHUS BICOLOR. B.M.

Perognathus monticola, Gerrard, Cat. Bones B. M. (not Baird).

Black; upper lip, lower edge of the cheek-pouch, head, and under-

side of body and imner sides “of limbs white. Fur nifornt bristly ;

bristles elongate, slender, with a slender point, and intermixed with

very slender “elongated hairs. Tail as long as the body, with rings,

square scales, and short bristly hairs.

Hab. Honduras-(Sallé). Vemer, mele. , 28 OSes Ere fer 47-2

There is a Spiny Rat from ee at with a longer tail and smooth

front teeth, agreeing in colour with the above. -/t/e wes ta £0

3. Apromys, Gray.

Upper cutting-teeth with a longitudinal groove ; fur soft, abundant,

uniform, long, and close. Tail tapering, cylindrical, covered with short

hairs almost hiding the rings of scales.

Perognathus, sp., S. Baird, Mamm. N. A. 423.

ABROMYS LORDI. B.M.

Fur soft, abundant, grey-washed, with blackish tips; chin and under-

side of body whitish; tail tapering, grey, with a blackish-brown

upper surface and tip; hair of the back dark lead-colour, with a

short grey band and minute black tip.

Perognathus monticolor, Lord, in B.M.

? Perognathus monticola, 8S. Baird, Mamm.N, A. 422, t. 51. f. 3

(skull).

Hab. British Columbia (Lord).

The teeth destroyed. Length of body and head 3 inches, of tail 3

inches. It differs from Dipodomys phillipsii and other species of that

genus in having no white spot over the eye at the base of the ear,

or white band across the thigh.

4, CRICETODIPUS.

Upper cutting-teeth with a groove; ears small, without any lobe

to the antitragus. Hairs ? Soles of the hind feet covered with

short hairs on the posterior half; tail scantily hairy, not tufted at

the tip.

Cricetodipus, Peale, Mamm. & Birds U. S. Expl. Exped. 1848,

p. 33.

Perognathus cricetodipus, Spencer Baird, Mamm. N. A. 416, 418.

2-1-7).

1868. ] DR. J. E. GRAY ON SACCOMYIN. 203

1. Cricetopipus FLavus, S. Baird.

Perognathus flavus, Spencer Baird, Proc. A. N, Philad. vii. 1855,

p. 332; Mamm. N. A. 423, t. 21. f. 3 (head).

Hab. Nebraska, Ulah, Texas, Sonora.

2. CriceTopripus pArvus, Peale, Mamm. & Birds U. S. Expl.

Exped. 1838, p. 53.

Perognathus parvus, Leconte, Pr. Acad. N. S. Philad. vi. 1853,

p-. 235?

P. cricetodipus parvus, Aud. & Bachm. N. A. Quad. iii. 328, 1854 ;

Spencer Baird, Mamm. N. A. 425?

Hab. 2

A doubtful species.

+t Upper cutting-teeth broad and smooth in front.

5. Herrromys, Gray.

Cutting-teeth smooth in front, the upper flat, square in front,

lower compressed, narrow in front. Fur formed of flat, channelled,

tapering spines. Pouches covered with hair. Tail slender, taper-

ing, covered with rings of square smooth scales, with rings of short

distant smooth hairs from the suture between the rings of the scales

and about twice as long as the scales.

Hetercmys, Gray, Spic. Zool. i. 10 (1831).

** Fur consisting of uniform rather short broad spines tapering to a

point, and with a broad central channel on the upper surface,

with some scattered, slender, elongated hairs.

1. HETEROMYS ANOMALUS. B.M.

Fur pale chestnut-brown, white beneath.

Mus anomalus, Thompson, Linn. Trans. xi. 151, t. 10.

Heteromys anomalus, Gray, Spic. Zool. i. 10 ; Less. Mamm. B. M.

120, 1843.

Heteromys thompsoni, Lesson.

Dasynotus anomalus, Wagler.

Cricetus anomalus, Desm. Mamm. 513.

Hab. Trinidad (John V. Thompson). Type, B.M.

Confounded with Loncheres myosurus, Licht.; M. leptosoma,

Licht. See Lonchura anomala, Kuhl, Beitr. 70.

Mr. John Vaughan Thompson was a very careful and accurate

observer, and far in advance of histime. He discovered the structure

of Polyzoa, the transformation of Crustacea and of the Cirripedes,

the larva state of Comatula, and the transformation of Mollusca.

He sent a paper on the latter subject, with others, to the Royal

Society ; but they were not understood or estimated ; and instead of

being printed in the ‘Transactions,’ they were placed in the Ar-

204 DR. J. E. GRAY ON SACCOMYINE. [ Mar. 12,

chives. Atlength, in 1828, he commenced to publish at Cork a series

of papers illustrated with his own etchings, under the title ‘ Zoological

Researches and Illustrations of Natural History,’ with plates, Svo.

They did not sell sufficient to repay the expense of printing, and the

series came to a premature end on the publication of the fifth part in

1834. He also printed a “ Memoir on the Pentacrinus europeus, a

recent species discovered in the cove of Cork,” Ist July 1823, Cork,

in quarto, with two plates. This animal proved to be the first state

of the Comatula. ‘The memoir on Pentacrinus and the ‘ Zoological

Researches’ are now very rare.

The specimen of the present animal, which Mr. Thompson sent

to the Linnean Society along with his paper, was left in the hands

of the artist (Mr. James Sowerby) to whom it was sent to be figured

and engraved, and not returned. Years after, when the skin was

nearly destroyed, Mr. James De Carle Sowerby gave it to me, and I

placed it in the British Museum, where the skull and imperfect skin

now are. In this way many typical specimens are lost, as the

specimen of Rossia and the Lepidoptera collected by Sir James

Ross in the Arctic seas, which were for years in the hands of Mr.

Curtis, and, I believe, are now lost to science.

2. HeTEROMYS DESMARESTIANUS. B.M.

Cutting-teeth small, upper flat, lower keeled, narrow in front,

ears moderate, exposed. Chestnut-brown ; tip of nape, lips, chin,

and underside of the body, feet, and underside of tail white ; ; Spines

of back white, with chestnut tips.

Heteromys desmarestiana, Gray, P. Z.S8. xi. 1843, p. 79 (noticed).

Hab, Coban. B.M.

This is very like H. anomalus, and may not be distinct from it.

3. HETEROMYS MELANOLEUCUS,

Fur black; upper lip, lower edge of cheek-pouch, chin, and

underside of body white ; legs and feet black. ars large; tail much

longer than the body and head ; fur harsh ; hair of back moderately

broad, keeled, with bristle-like tips and a quantity of interspersed

slender elongated hairs.

Perognathus monticolor, Gerrard, B. M., not S. Baird.

Hab. Honduras. BAD Buia Ks oualin’s 49

Very like Perognathus Tabor, the tail much longer, aitd the fur’

harsh, formed of well-marked channelled spines, and many slender

elongated hairs.

4. HETEROMYS LONGICAUDATUS.

Fur grey, black and yellow mixed ;_ lower surface of nose, upper

lip, lower half of the cheek-pouches,. chin, chest, and underside

of the body, inner side of the limbs, and lowexside of the tail

white; upper surface of fore and hind feet whitish ; ears moderate,

exposed ; tail much longer than body and head, slender, nakedish,

with a few short hairs at the tip. Fur smooth; hair of the back

1868. } DR. J. E. GRAY ON SACCOMYIN. 205

formed of numerous slender channelled spines, ending in a long

bristle, and intermixed with elongated slender hairs.

Hab. Mexico (Sallé).

The fur of this species is softer than that of H. melanoleucus, and

not so soft as that of H. irroratus. The tail is much larger than

either. There is no indication of any yellow streak on the side, be-

tween the colours of the back and under surface.

5. HETEROMYS IRRORATUS.

Fur rigid, grey, black, and yellow mixed; under surface of the

nose, the upper lip, the lower part of the cheek-pouches, chin, and

under surface of the body, the inner side of the limbs, and the

under surface of the tail white; sides with a widish interrupted

yellow line between the dark and white colour; upper surface of

the feet whitish ; tail almost as long as the body, and head closely

covered with short hairs.

Perognathus fasciatus, Sallé.

Hab. Mexico, State of Oaxaca (Sallé).

This species agrees with the description of H. fasciatus, but the

upper cutting-teeth are smooth. It is easily known from the pre-

ceding by the shortness and hairiness of the tail, and by the yellow

streak on the side between the dark colour of the back and the white

of the underside.

6. HrTEROMYS ALBOLIMBATUS. B.M.

Fur soft, smooth, grey, black, and very slightly yellow-varied ;

underpart of the nose, edge of the ears, lips, lower part of the cheek-

pouches, underside of the body and inner side of the limbs, upper

surface of the feet, and Jowerside of the tail white. Fur soft, smooth ;

hairs lanceolate, soft, channelled above, ending in a bristle-like tip,

with abundance of elongated very slender yellow hairs; tail as long

as the body, slender, with rings of square scales and short black

hairs, which are more abundant on the upper part near and at the

tip, forming a kind of pencil.

Var. Tail white at the tip. “ '

Hab. Mexico? 7 wectan>, oe Serada — Jevrter S3Ebs.

This species is known from the others by the greater softness of rs. atte]

the fur, the greater slendernes of the hair, and the abundance of

the elongated under-fur, and the distinct white edges to the ears.

6. Saccomys, F. Cuv. Mém. du Mus. x. 419, 1823.

4.4

Upper and lower cutting-teeth smooth in front ; grinders rooted, a

each formed of two cross ridges, the first one of each jaw longer,

with longer tubercles, the outer edge of the front tubercle of the

second and third tooth broader, with a fold. Fur soft, abundant,

without any spines, less dense beneath and on limbs. Ears large,

naked, with well-marked lobules. Hind foot rather large, long ;

soles bald; toes 5.5; underside with cross bands. Tail slender,

206 DR.J. E. GRAY ON MELES CHINENSIS. [ Mar. 12,

elongated, with rings of square scales and short bristly hairs. The

skull was broken up; the teeth are not said to be rooted, or not

rooted.

SACCOMYS ANTHOPHILUS,

Head, shoulders, back, and rump pale fulvous ; pouch and limbs

paler ; end of nose beneath reddish white.

Saccomys anthophilus, F. Cuvier, Mém. du Mus. x. 419. t. 26,

1823.

Hab. North America (I. Cuvier) ; probably some of the West-

India Islands (Spencer Baird).

5. Notice of a Badger from China (Meles chinensis), sent

by Mr. Swinhoe, H.M. Consul at Amoy, and Dr.

Hartland from Hongkong. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S.,

V-P.ZS., F.LS8., &c.

Mr, Swinhoe has sent to the British Museum, from Amoy, the

skin and skull of a Badger, which the British Museum had before

received from Dr. Hartland, from Hongkong. It is a very distinct

species from the Badger of Europe and Japan; but the skull is very

similar to that of the Badger from Thibet which Mr. Hodgson

named Taaxidea leucurus—the Meles leucurus of my monograph of

Mustelide in the ‘ Proceedings’ of the Society for January 1865,

- 139.

. But the fur of both the specimens is so different from that of the

skin of the Thibet animal sent by Mr. Hodgson, that I believe it is

an undescrtbed species, unless it is the Amur Badger, described as a

variety of the European animal by Middendorff and Schrenck. It

differs from the European Badger in the form of the skull, and

almost justifies Mr. Hodgson referring it to a distinct genus. He

first referred it to Mr. Waterhouse’s genus Tazidea, but afterwards

gave the group the name of Pseudomeles.

The British Museum contains specimens of the skulls of the Euro-

pean, Japanese, Thibetan, and Chinese Badgers ; the three species

are most distinctly marked by their skulls.

Indeed the animals may be divided into two groups, according to

the form of the skull, thus :—

I. Skull ovate, swollen behind ; the forehead and upper part of the

nose broad, flat above, and rounded on the sides; the face short,

thick. The flesh-teeth of the lower jaw moderate, shorter than the

tooth-line occupied by the three premolars. Meles.

1. Mewes raxus, Linn.

Skull large ; face very broad and rounded in front ; the nasal aper-

ture large, broad, as broad as high, postorbital aperture moderate,

subcireular.

1868. | DR. J, E. GRAY ON MELES CHINENSIS. 207

2. MELEs ANAKUMA, Temm.

Skull small; face broad, tapering, narrow, and rounded in front ;

the nasal aperture oblong, moderate, higher than broad; the post-

orbital opening very large, oblong.

The skull is well figured by Temm. & Schlegel, Fauna Japonica,

t. 6. The name of this animal is erroneously printed M. ankuma,

in P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 140.

II, The skull oblong, elongate ; the forehead and upper part of

the nose narrow, subcylindrical above; face elongate, tapering,

rounded in front ; nose-hole moderate, rounded, as broad as long ;

the flesh-teeth of the lower jaw large, longer than the line occupied

by the three premolars. Pseudomeles, Hodgson.

3. MeLEs LEucuRus. Tampha or Tumpha.

Fur long, flaccid, dark iron-grey, black, grey, and white mixed ;

-hair long, white, with a broad sublunate black band and a white

tip ; under-fur abundant, long, white ; a streak on each side of the

forehead blackish-grey-varied ; chin, throat, legs, and underside of

body black ; tail, sides of head and body whitish.

Taxidea leucura, Hodgson, Journ. A. S. Beng. xvi. 763, t. 31, 1847.

Pseudomeles leucurus, Hodgson, MS. 1850.

Meles leucurus, Gray, P. Z. S. 1853, p. 191; 1865, p. 139.

Hab. Tibet, ‘ Bhote Plains :” called Tampha (Hodgson).

As I observed in the ‘Proceedings’ 1865, p. 140, the skin

is very like that of Arctonya collaris, but differs in the chin and

throat being black, and in the black streak on the face commenc-

ing on the side of the front of the nose, including the eyes.

4. MELES CHINENSIS*.

Fur short, harsh, yellow-brown, varied with black and grey ; tips

of the breast-hairs rigid, moderately short, yellow, with a narrow

black subterminal ring and yellow tip; under-fur almost entirely

absent.

Streak from end of nose on each side of the face, including the

eye, the back of the ears, chin, throat, legs and feet, and underside

of the body black ; tail slender, harsh, yellow ; some of the hair of

the upper part with a black subterminal ring.

Arctonyz collaris, no. 206, c, Gerrard, Cat. of Bones B.M. p. 98.

? Meles taxus amurensis, Schrenck, Amurland, xvii. t. 1. f. 1-4.

Hab. China, Hongkong (Dr. Hartland), Amoy (H.M.C. Swin-

hoe).

the general colouring is so like that of the European Badger that

it is probably the M. tarus, var., of Middendorff (N. u. O. Sibir.

Mamm. 3), and Meles taxus, var. amurensis, Schrenck, Amurlande,

xviii. t. 1. f. 1-4 ; but the fur is much shorter, and the hair not so

* This may probably be Meles leptorhynchus, A. Milne-Edwards, from Northern

China, indicated Ann, Se. Nat. sér. 5, viii. Cahier 6.—J. E. G.

208 DR. J. E. GRAY ON MELES CHINENSIS. [Mar. 12,

distinctly variegated as that of the European Badger, and very much

harsher.

Fig. 1.

hit

TKN

ny \ AN

Meles chinensis. «a. Hinder upper grinders.

The skull (figs. 1, 2) is so like that of Meles leucurus from Thibet,

that I should have regarded them as the same, if there were not so

much difference in the length and flaccidness and coloration of the

fur, and the abundance of the under-fur. This may depend on the

climate.

The shortness and peculiar colour of the fur are exactly alike in

the specimens sent by Dr. Hartland from Hongkong and by Mr.

Consul Swinhoe from Amoy.

1868. | DR. J. E. GRAY ON MELES CHINENSIS. 209

I may observe that when Dr. Hartland’s specimen was sent it

was regarded as a young drctonyz collaris.

Side view of skull of Meles chinensis.

I cannot see any appreciable difference between the skull of

Meles leucurus from Thibet, given to the Museum by Mr. Hodg-

son, and the skull of the M. chinensis, sent with the skin from Amoy.

Dr. Hartland’s specimen is very young, but it agrees with the other

two skulls in all particulars.

The following are the measurements of the skulls of the four

species of Meles in the British Museum :—

M. ana- | M., leueu- | M, chinen-

U1. taxus. kuma, ry a ‘

in. lin. | in. lin.| im. lin. | in. lin.

ene tls entire cies. ccises sav reeee needs 4 9 4 8?!) 4 9 4 4

from nose to front of orbit ...| 1 9 1 6 18 1 43

of zygomatic arch ............... 2 5 2.0 2 2 2 1

Of lower’ jaw ..............0eee00- 3.4 2 9 3.0 2 10

Width of nose in front of line of orbi-

dailanerturpsrsetieks hc. side Site slke5. 1 3 1 40 im) 0 10

——— at back part of zygomatic arch} 3 0 Deed 2 8 2 5

of occipital end .................- 1 10 aan) 2 2 2 0

—- of forehead between orbits...... 1 2 011 L 0 0 10

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1868, No. XIV.

210 LETTER FROM M. LE PERE DAVID. [ Mar. 26,

March 26, 1868.

John Gould, Esq., F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

A letter was read, addressed to the Secretary by H.E. Sir Ruther-

ford Alcock, Corr. Mem., dated “ British Legation, Pekin, Dec. 23rd,

1867,” announcing that he was endeavouring to obtain from the

Imperial Park at Pekin two pairs of the newly described Stag,

Elaphurus davidianus, for the Society’s menagerie.

The following extract was also read from a letter addressed to the

Secretary by Monsieur le Pére David, referring to the same animal :—

««Comme vous le savez sans doute, nous ignorons jusqu’aujour-

d’hui quelle est la patrie primitive de ce Cerf, qui se reproduit depuis

beaucoup de siécles dans le pare déboisé de Pekin et dans deux ou

trois autres endroits; résistant également bien 4 l’hiver rigoureux

ou A l’été si chaud et si long de Pekin. D’aprés des renseignements

trés-vagues je suis porté & présumer que I’ Zlaphurus davidianus

existe A ’état sauvage et naturel au sud-ouest du Koukoo-noor, et

peut-étre aussi dans la partie orientale de la Mantchourie.”

A second extract was likewise read from the latter letter, contain-

ing the following notices of the localities of various species of Chi-

nese Phasianide, in reference to Mr. Sclater’s paper on the Phasia-

nide and their geographical distribution, published in the Society’s

‘ Proceedings’ for 1863 :—

“1, Le Phasianus torquatus est généralement répandu dans toutes

les grandes montagnes de la province de Pekin, mais ne s’y voit

jamais en captiyité.

«2. Le faisan de Reeves ( P. reevesz) se trouve, mais peu abondant

dans deux ou trois localités de notre province, ot abondent les

Biota, dont il aime les fruits ; il parait plus abondant dans les pro-

vinces du 8.0, et du sud et au sud du Yantse Kiang.

“ 3. Le faisan doré (Thaumalea picta) est inconnu dans le nord,

et c’est, sans aucune doute, par erreur qu’on dit qu’il se trouve dans

la Daurie. Il est propre aux montagnes du centre-ouest de la

Chine, et plus vers l’occident dans la méme latitude.

“4, Le Crossoptilon auritum est un oiseau plus chinois que mant-

chou ; il devient partout plus en plus rare.

«5, C’est moi qui ai eu et signalé (en 1862) le premier une nou-

velle espéce du Pucrasia que Mons. Gray a nommée P. xanthospila.

Elle a été introduite en France par notre ministre M. Berthemy en

1864.

“6. Un Ceriornis vit au nord du fleuve jaune ; je ne l’ai pas encore

vu, et ne sais pas si c’est le Tragopan de Temminck ou une nouvelle

espéce.

7. Je viens de signaler un nouveau Gallinacé aux Professeurs-Ad-

1868. ] LETTER FROM THE REV. W. HINCKS. 211

ministrateurs du Muséum de Paris, que je cherche en vain 4 me

procurer depuis deux ans; il est tout d’un bleu uniforme, plus ob-

secur dans les parties inférieures, avec la queue noire et courte, et les

pieds et le bec rouges. Un Lophophore peut-étre ?”

A letter was read from Perey Brandon, Esq., dated Bogota, Jan.

16th, 1868, stating that the Great Ant-eater (Myrmecophaga jubata)

in the Society’s Gardens, which had been presented by him on the

8th Nov. 1867, had been obtained when quite young from the Llanos

of Casanaré on the eastern side of the Andes of New Granada.

Dr. Murie communicated the subjoined extract of a letter from

the Rev. William Hincks of Toronto *:—

«You will observe that I carefully guarded, in my first communi-

cation, against too great reliance on any of the characters which

might possibly be affected by the degree of stretching or the precise

position given in setting up. I still think these points worth care-

ful comparison, but I referred to them in confirmation only of other

‘characters ; but we must not let their uncertainty affect more impor-

tant points. As to colour we must always allow for some variation ;

and no doubt there are Trumpeter-Swans pure white like those that

fell under your notice. Reliance cannot, therefore, be placed on this

character, although it is well known here that the Trumpeter gene-

rally has the ferruginous hue on the head and neck, which Cygnus

americanus never has, and which none of the specimens examined

which seem to belong to C. passmori have, but which my last young

specimen of C. buccinator has prominently, according to the rule to

which I referred in my first paper, that such colouring is seen most

in young birds. Absence of the characteristic colour is, then, some

presumption against a Swan being C. buccinator, though after your

specimens it is evident it is no proof, since the sterna you figure

make it certain that your birds belong to C. buccinator.

* Now as to the sizes: of course very young birds are very small,

and have to pass through all the grades to their full size; but their

growth is generally pretty rapid, and in very young birds there are

various signs of immaturity, specially, for instance, the condition of

the generative organs, which I had examined in every specimen. I

stated in my paper that our first specimen of C. passmori (then the

only one) seemed to be a mature bird. Now in comparing birds

that have passed their first season, size is generally accounted a very

important character ; and, as an instance in point, I referred in my

last letter to the case of Bernicla canadensis and B. hutchinsii, where

* I have been favoured by a communication from the above-named gentle-

man, in which he expresses his unaltered conviction that Cygnus passmori is a

distinct species from C. buccinator. As in a former paper of mine laid before

this Society (P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 8), I ventured to oppose the specific separation of

C. passmori from C. buceinator, I think it but justice to Mr. Hincks to publish

such portions of his letter to me as may vindicate his assertion.—J. M,

212 LETTER FROM THE REV. W. HINCKS. [ Mar. 26,

the markings are alike or very nearly so, but the former species is con-

siderably larger ; yet no practical observer doubts the species being

distinct, their feeding and habits being somewhat different.

“If the relation of the trachea to the sternum is not a good cha-

racter, all our species of Cygnus are in great confusion. Let it only

appear that there is a real difference in the sternum and trachea

between two sets of birds, and their specific difference is established.

I was very particular in considering how far sex would affect the

case ; but as I had a pair, male and female, of C. buccinator, and the

sterna were nearly alike, altogether so in all the important particulars,

it is clear that sex does not account for any of the differences.

Finally the shape of the pair of bronchial tubes, constant, I believe, in

every species, is very apt to vary in different species, and is always

worth noticing. Now as to the birds examined in this inquiry.

The original specimen of C. passmori had its sternum like that

figured by Yarrell for C. buccinator, whilst a large pair of C. bucet-

nator compared with it had each a sternum such as is given in my

paper (fig. 7), and of which the leading characters are much better

expressed in your figures through being taken from younger birds.

The expanse of the cordiform elevation is not so great in yours, nor

the elevation of the knob in front; but no doubt can be entertained

of your birds belonging to C. buccinator. All the doubts I admit-

ted respecting Gs passmori were founded on my examination of

several Swans with essentially the sternum of C. passmor2, but with

slight variations as to the extent of the advance of the bended trachea

within the carina, whilst I had no proof that the young of C. buceina-

tor would display the cordiform swelling which I found in old speci-

mens. Since then I have met with a known young C. buccinator which

displayed the cordiform enlargement distinctly, though not fully

developed in size and height ; and your birds, which, though dwarfed

and deficient in colour, certainly come between my young specimen

and the old ones before examined by the intermediate development

of the cordiform swelling, confirm the argument. In short, I am

now in a position to affirm positively that the tracheal condition of

C. passmori cannot, as I once thought possible though very doubt-

ful, be a step in the development of C. buccznator. If, then, it does

not mark a species, it is a mere variety ; and in that case the forms of

the sternum and bends of the trachea afford no true characters—a

proposition which I cannot readily admit. It is now evident to me

that the two young Swans referred to in my letter of April 10, 1864,

were specimens of C. passmori, and, with my original specimen and

Yarrell’s figure which belonged to that species, show the degrees of

development of that species, whilst my young Swan noticed in the

last paper I sent over, your two specimens, and my pair of old birds

of C. buccinator fully illustrate the progress of that species. The

cordiform swelling at the hind part of the sternum (as in C. bewichii),

found with the knob at the vertical bone in front of the sternum,

indicating both a horizontal and vertical bend of the trachea, mark

C. buecinator. C. passmorihas the knob marking the vertical bend,

though much more feebly than in the other species, but has no hori-

1868. | DR. J. MURIE ON SALMO SALAR. 213

zontal bend, though going backwards on the carina to a variable ex-

tent. Now as to the bronchial tubes: I am not certain that the

observation I make on the specimens occurring to me is reconcile-

able with Yarrell’s figure in the ‘ Linnean Transactions,’ vol. xvii. 1,

but I always find C. passmoriwith the two tubes separate, the swelling

of the lower portion comparatively small, and the directions of the

tubes nearly parallel, whilst in C. buccinator the swelling of the

lower portion is much greater, causing the narrow tubular portions

to recede widely ; and I think the difference in the breadth and figure

of the tracheal rings holds good as I described it.

‘*As to the matter of size, my very young C. buccinator was larger

than any C. passmori I have seen; and though yours are smaller,

though evidently older than the one I refer to, I think confinement

and being captured very young may account for this difference.

Without doubt the ordinary size and weight of those the sternum of

which marks them as passmori is much less than that of the others.

The other characters 1 gave may have value, but I wait for further

observations. JI take my stand on the sternum ; and now with three

specimens of each species before me exhibiting varying development,

but the same essential distinction, and affording proot that it is not

a distinction of sex, I feel bound to maintain my species, though I

will give it up on a reasonable explanation of facts. You have not

yet had all the facts before you, not being aware of my young male

Trumpeter with the parts in an early stage of progress, yet showing

a manifest difference from the seemingly mature C. passmori, and

putting an end to the notion of the form in C. passmori being a

stage of progress. Iam, &c.

“PS. On looking again at your paper I fear I did not make my

measuring sufficiently clear in one point, as you seem to have mis-

apprehended me. I refer to your page numbered 12, the short

paragraph near the middle of the page, respecting the sterno-tracheal

elevations in your specimens as compared with mine. Now in my

specimen of C. passmori and in both the other specimens which I

now think belong to it, noticed in my appended letter, the inner

surface of the sternum is /evel ; there is no bony elevation, except

that at the front of the sternum forming a knob. There is no hori-

zontal loop of the trachea in any specimen which I should call C.

passmori. My present doubts all arise from Yarrell’s figure in the

certainly those of C. duccinator ; and perhaps his figure is drawn

from a very young specimen of C. duccinator, as they generally

attain great size when young, and in that state the horizontal loop

could be only just commencing. I shall be on the look-out for fur-

ther information ; but I believe we shall have no Swans this season.”

Dr. J. Murie exhibited some specimens of fishes illustrative of the

supposed arrest of development of the Salmon (Salmo salar) when

retained in fresh water. These examples had been hatched in the

Society’s Fish-house from ova presented by Mr. F. Buckland, in

214 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON BAKER’S ANTELOPE. [ Mar. 26,

January 1863, and stated to be those of the Salmon of the

Rhine.

Mr. F. Buckland exhibited and made remarks on other specimens

of Salmonoids reared in fresh water.

Dr. Giinther maintained that there was no sufficient evidence to

prove that the ova from which these fishes had been hatched were

really those of Salmo salar. Judging by the specimens themselves

he believed them to be more probably young of some species of

Lake-Trout or hybrids between two different species of Salmo.

The following papers were read :—

1. Notes on Baker’s Antelope (Hippotragus bakeri). By

P. L. Scuarer, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the

Society.

(Plate XVI.)

In an article upon the Antelopes and Buffaloes of North-eastern

Africa, published in the 30th volume of the ‘ Nova Acta Academize

Leopoldino-Carolinee’ *, the well-known traveller and naturalist Th.

v. Heuglin has given a description of a new Antelope of the genus

Hippotragus, and named it after our illustrious countryman Sir

Samuel Baker, by whom it was discovered and communicated to the

author.

When visiting the Royal Menagerie at Turin last summer, I was

shown a young male Antelope, recently received from Dr. Ori, the

" * “Ueber die Antilopen und Biiffel Nord-Ost-Afrikas. Von Th. v. Heuglin.”

| Jena, 1863. Herr v. Heuglin gives the following description of this Antelope :—-

Cornuain utroque sexu ; his robustis, basi retundatis et approximatis, arcuatis,

recurvatis, vix ad apicem annulatis.

Pallide hepatico-fulvescens, fronte, macula oculari, striisque humeralibus 3-4

ee obliquis, nigris ; Juba collari et dorsal longa, nigerrima ; rostri apice

albido.

“The thickening of the horns above the base in this species is very peculiar.

Tn two examples the tip of the horn lies outside the segment of the cirele which

the horn itself describes, and is slightly, although quite noticeably, directed out-

wards. A pair of horns from Setit, which I also ascribe to this species, are about

one-third smaller, and the horns form a perfectly regular are of almost 90°. In

the adult animal the mane is very long, particularly upon the base of the hinder

neck, and erect; also the front part of the neck appeared to me (as far as I could

see at a distance of 80 paces) to be provided with a mane. The footprint of the

beast is very large and broad.

“The animal lives in large herds, containing about thirty individuals, on the

Qualabat, on the Djebel Qedani, on the Bahr Salim, on the Atbara, in Eastern

Sennaar, and on this side of Fazogloa on the Djebel Qiid, Rorah, &e. It is only

met with in open places, and is, moreover, so shy and swift that it can be

caught only with the best horses.

‘““T have only once had the opportunity of seeing this beautiful Antelope,

which is of the size of a Horse; on the other hand, I have to thank for most of the

particulars here given the English traveller 8. W. Baker, who brought the horns

with him from the Atbara.”

1868. ] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON BAKER’S ANTELOPE. 215

King of Italy’s agent at Chartoum, which was quite unknown to me,

but which I at once recognized as belonging in all probability to the

species described by v. Heuglin. In order to ascertain whether my

supposition was correct, M. Comba, the Director of the Royal

Menagerie, most kindly promised to have a figure made of the ani-

mal, so that it might be compared with vy. Heuglin’s description,

which was inaccessible to us at Turin. The receipt of the excellent

coloured photograph which I now exhibit (see Pl. XVI.) has en-

abled me to make this comparison ; and I can now state, without fear

of error, that the Antelope at Turin is unquestionably a young male

Hippotragus bakeri. 1am farther confirmed in the correctness of

my opinion by the testimony of Sir Samuel Baker, who has examined

the photograph and kindly supplied me with the following notes

upon the animal and its habits*,

“ The Maarif, or Hippotragus bakeri, was first seen by me in 1861,

at the western base of the lofty chain of mountains that walls in

Abyssinia from the Egyptian territory. In this country it is by no

means rare. I subsequently met with the same animal in the La-

tooka country in 4° 20! N. lat., 32° 40! EB. long.

“The Maarif is the largest of all the Abyssinian and Nubian

Antelopes; it averages about 14 hands in height at the withers,

which are extremely prominent. Its colour is mouse-grey, with

black stripes across the shoulders and white markings on the nose

and cheeks. The neck, both above and below, is protected by a stiff

and coarse black name, which stands erect like that of a hob-maned

horse. Both males and females have horns ; these are annulated and

exceedingly powerful, they bend gracefully backwards.

“The Maarif is most difficult to approach, as it inhabits extensive

plains, where the rifle has little chance at the extreme range which

this Antelope invariably observes. In habits of watchfulness it is

only equalled by the Giraffe. I have frequently remarked that the

main body of the herd is protected while grazing by one or more of

the party, who act as sentries and give alarm at the approach of

danger. When arriving at the banks of a river, a herd of Maarifs

never descend to the water until one or two have gone forward as

an advanced guard. These narrowly scrutinize all sides, while the

expectant herd waits their decision, and, although painfully thirsty

during the hot season, they never drink until the leaders have as-

sured them of safety.

‘The margins of rivers are generally covered with thick bush, the

resort of Lions and Leopards, which lie in ambush for the animals

which visit the drinking-place; hence the extreme caution of the

wary Antelope.

“The country in which the Maarif is most numerous is that

between the Bahr Salaam and the mountain Nahoot Guddavi at the

western base of the Abyssinian Alps. Throughout this district I

have seen large herds of this Antelope; but the nature of the soil is

so much against Horses that it would be impossible to overtake the

* See also Sir Samuel Baker’s remarks on this animal in the ‘ Nile Tributaries

of Abyssinia,’ p. 475,

216 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON BAKER'S ANTELOPE. [Mar. 26,

Maarif by riding. But the Hamran Arabs possess a fine breed

of Greyhounds, by the aid of which there would be no difficulty in

procuring specimens of it.”

Sir Samual Baker has also favoured me with the loan of a leaf

from his original note-book containing a pencil-sketch of the adult

male of this species. The elongated mane and the shoulder-stripes

are clearly marked in this sketch.

Fig. 1.

Horns of Baker’s Antelope, from the typical specimen.

A fine pair of horns of Baker’s Antelope, for the loan of which I

amalsoindebted to Sir Samuel Baker, are the criginal specimens figured

by Heuglin (/. c. figs. 6a and 66). They measure 27 inches in length

along the upper surface from the base to the tip, and are regularly

annulated up to about six inches from the tips, the annulations being

about 27 or 28 in number. Upon comparing them with horns of

1868. ]} MR. P. L. SCLATER ON BAKER’S ANTELOPE. 217

Hippotragus equinus in the British Museum and the collection of the

Royal College of Surgeons, I find the differences, as might have

been expected, very small. But, judging from the single pair before

us, the horns of the northern species appear to be much more

massive, especially at the base, and not quite so long, and to have

the tips diverging instead of slightly converging. This latter cha-

racter may perhaps vary in individuals.

Fig. 2.

Outline of right horn of Baker's Antelope, from the typical specimen.

As regards the general external appearance of Baker’s Antelope,

it would seem to be readily distinguishable from the Equine Ante-

lope by the pale fulvous colour, the pencilled ears, and the black

stripes over the shoulders, which, although not distinguishable in

the young specimen now at Turin, are, as is shown in Sir Samuel

Baker’s sketch, well marked in the adult.

There can, I think, therefore, be no doubt that Baker’s Antelope

constitutes a good species of the genus Hippotragus, of which there

are three distinct species known, namely :—

1. HipporraGus EQUINUS.

Antilope equina, Geoffr.

fH. equinus, Sund.

218 MR. J. GOULD ON FOUR NEW BIRDS. [ Mar. 26,

Aigoceros equina, Smith, Ill. Zool. 8. A. i. t. XXVIil.

Hab. Northern confines of Cape Colony, now almost extinct

(Smith) *.

2. HiprorraGus BAKERI. (Pl. XVI.)

Hab. Upper Nubia.

3. HippoTRAGUS NIGER.

Aigoceros niger, Harris, Trans. Zool. Soe. ii. p. 216, t. 39.

Hab. Transvaal republic (Harris) ; Zambesia (Peters § Kirk) ;

Uniamuezi (Speke); Southern Kordofan (Priissenayer).

2. On four New Species of Birds.

By Joun Goutp, Esq., F.R.S. &e.

BracHyPTERYX (DRYMOCHARES) STELLATUS, Sp. Nov.

Forehead, ear-coverts, breast, chest, and abdomen grey, crossed

by numerous narrow wavy lines of black ; at the tip of each of the

feathers of the abdomen, flanks, under (and some few of the upper)

tail-coverts an irregular arrowhead-shaped mark of white; lores

black ; all the upper surface, wings, and tail chestnut-red ; bill

black ; feet brown.

Total length 43 inches, bill 3, wing 23, tail 2, tarsi 13.

Hab. Nepaul.

Remark.—I am indebted to Lieut. C. V. Eccles, of the Rifle Bri-

gade, for one of the two specimens of this interesting species,

brought by him, with other birds, from the rich country of Nepaul.

Unfortunately he could not give me any precise information as to

where his specimens were procured, further than that he believes

they were shot on the dense scrubby side of the mountains, at an

elevation of about 10,000 feet. In its structure and in its dense

and silky plumage this bird is so closely allied to the smaller mem-

bers of the genus Brachypterya as scarcely to be removeable from

them ; and I should not have ventured to suggest a separate generic

title, were there not so great difference in its colour and markings.

The beautiful stellations of the breast render it specifically different

from every other bird with which I am acquainted, while the black

crescentic wavy lines of the chest and the chestnut colouring of the

back distinguish it from all the species of the genus Brachypterya,

to which in the lengthened form of its thighs, tarsi, and toes, it

bears a striking resemblance.

Ornithologists may please themselves as to the adoption or rejec-

tion of the new generic name proposed. Some may be inclined to

= I think it doubtful whether the West-African animal, of which the horns were

obtained by Whitfield (Cf. Gray, P. Z. 8. 1850, p. 133), is really of the same

species. A. leucophea of Pallas, however, is probably nothing more than H.

equinus.

1868. } MR. J. GOULD ON FOUR NEW BIRDS. 219

regard the bird as a member of the old genus, while others may

consider its colour, markings, and tout ensemble sufficiently different

to justify the divisional name of Drymochares. In size the bird is

about twice that of the English Wren, Troglodytes europeus.

STURNUS PURPURASCENS, Sp. Nov.

Face, head, throat, and neck deep bronze, passing into green on

the upper part of the back and breast; lower portion of the back

and upper tail-coverts purplish blue; abdomen dusky brown, with

a bronzy lustre; wing-coverts deep coppery or bronzy red; wings

greyish brown, each feather bordered by a velvet-like line of black,

showing very couspicuously on the tips of the secondaries; tail

similar, but the velvet edging not so well defined ; under tail-coverts

black, tipped with white. A few of the feathers on the upper part

of the back and on the upper tail-coverts with a spot of white at

the tip; bill yellow; feet reddish-brown.

Total length 82 inches, bill 14, wing 53, tail 3, tarsi 14.

Hab. Erzeroum.

Remark.—I have had in my collection for many years three skins

of a very beautiful Starling, all collected in Erzeroum, two of which

are adult and one a yearling bird. Compared with Sturnus vulgaris

on the one hand and S. indicus on the other, this bird will be

found to differ in a remarkable manner from both. In size it is

considerably larger than either, while in colouring it is sufficiently

different to constitute it a new species. Beautiful as is our own

Starling, the Erzeroum bird far exceeds it even in its finest nuptial

and breeding dress, the entire back being of a lovely purple, while

green is the prevailing tint of that part of S. vulgaris; the resplen-

dent bluish-green of the wings of the European bird is replaced in

the new species by shining coppery red, the lengthened plumes of

the chest are bluish green instead of coppery, and the breast is

coppery instead of the green or bluish green seen in S. vulgaris.

The two birds, in fact, present a singular transposition of colouring ;

and the Erzeroum bird, for which I propose the name of S. pur-

purascens, is, as above stated, by far the finest of the two. The

adults, as in S. vulgaris, are more or less speckled with white at the

tips of the feathers of the back, according to age; and the young of

the year presents all the characters of the adult, so far as regards

the purple colouring of the back and the bronzy red of the wings,

but, as is the case with a specimen of our own Starling of the same

age, has the entire plumage very distinctly guttated with white,

while the bill, as is usually the case, is of a dark hue.

AULACORHAMPHUS SEXNOTATUS, Sp. NOV.

Bill chestnut-red, with the centre of the culmen above almost

black ; sides of the base of both mandibles edged with white, much

more broadly on the lower than on the upper; crown and all the

upper surface green, tinged with sulphur, deepest on the shoulder ;

on the rump a spot of blood-red; bare eye-orbits dull brownish

220 MR. J. GOULD ON FOUR NEW BIRDS. [ Mar. 26,

red; above and rather behind the bare orbital space a mark of

greyish blue, and on the cheeks, next the bill, is a patch of parer

blue; throat and all the under surface lively grass-green, with a

tinge of blue on the lower part of the breast, forming an obscure

halfmoon-shaped mark; lower part of the abdomen and under

tail-coverts of a yellower and more lively grass-green than the

throat ; two outer tail-feathers on each side green, the remaining

six dull blue, tipped with deep chestnut-red, except the third from

the centre, in which the chestnut only occurs on the inner web.

Total length 142 inches, bill 2%, wing 5g, tail 6}, tarsi 13.

Hab. Unknown; supposed to be Peru.

This species is about the size of A. hematopygius, but it differs

from that bird, and also from its larger near ally 4. castaneorhynchus,

in the third feather of the tail having the chestnut mark at the tip

on the inner side only; from the former it also differs in the pos-

session of a dull blue mark over the eye, a character found in A.

castaneorhynchus, but from which species its diminutive size, as well

as the greater number of the tail-feathers being tipped with chest-

nut, will at all times distinguish it.

PoDICEPS MICROPTERUS, Sp. Nov.

Crown of the head and the ornamental diverging plumes chestuut-

red at the base, their tips being black ; back of the head and nape

chestnut-red, passing into the brown of the back and upper surface

generally, the feathers of which, particularly those of the rump, are

interspersed with chestnut-red; throat, cheeks, and fore part of

the neck white; under surface mottled silvery grey, brown, and

chestnut; upper mandible apparently reddish brown; the lower

one is bright yellow throughout its entire length; feet apparently

olive.

Total length 12 inches, bill 25, wing 4, tarsi 17.

Hab. Lake of Titicaca in South America.

Remark.— This very singular bird, which is about the size of

Podiceps rubricollis, has a very stout bill, and a crest which re-

minds one of some of the species of the genus Eudyptes. Its

apology for a wing renders it specifically distinct from every known

member of its family ; and it is questionable if it be not the smallest-

winged bird, for the size of its body, yet discovered.

For this new and valuable acquisition to ornithological science I

am indebted to David Forbes, Esq., a gentleman too well known as

a traveller and as a scientific man to require any eulogium from me.

I will merely, therefore, offer him my thanks for bringing me the

present bird, which was killed by himself on the Lake of Titicaca,

in Bolivia, as well as for several specimens of Humming-birds which

also fell to his gun during his stay on the elevated lands of the

southern hemisphere.

I cannot conclude this paper without remarking the prevalence

of birds in the southern division of the world with diminutive wings,

some being almost apterous, while others have these organs reduced

to such a small size that they cannot be of the slightest service for

A. GButler del el ith Feby 1868 M&N Hamhart Imp

NEVOOR RARE LEPIDOPTERA.

1868.] MR.A.G. BUTLER ON NEW OR RARE LEPIDOPTERA, 221

flight ; I allude to the Penguins and the Steamer-Ducks among the

Waders, some of the Rails and Gallinules, the apterous group of

New-Zealand birds, the living Rheas, Cassowaries, Ostriches, &c.

3. Descriptions of New or little-known Species of Lepido-

ptera. By Artuur G. Burizer, F.L.S., F.Z.8.

(Plate XVII.)

Genus Ipmarts, Boisd. (1836).

IpMAIS TRIPUNCTA, sp. nov. (Pl. XVII. fig. 9.)

Affinis Idmaidi fulviee (Wallace, Monog. Pierid.), alis autem anticis

supra, area apicali, maculas tres solum includente, posticisque ma-

culis marginalibus majoribus subquadratis: subtus fundo vivide

flavescente, margine interno posticarum ciltisque anticarum letis-

sime fulvescentibus ; maculis transerrantibus postmediis fulvis fusco

roratis: stigmate anticarum nigro majore.

Exp. alar. une. 2.

Hab. India (Coll. Roberts).

This species is nearly allied to I. fulvia, Wallace (Ent. Soc. Trans.

3rd ser. vol. iv. pt. 3. p. 392. n.5, pl. 9. fig. 5), of which it is pro-

bably a local form. The exact locality of J. ¢ripuncta has not been

clearly ascertained.

Genus Acrza, Fabricius.

Section PLanema, Doubleday (1848).

PLANEMA MACARINA, sp. nov. (Pl. XVII. fig. 6.)

3. Affinis P. macariz (Fabricius), area autem discoidea anticarum

Susca, et fascia transversali ferruginosa pone cellam.alarum mar-

gint subparallela: punctis basalibus posticarum paucis, aliquando

coéuntibus.

Exp. alar, unc, 255;-214.

Hab. Gold Coast (Colls. Swanzy, Trimen, B.M.). B.M.

Allied to P. macaria, but smaller ; the cell of the fore wings black-

ish brown, the transverse band slanting inwards instead of outwards,

and the black spots on its inner edge also following in the same di-

rection ; the basal spots of the hind wings smaller, and on the under-

side occasionally running together.

Genus Crrrocuroa, Doubleday (1848).

CIRROCHROA JOHANNES, sp. nov. (Pl. XVII. fig. 10.)

3, 2. Affinis C. bajadetee (Moore), margine autem posticarum su-

pra haud nigro, punctisque nonnullis pone celle anticarum finem

222 MR. A.G. BUTLER ON NEW OR RARE LEPIDOPTERA. | Mar. 26,

nigris, linea interrupta transversali ad angulum ani posticarum

continuatis : fascia marginali nigra, anticarum quoque lineas duas

undatas (internam vix visam) exhibente.

Ale maris subtus roseo-aurantiace, stria media argentea posticarum

regulari bene expressa, anticarum autem subtriangulari diffusa,

fulvo utrinque limitata ; striolis quinque basalibus, fascia submar-

ginali undata bene expressa et margine externo fulvis ; punctis

tribus lunulatis subapicalibus argenteis diffusis : postice punctis

sex nigerrimis postmediis, fulvo late cinctis: ule femine subtus

roseo-cinereis, area discali virescente ; fasciis omnibus brunneis ;

aliter velut in mare.

Exp. alar. unc. 243-213.

Hab. Malacca (Coll. Roberts).

This beautiful species is allied to C. bajadeta and C. ravana of

Moore, but is very distinct from both.

Genus Crents, Doubleday (1849).

Crenis AMULIA, Cramer. (Pl. XVII. figs. 3 & 4.)

Papilio amulia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. 180. figs. C, D (1779).

Papilio amalia (sic), Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. pt. 2. p. 129, n. 398

(1793); Donovan, Nat. Rep. ii. pl. 40 (1824).

Hab. Sierra Leone and Old Calabar (Coll. Druce).

This beautiful species is little known, and is very rare. Mr.

Hewitson has, I believe, three specimens in his collection; and Mr.

Druce lately picked up in an Old-Calabar collection a shattered ex-

ample, from which I have made my figure*. Cramer’s figure is

scarcely recognizable.

Genus EuryrHEene, Westwood (1850).

EURYPHENE SWANZYANA, sp. nov. (PI. XVII. figs. 7, 8.)

Q@. Ale supra fusce, apice anticarum niveo ; fascia discali ceruleo-

violacea, anticis abbreviata interno-anali.

Ale subtus roseo-cinere@, squamis viridibus, precipue apud basin,

adsperse ; puncto anticis et macula posticis discoideis, nigris ;

maculis tribus anticis et quinque posticis niveis discalibus : anticis

quogque macula velut supra apicali: corpus supra nigro-fuscum,

subtus lateribus viridibus, thorace medio ochreo; palpis ochreis ;

antennis nigris, ochreo clavatis.

Exp. alar. unc. 38.

Hab. Gold Coast (Coll. Swanzy).

This remarkable species seems almost to link the two genera Ro-

maleosoma and Euryphene; it has the discoidal cells almost entirely

open, and in form, size, and the coloration of the upperside appears

to be nearly allied to R. eupalus of Fabricius; on the underside it

more nearly approaches R. losinga of Hewitson. I believe, however,

* Mr. Druce has since obtained a second example in somewhat better condition.

1868.] MR. A.G. BUTLER ON NEW OR RARE LEPIDOPTERA. 223

that its truest position will be next to Huryphene semis of Hewitson.

The specimen is kindly lent to me for description by Mr. Andrew

Swanzy, of Lee, after whom I have named the species.

Genus Zeritis, Westwood (1852).

ZERITIS THYSBE, Linn., aberration. (Pl. XVII. fig. 5.)

Alis supra fundo basali ceruleo nitidissimo et post alarum medium

extenso, colorem discalem aurantiacum expungente ; margine ex-

terno late nigro, ceruleo partim tincto, et a lunulis aurantiacis

lilacino tinctis intus limitato: alis subtus velut in Thysbe (forme

communis).

Hab. Platteklip, Table Mountain (Coll. Trimen).

This singular and very beautiful variety of Z. thysbe is in the Col-

lection of Mr. Roland Trimen, who in the Appendix to the second

volume of his ‘Rhopalocera Africee Australis’ makes the follow-

ing observations respecting it :—‘‘ Herr Gross has shown me an ex-

traordinary variety or ‘sport’ of the ¢ of that form (thysbe),

which he captured near Platteklip, on the ascent of Table Mountain.

In the last-named specimen the blue suffusion is of unusual bril-

liancy and extent, completely obliterating all the orange of fore

wing as well as the spots, but leaving a very broad apical and

narrow hind-marginal black border, edged outwardly by the usual

small orange lunules; while in the Aind wing the blue extends to

beyond middle, but leaves a broad orange border of even width

along hind margin: the markings of the under surface, how-

ever, remain as usual, but are strongly defined; the fore wings

are acutely angulated, and the projections of hind wings unusually

long.

“The beauty of Herr Gross’s specimen is most striking, far ex-

ceeding that of the most perfect of ordinary examples.”

Mr. Trimen afterwards obtained this specimen at a sale, and has

kindly lent it to me to figure. He informs me that there is another,

similar but somewhat larger, specimen of this aberration in the

Burchell Collection (Hope Museum), taken, however, at Gena-

dendal (Cape Colony) in the year 1815.

Genus Mrssaca, Walker (1854).

In his ‘ Lepidoptera Heterocera,’ pt. 2. p. 358, Mr. Walker has

characterized a genus under the above name, the type of which is

the Hesparia of Cramer (Pap. Exot. vol. i. pl. 56. fig. C). Mr.

Swanzy having lent me a second species, I referred to the spe-

cimens in the National Collection, and found three species repre-

senting Hesparia: the specimens, however, representing two of the

above species want the abdomen, which appears to be a strong cha-

racter for at once distinguishing them; so that it was natural that

they should have been looked upon as merely varieties of one

type.

224 MR.A.G. BUTLER ON NEW OR RARE LEPIDOPTERA. | Mar. 26,

I much doubt if we actually possess the Cramerian species ; for

even the most nearly allied form in the National Collection, though

nearly agreeing with his figure in the banding of the wings, differs

considerably in size and general coloration. ‘The only perfect spe-

cimen representing the species (and the true type of Mr. Walker’s

genus) differs considerably from Hesparia, but more particularly in

the golden colour of the anal tuft of its abdomen, that of Hesparia

being scarlet ; the third specimen, agreeing with Mr. Swanzy’s

insect, differs chiefly in the form and position of the central white

band.

The two following may therefore be characterized as follows :—

MEsSAGA MARITONA, sp. nov. (PI. XVII. fig. 1.)

Messaga hesparia (part.), Walker [type].

3. Ale nigre, purpureo cyaneoque nitentes ; fascia regulari trans-

versali ad angulum ani posticarum extensa, nivea; venis supra

ceruleis : corpus viridi-nigrum ; capite, palpis, prothorace et pe-

dibus anticis coccineo hirtis ; cauda fulvo hirta.

Hab. Sierra Leone. B.M.

Presented to the Collection by the Rev. D. F. Morgan.

MESSAGA DELICIA, sp. nov. (Pl. XVII. fig. 2.)

‘Messaga hesparia, b. (part.), Walker.

3. Affinis M. hespariz: alis nigris, ceruleo venosis albo irregu-

lariter fasciatis ; fascia anticarum in medio extus producta, posti-

carum undata, alarum margini subparallela nec ad angulum ani

extensa: alis subtus haud ceruleo venosis, aliter similibus :

corpus supra nigrum, capite, palpis, prothorace, pedibus anticis

caudaque coccineo hirtis.

Exp. alar. une. 144.

Hab. Gold Coast (Colls. Swanzy and B. M.).

Nearly allied to M. hesparia, with which it agrees in the colour

of the anal tuft, but differs entirely in the form of the transverse

white bands. This species seems to vary slightly in the outline of

the fore wings; for the Museum specimen has them pointed at the

apex as in M. maritona.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XVII.

Fig. 1. Messaga maritona, p. 224.

2 delicia, p. 224.

3,4. Crenis amulia, p. 222.

5. Zeritis thysbe, p. 223.

. Planema macarina, p. 221.

. Huryphene swanzyana, p. 222.

. Idmais tripuncta, p. 221.

10. Cirrochroa johannes, p. 221.

—

‘

Od 00 SD

1868. P1.XVII.

W.West imp.

GH Ford.

FRONTICINCTUS.

ANTHIAS

'ISSITIYNW VNWduaUOosS

prog HD

dor 459M

XIX Id eels 2d

1868.] DR. A. GUNTHER ON FISHES FROM ST. HELENA. 225

4. Report on a Collection of Fishes made at St. Helena by

J.C. Melliss, Esq. By Dr. Atsurt Ginruer, F.R.S.,

F.Z.S., &c.

(Plates XVIII. & XIX.)

The British Museum has lately received a collection of very fine

examples of marine Fishes made at St. Helena by J. C. Melliss, Esq.

Various naturalists have brought to Europe collections from that

island; but they were all made during a more or less hurried visit,

and I believe that Mr. Melliss is the first resident on the island who

has paid attention to this subject. The number of species contained

in this first collection is not great; yet there are several which are

apparently undescribed, and others new to this part of the Atlantic

fauna. Ihave no doubt that Mr. Melliss will be richly rewarded

by discoveries if he continues his researches, and that the fish-

fauna of St. Helena will prove to be quite equal to that of Madeira

in extent as well as ininterest. In the following list I have marked

the localities from which the species were previously known, thereby

indicating the affinity of this fauna to those of other parts of the

Atlantic :—

1. Holocentrum longipinne, C. & V. West Indies.

2. Centropristis brasiliensis, Barnev. West Indies.

3. Holanthias fronticinctus, sp.n. St. Helena.

4. Serranus impetiginosus, Mull. & Trosch. West Indies.

5. Rhypticus saponaceus, Bl. Schn. West Indies, Cape of Good

Hope, Cape Verde Islands.

6. Priacanthus boops, Forst. St. Helena.

7. Priacanthus, sp. n.?

8. Apogon axillaris, Val. Island of Ascension.

9. Pomatomus telescopium, Risso. Mediterranean and neighbour-

ing parts of the Atlantic.

10. Sargus capensis, Smith. Cape of Good Hope.

11. Chetodon sancte helene, sp.n. St. Helena.

12. Cirrhitichthys fusciatus, C. & V. Pondicherry.

13. Sebastes nigropunctatus, sp.n. St. Helena.

14. Scorpena mellissi, sp. n. St. Helena.

15. Scorpena serofina, C.& V. Brazil.

16. Thyrsites prometheus, C. & V. Madeira.

17. Scomber colias, Gm. North Atlantic.

18. Echeneis naucrates, L. Tropics.

19. Caranz muroadsi, Schleg. Japan.

20. Caranz dentex, Bl. Schn. From the Mediterranean to the

coast of Brazil.

21. Seriola lalandii, C. & VY. Atlantic, Japan, Australia.

22. Lichia glauca, L. Mediterranean, Atlantic.

23. Xiphias gladius, L. Mediterranean, Atlantic.

24. Salarias atlanticus, C. & V. Madeira, Atlantic, Panama.

25. Aulostoma coloratum, Mill. & Trosch. West Indies.

Proc. Zooxr. Soc.—1868, No. XV.

220. DR. A. GUNTHER ON FISHES FROM ST. HELENA. [Mar. 26,

26. Pomacentrus leucostictus, Mill. & Trosch. West Indies.

27. Glyphidodon sazatilis, L. West Indies.

28. Heliastes insolatus, C. & V.* West Indies, coast of Peru.

29. Cossyphus pectoralis, Gill (probably = C. pulchellus, Poey).

Pacific coast of Central America, ? West Indies.

30. Novacula sancte helene, sp.n. St. Helena.

31. Julis sancte helene, C.& V. St. Helena.

32. Scarus strigatus, Gthr. St. Helena.

33. Physiculus dalwigkti, Kaup. Madeira.

34. Rhomboidichthys, sp. n.?

35, Belone lovii, Gthr. Cape Verde Islands.

The determination of the Eels, Sharks, &c. is reserved for the

new volume of my ‘ Catalogue of Fishes.’

ANTHIAS FRONTICINCTUS. (Plate XVIII.)

B.7. D. 55% A. 7. L. lat. 52.

15-16°

Posterior margin of the caudal fin convex. The second ray of the

pectoral and the third of the anal more or less produced into a fila-

ment. Teeth of the upper jaw separated by a toothless interspace ;

two pairs of canine teeth in the upper jaw, one pair in front and the

other more inwards. Lower jaw with a pair of subhorizontal canine

teeth in front, and with one or two pairs of erect teeth on the side.

Band of vomerine teeth lancehead-shaped. Tongue with a large

ovate patch of teeth. Three (in spirits) white bands across the

snout, forehead, and occiput; a white line along the base of the

dorsal fin, which has a white margin.

This species may be regarded as the type of a distinct generic

division (Holanthias), distinguished from dAnthias by its convex

caudal fin.

Two specimens, 9 inches long (29).

Description.—The height of the bodyis one-third of thetotal length

(without caudal). Muzzle short and obtuse. The length of the

head is contained thrice and two-thirds in the total length (without

caudal). Diameter of the eye equal to space between the eyes,

greater than extent of snout, and contained thrice and three-fourths

in the length of the head. Head covered with smaller scales than

those of the trunk. Cleft of mouth very oblique; upper maxillary

widening suddenly, and reaching to the vertical from centre of eye.

. Preeorbital narrow, half as broad as maxillary. Crown rounded,

convex. Preeoperculum with fine serrature along hinder limb, with

some coarser points at the angle and several coarse denticulations along

the lower limb. Sub- and interoperculum entire. Operculum with

three flat short spines, the upper of which is hidden by the scales, the

middle one pointed and the longest, the lower one being very short,

but apparent, and almost immediately beneath the middle one.

Dorsal fin commencing rather before the posterior margin of the

opereulum ; spinous portion rather lower than the soft, but as long ;

* = Heliastes crusma, C. & V.

1868.] DR. A. GUNTHER-ON FISHES FROM ST. HELENA, 227

spines slender, subequal in length from the third, which is the

longest ; the first spine is more than half the diameter of the eye, the

second longer and somewhat more than half the length of the third.

The membrane between the spines is but slightly notched, and emits

a very small filament behind the tip of each spine. The anterior

part of the spinous portion can be nearly concealed in a sheath.

Soft portion rather higher, with upper margin nearly straight ;

rays subequal, the eleventh rather the longest and longer than any

of the spines ; the posterior rays somewhat diminishing in length.

Caudal rounded, covered for some distance between the rays by

small deciduous scales,

Anal rather more elevated than dorsal, with the third ray longest

and sometimes produced into a filament ; second spine rather stronger

but shorter than the third, which exceeds in Jength the last dorsal

spine. Pectoral nearly reaching to commencement of anal, with

twenty rays, the middle ones the longest, the others rounded off

towards the outer margins of the fin.

Ventrals reaching to vent, with the second ray sometimes produced

into a long filament, reaching slightly beyond the commencement of

the anal, the spine exceeding the third of the anal by about one-

fourth of its length.

Scales of moderate size, nearly twice as high as long ; each has its

base covered by one or more very small scales.

CHAZTODON SANCTH HELENS.

i Beier i lats ae

* 21-22° 19°

The snout is slightly produced, a little longer than the eye, with

the upper profile concave; preeoperculum not serrated. The soft

portions of the dorsal and anal fins low, regularly rounded. Body

uniform olive-coloured ; the ocular band is much narrower than the

orbit, and much fainter below the eye, not extending downwards

beyond the preoperculum. The outer half of the dorsal and anal

fins is yellow, with a narrow black edge, the yellow colour crossing

the caudal peduncle ; caudal and ventral fins uniform light-coloured.

This description is taken from two examples (31), 54 inches long,

Mr. Melliss has sent a third (63), which represents a curions uni-

formly coloured variety without ocular band,

SEBASTES NIGROPUNCTATUS.

DG. A.3. P18. L. lat. 52.

The height of the body is contained thrice in the total length

(without caudal), the length of the head twice and one-third. None

of the dorsal spines prolonged ; no orbital tentacle. Reddish-rose-

coloured, with numerous brownish-black dots, between which white

specks are scattered.

Two examples (30), the larger being 14 inches long.

Deseription.—Head scaly, except the snout, which is naked.

The diameter of the eye is contained once and two-thirds in the

228 DR. A. GUNTHER ON FISHES FROM ST. HELENA. [Mar. 26,

length of the snout, and is about one-fifth of that of the head. Mouth

very wide, the maxillary extending somewhat beyond the vertical

from the centre of the eye. The vomerine teeth form an angular

band; the band of the palatines is narrow, of moderate length ;

however, it varies in width and length, even on the two sides of one

and the same specimen. Tongue free in front; pharynx colourless.

The interorbital space is concave, scaleless. Beside the nasal spines,

there is one in front of, and two above, the orbit, three spines being

on each side of the nape. All the spines, also those on the side of

the head, are but slightly prominent.

The dorsal spines are of moderate strength, the fourth, fifth, and

sixth being the longest and about one-third of the length of the head.

The second anal spine is much stronger than those of the dorsal fin.

Anal fin subtruneate, half as long as the head. Pectoral nearly as

long as the head, without snout, extending to the anal spines ; none

of the rays are branched.

ScorP#NA MELLIssiI. (Plate XIX.)

D. =. A= Pf, 19-825 WL. lat. ca: b0:

The height of the body is contained thrice and one-third in the

total length (without caudal), the length of the head twice and a half.

Eye of moderate size, its diameter being contained once and two-

thirds in the length of the snout, and ¢wice and one-half in that of

the postorbital portion of the head. Basal portion of the operculum

scaly ; head without tentacles, except at the nostrils; interorbital

space concave, with indistinct longitudinal ridges; vertex with a

quadrangular groove, which is broader than long. The maxillary

extends nearly to the vertical from the hind margin of the orbit.

Palatine teeth in a short band, which is shorter than the vomer is

broad. Scales smooth, irregularly arranged, those of the lateral line

being much the largest. Dorsal spines long, slender; the fourth,

fifth, and sixth are the longest, two-fifths as long as the head; anal

spines stronger but shorter than the spines just mentioned. Pectoral

fin extending to below the fourth ray of the dorsal, ventral to the

third anal spine.

Body nearly uniform brownish grey ; head with numerous brown

dots; each dorsal, caudal, and pectoral ray accompanied by a series of

small subquadrangular brown spots. Axil of the pectoral colourless.

One specimen, 11 inches long.

NovaACULA SANCTZ HELEN,

D; 2%, “AG = L. lat. 28.

12°

Closely allied to N. eultrata. The height of the body is one-

third of the total length (without caudal), the length of the head

two-sevenths. A few rudimentary scales below the orbit; only the

first dorsal spine is flexible. Head and body apparently without

spots or streaks.

Two examples (6), 11 inches long.

<<" Ag

uw nae i

ix “4 iy

§ an ’

ee! area

Py hee Poa

oo a5

ST Per

ASS

XX’ Id 8981 SZ d

dort 3s9yM

XX Id 8981

7 da

{

ware

1868.] | DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW AMERICAN FISHES. 229

5. Descriptions of -Freshwater Fishes from Surinam and

Brazil. By Dr. Atpert Ginruer, F.R.S., F.Z.S., &c.

(Plates XX., XXI., XXII.)

The British Museum received in the course of last year several

collections of freshwater fishes from Surinam and Brazil. Whilst

engaged in the determination and arrangement of these examples,

I have found several species which do not appear to have been de-

scribed hitherto. All of them belong to the Stluride and Chara-

cinide. The collections whence these examples were obtained are

the following :—

1. A collection made by Mr. Edward Bartlett on the Huallaga, a

tributary of the Upper Amazons, and on a smaller tributary near

the town of Xeberos. This collection contained a greater propor-

tion of new species than one made by Mr. Bartlett on the main

stream, which was noticed by me in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1866,

xviii. p. 30. Besides the species which will be mentioned sub-

sequently, the following were collected by him at Xeberos:—

Ageniosus brevifilis (C. & V.), Plecostomus emarginatus (C. & V.),

Prochilodus nigricans (Agass.), Curimatus latior (Spix), Leporinus

megalepis (Gthr.), Chaleinus brachypoma (C. & V.), Tetragono-

pterus orbicularis (C.& V.), Myletes duriventris (Cuv.), Serra-

salmo humeralis (C. & V.), Xiphorhamphus ferox (Gthr.), Sterno-

pygus virescens (Val.).

2. A small collection from the Upper Amazons, made by Mr.

Hauxwell, a correspondent of Mr. Bates, at Pebas. All the speci-

mens contained in this collection have been previously described.

3. Two collections made by Hr. Kappler on the Maroni River,

a river forming the boundary between the Dutch and French

Guianas.

4. The freshwater fishes forming part of the museum of the late

Dr. Van Lidth de Jeude. Unfortunately the localities whence

these examples were procured are not preserved; but it is pro-

bable that the greater part, if not all, are from the Dutch posses-

sions in Guiana, many of them being identical with species known

to inhabit the fresh waters of Surinam.

Doras HELICOPHILUS,

D.1/6. -A.12.- P, 1/8, ¥.8.. L. lat. 32-34.

Lateral shields well developed, entirely uncovered by the skin ;

the depth of the third is one-half of the length of the head, those

on the tail only half as deep as the tail; their whole surface is

covered with minute spines. The maxillary barbels reach to the

middle of the pectoral spine, the outer of the mandible being some-

what, and the inner much, shorter than those of the maxillary.

Humeral process without spines, with a very slight ridge, extending

to the hinder third of the pectoral spine. The posterior lobes of

230 DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW AMERICAN FISHES. [{ Mar. 26,

the nuchal carapace are rounded, reaching to the base of the second

soft ray of the dorsal fin. Dorsal spine serrated in front and behind,

the anterior denticulations being directed upwards. Pectoral spine

very long, much longer than the head, extending to the ventral.

Caudal peduncle shielded above and below. Uniform blackish ;

dorsal fin white, its middle black ; base of the anal fin and the two

posterior rays white.

Three examples, 14 inches long, were sent by Hr. Kappler from

Surinam. This fish swallows Ampullarias of a diameter of an inch,

and, after having digested the animal, passes the shells, not broken

or damaged in any way. The mouth is not larger than in the allied

species.

OXYDORAS ACIPENSERINUS. (Plate XX.)

D.)1/6) AGRO Vea ate.

This fish is distinguished from all its congeners by the peculiar

shape of the head and snout, which is elongate-triangular, pointed,

and much depressed in its anterior portion. We find such modi-

fications of form in other allied genera, and they cannot form the

base for establishing distinct generic divisions.

The length of the head is nearly one-fourth of the total (without

caudal) ; crown entirely bony to the dorsal fin; body much elon-

gate, its greatest depth being only one-half of the length of the

head. Mouth toothless. Barbels united by a broad thin mem-

brane; the maxillary barbel is the longest, extending nearly to the

root of the pectoral fin, and provided with several larger and smaller

similar appendages. The outer mandibulary barbel is split nearly

to the base, so that the mandible appears to be provided with six

barbels. Eye of moderate size, its horizontal diameter being more

than the width of the interorbital space. Lateral shields very high,

covering at least two-thirds of the side of the body; their margin

is striated and spinous, the median spine being very strong.

Humeral process obtuse, scarcely longer than high. Dorsal spine

slender, shorter than the head, slightly serrated along both edges.

Adipose fin low and short. Pectoral spine flat and very strong,

coarsely dentated along both edges. Pectoral fin forked. Colora-

tion uniform.

One specimen, 8 inches long, has been sent by Mr. Bartlett from

Xeberos.

CaLLicutTuys ARMATUS. (Fig. 1, p. 231.)

This species belongs to the group with compressed head.

D./ 1. “Ax 16.5 Balls 2b

Head rather higher than long; the height of the body is two-

fifths of the total length (without caudal). Maxillary barbels ex-

tending to below the eye. Twenty-three series of shields in the

upper series; there are four or five azygos shields before the adipose

fin. Spines of the fins very strong and long; dorsal spine as high

1868. ] DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW AMERICAN FISHES. 231

Callichthys armatus.

as the body, finely serrated behind; pectoral spine rather stronger

but shorter than that of the dorsal, longer than the head. Anal

spine shorter and more feeble than that of the adipose fin. Olive-

coloured (in spirits), the nine or ten anterior scutes with vertical

series of small blackish spots.

Several examples, 2 and 2} inches long, were collected by Mr.

Bartlett at Xeberos and on the Huallaga.

Cu2&TosTomus ForpiI. (Plate XXI.)

SAS? “AC AVSE P2160 Wo a) rae. lat. ‘25:

Head much depressed, elongate, its length being one-third of the

total (without caudal); snout broad and elongate, the distance of

the eye from the posterior end of the head being only two-fifths of

the length of the snout. Eye small, one-eighth of the length of

the head, and two-fifths of the width of the interorbital space, which

is rather flat. Occiput terminating in a low obtuse ridge. The

entire upper surface of the head is very rough, and covered with

minute spines; the scutes with which the snout is covered are but

loosely united, so that this part is rather soft. Interoperculum

with about ten setiform spines, the longest being about as long as

the eye. Hach jaw with six or seven stoutish teeth on each side ;

each of them has a lobe on its outer side, rather distant from the

flat apex. Lower lip not notched, with numerous papille. Throat,

thorax, and belly naked. The first ray of the dorsal and anal,

and the upper and lower of the caudal, slightly thickened and

rough, Caudal lobes more or less produced. Pectoral spine

strong, extending to the second third of the ventral fin, covered

with short hooks. Ventral spine as long as that of the pectoral

fin, extending beyond the anal. Each scute of the body with a

series of three or four very prominent spines. Ten scutes between

anal and caudal, and eight between the two dorsal fins. Brown-

ish black ; most of the scutes with a round bluish-white dot at the

232 DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW AMERICAN FISHES. [ Mar. 26,

base ; lower parts with numerous similar but more distinct white

dots.

This beautiful species, which I have named after Mr. Ford, is

probably from Surinam. Four male specimens, the largest 9 inches

long, were obtained from the collection of Dr. van Lidth de

Jeude.

CHATOSTOMUS DEPRESSUS.

Dei/7. “As6.) Paes Leases,

Head and trunk much depressed and flattened. The length

of the head is rather more than one-third of the total (without

caudal) ; the diameter of the eye is one-fifth of the length of the

head, and two-thirds of the width of the interorbital space. The

margin of the snout is covered with short bristles; interoperculum

with a bundle of about eight similar bristles, the longest being only

half as long as the eye. The lower margin of the opercle slightly

serrated. The lower side of the head, thorax, and belly entirely

naked. Dorsal fin rather higher than long, the first ray being

shorter than the head; the length of its base is nearly equal to its

distance from the caudal; there are six scutes between the two

dorsal fins. Caudal fin obliquely truncated, the lower rays being

much longer than the upper. Pectoral spine extending to the

second third of the ventral, and rather rough; ventral fin extending

to the end of the anal. Eleven scutes between the anal and caudal

fins. Scutes with numerous strize, each stria composed of numerous

very small spines. Posthumeral ridge obtuse. Brown, each scute

with several round very small whitish dots; dorsal and caudal rays

with a series of similar dots, the interradial membrane being im-

maculate.

This species is also probably from Surinam ; one male specimen,

6 inches long, has been obtained from the collection of Dr. van

Lidth de Jeude.

This species is allied to Plecostomus barbatus and P. guttatus.

We have received a very complete series of the former species from

the same collection, and I find that the long bristles on the margin

of the snout and the interoperculum form a sexual character and

are peculiar to the male. In the female they are very short, and

sometimes scarcely developed. Both these species might be re-

ferred, with greater propriety, to Chetostomus.

CHETOSTOMUS MEGACEPHALUS.

D. 1/7. A. 5.” Be 1/6. ih, tat. 23.

Head but slightly depressed, rather longer than broad, its length

being more than one-third of the total (without caudal); a very

obtuse ridge runs from the upper angle of the orbit to below the

nostril; occiput flat; interorbital space with a pair of shallow

grooves. The horizontal diameter of the orbit is more than one-

half of the width of the interorbital space, and about one-fifth of

the length of the head. Margin of the snout granulated, without

1868. | DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW AMERICAN FISHES. 233

bristles; interoperculum with a bundle of about twenty setiform

spines, the longest of which are about one-fourth of the length of

the head, and extend backwards to the root of the pectoral fin.

Thorax and belly entirely naked. Dorsal fin rather higher than

long, the length of its anterior rays being three-fourths of that of

the head; the length of its base equals its distance from the root of

the caudal. There are six scutes between the two dorsal fins.

Caudal fin forked, the lower lobe being the more developed. The

pectoral spine extends to the second third of the ventral; the

ventral fin to the middle of the anal. Twelve scutes between the

anal and caudal fins. Scutes of the body without keels, but with

vertical series of spines, the anterior scutes with one series only, the

middle with two, and the posterior with three or more. Posthumeral

ridge indistinct. Blackish brown; head and body with numerous

indistinct round yellowish spots, each about as large as the pupil ;

each dorsal ray with a series of round whitish spots, the black

ground-colour forming a network on the fin.

One male specimen, 6 inches long, has been obtained from the

collection of Dr. van Lidth de Jeude. It is probably from

Surinam.

CHA&TOSTOMUS DENTEX.

D. 1/7. - Aa Aree. 1/6. -UF lat.-23.

Head depressed, rather longer than broad, its length being some-

what more than one-third of the total (without caudal). A very

distinct short ridge runs from the upper angle of the orbit to below

the nostril. Interorbital space and occiput flat, the orbital margin

being slightly elevated. Eye rather small, its horizontal diameter

being one-half of the width of the interorbital space. Margin of

the snout rough, like the surface of the head, but without bristles.

Interoperculum with a bundle of about ten straight setiform spines,

the longest of which is as long as the eye. Thorax and belly nearly

entirely naked, there being only a few granulations behind the

throat. Teeth comparatively large, with the apex dilated, scarcely

lobed; there are about six ou each side in the upper jaw, and three

in the lower. Dorsal fin higher than long, but its anterior ray is

shorter than the head ; the length of its base is less than its distance

from the caudal ; there are seven scutes between the two dorsal fins.

Caudal fin forked, the lower lobe being much longer than the upper.

The pectoral spme extends to the second fourth of the ventral; the

ventral fin beyond the anal. Eleven scutes between the anal and

caudal. Scutes not keeled, but covered with strong spines. Uni-

form greyish brown.

One example, 33 inches long, was found by Mr. Bartlett at

Xeberos.

ACANTHICUS HYSTRIX, Spix.

The figure given by Spix is not good; but the species may be

readily recognized from it. Mr. Bartlett obtained a splendid ex-

234 DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW AMERICAN FISHES. [Mar. 26,

ample, 22 inches long, at Xeberos. It has no adipose fin; there-

fore Kner’s assertion, that the absence of this fin in the typical ex-

ample is merely accidental, is not confirmed.

Hypoptoroma (g.n. HyposToMATINUM.).

This genus differs from Plecostomus in the peculiar formation of

the head, which is depressed, spatulate, the eyes being on the lateral

edge of the head. The moveable gill-covers are reduced to two

bones, viz. the operculum, small and placed as in Plecostomus, and

a second, larger bone (interoperculum ?), separated from the eye by

the narrow suborbital ring, and placed at the lower side of the

head.

Fig. 2.

Hypoptopoma thoracatum.

HyporrorpoMa THORACATUM. (Fig. 2.)

Did. CAS 6. “PS 1/6e Wokias =, lat. 24.

The form of the head approaches that of Loricaria, being much

depressed ; the snout broad, with the outline elliptical. The inter-

orbital space is slightly convex, but little narrower than the greatest

width of the head, which is three-fourths of its length. The

1868. | DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW AMERICAN FISHES. 235

length of the head (to the occiput) is contained thrice and one-

fourth in the total (without caudal). The margin of the snout is

rough, like the upper surface of the snout. Structure of the mouth

and teeth as in Plecostomus. Teeth small, about ten on each side

in the upper jaw, and thirteen in the lower; lips narrow. The

lower side of the head is naked, except where it is covered by the

large subsemicircular interoperculum. Scutes without keels, covered

with fine spines, which are arranged in longitudinal striz. Thorax

covered by two pairs, abdomen by three series of broad scutes.

Dorsal fin much higher than long, the length of its base being one-

half of its distance from the adipose spine; caudal fin obliquely

truncated, the lower ray being much longer than the upper. Pec-

toral spine serrated along both edges, extending beyond the middle

of the ventral; ventral fin scarcely extending to the anal. Colora-

tion uniform olive, caudal fin darker.

A single example, 3 inches long, was obtained by Mr. Bartlett at

Xeberos.

LoricaRIa ROSTRATA, Spix.

The figure given in Spix’s Pisc. Bras. is bad. The figure of

Valenciennes under the name of Loricaria acuta (pl. 452) has

probably been made from an example of this species ; it certainly

does not agree with his description of L. acuta. This species

shows the same sexual character as Plecostomus barbatus, the male

having a bearded snout. Kner, not being aware of this, described

the female as LZ. rostrata, and the male as L. barbata. Mr. Bartlett

found this fish at Xeberos.

LorICARIA LANCEOLATA. (Fig. 3, p. 236.)

Head and body much depressed, but narrow, the greatest width

of the head being three-fifths of its length. Lower lip broad,

slightly notched behind; lateral barbels fine and small; fringes of

the lip indistinct. Teeth very fine, few in number, about five on

each side in the upper jaw, and about seven in the lower. Orbit

with a rather shallow notch behind, its horizontal diameter (the

notch included) being two-thirds of the width of the interorbital

space, which is flat. ead and body rough; a pair of obtuse

ridges on the occiput and nape. The lateral ridges of the body are

confluent on the fifteenth scute. L. lat. 28. There is a series of

seven scutes between the roots of the pectoral and ventral fins.

‘Thorax and abdomen covered with irregular scutes. The length of

the head (measured to the occiput) is a little more than one-fifth

of the total (without caudal). None of the fin-rays are much pro-

duced; the pectoral extends somewhat beyond the origin of the

ventral. Origin of the dorsal fin opposite to the root of the ventral.

Brown; back with about five obscure dark cross bands; fins with

broad, irregular confluent black cross bands.

One specimen, 37 inches long, was found by Mr. Bartlett at

Xeberos.

236 DR, A. GUNTHER ON NEW AMERICAN FISHES. | Mar. 26,

Loricaria lanceolata, p. 235.

Loricaria PLATYsToMA. (Fig. 4, p. 237, and fig. 5, p. 238.)

Snout of moderate length, slightly pointed ; mouth broad, upper

lip well developed, lower semicircular, of moderate width, papillose,

not fringed, and with a minute barbel near the angle of the mouth.

Teeth very fine, about forty on each side of each jaw, the series

occupying nearly the whole width of the mouth. Orbit nearly

circular, without notch, its horizontal diameter being two-thirds of

the width of the interorbital space, which is slightly concave. Scutes

remarkably smooth, even the lateral ridges of the body and tail

being obtuse; they are confluent on the twenty-first scute. L. lat.

29. There is a series of seven or eight scutes between the roots of

the pectoral and ventral fins. Thorax and abdomen covered with

small irregular scutes. The length of the head (measured to the

occiput) is contained five times and one-third in the total (without

1868. |

DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW AMERICAN FISHES.

Fig. 4.

OAS

EAOUNP SEES

Loricaria platystoma, p. 236.

238 DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW AMERICAN FISHES. [Mar. 26,

Kigsb:

Fat

ZAij.

ff Uhl il

N\\

Loricaria platystoma, p. 256,

1868.] | DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW AMERICAN FISHES. 239

caudal). The outer ray of each fin (except anal) somewhat pro-

duced, that of the pectoral reaching to the middle of the ventral,

that of the dorsal and upper caudal lobe being sumewhat longer.

Origin of the dorsal nearly opposite to that of the ventral. Uniform

brownish (in spirits).

Two examples, 8 inches long, were obtained from the collection of

Dr. van Lidth de Jeude. They are probably from Surinam.

LoricartA Lamina. (Fig. 6, p. 240, and fig. 7, p. 241.)

Head and body excessively depressed ; snout of moderate length,

very broad, the head being nearly as broad as long. Labial folds

thin, fringed ; a slender barbel at the angle of the mouth, extending

to or beyond the gill-opening. Teeth minute, few in number ;

there are about five on each side in the upper jaw, and seven in the

lower. Orbit small, with a shallow notch behind ; its horizontal

diameter (the notch included) is three-fourths of the width of the

interorbital space, which is nearly flat. Edge of the snout tren-

chant. Two very low median ridges placed close together run

from the parietal region to the pradorsal scute. Lateral ridges of

the body very conspicuous, confluent on the sixteenth scute. L.

lat. 32. There is a series of nine scutes between the roots of the

pectoral and ventral fins. Thorax and abdomen covered with small

irregular scutes. The length of the head (measured to the occiput)

is contained four times and one-third in the total (without caudal).

Pectoral extending to the dorsal, the origin of which is opposite

to the root of the ventral. Upper caudal ray slightly produced.

Olive-coloured (in spirits), with some indistinct small round whitish

spots on the back of the trunk; head with brown vermiculated

lines.

Three examples, from 7 to 8 inches long, were collected by Mr.

Bartlett at Xeberos.

Macropon TRAHIRA, Bl. Schn.

Is found also in the Huallaga (Bartlett). I may remark that

specimens lately received from Trinidad are perfectly identical with

those from Brazil.

ERYTHRINUS UNITENIATUS, Spix.

Examples from Trinidad (? Z. cinereus, Gill) are not specifically

distinct from examples from the continent.

CURIMATUS LEUCISCUS.

etl) Aco: Val0-: L. lat. G4.~ Li: transv.

10°

The height of the body is contained thrice and two-thirds in the

total length (without caudal), the length of the head four times.

Upper profile of the head and nape straight. Snout a little longer

than the eye, which is three-fifths of the width of the interorbital

space. Snout somewhat projecting beyond the mouth; the second

suborbital bone is more than twice as long as deep. Eye with a

[ Mar. 26,

240

DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW AMERICAN FISHES.

Fig. 6.

fis

Loricaria lamina, p. 239.

— =

1868.] DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW AMERICAN FISHES. 241

YS:

ae at (SS: Bay) pesto

ISIS

LAR

=s;:

ee.

eat ae ede

SSS

Loricaria lamina, p. 259.

Proc. Zoox. Soc.—1868, No. XVI.

242 DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW AMERICAN FISHES. {[ Mar. 26,

- Fig. 8.

Curimatus asper, p, 243,

1868. ] DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW AMERICAN FISHES. 243

narrow adipose membrane in front and behind. Origin of the dorsal

fin equidistant between the end of the snout and the adipose fin,

considerably in advance of the ventrals. Pectoral terminating at a

considerable distance from the ventral, ventral terminating close to

the vent. Abdomen rounded before and behind the ventrals. Scales

with their entire margin conspicuously serrated. Coloration uni-

form,

Two examples were collected by Mr. Bartlett in the Huallaga, the

longest being 54 inches long.

Curtmatus AsperR. (Fig. 8, p. 242.)

This species differs from C. cyprinoides, C. essequibensis, and C.

schomburgkii in having the scales strongly serrated, from C. ruéi-

loides in the form of the snout, and from C. ci/iatus in the form of

the body.

D.ul. A. 12-13. V.9-10. L. lat. 51. L. transy, 4,

The height of the body is contained twice and two-thirds or

thrice in the total length (without caudal), the length of the head

thrice and one-half. Upper profile slightly concave above the

occiput. Snout as long as the diameter of the eye, which is a

little more than one-half of the width of the interorbital space.

Snout somewhat projecting beyond the mouth. The second sub-

orbital bone is twice and one-half as long as deep. Eye with an

anterior and posterior adipose membrane. Origin of the dorsal fin

nearer to the end of the snout than to the root of the caudal, in ad-

vance of the ventrals. Pectoral fin extending beyond the base of

the ventrals, ventral fins to, or nearly to, the vent. Abdomen flat

before the ventrals, compressed behind them. Scales with their

entire margin conspicuously serrated. Coloration uniform.

Four examples were collected by Mr. Bartlett on the Huallaga

and at Xeberos. The largest is 7 inches long.

CuRIMATUS DOBULA.

Allied to C. troschelii.

D.12. A.10. L. lat. 43. L. transv. 6/7.

The height of the body is contained thrice and four-fifths in the

total length (without caudal), the length of the head four times.

Upper profile slightly convex on the nape. Abdomen rounded in

front and behind the ventrals. Snout rather shorter than the eye,

the diameter of which is contained thrice and one-third in the length

of the head, and less than the width of the interorbital space. Orbit

with an adipose eyelid in front and behind. Caudal fin deeply

forked, at least as long as the head. The origin of the dorsal fin is

nearly midway between the end of the snout and the adipose fin,

corresponding to the tenth scale of the lateral line. The pectoral

fin terminates at some distance from the ventral; the ventral fin

does not reach to the vent. Scales with a few obtuse denticula-

tions. Body silvery; dorsal fin with an indistinct oblique blackish

band ascending forwards.

244 DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW AMERICAN FISHES. [ Mar. 26,

Three examples, 42 inches long, were collected by Mr. Bartlett on

the Huallaga.

H&EMIODUS KAPPLERI.

Allied to H. notatus, but with the body much more elongate.

D1. A, il. Vo Liew lat.04.. Lotransyoto/e.

The scales below the lateral line are much larger than the others ;

there are six longitudinal series between the lateral line and ventral

fin. The height of the body equals the length of the head, which

is two-ninths of the total (without caudal). The depth of the head

equals its length, without snout. The distance between the gill-

opening and the vertical from the origin of the dorsal is but little

less than the length of the head. Origin of the dorsal nearly mid-

way between the end of the snout and the adipose fin, considerably

in advance of the root of the ventral. Caudal peduncle longer than

deep. Silvery; a round black spot above the lateral line, behind

the dorsal fin, corresponding to the thirty-fourth scale of the lateral

line. Each caudal lobe with a black longitudinal band.

Two specimens were sent by Hr. Kappler from Surinam. The

larger is 9 inches long.

LreporiINus MEGALEPTS, Gthr.

Xeberos. Young examples.have the upper incisors distinctly

notched.

LEPORINUS FREDERICI, Bl.

An example found by Mr. Bartlett at Xeberos, and 6 inches long,

might be taken for a distinct species of Anostomus, as it has the

teeth still distinctly notched. The three spots are confluent into an

uninterrupted band—a peculiarity which I have also observed in ex-~

amples from the Essequibo, though in a less marked degree.

LEPORINUS HYPSELONOTUS. (Plate XXII.)

D.10. A.13. V.9. L. lat. 37-38. L. transv. 6/7.

The height of the body is contained twice and one-half or twice

and two-thirds in the total length (without caudal), the length of

the head four times and one-half or four times and two-thirds. Back

much elevated, with its profile very convex to the dorsal fin. Eye

nearer to the end of the snout than to that of the opercle ; its dia-

meter is one-fourth of the length of the head, less than that of the

snout, and one-half of the width of the interorbital space, which is

very convex. Opercle two-thirds as long as deep. _Incisors strong

and broad, the form of their edges varying with the age of the

tooth. Lips not fringed. Origin of the dorsal fin equidistant be-

tween the end of the snout and the adipose fin. Abdomen com-

pressed behind the ventrals. Body with seven more or less broad

oblique blackish cross bands ; the two anterior in front of the dorsal ;

the third from the anterior dorsal rays to behind the ventral

1868. } DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW AMERICAN FISHES, 245

fins; the fourth corresponding to the vent, the fifth to the middle

of the anal, the sixth from the adipose fin, and the seventh round

the last caudal scales. Anterior part of the base of the dorsal and

the ventrals deep black ; the other fins yellowish.

Several examples, the largest 6 inches long, were obtained by

Mr. Bartlett at Xeberos. All of them have one side of the gill-

cavity infested with a parasitic crustacean.

TETRAGONOPTERUS OVALIS.

DP Wyre A. 26,2611 lat: 31); Lee transy., 52/6,

The height of the body is one-half of the total length (without

caudal) ; the length of the head is contained thrice and two-thirds

init. Upper profile rather more convex than lower, slightly concave

on the nape. The diameter of the eye is more than the width of the

interorbital space, less than the length of the snout, and one-third

of that of the head. The maxillary extends somewhat beyond the

vertical from the front margin of the orbit. Origin of the dorsal fin

immediately behind the root of the ventral. Pectorals extending

beyond the ventrals, ventrals to the vent. There are four longi-

tudinal series of scales between the lateral line and ventral fin.

Humeral spot indistinct ; caudal spot diffuse, extending over the

base of the fin. Remainder of the body uniformly coloured.

A single example, 4 inches long, was obtained by Mr. Bartlett

at Xeberos.

APHYOCHARAX, g. n.

This genus belongs to the Tetragonopterina, and is, technically,

distinguished from Chirodon by the presence of maxillary teeth.

Dorsal fin placed im the middle of the length of the body, behind

the ventrals; anal rather long. Body oblong, covered with scales

of moderate size. Lateral line visible on a part of the scales only.

Abdomen rounded before the ventrals. Cleft of the mouth narrow;

maxillary short; intermaxillary, maxillary, and mandibles with a

single series of pointed teeth, those in the intermaxillary having a

minute lobe on one or both sides ; all the others appear to be simply

pointed.

APHYOCHARAX PUSILLUS.

DRO AL San ViaSa elu. lat; 365. .btransy., 12.

The height of the body equals the length of the head, aud is two-

ninths of the total (without caudal). The diameter of the eye is

two-sevenths of the length of the head, more than that of the snout,

and less than the width of the interorbital space; maxillary extend-

ing somewhat beyond the vertical from the anterior margin of the

orbit. Intermaxillary with about seven, mandible with nine teeth

on each side; maxillary teeth very small, occupying about one-third

of the length of the bone. Jaws even in front, the mandible pro-

jecting when the mouth is open. Origin of the dorsal fin midway

between the end of the snout and the root of the caudal, behind the

246 DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW AMERICAN FISHES. [Mar. 26,

root of the ventrals. Caudal fin slightly forked. Scales slightly

striated at the base, the lateral line being visible on the eight an-

terior scales. Uniform olive-coloured; the middle caudal rays

black.

Three examples, 23 inches long, were collected by Mr. Bartlett on

the Huallaga and at Xeberos.

ANACYRTUS AFFINIS.

Dl. Agebd- 2 lat: 80:

Upper and lower jaws on each side with a pair of short conical

tooth-like processes directed forwards and outwards. Intermaxillary

teeth in two irregular series, those of the mandible being in a single

series, two pairs of them larger than the rest, canine-like. Maxillary

with four or five distant short conical teeth. Back much elevated,

the profile on the nape being deeply concave. The height of the

body is contained twice and two-thirds in the total length (without

caudal), the length of the head four times. Lower jaw considerably

shorter than the upper; maxillary not extending to the vertical

from the front margin of the eye. Suborbital touching the lower

preeopercular limb, slightly and irregularly striated. The diameter

of the eye is equal to the width of the interorbital space, or to the

length of the snout, and two-sevenths of that of the head; it is

placed immediately below the upper profile. The humeral process

in front of the pectoral terminates in an obtuse point behind, with-

out projection in front. Origin of the dorsal fin opposite to that of

the anal, rather nearer to the end of the snout than to the root of

the caudal. Pectoral extending beyond the vent, ventral beyond

the origin of the anal. Caudal forked. Humeral and caudal spots

more or less indistinct ; a narrow silvery band along and above the

lateral line.

Two examples, 4 inches long, were collected by Mr. Bartlett on

the Huallaga.

ANACYRTUS (CYNOPOTAMUS) AMAZONUM.

D.11. A. 40. V. 8-9. L. lat. 110.

The height of the body is contained twice and two-thirds in the

_total length (without caudal), the length of the head thrice and

three-fourths. Upper profile deeply concave on the nape, the back

being much elevated. Abdomen not compressed, but with a median

ridge from behind the ventrals. The intermaxillary teeth are of

three sizes, viz. :—1, a pair of large canine teeth in front of the jaw,

standing close together, and a second similar tooth close to the end

of each bone; 2, a series of small teeth between the canines men-

tioned ; 3, two smaller canines in a separate series inwards of the

small teeth. The maxillary is armed with a series of very small

teeth in its entire length. ‘The teeth in the mandible are similar to

those of the intermaxillary, but rather stronger, and form a single

series ; they stand in the following order :—(first) two small teeth,

(secondly) a canine corresponding to the upper front canine,

ite OM,

hy, oe

iia

1868. | ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE SALMON. 247

(thirdly) a small canine, (fourthly) a very large canine fitting into

a groove of the upper jaw, (fifthly) at some distance from the

preceding a smaller canine corresponding to the upper posterior

canine, and followed (sixthly) by a series of closely set small teeth*.

The upper jaw overlaps the lower slightly, the maxillary extend-

ing far behind the eye, which is rather small, placed in the middle

of the depth of the head, nearer to the snout than to the gill-

opening. Suborbital slightly and irregularly striated. Origin of

the dorsal fin nearer to the end of the snout than to the root of the

caudal, its last ray being opposite to the origin of the anal fin.

Pectoral extending beyond the root of the ventral, ventral scarcely

reaching the vent. Operculum very narrow; a naked space be-

tween the suborbital and lower limb of the opercle. Coloration

uniform ; a black spot on the end of the lateral line.

Two examples, 10 inches long, were collected by Mr. Bartlett at

Xeberos.

TETRAGONOPTERUS MELANURUS, Bl.

Specimens from Surinam have the caudal fin whitish, with a

broad black median band.

MYLETES DURIVENTRIS, Cuv.

D. 15-16. A.33-34. Abdominal spines 39-48. Xeberos.

Cynopon PECTORALIS, Gthr.

D. 45-48. Xeberos.

XIPHORHAMPHUS FALCIROSTRIS, Cuv.

A. 22-27. Young, with a blackish longitudinal band. Xeberos,

Pebas.

6. On the Supposed Arrest of Development of the Salmon

when retained in Fresh water. By Jamus Murisz, M.D.,

F.L.S., F.G.S., Prosector to the Society.

(Plate XXIII.)

Introductory Remarks.—Lately there was brought to me a small

fish of which the life-history is somewhat peculiar. So interesting,

indeed, does it seem to me that I have not hesitated in bringing the

facts of the case before the notice of this Society. I do so the more

readily because it appears to me that, if it could be shown with

certainty that the said fish is an undoubted Salmo salar, Linn.,

a physiological law of wide import would necessarily follow.

* T have given this detailed description of the dentition because the other

species referred to Cynopotamus have another series of small teeth within the

outer. This is another proof that Cynopotamus is not a distinct genus.

245 DR. J. MURIE ON THE [ Mar. 26,

A number of writers affirm, and instances shall by and by be

quoted where facts are adduced in proof, that Salmon-fry can be

retained in fresh water alone in a healthy condition for a number of

years consecutively. In these cases, so to speak, the growth has

been arrested, and the fish have remained in the parr or smolt

condition.

Some have even gone so far as to believe that such fishes, were they

permitted to migrate to large freshwater lakes, where abundance of

nourishing food could be obtained, would return to their native

streams as large and full-developed Salmon.

Other scientific naturalists, on the contrary, entirely ignore the

facts of such alleged cases, or at least doubt the accuracy of the

observations.

The specific identification of a single specimen in the flesh, and

upon which a main argument in the present paper would be satis-

factorily established, is not, as some might suppose, an easy matter.

When such a competent authority as Dr. Albert Ginther, in his

Preface to the Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Museum

(vol. vi. 1866), states of the Salmonide that ‘‘ sometimes forms are

met with so peculiarly and so constantly characterized, that no ich-

thyologist who has seen them will deny them specific rank ; but in

numerous other cases one is tempted to ask whether we have not to

deal with a family which, being one of the most recent creation*, is

composed of forms not yet specifically differentiated,” there is surely

some ground for giving a decisive judgment with caution.

Such divergence of individual opinion and the consequent diffi-

culty of defining specifically the varied forms of the family increase

the value of faithfully recorded instances bearing upon the mooted

questions.

The case presently to be related is one, it may be, involving con-

tradiction.

History.—\ am indebted to the Keeper of our Fish-house,

Tennent, for the subjoined information (taken from his Note-book)

regarding the receipt and subsequent hatching of Fish-ova. Our

Superintendent, Mr. Bartlett, has substantiated his statement.

1. “Ova of Rhine Salmon, presented to the Gardens by Frank

Buckland, Esq-, on the 8th of January, 1863. These ova began to

be hatched on the 20th of the month following (February ).”

2. Ova of Great-Lake Trout, received February 18th, 1863 ;

began to hatch on the Ist of March.”

3. “Another batch of Great-Lake Trout came on the 28th of

February, and began to hatch on the 12th of March, 1863.”

4. “Mr. Gurney presented some ova of the Common Trout upon

February 20th, and these began to hatch on the 6th of April, 1863.’

5. “In the same year there also was received (21st of February)

some ova of Galway Salmon, which commenced hatching on the

1st of March.”

6. “ Furthermore, upon the 28th of February, 1863, some ova

* “No fossil true Salmo is known at present ; the nearest fossil approaching

to it is a Mallotus” (footnote, iid.).

1868. | DEVELOPMENT OF THE SALMON. 249

of Charr and of Salmon-trout arrived. The Salmon-trout began to

be hatched on the 11th of March following, and the Charr com-

menced hatching on the 14th of March.”

I am particular in noting these details, so that all possibility of

error or mistake may be fully made known.

On Mr. Bartlett’s and Tennent’s authority I may state that

each of these batches of ova, on their arrival and during the sub-

sequent processes of hatching and of rearing, were scrupulously kept

separate from each other. The different dates of arrival and of

evolution from the egg further prevented confusion.

Concerning the Rhine Salmon and the Great-Lake Trout, Mr.

Frank Buckland himself received these from the Fish-rearing Esta-

blishment at Huningue, near Basle. If it cannot be authenticated,

it is presumed the ova were such as represented. The precise Swiss

lake which the Trout were inhabitants of I have not learned.

In 1864, ova of Salmon, Great-Lake Trout, Common Trout, and

hybrids between Salmon and Trout were duly added to the Society’s

collection. Some of these, chiefly the hybrids, never reached ma-

turity, but were addled. What did come forth were sufficiently

different in size.

During the four succeeding seasons ova have been hatched in the

Gardens, but in limited quantities.

Great care, however, has always been taken that the ova both of

the different species, seasons, &c. should be kept separate. In fact,

as the whole has been considered in the light of scientific experi-

ments, and with the watchful eye of Mr. Bartlett over them, besides

numerous observers well versed in ichthyology constantly visiting the

fish-house and overlooking the experiments, there is little room lett

for doubt as regards the data occurring during the earlier periods of

their development in our establishment.

Some of the aforesaid ova of the Rhine Salmon, successfully

hatched in the Gardens in February 1863, have lived in fresh water

alone up to the present date. Regarding these (two in number) I

shall say more presently.

From a dozen to twenty in number, according to Mr. Tenneut,

lived between two and three years in the above condition (viz. in a

small tank with a running stream of fresh water), and in apparent

health.

After they were a year old, at the usual period of migration of

true Salmon, these, then well-marked Parr, showed no uneasy dis-

position or tendency to escape from their tank.

In the second year some of them had slightly altered in colour,

the Parr markings becoming somewhat indistinct ; and a tendency to

a silvery-scaled appearance ensued. But this change did not occur

to all. About a third of the total number, my informant assures

me, did not appear to haye changed in the slightest.

About the beginning of May of that year (1865), at the season

of Salmon-migration, those which had assumed a silvery dress grew

restless, and endeavoured to escape by leaping over the tank they

were confined in’; indeed a few did spring entirely out, and died in

250 DR. J. MURIE ON THE [ Mar. 26,

consequence. A net was then put over the tank to prevent a further

loss of life.

The same phenomena as regards alteration in colour, and restless

disposition at the annual migratory period, occurred the year fol-

lowing (1866).

It was further observed that those which had assumed the silvery

dress in the beginning of the year again lost it in the autumn, and

became distinctly Parr-marked.

During the latter part of 1866 a good many specimens died—some

of those that had assumed the smolt dress, and also others that had

not changed.

In 1867 the few that remained exhibited change of dress, rest-

lessness, and leaping-propensity in the spring, as they had done in

previous years.

As to their growth, this can only be spoken of approximately ; for

no exact measurements were taken of those that died previously to

the specimen which I exhibit to the Meeting.

During the first and second years the young fish seemed to grow,

and did attain a size corresponding to the young of Salmon—that is,

from 3 to 6 inches long. It may be observed, however, that at the

last period spoken of they particularly varied in size ; in other words,

some seemed to grow more rapidly or be longer than others, from

the same batch of ova. 7

During the third and fourth years they appeared all to have

grown somewhat larger ; but the accession of growth was very limited

compared with what had taken place the two previous years. They

still varied in size, attaining, it might be, 5, 6, and 7 inches respec-

tively.

Only two, as previously mentioned, have lived to their fifth year ;

these I shall presently describe, but premise this much of them—

that, according to Tennent and Mr. Bartlett, they have grown little,

if at all, during this last year. The words of these gentlemen are,

‘‘they have not perceptibly grown during that period.”

My inquiries as to feeding have been thus answered :—When

quite young they received the yolk of egg boiled hard and broken

up into small fragments; as they grew older, but in their first year,

Daphne aculeata and suchlike water-insects, with the common blood-

worm were consumed by them in quantities; raw flesh chopped up

was also occasionally given them.

In the succeeding years, worms, chopped meat, fish-spawn, and

the fry of minute fish have been added. They have always had

abundance of fresh food, which at times has been given to them as

often as from twelve to twenty times daily.

Description.—Having thus dwelt at considerable length on the

history of our Salmon-culture in the Society’s Gardens, I shall

proceed to describe in detail two of the said young Rhine Salmon.

That which I may for convenience’ sake call No. 1 (Plate XXIII.

fig. 1) I now exhibit, preserved in spirits; the other, No. 2 (Plate

XXIII. fig. 2), is at present alive and well in the tank im the

Society’s Fish-house. Both these were among the brood reared in

1868. | DEVELOPMENT OF THE SALMON. 251

February 1863. No.1 is a male (by examination) ; of No. 2 the

sex cannot be stated.

The coloured figures best display the tints and markings ; but for

the sake of precision I shall describe each separately. No. 1, it

may be observed, has been drawn from the dead specimen, and

hence it appears paler than during life; this, however, rather in-

creases its Salmon-like characters. No. 2 has been drawn from life

(25th March, 1868). It is very possible it may shortly alter con-

siderably ; if it does so, I propose to have it figured in its change

of garb*.

No. 1 (Plate XXIII. fig. 1) may be thus described :—The dorsum,

from the head to the tail, is of an olive-brown, deepest in the neighbour-

hood of the dorsal fin. On the sides this shades into a yellow, which

becomes still lighter below the median line, and almost white and

silvery towards the abdomen. This is particularly the case between

the pectoral and ventral fins. The upper part of the head and the

snout are of a sombre hue, approaching to that of the back. Scat-

tered along both above and below the median line are a series of

bright red spots; these are absent behind the adipose fin. There

are ten transverse bars of a purplish grey, deepest in colour below

the median line. The two hinder bars are more or less united ; and

the same may be said of the anterior one, also indistinctly double and

occupying the operculum and suboperculum. The iris is of a golden-

yellow colour, the pupil large and black. At the root the dorsal fin

is darkest ; but the reverse is the case with the pectoral fins. The

ventral fins are the lightest-coloured, the anal and caudal interme-

diate in shade. All these fins are of a neutral yellowish brown.

The adipose fin is dark brown.

No. 2 has nearly similar general under-tints to No. 1, but is

chiefly distinguished from it by darker markings and spots through-

out the body. There are thirteen more or less distinct transverse

bars, the opercular one being large and well marked. Between the

root of the dorsal fin and the lateral median line a large, broad, and

dark-coloured patch exists; this intermingles to a certain extent

with the fifth, sixth, and seventh transverse bars. Both along the

deep-brown dorsum and below the median lateral line, upon and

between the transverse bars, very many small dark spots are freely

dispersed. ‘The lesser-sized red spots in this specimen are irregularly

placed both upon and above the lateral line. The dorsal fin has a

number of deep-coloured interradial spots, chiefly confined to its root.

The form of the body in both specimens (the dead and the living

one) is that of a Salmonoid, but not the clean plump outline of a

full-grown Salmon.

* On June 30th this fish (No. 2) was carefully compared with the drawing

made on March 25th; and the coloration then sensibly appeared to have be-

come lighter and yellower. The alteration in shade, however (as Tennent, the

keeper, justly pointed out), depended more on the strong sunlight than on any

permanent change; for in the mornings and evenings, or when skulking in the

shadow of the rockwork, the tone of colour was darker. No silvery-scaled ap-

pearance has been assumed this year.

252 DR. J. MURIE ON THE [ Mar. 26,

In No. 1, which I shall further describe in detail, the greatest

depth of the body is perpendicular to the front of the dorsal fin ; it

is somewhat less than a fourth of the length of the body (not in-

cluding the head and tail). The snout is rather blunt and of about

equal diameter with the eye. This last occupies one-fourth of the

distance between the tip of the snout and the posterior edge of the

operculum. A vertical line dropped from the middle of the eye

would meet the hinder margin of the maxillary bone; the eye is

(0:4 inch in diameter. The angular bend of the hinder margin of the

operculum and suboperculum is gently rounded; the preeopercu-

lum is still less angular in fact. ‘he interorbital space is slightly

convex transversely and antero-posteriorly ; it is as broad as the

diameter of the eye. The occiput is rather prominent, and between

it and the interorbital region laterally there is a slight depression.

There is complete dentition. The vomerine teeth incline to the

right and left sides, and are also slightly alternate in position,

although apparently only one series. The palatine teeth are more

linear in their arrangement, and do not on either side extend so far

back as the vomerine.

The dorsal fin has fourteen rays, the anterior two being shorter

than the third. The posterior margin of the dorsal fin is nearer

the adipose fin than its anterior edge is to the occiput. The adipose

fin is dark-coloured, and not red as in the Trout. It is 08 of an

inch apart from the first caudal ray. The caudal fin is posteriorly

incised; the lower fork appears a little larger than the upper.

Tail-rays thirty-six in number, the upper and lower or anterior ones

being very short. The anal fin possesses twelve rays; its length is

greater than its basal attachment; the third, fourth, and fifth rays

are the longest. During life the lower corner of this fin is more

rounded than our illustration depicts. Each yeutral fin is about the

same length as the anal (to its furthermost point) ; but the ventral

is considerably shorter than the pectoral. Its attached root is rather

in advance of a vertical line from the posterior end of the base of

the dorsal fin; its rays number nine. The pectorals are attached

to the thoracic walls immediately beueath the opercular angle; they

have thirteen rays apiece.

With respect to the number of scales, taken in linear series lon-

gitudinally and transversely to the axis of the body, to which some

ichthyologists attach considerable value as a specific test among the

Salmonoids, I regret that circumstances prevented me from counting

them with such rigid accuracy as could have been desired. Eager

to get as correct a sketch of the natural colours as possible, I left

over their numeration until the artist had finished, and found that

in consequence the body had got somewhat rubbed. It is merely an

approximation to the truth, then, when I state there are 120 or 122

scales along, but above, the median lateral line. An oblique series

from the lateral line up to the dorsal fin numbered nineteen.

No measurements of No. 2 have yet been taken; the subjoined

are those of the male, No. 1. The better to compare this fish with

well-authenticated specimeus of young Salmon and of hybrids of

1868. | DEVELOPMENT OF THE SALMON, 253

nearly equal size, I have placed alongside the dimensions of two

specimens in the British-Museum collection.

Unfortunately for perfect exactness of corresponding measure-

ments, mine have been taken in tenths of an inch, while Dr. Giinther’s

are sixteenths, eighths, and quarters of an inch. Notwithstanding

this difference in fractions, the eye is able to follow the lines of re-

semblance, or otherwise. c .

Specimens in

British Museum.

No. 1. a. b.

Total length M3 eyo Derprenshas6rS 62 3

Denetly of the fiesdsss8. fen niew ode et ole deiel 15 135

Distance between end of snout and eye...... 0°3 3 3

Mipmeteriofctheseyertsce. ‘sate son Shim, ed 0°3 #1 4

Length of maxillary bone ................ 0°6 Te =

Length of base of dorsal............ F007 :

Greatest height of dorsal wD Da eae eS

bensilicotpectorilen sd saes ood Seemed): 1*2

Distance between root of pectoral and root of

MENEA A aaweS OI Bs elias! Lee eels

menath ebventral finidtse aes keith Sle Bl

Distance between root of ventral and origin of

Peal HoH artnet rt Meee SSR s7 Nak URE 1:2

Bepsthiofadnaldfinngs wie dorio: Jogo viteenO8

As regards the internal anatomy of the specimen No. 1, of which

the bodily measurements are given above, the following points were

noted :—The cecal tubes were from 48 to 50 in number; I state

both of these numbers because, although counted several times, there

was difficulty, 49 being counted once, 48 a second time, and 50 a

third. They were small and not well developed; greatest length of

a single one 0-3 inch. The intestine beyond the ceeci measured

barely 3 inches long. Testes moderately developed, 23 inches long,

milt flowed freely on being handled. Air-bladder large, long, single,

and tapering behind. The vertebre are 59 in number.

After having described our specimen, it still remains to say whether

it is a Salmon or not. If not a true Salmo salar, then one would

expect it be some other well-known form of the genus Salmo.

Now upon this point there is some diversity of opinion. Mr.

Buckland and Mr. Bartlett aver it is, and that the whole of the brood

which I have referred to as having been hatched in February 1863

are true Salmon. ‘This view I have been myself inclined to adopt ;

but the opinion of Dr. Giinther, than whom I know not a more

scientific ichthyologist, has in some respects made me waver respect-

ing a decision. On the other hand, it has strengthened my belief

that the arrest of the growth of Salmon when retained in fresh water

is a physiological fact, perfectly compatible with what we already

know connected with the life-development of the Salmon.

Those who have regarded our specimens as Salmon have done

so, first, because of their history ; secondly, from their external

markings and other outward anatomical resemblances to Salmon ;

254 LETTER FROM PROF. LESSONA. [Apr. 23,

thirdly, believing in the published statements and experiments of

several trustworthy authorities; fourthly, because the fact of an

arrest of growth under certain conditions is one consistent with the

history of the development of the species.

On the other hand, Dr. Ginther expressly affirms :—First, that

they are not true Salmon. Secondly, that he cannot venture to

give an opinion of what species they may be. Thirdly, he suggests

they are hybrids, but is ignorant of the parentage.

Now, as the whole matter is one involving laws of the highest

consequence, I have endeavoured to follow out the objections as well

as circumstances favourable to the assumed facts.

I trust I have now drawn attention to a question which, negatived

by some, upheld by others, still requires careful observations—ob-

servations and study different from what heretofore have been given

to it, inasmuch as the deductions consequent on the fact of an arrest

seem to me to be of high value in elucidating, or, as Dr. Giinther

says, “finding a way through this vast labyrinth of variation of

character in the Salmonide’’*.

The longer I consider the question the wider the generalization

of law seems to grow. Imagine some sudden convulsion, and a

river is converted into an inland lake. Would the Salmon revert to

the Trout ?

We can, indeed, conceive such remarkable changes. _ Is, after all,

species dependent on the variation and changes of old mother

earth? or is “natural selection”’ that which circumscribes the limits

specifically ?

These and many such problems seem wrapped up, or are in some

way connected with, such strange physiological anomalies as are

found in this Salmon question. To my mind they have a significance

in zoological science far beyond that of mere demonstration of points

indicating specific difference.

April 23, 1868.

W. H. Flower, Esq., F.R.S., in the Chair.

Dr. J. Murie read the first part of a memoir on the anatomy of

the Sea-Bear (Ofaria), founded on the animal recently living in the

Society’s Menagerie.

This paper will be published in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’ °

Mr. St. George Mivart read the following notes on Salamandrina

perspicillata, communicated to him by Prof. Lessona of Turin :—

“La Salamandrina perspicillata est commune aux environs de

* Loc. cit. Preface.

1868. | LETTER FROM PROF. LESSONA, 253

Génes. Elle abonde sur les montagnes qui environnent la ville comme

un amphitheatre. De ces montagnes coulent des petits cours d’eau

sur la ville et 4 la mer. Les cours d’eau sont parfois des torrents

pendant les orages, plus souvent ils sont 4 peu pres secs; mais il y

a toujours dans le parcours de leur lit quelque concavité qui conserve

de l’eau limpide, avec végétation, larves d’insectes, insectes aqua-

tiques. Les montagnes ne sont pas beisées.

*‘ Les Salamandrines se tiennent cachées non loin des ruisseaux,

sous les pierres, dans la fange humide. Elies sortent les jours plu-

vieux, le printemps et l’automne.

“On ne les voit pas l’été, méme pendant les pluies d’orage, qui

d’ailleurs sont trés-rares 4 Génes dans cette saison. L’hiver elles

sortent quelquefois pendant les journées belles et tiédes, qui ne man-

quent pas méme au mois de Janvier.

“On pourrait done dire que la Salamandrine a une sorte de som-

meil léthargique l’été, et pas ’hiver. Mais 4 ce propos on peut

ajouter que le sommeil léthargique d’hiver des Salamandres n’est

peut-étre en général ni trés-profond ni trés-constant. Les tritons

nagent dans les étangs aux environs de Turin, et les femelles ont le

ventre rempli d’ceufs, au commencement de Mai, méme quand l’hiver

a été trés-rigide. Une Salamandra maculosa a été vue X Lanzo,

localité froide dans les Alpes en Piémont, courir sur les montagnes

le 8 Janvier, tandis que la neige tombait en abondance.

** Le Salamandrina perspicillata donne la chasse aux fourmis, aux

petites araignées, dont elle fait sa nourriture.

* Des les premiers jours du printemps, au commencement du mois

de Mars, elle va 4 eau pour déposer ses ceufs; on trouve alors

plusieurs femelles dans les ruisseaux, aux endroits ot les concavités

du lit maintiennent les eaux. Les premitres arrivées choississent les

endroits meilleurs; c’est a dire les parois des roches qui tombent en

Peau du cété opposé a celui par lequel les eaux s’écoulent de la con-

cavité; 1a les ceufs attachés 4 la roche ne peuvent étre entrainés par

les eaux, méme pendant les averses. Une fois les bonnes places

prises, les Salamandrines retardataires attachent leurs ceufs ott elles

peuvent, aux pierres, aux branches et aux feuilles séches submergées.

Trés-souvent ces ceufs sont emportés, en grand nombre, A la mer par

les averses. Quelquefois, mais beaucoup plus rarement, il arrive

que les eaux se desséchent tout-d-fait, et les ceufs sont encore

perdus.

“Les femelles seules des Salamandrines vont 4 l'eau; jamais on

n’y rencontre un mile. La fécondation se fait donc hors de l’eau,

et intérieurement. Les ceufs pondus sont entourés de matiére sem-

blable a celle des ceufs de grenouille, et présentent, sans beaucoup de

différence, les mémes modifications, sillonnement, développement, &c.

Le développement de l’ceuf dure de vingt A vingt-deux jours. Le

tétard commence 4 faire quelque mouvement dés le dixitme ou

douziéme jour, et fait des mouvements fréquents les derniers jours.

A peine sorti de son enveloppe glaireuse, il tombe au fond de l’eau,

épuisé, couché sur le lit du fleuve. Il reste de cette manitre, sans

guére se mouvoir, 4 peu prés deux jours. Si on le touche il nage

256 DR. J. E. GRAY ON AN AMERICAN MONKEY. ([Apr. 23,

rapidement, mais il s’arréte et retombe aussitét. Au troisitme jour

i] commence A se placer sur le ventre, s’attachant an moyen de ses

deux appendices ventousiformes (crochets de Rusconi). Les extré-

mités antérieures paraissent les premieres. Quand celles-ci com-

mencent 4 montrer le pli du bras et la bifurcation des doigts, le petit

animal s’en sert pour s’appuyer, comme certains poissons font avec

les nageoires pectorales ; il rampe méme avec ces petits pieds anté-

rieurs, au fond de l’eau. Si on le touche, il s’enfuit en nageant

rapidement.

“Les tétards des Salamandrines sont bien plus sédentaires que

ceux des grenouilles. Ils restent trés-longtemps au fond de l’eau

sur une pierre; ils s’élancent pour saisir une proie, quelque larve

d’insecte. Ils sont franchement carnivores. La couleur de la peau

de ces tétards est brune a la téte et aux flanes, jaunatre sur le ventre,

tachetée de brun.

«Au mois de Juin on trouve déja de toutes petites Salamandrines

de tétards de l’annde qui cut accompli leur métamorphose. Proba-

blement la Salamandrine n’arrive 4 toutes ses dimensions que l'année

suivante. La Salamandrine marche assez lentement, et nage avec

de grands mouvements latéraux serpentiformes. Souvent elle est

entrainée par les eaux au temps de la crue. Aprés la ponte la Sala-

mandrine a une mue de peau. La peau de la Salamandrine suinte,

comme dans la Salamandra maculosa, une matiére liquide; cette

matiére se secréte dans les mémes conditions que la Salamandra

maculosa, mais elle est moins abondante, et n’a pas la couleur du

lait; elle parait sur le corps de l’animal, quand on Vlattrape,

comme une rosée. Probablement ce liquide a des propriétés ana-

logues A celui de la Salamandra maculosa. a vie de la Salaman-

drine est trés-tenace: des individus ouverts par le ventre, les viscéres

arrachés, ont été vus courir sur la table. ;

‘«‘ La Salamandrine morte ne tombe pas en putréfaction ; constam-

ment elle se dess¢che comme une momie.”

The following papers were read : —

1. Notice of an interesting American Monkey living in the

Society’s Gardens. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.

(Plate XXIV.)

The Society has just acquired a very interesting small American

Monkey belonging to the genus Mico (P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 734). It is

very distinct from Mico melanurus, which is dark brown with a black

tail, and from Mico argentatus, which has been considered an

albino variety of the former species, and is nearly entirely white with

a black tail. I have not seen either of these species alive.

The specimen now living in the Gardens is evidently not an albino,

for the irides of the eyes are dark brown, and the animal shows no

M&N Hanhart ox

1868.] MR. NEVILL ON THE LAND MOLLUSKS OF MAURITIUS. 257

symptom of albinism, being lively, and using its eyes in the brightest

daylight. It may be called

Mico sericevs, (Pl. XXIV.)

Fur pure white, soft and silky ; legs, feet, and tail pale yellowish ;

ears large, roundish, flesh-coloured through the distant rigid ex-

panding hairs, which form a double fringe on the circumference.

Three specimens of this species were obtained ; but two are said to

have died on the passage, and to have been thrown away : they were

all alike in colour and size.

2. Description of a New Species of Helix from South Aus-

tralia. By Gzorce Frencu Aneas, C.M.ZS., F.LS.,

F.R.G.S. &e.

Hexrx (RwHAGADA) SILVER, n. sp.

H. perforata, globoso-conica, tenuis, plicis validis obliquis flecuo-

sis corrugata, cretacea; spira conoidea, apice obtuso, sutura

distincta ; anfr. 6, convexiusculis, ultimo antice descendente,

peripheria leviter carinato, basi convexo; apertura obliqua,

subovali, marginibus conniventibus, callo tenui junctis, dextro

tenui, acuto, expansiusculo, columellari superne expanso, reflexo,

perforationem semitegente.

Diam. maj. 11, min. 9, alt. 8 lin.

Hab. The Eastern Plains, South Australia.

Helix silveri.

I have named this remarkable and interesting species in honour

of Mr. S. W. Silver, to whose kindness I am indebted for specimens

of the shell.

3. Notes on some of the Species of Land Mollusca inhabiting

Mauritius and the Seychelles. By Grorrrey NEvILL.

Nanina (Macrocutamys) vireintia, Morel.

The upper surface of the foot and the tentacles in this species are

black, and the sole of the foot is of an iron-grey colour.

Mauritius. Found on shrubs and on the ground.

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1868, No. XVII.

258 MR. NEVILL ON THE LAND MOLLUSKS OF MAURITIUS, [ Apr. 23,

Nantna (MacrocuLamys) NITELLA, Morel.

The animal is of a saffron-yellow colour, with the tentacles black,

the black being continued a short distance beyond their bases; the

sole of the foot is light yellow.

Mauritius, on the Pouce Mountain. Found on the ground.

Nanina (Rorvuta) cernica, H. Ad.

The animal in this case has the tentacles black, the colour being

continued a little beyond their bases; the foot is whitish, with a

band of minute white spots along the sides and on the caudal part.

Mauritius, Vacoa. Found on the ground.

StyLopon (Erepra) CALDWELLI, Bens.

The tentacles are black, and the upper surface of the foot the

same, with a narrow white streak down the middle, and one on each

side starting from the lower tentacles; down the caudal part the

streak is comparatively broad.

Mauritius, on the Pouce Mountain. Found always on the ground.

Butiminus (Pacunopvs) VELUTINUS, Pfr.

The entire animal is black, with the exception of a row of very

peculiar orange-coloured nodules down the middle of the caudal

part, which is very pointed. It is very strong and quick in its

movements, and unusually tenacious of life. There is a variety with

both animal and shell of a cream-colour (very rare), the same no-

dules being discernible.

Seychelles (Mahé, Praslin, and Silhouette). Found under the

dead leaves of the cocoa-nut, and sometimes on shrubs.

Butiminus (Pacunopvus) FuLvicans, Pfr.

In this species the tentacles are of a dull purplish colour ; the foot

is yellow, stained, especially anteriorly, with a varying brownish

purple; the caudal: part, which is unusually long and pointed, has a

row of minute brownish spots, not nodules, down the centre.

Seychelles (Mahé, Praslin, and Silhouette). Found at the base of

the tuft of leaves of the cocoa-nut tree.

Butiminus (Pacunopvus) nicer, Duf.

The entire animal is black, excepting the sole of the foot, which

is of an ashy-grey colour.

Seychelles (Mahé and Silhouette). Found on a species of Palm,

at a very great height only.

GIBBUS LYONETIANUS, Mke.

The sole of the foot in this species is yellow; the anterior part of

the upper surface varies from reddish claret to purple, and the pos-

terior is yellow, dotted with minute purplish spots; the tentacles

are dull purple.

Mauritius.

1868.] MR. NEVILL ON THE LAND MOLLUSKS OF MAURITIUS. 259

This species, there is every reason to believe, will become extinct

in a few years.

GipBus (GIBBULINA) BACILLUS, Pfr.

This species has the foot yellow, with a black band along the

sides, which is broader on the posterior part; the tentacles are

crimson.

Mauritius. Arboreal.

Gissus (GiBBULINA) TEREs, Pfr.

The animal is nearly pure white, delicately spotted on the foot

with minute pale scarlet dots ; the tentacles are at first scarlet, then

dull purple.

Mauritius.

Gissus (GrBBULINA) HOLOsToMA, Morel.

The foot is vivid orange, with broad black bands on each side;

the tentacles are orange tipped with black.

Mauritius.

Gissus (GrBBULINA) PRoDUcTUs, H. Ad.

The foot in this species is yellowish flesh-colour, the sides being

mottled with brown ; the tentacles are at first dark brown, and then

bright scarlet.

Mauritius.

GisBus (GIBBULINA) MODIOLUS, Fer.

The animal is brownish red, having the sides dark brown; the

tentacles are red; and the sole of the foot is pale greenish flesh-

colour.

Mauritius.

Var. FuSsCcUS.

The upper surface of the foot is brick-red, bordered with a dull

light-brown band, narrow on the anterior, and broad on the poste-

rior part ; the sole of the foot is of a dull greenish colour ; the ten-

tacles are brown. Arboreal.

Grssus (GisBULINA) sTRIATI-cosTA, Morel.

The foot in this species is black, mottled with orange, and with

an orange fillet round the base and down the middle of the upper

surface of the posterior part; the sole of the foot is pale orange

flesh-colour.

Mauritius. Found living on the ground.

This species is consistent in its colouring, and is very striking in

appearance.

Gisgus (GIBBULINA) CALLIFER, Morel.

The sole of the foot of the animal is greenish flesh-colour, the

260 MR. NEVILL ON THE LAND MOLLUSKS OF MAURITIUS. [ Apr. 23,

sides black, with a pale orange streak down the middle, the poste-

rior part being a uniform black ; the tentacles are black.

Mauritius.

Gippus (GIBBULINA) VERSIPOLIS, Fér.

The animal in this case has the sole of the foot brownish green,

the sides light orange mottled with light reddish brown, the poste-

rior part a uniform liver-brown ; the tentacles are dull red.

Mauritius.

Gissus (GIBBULINA) MAURITIANUS, Morel.

The sole of the foot is yellowish green, the upper surface of the

foot neutral brown, shading off to a dark green and becoming yellow

posteriorly ; the tentacles are dull purplish brown.

Mauritius.

Grppus (GIBBULINA) DUSsUMIERI, Reeve.

The tentacles in this species are black ; the foot iron slate-colour,

with a light-grey streak down the centre both anteriorly and poste-

riorly.

Seychelles (Mahé, Praslin, Silhouette, and Félicité).

The colouring of the animal much resembles that of Gibbulina

callifera, although the shell differs widely, being more like that of

Gibbus mauritianus.

Gissus (GIBBULINA) PALANGA, Fer.

The tentacles in this species are dull purple; the upper surface

of the foot orange closely mottled with dark olive-green, and the

sole of the foot orange.

Mauritius.

Gissus (Gonipomus) sutcatus, Mill.

The sole of the foot is yellow; the upper part has the anterior

portion scarlet, and the posterior yellowish green; the tentacles are

scarlet.

Mauritius.

Ennea (GULELLA) CLAvULATA, Lam.

The tentacles are orange tipped with black; the foot is yellow

both anteriorly and posteriorly, and streaked down the middle with

an orange fillet; the sole of the foot is yellow.

Mauritius.

STREPTAXIS SOULEYETIANA, Petit.

In this animal the tentacles are black; the foot is ash-coloured,

anteriorly stained with rufous wine-colour (varying in shade), the

caudal part sometimes greenish, at others yellow; the sole of the

fyot the same.

Seychelles (Mahé, Praslin, Silhouette, and Félicité). Found in

company with Gibbulina dussumiert,

1868.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 261

It has been a matter of much surprise to me to find such distinct

and consistent differences between the species that I have had the

opportunity of observing alive, even where they are closely allied to

one another as regards their shells; and I have found these differ-

ences of great assistance in determining them.

May 14, 1868.

George Busk, Esq., F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

Mr. P. L. Sclater called attention to some of the recent additions

to the Society’s Menagerie, amongst which were particularly noticed

the following :—

1. A young Caiman from Paraguay, presented by George Wilks,

Esq., C.M.Z.S., February 4th. This specimen had been determined

by Dr. Gray as belonging to his species Jacare longiscutata*, and

was of interest as indicating the true patria of this rare species.

2. A Smooth-headed Capuchin Monkey (Cebus monachus, F.

Cuv.), remarkable for its large head covered with short recumbent

hairs, very different from those of the Cebi ordinarily seen in the

Society’s Menagerie, where this species was believed to have never

been exhibited before. The present individual had been deposited

by Mrs. Pascoe Dupré Grenfell, on the 26th of February, and

appeared likely to do well in the Menagerie.

3. A Thick-tailed Opossum (Didelphys crassicaudata, Desm.),

from the Argentine Republic, presented by George Wilks, Esq.,

C.M.Z.S., March 5th, being a fine example of this rare species.

4. A Burrowing Owl (Pholeoptynx cunicularia, Mol.) from the

same locality, and presented by the same donor. No sooner had

this bird been placed in its cage than, true to its habits, it had

excavated a hole in the soil at the bottom, into which it always

retreated when threatened.

5. A Wrinkled !!ornbill (Buceros corrugatus, Temm.) from Borneo,

obtained by purchase on the 27th March. This bird differed from

Temminck’s figure (P1.Col. 531) in having the ends of the tail-feathers

white instead of rufous—and increased the species of Hornbills now

living in the Society’s Gardens to seven in number (Cf. P. Z. S. 1807,

. 890). ;

. 6. A male example of the Bornean Fire-backed Pheasant (Euplo-

camus nobilis, Sclater, P. Z.S. 1863, p. 119, t. xix.) obtained at the

same time, and believed to be from the same locality.

7. A Spur-winged Goose (Plectropterus gambensis) from the

Shiré River, Eastern Africa, presented by Lieut. R. M. Sperling,

R.N., and of much interest as proving that this species, and not

* Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. vi. p. 164, t. xxxiv.

262 DR. W. BAIRD ON A NEW SCLEROSTOMA. [May 14,

the allied P. rueppelli (Sclater, P. Z. S. 1859, p. 131), occurred in

Zambesia.

8. A White-billed Parrot (Tanygnathus albirostris, Wallace,

P. Z.S8. 1862, p. 336) from Celebes.

9. A male Lyre-bird (Menura superba) deposited April 21st,

making up a pair of this extraordinary bird now living in the

Society’s Gardens.

10. A specimen of the rare Hapale argentata (Linn.)*, pur-

chased of a Liverpool dealer, and stated to have been received from

the Amazons.

In his Catalogue of the Primates of the Paris Museum (p. 60)

M. Isidore Geoffroy St.-Hilaire had treated this species as an albino

variety of Hapale melanura. This appeared to be quite erroneous,

as would be evident from the inspection of the living animal. More-

over the habitats of the two species were quite different, Hapale

melanura being from Bolivia, and H. argentata from the Lower

Amazons, whence it was originally brought by La Condamine.

From Mr. Bates’s ‘ Naturalist on the Amazons’ it appeared that

the exact habitat of this species was the lower part of the Tocantins

river in the vicinity of Cametat. Mr. Bates had stated that it is

one of the rarest of the American Monkeys, and that he did not

succeed in obtaining specimens of it.

Mr. E. Blyth exhibited a skin and the head and horns of a Wild

Goat obtained in Crete by Lieut.-Col. Drummond-Hay, which he

considered was referable to the Capra agagrus of Pallas. Mr. Blyth

added some remarks on the Mouflons (Ovis) of the islands of

Sardinia, Corsica, and Cyprus.

The following papers were read :—

1. Description of a new Species of Sclerostoma from the

Stomach of the African Elephant (Loxodonta africana).

By W. Bairp, M.D., F.R.S., &e.

In the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society for 1859, I described a species

of Sclerostoma from the large intestines of a young Indian Elephant

which had recently died in London, after having been only a

short time in England ; this species I named, from a general resem-

blance to the form of a Sipunculus, Sclerostoma sipunculiforme.

Recently there died in London a young female African Elephant,

Loxodonta africana; in the stomach of this animal Dr. Murie,

who dissected it, found a number of specimens of another species

of Sclerostoma, which he has kindly deposited in the British

Museum.

* Le Mico, Buff. Hist. Nat. xv. p. 124, t. xviii. Simia argentata, Linn.

Mantiss. t. ii. p. 521: Gm. 8. N.i. p. 41; Schreber, Saugeth. i. p. 13; Wagner,

Saugeth. v. p. 245. Mico sericeus, Gray, P. Z. 8.1868, p. 257, Pl. XXTV.

t Z.c. vol. i. p. 162.

1868. } DR. W. BAIRD ON A NEW SCLEROSTOMA. 263

The specimens were rather numerous, but, with only one exception,

were all females. When first deposited in the Museum, about two

months after the death of the Elephant, the female worms were of a

dark brownish-red colour, whilst the male was pure white. The

colour has faded considerably by being kept in spirit; but the con-

trast between the two sexes was for a long time distinctly visible.

This species, which I propose naming Sclerostoma clathratum, is

very different in appearance from S. sipunculiforme, is much longer

and more slender; the head is much smaller both in male and

female, and the caudal bursa of the male differs in structure from

LP tea his

Fig. 1. Sclerostoma sipunculiforme, from the Indian Elephant, male and female,

nat. size.

1 a. Head of female, magnified.

14. Tail of female, magnified.

1c. Tail of male, magnified.

Fig. 2. Sclerostoma clathratum, from the African Elephant, male and female,

nat. size.

a. Head of female, magnified.

6. Tail of female, magnified.

2c. Tail of male magnified.

264 MR. P. L, SCLATER ON THE PELICANS [May 14,

that of S. sipunculiforme. I exhibit figures of both of these species,

which will show the great differences between them.

SCLEROSTOMA CLATHRATUM.

Caput corpore discretum, cylindricum, parvum; oris limbo interno

dentato, limbo externo auriculato; auriculis quinque; corpus

utrinque attenuatum, lineare.

Femina.— Corpus minute clathratum, striis exilibus transversis et

longitudinalibus ; cauda obtusa, sepe convoluta, apertura genitali

supra apicem.

Mas.—Corpus longitudinaliter minute striatum, striis numerosis ;

bursa caudalis lobata.

Long. fem. lin. 26, lat. lin. 1.

Long. maris lin. 24, lat. lin. 13.

Hab. In ventriculo Loxodonte africane.

The head is distinctly separated from the rest of the body, and is

cylindrical and small; the mouth is dentated inwardly, and on the

outer edge is marked with five distinct auricles, which descend upon

the upper portion of the body, but do not form a distinct part of it.

The body is attenuated at both extremities and is linear in shape ;

in the female it is, as it were, minutely clathrate, being striated

transversely with fine lines, and having the spaces between the lines

minutely longitudinally striated or sulcated, giving, under a tolerably

high power, the appearance of being latticed or clathrate. The tail

is obtuse, not so sharp-pointed as Sclerost. sipunculiforme, and has

the genital organs situate a short distance from the extremity ; it

is frequently, but not in all cases, convolute. The body of the male

is longitudinally striated, and the bursa at the extremity of the tail

is lobed.

The African Elephant, from which these worms were taken, was

a young female which died in London in October 1867. I am not

aware of any entozoa having been previously described as inhabiting

the body of this species of Elephant.

2. Notes on the Pelicans living in the Society’s Gardens.

By P. L. Scrater, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to

the Society.

(Plates XXV. & XXVI.)

The Society’s series of Pelicans has been much augmented of late

years. During the present spring examples of no less than six

distinct species have been exhibited, concerning which I beg leave

to offer a few remarks to the Meeting.

1. PELECANUS ONOCROTALUS, Linn.

Of this well-known species two fine examples, acquired in 1851

and 1852, are in the Society’s collection. Early every spring they

SNOUSOT SONVORTH

OUT Yrequerzy

N+?

duat prenurer \2p 7]

Sib

Iba

[

Tay Was f

1868. ] LIVING IN THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 265

put on their nuptial dress. A beautiful rosy tint overspreads the

whole of the plumage, a fine large lemon-coloured patch appears

upon the breast, the colour of the gular pouch becomes bright

yellow, the crest attains a greater development, and the point of the

bill attains a brighter crimson.

These phenomena, however, do not last very long, disappearing

gradually about six weeks or two months after they have been

attained. At the present date they are already passing away.

On the 3rd of February last we received from our Corresponding

Member, Mr. E. T. Rogers, Acting Consul-General for Syria, a

bird which I am inclined to consider the young of this species.

Mr. Blyth, however, believes that this is an example of the ‘‘ Large

Fig. 1.

Head of Pe’ecanus onocrotalus (adult).

Fig. 2.

Head of Pelceanus onocrotalus (jr. ex Syria).

266 MR. P. L, SCLATER ON THE PELICANS [May 14,

Indian Crestless Pelican (the true P.javanicus of Horsfield), which

never has a pendent crest or a tumid forehead, has narrow black

margins to both the outer and inner webs of the wing-coverts and

tertiaries, the bill livid blue and the throat-patch of a much deeper

yellow than in P. onocrotalus.” If Mr. Blyth’s views are correct

(which will be proved when the bird becomes fully adult), the range

of the latter species will be extended to Syria, whence our specimen

was received.

The drawings now exhibited (figs. 1 and 2) give comparative

views of the head of the adult Pelecanus onocrotalus and the

Syrian bird, showing the flattened forehead and crestless nape of

the latter.

2. PELECANUS MITRATUS, Licht.

Last summer (August 6th) we received from our excellent corre-

spondent, the Babu Rajendra Mullick of Calcutta, two white Peli-

cans, which (such is the confusion among the Indian species of the

group) I had at first some difficulty in determining. Upon re-

ferring, however, to Lichtenstein’s valuable paper on the group

(Abh. Akad. Berlin, 1838, p. 433), there can be no doubt that they

Fig. 3. Fig. 4.

Pelecanus mitratus. Pelecanus rufescens.

are referable to his P. mitratus (1. c. p. 436), which is also admitted

by Jerdon into the category of Indian birds, although stated to

be rare in India. I have also little doubt that this species is the

1868. ] LIVING IN THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 267

true P. minor of Riippell (Mus. Senck. ii. p. 185, et Syst. Ueb.

p- 132, t. 49). It belongs to the same group as P. onocrotalus,

having the frontal feathers produced into an acute angle between

the eyes, as shown by Lichtenstein, /. s. ¢, t. ili, fig. 2.@ and in fig. 4 ;

but no one who has seen the two species alive together would deny

their specific distinctness. P. mitratus is at once distinguishable by

its smaller size, by the purer white of the whole plumage, and the

long pendent crest.

Bonaparte (Consp. ii. p. 162) has united P. mitratus to P. ru-

JSescens. This is a great error*, as these birds belong to two distinct

sections of the genus. In P. mitratus (see fig. 3, p. 266) the frontal

plumes are produced between the eyes and terminate in an acute angle.

In P. rufescens (fig. 4, p. 266), as will be seen from the sketches taken

from our living specimens, these feathers terminate in a curved line

which is concave towards the middle of the culmen.

On the 16th of April last we received on deposit from a London

dealer a third specimen of this species, but a younger bird. It has no

crest, and the smaller wing-coverts along the carpus are slightly

variegated with black.

3. PELECANUS CRISPUS.

Of this bird we have a single fine specimen, purchased in Septem-

ber 1853, and believed to have been received from Upper Egypt.

The chief changes to be noted of this species in the breeding-

season are the greater development of the crest, the brilliant orange-

colour of the pouch, and a patch of lemon-colour on the breast.

Pelecanus crispus is usually considered to be the rarest species of

European Pelican; but in Epirus and Western Greece it is cer-

tainly much more abundant than P. onocrotalus. See Lord Lilford,

‘Ibis,’ 1860, p. 355, and Mr. W. H. Simpson, idid. p. 395.

4, PELECANUS RUFESCENS, Gm. (Plate XXVI.)

On the 18th of May 1866 we purchased of a dealer the first living

specimen of this Pelican I ever saw, and, so far as I know, the first

that had ever reached this country alive. It was said to have been

brought from Western Africa. This bird is not yet in adult plumage ;

but I have thought it worth while to have a coloured figure made of

it (Plate XXVI. fig. 1), as so little is known of the changes of

plumage of these birds, and the only tolerable figure published

(Riipp. Atlas, t. 21) represents the adult state. It will be observed

that there are as yet no signs of the rufescent tinge on the lower

back depicted in Riippell’s figure. The lower back in this specimen

is pure white, as is the whole of the body below; while the head

above, scapulars, wings, and tail are of a mottled grey.

More recently (on the 5th inst.) we have acquired two young

Pelicans from Western Africa, which are, I have little doubt, of the

same species. One of these is represented in the background of

the drawing (Plate XXVI. fig. 2).

* Cf. Jerdon, B. India, iii. p. 856,

268 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE PELICANS [May 14,

The.plumage is brown above, below much paler; wings and tail

brownish grey.

5. PELECANUS CONSPICILLATUS.

The Australian Pelican was a desideratum in the Society’s series

until 1864, when one was obtained by purchase, which is still living

in the Gardens. Two other specimens were presented shortly

afterwards by the Acclimatization Society of Victoria, but have been

lost. In this species there appears to be but little change in the

breeding-season, except that the plumage becomes generally brighter

and purer.

6. PeLecanus Fuscus. (Plate XXV.)

Of this species the Society received two specimens (both males, as

subsequently ascertained by dissection) from their late Corresponding

Member, Capt. Abbott, in 1854. These birds lived many years

in the Gardens—oune having died in the spring of 1867, and the other

only a few weeks since. Every year, in the month of February,

they put on the fine nuptial plumage shown in the sketch now

exhibited (Pl. XXV., front figure). The back of the neck becomes

of a deep rich coffee-brown, with a pure-white longitudinal stripe

between it and the gular sac; the gular sac itself becomes darker,

and the whole plumage brighter. Some time in August this plu-

mage is put off, and the bird appears in the more sombre colour

shown in the second sketch (Pl. XXV., hinder figures).

These changes of plumage not having been well understood, I

have thought it important that a record should be made of them.

It appears to have been supposed by Audubon* and other writers

on American ornithology that the white-necked plumage is peculiar

to the female. Our observations show that this is not the case,

both our males having adopted it upon the termination of the

breeding-season. Whether the females ever adopt the black and

white neck and corresponding changes of plumage I cannot say,

as we have not as yet possessed specimens of that sex.

1 will now add a few remarks upon the species of Pelican that

have not yet been exhibited in the Society’s living series. These

are, as far as I am acquainted with the group, four, namely two

American (P. trachyrhynchus and P. moline) and two Asiatic (P.

javanicus and P. philippensis).

P. javanicus, Horsfield+, has the frontal feathers produced into

an acute angle, as in P. onocrotalus—but never attains the pendu-

lous crest of that species and of P. mitratus, having merely a short

recurved crest on the nape. Several skins of this species are in the

collection formed by Capt. Beavan in British Burmah.

P. philippensis is, as admitted by all authors, a close ally of P.

rufescens ; but I agree with Prince Bonaparte (C. R. xlni. p. 574,

* Rirds of America, vii. p. 200.

+ The bird described by Jerdon (B. Ind. iii. p. 857) as P. javanicus appears

to be P. mitratus; while his P. onocrotalus (/.c. p. 854) is probably the true

javanicus (Cf. Blyth, J..A. 8. B. xviii. p. 821).

1868. ] LIVING IN THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 269

et Consp. ii. p. 162) in considering it distinct rostri maculis im-

pressis seriatim dispositis. Several skins of it are in Capt. Beavan’s

collection, and appear undoubtedly different from our living P. ru-

Sescens.

P. trachyrhynchus* appears to be often without the conspicuous

knob on the upper mandible. Probably this striking feature is

only developed in the adult male. This species is distributed in

appropriate localities all over the United States, both east and west ;

it is also found in Mexico, and on the Pacific coast of Guatemala

(ef. Sel. et Salv. Ibis, 1859, p. 233, et Salvin, 262d. 1865, p. 197).

I trust that it will not be long before we acquire living examples

of this species from some of our excellent correspondents in the New

World.

P.moline (well-described in Bonaparte’s ‘ Conspectus,’ ii. p. 164,

under the name Onocrotalus thagus) is one of the numerous ex-

cellent species that is not in the Leyden Museum, and is conse-

quently discarded by its Director as a mere synonym of P. fuscus.

But after examining the specimens of this bird in the British

Museum, I cannot but allow, with Mr. George Gray and Prince

Bonaparte, that it is an excellent species, allied to P. fuscus, but at

once distinguishable by its larger size and darker plumage. At

the same time I agree with Prof. Schlegel (Mus. des P.-B. Pelecani,

p. 28) that Pelecanus thagus of Molina is a very doubtful synonym,

and prefer, therefore, to adopt Mr. Gray’s appellation moline for

this species.

The species of Pelecanus, therefore, which seem to me to be

well founded are ten in number, and may be divided as follows :—

a. Saccus gularis minor, gulam solam amplectens.

a’, Lora nuda.

1. P. onocrotalus.

2. P. mitratus.

3. P. javanicus.

a”. Frontis plume projecte, in angu- } .

lum acutum antice terminantes...

6”. Frontis plume truncate, linea fere

recta antice terminantes. 4

. P. crispus.

a’, Mandibula tota nuda............

5. P. rufescens.

6. P. philippensis.

b’’’, Mandibula ad basin plumosa... 7. P. trachyrhynchus.

Gs. Bora; plum 08a os ag- Se bisacasest .<racet eaves oz: 8. P. conspicillatus.

6. Saccus gularis major, ad collum medium de- { ¥. P. fuscus.

BOONOGIAS wisn ccses sat ance ees cas Soe od ora Seer t ack 10. P. moline.

* T think it better to pass over Gmelin’s name erythrorhynchus for this spe-

cies, although prior to Latham’s. The bill is not red; and Gmelin called it

erythrorhynchus because he mistook the word “ough,” applied to its bill by

Tatham, for rouge! (See Latham, G. H. x. p. 408.)

270 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON TWO NEW KINGFISHERS. [May 14,

3. On Two New or little-known Kingfishers belonging to the

Genera Ceyx and Cittura. By R. B. Suarpe.

(Plate XXVII.)

I have for the last three years devoted my leisure time to the

study of the Kingfishers, with the view of publishing a monograph of

this beautiful family, and I have great pleasure in announcing that

the first part of my. work will shortly be before the public. Mr. A. R.

Wallace has most kindly lent me the whole of his collection of these

birds ; and it is among them that I have discovered the beautiful new

species of Ceya described below. The researches of Mr. Wallace

have brought to light many new Kingfishers, some of which are

still unrepresented in European collections. As, however, not one of

them bears his name, I have very great pleasure in calling my new

bird

CrYX WALLACII, sp. nov.

C. lepida, Wall. P. Z. S. 1862, p. 338.

C. affinis C. lepidee, sed dorso toto letissime cyaneo, scapularibus

nigris, et macula utrinque ad latera colli intense rufa.

Above black; head and nape spotted with cobalt, more on the

latter, each feather having a central stripe of brighter blue; cheeks

and wing-coverts streaked with bright cobalt; back very rich

shining cobalt, the upper tail-coverts slightly tinged with ultra-

marine ; scapularies black ; wing- and tail-feathers blackish ; throat

whitish ; a spot on each side of the base of the bill end the whole of

the under surface bright orange; the characteristic spot on the sides

of the neck deep rufous ; a line at the base of the loral spot, also the

space between this spot and the eye, and a large patch of feathers

on the side of the upper part of the breast, deep black ; bill and feet

coral-red ; iris dark.

Length of wing 22 inches; bill, from front, 13.

fab. in insulis dictis ‘Sula”’ maris Celebensis (Wallace).

This species is undoubtedly the most beautiful of the group to

which it belongs. Mr. Wallace himself was fully impressed with its

distinctness from C. lepida; and it was only by accident that it was

inserted in his paper on the “ Birds of the Sula Islands” (J. c.) as

the last-named bird. Its nearest ally is certainly C. /epida; but it is

at once to be distinguished by the cobalt instead of ultramarine (or

rather violet) tinge of the blue on the head, cheeks, and back, as well

as by the totally black scapularies, which in C. lepida are washed

with bright violet. The patch of feathers on each side of the neck is

dark rufous, instead of white tinged with orange, as in C, lepida ; and

there are other minor differences.

I am acquainted with the following species of the genus Ceya,

specimens of all of which are now lying before me.

1. Ceyx tridactyla (Linn.). Ex India et penins. Malayana.

1868.] MR. R. B. SHARPE ON TWO NEW KINGFISHERS. 271

2. C. rufidorsa, Strickland. Ex Java, Sumatra, et penins. Malay.

3. C. melanura, Kaup. Ex ins. Philipp.

4. C. uropygialis, Gray. Ex Batchian, Gilolo.

5. C. cajeli, Wallace. Ex Bouru.

6. C. wallacii, Sharpe. Ex ins. Sula.

7. C. lepida, Temminck. Ex Ceram et Amboina.

8. C. solitaria, Yemminck. Ex ins. Aru et Nov. Guinea.

The next bird to which I have to draw attention is undoubtedly one

of the most remarkable Kingfishers yet known. I am fortunate in

having secured for my collection one out of only five specimens of it

that have yet reached Europe. They were all received from the Island

of Sanghier by Mr. Frank, of Amsterdam, who informs me that Prof.

Schlegel proposes to name the species sanghirensis. I cannot find,

however, that it has yet been described by the learned professor; but as

the work in which it has been published may not have reached us in

this country, I do not intend to create a useless synonym, and there-

fore introduce this beautiful bird as

CITTURA SANGHIRENSIS, sp. nov. (Plate XXVII.)

C. affinis C. cyanotidi, sed major : dorso saturatiore : fronte, su-

perciliis, vitta lata ad latera capitis et regione oculari cum ma-

cula utrinque ad basin mandibule ceruleo-atris albo terminatis;

tectricibus alarum saturate ceruleis; genis cum regione auri-

culari et gutture inferiore cum pectore superiore pulchre lila-

cinis violaceo lavatis.

Above dark straw-colour, lighter on the exterior edge of the sca-

pularies, and inclining to rufous on the head; the feathers of the

forehead, eyebrows, a broad band on each side of the head, and a

pateh of feathers extending backwards from the base of the lower

mandible deep blue black, mostly pointed with white; wing-coverts

deep blue black ; wing-feathers blackish, the outer web of some of

the feathers edged with dark blue, and the inner web whitish near

the base: the innermost secondaries black, reddish towards the tip ;

the rump and tail-feathers deep reddish brown ; chin whitish ; cheeks,

ear-coverts, lower part of the throat and upper part of the breast

beautiful lilac, tinged with violet ; lower part of the breast and ab-

domen pale yellowish, a little darker on the flanks and under tail-co-

verts ; under wing-coverts whitish ; bill very deep coral-red ; feet red.

Length of wing 42 inches; length of bill, from front, 14 inch;

length of tail 4 inches.

Hab. in insula dicta “‘ Sanghir”’ maris Celebensis.

The discovery of a new species of the remarkable genus Cittura

will be welcomed by all ornithologists. The only species previously

discovered, Cittura cyanotis (Temm.), from Celebes, is among the

rarest birds in European museums, and as yet very little known.

The new C. sanghirensis is easily distinguished by its larger size,

black forehead, and the deep blue on the wing-coverts. The broad

272 DR. F. DAY ON A NEW GOBIOID FISH. [May 14,

band also at the side of the head is blue black, instead of bright blue

as in C. cyanotis, which also wants the white points to the feathers

so distinet in CO. sanghirensis.

The figure has been drawn from the type specimen in my col-

lection, and coloured from a very fine example in the Leyden

Museum.

4. On a New Gobioid Fish from Madras.

By Francis Day, F.Z.S., F.L.S.

Several specimens of the following species of Acanthopterygian

fish have been obtained by myself from the backwaters around

Madras; some have also been received from Conjeveram through

Dr. Shortt, and others from near Arcot (where they were captured by

Mr. Potter).

Its characters apparently are those of the genus Huctenogobius

of Gill, and it resembles a Goby in almost every particular ; but its

inferior pharyngeal bones are of a somewhat triangular shape, and

with a median longitudinal suture, as in many of the Acanthopterygii

pharyngognathi.

ROSIN re

pte:

Euctenogobius striatus.

EUCTENOGOBIUS SPRIATUS, Sp. Nov.

Coondallum, Tamil.

B.iv. D.6|5, P.15. V.5. A.10. ©.15. Li. 60.

Vert. i

Length of specimens from 1 to 5 inches.

1868.] DR. F. DAY ON A NEW GOBIOID FISH. 273

Length of head j, of pectoral 4, of caudal 1, of base of first dor-

sal 4, of base of second dorsal 4, of base of anal + of the total length.

Height of head 4, of body 1, of first dorsal 1, of second dorsal 4,

of ventral 4, of anal 51; of the total length.

Eyes directed upwards and outwards, but not prominent; dia-

meter + of length of head, nearly two diameters from end of snout,

and one diameter apart.

Body subcylindrical, gradually tapering to the caudal fin; sides

compressed, snout obtuse, cheeks inflated.

Head two-thirds as long as broad, no tentacles; opercles entire ;

gill-openings rather narrow, only extending opposite to the base of the

pectoral fin, and not on to the inferior surface of the head. Mouth

terminal ; upper jaw slightly the longest. Lips rather thick.

Teeth tinged of a deep sienna colour, rather large and conical,

in one row in the upper jaw, whilst in the lower jaw they have a fine

band posterior to this external one. The outer tooth in the conical

row of the lower jaw is rather larger than the others and slightly re-

curved. No teeth on the palate. The inferior pharyngeal bones are

of an elongated triangular shape, with a median longitudinal suture,

and the teeth on it are villiform. The teeth on the superior pharyn-

geal are in two oval patches and of the same description.

Fins. First dorsal spines weak, but without filamentous prolonga-

tions ; second dorsal rays of nearly equal length. Base of pectoral

fin wide. Ventrals adherent to one another, forming a sucker, the

base of which is well developed ; the fin is not adherent to the abdo-

men except at its base. Caudal rounded.

Anal papillee well developed, and of a red colour.

Scales. Fourteen rows between the origin of the second dorsal and

that of the anal fin. None on the cheeks or on the head; they are

smaller over the anterior part of the body than on the sides ; several

rows exist anterior to the dorsal fin.

No lateral line.

Colours. Generally light fulvous, with a bluish tinge along the

side, becoming dirty white below. Some irregular bands pass down

from the back towards the middle of the body, whilst some thin

black lines pass upwards along the abdomen opposite to the anal fin.

Cheeks glossed with silver. Pectoral, ventral, and anal whitish yel-

low. Both dorsals diaphanous, with from five to six rows of brown

dots. Caudal diaphanous, its upper half, or two-thirds, with eight

or nine vertical rows of spots.

Hab. The backwaters around Madras, and tanks for at least sixty

miles inland, where, however, this species is not so common as the

Gobius giuris.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1868, No. XVILI.

274 DR. F. DAY ON INDIAN FRESHWATER FISHES. [May 14,

5. Observations on some of the Freshwater Fishes of India.

By Francis Day, F.L.S., F.Z.S.

I have done myself the pleasure of transmitting to the Society, by

the steamer of March from Madras, nineteen living specimens of

Ophiocephalidze, commonly known in India as “‘ Walking Fishes” *.

They form a portion of Cuvier’s great family of Acanthopterygian

Labyrinthici, now subdivided by Bleeker, who has placed the Ophio-

cephalide, including the genus Channa, independent. It appears to

me that this may be a good opportunity to draw especial attention to

some points which seem to have been sometimes misinterpreted with

reference to these and allied fishes ; for, notwithstanding anatomical

differences, the Ophiocephalidee have much in common with the true

Labyrinthici.

The interesting subject of the respiration of Indian freshwater

fishes still needs much investigation ; and I regret that at present I

have not sufficient leisure to work out the required desiderata.

Most species undoubtedly respire the air in solution in the water,

and find it sufficient—excepting under peculiar circumstances, when

they obtain it direct from the atmosphere. But there are others,

which may be called aérial, or compound breathers, which never

obtain air for any length of time from the water alone, but require

it direct and undiluted, no matter how cool or charged with air the

water may be, and if unable to inhale atmospheric air are simply

drowned. Those who keep aquaria in India can easily detect these

different methods of respiration. In the Carp (Puntius), for instance,

the mouth is frequently opened, and the gills are in constant motion,

whilst they rarely rise to the surface, unless they are ill, or the water

is either very hot or vitiated. The reverse is seen with some of the

Acanthopterygians and a few of the Loaches and Siluroids, which do

not move their gills so much in dirty water as in clean; and if the

water is what they are accustomed to live in, viz. muddy, or even

filthy, the gills are comparatively at rest : but these fishes may occa-

sionally be seen rising slowly to the surface, where they discharge a

bubble of air, and then sink down again. This bubble has probably

had some of the oxygen removed from it, and is thus rendered unfit

to support respiration. Dr. Carpenter+ in Europe has observed

that in some “ fishes, especially such as inhabit small collections of

fresh water, whose temperature is liable to be considerably raised

during the heat of summer, the mucous lining of the alimentary

canal appears to serve as an additional organ of respiration ; for such

fishes are frequently seen to rise to the surface and swallow air,

which is subsequently discharged by the anus, with a large quantity

of carbonic acid substituted for its oxygen. This is the case, for

example, with the Coditis (Leach) ; and it would seem as if under

these circumstances some such supplementary means is required for

* Of these, six (Ophiocephalus gachua) arrived alive on the 21st of May, but

not in good condition, and died very shortly afterwards. See Appendix.—P, L.S.

+ Principles of Comparative Physiology, ed. iv. 1854, p. 324.

1868.] DR. F, DAY ON INDIAN FRESHWATER FISHES. 275

carrying on the respiratory process with unusual activity.” This

occasional swallowing of atmospheric air is also perceptible when the

water becomes foul, or when the amount of air in it appears to be

almost exhausted by its inhabitants ; for instance, in three days in

May 1867, the heat of the atmosphere and of the water in an

aquarium at Madras was as follows :—

8 A.M. 12 A.M. 2 P.M.

Air. Water. Air. Water. Air. Water.

May 26th... ae 98° 97° 90° 88°

3 S7thy . "89° 87° 91° 89° ap ie

» 28th 90° 87° 92° 89°

Yet notwithstanding this heat the contained fishes did well, although

they swam near the surface to obtain more oxygen, and sometimes

appeared even to take in atmospheric air directly. Native fishermen

maintain that the middle of the day is the best time for netting

freshwater species, as they are then near the surface, no doubt from

the heat of the water, and its consequent deficiency of air.

In India, instead of discharging the previously inhaled air by the

anus, the fish appear to do so by the mouth; at all events the com-

pound breathers adopt this process. Sometimes they do not emit

any bubble, but seem only to take in air, whilst at other times the

bubble is discharged at the bottom of the water ; this is especially

apparent after they have taken food. ‘The purely water-breathers,

if the term is admissible, can live without rising to the surface, un-

less under peculiar circumstances, whilst the compound breathers, as

already mentioned, expire in a longer or shorter period if unable to

reach the atmospheric air. The difference between the respiration

of the compound breather and that of the water-breather is very

apparent when they are lying side by side on the moist sand at the

bottom of an aquarium. For instance, the Macrones tengara keeps

its gills in constant excited motion, while the Ophiocephalide

scarcely move theirs, but at intervals rise to the surface, open their

mouths, and take in air. Thislatter phenomenon, viz. breathing the

air pure, and not subsequent to its solution in the water, is especially

apparent in some species, such as the Polyacanthus eupanus, Cuv. &

Val., which dart up suddenly to the surface, descending again as

rapidly into the rockwork in which they delight to make their home,

and where they keep all other species at bay, and even fight amongst

themselves for the possession of a coveted corner. Loaches (of the

genus Platacanthus) also ascend in a similar manner to obtain air.

The earliest observation on this peculiar mode of respiration which has

fallen under my notice is made by Dr. Garden*, M.D., F.RS., ina

letter from Charles Town, South Carolina, dated August 14th, 1774,

where he states, respecting the Electrical Eel, that its pectoral

fins seem to be chiefly used for supporting and raising the fish’s

head when he wants to breathe, which he does every four or five

minutes, by raising his mouth out of the water. With reference to

* Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London, 1778, vol. Ixv.

p. 102. ‘

276 DR. F. DAY ON INDIAN FRESHWATER FISHES. [May 14,

the Callichthys asper, it is stated that in the marshes of the Savan-

nahs-it dives into the swampy ground and is captured by making

holes in the grass and digging in the mud beneath *, evidently

from the Indian fishermen being aware of the fact of the fish rising

to obtain air. Sir R. Schomburgk, in his ‘ Fishes of Guiana,’ states

that the Callichthys littoralis (C. subulatus, Cuv. & Val.) can exist

in muddy lakes without any water whatever, and is sometimes dug

up from such situations.

Mr. Boake, in an interesting papert, makes some remarks on his

experiments with reference to the respiration of fishes. Having

divided his specimens into what he terms air-breathers and water-

breathers, he made a diaphragm of net which he placed horizontally

across the centre of an aquarium full of water so that the fish could

not rise to the surface to obtain air. He found that the water-

breathers were unaffected by this circumstance, while the air-

breathers all died in a shorter or longer time.

Dr. Jerdon, who kept some of the Climbing Perch (Anadbas scan-

dens) in an aquarium, observes that they were in general very sluggish,

but every now and then rose slowly near the surface of the water,

then made a dash to the top, and down to the bottom again with all

speed}. This was unquestionably done to obtain atmospheric air.

Mr. Boake gives the following account of capturing fishes in

Ceylon, where he found men and cattle moving about in the rank

grass growing on the surface, and fishes inhabiting a watery, muddy,

intermediate locality between the surface and the earth, the inter-

mediate fluid, or diluted mud, being as thick as pea-soup. The fishes

were detected in this fluid by the emission of bubbles of air when

they rose to the surface to breathe. But the description is so inter-

esting that I trust it may not be deemed too long to give in full.

“*When the swamp is in a proper state for such operations, viz.

when the water is neither too high nor too low, and the surface is

covered, as I have described, with a firm sod with two or three feet

of diluted mud beneath it, a native goes out at night when the air is

still, and, walking through the swamp, listens for the peculiar sounds

which the fish make in breathing. Having selected a part in which

these sounds are heard so frequently as to afford a prospect ot

catching a considerable number, he proceeds to remove the sod from

a few circular patches, each about three feet in diameter, in those

places in which there already exist small holes in the sod, which the

fish frequent for the purpose of breathing. When that is done he

returns home for the night. I did not think it necessary to be pre-

sent at the nocturnal part of the operations, but I accompanied the

fishermen the following morning to the spot which he had prepared

during the previous night, and I found it a most laborious effort to

make my way over the treacherous surface, although the natives

appeared to traverse it without any difficulty. When we reached

the fishing-ground, operations were commenced by making a kind of

* Cuyv. & Val. ‘ Hist. Nat. des Poissons,’ vol. xv. p. 311.

+ Journal of the Ceylon Branch of the Asiatic Society, 1865.

~ Madras Journal of Literature and Science, vol. xv. 1818, p. 144.

1868.] DR. F. DAY ON INDIAN FRESHWATER FISHES. 277

enclosure, to cut off from the rest of the swamp that portion in

which the circular patches had been cleared of sod the night before.

This was done by breaking the sod in a narrow line encompassing

the space which it was intended to enclose, and trampling a portion

of it down to the more solid mud at the bottom. The long grass

which is thus carried down makes a kind of fence, which is supposed

to confine the fish, but which one can hardly suppose to be very

efficacious, as they would have but little difficulty, if so inclined, in

making their way through it. When this is done, the diluted mud

in the holes that have been opened overnight is thickened by mixing

it with some of the more solid mud, or peat, scooped up from beneath.

Some of the long grass which grows on the surface is then laid over

the thickened mud in two strata, the stalks of which the one is com-

posed being at right angles with those composing the other. The

whole is finished off with a coating of mud. Nothing then remains

to be done but to watch for the appearance of the fish. The first

indication of their presence is the rising of bubbles of air; and in

each instance when these bubbles appeared, the natives who were

standing by named correctly the species of fish by which they were

emitted, being guided probably by their size and by their coming up

singly or in larger numbers. After a bubble of air has appeared

but a short time elapses before the head of a fish appears protruding

above the surface of the mud. There is no difficulty in securing a

fish when he shows himself in this way, as the blades of grass which

have been arranged so as to cross each other beneath the surface of

the mud form a net through which he cannot easily force his way

back. I remained watching the process for about an hour, during

which I saw eleven fish taken, and the natives told me that as the

day advanced larger fish would be caught and in greater numbers.

None of those I saw taken were large. They were of three

species, Connia (Ophiocephalus kelaarti), Magoora, and Hoonga

(Clarias taysmanii). It is obvious that this mode of catching the

fish is entirely based upon the fact that they cannot breathe water,

' but are forced to ascend at stated intervals to the surface to breathe

atmospheric air—a fact which I afterwards verified by drowning two

or three specimens by inverting a net over them. .... a4

In 1866, when engaged in carrying out my experimental intro-

duction of fishes from the plains on to the Neilgherry Hills, my

attention was drawn to certain peculiarities in the respiration of the

Ophiocephalide and some other genera; but it has only been re-

cently that I have been enabled to make the following series of ex-

periments, which, I trust, may, in conjunction with the preceding

observations, assist in elucidating the question of the respiration of at

least a few species. Iu the transportation of the Ophiocephalide I

found that if mud were mixed with the water they did well, but if

the water were pure they died. ‘The solution of this is that the

muddy water does not pass through their branchie as they respire

air direct, whilst the muddy state of the water decreased the amount

of agitation they were subjected to in clear water.

Experiment No. 1.—Three of the Ophiocephalus punctatus

278 DR. F, DAY ON INDIAN FRESHWATER FISHES. [May 14,

(Bloch), of the respective sizes of 55,, 4,2,, and 3,4, inches in length,

were placed at 6.30 in the glass globe of a hanging lamp measuring

10 inches across and 12 inches deep ; this was filled two-thirds full

of fresh water, the temperature being 75° Fahr. A diaphragm of

net was then stretched tightly across the diameter one inch below

the water, thus effectually preventing the fish from rising to the

surface to obtain atmospheric air. At the end of four minutes they

all became excited, and pushed vigorously against the net, which,

however, they did not succeed in breaking. They continued at

intervals to make these ineffectual efforts, but at 8.] a.m. the smallest

sank down and died, at 8.2 a.m. the medium-sized one, and at 8.8 a.m.

the largest. Thus the largest and strongest only lived one hour and

twenty-eight minutes when deprived of direct access to atmospheric

air. On opening their gills under water and pressing the branchiz

no air escaped from the cavity.

Experiment No. 2.—To prove satisfactorily that death did not

ensue either from deleterious properties in the water or from the ex-

clusion of air by the diaphragm, three more were placed at 8.45 a.m.

in the same vessel in which the others had died, the water not having

been changed ; it was covered over with the same diaphragm at about

an inch above the water. The temperature was then 76°, at 11 a.m.

76°, 12 a.m. 80°, 4p.m. 78°, 6 p.m. 78°, 10 p.m. 78°; and, to pre-

vent recapitulation, it may be as well to state that these temperatures,

unless otherwise specified, prevailed throughout these experiments.

But in this case the fish, being able to reach the air, did well and

were taken out the next day, after they had been left in the same

water for 24 hours.

Experiment No. 3.—Three specimens of Siluroid water-breathers

(Macrones tengara) were placed in the same globe similarly prepared

as in the first experiment. After 25 hours they were as lively and

well as when first put in. It was impossible for them to have ob-

tained atmospheric air direct ; but they swam as near the surface as the

diaphragm would permit, which may easily be accounted for by the

great heat of the water, and the comparatively small amount of

fluid contained in the globe. Subsequently this experiment was

tried with some Cyprinidz, two specimens of Puntius stigma (Cuy.

& Val.), one of Amblypharyngodon jerdoni, all water-breathers, and

three Loaches (Platacanthus agrensis). The water-breathers re-

mained unaffected ; but the Loaches died in eight hours. This genus

of Loaches have a receptacle for air in the first vertebree, which cir-

cumstance was overlooked when I first described them*.

Experiment No. 4.—Three more specimens of Ophiocephalus

punctatus were placed in some wet grass in an earthen vessel, in

which they were kept for upwards of three hours, or double the

length of time it took to drown those excluded from atmospheric air

and thus compelled to breathe water only. At the end of this time

they were all alive and healthy.

Experiment No. 5.—Another specimen of the Ophiocephalus pune-

tatus was held under water, and as much air as possible evacuated

* Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 298.

1868. } DR. F. DAY ON INDIAN FRESHWATER FISHES. 279

from the receptacle by pressing upon the superior branchiz. Most

of the air was discharged, and the specimen was placed, like the

others, under the diaphragm. But death did not ensue; it re-

mained in a sluggish state for seven hours at the bottom of the

globe, not even attempting to rise and obtain air. At the end

of this time another fish was placed in the same globe without having

had the air removed from the receptacle, whilst the first specimen,

without being allowed to rise to the surface, had the gills opened,

and the whole of the air (if there was any) remaining in the cavity

abstracted by means of a syringe with a long pipe. The new arrival

appeared to arouse the previously dormant fish into activity, and

they both dashed wildly about, but died within two hours. The

exertion no doubt caused excitement of the circulation, necessitating

a larger supply of air. On opening their gills under water no air

escaped, thereby proving that it is not generated beneath the water.

Experiment No. 6.—A bandage was stitched pretty tightly around

the head of another specimen of the same species at 8 a.m., so as to

entirely prevent its opening its gills, care having been taken not to

obstruct its eyesight. It was then placed in a globe of water; but

this process did not appear to inconvenience it in any way, and after

submitting to it for 24 hours, it was as lively as possible. In this

case it was impossible that the gills could have been opened ; the fish,

therefore, must have sustained life by aérial respiration.

Experiment No, 7.—The same fish, without the bandage having

been removed, was, after the lapse of this time, viz. 24 hours, placed

in water beneath a diaphragm, in company with another which had

been in the same vessel with it all the previous day. In the space

of half an hour the bandaged fish died from being unable to pass

water through its gills. After death the cavity contained no air.

The other specimen lived for 17 hours in a sluggish state, rarely

moving at the bottom of the globe, showing, as in experiment No. 5,

that these fish can live in a quiescené state for some time in water

although aérial respiration is precluded, and that they must there-

fore be able to take in a certain amount of air from the water by

means of their branchie, although not in sufficient quantity to sup-

port life for more than a limited period.

Experiment No. 8.—A bandage was stitched round the head of a

Macrones tengara, a water-breather, in the same manner as in the

last experiment. It died in 34 minutes; but in this instance the

gill-opening could not be entirely closed, owing to the serrated pec-

toral spine being beneath it. :

Experiment No. 9.—A specimen of Ophiocephalus punctatus was

placed in a dry cloth at 9.55 a.m., and left without any moisture,

the temperature being at 76° Fahr. It lived until 1.20 p.m., ocea-

sionally opening its mouth and taking in air. At 12.15 it was able

to move across the table, whence it fell on to the ground, and

was only picked up after it had proceeded several feet across the

room. This fall in its dry state may have injured it and hastened

its death. At all events it lived entirely without moisture for three

hours and twenty-five minutes ; and it is doubtful whether it did not

280 DR. F. DAY ON INDIAN FRESHWATER FISHES. [May 14,

survive even longer, as when it had been seven hours out of water

it was opened, and the heart was found still pulsating, although the

body was as hard and stiff as a piece of board from the mucus

which had exuded and dried overit. A specimen of the O. striatus,

18 inches long, was wrapped up alive in a dry cloth and locked in

a close cupboard, where it lived for 16 hours.

Experiment No. 10.—As these fishes had been proved to live for

some time altogether without water, and again in water when unable

to pass it through their gills, it appeared probable that the inhala-

tion of chloroform would affect them. Therefore, at 9.30 a.m. an

Ophioeephalus striatus, of upwards of a foot in length, was placed in

the glass globe of a hanging lamp, the top of which was covered over

by a thick towel; ten drops of chloroform were then administered,

and repeated every minute for five doses. After half a minute the

fish made snatches at the air several times in succession, after which

it remained in a quiescent state for four and a half minutes, when,

after the last ten drops had been administered, it became very

excited, and sprang about as if greatly distressed. But it soon sank

down, and rapidly became more and more comatose, until at the end

of thirteen minutes from the commencement of the experiment it

was in a perfectly motionless state, and in that condition was thrown

into a tub of cold water, the fluid being only two inches deeper than

the height of the body of the fish lying flat. Here it remained on

its side (only jumping up once), giving out bubbles of air, and

moving its pectoral fius backwards and forwards, at first rapidly and

then gradually slower and slower, until its death, which occurred

273 minutes from the commencement of the experiment. There

was no movement of the gills whatever ; and immediately after death

the chest was opened, and the heart was not found pulsating, but

full of very dark blood ; on being touched it contracted sluggishly.

Experiment No. 11.—Wishing to collect some of the air con-

tained in these receptacles, a specimen was held under water, and by

means of pressure on the superior branchie all the air was dis-

charged. Each time the operation was repeated the fish, immediately

on being released, ascended to the top and took in a fresh supply of

air; and the same thing occurred when it was held in the hand and

lifted out of the water. In each instance after this aérial respiration

air was found in the previously emptied cavities. When these fish

are feeding, small bubbles of air are almost invariably discharged

through the mouth, probably from the cavity, each time they swallow,

and they arise almost immediately to inhale more.

Experiment No. 12.—A number of these fishes were placed in a tub

with a small amount of water and plenty of common grass. No

other food was allowed them; but at the end of three weeks they

were perfectly well and lively.

Before drawing attention to the conclusions to be deduced from

these phenomena, it may be as well to refer briefly to the opinions

previously advanced by others, Commerson considered the laby-

rinthiform cavity in the Osphromenus intended for the purposes

of smell, and therefore named it Osphromenus, and the species was

1868. ] DR. F. DAY ON INDIAN FRESHWATER FISHES, 281

for the same reason termed o/faw. Cuvier observes of his Laby-

rinthici that the superbranchial cavities are qualified to contain a

certain amount of water, somewhat like the spongy stomach of a

camel*, Owen says that ‘Accessory respiratory organs, acting

chiefly as a reservoir or filter of water, are developed from the upper

part of the pharynx in the climbing perch ( Anabas scandens) and

allied fishes of amphibious habits”’+. Giinther, with reference to

this, states that the Labyrinthici ‘‘ appear to contain, or to collect,

a small quantity of water in the cavity in which the superbranchial

organ is situated’’t, and that the “‘ Ophiocephalidee have a cavity ac-

cessory to the gill-cavity for the purpose of retaining water in it ’’§.

Following these and other authorities, it had appeared to me that

this cayity was for the retention of water, to enable the fish to travel

on dry ground by moistening the gills, and thus obtaining oxygen

from the atmosphere. But having now had opportunities of per-

sonally investigating the question, I have drawn the following con-

clusions:—1st, that these fishes died, when deprived of access to

atmospheric air, not from any deleterious properties either in the

water or in the apparatus used, but from being unable to subsist

on air obtained solely from the water, aérial respiration being indis-

pensable; 2nd, that they can live in moisture out of water for

lengthened periods, and for a short and variable time in water only ;

lastly, that the cavity or receptacle does not contain water, but

has a moist secreting surface, in which air is retained for the

purposes of respiration; and it seems probable that this air, after

having been employed for this purpose, is ejected by the mouth, and

not swallowed to be discharged per anum.

Some of the venous blood appears to be oxygenated at the gills,

and the remainder in the cavity above the gills by means of air;

but if the fish be kept under water without air, this cavity, which is

surrounded by bony tissue, becomes filled with water, which cannot

be discharged, owing to its almost non-contractile powers. There is

thus no means of emptying it, and the water probably becomes car-

bonized and unfit for oxvgenizing the blood, so that the whole of

the respiration is thus thrown on the branchize. This will account

for the fact that, when the fish is in a state of quiescence, it lives

much longer than when excited, whilst the sluggishness sometimes

evinced may be due to poisoned or carbonized blood.

A good example of an air-breathing fish is afforded by the singular-

looking finless snake-like eel, the Syméranchus cuchia, Ham. Buch.,

in which respiration is carried on in a receptacle above the branchial

arches on each side of the head—a discovery which was made many

years ago by Dr. Taylor at Dacca. It is found in the Indian marshes,

lurking in holes; and the following remarks are made by Professor

Owen on its respiratory apparatus || :—‘‘ The second branchial arch

supports a few long fibrils, and the third a simple lamina, fringed

* Cuv. & Val. vol. viii. p. 323.

+ Lectures on Comparative Anatomy, 1866, vol. i. p. 487.

{ Catalogue of Fishes, vol. iii. p. 372. § Ibid. p. 468.

|| Anatomy of Vertebrates, 1866, vol. i. p. 487.

282 DR. F. DAY ON INDIAN FRESHWATER FISHES. [May 14,

at its edge; the first and fourth arches have not even the rudiment

of a gill. The branchial function is transferred to a receptacle on

each side of the head above the branchial arches, covered by the

upper part of the opercular membrane ; these receptacles have a

cellular and highly vascular internal surface ; the cavity communi-

cates with the mouth by an opening between the hyoid and the

first branchial arch, and receives its blood from the terminal bifur-

cation of the branchial artery, and also from the different vessels of

the rudimentary gills. Those from the supplemental lung-like

vascular sacs are collected into two trunks, which unite with the

posterior unbranched branchial arteries to form the aorta. Thus

about one-half of the volume of the blood transmitted from the

heart is conveyed to the aorta without being exposed to the action

of the air.”

Those who have seen these fish captured will scarcely admit

their being usually sluggish. They lie about the sides of ponds in

the grass, and are taken by means of baskets which the natives

thrust down over them, when they can get near enough ; but before

this is accomplished there is almost invariably an exciting chase, as

they are very active in their movements.

Much of the great tenacity of life for which many of the Indian

freshwater fishes are famed is, no doubt, owing to their capability of

respiring atmospheric air. Asan instance of this may be adduced the

Anabas scandens, which the fishermen in Calcutta are known to

keep four or five days in earthen pots without water, using daily

what they require, the fish being as well and lively as when caught.

In fact the Calcutta market appears to be chiefly supplied with

these fishes from extensive marshes in the Yasur district, and about

150 miles distant, whence boat-loads are brought and kept alive

without water until sold*. In experiments made with these

fish at Cochin, I found that they would live without moisture for

about 24 or 26 hours. In India the majority of inland Acantho-

pterygians are compound breathers—as, for example, the whole of

the hollow-headed fishes, as well as many Siluroids and some of the

Loaches. This method of respiration appears to be a wise provision

of nature, to enable the fish, during periodic dry seasons, to mi-

grate from pond to pond in search of water in which their natural

food still exists.

The possession of the means necessary for locomotion on land,

combined with those for aérial respiration, frequently leads to their

sudden appearance in unexpected places, and has given rise to nume-

rous arguments and theories—amongst them spontaneous generation,

vivification of buried ova, migration, falling from the clouds, &e.

Many instances of the migration of fishes by land, from one piece

of water to another, have been recorded. On the commencement of

the rains in the east, the fish become very excited and disturbed,

ascending small streams, &c., and, apparently dissatisfied with the

waters they inhabit, restlessly seeking other localities. This may

be due to the same instinct which causes the migration of marine

* Hamilton Buchanan, ‘ Fishes of the Ganges,’ p. 99.

1868. ] DR. F. DAY ON INDIAN FRESHWATER FISHES. 283

fishes, and the annual visit of the Salmon to the sea, or else from a

necessity of obtaining a suitable situation in which to deposit their

ova. It is generally at this season that fish are seen travelling on

land. By this means it may be imagined that plains only occasionally

covered by water become populated with fish after a heavy fall of

rain. Amongst authorities testifying to having personally witnessed

this migration is Mr. Morris, the Government Agent at Trinco-

malee, who, in an interesting letter to Sir Emerson Tennent on this

subject in 1857, states, “‘ As the tanks dry up the fish congregate in

the little pools, till at last you find them by thousands in the moistest

parts of the beds, rolling in the blue mud, which is at that time

about the consistence of thick gruel. As the moisture further

evaporates, the surface fish are left uncovered, and they crawl away

in search of fresh pools. In one place I saw hundreds diverging in

every direction from the tanks they had just abandoned to a dis-

tance of fifty or sixty yards, and still travelling onwards. In going

this distance, however, they must have used muscular exertion suf-

ficient to have taken them half a mile on level ground, for at these

places all the cattle and wild animals of the neighbourhood had

latterly come to drink, so that the surface was everywhere indented

with footmarks, in addition to the cracks in the surrounding baked

mud, into which the fish tumbled in their progress. In those holes

which were deep, and the sides perpendicular, they remained to die,

and were carried off by kites and crows. My impression is, that this

migration takes place at night or before sunrise; for it was only

early in the morning that I have seen them progressing, and I

found those I brought away with me in chatties appeared quiet

by day, but managed to get out of the chatties at night. Some

escaped altogether; others were trodden on aud killed’”’*. Many

others, both Europeans and natives, have added their testimony to

these migrations, which they have personally observed. Sir John

Bowring, in his work on Siam, observes, with reference to the river

Meinam, that he was amused by the novel sight “of fish leaving the

river, gliding over the wet banks, and losing themselves amongst the

trees in the jungles”’+. And in another part of the same work he

says that the very sandbanks of the Meinam were full of life, and a

‘sort of amphibious fish were flitting from the water to be lost amongst

the roots of the jungle wood”? {. He also quotes from Bishop Pal-

legoix §, that some of these fishes will wander more than a league

from the water ||. The Anadas scandens is able to travel short dis-

tances on land, and has been seen to do so by many Europeans,

* Sir Emerson Tennent, ‘ Ceylon,’ vol. i. p. 215.

+ Kingdom and People of Siam, vol.i.p. 10.

t Ibid. vol. i. p. 392.

§ Description des Royaumes Thai ou Siam, 1854, vol. i. pp. 193, 194.

|| Pallegoix mentions that there are three species of what he calls these

“ Wandering Fishes,” termed pla-xon, pla-duk, and pla-mo ; but, from the ab-

sence of scientific data, they have not been identified. The pla-xon he de-

scribes as about the size of a Carp, very voracious, and abundant. It is

exported to China, Singapore, and Java, and considered particularly whole-

some as food.

284 DR. F. DAY ON INDIAN FRESHWATER FISHES. [May 14,

especially in the early morning when the dew is on the ground.

Mr. E. L. Layard once encountered a number of “ Perch-like fish,”

probably the Anabas, travelling along a hot and dusty gravel road

under the midday sun. This migrating propensity of some of the

freshwater fishes of the East was no secret to the ancient Greeks,

who frequently commented upon it ; and although their statements

were disbelieved by the Romans, subsequent authors corroborate

their testimony on these points. In Europe it is well known that

Eels leave the water at certain periods, and, in fact, that the great

difficulty in the conservation of Eels arises from the trouble of

restricting them to the ponds in which they were originally placed ;

also in the West Indies there are instances of fishes migrating or

travelling by land. Dr. Hancock gives an account of the Flat-

headed Hassar (Doras hancockii), which, when the tanks dry up,

proceed in large droves, sometimes travelling an entire night in

search of other water. Mr. Campbell, a friend of Dr. Hancock’s,

on one occasion saw a number of these fish thus marching onwards.

The Indians assert that they carry a supply of water with them for

the journey. They appear to possess great tenacity of life out of

water, even when exposed to the heat of the sun; and their bodies

exude moisture, as they are described as being very difficult to dry,

and becoming moist again almost immediately *.

Another instance may be given in the Doras crocodilit (Hum-

boldt), which was seen by this author advancing by leaps over the

dry ground, supporting itself on its pectoral fins. Another speci-

men was said to have climbed a hillock of sand 20 feet in height.

Again, the genus Callichthys, also inhabiting warm countries, is

stated to have great tenacity of life out of water, which enables

it to seek other water when that in which it lives dries up.

Marvellous accounts of the climbing-propensities of the Anabas

scandens have been extant from the earliest times. In the ninth

century, two Mahomedan travellers left a record of what they

observed in India§, and mention a sea (estuary?) fish which, leav-

ing its natural element, climbed cocoa-nut trees (toddy palms’),

and drank the juice of the plant. This idea was again revived by

Lieut. Daldorf in 1791, who stated, in a letter to Sir Joseph

Banks||, that he had observed this fish five feet from the ground on

the stem of a palmira tree. Kirby rather improves upon this by

stating that they climb in pursuit of certain crustaceans which form

their food. In Malabar and elsewhere the natives believe that it

possesses this extraordinary power; and its Tamil designation is in

consequence pannieri, or “climber of palmira trees.”” Mr. Layard

also mentions** that, on questioning some fishermen as to the reason

why the staked enclosures for catching fish were covered with net-

* Zoological Journal, No. xiv.

+ Cuy. & Val. vol. xv. p. 287. t Ibid. p. 295.

§ Translated by M. Reinaud.

|| Linnean Transactions, ili. p. 62.

{| Bridgewater Treatises, vol. i. p. 144,

** Magazine of Natural History, 1823, pp. 390-391.

1868.] DR. F. DAY ON INDIAN FRESHWATER FISHES. 285

ting, they told him that otherwise some of the fish would climb up

the stakes and get out. It has been surmised that the species here

alluded to was the dnabas ; but nothing has been definitely ascer-

tained, and it is probable that it may have been a Boleophthalmus,

as the B. boddaerti, common on the coasts of India and Ceylon, is

quite capable of crawling along stakes. Neither the Anadas nor

the Ophiocephalidz can be kept in an aquarium unless the top is

covered over, as, even when the water is a foot or more from the

surface, they always manage to jump out in the night and crawl

away.

But the climbing-propensity imputed by some authors to the

Anabas has been as strongly denied by others. Hamilton Buchanan

observes that to what enjoyment this dangerous faculty could lead

a wretched fish he is totally at a loss to imagine, and he therefore

believed that Daldorf was mistaken. ‘The palm, as is often the

case with those of its species, may have been growing with its lower

parts nearly horizontal, and the fish may have then moved along

it as well as on the land; or the palm may have been covered by

knobs, often left by the cultivators when they remove the branches

(stipites), and the fish have been left amongst these knobs by

some bird, and might no doubt have continued wriggling among

them”’*. Neither Cantor+ in the Malayan peninsula, nor Sir

Emerson Tennent in Ceylon{, heard of any climbing-faculties being

attributed to the Anadas in those localities.

A curious phenomenon in the Indian rivers and tanks, and one

which has never yet been altogether satisfactorily explained, is the

sudden appearance of large, healthy, adult fish, with others of pro-

portionate sizes, immediately after a heavy fall of rain, in situations

which have been pertectly dry and hard for months. When the pieces

of water inhabited by fish periodically dry up, what becomes of them?

Yarrell§ tried to solve this question by the theory of the sudden

vivification of ova, and observes it appears that “the impregnated

ova of the fish of one rainy season are left unhatched in the mud

through the dry season, and, from their low state of organization as

ova, the vitality is preserved till the occurrence and contact of the

rain and the oxygen of the next wet season, when vivification takes

place from their joint influence.” But in opposition to this is the

fact that, in India, the ova are generally deposited at the commence-

ment, and not at the end of the rainy season, whilst large adult fishes

abound, and no very small ones are visible. Again, if ova were thus

deposited, and left near the surface of the mud, they would be exposed

to destruction from insects, birds, and other animals, and in the

event of escaping all other enemies they would assuredly be destroyed

by the heat. The fishes would therefore be obliged to bury the ova

deeply in the mud; and it is not easy to imagine how they could

successfully accomplish this feat. :

If, when the water failed, the fishes died, some of them at least

would be seen dead or dying, while many of the tanks would soon

* Fishes of the Ganges, p. 99. t Malayan Fishes, p. 88.

t Ceylon, vol. i. p. 217. § British Fishes, vol. i. p. 25.

286 DR. F. DAY ON INDIAN FRESHWATER FISHES. [May 14,

become depopulated. Again, the distance from other pieces of

water at which they reappear, excludes in many instances the pos-

sibility of migration, which must always, to a certain extent, be

regulated by distance, time, and other local circumstances.

I have already shown that some species can live in liquid mud,

which they cannot employ for the purposes of aquatic respiration.

The question now arises whether, during the drought when food

and water fail, fish do not altogether hybernate, or rather estivate,

until the return of a more favourable season. From their low

state of organization, they would undoubtedly be more likely to

become torpid during the heat than many other animals possessed

of a higher vitality, which have been proved to do so, such as the

Batrachians, the Hmys, the Lepidosiren annectens, some of the

Crocodiles, and others, as well as mollusks and land-snails.

The natives of India believe this to be the case; and many of

them, and some few Europeans, have asserted that they have

actually seen fishes thus exhumed alive from the bottoms of perfectly

hard dry tanks, and subsequently resuscitated by placing them in

water. That they are capable of burrowing is easily proved by

watching them in an aquarium, and is especially exemplified in the

case of a small Loach ( Platacanthus madraspatensis, Day), which, if

the water is being changed, or anything occurs to alarm it, dives

down into the sand, and totally disappears from view with the

greatest rapidity ; and so well does it conceal itself that, on several

occasions, when the sand was removed from the aquarium, it was

most difficult to find and capture it. It evidently employs its armed

pectoral fin for the purpose of diving. The Htropli and many

others also conceal themselves very rapidly and effectually when

alarmed.

It appears probable that, as the water in the tanks becomes low,

the fishes congregate together in holes and places in which some

water still remains, where they may frequently be seen in numbers

huddled together with only sufficient water to cover their dorsal

fins. If disturbed they dive down into the thick mud, and if

either a drag or cast-net be then employed it is probable that

nothing will be obtained. The only way of catching fish at this

time is to leave the net down and walk about in the surrounding

thick mud. In the course of time they must come to the surface

to breathe, and then they fall an easy prey. As the water gradu-

ally evaporates, the fishes appear to become more and more sluggish,

and finally, there is every reason to believe, bury themselves in the

soft mud, and in a state of torpidity await the return of their

natural element. This would, if proved, only show the correctness

of Dr. Hunter’s assertion*, “that hybernation is apparently due to

a suspension of the faculties of animals by nature durimg such

seasons, and in such situations, that a supply of food is not ob-

tainable.”

In Europe it is known that fish hybernate during the winter

months. Eels bury themselves twelve or sixteen inches deep in the

* Observations on Parts of the animal Economy, p. 88.

1868.] DR. F. DAY ON INDIAN FRESHWATER FISHES. 287

mud; and in Somersetshire the people know how to find the holes

in which they are by the hoar frost not lying over them as it does

elsewhere, and dig them out in heaps*. Dr. Mitchell + also observes

that Eels in the winter lie concealed in the mud, and are taken in

great numbers by spearing them. Carps bury themselves in the

mud, and pass many months without eating, assembled in great

numbers side by sidef{. Yarrell§, quoting from a letter, says that

Soles frequent the river Arun nearly as high up as the town of Arun-

del, and remain in it the whole year, burying themselves in the

sand during the cold months. In the West Indies the genus

Callichthys is mentioned || as one of which the species are known to

bury themselves when the tanks dry up. The Callichthys asper is

also occasionally found when digging for wells4]. The Crocodile is

frequently dug up in a torpid state, in Ceylon, from the mud of

dried-up tanks during the hot months ; as food and water fail him

he gradually retires into the mud. Snails in the same manner glue

down their operculum, and descend into the mud until released by

the rains, when they immediately deposit their ova. Why should

not freshwater fish in India eestivate in the same manner ?

An Anabas was received by Sir Emerson Tennent from the

Moodliar of Matura, which was stated to have been dug out of a

dried-up tank, a foot and half below the surface of the earth,

where the mud was still moist, although the surface was dry and

hard. This gentleman also mentions that Mr. Whiting, the chief

civil officer in the western province, informed him that he had

accidentally been present twice when the villagers had been engaged

in digging up fish. The ground was firm and hard. ‘‘ As the men

flung out lumps of it with a spade they fell to pieces, disclosing fish

from nine to twelve inches long, which were full-grown and healthy,

and jumped on the bank when exposed to the light” **.

Another question which arises is, whether these fish do not zsti-

vate with the ova contained within them in a torpid state, ready to

be deposited as soon as the return of moisture arouses the vital

powers of the parent fishes. It is well known that the hatching of

ova can be retarded by the use of ice, why not also by estivation

from the effects of heat? In support of this view I may mention

that in 1866, when on a march to Kurnool, I witnessed a heavy

shower of rain, the first which had occurred in those parts for

months, the country being quite dried up from want of water. A

few hours subsequently I observed a number of Ampullarie in an

open ditch full of water depositing their long stringy ova. They

must consequently have become torpid with the ova within them, and

immediately on their resuscitation they, being aroused into activity

by the occurrence of rain, commenced to increase their species. And

* Yarrell’s ‘ British Fishes,’ vol. ii. p. 288.

t “Fishes of New York,” Transactions of the Literary and Philosophical

Society of New York.

f{ Cuvier’s ‘ Régne Animal.’ § British Fishes, ii. p. 258.

|| Cuv. & Val. vol. xv. “| Cuv. & Val. vol. xv.

** Ceylon, vol. i. p. 220.

288 MR. H. ADAMS ON NEW MASCARENE SHELLS. [May 14,

a similar phenomenon will, I imagine, be eventually proved to occur

amongst fishes.

The cavity in the head cannot affect this zstivation, because it is

not only the hollow-headed Acanthopterygians which thus reappear

after rain, but also Cyprinide and others, which, if this cavity were

necessary for this purpose, must die when the water dried up, and

would thus soon become extinct in many places. As I have every

reason to hope that some of the specimens of Ophiocephalidze which

I had the pleasure of despateching to Europe by the mail of March

may arrive safely, I append a few observations respecting their

habits. I have kept some of these fish for some time in aquaria

at Madras. When first in confinement they were very wild and

frightened ; but they gradually became very tame, and fed from the

hand without fear. The aquarium in which they are kept should

always have plenty of clean sand at the bottom, and no rockwork, as

they are apt to thrust against it violently with their noses; and in

several instances their jaws were thus denuded of skin and their

heads of scales, producing great irritation, which caused the cessa-

tion of the secretion of healthy mucus, and frequently resulted in

death. They require very little water, and may be seen lying on

the sand, occasionally lazily raising their heads, if the water is

shallow, and taking in air. They are fond of grass and aquatic

plants in the aquarium, and the small specimens then lie amongst

them on the surface of the water, thus saving themselves the trouble

of rising from the sand for air. But as they are continually biting

at the grass, the water becomes very dirty ; and it was therefore dis-

continued, and the fish did quite as well without it. If the water is

dirty they scarcely appear to move their gills, but about every two

or three minutes ascend to the top, emit their bubble, and descend.

Their habits are dirty ; and the water is constantly vitiated by the

large amount of mucus they exude from their bodies, as well as by

the rejection of their food in small shreds after it has been swal-

lowed. Fresh water should be given them every day, as otherwise

it becomes foul and offensive. When it is changed they become

wildly excited and rush about, probably in the same manner as

when aroused suddenly from their “ summer sleep.”

6. Descriptions of some new Species of Shells collected by

Geoffrey Nevill, Esq., at Mauritius, the Isle of Bourbon,

and the Seychelles. By Henry Anas, F.L.S.

(Plate XXVIII.)

Conus (Cuetyconus) Borsonicus, H. Ad. (Pl. XXVIII.

fig 1.)

©. testa conveao-conica, angusta, levigata, solidiuscula, antice spi-

raliter lirata, roseo-lutea, fascia albida obscura in medio cincta,

P.Z.5S. 1868. Pl XAVIIL

C.B.Sowerby .lilh, M&N Hanhart imp

NEW SHELLS FROM MAURITIUS & CEYLON.

1868. ] MR. H. ADAMS ON NEW MASCARENE SHELLS. 289

et liris mullis rubris interruptis ornata; spira elevata, concava,

apice mamillato; anfr.6, supera angulatis et nodulosis ; apertura

angusta, antice paulum dilatata ; labro postice recedente.

Long. 12, diam. 5 mill.

Hab. Isle of Bourbon.

Fam. Rissorp&.

Gen. Neviiuia, H. Ad.

Testa imperforata, acuto-ovata; anfractibus convexis, spiraliter

liratis, longitudinaliter striatis. Apertura ovalis; columella

callosa et dente introrsum desinente munita; labro acuto, intus

levigato, extus varicoso.

This genus has much the resemblance of a minute species of

Craspedotus ; but there is no indication of nacre within the aperture,

and the tooth on the columella is more like that of Rissoa mono-

donta than of the former genus; in its form and sculpture Nevillia

approaches Alvania. I have dedicated it to Mr. Geoffrey Nevill.

Nevitxiia picta, H. Ad. (Pl. XXVIII. fig. 2.)

N. testa ovato-conica, solidula, costis spiralibus inequalibus (in

medio anfractuum una validiore) et striis minutissimis longitudi-

nalibus sculpta; albida, maculis fulvis picta; spira conica, apice

acuto, sutura distincta; anfr. 53, angulatis; apertura ovali ;

dente columellari prominente ; labro extus varicoso.

Long. 24, diam. 1} mill.

Hab. Mauritius.

Nevitxia Lucrpa, H. Ad. (Pl. XXVIII. fig. 3.)

N. testa ovato-conica, solidiuscula, subpellucida, alba, costis spirali-

bus subdistantibus et striis minutissimis longitudinalibus sculpta ;

spira conica, apice acuto, sutura impressa; anfr. 5, conveais ;

apertura subcirculari; dente columellari, valido, acuto; labro

varice externo valido.

Long. 2, diam. 13 mill.

Hab. Isle of Bourbon.

Srytirer speciosus, H. Ad. (Pl. XXVIII. fig. 4.)

S. testa imperforata, ovato-subulata, tenui, subpellucida, nitida, lac-

tea, liris capillaceis distantibus cincta; spira sursum valde atte-

nuata, sulura distincta; anfr. 11, apicalibus 6 stylinis, deinde con-

veris, ultimo rotundato; apertura sublunari; columella recta,

callosa; labro valde sinuato.

Long. 10, diam. 4 mill.

Hab. Mauritius.

Nanina (Macrocutamys) Georrreyl, H. Ad. (Pl. XXVIII.

fig. 5.)

N. testa minute perforata, depressa, tenui, vix nitente, sub lente

minutissime spiraliter striatula, longitudinaliter obsolete irregu-

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1868, No. XIX.

290 MR. H. ADAMS ON NEW MASCARENE SHELLS. [May ]4,

lariter striata, olivaceo-fulva; spira brevissime conoidea, apice

obtuso, sutura submarginata; anfr. 6, planiusculis, ultimo antice

non.descendente, supra subangulato, basi paulum convexo ; apertura

subverticali, lunari; perist. simplici, acuto, recto, marginibus non

conniventibus, columellari superne brevissime reflexo.

Diam. maj. 9, min. 8, alt. 5 mill.

Hab. Isle of Bourbon.

This species is closely allied to N. virginia, Morelet; but the

whorls of the spire are almost flat instead of being convex, and the

spiral lines are more strongly impressed, while the animal, from the

subjoined note of Mr. G. Nevill, appears to differ considerably.

“The animal is of a uniform black colour, and resembles that of

N. nitella; that of N. virginia is yellow and black.” —G. Nevill.

Discus serratus, H. Ad. (Plate XXVIII. fig. 6.)

D. testa late et profunde umbilicata, lenticulari, arctispira, tenui,

subpellucida, parum nitente, liris elevatis sculpta, pallide lutea ;

spira convexa, sutura serrata; anfr. 6, convexiusculis, ultimo ad

peripheriam serrato-carinato, basi circa umbilicum rotundato ;

apertura obliqua, angulato-lunari ; perist. simplici, acuto, recto.

Diam. maj. 63, min. 52, alt. 3 mill.

_ Hab. Silhouette Island, Seychelles.

AcicuLa MAurRiTIANA, H. Ad. (PI. XXVIII. fig. 7.)

A. testa imperforata, subulato-cylindracea, tenui, hyalina, nitida ;

spira subcylindracea, apice valde obtuso, sutura impressa; anfr.

5, planiusculis, ultimo basi dilatato ; columella arcuata, vix trun-

cata; apertura acuminato-ovali ; perist. simplici, recto, acuto.

Long. 4, diam. 1 mill.; ap. 13 mill. longa.

Hab. Mauritius.

Vertigo (Av#A) sorsonica, H. Ad. (Pl. XXVIII. fig. 8.)

V. testa profunde rimata, oblongo-ovata, tenui, sublevigata, seri-

cina, rufo-fusca; spira convexo-conica, apice obtuso, sutura im-

pressa; anfr. 5, conveviusculis, ultimo basi subcompresso, pone

aperturam tumido, scrobiculato ; apertura truncato-ovali, subver-

ticali, quadridentata ; dente 1 compresso, intrante in parietem aper-

turalem | profundo in columella, 2 in palato, supero minuto ; perist.

expansiusculo, albo-labiato, marginibus callo tenui junctis, dextro

subsinualo.

Long. 23, diam. 13 mill.

Hab. Isle of Bourbon.

Gisspus (GippuLina) pesHayest, H.Ad. (PI. XXVIII. fig. 9.)

G. testa profunde rimata, cylindrica, tenui, nitida, pellucida, oblique

leviter striatula, pallide cornea; spira superna convexa, obtusa,

sutura anguste marginata; anfr. 9, convexiusculis, ultimo antice

ascendente, hasi rotundato ; apertura verticali, semiovali, denti-

1868. ] MR. H. ADAMS ON NEW MASCARENE SHELLS. 291

culo parietali munita; perist. vix expanso, marginibus remolis,

callo tenui junctis, dextro sinuato.

Long. 43, diam. 2 mill.

H{ab. Isle of Bourbon.

Griesus (GiBBULINA) MORELETI, H. Ad. (Pl. XXVIII. fig. 10.)

G. testa rimata, ovato-cylindracea, solidiuscula, oblique confertim

striata, sordide alba; spira cylindracea, apice obtuse conico, su-

tura submarginata ; anfr. 7%, planiusculis, ultimo basi compresso,

antice leviter ascendente ; Lainie calloso-plicata ; apertura

parum obliqua, subtruncato-ovali, dente parietali nulto ; perist.

expanso et reflexiusculo, marginibus subparallelis, columellari su-

perne paulum dilatato, patente.

Long. 11, diam. 44 mill’; ap. 4 mill. longa, 2? lata.

Hab. Silhouette Island, Seychelles.

Gissus (GIBBULINA) CYLINDRELLUS, H. Ad. (Pl. XXVIII.

fig. 11.)

G. testa arcuato-rimata, cylindrica, tenui, oblique costata, sordide

alba; spira supra medium paulo latiore, tum in conum brevem ob-

tusum terminata, sutura mediocri; anfr. 10, subplanatis, ultimo

leviter ascendente, basi compresso ; apertura verticali, truncato-

ovali, dente parietali valido compresso munita; perist. breviter

expanso et reflexo, marginibus subparallelis, callo tenui junctis.

Long. 11, diam. 33 mill.; ap. 3 mill. longa, 2 lata.

Had. Isle of Bourbon.

Ewnea (Evma) neviuur, OH. Ad. (Pl. XXVIII. fig. 12.) -

E. testa imperforata, subcylindrica, solidula, nitidula, obsolete lon-

gitudinaliter striata, albida; spira elongata, sursum attenuata,

apice obtuso, sutura marginata ; anfr. 9, planiusculis, ultimo basi

rotundato; columella vix torta, callosa; apertura verticali, sub-

ovali, antice leviter ascendente; perist. tenui, breviter reflexo,

margine dextro fleruoso, ad insertionem attenuato, basali cum

columellam angulum obtusum formante.

Long. 20, diam. 5 mill, ; ap. 6 mill. longa, 33 lata.

Hab. Seychelle Islands.

The species upon which I founded the subgenus Elma, viz. E.

swinhoei, although an African form, was collected by Mr. Swinhoe

in the Island of Formosa, where I presume it must at some remote

period have been introduced. The other species known at the time

were from Prince Edward’s Island. Another, however, has been

since deseribed by Dr. Dohrn, also from the latter locality ; and he,

at the same time, created a genus, under the name of Strepstostele,

to receive it. It is therefore of much interest to find an example

inhabiting the Seychelles.

CyaTrHoroma BLANForDI, H. Ad, (PI. XXVIII. fig. 13.)

C. testa aperte umbilicata, depresso-turbinata, lirulis confertis cincta,

292 MR. H. ADAMS ON NEW CEYLONESE SHELLS. [May 14,

epidermide fusca hispida induta ; spira elevata, acuta, sutura pro-

funda; anfr. 4, rotundatis, ultimo cylindrico, vix descendente ;

apertura vix obliqua, circulari; perist. simplici, recto, acuto,

breviter adnato. Operc. extus concavum, multispirum, margini-

bus simplicibus.

Diam. maj. 3, min. 24, alt. 1? mill.

Hab. Mahé Island, Seychelles.

This is an interesting addition to Mr. W. Blauford’s genus Cya-

thopoma, the other species being confined to India, with the excep-

tion of C. deccanianum, of which I obtained a specimen from Sir

David Barclay, found by him in the garden attached to his residence

at Mauritius, where, however, it has probably been introduced.

Ompuatotroris sorsonica, H. Ad. (Pl. XXVIII fig. 14.)

O. testa perforata, ovato-conica, tenui, sub lente minutissime spira-

liter punctato-striata, rubido-fulva, albido variegata et strigata ;

spira conica, apice acuto, sutura distincta ; anfr. 6, convexiusculis,

ultimo ventricoso, ad peripheriam et circa perforationem com-

presse carinato; apertura vix obliqua, ovali; perist. simplici,

recto, margine columellari subreflexo.

Long. 7, diam. 4 mill.

Hab. Isle of Bourbon.

Scropicutaria (Capsa) rostrata, H. Ad. (Pl. XXVIII.

fig. 15.)

S. testa ovato-triangulari, conveviuscula, tenui, sordide alba, lamel-

lis tenuibus concentricis sculpta, extremitate antica ovata, postica

rostrata, compressa; umbonibus paulum antemedianis ; margine

ventrali postice subsinuato.

Long. 21, alt. 15, lat. 8 mill.

Hab. Seychelle Islands.

7. Descriptions of some New Species of Shells, chiefly from

Ceylon. By Henry Apams, F.L.S.

(Plate XXVIII.)

Fam. STYLIFERIDZ.

Genus Pricirer, H. Ad.

Testa imperforata, ovato-subulata, non nitens ; spira in stylum pro-

ducta, nucleo sinistrali ; columella plicata ; labro flexuoso, postice

sinuato ; apertura antice integra.

This curious little shell was found by Mr. Hugh Nevill on coral,

and in texture resembles the shell of Leptoconchus. It is probable

that the Hyala abnormis of Gould is closely allied, and will form a

second species of the genus.

1868. ] MR. H. ADAMS ON NEW CEYLONESE SHELLS. 293

PLICIFER NEVILLI, H. Ad. (Pl. XXVIII. fig. 16.)

P. testa ovato-subulata, tenui, semiopaca, albida; spira elevata,

sutura distincta ; anfr. 64, supremis styliformibus, spiraliter lira-

tis, ceteris convevis, flecuose irregulariter striatis, ultimo inflato ;

columella callosa, spiraliter plicata; labro acuto, valde flexuoso,

postice profunde sinuato; apertura subovali, antice effusa.

Long. 33, diam. 2 mill.

Hab. Ceylon (Mr. Hugh Nevill).

CycLosTREMA NEVILLI, H. Ad. (Pl. XXVIII. fig. 17.)

C. testa anguste umbilicata, alba, subpellucida, nitida, tenui, spi-

raliter lirata, et radiatim striata, ad peripheriam levi; spira

subplana, sutura vix impressa; anfr. 4, sensim accrescentibus, sub-

planatis, ultimo angulato, basi subconvexo ; apertura ovali ; labio

calloso, callo circa marginem umbilici continuo ; labro simplict.

Diam. maj. 43, min. 33, alt. 2 mill.

Hab. Ceylon (Mr. Hugh Nevill).

CyctostreMaA (Daronta) suspissuncta, H. Ad. (Pl. XXVIII.

fig. 18.)

C. testa suborbiculari, nivea, subpellucida, spiraliter costulata,

costellis numerosis, equidistantibus, interstitiis transverse minu-

tissime striatis; spira depressa, apice acutiusculo, sutura pro-

Sunda ; anfr. 34, rapide accrescentibus, rotundatis, primis conti-

guis, ultimo antice descendente et longe disjuncto ; apertura parum

obliqua, subcirculari ; perist. continuo, simplici, tenui, acuto.

Diam. maj. 10, min. 8, alt. 5 mill. ; ap. diam. 43 mill. longa, 4 lata.

Hab. Ceylon (Mr. Hugh Nevill).

Corsuta (AzArRa) RostRaAta, H. Ad. (PI. XXVIII. fig. 19.)

C. testa ovato-triangulari, tumida, tenui, striis incrementi sculpta,

epidermide rufescente induta; umbonibus submedianis, erosis ;

extremitate antica rotundata, postica truncata; margine dorsali

antice arcuato, postice incurvato; margine ventrali convexius-

culo ; declivitate umbonali angulata.

Long. 9, alt. 6, lat. 43 mill.

Hab. Ceylon (Mr. Hugh Nevill).

This species has much the appearance of a Neera, the posterior

extremity of the shell being produced into a beak as in that genus.

Nanina (Macrocutamys) power!I, H. Ad. (PI. XXVIII.

fig. 20.)

N. testa anguste perforata, depressa, tenut, subpellucida, confertis-

sime leviter decussata sub lente, nitidiuscula, virescenti-cornea ;

spira parum convexa, apice obtuso, sutura marginata ; anfr. 43,

viz convexis, ultimo vix descendente, compresso, superne suban-

gulato, basi subplanato, in medio impresso; apertura obliqua,

lunari; perist. simplicit, acuto, recto, margine columellari supra

perforationem brevissime reflexo.

Diam. maj. 8, min. 7, alt. 33 mill.

294 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE ALECTOROMORPH#. [May 14,

Hab. Peter Botte Mountain, Mauritius (Dr. Power).

_ For an example of this species I am indebted to the kindness of

Dr. Power, who collected it. It was sent to me under the name of

vittata, by which it appears it has been long known at Mauritius.

CycLornorvs LAyArDI, H. Ad. (Pl. XXVIII. fig. 21.)

C. testa late umbilicata, depressa, solidula, confertim oblique striata

et liris pluribus distantibus sculpta, sub epidermide fusca flavi-

dula; spira parum elevata, apice obtusulo, sutura profunda ;

anfr. 5, convevis, ultimo antice descendente ; apertura obliqua,

subcirculari, superne angulari; perist. continuo, duplici, interno

breviter expanso, albido, externo expanso, superne dilatato, adnato.

Op. corneum, tenue, extus subconcavum, arctispirum.

Diam. maj. 26, min. 22, alt. 11 mill.

Hab. Ceylon (Mr. Thwaites).

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XXVIII.

-Fig. 1. Conus (Chelyconus) borbonicus, p. 288.

2. Nevillia picta, p. 289.

3. lucida, p. 289.

4. Stylifer speciosus, p. 289.

5. Nanina (Macrochlamys) geoffreyi, p. 289.

6. Discus serratus, p. 290.

7. Acicula mauritiana, p. 290.

8. Vertigo (Alea) borbonica, p. 290.

9. Gibbus ( Gibbulina) deshayesi, p. 290.

( ) moreleti, p. 291.

( ) cylindrellus, p. 291.

12. Ennea (Elma) nevilli, p. 291.

13. Cyathopoma blanfordi, p. 291.

14. Omphalotropis borbonica, p. 292.

15. Serobicularia (Capsa) rostrata, p. 292.

16. Plicifer nevilli, p. 293.

17. Cyclostrema nevilli, p. 293.

(Daronia) subdisjuncta, p. 293.

19. Corbula (Azara) rostrata, p. 298.

20. Nanina (Macrochlamys) poweri, p. 293.

21. Cyclophorus layardi, p. 294.

8. On the Classification and Distribution of the Alectoro-

morphe and Heteromorphe. By T. H. Huxtey, F.R.S.,

V.P.ZS., ke.

[With a Map. |

The characters and affinities of the Gallinaceous Birds, or Alec-

toromorphe, have been discussed within the last few years by two

very competent writers—M. Blanchard* and Mr. Parker. The

memoir ‘On the Gallinaceous Birds and Tinamous’’ +} by the latter

* “De la détermination de quelques Oiseaux Fossiles et des caractéres Ostéo-

logiques des Gallinacés ou Gallides” (Ann. d. Sc. Nat. sér. 4°, 1857, t. vii.).

+ Transactions of the Zoological Society, vol. v. p. 149 (1864).

pots

hee (| |

rill

James Wyld, 457 Strand .

ECTOROMORPHG

% q nN 4 et nl ;

Jaa Wh |

7 e

. a 4

Varies Wytl, Fa? Strand

MAP ILLUSTRATIVE OF THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE ALECTOROMORPHG

1868. ] PROF. HUXLEY ON THE ALECTOROMORIFH&, = (299

author is, in fact, a perfect mine of information for those who do

not mind the trouble of digging, and I shall frequently have to ex-

press my concurrence with the views therein expressed.

But, in attempting to discover the affinities of Opisthocomus, I

have been led to. believe that a good deal yet remains to be done in

the way of defining the limits of the Alectoromorphe, the value of

the subdivisions of the group, and the relation of these subdivisions

to zoogeography.

I propose to make a contribution towards these objects in the

present paper by discussing :— Ist, the proper limits of the group

Alectoromorphe and of its subdivisions; 2ndly, the relations of

sundry outlying forms, commonly regarded as Gallinaceous birds,

with the Alectoromorphe and adjacent groups; 3rdly, the geogra-

phical distribution of the Alectoromorphe in relation to geographical

distribution generally.

I. The proper limits of the Group Alectoromorphe and of its

subdivisions.

In my paper “ On the Classification of Birds’”’* I have included

the Pteroclide and the Turnicide with the Phasianide, Megapo-

dide, and Cracide in one division, Alectoromorphe, though the

aberrant characters of the Turnicide and Pteroclide are fully re-

cognized. I am now convinced that it will be much more convenient

to restrict the title of Alectoromorphe to the three latter groups,

which agree with one another, and differ from the other two in the

following osteological characters :—

1. The last cervical vertebra aud the anterior dorsals are always

ankylosed together in the adult. One of the posterior dorsals

(generally, if not always, the penultimate) remains free, while the

hindermost becomes ankylosed with the lumbar vertebre to form

part of the so-called ‘ sacrum.”

2. The number of the presacral vertebree in the different regions

of the body is very constantly, if not always, 16 cervical, 5 dorsal,

and 3 lumbar. The total number of these vertebre is therefore 24,

or the same as in Man.

3. The maxillo-palatines vary greatly in form and size, and in the

degree to which they are ossified, but they are always lamellar or

conchoidal. ‘They unite in the middle line with an ossified septum

only in some Cracide.

4, There are oval, sessile basipterygoid facets, situated far for-

wards upon the rostrum of the sphenoid.

5. The palatines are long and narrow, with obsolete internal

laminze and rounded-off postero-external angles.

6. The angle of the mandible is produced and recurved, and the

oral margins of the rami are not flanged out.

7. The external xiphoid processes of the sternum (which are

much shorter than the internal ones) are bent outwards over the

hinder ribs and have expanded ends.

* Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867, p. 415.

296 . PROF. HUXLEY ON THE ALECTOROMORPH®. [May 14,

8. The coracoid has no subclavicular process.

9. The scapular end of the furcula is not expanded; but it forms

almost the whole, or the greater part, of the inner wall of the canal

for the tendon of the middle pectoral muscle. The hypocleidium *

is well developed, and presents very various shapes.

10. The acromial process of the scapula is very short.

11. The humerus has no supinator spine, and the anterior edge

of the deltoid crest is obliquely bevelled off.

12. The hypotarsus (commonly called the caleaneal process of

the tarso-metatarsus) is traversed by a single canal.

13. The hallux is always present, though it varies greatly in size

and position.

The Alectoromorphe, distinguished from all other birds by the

totality of these characters, are divisible into two primary groups,

which I shall term the Peristeropodes and the dlectoropodes. In

the former division the foot is Pigeon-like, the long hallux being on

a level with the other toes; while in the latter it is Fowl-like, the

hallux being short and raised.

The Peristeropodes have the following osteological characters :—

1. In the sternum the osseous junction of the metosteon with the

lophosteon is broad, the inner notch being less than half as long as

the sternum itself (fig. 1, p. 297).

2. The pleurostea end in front in short and obtuse “ costal pro-

cesses”’ (c. p, fig. 1), the anterior edges of which are at right angles,

or nearly so, with the axis of the sternum.

3. The hallux is on a level with the other toes; and its basal

phalanx is about as long as, or may be longer than, that of the

third digit.

These characters are diagnostic of the Peristeropodes. In addi-

tion, the second metacarpal presents no backward process near its

proximal end; the phalanx of the third digit of the manus has no

basal projection or tubercle; and, in the pelvis, an ileo-pectineal

process is generally absent; if present, it is weak. In all those

species in which I have been able to observe it, the vomer is strong,

and compressed from side to side.

The Cracide and Megapodide compose this group. It may ex-

cite surprise that birds so unlike in habit should be arranged even

in the same division; but I must go further, and declare that after

a careful examination of the genera T'alegalla, Megapodius, Craz,

(Pauxi,) Penelope, Oreophasis, and Ortalida, I am at a loss to dis-

cover any important osteological differences whatever between the

Megapodide and the Cracidet. The hind toe, however, appears tu

be longer in proportion to the rest, and all the toes in proportion to

the tarso-metatarsus, in the Megapodide.

It is a singular circumstance, however, that the form of the pelvis

* The process developed from the symphysis of the conjoined clavicles.

+ In the degree of pneumaticity of the bones, the Cracide and the Megapodide

differ immensely, as Mr. Parker has already shown; but this is a character of

no systematic value.

1868.] PROF, HUXLEY ON THE ALECTOROMORPH. 297

varies a good deal both in the Megapodide and in the Cracide.

If we term the moiety of the dorsal aspect of the pelvis which is

bounded in front by a transverse line drawn through the acetabula

the postacetabular area, each group will be found to present some

forms in which the postacetabular area is broad, and some in which

it is relatively narrow.

Fig. 1. The sternum of Crax globicera—r. Rostrum. c.p. Costal process.

pl.o. Pleurosteon. ¢.2. External xiphoid process; and 7. x, internal

xiphoid process of the metosteon. J/.0. Lophosteon bearing the carina

and ending behind in m.2, the middle xiphoid process. x The inner

notches.

Fig. 2. The sternum of Lophophorus impeyanus. The letters as before, except

pt. 0, metosteon.

Thus Talegalla has the postacetabular area broad, while Mega-

podius has it narrow.

The Penelopine (Penelope, Oreophasis, Ortalida) have the post-

acetabular area broad; but in the Cracine (Crax, Pauxi) it is

narrow (figs. 3 & 4, p. 298).

M. Blanchard has already indicated some of the differences be-

tween the Cracide and the ordinary Gallinaceous birds.

«« Les types essentiellement Américains, comme les Alectors, c’est

A dire les genres Urax, Crax, et Penelope, s éloignent & quelques

298 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE ALECTOROMORPH. [May 14,

égards des types de l’ancien continent ; leur crane est allongé, 4 cétés

presque paralléles, rappellant la forme de la téte des Pigeons; c’est

que leur frontaux sont larges, et leurs lacrymaux trés- -développés,

au lieu d’étre rejetés en dehors, sont exactement emboités entre les

os nasaux et les frontaux ; ensuite les apophyses temporale et mas-

toidienne se trouvent étre écartées davantage; la région parictale

est presque plane comme la région frontale ; ; ‘enfin le vomer est tou-

jours libre et trés-développé, ce qui n’a pas lieu dans les autres, ot

il parait se souder complétement avec la cloisou interobitaire. On

voit d’aprés cela que les types Américains se séparent d’une maniére

assez prononcée de tous les autres Gallides, auxquels ils ressemblent

cependant par l’ensemble de leurs caractéres.”’—/. c. pp. 102, 103.

Fig. 3.

Fig. 3. The dorsal aspect of the pelvis of Crax globicera.—a a. A transverse line

drawn through the centres of the acetabula. 44. A transverse line drawn

through the posterior extremities of the ilia. The area included between

these lines is the “ postacetabular area.’

Fig. 4. A corresponding view of the pelvis of Penelope cristata.

Mr. Parker has also many valuable remarks upon the Cracide ;

but, like M. Blanchard, he leaves out of sight the very intimate re-

lation between this group and the Megapodide.

1868. ] PROF. HUXLEY ON THE ALECTOROMORPB, 299

In the Alectoropodes—

1. The osseous junction of the lophosteon and metosteon is nar-

row, the inner notch being always more than half as long as the

sternum (fig. 2, p. 297).

2. The costal processes of the pleurostea (cp, fig. 2) are more

prolonged and more nearly parallel with the axis of the sternum

than in the preceding case.

3. The hallux is raised above the level of the other toes, and its

basal phalanx is much shorter than that of the third toe.

With a single exception, the second metacarpal always has a

backward process*. A tubercle is very commonly present upon the

posterior edge of the base of the phalanx of the third digit; and

the ilio-pectineal processes are generally very well developed. The

vomer, wherever I have been able to observe it, has been weak and

flattened from above downwards.

Three groups are readily distinguishable by osteological charac-

ters among the Alectoropodes.

The Numididet differ from the other members of this division in

the absence of any backward process of the second metacarpal,

and in the obtuseness and somewhat outward inclination of the

costal processes. The acromial process of the scapula is also sin-

gularly recurved.

In all the rest the backward process of the second metacarpal is

distinctly developed, and the costal processes are more acute (gene-

rally very much so) and pass more directly forwards. Among these

the Meleagride are peculiar in three respects.

1. The length of the ilium from the centre of the acetabulum to

its posterior margin (which may be called the postacetabular length)

is greater than the distance from the same point to the anterior

margin of the ilium (or preacetabular length).

2. Viewing the pelvis from above, the postacetabular area is

longer than it is broad (fig. 5, p. 300).

3. The furcula is singularly weak and straight (viewed laterally),

and has a straight rod-like hypocleidium.

In all the other genera which I have examined, the preeacetabular

length is greater than, or, in the solitary case of Tetrao cupido, equal

to, the postacetabular. The postacetabular area is broader than it

is long; the lateral contour of the furcula more curved; and the

hypocleidium expanded antero-posteriorly.

The great series of Galline, Pavonine, Phasianine, and Tetraonine

birds included under the title of Phastanide, which offer these

characters, present two types of structure, the one of which may be

termed Galline, and the other Tetraonine, and which are well defined

and contrasted in their extreme forms, though I am by no means

clear that they do not graduate into one another.

* M. Blanchard (/. c. p. 99) gives the presence of this process as a universal

character of the ‘‘Gallinacés,” merely mentioning that ‘dans les Hoccos et les

Pénélopes elle s’affaiblit beaucoup.”

t That is to say, the species of the genus Vwmida. I have seen no skeletons

of Agelastus or Phasidus.

300 PROF, HUXLEY ON THE ALECTOROMORPH#. [May 14,

Fis. 5,

The dorsal aspect of the pelvis of Meleagris gallopavo.

The letters as before. v. The last sacral vertebra. (The letters dd are placed too

far back, as they are likewise, to a less extent, in fig. 7, p. 301.)

In the Galline or Fowl type—

1. The postacetabular area is moderately broad (fig. 6, p. 301),

and the inner and posterior angles of the ilia are produced beyond

the level of the last sacral vertebra.

2. The ulnar edge of the distal end of the basal phalanx of the

second digit is rounded off ; and the base of the phalanx of the third

digit has no tubercle, or only a small one.

3. The anterior margin of the deltoid crest of the humerus is

long and oblique.

4. The hypocleidium is more or less broadly oval in contour, with

curved margins.

5. The tarso-metatarsus is more than half as long as the tibia.

6. The mandibular foramen is small.

1868. ] PROF. HUXLEY ON THE ALECTOROMORPHE. 301

Fig: 7:

Fig. 6. The dorsal aspect of the pelvis of Gallus domesticus.

7. The dorsal aspect of the pelvis of Te¢rao wrogallus.

(The letters as before.)

In the Tetraonine or Grouse type, on the other hand—

1. The postacetabular region is very broad (fig. 7, p. 301); the ilia

are truncated nearly opposite the end of the sacrum, and it is the

external angle of the posterior edge of the ilium which is rather the

longer.

The ulnar and distal edge of the basal phalanx of the second

digit is produced ; and the phalanx of the third digit has a strong

basal tubercle.

3. The anterior margin of the deltoid crest is less oblique, and the

angle of the crest is sharper and more prominent.

4. The hypocleidium has straight edges and a triangular form,

the apex of the triangle being directed forwards.

5. The tarso-metatarsus is not half as long as the tibia.

6. The mandibular foramen is very large.

The two series of forms meet among the Partridges and Quails—

Perdix* lying on the Tetraonine, Caccabis, Rollulus, Francolinus,

and Coturnix on the Galline side of the boundary.

* This has already been pointed out by Mr. Parker, “ Gallinaceous Birds and

Tinamous” (Trans. Zool. Soe. v. p. 155).

302 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE ALECTOROMORPH. [May 14,

I have not sufficient materials to decide the point; but the Odon-

tophorine appear to go with Perdiz.

In the proper Phasianine (Phasianus, Thaumalea) and in Pu-

crasia, the pelvis has reached an indifferent point, being neither

specially Tetraonine nor specially Galline; but that of the Lopho-

phorine (Lophophorus, Tetraogallus) is more decidedly Galline.

The Peacocks are the most aberrant forms of this series, from

the curious modification of the postacetabular area of the pelvis.

The costal processes of the sternum are obtuse and relatively short,

the acromion is somewhat recurved, and the backward process of the

second metacarpal is small. In several of these cireumstances they

come nearer Numida than any other of the Gallotetraonine series do.

On the other hand, they seem to be closely allied to Lophophorus, in

which genus the pelvis exhibits a tendency towards the Pavonine

form, and the acromion is slightly reeurved.

Il. The relations of the Pteroclidee and Hemipodide to the true

Alectoromorphe.

In almost all those respects in which the Grouse differ from the

Fowls they approach the Pigeons; and an absolute transition between

these groups is effected by the Pteroclide, whose popular name

of ‘‘Sand-Grouse” might fitly be exchanged for that of “ Pigeon-

Grouse.”

1. I find the vertebree in the cervical, dorsal, lumbar, and sacral

regions to have the same number in Pterocles and Syrrhaptes as

in the Alectoromorphe; and ankylosis takes place in the same

manner.

The Peristeromorphe in general agree with the dlectoromorphe

in having the penultimate dorsal free. Very often the last cervical

is ankylosed with the first dorsal; but in this respect, as in the

number of dorsal vertebree (defined by the connexion of the ribs

with the sternum), individual variations are common among the

Pigeons. On the other hand, the total number of cervico-dorsal

vertebrae appears to be very constant, viz. nineteen—or two fewer

than the number (twenty-one) so generally met with in the Alec-

toromorphe. The fifteenth vertebra is very generally ankylosed

with the sixteenth and seventeeth; the eighteenth appears always

to be free, the nineteenth always ankylosed with the lumbar series,

The fifteenth vertebra is very generally the last cervical ; but some-

times it becomes connected with the sternum by a sternal rib, and

then must be counted as first dorsal*, In one specimen of Goura

the sixteenth is cervical.

2. In the skull, the palatines, the maxillo-palatines, and the man-

dibles resemble the corresponding parts in the dlectoromorphe ; the

* T find the vertebral formula of ordinary Pigeons and of Didunculus to be :—

C. fourteen, D. five, L. three, Sacrals and Urosacrals ten, Free caudals six.

Goura coronata has C. fifteen or sixteen, D. four or three, L. three, Sacrals and

Urosacrals twelve, Free caudals six. In the increased number of the sacral and

urosacral yertebre Goura resembles Didus, which also has twelve of these ver-

tebree.

1868. | PROF. HUXLEY ON THE ALECTOROMORPHE. 303

pterygoid and the basipterygoid processes, on the other hand, are

like those of the Peristeromorphe.

3. The sternum and furcula, as well as the coracoid (in its short-

ness, breadth, and the presence of a subclavicular process), are com-

pletely Peristeromorphic ; and so is the whole fore limb.

4, The pelvis has resemblances both to that of the Grouse and

that of the Pigeons, but has some peculiarities of its own.

5. The foot contrasts strongly with that of the Pigeons in the

extreme brevity of the tarso-metatarsus and toes, and in the reduc-

tion of the hallux, but may be regarded as an exaggeration of that

of the Grouse.

According to Nitzsch, the pterylosis is Peristeromorphic; and

Mr. Parker (7. c. p. 150) has shown that while the vocal organs are

Pigeon-like, the digestive organs are Tetraonine.

Thus the Péeroclide are completely intermediate between the

Alectoromorphe and the Peristeromorphe*. They cannot be in-

cluded within either of these groups without destroying its defini-

tion, while they are perfectly definable in themselves. Hence, I

think, the only advisable course is to make them into a group by

themselves, of equal value with the other two, under the head of

Pteroclomorphe.

The Hemipodide differ much more from the Alectoromorphe,

Pteroclomorphe, and Peristeromorphe than these groups do from

one another.

1. The number of the cervical, dorsal, and lumbar vertebrze is

indeed the same; but that ankylosis which is so constant and so

remarkable among the birds which have been already mentioned is

absent. All the vertebree are distinct from one another, as Mr.

Parker has already noticed (J. c. p. 184).

2. The palatines, pterygoids, and basipterygoids are more Plu-

vialine, though there is a touch of the Pigeon both in these parts

and in the mandible. They are very different from the correspond-

ing bones in the Alectoromorphe and Pteroclomorphe. The broad

flat vomer, however, is not Pluvialine, but is more Grouse-like.

3. The sternum appears to me to be, as nearly as may be, in-

termediate between that of the Pteroclomorphe and that of the

Tinamorphe. If the inner notch, which is already so small in Syr-

rhaptes, were reduced to nothing, the sternum would differ from

that of Hemipodius in very little but the breadth of its middle

xiphial process. In fact, it seems to me to be demonstrable that

the long xiphial process of the sternum of Hemipodius answers to

the onter of the two metosteal processes of the Alectoromorphe,—and

not to the inner, as Mr. Parker supposes in his paper on the Galli-

naceous birds—or to the inner and outer together, as he suggests in

_ * M. Blanchard excludes Pferocies from the ‘‘ Gallinacés,’’ and expresses,

‘without the least doubt,” the opinion that this genus should be ranged among

the Pigeons. ‘ La forme de leur sternum, de leur bassin, de leurs membres an-

térieurs, de leur humérus notamment, ne peut laisser 4 cet égard la moindre

incertitude” (Blanchard, /. c. p. 95). M. Blanchard does not mention Hemipo-

dius, and is uncertain about the affinities of Z’amus.

304 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE ALECTOROMORPH. [May 14,

his great work “On the Shoulder-girdle and Sternum”’ (p. 187).

Thus the sternum of Hemipodius is strongly Tinamine.

4. The furcula is peculiar, but has been compared by Mr. Parker

to that of the Lapwings. The coracoid has a subclavicular pro-

cesss, as in Pteroclomorphe, Peristeromorphe, and Charadriomor-

pre. This process does not exist in Tinamus.

5. The pelvis in some respects resembles that of Syrrhaptes, in

others that of the Plovers, but has peculiarities of its own. In no

respect is it Alectoromorphic.

6. The tarso-metatarsus is quite Pteroclomorphic. Mr. Parker

thinks Hemipodius to be intermediate between Pterocles and Syr-

rhaptes in this part of its organization.

The same writer has already pointed out the osteological affinities

of Hemipodius to the Plovers on the one hand, and to Tinamus on the

other. In his memoir on the sternum and shoulder-girdle (p. 185)

he goes so far as to say that ‘the Hemipodine family is interposed

bodily between the Tinamous and the true Galline.”’

I think that this is a very just estimate of the position of the

group, if the Pteroclomorphe are included under the head of Galline.

For it is obvious that the chief relations of Hemipodius are on one

side with Tinamus, on another with Syrrhaptes, and on a third with

the Plovers, Pedionomus being perhaps the connecting link between

the latter and it.

But it appears to me impossible to include Hemipodius with either

the Tinamorphe or the Charadriomorphe, and still less with the

Pteroclomorphe ; and I see no alternative but to make it the type

of an independent group, which may be called the T'urnicimorphe.

III. The affinities of Opisthocomus.

Many of the peculiarities of Opisthocomus have already been de-

scribed and discussed by L’Herminier*, Deville+, and Gervaisf ;

and the latter author has given a figure of the skeleton.

L’ Herminier is of opinion that the sum of the characters of the

bird incline it towards the Gallinacee. He puts it, with Vieillot and

Latreille, in the distinct family of the Dysodes, before the Pigeons

and Gallinaceous birds.

M. Gervais (/. c. p. 72), on the contrary, denies that Opisthoco-

mus has anything to do either with the Gallinaceous birds or with

the Pigeons. He considers that it forms part of the great series of

‘‘passeriform birds,” but is so different from the others that it

ought to form a separate order in this series, near the Scansores,

and “near the Musophagide, though its affinities with the group

may have been exaggerated.”

* Recherches Anatomiques sur quelques genres d’Oiseaux rares (Comptes

Rendus, y. 1837, p. 433).

+ Observations faits en Amérique (Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, ser. 2. t. iv.

1852).

¢ Castelnau, Expédition dans les parties centrales de ’ Amérique du Sud, 7™°

partie, Zoologie.

1868. ] PROF. HUXLEY ON THE ALECTOROMORPH. 305

In my paper on the Classification of Birds I have described the

palate of Opisthocomus (p. 435), and have shown that it has an Alec-

toromorphic tarso-metatarsus (p. 460); but I have expressed the

opinion that its other peculiarities necessitate the placing of the bird

in a special division of the Schizognathe. At the same time, I men-

tioned that this opinion was based upon the examination of only an

incomplete skull and the bones of the feet.

M. Alphonse Milne-Edwards, noting this indication of the paucity

of my materials, with a liberality and courtesy for which I gladly

express myself his debtor, placed an excellent mounted skeleton and

some detached bones of the Hoazin, in his collection, at my disposi-

tion; and Mr. Eyton, with no less kindly readiness, has supplied

me with another mounted skeleton of the same bird.

I have thus been enabled to make a tolerably complete investiga-

tion of its osteology, the result of which has been entirely to confirm

the conclusions of L’lierminier, that Opisthocomus resembles the

Fowls and the Pigeons in almost all those respects in which it is

like other birds, while in many points it is altogether peculiar, and

only in one or two features resembles the Musophagide.

I find the number of the vertebre to be 19 cervical, 5 dorsal,

3 lumbar, 4 sacral, 6 urosacral, and 4 free caudal. ‘To these succeeds

the pygostyle, the number of the vertebree in which is not ascer-

tainable.

In the large number of its cervical vertebrae, Opisthocomus is un-

like any of the birds belonging to the groups which have already

been discussed ; Tinamus, however, has 18 cervicals.

The two or three last cervical vertebree are ankylosed with one

another and with the two anterior dorsals*.

The third dorsal is free; but the fourth and fifth are united toge-

ther and with the succeeding vertebree to form the ‘“ sacrum,” and

are overlapped by the ilia.

Thus it is the antepenultimate (and not the penultimate) dorsal

which is free; and in this respect Opisthocomus differs not only

from all the Alectoromorphe, Pteroclomorphe, and Peristeromorphe,

but from the only other birds (the Falcons and Flamingos) in which

a similar ankylosis of the hindermost cervical with more or fewer of

the anterior dorsal vertebree takes place. In Corythaix no anky-

losis occurs.

Only the hindermost six or seven cervical vertebree have median

inferior crests, and these are very weak; the inferior faces of the

centra of the dorsal vertebre are all flattened and devoid of crests.

In this respect Opisthocomus departs alike from the Gallinaceous

birds and the Touracos, and, indeed, from the great majority of its

class.

In M. A. Milne-Edwards’s specimen the eighteenth cervical ver-

tebra bears small and slender ribs; of the nineteenth the ribs are

broader, but have no unciform process. In Mr. Eyton’s specimen

the seventeenth cervical has short ribs; the eighteenth a broader

and longer rib, with a rudimentary unciform process; and the

* In Mr. Eyton’s specimen the second dorsal appears to be free.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—188, No. XX.

306 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE ALECTOROMORPH2. [May 14,

nineteenth bears ribs which are nearly as long as those of the first

dorsal and possess very deep, though short, unciform processes. On

the right side, the rib of this vertebra is connected with the sternum

by an incompletely ossified sternal rib.

The vertebral ribs of the dorsal region are remarkably broad ; and

in the three anterior pairs a considerable extent of the posterior

margin is occupied by the unciform process, which is always shorter

than the intercostal space.

In the breadth of the ribs, and depth and relative shortness of

the unciform processes, the ordinary Pigeons come nearest Opistho-

comus. The ribs of Corythaix have a totally different character.

Pig. /8. os Fig. 9.

Fig. 8, front, and Fig. 9, side view, of the sternum and shoulder-girdle of

Opisthocomus cristatus.

The sternum, as several observers have already pointed out, is -

one of the most anomalous parts of the organization of Opisthoco-

mus. Its lateral edges remain nearly parallel for about two-thirds

of its length, and then diverge, causing the transverse diameter to be

considerably wider posteriorly than anteriorly, The external xiphoid

processes are but little shorter than the middle xiphoid; and the

posterior edge is evenly curved backwards. It presents two notches,

of which the outer pair may be converted into foramina. The inner

pair dte deeper than the outer, but do not extend for a sixth of the

——se

1868. ] PROF. HUXLEY ON THE ALECTOROMORPH, 307

length of the whole sternum. There are no proper costal processes,

the anterior lateral angle of the sternum being rounded off, in such

a manner that the middle of the anterior edge of the sternum (apart

from the manubrium) is far in advance of the antero-lateral angles.

A straight, styliform, osseous process, compressed from side to side

and continuous with a slight crest which runs for a short distance

_down the anterior face of the sternum, takes the place of both manu-

brium and hypocleidium, being continuous, on the one hand, with

the sternum, and, on the other,. with the furcula.

The keel of the sternum is extraordinarily small and cut away in

front, the angle formed by the union of the anterior and ventral

margins being situated opposite the junction of the third and last

fourths of the length of the bone. The anterior contour is at first

concave, afterwards slightly convex. The ventral edge is at first

concave and expanded from side to side, but afterwards becomes

slightly convex.

The sternal ribs are attached along the anterior half of the lateral

contour of the sternum.

The ridge which bounds the origin of the middle pectoral muscle

externally, extends from the outer end of the articular fossa for the

coracoid to the summit of the inner notch, and thence a little way

upon the middle xiphoid process. The surface left between this line

and the attachment of the sternal ribs is extremely narrow.

The form of sternum thus described appears to be altogether

peculiar to Opisthocomus, and to be as remote from the Musopha-

gine as it is from the Gallinaceous type.

The carina is much what that of Crar would be if the anterior

edge were further cut away; but it is still more like that of an un-

hatched chick.

The coracoids are similar to those of the Pigeons, and have very

strong subclavicular processes. They are ankylosed with the clavicles

—a rare peculiarity, which has been observed in Didus.

The furcula is shaped like a fork with nearly straight tines, and is

remarkably short, having not much more than the half the length of

the coracoids. Its proximal ends are so completely ankylosed with

the coracoids that no trace of the primitive distinctness of the bones

is discernible ; inferiorly, as has been mentioned, the straight hypo-

cleidium is as completely ankylosed with the manubrium. In the

ankylosis of the furcula with the manubrium, Opisthocomus stands

alone. For, in the other birds (such as the Pelicans, Frigate-bird,

Cranes, Baleniceps) which have the furcula united with the sternum,

the ankylosis takes place between the furcula and the carina.

Crax globicera has a remarkably short furcula, with a long

straight hypocleidium ; and the furcula is almost as little curved, and

has a no less straight hypocleidium, in Meleagris.

The scapula has a long and strong acromial process, which ex-

tends forwards to the clavicle (with which it is not ankylosed), and

forms the entire inner boundary of the large canal for the tendon of

the middle pectoral muscle.

The acromial process is very small in the Alectorumorphe, but

308 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE ALECTOROMORPH#. [May 14,

becomes larger in the Peristeromorphe and in many other birds,

the Musophagide among the rest.

The bones of the fore limb in part resemble those of the Fowls,

and in part those of the Pigeons; while the humerus has a great

deal of resemblance to that of Oorythaiz ; indeed it holds a midway

place between Corythaix and Craz. The bones of the antibrachium

and the manus, on the other hand, are much nearer to those of the

Pigeons than they are to those of Corythaiz.

The pelvis (figs. 10 & 11) is more like that of Cotwrnix than that

of Oorythaix ; but, though it resembles both, it differs from both in

the absence of any ilio-pectineal process, and in the circumstance

that the ilio-sacral fossee are completely roofed over by bone. The

obturator foramen, as in many Gallinaceous birds, is not bounded

by bone behind ; in Corythaiz it is.

Figs. 10 & 11. Lateral and dorsal view of the pelvis of Opisthocomus.

The relative proportions and form of the femur and the tibia are

very nearly such as are observable in the ordinary Pigeous. The

metatarsus is longer in proportion to the tibia than in the ordinary

Pigeons, shorter than it is in Goura.

The tarso-metatarsus itself (fig. 12, p. 309) very closely resembles

that of the Pigeons, though the form of the distal articular surface

of the metatarsal of the hallux is more like that of Crax, The

tarso-metatarsus of Corythaix is very different.

The middle toe is considerably longer than the tarso-metatarsus,

and slightly longer than the femur. It is not so long as the femur

in any Gallinaceous bird, nor in Corythaix. In the ordinary Pigeons

it is considerably longer than the tarso-metatarsus; in Corythaix

just as long.

1868. ] PROF. HUXLEY ON THE ALECTOROMORPH. 309

Fig. 12.

Fig. 12. The right tarso-metatarsus of Opisthocomus, viewed from in front, the

side, and behind, with the proximal and distal ends.

The basal phalanx of the hallux is slender, curved, and consider-

ably longer than that of the middle digit, as in the Pigeons. In

Corythaix the two are equal in length.

In the skull, the strong rostrum, united with the frontal region by

a well-marked transverse hinge (figs. 13, 14, p. 310), and the for-

ward extension of the nasal bones, narrowing the nasal apertures,

gives the cranium a superficial resemblance to that of the Musopha-

gite. Closer examination, however, shows that the two are ex-

tremely different. In Corythaix the hinge lies, as usual, in front of

the lachrymal bones, which are connected by sutural union alto-

gether with the frontals, and the rostrum is formed by the pree-

maxillz and nasals. But in Opisthocomus the hinge lies behind the

lachrymals, which have completely coalesced with the nasals and

form an integral part of the rostrum.

In Tetrao urogallus and in Craxz, the inner margins of the lachry-

mals are connected almost wholly with the nasals, and their pos.e-

rior margins are truncated and unite with the frontals only by a

short, more or less transverse, suture. If the sutures between the

nasals and preemaxille, on the one hand, and the frontals, on the

other, were as open as this is, the rostrum would have a hinge just

like that of Opisthocomus ; and ankylosis of the lachrymals with the

nasals would complete the resemblance.

The mandible of Corythaix bears a good deal of general resem-

blance to that of a Pigeon. In Opisthocomus, the mandible is like

that of Diduneulus in general form, and has the peculiar flanging

out of the upper margins of the rami, which is absent in Oorythaiz,

but is so characteristic of the mandible in most Pigeons.

The palatine bones (fig. 16, p. 311) have much resemblance to

310 PROF, HUXLEY ON THE ALECTOROMORPH®. [May 14,

those of the Pigeons in their general form, and particularly in the

development of the inner lamina. The maxillo-palatines, on the

other hand, are as ill-developed as in many Alectoropodes ; and there

is not the slightest approximation to the desmognathous arrangement

of Corythaiz. The vomer, as already described, is slender and

compressed from side to side, though it tends to expand in front.

It resembles the vomer in the Peristeropodes, which is as distinctly

ossified, slender, and compressed from side to side, but tapers to a

point in front.

Fig. 13.

Fig. 13. The skull of Opisthocomus, viewed from above.

14. The mandible, viewed from above.

15. Side view of the skull of Opisthocomus.

There are no basipterygoid processes—a circumstance in which

Opisthocomus differs from all the Alectoromorphe and most of the

Pigeons*. In the antero-posterior convexity of the basitemporals

* In Goura they are sometimes almost obsolete ; and they are absent in Didus

and Pezophaps.

1868. ] PROF. HUXLEY ON THE ALECTOROMORPH. 311

and their extension outwards beneath the tympanum, Opisthocomus

resembles the Alectoromorphe.

The skull of Opisthocomus eristatus, viewed from below, with the palatine bones

enlarged, from another specimen.

Vo. Vomer. Pl. Palatine bones. P?. Pterygoid.

Upon the whole, then, I think it may be said that, in skull, verte-

bral column, pectoral arch, and fore limb (except, perhaps, the

scapula and the humerus), pelvis, and hind limb, Opzsthocomus

resembles the ordinary Gallinaceous birds and the Pigeons more

than it does any others, and that when it diverges from them it is

either sui generis or approaches the Musophagide.

I propose to consider it as the type and sole member of a group

which may be termed HETEROMORPH®.

IV. Taxonomic conclusions.

The only other birds, in addition to those which have now been

mentioned, which come into direct relation with the Alectoromorphe

are the Tinamomorphe, Chenomorphe, and, perhaps, the Birds of

prey; but I do not purpose to enter upon the discussion of the

affinities of these groups at present.

To sum up the taxonomic results of the preceding (somewhat

lengthy) discussion of the characters of the Alectoromorphe, Ptero-

clomorphe, Turnicimerphe, and Heteromorphe, 1 think it can be

proved that the Alectoromorphe, the Pteroclomorphe, and the Pe-

risteromorphe form an extremely natural series; and if the words

*‘Galline” and ‘Gallinaceous”’ had not been already used in so

many senses, I should propose to employ them to designate it. As

matters stand, there will be less chance of confusion and misunder-

312 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE ALECTOROMORPH. [May 14,

standing if I speak of them as the GALLO-cOLUMBINE series. The

best mark of the birds of this series is the sternum, which is almost

always very readily recognizable, great as its variations are.

I have endeavoured to show that the Pteroclomorphe completely

connect the Pigeons and the Tetraonine division of the <Alector'o-

morphe. M. Blanchard has observed that ‘les Alectors, c’est-a-

dire les genres Crax, Urax, Pénélope, ont des rapports ¢troits avec les

Tétrao, en méme temps qu’ils indiquent l’affinite dont il a été question

entre les deux familles des Gallides et des Columbides”’ (J. c. p. 104).

I confess I cannot perceive any close relation between the Perzstero-

podes and the Tetraonine. On the contrary, the former appear to

me to be more directly connected with the Galline, and especially

with Numida. And though there are unmistakeable resemblances

between the Peristeropodes and the Pigeons in the form of the feet

and in that of the sternum, I am inclined to think, in view of the

many differences of these birds, that they do not indicate any very

close affinity.

From the point of view of the Evolution theory, all the Gallo-

columbine birds must be regarded as descendants of a single primi-

tive stock ; and the relations of the different groups should be capable

of representation by a genealogical tree, or phylum as Haeckel calls

it in his remarkable ‘ Generelle Morphologie.’ Such a phylum

can only be put forward with confidence when a tolerably complete

knowledge of the development and of the paleontological history of

a group has been obtained.

But if, with our present information, I were called upon to draw

out such a phylum of the Gallo-columbine birds, I should suggest

some such scheme as the subjoined :—

Peristeropodes Alectoropodes

| Pteroclomorphe

Peristeromorphe

; Heteromorphe

Turnicimorphe |

Charadriomorphe a

| Tinamomor phe

. | |

ideo. —

CARINATA RATITA.

Such a scheme implies that all the Gallo-columbine birds have

had a common ancestry, and that the Pteroclomorphe are the

nearest representatives in the direct line of that ancestry. This, of

1868. | PROF. HUXLEY ON THE ALECTOROMORPH. 313

course, no more obliges us to believe that the original Gallo-columbinie

bird was just like Péerocles, than the fact that a given nobleman is

directly descended from a Norman baron compels us to think that a

photograph of the one would serve for a portrait of the other.

I cannot understand the general resemblances combined with the

particular differences of Opisthocomus, without the supposition that

it is a highly modified form derived from the primitive Gallo-

columbine stock.

But the resemblances between the Gallo-columbines and the

Charadriomorphe (or rather the <Alco-pluvialine series) are such

that, if the theory of evolution be correct, they also must have had a

common stock ; and I presume that the Z'urnicimorphe may be the

nearest representatives of that stock.

All these, again, are modifications of that primary form of the

Carinale of which I am disposed to think Tinamus the only living

representative ; while the Ratite are the scanty modern heirs of the

great multitude of ornithoid creatures which once connected Birds

with Reptiles.

V. The geographical distribution of Alectoromorphee.

The geographical distribution of the Alectoromorphe is related in

a highly interesting manner to that classification of its members

which has been shown above to flow from the comparison of their

most important anatomical characters.

Thus, the Peristeropodes occupy a vast area which lies largely,

though by no means wholly, upon the southern side of the equator.

All distributional boundary lines can be but roughly and broadly

drawn ; but such a line, limiting the northern extension of the Periste-

ropodes, would cross the American continent on the northern frontier

ot Mexico, and then, sweeping southward and eastward across the

Atlantic round the Cape of Good Hope, would leave Africa alto-

gether to the north*, Passing south of India and Indo-Malaisia,

but north of the Nicobar islands, the boundary in question would

coincide with what may be called ‘“‘ Wallace’s line,” between the

Indian and the Papuan divisions of the Malay archipelago. But it

would run northward as far as the Philippines, and, passing between

them and Formosa, would trend southward and eastward to the

Samoan archipelago. (See Map, p. 294.)

The Peristeropodes are not. found on the north side of the irre-

gularly waved line which has been thus defined. The Alectoropodes,

on the other hand, occupy the great northern region thus excluded,

only a few Quails, Odontophorines, and Meleagris extending to the

south of the frontier line.

Thus, if we consider the distribution of the dlectoromorphe alone,

the whole surface of the globe must be primarily subdivided “into

two principal areee—a northern and a southern. And I think it is

* T have not seen the skeleton of the genus Mesi¢es; but Dr. Sclater, who has

examined the only specimen of this Madekass bird which has been brought to

Europe, tells me that he does not believe it to be Gallinaceous.

314 PROF, HUXLEY ON THE ALECTOROMORPH. [May 14,

not difficult to show, from other considerations, that these are really

the most important divisions which can be established for the geo-

graphical distribution of both Birds and Mammals.

Thus, in addition to the Alectoropodes, the following important

groups of Birds are either confined to the northern area, or are re-

presented elsewhere by not more than one or two species—

Pteroclide, Vulturide,

Otidide, Upupide,

Gruide, Bucerotide,

while, in comparison with the southern area, it is very poor in

Ratite, Psittacomorphe,

Peristeromorphe, Caprimulgide.

With respect to Mammals, the northern area is almost coincident

with the distribution of the Insectivora, and it is the headquarters

of the Ungulata; Catarrhine Apes and Lemurs are confined to it;

and it contains only two species of Marsupialia, and very few of

Edentata. Among the lower Vertebrata, Ganoid fishes are not

found outside this area.

To the southern area, on the other hand, are restricted :-—

The Ratite (except Struthio).

The Tinamomorphe.

The Cuthartide.

The majority of the Pigeons and Parrots, and all the most pecu-

liar types of both.

The Trochilide and the Aptenodytide, with few exceptions.

Many annectent, or apparently isolated, forms of birds, such as

the Palamedeide, Psophide, Dicholophidea, Heteromorphe.

Among Mammals, the Marsupialia are as nearly confined to and

coextensive with it, as the Insectivora are in respect of the northern

area. The Platyrhine and Arctopithecine Monkeys aud the Mono-

tremata are confined to it. It is the headquarters of the Edentata,

and is very poor in Ungulata—so as exactly to reverse the characters

of the northern area in these respects.

In a well-known and very valuable essay on the Geographical

Distribution of Birds*, Dr. Sclater divides the surface of the globe

primarily into an eastern and a western area, which he terms re-

spectively Paleogea and Neogea. However, if we take into con-

sideration not merely the minor differences on which the species

and genera of Birds and Mammals are often based, but weigh the

morphological value of groups, I think it becomes clear that the

Nearctic province is really far more closely allied with the Palearctic

than with the Neotropical region, and that the inhabitants of the

Indian and the Athiopian regions are much more nearly connected

with one another and with those of the Palzearctic region than they

are with those of Australia.

And if the great frontier line is latitudinal rather than longitu-

* Journ. Proe. Linn. Soe. Zool. vol. ii. p. 180.

+ M. Pucheran has insisted very strongly and, as I think, justly on the essential

unity of the faunzx of Europe, Asia, and Africa.

1868. ] PROF. HUXLEY ON THE ALECTOROMORPH&. 315

dinal, and divides a north world from a south world, we must speak

of Arctogea and Notogea rather than of Neogzea and Palzogzea as

the primary distributional aree.

The secondary divisions, or geographical provinces, proposed by

Dr. Sclater, answer, in great measure, to those which are suggested

by the distribution of the Alectoromorphe—except that, in common

with many other naturalists, I think it would be convenient to

recognize a circumpolar province, as distinct from the Nearctic and

Palearctic regions. It is characterized, so far as the Alectoromorphe

are concerned, by the Tetraonine. The temperate and warmer

parts of the Nearctic province are marked by the Odontophorine

and the Meleagride. The Aithiopian province is distinguished by

Numidide ; the Indian by the abundance of Phasianide ; while

the temperate and warmer parts of the Palzearctic region can hardly

be said to have any great distinctive features apart from the con-

terminous Indian, Aithiopian, and cireumpolar provinces.

No one can doubt the distributional importance and distinctness

of Dr. Sclater’s “‘ Neotropical”? province—though I confess I should

prefer some such name as “Austro-Columbia”’ for it, so much of

this province lying outside the tropics.

Not only is this province the exclusive home of the Cracide, but

a greater number of morphologically distinct groups of birds than

can be found anywhere else are completely, or almost, confined to

it. These are the

Rheide, Psophide,

Tinamomorphe, - Ramphastide,

Heteromorphe, Cathartide,

Palanedide, Trochilide.

Dicholophide,

Parrakeets, Short-tailed Parrots, and the Pair-toed Coceygomorphe

(such as Cuckoos and Woodpeckers) abound in it.

No less exclusively characteristeric, positively, are the Mammalian

groups of Llamas and Peccaries among the Artiodactyla, of Sloths

and Armadillos among the Hdentata, of Platyrhine and Arctopithe-

cine Primates, of Opossums (with Chetronectes) among Marsupialia;

while, negatively, the absence of Insectivora*, of Viverride, of all

other Ungulata except Cervide, of all other Marsupialia, is not less

remarkable.

Again, I cannot but think that the “Australian, or Eastern

Paleeotropical,”’ province is certainly as distinct from the Old World

proper as South America is}, if we consider both its Birds and its

Mammals—and that no fitting idea of its importance is given by

* Solenodon is confined to two West-Indian islands—Cuba and Haiti; Bas-

saris is but a doubtful Viverrine, and gets no further south than Mexico.

+ “Quelles que soient du reste les destinées ultérieures du principe que je

viens d’émettre relativement au mode a suivre pour la détermination des faunes

spéciales, il est impossible de nier que, sous ce point de vue, l’Amérique méri-

dionale, d’une part, la Nouvelle Hollande, d’autre part, doivent étre séparées du

reste du monde.”—Pucueran, Sur les indications que peut fournir la Zoologie,

§c. (Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, 1865, p. 162).

316 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE ALECTOROMORPH. [| May 14,

making it a mere subdivision of the Old World. Exclusively con-

fined to it are the

Dromeide, Strigopine,

Dinornithide, Plictolophine,

Apterygide, Trichoglossine,

Didunculide, Menuride.

Didide,

Like Austro-Columbia it abounds in Parrakeets and Pigeons ; but

Woodpeckers are entirely absent, and only a few Cuckoos represent

the Pair-toed Coecygomorphe.

Positively, this region is characterized by the abundance of Mar-

supials (except Opossums) over a large part of its area, by the pre-

sence of Monotremes in a small part; negatively, by the absence of

almost all other terrestrial Mammals.

In fact the population of this great region (which I should prefer

to call “‘Australasia’”’?) is so very different not only from that of

Arctogza, but from that of Austro-Columbia, that a good case might

be made out for regarding it as a primary division in zoogeography,

of the same value as Arctogeea and Austro-Columbia. Indeed I am

not disposed to weigh lightly the claims of the New-Zealand islands

to a similar distinction. This region of the world alone possesses

two families of Ratite which are exclusively confined to itself.

The Alectoromorphe are represented only by a Quail. Again, in

the absence of all Ophidia and Chelonia, and of all terrestrial Mam-

malia with the doubtful exception of a Rodent or two, New Zealand

is without a parallel in lands of its size.

If this view were admitted, it would be requisite to divide the

earth’s surface, for the purpose of geographical zoology, into four

primary regions:—I. Arctogzea. II. Austro-Columbia. III. Aus-

tralasia. IV. New Zealand. But this arrangement would leave

out of sight the important fact that in some respects the three latter

are less unlike one another than they are unlike the first—for

example, in the paucity or absence of Ungulate Mammals, the

abundance of Edentates and Marsupials among Mammals; and, in

the class of Birds, nothing can be more remarkable than the great

development of the Psittacomorphe in both Australasia and Austro-

Columbia, while they are, comparatively, so feebly represented in

India and South Africa, and are absent, save a stray species or two,

in North America*. Not only in this circumstance, but in the

wonderful uniformity of their osteology, the Psittacomorphe*+ nearly

repeat the phenomena presented by the Peristopodes, and help, with

them and the three-toed Ratite, to bind together the widely sepa-

* The Peristeromorphe resemble the Parrots in their remarkable development

in Australasia and Austro-Columbia, and in their comparative paucity in India

and Africa. But the contrast is less marked; and they extend over all the tem-

perate portions of Arctogzea. See Wallace “On the Pigeons of the Malay

Archipelago” (Ibis, 1865, p. 365).

+ See Wallace. “On the Parrots of the Malayan Region” (Proc. Zool. Soc.

1864, p. 272), and Finsch, “ Die Papageien.”

——

1868. | PROF. HUXLEY ON THE ALECTOROMORPH, 317

rated portions of the south world, and justify the adoption for it

of the title of Nofogea, in contrast to the north world, or Arctogea.

The eastern boundary between Arctogeea and Australasia is

formed, not by a line, but by a broad zone of border islands, extending

between Asia and Australia from the Philippines, or even Formosa,

to Madagascar. As a distributional area, it is characterized by Le-

murint or Catarrhini, or both—by large Insectivores where there

are no Marsupials, or small Insectivores where there are—by fru-

givorous Bats and viverrine Carnivora—and by the paucity of other

Mammalia.

It does not appear that there is anything independent about this

fauna. So far as I know, it presents no considerable group of either

Mammals or Birds which is not to be met with in the great provinces

which it separates. Negatively, however, it is extremely remark-

able*; why Borneo and the Philippines should have, at once, so much

and so little in common with Asia, New Guinea with Australia,

Madagascar with Africa, are problems not easy of solution, though

Mr. Murray’s ingenious suggestions as to the possible influence of

partial submersion appear to me to be worthy of much attention f.

The western frontier of Arctogeea is formed by an area of the

North-American continent, which extends from the Pacific to the

Atlantic, and has no definite boundaries—southern forms and north-

ern forms overlapping, more or less, from the isthmus to the lakes.

If this portion of North America were now to be partially submerged

and broken up into islands, Mexico would stand in the same relation

to Austro-Columbia as Sumatra does to India; and the population of

the country north of the lakes would resemble that of Northern

Asia more than the fauna of New Guinea does that of Australia.

The intermediate islands would correspond with the chain of the

Indian archipelago.

It is a trite remark that none of the great zoogeographical pro-

vinces, however we may circumscribe them, are sharply defined from

one another, if the larger groups, such as genera and families, are

taken into consideration. Each province has its characteristic groups

limited to itself; but every two are also united by annectent groups.

If we consider Arctogzea as having Austro-Columbia on the west,

and Australasia on the east, these annectent groups will be divisible

into eastern and western. Now it is a remarkable circumstance

that a large proportion of these annectent groups, whether eastern

or western, are restricted to the two provinces which they connect,

and do not extend into the third.

Thus the following eastern annectent groups extend from Aus-

tralia over a very wide extent of Arctogzea, while they are wholly

wanting in Austro-Columbia :—

Hemipodide, Gruide,

Otidide, Meropide,

Glareolide, Coracidea,

among Birds; and the Frugivorous Bats among Mammalia.

* See Mr. Wallace’s remarks on the fauna of these islands, P. Z. S. 1864, p. 277.

t See ‘The Geographical Distribution of Mammals,’ p. 83,

318 PROF, HUXLEY ON THE ALECTOROMORPH®. [May 14,

Others have the converse distribution; that is to say, they exist

in Austro-Columbia and over a large part of Arctogzea, but are absent

in Australia :-—

Psittacine, Celeomorphe,

Trogonide, Amphimorphe,

among Birds; and

Primates (except Man), Ungulata,

Carnivora, Edentata,

among the Mammalia. And it is further remarkable that, among

these western annectent Mammalia, there are sundry important fami-

lies, such as the Camelide, Cervide, Tapiride, Urside, Suburside,

and (with one or two exceptions) the Melide and Mustelide, which

are found both in Austro-Columbia and Asiatic Arctogzea, but are

absent in South Africa.

I am not aware that any important group of birds has the same

distribution.

Among land-animals, a single group of these western annectent

Mammalia, the Echimyini, is found only in Austro-Columbia and

South Africa. The genus Manatus, among Mammals, and the

order Dipnoi, among Fishes, are aquatic animals with a similarly re-

markable distribution. I do not know of any exactly corresponding

case among Birds; but I may remark that two most peculiar groups

of South African Birds, the Musophagide and the Struthionide,

come nearer the Austro-Columbian Rhamphastide and Rheide than

to any other forms.

The existence of these western annectent groups, now in many

cases confined to the southern parts of the New and Old Worlds,

and separated by thousands of miles of sea, is utterly unintelligible

and inexplicable without the aid of paleontology, which demon-

strates that, in the earlier part of the tertiary epoch, Western and

Northern Arctogzea, from Nebraska through Central Europe to the

Siwalik Hills, was inhabited by a fauna which, so far as Mammals

are concerned, was competent to supply Africa and India with their

Apes, their Ungulata, their Carnivora, and to furnish Austro-

Columbia with the Proboscidea, Horses, and Machairodus, which

it once possessed, and with its existing Tapirs, and Cameline and

Marsupial quadrupeds.

We may expect a great deal of important information respecting

miocene birds from M. Alphonse Milne-Edwards, who has already

demonstrated the existence of several species of Flamingos in France

during the miocene epoch, and has thus connected the existing dis-

tributional areas of these birds, just as the miocene Tapir of Europe

connects the Indian and South-American Tapir.

But, it is very interesting to remark, the European miocene and

eocene formations have, as yet, yielded no trace of Armadillos or

of Sloths, of Kangaroos, Phalangers, Wombats, Dasyures, Thyla-

cines, or Monotremes; and, so far as existing evidence may be

trusted, it is highly probable that the three great distributional pro-

vinees of Arctogeea, Austro-Columbia, and Australasia were as dis-

1868. ] LETTER FROM MR. FE. L. LAYARD. 319

tinct in the early tertiary epoch as they are now. It is in accord-

ance with this supposition that the remains of Alectoropodes, but

not of Peristeropodes, have been found in the older tertiary deposits

of Europe.

I watch the progress of M. Alphonse Milne-Edwards’s researches

with great interest, to know whether Parrots, Pigeons, Dromeide,

and Rheide occur in force, or at all, among the miocene birds. If

they are absent from the miocene fauna of Arctogea, it will be

necessary to suppose that these groups of birds are of sufficiently

ancient origin to have been segregated, even before the miocene

epoch, in Austro-Columbia and Australasia, whence they have subse-

quently colonized parts of Arctogzea ; while, on the other hand, their

presence in European miocene formations will render it possible that

the colonization has taken place the other way, and that these birds

have attained their wonderful multiplicity and diversity of forms in

Austro-Columbia and Australasia simply in consequence of the very

favourable nature of the conditions to which they have been exposed

in that country.

I confess I incline to the latter supposition. The distribution of

Psittacula, for instance, is quite unintelligible to me upon any other

supposition than that this genus existed in the miocene epoch, or

earlier, in Northern Arctogzea, and has thence spread into Austro-

Columbia, South Africa, India, and the Papuan islands, where it

is now found.

May 28, 1868.

George Busk, Esq., F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

The Secretary reported that two living examples of Owen’s Ap-

teryx (Apteryx owenii), destined for the Society’s Menagerie, had

been recently shipped from Australia (one by Dr. George Bennett,

F.Z.S., of Sydney, and the other by Mr. E. S, Hill, C.M.Z.S., of

Wollahra, Sydney), but that they had both, unfortunately, edi on

the voyage home.

Dr. Giinther exhibited specimens of the ova and young of the

Axolotl (Siredon mexicanum) which had been deposited and hatched

in a freshwater tank in this country, and made remarks on the

strange facts connected with the development of this animal and its

systematic postion.

The following letter was read, addressed to the Secretary by Mr.

E. L. Layard, of Cape Town, F.Z.S. :—

“ South-African Museum, Cape Town,

Cape of Good Hope, February 1868.

* Srr,—Herewith I forward, for the purpose of being laid before

[May 28,

LETTER FROM MR. E. L. LAYARD,

320

sanvukey “(fay Aq soyojoys woay *(z) sasvadva snujouul's

wes eS Se

WS = SSS

1868. ] LETTER FROM MR. E. L. LAYARD. 321

the Society, a description, together with some sketches by my friend

Mr. D. Krynauw, of a fine Gymnetrus, which came ashore alive on

the beach at Pappendorp, a little below Cape Town, in Table Bay,

a few days ago.

«‘The extreme length was 10! 2", breadth 1! 2", thickness 23";

height of back fin 23"; length of ventral fins 3! 8”, of filaments on

head 2! 1", pectoral fin 3’, from vent to end of body 4! 9"; head

and mouth extended 11"; body just across the vent 10’. Ends of

ventral fins broadly spatulate ; the whole fin furnished with a narrow

membrane on the upper side, which at about two-thirds of the

length rose up into a triangular-shaped peak. The filaments on the

head were also slightly spatulate. I take them to be modifications

of the dorsal fin, and as such I shall write of them. First dorsal

long and strongest; second, third, fourth, and fifth thinner, and

joined to the first by a thin membrane of a light pink colour with dark

pink spots on it; sixth longest of all; seventh, eighth, ninth, tenth,

eleventh, and twelfth graduated, smaller from the sixth, and only

united at their bases by a thin membrane. The proper dorsal ex-

tended from the shoulder to near the end of the body (as shown in the

figure, p..320), the body then sloped away to the tail, which was want-

ing, the end vertebra being exposed, having been apparently bitten

off; it was, however, very minute, and could only have supported a

very small tail—probably a single filament. The general colour

was white silvered over. There was a streak on the back, 32" wide,

of a pale blue black ; and in this were the chief markings. The first

third was striped with rather dark streaks, the last two-thirds with

blotches of bluish brown. The parts just below the edge of the

gill-covers black. Dorsal fin (mcluding long filaments) rich pink

vermilion, changing into orange at the base of last third of the

length ; ventral fins also of the same colour, the spatulate ends very

dark. Eye white, with black centre, total diam. 12. Medial line

raised and strongly marked. Four rows of slighly raised small dusky

specks ran the whole length of the body. Scales none. Teeth none.

Mouth opening and shutting like the hood of a phaeton! Gill-

covers hard bony plates; sides of the mouth the same. Sex 9.

On opening the fish to preserve it, it was found full of spawn from

the head to the vent. This consisted of clear transparent globules,

not unlike frog-spawn, but without the black dot. The stomach about

1’ long, and a simple bag full of some yellow matter. The day

after its capture the flesh was so decomposed (though not offensive)

that it resembled slime. Near the tail was a gash extending across

the body, and part of the dorsal fin had been bitten away. Skin

very thin and tender.

“This specimen was seen by some boys to run ashore on the

beach ; they immediately informed a zealous friend of the Museum,

Mr. Adams of Pappendorp, who at once secured it, and laying

it on a long plank had it brought to me; it was, however, dead

when it reached me. Its colours soon faded out, and it is now

nearly white. Mr. Adams says that in dying it exhibited iridescent

hues.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1868, No. XXI,

322 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN [May 28,

“ Comparing it mentally with fragments of another fish of the

same genus which reached me from Simon’s Bay, I should say it

was a second species found on this coast ; the former was not nearly’

so broad, and yet of equal length. I cannot identify it with either

G. ascanii, G. hawkenii, or Russel’s Gymnetrus, descriptions of

which are in Shaw. It is probably G. capensis, Cuvier (Hist. des

Poissons, vol. x. p. 376). That was described from an imperfect

specimen ; but Cuvier says it much resembles his G. gladius, a figure

of which is given (No. 298). My fish does resemble it; but the

caudal extremity is different, and so are the markings. I therefore

offer the accompanying sketches and description to the Zoological

Society. The hard bony plates of the head and the dorsal filaments

of G. gladius are very like those of my fish.

“Tam, Sir, yours &e.,

«KR. L. Layarp.”

The following papers were read :—

1. Descriptions of New or little-known American Birds of

the Families Fringillide, Oxyrhamphide, Bucconide, and

Strigide. By P. LU. Scuater, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., and

Ossert Satvin, M.A., F.L.S., &c.

(Plate XXIX.)

1, PEUCHA NOTOSTICTA, Sp. nov.

Supra fuscescenti-cinerea, interscapulio et alarum tectricibus

distincte nigro striatis: pileo medio cinereo, utrinque rufes-

centi-brunneo nigro striato: superciliis et oculorum ambitu

albis: alis et cauda nigricanti-cinereis, plumarum marginibus

dilutioribus, secundariis extus brunnescente limbatis: subtus

alba, cinereo, precipue in pectore et lateribus, lavata ; ventre

medio et crisso dilute cinnamomeis: striga mentali utringue

nigricante: rostro nigro: pedibus flavicantibus: long. tota

6°5, ale 2°7, caude 3, tarsi 0°7 poll. Angl.

Hab. in Mexico meridionali (Boucard).

Obs. Similis P. boucardi, sed pilei lateribus rufescenti-brunneis

nigro striatis, et interscapulio nigro distincte strigato diversa.

Mus. Salvino-Godmannico.

M. Boucard’s recent collections from the States of Puebla and

Mexico contained a single skin of the present species, which,

although very closely allied to P. boucardi, is certainly distinct, and

may be easily recognized by the characters pointed out above.

In the single specimen obtained the bill is black ; but this may be

a seasonal character. The wings are rather longer than in P. bou-

cardi, the fourth primary being longest and slightly exceeding the

third and fifth, which are equal, The first primary is 0!'-4 shorter

than the fourth.

We are acquainted with five species of Peucea, which we divide

mit 1 M&NHanhart, imp

bit ith . M&NHanhart , imp

‘ ab vay, a ATTY T Al DENATT

CGY MNOGLAUX LAWRENCII

1868.] ON NEW AMERICAN BIRDS. 323

(following Baird) into two groups:—first, those without any rictal

streak and with the bend of the wing yellowish; and, secondly,

those with a rictal streak, and with the bend of the wing whitish.

a. Sp. striga rictali nulla: eampterio flavicante.

(1) Pevc#a xsTIVALIs.

Fringilla estivalis, Licht.: Fr. bachmanni, Aud.: Peucea

estivalis, Baird, B. N. A. p. 484.

Hab. North America, Georgia (Baird).

Mus. P. L. 8, et Salvino-Godmannico.

(2) Peuc#a BOTTERII.

Zonotrichia botterii, Sclater, P. Z. S. 1857, p. 214.

Peucea botterii, Sclater, Cat. A. B. p. 116.

Hab. Mexico merid.: Orizaba (Botteri) ; Atlisco (Boucard).

Mus. P. L. S. et 8.-G.

This species was originally described by Sclater from a single in-

different skin obtained by Botteri near Orizaba. The specimens 4,

ec, and d of his American Catalogue, subsequently referred to it, have

since been found to belong to P. doucardi. But Salvin has obtained

from M. Boucard’s recent collection a second (good) example of the

bird. This shows that it is a species very closely allied to P. eséi-

valis, but differing in its larger size, paler chest, longer and stouter

tarsi, and larger feet. In the colouring of the body above, the two

species approximate very closely.

(3) PEucza CASssINI.

Zonotrichia cassinii, Woodhouse.

P. cassinii, Baird, B. N. A. p. 485.

Hab. Texas, San Antonio (Woodhouse et Dresser); Sonora

(Kennerly).

Mus. P. L.S.

b. Sp. striga rictali nigra ; campterio albicante.

(4) Pevc#aA BoUCARDI.

Zonotrichia boucardi, Sclater, P. Z. S. 1867, p. 1, t. 1.

Hab. Mexico merid.: Orizaba (Botteri) ; Atlisco et La Puebla

(Boucard).

Mus. P. L. S. et 8.-G.

(5) Peuc#a norosticta, nobis.

We have not yet seen specimens of P. ruficeps (Baird, B. N. A.

p- 486) from California, which seems to be a good species of the

second section.

2. ZONOTRICHIA QUINQUESTRIATA, Sp. Noy.

Schistacea, interscapulio vinaceo tincto; alis caudaque fusco-

324 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN [May 28,

nigricantibus, secundariorum et tectricum majorum marginibus

externis brunnescentibus : superciliis, striga rictali utrinque

et gula media albis: gula superiore utrinque et inferiore tota

cum pectore medio nigris, ventre medio, hypochondrits et crisst

plumarum marginibus nigris : rostro nigricanti-corneo, mandi-

bula flavo notata: pedibus corylinis: long. tota 6-5, ale 2°8,

caude 2°5, tarsi 0°7.

Hab. Mexico.

Mus. P. L.S.

We describe this well-marked species from a single indifferent

skin, which has long remained without a name, in Sclater’s col-

lection. It was obtained by him some years ago from Mr. Gould,

who received it along with a collection of Mexican Humming-

birds.

The species differs in several respects from the members of the

genus Zonotrichia as restricted by recent systematists, but we knew

not where else to place it. The wings are short and much rounded,

the third, fourth, and fifth primaries being equal and longest, the

second being only slightly shorter. The first primary is 0°35 shorter

than the longest, and longer than is usual in typical Zonotrichie.

The tail is short and slightly rounded, and bears no markings on the

outer rectrices. We have named it quinquestriata, from the five

white lines which originate from the bill. These are two short

superciliary stripes, two rictal stripes, and one rather broader stripe

in the centre of the black throat. In this respect our bird some-

what resembles Z. mystacalis, which, however, is readily distin-

guishable by the bright reddish-brown rump and longitudinal stripes

on the head and interscapularies.

3. PyRGISOMA CABANISI.

Melozone biarcuata, Cab. J. f. O. 1860, p. 412.

Pyrgisoma kieneri, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Phil. 1865, p. 169 ; Law-

rence, Ann. L. N. Y. vill. p. 481.

Supra fuscum, pileo et plumis auricularibus castaneis: fronte

nigra, loris et regione oculari albis : subtus cinereum, medialiter

album, striga utrinque rictali et plaga pectorali media nigris :

subalaribus albis: rostro nigro, pedibus corylinis.

Hab. San José, Costa Rica (Hoffmann).

Mus. Parisiensi, Berolin. et P. L. S.

Obs. Simile P. biarcuato, sed regione parotica castanea et plaga

pectorali nigra facile distinguendum.

It is unfortunate that all the naturalists who have met with spe-

cimens of the present bird should have identified it wrongly. Dr.

Cabanis has referred it to the Pyrgita biarcuata, Prévost, a well-

known Guatemalan species of the same genus, from which it is easily

distinguishable, as above noted. Messrs. Cassin and Lawrence have

supposed it to be Pyrgisoma kienert of Bonaparte, overlooking the

fact that the latter species is characterized as being, in comparison

with P. biarcuatum, “valde majus et rostro robustiore,’ whereas

1868.] ON NEW AMERICAN BIRDS. 325

the present bird is of exactly the same form as P. biarcuatum, and

rather smaller in dimensions.

4. PyRGISOMA KIENERI.

Pyrgisoma kieneri, Bp. Consp. i. p. 486.

Fuscum, pileo et capitis lateribus rufis: plumis auricularibus dorso

concoloribus, harum autem apicibus castaneis, loris albescen-

tibus, fronte et genis fuscescenti-nigris: subtus album, hypo-

chondriis dorso concoloribus, inacula pectorali indistincta niyra ;

erisso rufescente; rostro nigricanti-corneo, pedibus pallide

corylinis: long. tota 7°3, ale 3°3, caude 2°9, tarsi 1.

Hab. Western Mexico (?).

Mus. Paris.

Obs. Similis P. rubricato, sed rostro magis crasso, pedibus ro-

bustioribus, et colore corporis superi brunnescentiore.

The insufficient diagnosis of Pyrgisoma kieneri given in the

‘Conspectus’ has principally caused the great confusion which now

prevails among the species of this group, and which, having lately

inspected the typical example of this species in the Paris Museum,

we now hope to clear up. Pyrgisoma kieneri of Bonaparte is

founded on a single skin in the Paris Museum, collected during the

voyage of the ‘ Danaide’ in May 1843. The locality is not given;

but the bird was in all probability obtained somewhere on the west-

ern coast of Mexico. In general plumage P. kieneri is more like

P. rubricatum than any other species of the group; but it is at once

distinguishable from all its congeners by its stouter bill, and larger

and stronger tarsi and toes. It was, no doubt, these characters that

induced Prince Bonaparte subsequently to remove it from Pyrgisoma

and to associate it with the Brown Pipilos (P. fuscus, &c.) as a

separate genus Kieneria*. It is, in fact, rather difficult to decide

whether to arrange Pyrgisoma kieneri with the other Pyrgisomas or

with these Pipilos. But, upon the whole, we prefer to adopt the

former course, as it would be unnatural to dissociate it from P. ru-

bricatum, with which it so closely agrees in plumage. But P. ru-

bricatum is certainly a typical species of Pyrgisoma, as is allowed

by all writers upon the group.

The five species of Pyrgisoma known to us may be arranged as

follows :—

Sect. a. Species pileo castaneo, gutture albo.

a!. pectore immaculato.

(1) Pyreisoma BIARCUATUM.

Pyrgita biarcuata, Prév. Voy. Vénus, Ois. t. 6.

Pyrgisoma biarcuatum, Bp. Consp. p. 486; Scl: & Salv. Ibis,

1859, pp. 5, 18.

Hab. Guatemala (Salvin).

Mus. P. L. S. et 8.-G.

* Compt. Rend. xl. p. 356 (1855),

326 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN [May 28,

b!. plaga pectorali nigra.

(2) Pyretsoma CABANISI, nobis.

Hab. Costa Rica.

Mus. Paris. et P. L. 8.

(3) PyrGIsoMA RUBRICATUM.

Tanagra rubricata, Licht. in Mus. Berol.

Atlapetes rubricatus, Cab. Mus. Hein. i. p. 140.

Melozone rubricata, Cab. J. f. O. 1860, p. 413, et 1866, p. 234.

Pyrgisoma xanthusi, Baird; Lawr. Ann. N. Y. Lye. vii. p. 480.

Hab. Mexico: Plains of Colima (Xanthus) ; Atlisco (Boucard).

Mus. 8.-G.

(4) PyRGISOMA KIENERI.

Pyrgisoma kieneri, Bp. Consp. i. p. 486.

Similis preecedenti, sed rostro magis crasso, pedibus robustioribus,

et colore corporis superi brunnescentiore: regione parotica dorso

concolori.

Hab. Western Mexico (?).

Mus. Paris.

Sect. b. Pileo medio cinereo, lateraliter nigro: gutture toto nigro.

(5) PyrGIsoMA LEUCOTE.

Melozone leucotis, Cab. J. f. Orn. 1860, p. 413; Cassin, Pr. Ac.

Phil. 1865, p. 169.

*‘ Chameospiza torquata,”’ Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1860, p. 274.

Pyrgisoma leucote, Salv. Ibis, 1866, p. 205.

Hab. Costa Rica (Hoffmann, Carmiol) ; Guatemala (Salvin).

Mus. P. L. S. et 8.-G.

5. OxyRHAMPHUS FRATER, Sp. nov.

Clare viridis ; pileo nigro variegato, crista mediali coccinea : alis

caudaque nigris extus viridi limbatis, secundariorum et tectricum

marginibus externis et caud@ apice extremo pallide flavis :

subtus pallide flavus, nigro squamatus, ventris medii et ecrissi

maculis fere evanescentibus : rostro corneo, pedibus plumbeis :

long. tota 6°5, ale 3°5, caude 2:1, rostri a rictu 0°85, tarsi 0°8.

Hab. Veragua (Arcé).

Mus. 8.-G.

Obs. Similis O. flammicipiti quoad colores, sed rostro longiore,

alis brevioribus et cauda multo breviore distinguendus. -

Arcé’s last collection contains two skins of this northern repre-

sentative of the Brazilian Oxyrhamphus flammiceps, from which it is

easily distinguishable by its short tail. In coloration it scarcely

differs, except in its generally brighter plumage, and rather broader

cream-coloured edgings to the outer webs of the secondaries and

wing-coverts.

It is rather surprising to meet with a second species of this pecu-

1868. ] ON NEW AMERICAN BIRDS. 327

liar form in Central America, when nothing is known of its occur-

rence elsewhere, except in the wood-region of Brazil. We have little

doubt, however, that some species of the genus will eventually be

found somewhere in the more northern part of South America.

Arcé’s specimens of this species were obtained at Calovevora, in

Veragua. The example described is marked “female ;’’ but the

sexes are probably alike. ‘The second is a young bird of the same

sex, in which the scarlet crest is only just commencing to show itself.

6. MoNnAsA GRANDIOR, sp. nov.

Schistacea ; capite undique, alis et cauda nigricantibus, eneo per-

Susis: fronte, loris et gula albis: rostro ruberrimo, pedibus

nigris: long. tota, 12, ale 5°7, caude 5'4.

Hab. Costa Rica, Angostura (Carmiol) ; Mosquitia (Bell).

Mus. S.-G.

Obs. Similis JZ. morpheo ex Brasilia, et crassitie majore et capite

undique nigricantiore vix diversa.

A Costa-Rican collection recently received from Mr. Carmiol

contains a single skin of this Monasa, which, as above pointed out,

is so like the Brazilian M. morpheus that we have had some difficulty

in distinguishing it. As, however, the intermediate territory between

the ranges of these two near allies is occupied by two other species

(viz. M. pallescens, Cass., of New Granada, and M. peruana, Bp.,

of Upper Amazonia), both of which are recognized as distinct, we

have deemed it advisable, in conformity with the laws of geogra-

phical distribution, to bestow a name upon the present bird, although

its distinctive characters are not very pronounced. In some drawings

of birds collected on the Mosquito coast by Mr. Bell, submitted

some years ago to Sclater, was a figure which there can be little doubt

(from Sclater’s notes taken at the time) must have been intended to

represent this species. We may therefore conclude that it extends

its range northwards into Mosquitia.

A complete synonymy of the six known species of Monasa is given

by Mr. Cassin in the ‘ Proceedings of the Academy of Sciences of

Philadelphia’ for 1860 (p. 135). The present bird makes the

seventh of the genus. See also ‘Museum Heineanum,’ Scansores

(p. 126 et seg.), where a good account of the group is given.

7. GYMNOGLAUX LAWRENCII. (Plate XXIX.)

In an article on Cuban birds in the ‘Annals of the Lyceum of

New York’ (vol. vii. p. 247), Mr. Lawrence has correctly pointed

out the differences which subsist between the two known species of

the Antillean genus Gymnoglauz, but has unfortunately committed

an error in their nomenclature. Mr. Lawrence has referred the

Cuban bird to the Strix nudipes of Daudin, and has proposed to

call the species of the Virgin Islands Gymnoglaux newtoni. A

recent inspection of the type specimens of Strix nudipes in the Paris

Museum (those obtained by Maugé in Porto Rico), and a compa-

rison of them with a skin from St. Thomas’s, has convinced us that

these birds are ideutical, and perfectly distinct from their Cuban

328 ON NEW AMERICAN BIRDS. [ May 28,

representative. It becomes therefore necessary to bestow a new name

upon the latter ; and we have great pleasure in calling it Gymnoglaux

lawrencii, after our friend Mr. Lawrence, who has so well pointed

out its distinctive characters.

Foot of G. nudipes. Foot of G. lawrenciz.

The synonymy of the only two known species of the genus

Gymnoglaux will therefore stand as follows :-—

(1) GyMNoGLAUX NUDIPES.

Strix nudipes, Daud. Tr. d’Orn. ii. p. 199; Shaw, Gen. Zool. vii.

p- 269; Vieill. Ois. de Am. Sept. i. p. 45, t. 16.

Gymnoglaux nudipes, A. & Ki. Newton, Ibis, 1859, p. 64, t. 1.

Syrnium nudipes, Kp. Trans. Z. S. iv. p. 250.

Gymnoglaux newtoni, Lawr. Aun. N. Y. Lye. viil. p. 258.

Major: supra fusca nigro vermiculata: tarsis partim plumosis,

dimidio inferiore nudo. (Cf. fig. 1.)

Hab. Porto Rico (Maugé); St. Thomas (Riise et Swift); S.

Croix (Newton).

(2) GymNoGLAUXx LAwRENCII. (Plate XXIX.)

Noctua nudipes, Lembeye, Aves de Cuba, p. 23, t. 4. f. 2.

Gymnoglaux nudipes, Cab. J. f. O. 1855, p. 465; Lawr. Ann.

Lyc. N. Y. vii. p. 257; Gundlach, Repert. F. N. 1. p. 226.

Minor: supra fusca unicolor, maculis albis aspersa : tarsis fere

omnino nudis. (Cf. fig. 2.)

Hab. Cuba (Lembeye et Gundlach).

Of this latter species we have examined two specimens in a series

of American Strigidze, kindly submitted to our inspection by the

authorities of the Smithsonian Institution. One of these was col-

1868.] MR. BARTLETT ON THE INCUBATION OF THE APTERYX. 329

lected by Mr. Nathaniel H. Bishop at Remedios, in Cuba, in October

1863; the other by Mr. Charles Wright at Monte Verde, in the same

island, in August 1861. There is likewise a single example of this

bird in the Paris Museum.

2. On the Incubation of the Apteryx.

By A. D. Barriert, Superintendent of the Society’s Gardens.

In the second volume of Mr. Gould’s book upon the Birds of

Australia, at page 570, will be found several statements made with re-

ference to the mode of reproduction of the Apteryx. As these strange

stories are most of them derived from the natives of New Zealand,

and do not appear to have been verified by any one upon whom we

can place much reliance, it may be as well to record a few facts that

have occurred under my own observation in the Society’s Gardens.

In 1851 Lieut.-Governor Eyre presented to the Society an Apteryx.

This bird proved to be a female of Apteryx mantelli. In the

year 1859 she laid her first egg, and has continued to lay one or two

eggs every year since that time. In 1865 a male bird was presented

by Henry Slade, Esq. During the last year these birds showed

symptoms of a desire to pair. This was known by the loud calling

of the male, which was answered by the female in a much lower and

shorter note. They were particularly noisy during the night, but alto-

gether silent in the daytime. On the 2nd of January the first egg

was laid, and for a day or more the female remained on the egg ; but

as soon as she quitted the nest the male bird took to it, and remained

constantly sitting. On the 7th of February the second egg was laid,

the female leaving the nest as soon as the egg was deposited. The

two birds now occupied the two opposite corners of the room in

which they were kept, the male on the two eggs in the nest under

the straw, the female concealed in her corner, also under a bundle

of straw placed against the wall. During the time of incubation

they ceased to call at night, in fact were perfectly silent, and kept

apart. I found the eggs in a hollow formed on the ground in

the earth and straw, and placed lengthwise side by sitle. The male

bird lay across them, his narrow body appearing not sufficiently

broad to cover them in any other way; the ends of the eggs could

be seen projecting from the side of the bird. The male continued

to sit in the most persevering manner until the 25th of April, at

which time he was much exhausted, and left the nest. On exa-

mining the eggs I found no traces of young birds.

Notwithstanding the failure of reproducing the Apteryx, I think

sufficient has been witnessed to show that this bird’s mode of repro-

duction does not differ essentially from that of the allied Struthious

birds, in all cases of which that have come under my observation the

male bird only sits. I have witnessed the breeding of the Mooruk,

the Cassowary, the Emu, and the Rhea; and the mode of proceeding

of the Apteryx fully justifies me in believing the habits of this bird

to be in no way materially different from those of its allies,

330 MR. R. BROWN ON THE MAMMALS OF GREENLAND. [May 28,

8. On the Mammalian Fauna of Greenland.

By Rosert Brown, F.R.G.S. &e. &e.

[Communicated by Dr. James Murie.]

ConrTEnts.

1. History of the Subject, p. 330. 4, Notes on Synonymy and Habits of the

2. Systematic Distribution, p. 333. terrestrial Species, p. 343.

3. Geographical Distribution, p.337. 5. Doubtful and Mythical Species, p. 357.

|. History of the Subject.

In entering upon a review of the Greenlandic species of Mammalia,

it may be a matter of surprise to some that anything remains to be

said concerning the larger animals of a country so comparatively near

home, and regarding which so much has been written, where Egede,

Fabricius, Vahl, and Rink lived, and regarding which we possess the

remarks of such excellent naturalists as the acute authors of the ‘ Fauna

Greenlandica’ and ‘Grénland Geographisk og Statistisk.’ Between

the dates of the publication of these two works an interval of upwards

of seventy years extends, so that one might suppose that any errors of

the first work might have been fully discovered in the interval and

corrected in the second. All surprise vanishes, however, when we find

that the contrary holds true, and that to-day we know almost as little

about the Mammals of Greenland as we did when Fabricius gave us

the first systematic account of them. The fact of the matter is that

naturalists who have visited Greenland lave been too much interested

in other departments of natural history to pay attention to the

larger members of the fauna, or have supposed that there was

nothing worth adding to or (what is just as important) subtracting

from it. Accordingly, we find all authors on Arctic animals merely

contenting themselves with giving a list of Fabricius’s species, and at

the same time perpetuating the errors which he fell into through

ignorance or credulity, independently of the fact that he only wrote

of that limited portion of the country then inhabited by the natives

over which his authority as a ‘‘ Grénlandske Missionair”’ extended.

Can we therefore be astonished if we find the fauna of Greenland,

in the class Mammalia, burdened with species which have no exist-

ence save in the vivid imagination of the Eskimo or the overlearned

acuteness of zoologists, and bereft of others which ought to take their

place—their history poisoned with fables only worthy of the belief of

the last century, and their geographical range in the country over

which they are distributed scarcely touched on, or wrongly described.

The accounts of the older writers on Greenland (Egede-Saabye,

Cranz, &c.) were very unsatisfactory ; but a new era in the history

of northern zoology dawned when Otto Fabricius, who had passed

several years in Greenland as a Missionary, published his ‘ Fauna

Groenlandica’*. This work, far in advance of its age, and which for

the conciseness and accuracy of its descriptions has rarely been sur-

passed, has most deservedly retained its place as our standard au-

* Hafniex et Lipsiz, 1780.

1868.] MR. R. BROWN ON THE MAMMALS OF GREENLAND. 331

thority on the zoology of Danish Greenland*. Herein are enumerated

thirty-one species of Mammalia indigenous to the country, exclusive

of Man and those which have been introduced by man’s agency.

Four of these species I have shown in this memoir to have been

entered upon imperfect grounds, one was mistaken for another ( Ovi-

bos moschatus for Bos grunniens), and several are now known to

be only synonyms of other species. The species of Cetacea are, as

might be expected, the most obscurely described of all, and have

occasioned much controversy ; and more superabundance of literary

acumen has been spent on these descriptions than the nature of them

will allow of.

Subsequently the elder Reinhardt gave some notes on the Greenland

Mammalia in the ‘ Isis’ for 1848, which, in the main, are only a

reproduction of the earlier account of Fabricius; and in 1857, the

present Professor Reinhardt, of Copenhagen, in the Appendix to

Rink’s ‘Grénland’+ furnished a list of the species, also following

Fabricius. He has, however, entered the only species then added to

the list, viz. Mus grénlandicus of Traill{, discovered by Scoresby

on the east coast in 1822, under the name of Hypudeus grinlandicus§,

and attempts to make out what was the amarok of the older authors,

Fabricius’s Gulo luscus, the Phoca ursina, which Fabricius enters as

a member of the Greenland fauna, the T'’richechus manatus, &c., and

with some success, though, not having visited Greenland himself, he

is not so successful as he otherwise might have been. This list, as

all the others, solely relates to Danish Greenland, extending from

Cape Farewell (lat. 59° 49! N., long. 43° 54’ W.) to Upernavik (lat.

72° 48' N., long. 55° 54’ W.), and is valuable as expressing the state

of knowledge regarding the Mammalia of Greenland in Denmark,

represented by a naturalist who has paid much attention to the Arctic

fauna, in the elucidation of some of the marine Mammalia of which

he has so highly distinguished himself. This, as far as I am aware,

is all that immediately relates to the arctic Mammals in Greenland.

Various other writings have thrown much light on their general

history ; but it is with their special history and geographical distri-

bution in Greenland that I have to deal. Among these memoirs,

I ought not to omit mentioning the excellent paper on the Mam-

malia of the northern countries by Professor Malmgren||, who ac-

* In 1867, whilst staying at Claushayn, I occupied as my study a little room

in the old Pastor’s house, now deserted and used to accommodate any stray

wayfaring men like myself. This was said to be the “dark closet” where

Fabricius wrought at his Fauna, Lexicon, and other works: it was afterwards

the residence of Saabye the grandson of Egede, who also wrote on Greenland.

+ Gronland Geographisk og Statistisk beskrevet kc. Band ii. Tillaeg Nr. 1.

(Pattedyr). This appendix was also published separately, ‘Naturhistoriske Bidrag

til en Beskrivelse af Gronland,’ pp. 1-12.

t Scoresby,‘ Journal of a Voyage to the Northern Whale fishery, &c.,’ Appendix.

§ Prof. Reinhardt obligingly informs me (March 1868) that he is now quite

convinced that this is a Myodes, though he only knows it from description.

| “ Beobachtungen und Anzeichnungen itiber die Saugethierfauna Finmarkens

und Spitzbergens,” in Wiegmann’s Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte, (Berlin,) 1864,

pp. 63-97, translated from Gfversigt af Kong. Svensk. Akad. &c. (1863) ii.

pp- 127-155.

332 MR. R. BROWN ON THE MAMMALS OF GREENLAND. [ May 28,

companied the Swedish Expedition of Otto Torell to Spitzbergen*.

He has added, incidentally, not a little to our knowledge; but his

treatise is mostly a compilation, aud, not looking upon the arctic

fauna in a comprehensive view, he has fallen into many errors in z0o-

geography. For instance, I cannot uderstand why he has excluded

Balanoptera gigas, Eschr., and B. rostrata, Fab., from the Spitz-

bergen fauna, nor still less why Balena mysticetus, Linn., is not

classed among the Mammals of the seas around. This last is

assuredly found there. In Smeerenberg Bay the Dutch used to

catch it in abundance, and even erected boiling-houses on shore to

“try” out its oil; and the two former are also found there. Indeed

nearly all of the Greenland marine Mammalia are also found in Spitz-

bergen; and certainly Dr. Malmgren’s stay was much too short to

allow him to come to any decision on the matter.

Eschricht and J. T. Reinhardt’s memoirs on the Greenland Whale+

have added directly to our knowledge ; while the numerous papers

and catalogues of Gray+ and Lilljeborg§ on the British and Scandi-

navian Cetacea (most of which are also found in Greenland) have

helped us to a right understanding of that order. “Nilsson has dis-

entangled the northern Pinnipedia in his History of Scandinavian

Mammals||; and so has Gray {] and, more closely relating to Green-

land, Fabricius**, in a supplementary paper to his Fauna, and Dr.

Wallace in the short abstract of one read before the Royal Physical

Society of Edinburgh++, on those killed by the northern Seal-

hunters. But nearly all of these papers are only local, or relate

merely to questions of specific distinctions and synonyms, and touch

but lightly upon the Seals either as animals of Greenland, or on their

migrations from one part of the Arctic regions to another. Our own

Arctic Expeditions halting little, if at all, on the Greenland coast,

and many of them being unprovided with competent naturalists,

have added almost nothing to our knowledge of the Arctic or Green-

land Mammals; but the American Expeditions to Smith’s Sound,

under Drs. Kanet{{ and Hayes§$§, have supplied us with many in-

teresting notes on the range and habits of species. I wish I could

say the same for all the describers of their collections. Professor

* Svenska Expeditionen till Spetsbergen ar 1861, under ledning af Otto To-

rell—ar detagarnes Anteckningar och andra handlingar skildrad af K. Cheyde-

nius (Stockholm, 1865). Vide the account of the Walrus in that work, pp. 168—

183 (with plate and woodcut), the excellent figures of Nabbhvalar (Hyperoodon

butzkopf, Lacép.) facing p. 480, &c.

t Ray Society's Memoirs on the Cetacea, 1866.

t Catalogue of Seals and Whales in the British Museum, 1866; and Pro-

ceedings of the Zoological Society, and Annals of Nat. Hist., passtm.

§ Ray Soc. Mem. Cet.

|| Skandinavisk Fauna, Forsta Delen, Daggadjuren, pp. 268-826 (1847), also

translated in Wiegmann’s Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte, Bd. vii. &c.

G Lib. et loce. citt.

** Naturhistoriske Selskabets Skrivter, Bd. i.

tt Proceedings of the Royal Physical Society of Edinb. 1862-63.

tt Arctic Explorations, 2 vols. 1855.

§§ Voyage towards the open Polar Sea (made in 1860), 1867.

1868.] MR. R. BROWN ON THE MAMMALS OF GREENLAND. 333

Cope* has attempted to establish several new (sic) species of Beluga

from Hayes’s collection ; but none of them (in my opinion) have the

slightest claims to specific distinction}, the supposed differences being

merely such as age or the ordinary variations between one individual

and another would produce. By such well-meaning efforts, misdi-

rected, science loses rather than gains.

Other contributions to Arctic Mammalogy I shall have occasion to

notice as 1 proceed.

2. Systematic Distribution of the Greenland Mammalian Fauna.

As might be expected, the character of the Greenland Mammalian

fauna partakes of a sarcophagous type, the phytophagous species pro-

per being only three, and the marine species far exceeding in number

the terrestrial species. In the nomenclature of the Mammalia,

though only a secondary matter, in a paper of this nature, so long as

they are correctly named, I have followed some standard author,

without inquiring too strictly into the soundness or priority of the

specific names applied, or the value of the tribal or generic divisions

under which these authors have classed them.

This subject I may return to more critically at another time; but

in a paper of this nature, I have allowed convenience of reference to

overrule other considerations, considering that the eminence of the zoo-

logists followed will be a sufficient safeguard that no great error has

been committed. Accordingly the nomenclature of Baird’s ‘ Gene-

ral Report on the Mammalia of North America’ is chiefly followed,

as far as relates to the Greenland terrestrial species, and Dr. Gray’s

British-Museum Catalogue (1866) for the marine species, with only

a few trifling exceptions, having a view to certain points of the syno-

nymy of Fabricius’s species of Cetacea, to be afterwards discussed. I

have, however, ventured to differ with Dr. Gray as to the relative

rank of the group of Seals, believing, with Illigert, that they are

entitled to ordinal rank, and have accordingly designated them

Pinnipedia (Ilig.)—forming Gray’s tribes Phocina, Trichechina, and

Cystophorina, for the sake of uniformity, into families under the

titles of Phocide, Trichechide, and Cystophoride, comprising the

same species as the former tribes, without, however, committing

myself to an opinion regarding the advisability of so many generic

and other subdivisions of so natural a group, or of the good taste

displayed by M. Frédéric Cuvier in the formation of some of his

genera. Thus, with Professor Nilsson§, I cannot see why, in the

formation of the genus Callocéphale|| (Callocephalus), Linné’s Phoca

vitulina should have been chosen as the type of the genus, while

* Proceedings of the Philadelphia Academy of Sciences.

+ Prof. Reinhardt, who, as Inspector of the Zoological Museum of Copen-

hagen, has every means of arriving at a determination from an examination of

a large number of skulls, writes to me that he has arrived at the same opinion.

+ Prodomus, p. 138 (1811).

§ Skand. Faun. i. p. 275.

| F. Cuvier, Mémoires du Muséum, xi. p. 182.

334 MR. R. BROWN ON THE MAMMALS OF GREENLAND. [ May 28,

Phoca barbata, Fab., should have been retained as the type of the

genus Phoca*.

Dr. Gray’s nomenclature and classification of the Cetacea I have

followed almost literally, though some of his species, such as Lage-

norhynchus albirostris, L. leucopleurus, Delphinus euphrosyne (D.

holbollii, Eschr.), and Hyperoodon (Lagenocetus) latifrons, are only

known from skulls or skeletons. The localities are also very

vaguely known; so that in the absence of all details in reference to

their habits and distribution, and from the fact, moreover, of their

specific (and still more their generic) claims not being in every case

universally conceded, the physical geographer or naturalist (strictly

speaking) can have little to say regarding them. I have, however,

entered them as members of the Greenland fauna, in deference to

the opinion of their founder, who, since the death of the lamented

Eschricht stands alone in his knowledge of the systematic history of

the marine Mammalia. The following table will show the general

arrangement, the tribal and numerical distribution of the Mam-

malia of Greenland, exclusive of all introduced species and others

which have been erroneously included in former lists, and of the

first with whom Fabricius heads his fauna, ‘‘ Homo sapiens, sine

deo, sine domino :’—

MAMMALIA GRENLANDICA.

Order CARNIVORA,

Family Urside.

Genus Ursus (Thalarctos).

U. maritimus, Linn.

Family Canide.

Genus Vulpes.

V. lagopus (Linn.), Rich.

Genus Canis.

C. familiaris, Linn., var. borealis.

Order RopEenTIA.

Family Arvicoline.

Genus Myodes.

M. torquatus (Pall.), Keys. & Blas.

* Even Nilsson’s genus Cystophora, though faultless in aptitude, is liable

to the objection that it has also been applied to a genus of Algz by J. Agardh.

This awkward confusion, however, is s0 common that it is only just to criticise

the fault in the abstract.

1868,] MR. R. BROWN ON THE MAMMALS OF GREENLAND.

Family Leporide.

Genus Lepus.

L. glacialis, Leach.

Order RuminanTia.

Family Bovidée.:

Genus Ovibos.

O. moschatus (Gm.), Blainy.

Family Cervide.

Genus Rangifer.

R. tarandus (L.), Baird.

Order PrnnipEpia.

Family Phocide.

Genus Callocephalus.

C. vitulinus (L.), F. Cuv.

Genus Pagomys.

P. feetidus (Miill.), Gray.

Genus Pagophilus.

P. grenlandicus (Miill.), Gray.

Genus Phoca.

P. barbata, O. Fab.

Family Trichechide.

Genus Trichechus.

T. rosmarus, Linn.

Genus Halichcerus.

H. grypus (O. Fab.), Nilss.

Family Cystophoride.

Genus Cystophora.

C. cristata (Erxl.), Nilss.

Order Ceracea.

Family Balenide.

Genus Balena.

B. mysticetus, Linn.

335

336 MR. R. BROWN ON"THE MAMMALS OF GREENLAND. [May 28,

Family Balenopteride.

Genus Physalus.

P. antiquorum, Gray.

Genus Balenoptera.

B. gigas, Eschr.*

> B. rostrata (Mill.), Gray.

Genus Megaptera.

M. longimana, Gray.

Family Catodontide.

Genus Catodon.

C. macrocephalus (Linn.), Lacép.

Family Delphinide.

Genus Delphinus.

D. euphrosyne, Gray.

Genus Lagenorhynchus.

L. albirostris, Gray.

L. leucopleurus (Rasch), Gray.

Genus Orca.

O. gladiator (Bonn.), Sund.

Genus Phoceena.

P. communis, Brookes.

Genus Beluga.

B. catodon (Linn.), Gray.

Genus Monodon.

M. monoceros, Linn.

Genus Globiocephalus.

G. svineval (Lacép.), Gray +.

Family Ziphiide.

Genus Hyperoodon.

H. butzkopf (Bonn.), Lacép.

Hi, latifrons, Gray.

* Sibbaldius borealis (Less.), Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 223.

+ Delphinus tursio, O. Fab. (Tursio truncatus, Gray); Greenl. Nesernak.

1868.] MR. R. BROWN ON THE MAMMALS OF GREENLAND. 337

3. Geographical Distribution of Greenlandic Mammalia.

Similarity of physical contour and a general uniformity of

climate, varying, no doubt, in degree, but still sufficiently inhos-

pitable throughout, with an abundance of the food on which al! of

them subsist throughout the habitable tracks and in the sea wash-

ing the shores of Greenland, have failed, contrary to what might

have been expected, to produce a geographical distribution of the

Mammalia in a like universal manner, or at all corresponding to the

physical uniformity hinted at. It is only in the sea and on a narrow

strip of land skirting the shores of Greenland that animal life has

yet been found. The whole interior of the country appears to be

merely a frozen waste, overlain to a depth of many feet by a huge

mer de glace, extending, so far as yet known, over its entire extent

(with the exception of the strip named) from north to south—a

sea of freshwater ice whereon no creature lives, a death-like desert

with nought to relieve the eye, its silence enlivened by the sound or

sight of no breathing thing. ‘This is the Inlands Tis of the Danish

colonists ; the outer strip, with its mossy valleys and ice-plained hills,

is the well-remembered Fastland. Dreary, doubtless, it is to eyes

only schooled in the scenery of more southern lands; but, with its

covies of Ptarmigans flying up at your feet, with their whir!, the

arctic fox barking its hue, Auc, on the rocks, and the Reindeer

browsing in the glens covered with the creeping birch (Betula nana,

L.), the arctic willows (Salix herbacea, L., S. arctica, Pall., S.

glauca, L., &c.), the crow-berry (Hmpetrum), the Vacciniums, and

the yellow poppies (Papaver nudicaule, L.), it is a place of life,

compared with the cheerless waste lying beyond. It is with it,

therefore, and the sea circling around, that we have to deal.

Many of the animals comprising the mammalian fauna, influ-

enced by no apparent physical cause, have but a limited geographi-

cal distribution, not extending south of a certain latitude, or north

of another, while other species have a range over the shores of the

frozen sea skirting three quarters of the world. Some species of

Seals are migratory, while others are not; and the same is true of

various species of Cetacea. All of the terrestrial species proper are

indigenous all the year round, confined to the country by its insularity.

I have drawn up a Table (pp. 340 & 341) expressing at a glance

the degree and nature of their geographical distribution, local and

general. In this Table I have divided the distribution under three

main heads :—(1) general distribution over the range of the spe-

cies, (2) nature of its distribution in Greenland, and (3) its local

distribution in Greenland. I have, for the sake of convenience,

divided the general range of Greenland species into six subdivi-

sions, viz. :—(a) Circumpolar, comprehending the regions around

the most northern limits yet reached by man, the particular locality

within that region for each species being limited by the nature of

its habitat ; thus the Bear occupies the shores or frequents the ice-

fields and the sea, the Seals the sea and the shore, or the ice-fields,

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1868, No. XXII.

338 MR. R. BROWN ON THE MAMMALS OF GREENLAND. [May 28,

the dog the vicinity of man’s dwellings, and the Hare the land

generally, while the Fox keeps more by the shore, but not in the

sea, and rarely ventures out on the ice-fields; ((3) Circumarctiec

America and (y) Circumarctic Europe comprehend all the region

about Greenland and south of the head of Baffin’s Bay, down Davis’s

Strait, and other places south of the former limits, Hudson’s Bay,

Labrador, &c., on the one hand, and on the other the Icelandic seas

and shores, the regions of Europe generally within or about the

Arctic Circle. It may be called also subpolar, and has been formed

to take in the distribution of some species of Seals and Cetacea.

The two regions are about the same in zoogeography.

(6) Cirecumaretic Asia comprehends similar limits on the Asiatic

continent, and is made to take in the range of the Fox, Lemming, and

a few other animals, which extend their range so far east and west.

I have not thought fit to create in this table an Arctic division

proper, limiting it by the arbitrary divisions of geography, divisions

which, though necessary enough for the astronomical description of

the earth, yet serve no purpose to the physical geographer in tracing

the distribution of plants and animals over it. This division is

comprehended under my cirewmpolar range, which ends on the

seas adjoining Greenland about the head of Baffin’s Bay. I have

given its general limits there, as many species do not go beyond

that barrier, and others do not come south of it. I am well aware

that this may appear a somewhat loose way of expressing the limits

of regions ; but at the same time the species the range of which

these divisions are made to express are most wonderfully careless of

the degrees, minutes, and seconds which the geographer may erect

as their limits, and we can therefore only express their divisional

boundaries in an equally elastic manner. I trust, however, that

they are sufficiently intelligible.

(e) To give the southern range of certain species of Seals and Ce-

tacea, I have erected a division for temperate Europe, comprehend-

ing the British and Scandinavian seas ; and in the range of the same

latitudes on the shores of the British provinces and the United States

of America a (¢) temperate American division. I have not, as in the

circumarctic range, erected a division for temperate Asia, as I do not

think there is a single species of Seal or Cetacea, found in the seas (and

certainly no Mammals on the land) of temperate Asia, found in the

corresponding seas of Europe and America, though, as several of the

species are common to the circumarctic and circumpolar divisions of

all three, some may yet be found. In preparing this table I have

endeavoured to give the natural range of the species, and have not

entered a species in any division because it has been, as an evident

straggler, seen within that division. For instance, Balena mysti-

cetus, Beluga catodon, Monodon monoceros, and Trichechus rosmarus

have all of them more than once found their way to the British

seas, yet no zoogeographer would ever think of representing the Right

Whale, the White Whale, the Narwhal, or the Walrus as regular

members of the British fauna. On the other hand, I need scarcely

say that when I put an animal into any division I do not thereby

1868.] MR. R. BROWN ON THE MAMMALS OF GREENLAND. 339

say that it is limited to that division (for, as shown on the table,

many extend through several of these divisions), nor that they are

found over all that division or series of divisions or regions. I have

already explained that the range of each is limited according to its

habitat and habits.

I have made these explanations because, as all rules are liable to

exceptions, so are systems and systematic divisions. Nature abhors

being confined between parallel lines.

Under the division of ‘ Nature of its Distribution in Greenland”

I have divided them into (a) Introduced species, (3) Migratory

species, and (y) Species indigenous all the year round.

(a) In Fabricius’s day the following Mammals had been introduced

into the country, but chiefly into South Greenland :—Canis famili-

aris (European breeds), Felis domestica, Ovis aries, Capra hircus,

Bos taurus, Sus serofa, Mus decumanus, and Mus musculus. All of

these species are yet at times living in the country, but none of them

can be said to be acclimatized. ‘The Horse (Nersasoak) was once

introduced into Greenland, but only remained for a short time. As

far as I can discover, its importation was for the purpose of Major

Oscean and Capt. Landorff, who in 1728 proposed the mad-cap

scheme of “ riding across Greenland !”

(2) As the winter approaches, most of the birds leave the country,

and do not return again until spring. The terrestrial Mammals are

prohibited, by the insularity of the country, from resorting to this

method of escaping the rigours of the climate, or the scarcity of

food. The Bear to some extent hybernates, though, as I shall

afterwards show, this hybernation is not so complete as is usually

supposed. The migratory Mammals are therefore limited to the

marine species.

All of the Seals, with the exception of Trichechus rosmarus, Cal-

locephalus vitulinus, and Pagomys fetidus, leave the coast during a

portion of the winter, and even of the summer: the migration of

the Seals is too complicated a subject to be discussed in a general

review; under my notes on each species I shall have occasion to

recur to it. In like manner all the Cetacea leave the seas in the

winter, with the exception of Monodon monoceros and Beluga cato-

don, which can be seen at open places in the ice all the winter

through. Why these species should be winter denizens in prefer-

ence to the others it is difficult to decide. Several species have

what may be called a local migration, moving from one portion of

the coast to another, north and south, during the summer, according

to the state of the ice, &c.,—all of which will be noticed in another

lace.

‘ (y) The species indigenous all the year round are therefore

the terrestrial Mammals and the remainder of the marine species

not already mentioned as migratory, viz. Ursus maritimus, Canis

Samiliaris, var. borealis, Vulpes lagopus, Lepus glacialis, Myodes

torquatus, (?) Ovibos moschatus, Rangifer tarandus, Trichechus

rosmarus, Callocephalus vitulinus, Pagomys fatidus, Monodon

monoceros, and Beluga catodon.

340 MR. R. BROWN ON THE MAMMALS OF GREENLAND. [May 28,

Nature of

distribution. || distribution

in Greenland.

gl¢ J g

Name of Species / el al 3/2 °

ED ae | 3\-a| 515 =

<|Aj<) 5| 8 =|

#/3/3/2/ 3] sig] |e

$8] 8] 8/2] 2] 2) Be

E)E 5/5 | 2/4\ 2) £5

££] 2) 8) 8] gi) S| bie

O]S|S)Ol apa! 8) eS) &

rss miariimesyeecisedeqeeesy-eesasetessseess ees w/e] He). * * |

Vulpes lagopus . HLH) HLH). *

Canis familiaris, var. borealis * | % ¥ eal see Pen es || 22>

[PRelis*domtoshical| treocssccerscetes-saerorcasscascrert ba bel bad ct foul ees *|.

Myodles torquatus .........scccserccescersccesrcrnecees we0/% [one] H [eoalene Baa Ra

[Mus decumanus]..........0. Bel bee Bad Be *

[ MUSCUIUS] «..seereeeere 34 [ond * |.

Lepus glacialis ................ baal ood ee ped Baal hess

[Sus scrotalliv-snc-csuscetecoses Vass Satacies dyaieure siveus Verloae bese [aes leeaaeg EP peel bee

Ovibos moschatus ............. ss) sae ade | ae *

Rangifer tarandus............. as “Fife 2] baal aes es Pe le

[Ovis aries] ............. SHhdode Bed big Bee) Bes es (ae fel ness

| Bopsbaartis]| i ..522.scstodes ocnadcwse.ctetadeceartaees. Boe bine HoH bed Gal ane |e ak

[Capra hircus] ............... : ca eel ie 3 fas

Callocephalus vitulinus % |... % | |]. * |

Pagomys fcetidus ......... Rese lel HL HTL!

Pagophilus greenlandicus.... ¥ |...) 8] |e]

Phoca barbata ...........0+. A Kloof PHT tae] oe |

Trichechus rosmarus ace * | % f* | *

Halicherus grypus ....... Ra Gove tenes veaeteoaaet tes *|¥|.../ % |

Cystophora cristata ............ wae saat ecanna se oon] HH] H [ooo] HLH UI]

Balena mysticetus .......... | |oes|nselecalleua| 1

Physalus antiquorum ...... | %|...] | xe |] |

Baleenoptera gigas......... ates % | %]ooe] | ell.

rostrata......... Sepacanoes PR Ces faa atl Ce lial all Pe |

Megaptera longimana ....... » «| | % [eee] | ¥ |I...|

Catodon microcephalus .... % 1%]... He | ITLL He

Lagenorhynchus albirostris ............0.0cceeeeee seclebefaee|see|edn lee ||. 0)

leucopleurus......... acess 64 Hos Fer oct ane) eee | ced

Oneal gladiator Aces 22a stwacnsensypny ences teaee we] [oe] 9] 9 |]..|

PHOGeN a COMMUNIS secu. sand eenr seeetans ee ten oaes woe] ¥ | % | P| 1 HII...

Beluga catodon ............+000+. #/%/%]%]..] |]. *

Monodon monoceros ..... Je Saal a ee ee | *

Globiocephalus svineyal .... | % | Jooo] %|..-)[- 2-1 %

Hyperoodon butzkopf .......... o| HE] fone) | 3 i ere

latifrons ...... eaten onseabecis dadeiaears 1S ao eG Bae Be Cod Rad Bee Bec Resallrlf) 6

Numerical summary of distribution ............/13/26)23) 9 |15|14/| 7 19} 11

Norz.—This Table is manifestly imperfect, and the limits of species

1868.] MR. R. BROWN ON THE MAMMALS OF GREENLAND. 341

Local distribution in Greenland according to

latitude and coast.

3 to 3] 43 |.33 S

5 4/2 (8/3/43) | 3

8 |sale |§ {28 Ielzlzlslale

—| fe ee A Sg |olojo el eS

g,(/eel= [2 | Selaiss4i4is Remarks.

os |/og!|o ./ aeoalelse!/el21S/a8

He|/S8/s5/5 | sa |S/S/2/s/R] 8

Fei ce | Pe | en | oe os 72 |S) Sl\e/ 5] 2

ee) So ee| | oa! 6) 6] El al o| =

ao|a|/ayq/28/%-8/ Ee El Slsl es

Os/OR/CE/SS/SE| S/S) 8] S| dla

g5/ 28) 85/82| 8s| 2) gl els/ s/s

ae je° le |e |e |S/S/dlziz|e

# | cs. | see laseleeelee-feee/eee]ee.] Properly speaking, only to most

northerly outpost of Uper-

navik.

vee | eee se leeeleee|eee{eeeleee| ¥| Doubtful if indigenous all the

year round, or if at all.

% | cee | eee |oe.[ee-{ee-[eoe/ee-|e--| Limits of Danish Greenland ?

Ga fain oo || Spee | eee ese doc| Bse| aay Are Do. do.

b Saliecctyl aca .|...| # |...| Not south of Wolstenholme Sound,

see | cee | coe | coe | see [ocelece| % [ee-|---[---] Not north of Holsteensborg.

cael EC s-lsee|ses|eee|-+-[eee| Possibly not north of Melville Bay.

vee | coe | coe | cee | aoe [eee] #]---[---]---[---] Range rather doubtful.

Seared cae |ececigll vas, ll Sec{esalece|ace| aes] ane) ane morun on 702.

% | oc. | see | cee [evfece[ees[ee[...[---| Very rarely seen N, of 73° and S.

x of 65°.

.| *

cee abe a ek

Seesel eee M Asem) ey bet (Fs) bel Bs bodlignel hed litre eG Lan lejn aE

id ae - ...| + Range unknown.

see eh ey vsalees{ss-[eeel---|ee-| (Those species of Cetacea marked

sollte Seth CUBIC SERA Bel ae as as extending north only to

‘cul hegSCOA erition hesdéic ME ea loc Sel bie Dealer clare | Melville Bay, probably occa-

YAO eed PAs ale]4> «sionally! reach a higher lati-

Be le oH) Ga Hail wom MIS ol eele se Fea ed one tude; but this bay is the usual

. «ss ay -| % foes | limit, and north of this the

{species is rarely seen.

pS ...| Range unknown, but probably the

same as H. butzkopf.

LOD LEGON P2282 ad

given are only, in most cases, approximate or provisional.

342 MR. R. BROWN ON THE MAMMALS OF GREENLAND. [May 28,

In addition to these well-established species there are others fre-

quently entered among the Greenland Mammalia, some of which

have but scant right to a place, and others are entirely mythical,

as I will show in a section on these animals. Among these I class

Gulo borealis (Ursus luscus), Phoca ursina (Callorhinus ursinus),

and Trichechus manatus (Rhytina gigas) as animals with little or no

claim to be admitted members of the Arctic fauna.

The columns for the “local distribution in Greenland”’ are ar-

ranged solely with reference. to our present knowledge of the range

of the species in the country, and, being only temporary and to a

great extent artificial, are subject to changes as our knowledge of the

species extends. At the same time I think it only right to say that

they have been very carefully compiled, after considerable study of

the natural range of the species, and upon principles akin to those

for the general distribution of the species.

The column headed “ East coast only’? I have erected for the

reception of Myodes torquatus solely, all the species of the east

coast, so far as we know, being, with this exception, also common to

the west. The east coast has, however, been very little explored,

and no doubt something remains to be added to our knowledge of

the range of species on that coast.

On a comparison of the Greenland fauna with that of other por-

tions of the Arctic regions, we can see no reason for looking upon it,

in common with the flora and the avi- and icthyo-faunas, as other than

essentially Arctic-European, all of the species of Mammalia, with

the exception of Ovibos moschatos, being found in either Spitzbergen

or Nova Zembla, while many of the Arctic-American species are not

found in Greenland. The only true American Mammal found in

Greenland is the Musk-Ox, which might have crossed from the

western shores of Smith’s Sound (where Eskimo tradition describes

it as once abundant) on the ice to the eastern shore, where alone in

Greenland it seems to be now found, the great glaciers and ice-floes

about Melville Bay seeming to act as a barrier to the southern and

northern migrations of the animals on either side of them, and of

Man equally with the lower animals.

Looking at the fauna of Spitzbergen *, if we take exception to the

very dubious omission which Malmgren has made, we find that there

is only one species of mammal found in these islands not found in

Greenland ; and this exception is Mustela erminea, which the author

named even marks as doubtful (?) ; and the same is true of the

mammals of Nova Zembla, if we take Von Baer’s list + as represent-

ing the present state of our knowledge, though published more than

thirty years ago. In this the exception is also a doubtful one (‘‘a

little white animal, species uncertain’’), but probably an Ermine. I

therefore think that we are justified in looking upon the mamma-

lian fauna of Greenland as Arctic-European, and not Arctic-Ame-

* Malmgren, loc. cit.; Scoresby, ‘Arctic Regions ; Phipps’s ‘ Voyage ;’ Parry’s

‘Attempt ;’ Laing’s ‘ Voyage to Spitzbergen,’ Kc. &c.

+ K. E. von Baer, Wiegmann’s Archiy fir Naturgeschichte (1839), pt. vil.

(vide Murray, ‘ Geogr. Distrib. Mamm.’),

1868.] MR. R. BROWN ON THE MAMMALS OF GREENLAND. 343

rican, though I am aware that opposite views are entertained by

naturalists of high eminence.

The mammalian fauna of Iceland has no connexion with that of

either Greenland or Europe, that island not possessing a single species

of mammal indigenous to it ; all have been introduced by man, or,

like the Ursus maritimus and Vulpes lagopus, have drifted from

Greenland on ice-floes.

My friend Mr. Andrew Murray * seems to take exception to a

Mouse which is said to be found in Iceland, and regarding which

wonderful tales are told +; and, contrary to the opinion of Povelsen,

who.considers it Mus sylvaticus, L., and of the intelligent Icelanders,

who, as represented by Sir W. J. Hooker, do not believe in its ex-

istence, thinks that it is Myodes torquatus (hudsonius, Forst.=grén-

landicus, T'r.). If such is the case, it might have been brought

over on ice from the east coast of Greenland ; but the probability is

that it does not exist, and that the only Mice in Iceland are the ones

introduced by man, the ordinary Mus decumanus and M. musculus,

almost cosmopolitan in their range.

From these facts I believe that the island of Iceland is of a newer

date than any portion of Scandinavia or Greenland, and, being of a

volcanic nature, was formed posterior to the date of the present dis-

tribution of land and water in the North Sea. I can see no other

conclusion which can be arrived at ¢.

4. Notes on the Habits, Distribution, and Synonymy of the Terres-

trial Mammalia of Greenland.

The following notes on certain of the terrestrial species of Mam-

malia are not intended as either a complete or systematic history of

the species, but merely as stray notes on some points in their history

hitherto passed over, and on the species as a Greenland animal.

I have delayed entering upon the history of the Marine Mammalia

until another time, my observations on these species being too ex-

tensive to be included within the limits of one paper; and, as I

shall treat of them on a more comprehensive plan than as- mere

Greenland species, they do not properly come within the scope of a

paper on Greenland Mammals,

These notes comprehend my own observations during voyages to

the Spitzbergen, Iceland, and Jan Mayen seas, and along the eastern

and western shores of Davis’s Strait and Baftfin’s Bay, to near the

mouth of Smith’s Sound, in 1861. During the past summer I

have again visited Danish Greenland for scientific purposes, but have

added little or nothing to my former notes, having seen few Mam-

malia, except some of the species of Pinnipedia and a Cetacean or

* Geographical Distribution of Mammals (1866).

+ Pennant,‘ Arctic Zoology,’ Introduction, p.lxx ; Hooker's ‘ Tour in Iceland,’

i. pp. 51-52.

r Vide J.D. Hooker, Linn. Trans. 1862; Asa Gray, ‘American Journal of

Science, 1862; J. W. Dawson, ‘Canadian Naturalist and Geologist,’ 1862,

pp. 334-344; and Murray, ‘Geogr. Dist. Mamm.,’ for the phytogeographical

views of the origin of the Greenland flora and fauna at present received.

344 MR. R. BROWN ON THE MAMMALS OF GREENLAND. [May 28,

two in the sea, and, from our travels extending over but a limited

portion of the vicinity of Disco Bay, had but few opportunities of

adding to our knowledge of their habits.

I was fortunate enough, however, to obtain the assistance of my

friends Herren Knud Gelmeyden Fleischer, Carl Bolbroe, and Oc-

tavius Neilsen, whose long acquaintance with the Eskimo language

enabled me to discover some of the errors which Fabricius fell into

in deciphering the mythical species ; and our intelligent travelling

companion Hr. Anthon P. Tegner kindly gave me the benefit of his

experience. These notes I have incorporated in the body of this

paper at the proper place.

I have also examined, through the kindness of the curators, the

Greenland Mammals in the Copenhagen Museums, and those in the

Museum of Science and Art in Edinburgh, comprising many of the

the typical specimens of Scoresby, Richardson, &c. For this latter

favour my thanks are especially due to Professors Archer and All-

man and to Mr. J. B. Davies.

1. Ursus maritimus, Linn,

Grenl. Nennok (0 guttural).

The well-known “ Polar” or “Ice Bear” is found along the

whole coast of Greenland from north to south, but not nearly so

numerous as in former times, or as is popularly supposed. There

are more in the northern than in the southern portion of the

country ; and it is very seldom seen in mid-Greenland, 7. e. between

about 69° and 66° N. lat. There are yearly killed from thirty to

sixty of them. The Company of Royal Merchants in Greenland

give the natives about five rigsdaler (11s. 3d.) for the skins. Occa-

sionally there are a number killed near Cape Farewell which have

come round on the annual ice-drift. Here a curious custom prevails,

viz., that whosoever sights the Bear first, man, woman, or child,

is entitled to the skin, and the person who has shot it only to the

blubber and flesh*. It is of light creamy colour, rarely pure

white, except when young; hence the Scotch whalers call it the

‘‘ Brounie”’ or ‘‘ Brownie,’ and sometimes the “ Farmer,” from its

very agricultural appearance as it stalks leisurely over the furrowed

fields of ice. Its principal food consists of Seals, which it perse-

cutes most indefatigably ; but it is somewhat omnivorous in its

diet, and will often clear an islet of eider-duck eggs in the course of a

few hours. I have seen it watch a Seal for half a day, the Seal con-

tinually escaping just as the Bear was about putting its paw on it,

at the “ atluk’’ (or escape hole) in the ice. Finally, it tried to

circumvent its prey in another manner. It swam off to a distance,

and when the Seal was again half asleep at its at/uk, the Bear swam

under the ice, with a view to cut off its retreat. It failed, how-

ever, and the Seal finally escaped. The rage of the animal was

* The flesh, and especially the liver, is said to often prove poisonous when

eaten. The Eskimo on the western shores of Dayis’s Strait, carefully prohibit

their dogs from deyouring any portion of it.

1868.] MR. R. BROWN ON THE MAMMALS OF GREENLAND. 345

boundless; it roared hideously, tossing the snow in the air, and

trotted off in a most indignant state of mind!

During the Sealing-season, both in Greenland and in the Spitz-

bergen seas, the Bear is a constant attendant on the sealer for the

sake of the carcasses, in the pursuit of which it is sometimes ‘ more

free than welcome.’’ I have often also seen it feeding on Whales of

different species, which are found floating dead. In 1861 I saw

upwards of twenty all busily devouring the huge inflated carcass of

a Balena mysticetus in Pond’s Bay, on the western shores of Davis’s

Strait. We were foolish enough to fire a few shots among them,

when the Bears sprang furiously from the carcass and made for our

boat. One succeeded in getting its paws on to the gunwale; and it

was only by the vigorous application of an axe that we succeeded in

relieving ourselves of so unwelcome an addition to our crew.

On the whole, I do not think that the Polar Bear is a very fierce

animal, when not enraged ; and I cannot help thinking that a great

deal of the impressions which we have imbibed regarding its fero-

city are more due to old notions of what it ought to be, rather than

what 7¢ 7s, and that the tales related by Barentz, Edward Pelham,

and other old navigators regarding its bloodthirstiness during the

time they wintered in Spitzbergen were a good deal exaggerated.

When enraged, or emboldened by hunger, I can, however, quite well

understand that, like all wild, and even domesticated animals, it

may be dangerous to man. I have chased it over the floes of Pond’s

Bay; and the Bear’s only thought seemed to be how best to escape

from its pursuers. I should have hesitated a good deal before

making so free with the grizzly bear of the Californian wilds (Ursus

Jferox), which is, perhaps, the most ferocious animal on the Ameri-

can continent. Though seemingly so unwieldy, the nennok runs

with great speed ; and being almost marine in its habits, it swims well.

I have chased it with a picked crew of eight whalemen, and yet the

Bear has managed to distance us in the race for the ice-fields.

It would every now and again, when its two cubs were getting left in

the rear, stop and (literally) push them up behind; and on reaching

the steep edge of the ice-floe, finding that we were fast reaching

them, it lifted each of them up on the ice with its teeth, seizing the

loose skin at the back of the neck. Once on the ice, they were

safe.

It is often found swimming at great distances from land (vide the

statements in ‘Arctic Voyages,’ and the works of Richardson, Parry,

&c., passim). The stories of its making ice-houses, and of their

gambols therein, as related by Fabricius, as well as of its combats

with the Walrus, are still prevalent in Greenland.

It is curious that the old Eskimo stories about the Polar Bear

having no evacuations during the season of hybernation, and being

itself the means of preventing them by stopping all the natural

passages with moss, grass, or earth (Richardson’s ‘ Fauna Bor.-Am.’

i. 34), prevail also among the North-western American Indians on

the other side of the continent, in reference to the Brown Bear

(Ursus americanus), the substance used in stopping the passages

346 MR. R. BROWN ON THE MAMMALS OF GREENLAND. [ May 23,

varying according to the tribe among whom the myth is prevalent,

from a ball of clay to one of pine-resin !

I do not think that it hybernates during the whole winter, as

usually supposed ; at all events they are often seen during the winter,

though these are probably old males. It is probable that the

females, when not pregnant, roam all winter like the males. Un-

like its congeners, it does not hug, but dztes ; and it will not eat its

prey until it is dead, playing with it like a cat with a mouse. I have

known many men who, while sitting watching or skinning Seals,

have had its rough hand laid on their shoulder. Their only chance

has been then to feign being dead, and manage to shoot it while the

Bear was sitting at a distance watching its intended victim. Though

Eskimo are often seen who have been scarred by it, yet I repeat that,

unless attacked, or rendered fierce by hunger, it rarely attacks man.

During our last trip to Greenland none of our party saw one ; in-

deed they are only killed in the vicinity of Disco Bay during the

winter or spring, when they have either come or drifted south on

the ice-floes. Six were killed in the vicinity of Omenak during the

winter of 1866-67.

2. VuurrEs Lacopus (Linn.); Rich. F. B. A. i. 83.

Grenl. Terienniak, Kaka.

The Arctic Fox is very numerous in south and mid Greenland,

more seldom in the north of the Danish possessions, but is quite

plentiful again north of Upernavik to high up in Smith’s Sound.

There are two varieties, the blue and the white. This colour is

not dependent on the season. The white variety is also more nume-

rous and much less valued than the blue; but, again, the blue and

the white varieties interbreed, and often, the Eskimo say, there is a

white mother with blue young, and vice versd. The blue Fox is very

valuable, the price for the best kind of skin being from six to seven

times as much as for that of the white. Some have been sold at the

annual auction of the Greenland furs, in Copenhagen, at over twenty

rigsdaler (nine rigsdaler = £1 sterling). There are yearly killed

from 1000 to 3000 of the white and blue foxes, two-thirds being

blue and one-third white. In Greenland the white is traded for three

marks (1s. 134.), and the blue for two rigsdaler (4s. 6d.). It is not

killed by the Greenlanders in summer, as its summer coat is not

valuable. At this time it is found in the mountains preying on the

young Ptarmigan (Tetrao reinhardti, Brehm). In winter it comes

down to prey on shellfish or other marine produce, at the open

places near the shore when the tide breaks the ice. About this

period it can often be seen barking most impudently at the solitary

hunter.

3. Canis FAmitiaris, Linn.

a. Var. borealis.

Grenl. Kemmek or Kremmek.

(a) The Dog of the Eskimo is the same species all over the

1868.] MR.R. BROWN ON THE MAMMALS OF GREENLAND. 347

American continent; at least, I have seen dogs from Kamschatka,

Sitka, the western shores of Davis’s Strait, and from Greenland which

it was impossible to deny were of one species.

(8) Besides this there is, in Danish Greenland, another breed of

Dogs of mixed native and European descent, the latter being im-

ported by the whites. These are called by the natives ‘‘ Meeké.”

I have not the slightest doubt that the original breed of the Arctic

Dog was the Wolf (Canis occidentalis, var. griseo-albus, Baird). In

its every disposition it agrees with that animal, and there is no point

which has been supposed to separate the one from the other which

is not common to both of them. I have seen skins of the Wolf

which have hair for hair agreed with the typical Arctic Dog. The

Wolf is not, however, found in Greenland, unless, as I shall after-

wards discuss, the ‘‘ Amarok,” which Fabricius erroneously described

in his fauna as Ursus luscus, be merely a Dog run wild and returned

to its original type. The Dog is found as far north as man lives,

but is not used by the Eskimo south of Holsteensborg, the sea not

being sufficiently frozen over during the winter to permit of sledging.

The use of the Dog as a sledge-animal has been so often described *

that I may pass it over here without further reference. Being only

required during the winter, they lead during the summer and au-

tumn months an idle life, hanging round the settlements, sleeping

on the top of the flat earth-huts of their masters, snarling at every

one’s heels, but running at the first appearance of a stick or stone,

snatching up every bit of edible garbage round a village, and, in

fact, becoming such a pest to the women when pressing a seal

on the rocks, or when drying meat for winter use, that they are

often left to look out for themselves on some barren uninhabited

islet. During the summer they are never fed; and often you may

pass old Eskimo encampments where the only inhabitants are a few

hungry dogs howling from the rock, disconsolate until their lords

return. The appearance of a stone is enough to send them howling

far and near. It is rarely that they bark, generally preferring, with

their wolfish instinct, to sit and howl monotonously on some elevated

point, and regularly “‘ making night horrible”? with their ‘long

ery.’ The ringing of the workmen’s morning and evening bell at

the Danish settlements used to be the signal for the commencement

of this hyperborean music. It can only be kept in subjection by

being treated to the most unmerciful lashing; for its savage nature

will out. When at Clyde River in 1861 I heard of a most horrible

tragedy which had been enacted there a few years before. A man,

a boy, and a little girl landed from an omiak (or open skin boat)

on an island where, as is usual, some dogs were confined. Before

the poor people could escape to their boat, the animals, infuriated

by hunger, sprang upon them. The man and the boy, though

much lacerated, managed to regain the omiak ; but the poor girl was

torn to pieces.

When the Greenland dogs die off, the Greenlander must become

* Vide particularly Kane, ‘ Arctic Explorations,’ and Hayes, ‘ Voyage towards

the open Polar Sea,’

348 MR. R. BROWN ON THE MAMMALS OF GREENLAND. [May 28,

extinct, more certainly even than must the “ Plain”? Indian when

the last buffalo is shot. It is impossible for him to drag home the

seals, sharks, white whales, or Narwhals which he may have shot in

the winter at the “ strom-holes”’ in the ice without his dogs—or

for the wild native in the Far North to make his long migrations,

with his family and household goods, from one hunting-ground to

another without these domestic animals of his. Yet that sad event

seems to be not far distant. About fifteen years ago, a curious

disease, the nature of which has puzzled veterinarians, appeared among

the Arctic dogs, from high up in Smith’s Sound down the whole coast

of Greenland to Jakobshavn (69° 13! N. lat.), where the ice-fjord

stops it from going further south ; and the government uses every

endeavour to stop its spread beyond that barrier, by preventing

the native dogs north and south from commingling. Kane and

Hayes lost most of their dogs through this disease ; and at every

settlement in Danish Greenland the natives are impoverished through

the death of their teams. It is noticed that whenever a native loses

his dogs he goes very rapidly downhill in the sliding scale of Arctic

respectability, becoming a sort of hanger-on of the fortunate pos-

sessor of a sledge-team.

During the latter portion of our stay in Jakobshavn, scarcely a day

elapsed during which some of the dogs were not ordered to be killed,

on account of their having caught this fatal epidemic.

The Dog is seized with madness, bites at all other dogs, and even

at human beings. It is soon unable to swallow its food, and consti-

pation ensues. It howls loudly during the continuance of the dis-

ease, but generally dies in the course of a day, with its teeth firmly

transfixing its tongue. It has thus something of the nature of

hydrophobia, but differs from that disease in not being communi-

cable by bite, though otherwise contagious among dogs. The go-

vernment sent out a veterinary surgeon to investigate the nature of

the distemper; but he failed to suggest any remedy, and it is now

being ‘stamped out” by killing the dogs whenever seized—an

heroic mode of treatment, which will only be successful when the last

dog becomes extinct in Greenland.

Strange to say, the dogs in Kamschatka are also being decimated

by avery similar disease; and, in a recent communication received

from that region, it is said that so scarce have dogs become, that the

natives do not care to sell them, and that 100 roubles have been

refused for a team of six. Fortunately fer the Kamschatkans, they

have the Reindeer as an ulterior beast of draught and burden. Hr.

Otto Torell brought several dogs from Greenland for the use of his

expedition to Spitzbergen in 1861; but I believe that, finding them

useless (on account of open water), he set them free on Spitzbergen,

where they are now rapidly increasing, and will, doubtless, soon

return to the original Wolf type.

Their use in Greenland is almost wholly as sledge-animals.

Among the Eskimo on the western shores of Davis’s Strait, a loose

dog usually precedes the sledge, and, by carefully avoiding broken

places in the ice, acts as a guide to the sledge-team, which carefully

1868.] MR. R. BROWN ON THE MAMMALS OF GREENLAND. 349

follows his lead. Hn passant I may remark that dog-driving is by

no means an easily acquired or a light labour: In North Greenland

and among the wild Arctic highlanders of Cape York and Smith’s

Sound, dogs are also valuable assistants, by attacking the Polar

Bear while the hunter plants his spears in the animal*. They are

also used a little in Seal-hunting. Their flesh is also highly appre-

ciated, but rather too valuable for anything except an occasional

dainty. The skin is highly valued for socks, and that of the pups for

winter clothing ; but so scarce have they become, that it is now very

hard to raise enough for an anarak (jumper), and one of our party

paid 18 rigsdaler (£2) for enough to make an overcoat. No longer,

as in Giesecke’s day, is it rejected as an article of trade on account

of its disagreeable odour,

[4. Fexis pomestica, Briss.

Grenl. Kitsungoak.

The Domestic Cat has been kept in Greenland ever since the

Danish women came, and it follows them in all their sojournings

north and south. In Fabricius’s day it was already not uncommon.

At present there are many in Julianeshaab district, where mice are

quite abundant and troublesome. |

5. Myones roraquatus (Pall.), Keys. & Blas.

This Lemming was found by Capt. Scoresby, in the year 1822,

near Scoresby’s Sound, on the east coast of Greenland, lat. 69°, and

was described by the late Professor Traill, in the Appendix to Scores-

by’s Voyage to Greenland, as a new species under the name of Mus

grenlandicus. From a careful examination of the original and only

specimen, now in the Edinburgh Museum of Science and Art, I am

inclined to believe, with Middendorff{, that it is not distinct from

those already described, and that the Myodes hudsonius of Forster

(Mus hudsonius, Forster in Phil. Trans. Ixii. p. 379 ; Lemmus

hudsonius, Sab., Parry’s Voyage, p. clxxxv) and the Mus gren-

landicus, Tr. (Myodes grenlandicus, Wag. and J. E. Gray §, Proc.

Zool. Soc. London, xvi. 1848, p. 43, and Id. in Rae’s Narrative, 1850),

are identical with the Siberian Myodes torquatus (Pall.), Keys. & Blas.

It can only be classed as avery rare and local (possibly accidental)

member of the fauna of Greenland, as it has never since been found

in the country ; Graah|| did not see it in his two years’ journey, nor

even hear of its existence. No doubt the east coast of Greenland is

almost unapproachable for ice, and has never been visited since

Graah’s day, except for a little way round Cape Farewell. Whalers,

however, have been known to have landed near Scoresby’s Sound ; but

* Vide an interesting account in Kane’s ‘ Arctic Explorations.’

+ Giesecke, article “ Greenland,” in ‘ Brewster's Encyclopeedia.’

ft Sib. Reise, IT. ii. 1853, p. 87, pls. 4-7 & 10. i

§ Arvicola grenlandie, Rich. 1. c. 134; vide also Schreber, ‘ Saugethiere,’ iii.

p- 604; Giebel, ‘ Die Saugethiere’ &c. (1859), p. 605.

|| Narrative of an Expedition to the East Coast of Greenland, Engl. transl.

(1837). The original Danish edition in 4to (Underségelses-Reise til Ostkysten

af Gronland, 1832), however, is much superior in many respects,

350 MR. R. BROWN ON THE MAMMALS OF GREENLAND. [May 28,

they saw nothing of it, and it may be safely said not to be an in-

habitant of the west coast, either within or outside of the Danish

possessions.

From Upernavik southward, the Danes have been on the coast,

either settled or trading, for at least 120 years, and during that time

not a few collectors have visited the country ; but, notwithstanding

all their exertions and those of the stationary officers of the govern-

ment there, no specimen of this Mouse has as yet been obtained, nor

do the Eskimo know of the existence of such. Murray has therefore

taken too wide a generalization, when he portrays, on map Ixxxv.

of his laborious and generally accurate work the ‘ Geographical

Distribution of Mammals’ (1866), p. 267, the distribution of the

Lemming as extending right along the east and western shores of

Greenland to the head of Baffin’s Bay, on the supposition that it is a

regular member of the Greenland fauna. I am inclined to look

upon it as representing the extreme eastern limit of the Myodes tor-

quatus, as the Myodes hudsonius is a climatic species representing the

extreme western range of the former species. It is almost unneces-

sary to note, after what I have said, that Fabricius makes no men-

tion of it in his ‘ Fauna Greenlandica ;’ and if it had been found, he,

ever anxious as he was to add anything to the Greenland Mammals,

would have been sure to have heard of it from the natives, credence

in whose mythical zoology forms one of the few disfigurations of his

work. Neither did Ingelfield, Sutherland, Kane, or Hayes see any-

thing of it in Smith’s Sound, or southward to the northern limits of

the Danish possessions.

In 1861, the natives at Pond’s Bay, on the western shore of Davis’s

Strait, brought me many skins of this species, which I ascertained

to belong to the hudsonius form. For the sake of reference, the

Arctic species may be classed as follows :—

Myopes Toraquatus, Pall.

Var. hudsonius, Forst.

Var. grénlandicus, Tr.

6. [Mus pecumanvus, Pall. (1778).

Mus norvegicus, Erxleben (1776).

Grenl. Teriak.

The brown Rat was introduced as far back as the days of Fabri-

cius by the Danish ships in the summer, and seemed likely to prove

dangerous in houses ; but they gradually and periodically died out, as

they could not stand the cold of the winter. Some years ago they

were again introduced, and still occasionally one is seen in the

summer months in some of the warehouses from Upernavik to near

Cape Farewell. }

7. [Mus muscuuus, Linn.

Grenl. Teriangoak (‘the small Rat ’’).

Its history as a colonist animal in Greenland is about the same as

1868.] MR. R. BROWN ON THE MAMMALS OF GREENLAND. 351

the Rat’s. At some of the more southern settlements they can occa-

sionally survive the winter and beget abundantly. Both the Mouse

and Rat were introduced as far north as Kane’s and Hayes’s ships

wintered, but I cannot learn that they got naturalized. ]

8. Lepus GLaciAuis, Leach.

L. arcticus, ibid.

Greenl. Ukalek.

The Hare is a common animal over the whole coast, from north

to south, east and west. It is, however, seen more seldom in the

north of the Danish trading-limits, and there are only a few hun-

dreds shot annually. They are said to be rather rare on the east

coast. I cannot see why its beautiful white skin is not more used.

At one time the Danes used to send quantities home, but they could

get no market for it. From the Hare the natives spin a kind of yarn

which they occasionally knit into caps, for a summer head-dress, for

the men and children. It is difficult (indeed, almost impossible) to

give characters whereby this species can be separated from the Lepus

variabilis of Europe when the former is in its summer dress ; and the

skull presents equal difficulties.

I have, however, preferred to look upon it as nominally distinct,

though I really believe that it is only a climatic variety of L.

variabilis, Pallas.

9. [Sus scrora, Linn.

Grenl. Poliké.

It is kept at some of the southern settlements. |

10. Ovisos moscuartus (Gmel.), Blainv.

Greenl. et Esk. Umimak.

In the ‘ Fauna Greenlandica,’ p. 28. no. 17, Fabricius has classed

Bos grunniens, L., as one of the animals of Greenland, because he

thought that he had found (on a piece of drift ice) some remains of

it, consisting of the greater portion of the skull of an animal “ very

hike an Ox.” He was of opinion that this was a portion of the Yak,

He did not, however, consider it to be a native of Greenland, but

rather to have been drifted from northern Asia on the ice, the flesh

having been eaten by Polar Bears. Any one can see, by examining

the figure which Fabricius afterwards gave of this specimen (Bid.

Selsk. Skriv. N. Saml. iii. 82), that it was the Musk-Ox; and,

indeed, he afterwards acknowledged so himself (Bid. Selsk. Skr. 3.

N., vi.). It is therefore, after this, somewhat surprising to find

a zoologist so well acquainted with the Greenland fauna as the elder

Reinhardt stating that the Musk-Ox, which, like Fabricius, he called

Bos grunniens, rarely comes from Melville Island to Greenland*. Mr.

Murray seems to doubt on which side of Greenland Fabricius met

with his specimen ; but there need be no doubt on that matter, as it

* Isis, 1848, p. 248; Schmarda’s ‘ Geograph. Verbreitung (1853), p. 370 ; fide

Murray’s ‘Geogr, Dist. of the Mammals,’ p. 140,

352 MR. R. BROWN ON THE MAMMALS OF GREENLAND. [May 28,

must have been on the west side. The east was even more unknown

in his day than now, and he was certainly never round Cape Farewell.

The Musk-Ox has, therefore, no right to a place in the fauna of

Danish Greenland, nor do I believe that at any time it was an in-

habitant of that portion of the continent.

Recent discoveries have, however, shown it to be, with the

strongest probability, an inhabitant of the shores of Greenland north

of the glaciers of Melville Bay. Dr. Kane met with numerous traces

of it in Smith’s Sound; and his successor, Dr. Hayes, found at Chester

valley in the same inlet, among Eskimo kjoekkenmeeddings, the

skull of a Musk-Ox. Eskimo tradition describes the animal as at

one time common along the whole coast, and they, affirm that it is

yet occasionally to be met with. No longer ago than in the winter

of 1859 a hunter of Wolstenholme Sound, near a place called Oo-

meak, came upon two animals, and killed one of them *.

I think, therefore, that we may with some authority assume that

the Musk-Ox is not yet extinct in Greenland,

11. RanGrrer TARANDUS (Linn.), Baird.

Var. grenlandicus, Kerr (Linn. 1792, p. 297).

Grenl. Tukto (tootoo); ¢, Pangnek; 2, Kollauak.

I will not here enter into any discussion of the vexed question of

the identity of the European and American Reindeers, or whether

the Greenland Reindeer is specifically distinct from the American

species; suffice it to say that the heading of this note sufhi-

ciently expresses my views on the subject, after very excellent

opportunities of comparison and study, and that I consider the

Greenland Reindeer only a climatic variety of the European species.

I have, moreover, seen specimens of Reindeer horns from Greenland

which could not be distinguished from European, and vice versd.

On the whole, however, there is a slight variation, which may be

expressed by the trivial name to which I have referred at the com-

mencement of these remarks+.

It is found over the whole country, from north to south f, but not

nearly so plentiful as it used to be. Indeed it is fast on the de-

crease, on account of the unmerciful way in which it is slaughtered

by the natives for the skin alone, as is the buffalo in America. The

skins are a great article of commerce ; sometimes they sell in Copen-

hagen at from 3 to 7 rigsdaler (6s. 9d. to 15s. 9d.) each, accord-

ing to the quality. (The natives get in Greenland only 72 skillings

(1s. 6d.) for them). The yearly production used to be in the sum-

mer time from 10,000 to 20,000, but it is now on the decrease.

Dr. Hayes fed his party luxuriously on them all winter at Port

Foulke in Smith’s Sound, not many miles from where Kane’s

* Hayes’s Voyage towards the North Pole (1866), p. 390.

t Vide Murray, Edinb. New Philosophical Journal, Jan. and April, 1859 ;

Newton in Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864; Murray, Geog. Distrib. of Mammals, p. 150

et seg.; Baird, North Am. Mammals; 7d. U. 8. Pat. Office Rep. (Agric.) 1851

(1852), p. 105.

+ Rarer on the east coast (apparently).

1868.] MR. R. BROWN ON THE MAMMALS OF GREENLAND. 393

party starved a few years before. Behind Holsteensborg are valleys

full of Reindeer ; and I have heard tales of people climbing the hills

in that vicinity, and looking down into glens where the Reindeer

were so numerous that they might be supposed to be the herds of

a wealthy Laplander. Ten thousand skins were shipped from that

port some years ago. They are slaughtered indiscriminately by the

natives—these improvident people, in nine cases out of ten, leaving the

hides and flesh, and only taking the tongues. They are bad-enough

shots ; and the Danish traders supply them with powder at less than

prime cost (viz. 36 skillings, or 9d., per 1b.), with a view to increase

the produce of the hunt; but this ammunition is wasted in a most

reckless manner.

On the way to and from these hunts up the fjords (‘‘ the interior

country,” though really the natives know of no place off the coast

more than the Europeans do), with that savage desire to Ail every

living thing, ducks are shot and left lying, or, if they feel hungry,

they will tear off the titbits: a Ptarmigan will be shot sitting

on its eggs, and the ball cut out of its body to be again used in

this murderous sport. There is no necessity for it; for at this time

they are abundantly supplied with food, even to excess. It is, how-

ever, the season of sport and fun, looked forward to by the natives

much in the same light as we do to our grouse-shooting or deer-

stalking, and is about as profitable to all parties concerned. In

order to pursue this they leave the more lucrative Seal-fishery, and

neglect to lay in a winter’s supply of food; so that when the “ ban-

yan’”’ days come they bitterly regret their folly, and weary for the

bleached carcasses up the frozen fjords. Notwithstanding this, regu-

lurly as the season comes round they are off again to the shooting

from far and near, and repeat the same improvident course: nor, if

they like it, has anybody a right to complain. In all verity, enjoy-

ments few enough fall to the lot of these hyperborean hunters.

However, the effect of this indiscriminate slaughter is now being

felt in the decrease of the Reindeer in many parts where they were

once common. They are no longer found on Disco Island, as in

the days of Cranz and Fabricius. Indeed there are now very few

shot in mid-Greenland, and many of the natives are giving up the

hunt for them altogether. During the summer of 1867 only five

Reindeer were killed in the district of Ritenbenk (lat. 69° 45’ N.).

The yearly average had been about twenty or thirty; but the Go-

vernor informs me that in his opinion Reindeer-hunting-days are

nearly over in that section of the country. In the districts of

Jakobshavn, Clavshavn, and Christianshaab I did not learn that one

had been killed. At Clavshavn a few natives went out hunting,

but met with bad weather, and returned for good, having only seen

two animals altogether, and shot nothing.

In the southern portion of the country more are seen, not so much

on the coast as up the valleys by the fjords. It is in May or June

that most of the natives leave their winter houses, and go Reindeer-

hunting. When they do dry any meat, they cover it up in caches.

The dogs are not taken along with them. In old times, even making

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1868, No. XXIII.

354 MR. R. BROWN ON THE MAMMALS OF GREENLAND. [ May 28,

every allowance for exaggeration, the Reindeer seems to have been

very numerous. In the Icelandic ‘Sagas’ they are spoken of as

having been very numerous in the ister Bygd.

Four hundred years ago the natives seem by these accounts to

have hunted the Reindeer much in that section generally supposed

to be the site of the Gister Bygd (viz. Julianeshaab district). At the

present day they have left that district ; and it is now nearly sixty

years since any have been shot there. Latterly the hunting has

been better in Greenland (south). From 1840 to 1845 many were

got; and within the last few years they seem (if we might judge

by the produce of the hunt) to be on the increase. This, however,

is, doubtless, owing a good deal to the use of the rifle; but it is

very questionable whether this will not again decrease their numbers,

as it seems to have done elsewhere. Necessarily we have no better

data to go upon than that so many skins have been traded ; butif this

is to be received as evidence, more have been traded of late years.

When the hunting was at its best it was at the positions where the

country was broadest, or where the great mer de glace of the interior

was most distant from the coast, viz. Holsteensborg, Sukkertoppen,

Godthaab, and Fiskernazesset. Now there are very few killed at

the last-named place. Godthaab also yields few; but the Holsteens-

borg and Sukkertoppen natives have taken a good many of late.

At Holsteensborg (formerly mentioned as a favourite locality) the

hunting-ground is behind the large inlets, where the ice les far

back, and where land most free from ice has been found. The

Reindeer, living in very large herds, require always to be on the

look-out for an extensive feeding-range; and it has been observed

that they are going south, in the direction of Julianeshaab; and

individuals have been annually shot not far from Fredrikshaab. In

order to hunt the Reindeer, the natives go every year, in the month

of June, from the southern districts to the two northern districts in

the Southern Inspectorate, and return in September. A good

number are also shot in the winter time; and not unfrequently, in

very snowy winters, they have been known to come down close to

the settlements, and the natives have shot them standing in their

doorways. The story of the Reindeer going into the interior in

the winter is founded on erroneous notions of what the interior is.

They no doubt go a little way into the valleys; but as for going

into the interior, that is a physical impossibility ; for the interior

is merely one wide frozen waste, surrounded by a circlet of islands.

It is to the valleys of these islands that the Reindeer undoubtedly

retire; but nobody travels very far afield in Greenland during

the winter season, so that we have no means of arriving at a very

accurate confirmation of this supposition. Dr. Hayes’s people find-

ing them in such abundance at their winterquarters goes further to

prove this. One of his men described to me the party as going

over a little ridge, and finding the Deer as if in a preserve, like the

cattle in the pastures of his native Jutland: “we just shot them as

we wanted them” *.

* Vide also Hayes’s ‘ Open Polar Sea,’ passim.

1868.] MR. R. BROWN ON THE MAMMALS OF GREENLAND. = 355

Their food in Greenland consists chiefly of various species of L’m-

petrum, Vaccinium, Betula, &c.; and I can hardly think that the

traditional ‘ reindeer-moss”’ (C/adonia of various species) forms any

great portion of its subsistence, as that lichen is nowhere found in

Greenland in such quantity as to afford food for any animal *.

The Greenlanders have no idea of taming the animal; indeed its

use to them would be trifling, as it cannot travel well on ice, and

the difficulties of transporting supplies of food for it on their long

ice-journeys would be great. The Eskimo’s sledge-travelling is

almost wholly confined to the frozen surface of the sea in winter ;

and for this purpose dogs answer much better. The meat is very

good; and the natives eat the half-digested vegetable contents of

the stomach along with blubber as a choice delicacy. They prefer

to eat the flesh in a putrid state. It is, with the exception of

the breast, for the most part lean. Clothes and thread are made

from the skin and sinews. The latter is much sought after in

districts where there are no Reindeer. From the horn are made

all sorts of native implements; but commercially it is of no value

in Copenhagen. However, I think its importation ought to answer,

if brought to England, though to Denmark it will not pay the

freight.

A calculation has been made that from 1840-45 there were about

2500 persons living in the principal Reindeer district. Every

family of five persons, it was calculated, would use two skins &c.,

which would make 5000 for themselves ; and they sent home 11,500;

the total hunt was therefore calculated to be about 16,000 annu-

ally. This sum has been taken for a minimum ; for every hunter,

besides using the skins for clothes, not only for himself and family,

also used them for tents, partitions in houses, and for socks &c., so

that the number killed was in all likelihood much greater. Of late

years the skins traded by the natives have decreased one half. Be-

tween 1851 and 1855 there were annually shot 8500 Deer. It is

difficult to say how much meat has been consumed in that period ;

but every Deer may be put down at 80 lbs. of meat alone. This

makes the meat, between 1840 and 1845, amount to 1,280,000 lbs.

annually, and between 1851 and 1855 to 680,000 lbs.

The Reindeer is often shot in situations where it is impossible for

the hunter to carry the meat down, when it becomes a prey to wild

beasts and birds. The quantity of meat thus lost is enormous, in-

dependently of much more wastefully destroyed, as described in the

first portion of these notes. It is so great that, during the period

first referred to, fully one half was thrown away, and during the

last period a quarter. The tallow in a large Deer will weigh trom

8 to 12 lbs. ‘The tongues are first cut out, after the Reindeer is

killed. About 3000 to 4000 lbs. of Reindeer-horn must be used by

the natives in South Greenland. The trader at Holsteensborg has

* On the western shores of Davis’s Strait I have known them to come down

to feed upon the fuci exposed at low water, as do the cattle and red deer in

some places in the north of Scotland.

356 MR. R. BROWN ON THE MAMMALS OF GREENLAND. [May 28,

(or at least had a few years ago) more than 60,000 lbs. of it lying

on the ground in a heap *.

I have gone into the history of the Reindeer in Greenland at

some length, because I found that though the Reindeer in Lapland

is familiar to many, yet the animal in its wild state is much less

known, and I have seen most erroneous statements regarding its dis-

tribution in Greenland.

12. [Ovis aries, Linn.

Grenl. Saua.

At present it is only known in the district of Julianeshaab, to the

number of between twenty and thirty. It was already introduced

in Fabricius’s day. In the summer they feed in the valleys, and in

the winter are kept under shelter. They cannot, therefore (nor, in-

deed, can any of the colouist fauna), be said to be acclimatized.]

13. [Bos taurus, Linn,

Grenl. Umimak.

At present there are thirty or forty grazing about in the southern

valleys during the summer, and kept at stall in the winter. Some of

the more enterprising natives also keep a few cows. I was told by

the Danish residents that though there was quite enough grass

occasionally found round the settlements in the summer, even further

north, they could not be kept on account of the dogs. The old

Icelandic Sagas describe the Norsemen as keeping herds of cattle in

the valleys of Greenland up to the Middle Ages ; and I have no

doubt of the accuracy of the statement. The place where they

prosper best now is just on the site of one of these ancient colonies.

If they left any behind them when the colonies were exterminated by

the Eskimo, who about this period make their appearance in South

Greenland, they must have died out, or, more likely, were slaugh-

tered by the natives (if a people who, to all appearance, were only

wandering hordes who had now for the first time crossed Melville

Bay from the north, can be so styled); for when Greenland was

again visited by the Europeans no cattle were found. It is some-

what curious that the Greenlanders apply the Eskimo name of the

Musk-Ox to the domestic Ox, showing a recollection of the exist-

ence of the former in the land they came from, though it is no

longer a native of Greenland to the south of Cape York. |

14, [Capra aircus, Linn.

Greenl. Sauarsuk.

As far back as the days of Fabricius, the Goat had been intro-

duced into the southern settlements of Greenland, and was found

profitable ; they feed on the grass which springs about the old

* For many of the foregoing statements I am indebted to Dr. Rink, Royal

Inspector of South Greenland, whose work (Gronland Geographisk og Statistisk,

&e,) is the standard on all subjects connected with that country.

1868.] MR. R. BROWN ON THE MAMMALS OF GREENLAND. = 307

Eskimo camping-places in the summer, and are housed in the

winter. I am told that they will eat dried Arctic Salmon, if nothing

better is forthcoming. It is not kept north of Holsteensborg, as it

is found impossible to keep it where there are troops of savage

dogs; and it is accordingly only found about the settlements south

of that, to the number of about 100.]

5. On some of the doubtful or mythical Animals of Greenland.

Otto Fabricius used to spend his summers roaming about with

the Eskimo, until he had learned to manage a kayak and strike a

Seal with a skill which few Europeans can ever acquire. On one of

these excursions he found in “Sildefjord, north of the colony of

Fredrikshaab,”’ a piece of a skull, about which the natives told him

something ; and from what they related to him, and what he thought

himself, he entered no less than two species in the Greenland

fauna, ‘‘Trichechus manatus”’ (Rhytina gigas) and ‘ Phoca ursina”’

(Callorhinus ursinus), being, apparently, not certain to which it be-

longed. The Greenlanders called this animal duvek@jak, or Auike-

jak, and said it was like a Walrus and broke things easily to pieces.

He was sure that the piece of skull belonged to the first of these

animals; and again he repeats the same under the head of Phoca

ursina ; so that it is now difficult to arrive at any conclusion regard-

ing the species of animal to which it belonged. However, I think

there can be but one opinion, that neither the Sea-Bear nor the

Rhytina can be entered in the Greenland fauna on such fragmentary

evidence. The confused stories of the Greenlanders can give the

critic no great hold.

This piece of cranium is not now to be found in Fabricius’: Mu-

seum. In a posthumous zoological manuscript, entitled ‘ Zoolo-

giske Samlinger,” written in Copenhagen during the period between

1808 and 1814, and now preserved in the Royal Library, he has

again spoken about the duvek@jak (Bd. ii. p. 298, no. 286), and

has thus written about the skull he found in Greenland :—

‘¢The head which I found was full of holes, and looked like that

of a Walrus (no. 82), without tusks.”

There were many long small teeth in the head *; and if such was

the case, we cannot be wrong in saying that the animal was not a

Mammal. We have, however, no right, when we remember the

clear comprehensive style in which Fabricius wrote regarding the

Greenland fauna, however much we may be inclined, to say that the

whole was erroneous.

It is unfortunate that when Fabricius referred his Auvekajak to the

Sea-cow of Steller, he was not acquainted with that animal, and did

not know of the horn-plates; for, if he had, it is impossible that

he could have found a resemblance to it in the Auvekeejak. His words

regarding it are clear enough, so far as they go—‘‘ Rarissimum ani-

mal in mari Greenlandico, cujus solum cranium ex parte conservatum

cominune cum sequenti specie ab incolis dictum nomine Anvekse-

* Reinhardt, loc. cit. p. 6.

358 MR. R. BROWN ON THE MAMMALS OF GREENLAND. [ May 28,

jak, vidi, inque hoc dentes spurios tales confertim congestos quales

Steller” (wid. loc. cit. Adel.* § 189). Again, immediately under the

head of “Phoca ursina,” he says :—“ Greenl. AvveKasaK.—I}lam

esse animal quod sub nomine hocmemorant incolzenon est dubitandum.

Dicunt illud in Australiori Greenlandia, licet raro, dari quadrupes

pilosum, ferociter omne occurrens dilacerare, et si visum consumere :

ursi maritimi more terra marique degere, impetuosissime natare,

venatores valide intestare. Dentes ut amuleta contra ulcera, nec non

quodammodo ad instrumenta venatoria adhibentur.” There is an

evident uncertainty in Fabricius’s mind; and he has listened too

much to the idle fables of the natives (who have, as I shall presently

show, many of that nature) ; whatever it is, there can, I think, be

scarcely a doubt as to the exclusion of Trtchechus manatus and Phoca

ursina from the Greenland fauna ; nor can their place as yet be sup-

plied by any other species. Prof. Steenstrup thinks that it was a

portion of the skull of the Sea-wolf (Anarrhichas). The situation

of the teeth and the nature of this fish’s cellular skull well agree

with his description of the skull as ‘full of holes” (forhulrett).

Hr. Bolbroe, who understands the Eskimo language intimately, tells

me that the word means a “little Walrus,” and that in all probabi-

lity it was only the skull of a young Walrus, an animal not at all

familiar to Fabricius, as they are chiefly confined to one spot, and

the natives fear to go near that locality. Fabricius may have only

written the description from recollection; and memory, assisted by

preconceived notions, may have led him into error in the description

of the long teeth, which after all might, without great trouble, be

made to refer to the dentition of the young Walrus as described by

Macgillivray ¢ and Riippell§.

This opinion is strengthened by a passage in Fabricius’s account of

the Walrus, when he again is in doubt whether a certain animal is

the young of the Walrus or the Dugong, ‘‘ De varietate dentibus ex-

ertis brevioribus loquuntur incolee, quam minus recte (ut videtur) ad

Phocas referunt, si non pullus rosmari, an animal Dugong” (Buff.

205, 245, tab. lvi). So that, after all, perhaps the duvekejak was

only the young of the Walrus ; and this opinion I am on the whole

inclined to acquiesce in.

Fabricius enters, under the name of “ Mustela gulo, L.”’ (Gulo

borealis, Retz.), an animal which the natives talked about under the

name of Kappik. It was said to be found in south Greenland, among

high mountains, particularly besides streams, and was especially

fond of the hearts of Reindeer. He considered it to be the well-

known Wolverine, the Jezf of Scandinavia (Norse Arv, Erv, and

Jerv ; Swedish Jerf, Gerf; Finnish Kamppi and Kamppi-Karhu).

* Adelung: ‘ Geschichte der Schifffahrten und Versuche zur Entdeckung des

nordostlichen Weges nach Japan und China’ (Halle, 1768) is the book Fabri-

cius refers to. There is a wrong reference in F. G. to Adelung, viz. 189 for 148.

+ Reinhardt, loc. cit. p. 8.

Naturalists’ Library, (Mammalia) vol. vii. (vol. xiii. of series), p. 220.

MGillivray’s Edin. Journ. of Nat. Hist. and Physical Sciences, Aug. 1838,

p. 158; Hamilton in Nat. Lib. vol. viii, p. 102.

§ Bulletin Scien. Nat. vol. xvii. p. 280.

1868.] MR. R. BROWN ON THE MAMMALS OF GREENLAND. = 399

If so, it must be exceedingly rare, for since his time no one has been

able to obtain or hear of a specimen. We more than suspect, how-

ever, that here, as elsewhere, he was only reproducing in a zoological

dress the stories of the natives. So little was then known of the

zoology of the Arctic regions, that he might well be excused for en-

tering such animals in his fauna, there existing no reason why the

should not be found in Greenland. If Fabricius could have lived

to this day, he would have been the first to erase these from his list.

The reason why I think so is this:—Under the head of “ Ursus

luscus”’ he has inserted a very doubtful and problematical animal,

talked of long before his day, and equally so now, under the name

of “ Amarok” (“Ursus luscus, Eg.* 33, Cr. 99, ex descriptione

pellis ejus. Cf. Continuation. 287, ubi dicitur subfusca, forsitan

etiam veterum Hyzena Torf.§ 82”). This animal seems the same

as that which he indicated in his fanna under the name of “‘ Mustela

gulo.”’ He describes it as very fierce, corresponding in this respect

with the character of the Wolverine. Depending upon the natives

being in the habit of distinguishing animals by different names very

clearly, he considered that Amarok and Kappik were different ani-

mals. Neither of them he appears to know anything about. I found

the Greenlanders talking to this day about the Amarok all over

Greenland ; and wonderful stories they tell of its ferocity. It is the

terror of the Greenlanders, as Fabricius truly enough remarks;

everybody knew about it; but I could find nobody who had ever

seen it||. Graah {J found the natives of the east coast equally fami-

liar with the name of the Amarok; the name Kappik, however, was

unknown in north Greenland.

Finally I discovered a man in Claushavn who declared he had

seen the Amarok; it hunted in packs, he said; and this man made

no secret of his belief that it was only native dogs which had escaped

and returned to their wild state. In proof of this, he told me that,

as frequently happens during the annual Reindeer-hunting-season,

one of his dogs escaped and could not be captured again. Three

years after, one severe winter, when ‘‘looking”’ his fox-traps, he

found the identical dog captured, much subdued by hunger, but still

very fierce after living for so long a period out of the reach of the

merciless lash. It served its master for many a day after in harness.

This man described the. ‘‘ Amarok” as all grey. It has been sup-

posed to be the Wolf (Canis occidentalis albo-griseus), and to have

crossed over the ice in Smith’s Sound; but, from what I have said

about the Eskimo Dog, it will be apparent that to distinguish be-

tween a wild Dog and a Wolf is a matter of some difficulty. I

think, therefore, that you will agree with me that the Wolverine has

* Description of Greenland, Eng. transl.

+ History of Greenland, Eng. transl.

¢ Continuation of the above.

§ Greenlandia Antiqua.

|| Mr. Tegner informs me that one of the natives declares that in July 1867

he saw the marks of the foot of an Amarok at the head of the Tessiursak, an

inlet near Claushayn.

q Lib. cit. p. 90.

360 MR. R. BROWN ON THE MAMMALS OF GREENLAND. [ May 28,

no place in the Greenland fauna, and that the Kappik* and Amarok

must be regarded as synonyms of Canis familiaris, var. borealis,

tinctured with a deep hue of fable. Murray portrays the distri-

bution of the glutton (Gulo borealis) on both the east and west

coasts of Greenland up to nearly 67° N. lat.+; but if I am right in

excluding this animal from the Greenland fauna, this distribution is

erroneous.

Here I may remark, what must by this time be self-evident to

you, that the Greenlanders cannot be relied upon (independently of

the principle in the abstract) for the names of animals. They are

not the excellent cetologists we have always been led to suppose,

confounding as they do several animals under one name, as I shall

have occasion to notice at a future time when discussing the errors

which Fabricius was led into by trusting too much to their nomen-

clature, and which to this time have entangled the history of the

northern Cetacea in an almost pathless maze. Fabricius has noti-

fied in his Fauna many species of supposed Seals &c. under various

Eskimo names, but which he was unable to deciphert. Hr. Fleischer,

Colonibestyrer of Jakobshavn, has aided me in resolving these :—

1. Siguktok, “having a long snout and a body similar to Phoca

. grénlandica, perbaps P. ursina.” This is apparently some Eskimo

perversion, if they have been interpreted properly ; for I am assured

that it is only the name of the Eider Duck (Somateria mollissima).

2. Imab-ukullia, a Seal with a snow-white coat, ‘‘ the eye present-

ing a red iris, probably P. leporina,’”’ is a rare albino of the Netsik

(Pagomys fetidus). The meaning of the word is the Sea-hare.

3. Atarpiak or atarpek, “the smallest species of Seal, not ex-

ceeding the size of the hand, of a whitish colour, and a blackish spot

of the form of a half-moon on each side of the body.” This descrip-

tion does not correspond to the meaning of the word, which is “ the

Brown Seal.”” Hr. Fleischer thinks that it is only a myth, as is—

4. Kongesteriak, which has, ‘according to the description given

by the natives, some resemblance to the Sea-ape described by Mr.

Heller’’§. This is one of the northern myths. The natives say it

is a Bear which is so covered with an ice-coat that it never comes

on land, but is always in the water, &c. These myths, both in the

pseudo-Mammalia and in other groups, are endless ; but I have given

enough to show that no dependence can be placed on their idle su-

perstitious tales.

* Jansen in his ‘Elementarbog i Eskimoernes Sprog til brug for Europerne

ved Colonierne i Grénland’ (Kjébenhayn, 1862), p. 55, translates ‘‘ Kappik” as

‘“‘en Grevling.”

+ Op. cit. Map xxiv.

t Vide also Giesecke in his “ Greenland,” in Brewster's Edinburgh Encyclo-

pedia. This article, which is the only original one, as far as I know, ever

written upon Greenland in the English language, is a most trustworthy account,

for the time it was written. The author, however, copies Fabricius in all his

errors as well as excellencies.

§ I suppose Giesecke means Stel/er’s account of the ‘‘ Sea-ape,” vide Pennant,

Quadr. ii. p. 301 (Trichechus hydropithecus, Shaw, Zool. i. p. 247; Manatus simia,

Illig.; M.? hydropithecus, Fischer, &c.).

1868.| MR. R. BROWN ON THE MAMMALS OF GREENLAND. 3361

I may as well close these notes on supposititious or non-existent

animals by some remarks on other species, which though not mam-

mals, yet come fairly under the headings I have given to this section

of my paper. The Great Auk (Alcea impennis, Linn.), once so

common in Greenland, in the days of Egede, Cranz, and Fabricius,

as, indeed, it was in many other parts of the northern portion of

Europe and America, there can be little doubt is now quite extinct

in Greenland. I made every inquiry regarding it, but could learn

little or nothing about it. The natives about Disco Bay do not now

even recollect it by name, though when the old Eskimo name of it

(Isarokitsoc) was mentioned they immediately repeated it, and said,

“Ah! that means little wings!” Though the Royal Museum in

Copenhagen has offered large rewards for a specimen, hitherto their

efforts have been in vain. One of the stories I was told at Godhavn,

on Disco Island, if true, would afford some hope of its yet being

found :—Eight years ago (1859), on one of the little islets just out-

side of the harbour, in the winter time, a half-breed named Johannes

Propert (a nephew, by the way, of the well-known interpreter Carl

Petersen) shot a bird which he had never seen before, but which,

from description, could be no other than the Great Auk. He and

his companions ate it, and the dogs in his sledge got the refuse; so

that only one feather could afterwards be found. I know the man

well. He is rather an intelligent fellow, and was not likely to destroy

a bird of such rarity that he had never seen it before, when he knew

that it would command a price from the Governor. Moreover

Johannes bears the reputation of telling wonderful tales now and then.

He says that he saw two, but that one escaped among the rocks.

Mr. Frederick Hansen, Colonibestyrer (Governor) of Godhavn, has

offered a reward for it, and is very sanguine that he will yet obtain

a specimen of the Geirfugl*.

Depending on the native stories of a jumping animal found in the

sonthern part of Greenland, on grassy meadows, and called by them

Piglertok (“ the springer”), Fabricius thought that he recognized the

Common Frog, and has accordingly entered the Rana temporaria as

a member of the Greenland fauna. He, however, saw no specimens,

nor is such an animal known in Greenland, where there are no

species of Reptiles or Batrachians found. About the southern

portion of Disco Bay, the natives use the name as a sort of slang

title to the Misa (Phocena communis, Brookes), the Marsviin of

the Danes in Greenland+, from its tumbling or springing move-

ments while disporting itself. - Jansen { gives the word in the south

Greenland dialect as pisigsartut or pigdlertut, and translates it a

Grasshopper (greshopper).

* Swedish Garfogel, Norse and Icelandic Geirfugl and Goiful. It is also

called in Norse Stor-Ommer.

+ Called in Sweden Marsvin and Tumilare, in Finnish Merisika, and in

Norse Jse and Nise, from which, apparently, the Eskimo name Misa is derived,

as are not a few of the Greenland words, from their intercourse with the old

Norsemen prior to the Middle Ages. I suspect Piglertok, now the vulgar term,

was originally the native one.

t Lid. cit. p. 59.

362 MR. R. BROWN ON THE MAMMALS OF GREENLAND. [May 28,

I will not stop to inquire into their grosser myths, which, though

relating to animals, are yet only remotely connected with zoological

science, and wander away into the domains of mythology, interesting

enough, no doubt, but with which we as zoologists have but little to

do. For instance, as far back as the days of Fabricius, they used to

talk about men living away in the glens off from the coast. ‘They

tell tales’’ (fabulantur), he says, “ of other people living away among

the mountains, rarely seen by them, never by the Europeans, whom

they call Torngit or Tunnersoit, and even say that they have the

appearance, stature, and clothing of Europeans. If they speak truly,

which I am not in a position to deny, perhaps they are the remnants

of the former Icelandic colonists, who have fled in among the moun-

tains’’*. About Jakobshavn they still talk of these people, and I

collected many such stories. Some of these superstitions describe

the Torngit as little men; and I know a man who says he saw one

of these little men “‘ pop out of a hole and in again”’ most agilely,

and he tells a long story about it. Others describe them as tall

men; so that these are undoubtedly only traditions of the old Norse-

men. ‘During the Norse possession of the country, the population

appears to have got much amalgamated (as indeed we know, because

when Paul Egede came, there were many traces of the white stock ;

and to this day there come down from the east coast natives with

fair hair and blue eyes+) with the Icelandic adventurers who came

with red-haired Erik, and subsequently imbibed much of their su-

perstition. Indeed most of the best Eskimo traditions (as related

by Rink in his ‘ Eskimoiske Saga og Eventyrn) are of Scandinavian

parentage. Accordingly we find the old Norse tale of that fearful

Kraken} which drew stout ships down to the bottom of the sea, in

a Greenlandic version, still terrifying the squat seal-hunters who

gather round the blazing Kot/up during the long winter nights; but

I need say nothing further about it. It is one of the old ¢rols of

Scandinavia, familiar enough to all of us.

Still less will I stop to inquire regarding that ‘sea monster”’

which good Paul Egede saw, and Pastor Bing sketched ‘“ off our

colony in 64° north latitude” §.

I have said enough to show that, though there is yet much to be

done to the legitimate zoology of Greenland proper, there is sull

more to be done in what may be called the illegitimate zoology—

the history of zoological myths and errors.

* Fauna Greenl. p. 4.

+ A Moravian Missionary at Pamiadluk, near Cape Farewell, told Captain

Carl W. Neilsen (who told me) that, in 1850, a party of natives came to that

settlement from the east coast, and declared that it was two years since they had

left their homes. They were described as tall and fair-haired. Almost every

year some come down and permanently settle in the Danish colonies.

+ Kraken, Kraxen, Krabben, and Horven, vide Pontopiddan, Nat. Hist. of

Norway, vol. ii. p. 211; Ancker-Trold, Olaus, Wormius, Torfzeus, &e.

§ Lrb. cit. p. 86,

ere ae

“AOrl 183M.

WWM

YYXId 8981S Zd

——

Wik,

ir mn

CM. Bate lith.

1868.] MR.C. SPENCE BATE ON NEW FRESHWATER PRAWNS. 363

4. On a new Genus, with four new Species, of Freshwater

Prawns. By C. Spence Barn, F.R.S.

(Plates XXX. & XXXI.)

MACROBRACHIUM, gen. nov.

Carapace armed anteriorly with a vertically projecting rostrum.

Eyes with short peduncles, not concealed beneath the carapace.

Superior antennz having the first joimt of the peduncle caved

upon the upper surface; second and third joints cylindrical. Fla-

gella three-branched, the smallest branch united to the largest.

Inferior antenne furnished with a large scale; flagellum long

and slender.

_Mandibles having a molar and an incisive process, and furnished

with a triarticular appendage.

Gnathopoda pediform.

First pair of pereiopoda slender, about as long as the carapace,

didactyle ; second pair immensely developed (in the male), longer

than the entire length of the animal from the extremity of the ros-

trum to that of the telson.

Posterior three pairs simple, robust. Posterior pair of pleopoda

longer than the telson. Telson triangular, terminating in a single

point.

MacCROBRACHIUM AMERICANUM, Sp. nov. (Plate XXX.)

Carapace nearly half the length of the animal.

Rostrum short, armed above with eleven anteriorly projecting

dental processes, of which the last four are posterior to the orbital

margin of the carapace, and furnished with short, stiff hairs in the

depressions between the teeth ; below with three simple teeth. The

rostrum has the anterior portion depressed, the apex being slightly

elevated. Behind the margin, at the lower extremity of the orbit,

is a single, sharply pointed tooth, behind and below which is a

sharp spine or tooth that is surrounded at the base by a suture that

passes from it on the anterior side to the anterior margin of the

carapace.

Pleon deep, scarcely longer than the carapace.

Eyes globular. Superior antennze having the peduncle scarcely

longer than the rostrum ; first joint half the length of the peduncle,

inner surface flat, perpendicular, furnished with a single tooth near

the centre of the lower edge, superior surface concave (for the lodg-

ment of the eye); outer margin thinned out to a fine edge, fur-

nished with a sharp, anteriorly directed tooth near the centre, and

another at the distal extremity; the next two joints are short.

The smallest flagellum united to the largest for about one-fourth of

an inch from the base. Inferior antenne having the peduncle

about half the length of the superior. The large squamiform pro-

cess nearly half as long again as the rostrum, furnished with an ex-

ternal subapical tooth. Flagellum about as long as the second pair

364 MR.C. SPENCE BATE ON NEW FRESHWATER PRAWNS. [ May 28,

of pereiopoda. Mandible having the incisive margin tridentate, the

molar tubercle strong, prominent, and quadrate, and the triarticulate

appendage not longer than the incisive process. Gnathopoda sub-

equal, short, robust. First pair of pereiopoda slender, having the

carpus longer then the meros, and nearly four times as long as the

propodos, smooth. Second pair of pereiopoda half as long again

as the entire animal, having the carpus shorter than the meros, and

not half as long as the propodos; digital process turned inwards,

armed within the centre with a large dental tubercle; dactylus

meeting the digital process of the propodos at the extremity only,

and armed near the centre with a large dental tubercle. The entire

appendage covered with short spinous denticles, that are strongest

on the inner surface and thickest on the digital process of the pro-

podos, the dactylus, as well as the carpus, meros, and basal joints.

Last three pairs of pereiopoda robust, spinous along the surtace of

the carpus, propodos, and dactylus. Posterior pair of pleopoda

having the outer ramus biarticulate, the margins round and smooth.

Telson shorter than the posterior pair of pleopoda, furnished with

a fasciculus of hairs near the base, and two sublateral dorsal spines

beyond the centre.

This very interesting and, from its great size, valuable Prawn,

was obtained by Mr. Osbert Salvin from the Lake of Amatitlan,

whence a considerable number are procured and brought to the

markets in Guatemala. Its length, from the tip of the rostrum to

the extremity of the telson, is about 9 inches; and in diameter it is

about 5 inches. The length of the great claws is a feature that

must separate this from the genus Palemon, from which it is also

distinguished by its less slender and graceful proportions. The

colour of the specimen, as we have it dead, is of a brimstone-yellow,

longitudinally striped with dark blue along the dorsal surface and

on the sides of the pleon.

MACROBRACHIUM FORMOSENSE, sp. nov, (Plate XXXI. fig. 1.)

Carapace about one-third the length of the animal, having a

rostrum nearly half the length of the carapace, armed above with

eleven teeth, two of which are behind the orbital margin of the

carapace, and furnished with short, stiff hairs between the teeth.

Inferior margin smooth, fringed with short hairs. Behind the

margin of the lower angle of the orbit is a sharp anteriorly pointed

tooth, and obliquely behind and below is a second similar tooth.

First pair of antennz having the peduncle rather shorter than the

rostrum, the first joint of which is about half the length of the

peduncle, concave upon the upper surface, and furnished with a

sharp distal tooth on the distal outer angle, and a row of hairs along

the outer margin. The smallest branch of the flagella is united to

the largest for about one-tenth of an inch. Second pair of antennz

having the squamiform appendage reaching beyond the rostrum,

and armed subapically on the outer side with a short, sharp tooth.

First pair of pereiopoda slender, long, having the carpus longer

than the meros, and three times as long as the propodos. Second

1868.] MR.C. SPENCE BATE ON NEW FRESHWATER PRAWNS. 365

pair of pereiopoda half as long again as the animal, having the carpus

longer than the meros and as long as the propodos, excepting the

digital process; digital process curved slightly inwards, fringed

with a row of hairs, and furnished with two dental tubercles within

the centre. Dactylus curved; the apex crossing the extremity of

the digital process of the propodos, and impinging against it through

the entire length, fringed with a row of hairs and with a single tu-

bercle. The entire appendage covered with small, yellow, trans-

parent, spinous denticles. Last three pairs of pereiopoda mode-

rately robust, and furnished with numerous small denticles along

the inferior margin. Posterior pair of pleopoda roughened with

small spines, as also the telson, which carries a small fasciculus of

hairs near the base, and two small sublateral spines beyond the

middle.

The length of this species is about 4 inches. It has recently been

taken and brought home by Dr. Collingwood, who procured it from

the River Tamsuy, in the Island of Formosa.

MacrOBRACHIUM GANGETICUM, sp. nov. (The Chingra.)

This species appears closely to resemble the preceding. I only

know it through a drawing given to me by the late Colonel Hamilton

Smith, who obtained it from a friend at Patna, a distance of 250

miles from Calcutta, where it was used as food, and was known

under the name of “Chingra,’’ the Hindostanee, I believe of

“shrimp.” Its length is about 6 inches, and the colour a bluish grey.

MACROBRACHIUM LONGIDIGITUM, sp. nov. (Plate XXXI. fig. 2.)

Carapace, including rostrum, nearly half as long as the animal.

Rostrum about half as long as the carapace ; upper surface armed

with eight teeth, two only of which are behind the orbital margin.

The teeth are widely separated from each other, and a few hairs

are situated immediately anterior to each denticle. The lower mar-

gin armed with five teeth and a copious fringe of hair.

First pair of antennee having the peduncle one-third shorter than

the rostrum, the first joint of which is about half the length of the

peduncle, concave upon the upper surface, and armed with a sharp

distal tooth on the outer angle, and without conspicuous cilia along

the margin. The smallest branch of the flagella attached to the

largest for about one-fourth of an inch from the base. Second pair

of antennz as long as the animal, the peduncle being about half the

length of the peduncle of the upper pair. Squamiform appendage

not reaching to the extremity of the rostrum, and armed subapically

with a small, sharp tooth, that does not reach beyond the cilia that

thickly fringe the distal and internal margin.

First pair of pereiopoda long and slender, having the carpus longer

than the meros, and three times as long as the propodos. Second

pair of pereiopoda not quite as long as the animal, having the carpus

a little longer than the meros, and the propodos, inclusive of the

digital process, as long again as the carpus, the dactylus being half

the length of the propodos, being pointed and curved at the apex,

366 MR.C. SPENCE BATE ON NEW FRESHWATER PRAWNS. [May 28,

crossing when impinged against the curved margins of the digital

process of the propodos, the entire appendage being thickly studded

with small tubercles that appear generally to be ranged in longi-

tudinal rows, of which those on the inner and lower sides are con-

siderably the more prominent. Last three pairs of pereiopoda

moderately robust, and furnished on the posterior margin of the

propodos with a few equidistant solitary spines, and interspaced with

hairs. Posterior pair of pleopoda having the denticle of the ex-

ternal plate not produced beyond the margin of the distal articula-

tion. ‘Telson smooth, slightly compressed, furnished with a depres-

sion and small fasciculus of hairs near the base, and two sublateral

spines on each side beyond the middle.

The length of this species is about 5 inches. It has been in the

collection of the Plymouth Atheneum for many years; but no

habitat is recorded with it.

MacroprRaCHIUM AFRICANUM. (Plate XXXI. fig. 3.)

Carapace half the length of the animal, rostrum depressed ; apex

slightly elevated, surmounted by nine small teeth, of which the an-

terior are the smaller, and only the posterior one behind the orbital

arch; the interspaces furnished with short, stout cilia on the under-

side of the rostrum; near the apex are three small teeth; at the

inferior angle of the orbit is a small, sharp tooth, between which

and the infero-anterior angle of the carapace is a suture that passes

to a considerable depth into the carapace, but its limit is not defined

by a spine as is very generally the case in this genus. The superior

antennz have the peduncle nearly as long again as the rostrum,

having the first joint as long as the other two, concave upon the

upper surface, and produced into a strong spine upon the outer distal

extremity. The smallest flagellum united with the largest to about

one-eighth of an inch from the base. Inferior antennze one-fourth

longer than the animal ; squamous process internally distended near

the middle, receding towards the apex, which reaches nearly for one-

half its length beyond the peduncle of the superior antennee, and

subapically armed with a tooth on the upper and outer side. First

pair of pereiopoda are slender, and have the carpus longer than the

meros, and four or five times as long as the propodos. Second pair

of pereiopoda unequal, the right being considerably more long and

robust than the left; but otherwise they resemble each other. The

right leg as long as the animal, the left about one-third shorter ; car-

pus about half the length of the propodos, minus the digital process,

in the right, but nearly as long as the propodos in the left. Meros

longer than the carpus, and both right and left thickly covered with

sharp anteriorly directed spinous tubercles. Dactylus and digital

process long and slender, armed at the extremity with a distinct

spine, and along the inner margins with three corresponding tuber-

cles. Posterior three pairs of pereiopoda robust, and furnished

with numerous small spmes on the dactylus and posterior margin

of the propodos. Posterior pair of pleopoda having the articulation

of the outer plate waved, and the denticulated process continuous

1868.] MR. C. SPENCE BATE ON NEW FRESHWATER PRAWNS. 367

with the outer margin of the second articulate margin ciliated, ex-

tremity of both plates round. Telson smooth, laterally slightly

compressed ; near the base on the central dorsal surface is a depres-

sion occupied by a small tuft of hair, and beyond the middle, on

each side, are two short spines and a fasciculus of short hair.

Hab. Tambo River.

The near resemblance that these species bear to those of the

genus Palemon may induce some carcinologists to reconsider the

propriety of making these species a genus by themselves. I am not

aware that any structural distinction separates them from the genus

Palemon. There is, I think, however, in the enormous length of

the second pair of pereiopoda, when compared with the same ap-

pendage in Palemon, a strong primd facie evidence that a separate

generic distinction would form a very natural classification. I had,

I must admit, some doubts upon the question, and hesitated in my

opinion until I found that others, though closely allied in general

form, yet specifically distinct in character, enabled me to see that

the peculiarly distinguishing features that separated the species of

this genus from Palemon were sufficiently constant to warrant

the adoption of the new genus. The convenience of this arrange-

ment may also be seen in the peculiar and distinct habitat of

Macrobrachium, the whole of the speeies yet known being lacustrine

or fluviatile. I have only seen one or two specimens of each spe-

cies, and these are all males. The development of the chelopods

is so great in length that it must be difficult, if not impossible,

for the animal to reach its own mouth with them; so that they

can be of no use in feeding, for which purpose the first pair, being

shorter, are more efficient. I believe it probable, but have not been

informed, that in the females the chelopods are less monstrously

developed.

It is something very remarkable that these Prawns, all of them

so very large, living in freshwater lakes and rivers, in localities so

very distant from each other as Central America and Central India,

should bear so near a resemblance.

We are not aware that the same rivers or lakes have any other

species of Prawn ; and it would appear that the several species must

have come from one common origin ; for even the position and

number of the spines on the telson, as well as the fasciculus of hair

in the small depression at the base of the same, are common to all

the species.

Whether or not there is anything remarkable in the form of their

young or in the development of their larvee I know not. The fresh-

water Aséaci differ from their marine congeners in producing the

young in a more advanced stage of development ; but this appears

not to be a constaat law in freshwater Crustacea. In a small fresh-

water Prawn from the rivers of the island of Mauritius, that has

been sent to me by Dr. Power, the young undergoes a change of

form similar to that of the marine species.

I look upon the discovery of these edible Crustacea as being

368 MESSRS. MACDONALD AND BARRON | May 28,

among the most fortunate of recent carcinological observations.

Their great size would well adapt either of the species for culinary

purposes if any one could be induced to acclimatize the species to

our own lakes and streams. This appears to be the more easy in

regard to the species from America, since the Lake Amatitlan is at so

lofty an elevation as to be of a very low temperature. ;

DESCRIPTION OF PLATES XXX. & XXXI.

PiatTe XXX.

Macrobrachium americanum. c. Rostrum. 6. Superior antenne. c. Inferior

antenne. d. Mandible. . First pair of pereiopoda. v. Posterior pair of

pleopoda. z. telson.

Piate XXXI.

Big. 1. M. formosense. c. Scale of inferior antenne. v. Posterior pair of

pleopoda. z. Telson. ;

2. M. longidigitum. c. Scale of inferior antennz. v. Posterior pair of

pleopoda. z. Telson.

3. M. africanum. c. Scale of inferior antenne. v. Posterior pair of

pleopoda. z. Telson.

5. On a supposed new species of Galeocerdo from Southern

Seas. By J. D. Macponaxp, M.D., F.R.S., and Mr.

CuHares Barron, Curator of the Haslar Museum.

(Plate XXXII.)

The following observations on a species of Galeocerdo, from the

Australian coasts, are based on two jaws and a portion of skin pre-

served by F. M. Rayner, Esq., Staff-Surgeon, R.N., together with

notes and measurements made by him, and drawings made by Dr.

J. D. Macdonald, R.N., from the recent animal.

On reviewing the literature of the genus Galeocerdo it would ap-

pear that, comparatively, few specimens have actually been obtained

for scientific examination, as the great authorities on this group of

fishes, Miler and Henle, only mention two examples of the southern

Tope (G. tigrinus), and two of the northern (G@. arctieus), with seve-

ral jaws ; and the British-Museum Catalogue of the Chondropterygii

only includes one specimen of the former and three jaws of the

latter species.

When we compare the external characters of the two known

species, as given and depicted by Miiller and Henle, with those of

the present Shark, we find the proportions of the body and fins of

G. arcticus (Miller and Henle, pl. 24) to agree best with it; but in

the colour of the skin there is great difference, and the scales repre-

sented in the plate alluded to are approximated and slightly imbri-

cated, besides being relatively broader and more distinctly three-

keeled than those of our fish. Moreover, although the teeth figured

J.D .Macdonald, ad.nab. del

J.Smit lith

GALEOCERDO

———— A LAA

| MAN Hanhart imp

KERI.

by a 4

ett $4 Good

Sy eee

eee

1868. ] ON A SUPPOSED NEW GALEOCERDO. 369

by Miller and Henle (pl. 24), and by Prof. Owen (in his ‘Odon-

tography,’ pl. 28. fig. 9) of the northern Tope bear a general

resemblance to those of Mr. Rayner’s specimens, yet, on careful

comparison, the latter are found to be more delicately crenulated

towards their summits. In colour the southern Tope (G. tigri-

nus), figured by Miller and Henle in plate 23 of their work, has

something in common with our Shark, particularly in the form and

disposition of the markings; but in the general contour, and in the

proportion of the fins, there is much disagreement. This is especially

noticeable in the tail; for whereas in G. tigrinus the caudal fin,

measured from the tail-pits to its extremity, is more than a third

of the entire length of the fish, in Mr. Rayner’s Shark this mem-

ber is only a little more than a fourth of the extreme length, and

agrees better with the tail of G. arcticus as well in proportion as in

form.

The two Australian jaws collected by Mr. Rayner have been care-

fully compared with six entire jaws and a portion of a seventh, col-

lected in southern seas by different naval officers, who presented

them, at various times, to the Haslar Museum*; and they have been

found to agree in every particular.

With such evidence of the apparent frequency of this Shark,

and of its range in southern seas, one might be led to consider it

identical with the known southern Tope; but there are also distine-

tive characters which we think sufticient to afford good presumptive

evidence of the existence of a marked variety, if not a distinct spe-

cies ; and in honour of the gentleman whose labours have furnished

much material and many interesting facts relating to this group of

fishes, we wish to bestow on it the provisional name of Galeocerdo

rayneri.

Mr. Rayner’s notes, taken from the recent specimen, are here

transcribed :—

‘* Dimensions of a female fish taken in March 1858.

feet. in.

‘Schenoth toatwilenibe ., rads Ais ae dee's oes 6. 2

Length of tail-fim. 2.05... a8 Matec 2 34

Girth aks. Se orci ery a a A 3 82

** Head short, flat and inflated at the angles of the jaws; snout

short and rounded; nostril slit transversely, with a conical flap

attached to the inner side of the anterior border, and the external

* 1. Large entire jaw from St. Thomas, Virgin Island, presented by Francis

Cole, Esq., R.N.

2. Large entire jaw, locality unknown.

3. Large entire jaw, from the west coast of Australia.

4, Large entire jaw, from near Lord Howe's Island, presented by F, M.

Rayner, Esq., R.N.

5. Large entire jaw, locality unknown,

G. Entire jaw of smaller size, locality unknown.

7. Portion of jaw of large size, from the Pacific, presented by ~ Wood, Esq.,

R.N.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1868, No. XXIV.

370 ON A SUPPOSED NEW GALEOCERDO. [May 28,

opening exposed; the eye placed over the centre of the mouth,

small, round, with a round pupil, bronzed silver iris and large granu-

lar nictitating membrane. The mouth large, crescentic, near the

end of the snout, and with corner folds large above and small below.

Body short, thick, keeled on each side from behind the first dorsal

to beyond the tail-pits and along the dorsum between the two dorsal

fins. The fourth and fifth gill-slits are over the pectoral fin, the

last the smallest. The spiracles very small, linear and placed behind

the eye, nearly vertical to the corner fold of the mouth. All the

fins comparatively small ; the first dorsal fin nearly midway between

the pectoral and the ventral fins ; the second dorsal placed over, but

a little in advance of, the anal fin, which last has a deep notch on its

posterior border. The upper lobe of the tail is long and curved,

having a small lobule terminating in a fine point, with a notch

below; lower lobe nearly half as long as the upper one. A large

semilunar tail-pit above and below. The colour of the skin is of a

slaty hue on the back, marked with transverse bands, interspersed

with spots ; the belly white.”

The following descriptions we make from the series of seven jaws

now in the Haslar Museum, and the two Australian jaws preserved

by Mr. Rayner with the preparation of dry skin.

Teeth, upper jaw—one small central asymmetrical tooth, bending

to the left and similar in form to the side teeth, which are consi-

derably larger. In the lower jaw there is one small, central, nearly

symmetrical tooth, broad at the base, finely serrate at the sides,

giving off, at an acute angle, a denticle on each side, about half-

way up, and a central fang which comprises the upper half of the

tooth, and which, when seen with a lens, is found to be delicately

crenulated. With this exception the teeth are alike in both jaws,

and may be described as broad at the base, with a considerable con-

vexity behind, flatter in front, asymmetrical, springing up from the

anterior border with a backward curve to form a trenchant fang of

a spear-head shape, the posterior border of which only encroaches

upon half the width of the tooth; serrate on both sides, the serra-

tures becoming finer towards the summit, while those occupying the

hinder half of the tooth are larger and have fine secondary serra-

tions on their edges. About eleven teeth on each side in both jaws,

the last three, near the angles of the jaws, diminishing in size.

The colour of the dry skin is dingy grey with a certain amount of

warmth, which is probably due to exsiccation, and the spots are of a

still darker hue.

The scales are placed in quincuncial order with wide interspaces,

the base of each scale broad, three-rayed and gibbous in front, thus

representing the usually rhomboidal base of Shark’s scales, the upper

part shovel-shaped, somewhat reflexed at the edges, and with an

elevated central ridge bifid posteriorly.

We have considered it useful to subjoin a summary of the chief

results obtained by a comparison of the two Sharks, G. ¢igrinus and

G. rayneri, as respectively figured and described by Miller & Henle

and in the present paper.

Wie Ties a A

cr Te

Mae

ri. Sa

Secale OMe, SS’

AWA wh NZ a his Wlz, & Viz shy Vy

Cv Giiad i eed bed

M &N.Hanharb imp

1868.]

NOTES ON HEPTRANCHUS INDICUS.

371

Comparison of the two Sharks, with their points of difference.

Galeocerdo tigrinus as given in

Miller and Henle.

1. Frontal elevation of doubt-

ful character.

2. A hazel eye.

3. A warm brownish tint ex-

tending over the head and upper

surface of body and tail, with

oblique streaks extending to the

gill-openings and under the

throat.

4, Upper lobe of tail, from

tail-pit ** to extremity, over a

third of the whole length of the

fish.

5. Lower lobe of tail less than

one-third the length of the up-

pert.

Galeocerdo rayneri as figured

and described in the present

paper.

1, No frontal elevation.

2. Iris bronzed silver.

3. Head, upper surface of

back, tail, and fins bluish grey,

without oblique marks extending

to the gill-openings or under the

throat. No warm brown tint ob-

servable anywhere.

4, Upper lobe of tail, from

tail-pit to extremity, a little more

than one-fourth of the whole

length of the fish.

5. Lower lobe of tail nearly

half the length of the upper.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XXXII,

Fig. 1. Representation of the recent fish.

2. Portion of skin, magnified about 20 diameters.

3a. Upper jaw. 0. Lower-jaw teeth.

4. Inferior aspect of the head.

5, The nostril, with blunt triangular flap.

6. Notes on Heptranchus indicus, chiefly as regards Sexual

Characters. By J. D. Macvonatp, M.D., F.R.S., and

Mr. Cuartes Barron, of the Haslar Museum; with

Drawings from Nature by Dr. Macponatp.

(Plate XX XIII.)

The subjects of the present paper, male and female of Heptranchus

indicus, were taken by F. M. Rayner, Esq., Staff-Surgeon, R.N.,

in Bass’s Straits, in January 1858 ; and in addition to the beautifully

preserved jaws, portions of skin, &c., he made accurate notes of

all the principal characters, with the dimensions and colouring as

observed in the fresh state; and these remarks we transcribe in

extenso :— ;

The head flat, with minute spiracles placed behind the eye, near

the top of the head, and vertical to the corner fold of the mouth ;

* No inferior tail-pit is given in this figure, nor in that of G. areticus.

+ Though two notches are given near the extremity of the upper tail-lobe,

no distinct terminal lobe is represented.

372 MESSRS. MACDONALD AND BARRON [May 28,

the snout blunt and rounded ; the nostril crescentic and very near

the end of the snout ; the eye small, without a nictitating membrane,

having a round pupil and bronzed silver iris. The mouth convex,

with a wide gape and long corner fold. The seven gill-slits all in

front of the pectoral fin, of large size, decreasing posteriorly and ex-

tending low on the throat. The single dorsal fin situate intermediate

between the anal and ventral fins ; the pectoral fins large and broad;

the upper lobe of the tail very long, and notched on the underside

near its extremity, the lower lobe very short, witha small lobule. No

tail-pits. The colour of the upper parts of the skin in the male fish

brownish grey, with a few white spots interspersed among numerous

smaller black ones, sprinkled over the back and sides; the belly

clouded white. This description applies also to the female, except

that on it no white spots were observed.

The examination of the preparations of dried skin from specimens

of each sex shows that little need be added to Mr. Rayneyr’s descrip-

tion, save that the skin of the male, when viewed with the light

falling along it lengthwise, is plainly seen to be marked with nu-

nerous transverse zebra-like stripes, and it is also curious to observe

that the sites of the white spots, on the skin of the male, are marked

by a fewness of scales; and this character is in direct proportion to

the intensity of the spots, so that it is not improbable they may be

the result of disease.

Important and distinctive dental features are revealed by the

examination of the jaws of the two sexes of this species, and which,

so far as our investigations have gone, have been hitherto unnoticed,

though, when the two are seen together, the differences are at once

plain and striking. This can only be accounted for on the supposi-

tion that the two sexes have not been sufficiently compared together,

which is likely from the apparent paucity of the specimens, as

Miiller and Henle only mention one in Leyden and one in Paris, and

the British-Museum Catalogue only includes two stuffed specimens.

The figure given in Miller and Henle’s work, plate 32, is that of a

female, and the teeth there delineated give an exceedingly faint

notion of the characteristics of either sex ; the teeth of HZ. cinereus,

represented on plate 35, more nearly resemble those of the female of

this species.

Teeth of male :—Upper jaw, three central rather crowded symme-

trical teeth, somewhat quadrate at the base, with a strong and sharp

fang arising straight from the centre of each, the outer ones having

a small denticle on one or both sides, absent in the central tooth. The

side teeth are similar in shape, but broader at the base, with the central

fang directed towards the corner of the jaw, and a well-developed late-

rally directed denticle on each: side; the teeth also, as they recede

from the centre, have other little denticles appearing nearer the base,

and these amount to three on each border of the last fanged tooth.

Lower jaw—one central symmetrical tooth, flat and nearly quadrate at

the base, and crowned with six graduated denticles, diverging laterally,

three on each side, the side teeth larger, flat, subquadrate, and ver-

tically grooved below, crowned with graduated denticles, asymme-

1868. } ON HEPTRANCHUS INDICUS. 373

trical, four being usually turned towards the centre and six towards

the angle of the jaw. The teeth near the corners of the mouth, in both

jaws, are simply plates of small size and disposed in short series.

Teeth of female :—Upper jaw, a small central tooth with a more

or less median fang, flanked by another asymmetrical tooth on either

‘side, also with a single fang, but arising from the inner part of the

free border and having an outward direction. The side teeth are

similar in shape and (beside the principal fang, also directed

obliquely outwards) present smaller denticles externally, increasing

in number and distinctness as the teeth recede from the centre, but

all pointing horizontally outwards. The first side tooth presents

one denticle, the second and third two each, and the three last

fanged teeth three denticles, with a serrature on the inner side of

the base of the principal tooth. Lower jaw—one central symmetrical

tooth, flat and quadrate at the base, with about six denticles diver-

ging equally on each side. The side teeth subquadrate, flat, vertically

grooved below, slightly serrated on the anterior margin, and sur-

mounted with about six graduated denticles directed towards the

angle of the jaw. The teeth at the outer extremity of both jaws

are rudimentary plates, as in the former case.

DIAGNOSIS.

Male. Female.

Denticles diverging from an The principal fang and all

axial line or principal fang in — the denticles diverging from the

each tooth. centre line of the whole jaw.

The dimensions of the male fish, as given by Mr, Rayner, were

as follow :—

feet. in.

Extreme length ... «2... 6 e000 ones cee cs eee ee 5 9

RAMEN sone erties syatoted fin. ecm hela bets cileliciiche, *} 2.002, ate Lime a

And of the female, which was a much younger fish :—

Extreme length: ... 2...'..0 2) G)6 G0 eed cb ea ed cee 3 10

Length of tail ...... 0. cece ee eee eee eee ees 1 3

et lower lobe).te/de ahidwatt.. 6c les ss 0 4

Gem RRs eS FSS AN MATE nae coh a So i @

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XXXIII.

Fig. 1. Representation of recent male fish.

2a. Portion of skin with scales, magnified about 20 diameters. 4. Scales

seen in profile.

3a. Upper-, and 4. Lower-jaw teeth of male fish.

4a. Upper-, and 4. Lower-jaw teeth of female.

5. Head of female.

6. Inferior aspect of head, showing the extent of the gill-openings,

7. Nostril, with angular flap.

374 MR.T. G. PONTON ON CERTAIN [May 28,

7. A Review of some of the Species of the Genera Melo and

Cymba of Broderip. By Tuomas Granam Ponton, F.Z.S.

Mr. Reeve, in his monograph of these genera (which, while ac-

knowledging their undoubted generic value, he nevertheless unites

under the old name of Cymbium), describes seventeen species, nine

belonging to Melo, and eight to Cymdba.

Having lately had the opportunity of examining a number of

specimens of some of these, I propose to say a few words as to their

specific value.

MELO GEORGIN2, Gray.

This species was first described by Dr. Gray in the year 1833 ;

but in his subsequently published monograph of the Volutide he

considers that both it and J. ducalis (Lk.) are varieties of M.

diadema, Lk. Reeve, in his monograph of Cymbium, says he con-

siders this species to be undoubtedly distinct both from M. diadema

and M. ducalis, with which latter species he, however, unites J.

umbilicata, Broderip.

After a very careful examination of a considerable number of

specimens of M. ducalis, M. umbilicata, M. georgine, and M. dia-

dema, 1 cannot help thinking that Reeve is right in uniting WM.

umbilicata with M. ducalis; but, as regards both that species and

M. georgine, that he is wrong in separating them from each other

and from J. diadema.

I am quite unable to distinguish M. georgine from M. ducalis ;

they appear to me to pass into each other and into M. diadema by

a series of gradations.

First, with regard to M. georgine, it seems to me that the slight

differences in form and coloration which have been mainly relied on

for distinguishing them, when a number of specimens of both are

brought together, entirely lose their value. The deep-red hue and

linear markings which have been supposed to characterize JZ.

yeorgine do not, I find, really do so. I have seen more than one

specimen of I. ducalis which possessed the linear markings in com-

bination with the brilliant red-brown reticulations on the bright flesh-

coloured ground usually found in that form. The greater ventri-

cosity of form also of M. georgine I find to be very variable. Spe-

cimens of M. ducalis and M. georgine of equal length frequently

give equal measurements in breadth also.

Another reason for uniting species presenting such undoubted

intermediate forms is the similarity of habitat. For, to cite the

converse of a proposition recently laid down to define the limits of

a species, ‘‘ When two different forms are found in the same habitat,

and are connected together by intermediate forms, such forms can-

not be considered specifically distinct.” But, supposing that M.

georgine passes into M. ducalis, does that species merge into M.

diadema? Most undoubtedly I think it does, and that by inde-

finable gradations. One character not unfrequently relied on for

1868. ] SPECIES OF MELO AND CYMBA. 375

distinguishing them, viz. the greater immersion of the spire in M.

ducalis, I find to be quite fallacious. So variable, in fact, is the

more or less immersed state of the spire in what would be consi-

dered well-marked specimens of both forms, that I cannot regard it

in any other light than a purely individual peculiarity.

The difference of locality may doubtless be urged, in the case of

IM. diadema, as a reason for keeping it distinct; but although a

difference of locality, when joined with other marked peculiarities, is

no doubt a strong additional proof of specific distinctness, I do not

think that it of itself, in the absence of such other peculiarities,

tends to prove the specific value of any particular form.

Cympa Porcina, Lamarck,

This species has long been a bone of contention amongst concho-

logists, many taking the view that it is merely a variety of C.

proboscidalis, Lamarck, others as stoutly maintaining its specific

distinctness. Reeve admits its specific difference, but with some

hesitation.

Having examined between twenty and thirty examples of the two

species, ranging in length from 1} inch to 8 or 9 inches, all from

the same locality, I must say I have failed in making out a specific

difference in the two forms.

The number of the columellar plaits, which is a character much

relied on for distinguishing between the two forms, is not, I think,

by any means an infallible guide. I have seen an undoubted speci-

men of the prodoscidalis form with only two columellar plaits, and

others in which the fourth plait was scarcely appreciable. All the

specimens of C. porcina I have hitherto met with had three colu-

mellar plaits.

CyMBA NAVICULA, Gmelin.

I cannot distinguish specimens of this shell from some young

forms of C. neptunt, which are always mottled with white, except

by the number of the columellar plaits. The difference of number

in these plaits, which, as mentioned above, is occasionally a variable

character, appears in this instance, however, to be constant ; it may

therefore perhaps be better, taking this into account with other

slight peculiarities, to keep them distinct.

CymBa PATULA, Broderip.

Is this the young of C. neptuni, or a distinct species? asks Mr.

Reeve. From the specimens I have examined I am inclined to

think that it is certainly the latter. It appears to me to be more

nearly allied to C. olla, young specimens of which it closely resem-

bles, than to C. neptuni.

376 MR. P. L, SCLATER ON THE AUSTRALIAN CASsoWwARY. [June 1],

June 11, 1868.

Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

Mr. P. L. Sclater exhibited a very fine and perfect skin of the

Australian Cassowary (Casuarius australis), which had been trans-

mitted to him by Mr. Charles J. Scott of Queensland, and was be-

lieved to be the first example of this species that had reached Europe.

Mr. Sclater alluded to several former occasions on which notices

of this species had been brought before the Society*, and remarked

that its rediscovery in Australia was mainly due to the exertions of

the Messrs. Scott, who had so kindly interested themselves in the

matter, as already recorded in the Society’s ‘Proceedings’ (see

P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 557).

The present specimen of the Australian Cassowary had been shot

in the beginning of November last by Mr. Henry Stone, overseer to

Messrs. Scott Brothers and Co., at their station in the Vale of

Herbert, in the same scrub from which the specimen described by

Mr. Krefft in the Society’s ‘Proceedings’ for 1867 (p. 482) had

been procured. Along*with the specimen, Mr. Scott had forwarded

to Mr. Sclater a careful description of the head and naked parts of

the neck, which Mr. Sclater intended to place, along with the speci-

men, at the disposal of Mr. Gould, in order that the bird might be

properly illustrated in the Supplement to the Birds of Australia.

Mr. Sclater further remarked that some naturalists had been in-

clined to doubt whether the Casuarius australis would prove to be

really distinct from the well-known Casuarius galeatus of Ceram,

but that he believed that no one who had examined the present

specimen could any longer doubt upon the matter. Mr. Sclater

had not yet had an opportunity of making a careful comparison

between the two birds; but the following appeared to be noticeable

points of distinction between the two species :—

1, The different form of the vertical crest.

It would be observed that in the Australian bird the crest was of

a different shape from that of C. galeatus, rising much more erect

from the head and attaining a much greater development than even

in the largest examples of the latter species, of which there was at

the present moment a very fine specimen living in the Society’s

Gardens. In C. australis also the crest was extremely compressed

towards the edges, terminating in two thin lamine of horn united

in a medial line.

2. The thicker and stouter tarsi, and the greater development and

straightness of the elongated claw on the inner toe of C. australis.

3. In the fine cobalt-blue colour of the naked throat and front

part of the neck, the corresponding parts in C. galeatus being of

a dull purple.

The following were stated to be the dimensions of the present

specimen of C. australis, which appeared to indicate that the species

* Cf. P. Z. 8.1866, p. 557; 1867, pp. 241, 473, 482.

1868.] DR, A. GUNTHER ON THE BRITISH CLUPEX. 377

attained a much greater size than C, galeatus. Total length, from

the summit of the helmet to the end of the caudal feathers, about

72 in.; total height of the crest, from its base to the summit, 5°8 ;

distance from the gape to the end of the bill, in a straight line, 6°1;

length of tarsus 13°3; length of inner toe with the nail 6°3, nail of

do. 3°5; length of middle toe with the nail 7-0, outer do. with the

nail 4°5. The wing in C. australis was composed of four or five

strong barbless quills, and terminated, as in other species of the

genus, by a well-developed claw. The gular caruncle appeared

rather to resemble that of C. galeatus, being divided nearly down to

its base, and terminating in two flaps, which in the present speci-

men were of unequal length, one measuring 2°3, and the other 3:9,

from the junction. ‘These caruncles were sparingly covered with

hairs, which Mr. Sclater had not noticed in the case of the other

Cassowaries,

Dr. A. Giinther, F.R.S., made some observations on the various

species of Clupea found on the British coasts, which were stated to

be five in number, namely, the Herring (Clupea harengus), the

Spratt (C. sprattus), the Alice-Shad (C. alosa), the Twaite-Shad

(C. finta), and the Pilchard (C. pilehardus). Dr. Giinther showed,

by the exhibition of various specimens and diagrams, that the so-called

C. alba, or Whitebait, which had been considered by several authors

a distinct species, and by Prof. Valenciennes had been even ele-

vated into the rank of a distinct genus (Rogenia), was nothing more

than the young of the common Herring. Dr. Giinther likewise re-

ferred C. leachii of Yarrell to a well-developed variety of the Herring,

and considered the so-called Alosa squamo-pinnata of Couch (Brit.

Fish. iv. p. 123, t. 206) a hybrid between the Pilchard and one of

the two Shads.

Mr. Tegetmeier called the attention of the Society to the progress

recently made in Salmon-breeding at the Stormontfield ponds, on

the Tay. In November 1867, 350,000 eggs were spawned artifi-

cially and deposited in the ponds: of these 200,000 were hatched

this spring. The smolts of last and the previous year, which left for

the sea during May 1868, were very much larger than those of pre-

vious seasons—the fishes of one year old being as large as those of

two years’ age of previous seasons. This great increase of size was

evidently owing to the change which had been effected in their

dietary. Formerly the fish were fed during their smolt-conditiou on

boiled ox-liver rubbed down to coarse powder. Recently the aquatic

weeds in the ponds had become covered with Limnea peregra, on

which the fish had fed greedily, and to which the great increase of

size was undoubtedly to be attributed.

Mr. E. T. Higgins exhibited and made remarks on a skin of a

variety of the Puma (Felis concolor) from the southern part of

South America.

378 MR. W. H. FLOWER ON THE [June 11,

The following papers were read :—

1. On the Development and Succession of the Teeth in the

Armadillos (Dasypodide). By Wit11AmM Henry Fiower,

F.R.S. &c., Conservator of the Museum of the Royal

College of Surgeons.

With one exception, all writers on the dentition of the Arma-

dillos, whose works I have been able to consult, have either contented

themselves with describing the teeth found in full-grown specimens,

passing over in silence the question of their development and suc-

cession*, or have assigned these animals, with the rest of the Eden-

tata, to the section of mammals termed ‘ monophyodont,” or those

that generate a single set of teetht. The exception I allude to is

Professor Gervais, who, in his ‘ Histoire naturelle des Mammiféres’

(1855, vol. ii. p. 252), makes the following observation, accompa-

nied by a figure of the specimen described :—

“Leurs machoires, qui sont gréles et plus ou moins allongées,

sont toujours garnies de dents, mais ces dents varient pour la forme

et pour le nombre, suivant les différents genres. J’ai pu constater

leur mode de remplacement, dont aucun auteur n’avait encore parlé,

et qui difftre beaucoup de celui des autres Mammiftres. Dans le

Cachicame, le seul Tatou que j’aie encore observé sous ce rapport, les

molaires de lait, qui sont au nombre de sept en haut et en bas, sont

moins arrondies que celles de la seconde dentition, et leur racine

se dédouble en un chevron, dont les deux branches peuvent se sé-

parer l’une de l’autre par suite de l’usure de la partie coronale. Les

dents de remplacement poussent immédiatement au-dessous de celles

de lait, qu’elles chassent comme des coins, en se plagant entre les

deux branches de leur racine. C’est un mode de remplacement bien

plus semblable 4 celui des Crocodiles qu’ celui des Mammiféres

hétérodontes.”’

As this observation has an important bearing upon the general

principles laid down in all attempts to reduce the laws of the

succession of mammalian teeth to a symmetrical and harmonious

system, and has hitherto received very little, if any, attention from

subsequent writers, I thought it desirable to investigate the subject

afresh, and, if possible, set at rest any doubts which might exist

regarding it.

Fortunately, I have been able to examine the early dentition of a

sufficient number of animals, of the same species as that referred to

by Professor Gervais, the common Nine-banded Armadillo (Tatusta

peba, Desm.), fully to confirm his observation, and to supply some

further details towards the completion of our knowledge of the suc-

cessive stages of the process of dental development in this animal.

* Rapp, in his well-known monograph on the Edentata (1845), says, ‘‘ Ueber

einen Zahnwechsel ist mir bei den Hdentaten nichts bekannt” (p. 52).

+t Owen, Cyclop. of Anat. and Phys. (art. Teeth) vol, iy, p. 901; Anat. of

Vertebrates, vol. ii. p. 278 (1866).

1868. | DENTITION OF THE ARMADILLOS. 379

I will describe the specimens examined in the order of their re-

spective ages. The first three are preserved in spirit in the Museum

of the Royal College of Surgeons; the fourth is a skeleton in the

British Museum.

1. Ina feetal specimen, of which the head was 1''-6, the body 3",

and the tail 2'-7 long, there was no appearance of teeth above the

gums ; on each side of the mandible and of the corresponding part of

the maxilla were the germs of seven teeth, each consisting of a soft

papilla, enclosed in a round follicle. On stripping up the mucous

membrane covering the edge of the jaw, they all came away attached

to it, leaving the dental groove, with seven distinct alveolar depres-

sions, quite clean. They were all in nearly the same stage of deve-

lopment; but those in the middle were rather larger than those at

either extremity of the series. The length of the row of teeth

above and below was almost exactly the same, viz. 0!"32.

2. In the next specimen the head was 23", the body 6", and the

tail 64" long. In the upper jaw, on each side, the apices of five teeth

were just appearing above the mucous membrane; beneath the

membrane, behind these, were the calcified germs of two others,

making seven in all. They were all mere caps of calcareous matter,

widely open below, their height scarcely exceeding their width at

the base; the apices were rounded, the first simple and com-

pressed, the second slightly wider but also simple, all the others

double the width of the first, and divided by a longitudinal groove

into an inner and an outer cusp, of which the inner was rather the

larger. The entire tooth-row was 0!':55 long.

The lower jaw had also seven teeth on each side in a corresponding

state of development—the first very small and single-pointed, all the

others with a bicuspid apex, the inner cusp being higher and more

pointed than the outer. On the left side, 0'':1 in front of the first of

these teeth, was a minute calcified tooth scarcely larger than a blunt

pin’s point. I could not find one corresponding to it on the other

side, or in the upper jaw, or in any of the other specimens examined ;

so its presence may have been an individual peculiarity. The other

teeth were all in close apposition to one another.

3. In the third animal the head was 33", the body 8", and the

tail 10! long. In the upper jaw there were seven teeth on each side,

the points of all of which had cut the gum, but were quite unworn ;

and there was a minute uncalcified germ of the eighth in a distinct

alveolar socket close behind the seventh. All, except the much com-

pressed first had bilobed crowns (the divisions being not very distinct

in the second). In the teeth about the middle of the series, which

were the largest, the calcified portion was 0''15 long, quite simple,

open, but rather contracted at the base. The tooth-line was 0!'"75

long. The lower jaw showed a precisely corresponding condition.

Rather below the middle of the inner wall of the alveolar cavities, most

conspicuous in the lower jaw, were distinct little pits filled with a soft

substance. These, as shown by the examination of the next speci-

men, were the germs of the second or permanent teeth.

580 ON THE DENTITION OF THE ARMADILLOS. [June 1],

4. Ina skull (No. 9118, Brit. Mus.) rather smaller though more

mature than the last, the seven milk-teeth described in the last spe-

cimen are in place and much worn at their summits ; there is also a

small cylindrical posterior or eighth tooth in each side of each jaw.

Of the milk-teeth, the first is the smallest, being much compressed,

the second is rather broader, the remainder considerably broader and

nearly equal. The upper ones are pointed, being bevelled in front

and behind. ‘he lower ones are worn mostly on the outside, and

have a much more acute apex than the upper ones. The fangs of all

are closed at the base, and more or less hollowed by absorption on

the inner side, this absorption proceeding sometimes so far as to

give a two-rooted appearance to the tooth. At the bottom of each

alveolus (as is easily seen when the milk-tooth is removed), and at its

inner side (in both jaws), is a distinct recess, in which lis the cal-

cified conical apex of the germ of the permanent tooth, the outer

surface of which lies against the hollowed part of the root of the

milk-tooth. These germs are all of nearly equal development.

The length of the longest upper milk-tooth, from apex to base, is

0-22, of the longest lower one 0'':25. The length of the tooth-line

in each jawis 0!-7, The milk-teeth are slightly smaller than those of

the adult, but otherwise differ very little from them in appearance.

They have, however, the important difference of the closure of the

base of the fang, causing arrest of growth. The eighth tooth ap-

pears to have no predecessor, and consequently is the only true

molar.

Professor Gervais’s observation supplies the next stage; judging

from the size of his figure, the animal must attain almost to the dimen-

sions of the adult before the milk-teeth are finally shed. The ap-

pearance of double roots which he describes is due only to the

absorption of the middle part of the fang, in consequence of the

pressure of the growing permanent tooth, which, as in other Mam-

malia, is placed, in the early stages of growth, not immediately below,

but to the inner side of the milk-tooth.

A striking exception has thus been shown to a widely accepted

generalization. The question naturally arises, Is this really the only

exception, and is the generalization itself a sound one? It is most

desirable that the teeth of other species of Armadillo should be

examined ; but it is a singular circumstance that so insufficient are

our public zoological collections, that I have not yet been able to

find a single example of the right age to throw any light on this

question. All available specimens are either too old or too young.

With the exception of the one species above described, all state-

ments in reference to the succession of the teeth of these animals

appear to rest upon no sufficient basis of observation.

1868.] MR. EF. P, RAMSAY ON BIRDS FROM QUEENSLAND. 381

2. Oncertain New and Rare Species of Birds found at Rock-

ingham Bay, Queensland. By E. P. Ramsay, C.M.ZS.

As some of my scientific friends are doubtless aware, I despatched

Mr. E. Spalding, an experienced collector, to Rockingham Bay

during October 1867, with instructions to procure as complete a

collection as possible of all north-country species found in that and

the surrounding districts, and particularly to obtain all the infor-

mation he could respecting the Australian Cassowary (Caswarius

australis).

The following, then, is a list of the most interesting species found

in this locality, and descriptions of such of them as I deem to be new.

1. HALIASTUR LEUCOSTERNUS.

This species is common as far south as Port Denison; and a few

stragglers have wandered down to the Richmond and Clarence River-

heads, New South Wales.

2. ASTUR, sp.

Agrees with Mr. Gould’s description of 4. erwentus, but has no

rufous collar. This specimen was accompanied by a young bird, just

able to fly, and which coincides with 4. approximans exactly. Total

length 20 inches; wing from flexure 11, tail 9.

3. ASTUR APPROXIMANS.

The above mentioned young bird. There is no difference between

the West-Australian and the New-South-Wales individuals of this

bird.

4. AstuR (@), sp. nov.

Two specimens shot, both alike. Total length (of skin) 20 inches.

Whole of the upper surface dull slaty brown, lower part of hind

neck brown. Wings above slaty brown; underneath white, except

the tips of the quill-feathers, which are slaty grey; the basal por-

tion of the inner webs of the secondaries and tertiaries barred with

greyish brown to within one-third of the width of their inner

margin; edges of the wings barred with brown at the base of the

primaries. Sides of the head and neck slaty brown, the feathers on

these parts being white barred and margined with slaty brown.

Whole of the under surface white; the throat, neck, chest, breast,

and flanks crossed with wavy bars of brown, broader and inclining

to arrow-shaped markings on the breast and flanks. Upper tail-

coverts and tail barred with blackish brown; underside of tail-fea-

thers light slate-grey, the bars distinctly showing through on all

but the two centre feathers; inner webs of all lighter, becoming

white at the base. Bill jet-black, yellow at the base; cere, legs,

and feet yellow, claws black ; irides deep orange.

Total length 20 inches; wing from flexure 11-2, tail 8°4; bill,

from angle of mouth 1°3, from the forehead along culmen to tip 1°6,

382 MR. E. P. RAMSAY ON BIRDS FROM QUEENSLAND. [Junell,

from cere along culmen to tip 1, height at base 0-9, width 1-2 (on

lower edge of upper mandible); lower mandible from angle of

mouth 1:25, width at base 0°5; height of upper mandible from tooth

to cere 0°6, its width at tooth 0°4; length of the head and bill 2°8,

width 1°6, tarsi 3°2; first toe 1°2, its claw 1°3; middle toe 2 in.,

its claw 1 lin.; third toe 1°3, its claw 0°8; hind toe 1 inch, its

claw 1:4; ditto from base to tip in a straight line Il, along the

curve 1°4, its circumference at base 0°6, height 0°25, width 0:2; all

the claws are much arched, thick and strong; tarsi thick and very

powerful.

Although this bird is in many respects like what one would ex-

pect to find the young of Astur nove-hollandie (alias A. rayit), I

believe it to be of a distinct species. It is true, and, I suppose, well

known, that the individuals of this latter species differ greatly in

size, and, as many will not admit, in the colouring of the females. As

regards this last fact I have instances of grey-backed females pairing

with wholly white males; and if the New-South-Wales birds are

really distinct from the Tasmanian, it will be in the fact that the

females of the New-South-Wales birds are frequently grey-backed,

while the Tasmanian birds are never so. A very intelligent col-

lector, from whom I have had some valuable specimens of eggs,

Braisher by name, told me, a few days ago, that a pair of this species

had taken up their abode near his farm, in the Illawarra district,

and that he felt sure of getting a reward I had offered for their eggs.

Upon my asking how he knew that they were a pair, he replied,

that one of them had a “blue” (grey) back. Nothing that I could

say would persuade him to the contrary ; and he affirmed that he had

shot scores of them. During the breeding-season, Rainbird, a col-

lector at Port Denison, sent me down a pair, of which that

marked the female has the back grey. On questioning Rainbird,

he informed me these had mated, and, he felt sure, had a nest

hard by.

Nevertheless I shall wait until I have obtained the young from

the nest before I consider the points fully settled, both with respect

to the Astur rayii and A. nove-hollandie being one species, and

whether the bird I have described above be their young or that of

a new species. At present I consider it to be new on account of its

strong markings, greater size, and much stronger build, besides

having the upper surface brown instead of a shade of grey. It is,

moreover, a heavier-built bird, inclining to As¢ur rather than to

Leucospiza.

5. ELANUS AXILLARIS.

The young of this species have the upper surface dull brown,

wings and tail blue grey, shoulders black, and the feathers of the

breast centred with a black line, which ends in a yellowish spot at

the tip.

6. PoparGus, n. sp.

From Cleveland Bay.

1868.] MR. E. P. RAMSAY ON BIRDS FROM QUEENSLAND. 383

7. PODARGUS, n. sp.

From Rockingham Bay, thirty-five miles inland.

Although at present I feel convinced that both these species are

new, I do not feel equal to the task of describing them until I have

compared them with those in the fine collection of the Australian

Museum.

8. PoDARGUS PAPUENSIS.

Only one specimen obtained.

9. CAPRIMULGUS MACROURUS.

10. ALCYONE PUSILLA.

Length of bill from augle of mouth 1°3 inches, from the forehead

1; wing from flexure 2, tail 0°8, tarsi 0°25. Bill black ; legs and

feet greenish-grey. Total length 4:3.

11. TANYSIPTERA SYLVIA.

The furthest south that this bird has been found, I believe, is Port

Denison. The females differ from the males in having the two

centre tail-feathers shorter, and their outer webs margined (rather

broadly at the base, and gradually becoming narrower) with blue to

within an inch of their tips; shafts black above, white underneath ;

the feathers on the rump of many specimens are also margined with

blue.

12. ARTAMUS ALBIVENTRIS.

Bill deep blue at base, separated from the black of its tip by a

triangular whitish-blue oblique mark ; some are without this mark—

the base being waxy blue, and the tip black. Total length 6-6 to

6:9; wings 4:4 to 4°8; tail 2°7 to 3; bill, from angle of the mouth

0°8 to 0°9, from forehead 0°7 to 0°75.

13. CractTicus Quoyil.

A rare and shy species, found among the mangroves.

14, PrrzoRHYNCHUS NITIDUS.

Tolerably abundant in brushes near the bay.

15. OPHRYZONE KAUPI.

Arses kaupi, auct.

One pair of this very interesting and rare Flycatcher were all

that were seen; they were obtained on the edge of a dense brush,

some thirty-five miles inland.

In habits and actions this pretty species closely resembles the

species of Monarcha; they are lively and active, like the Rhzpidura

albiscapa, but do not fan the tail like that species.

One peculiarity which seems to have escaped Mr. Gould’s seru-

tiny is the enlargement of the eyelid into a narrow flat rim, erenu-

lated on its outer margin. This rim, which is 3; inch in width,

384 MR.E. P. RAMSAY ON BIRDS FROM QUEENSLAND. [June ll,

and encircles the whole of the eye, is of a bright indigo-blue in the

living bird, and gives it a very curious and remarkable appearance ;

this fact, added to the unproportionably long hind toe and nail,

may, in some degree, help to decide to which genus the bird really

belongs, or form sufficient grounds for the foundation of a new

genus. If such be deemed the case, I beg to propose the generic

term Ophryzone, on account of these peculiarities.

In one of my specimens, said to be the male, the chin is white,

while in the female it is black ; the upper tail-coverts are black, and

the under white, in both sexes. The female, perhaps a young bird,

has the feathers of the white collar tipped with black, and is only

faintly marked with white on the lower part of the back and rump.

In this specimen the black of the ear-coverts is joined with the band

on the breast at the shoulders.

16. MAcH#RIRHYNCHUS FLAVIVENTER.

Spalding was fortunate enough to obtain three specimens of this

beautiful bird—a pair of adults and their yoang one. The female

differs only in having the under surface paler, the back olive-brown,

and the throat and under wing-coverts white. The young is similar

in plumage to the adults; but in it the yellow markings are almost

white.

Male and female. Total length 5 inches; bill from the angle of

the mouth 0:8, from forehead 0°65, breadth 0°35, height 0°15;

wing 2°3; tail 2:15; tarsi 0°5.

This species frequents the densest parts of the brushes. The

specimens were obtained thirty-five miles inland, and were the only

individuals seen, although the place was frequently revisited.

17. Pa@ciLoDRYAS SUPERCILIOSA.

Found tolerably plentiful as far south as Cleveland Bay. I have

also received specimens from Port Denison.

18. EopsSALTRIA AUSTRALIS.

The specimens of the yellow-breasted Robins obtained at Rock-

ingham Bay differ slightly from the FZ. australis of New South

Wales in the browner tint of the upper surface, in the deeper yellow

of the breast, upper tail-coverts, and rump, and in having a longer

and much stouter bill, and are probably of a distinct species.

Specimen from Dobroyde,

Specimen from Rockingham Bay. Wow South Wales.

Bill, from angle of the mouth 0°75 in. 0°65 in.

Bill, from forehead........ 0°65 0°55

Bill, width at base........ 0°25 0:2

Bill, height at base........ 0-2 0-15

Wing, from flexure........ 3°3 3°05

Fail, 5. ...d5s meee eee 2°6 2°4

Parsi eee ere at ote 0°8 0°75

One specimen from Rockingham Bay has the inner webs of the

1868.] MR. £. P. RAMSAY ON BIRDS FROM QUEENSLAND, 385

outer two tail-feathers margined with white. This is said to be a

female, and is slightly smaller in size. I scarcely consider these

differences sufficient for the foundation of a new species, notwith-

standing many have been founded upon less, but for the present

will defer the matter until I have obtained other specimens from

the same locality.

19. CisTICOLA RUFICEPS.

During the last two years I have been getting together a series of

this species for comparison, from all parts of Australia. It ranges

from Cape York to Adelaide, South Australia. The young males

resemble the females in having the head and all the upper surface

striated black and rufous buff. Adult males, with rufous head and

rump, are frequently found with half-grown wings and tails: this

is one theory. Another is, that Mr. Gould’s C. ruficeps is the young

of C. ewilis or C. isura; and with this I am at present most inclined

to agree. My specimens throw no light on the subject, save that I

have no examples of the rufous-headed and rumped birds with long,

or fully grown tails, while I have specimens of the same with short

tails and a few striated feathers on the crown. I believe C. ruficeps

of Mr. Gould to be the young, and perhaps the young male alone of

the striated birds, which may be either Cisticola ewilis, C. isura, or

C. lineocapilla, Mr. Gould’s descriptions (?) of each being referable

to the striated females of C. ruficeps.

The size of Cisticola ruficeps varies according to the age of the

bird, the young ones with short tails being only 2 inches, the stri-

ated adults 4:7 (including their long tail), rufous-headed males 4°5

inches ; so that no specific value can be placed on measurements of

the tails. The wings differ by 1; inch, and the bills by y> inch.

The nest of C. ruficeps is a neat, round, cup-shaped structure,

composed of grass, hair, interwoven with cobweb, and half sus-

pended by the branches and stems of grass and weeds amongst

which it is placed. The eggs are three in number, light blue

blotched and dotted with dull reddish brown.

20. CHLAMYDODERA NUCHALIS.

21. Mimera FLAVOCINCTA.

22. SPHECOTHERES FLAVIVENTRIS.

23. CALORNIS METALLICA.

24. GLICIPHILA SUBFASCIATA, Sp. Nov.

Female. Total length 4°8 inches; bill, from the angle of the

mouth 0-6, from forehead 0°5, width at base 0°2, across nostrils

0-1; wing, from flexure 2°5; tail 2; tarsi 0°65.

The whole of the upper surface, sides of the head, and neck glossy

brown, a short oblique stripe under the eye white, feathers on the

crown of the head centred with dark brown. The whole of the

under surface and the extreme tips of the ear-coverts silvery white.

The chest faintly barred with lines of brown, which join the sides

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1868, No. XXV.

386 MR. E. P. RAMSAY ON BIRDS FROM QUEENSLAND. [June 11,

of the neck above the shoulders; flanks and under coverts of wings

tinged with brown, under surface of the wing dark brown, the inner

margins of the feathers whitish brown; bill and legs reddish horn-

brown.

An egg taken from the oviduct is white, thinly dotted with black,

0:75 in length by 0°5 inch in breadth.

25. PrtLoTIS VERSICOLOR ?

Young in half plumage; beautifully mottled, on both under and

upper surface, with triangular markings of black and yellow.

26. ORTHONYX SPALDINGI, sp. nov.

Male. The whole of the head, cheeks, and ear-coverts, the sides

of the head, sides and back of the neck, the sides of the chest, and

the shoulders jet-black. Wings above brownish black, the feathers

broadly margined with dark brown ; primaries and outer webs of the

secondaries brown, lighter on the outer webs of the primaries.

Chin, throat, chest, and centre of breast, as far as the abdomen,

white; sides of the breast, flanks, upper and under tail-coverts,

rump, and back olive-brown; base of the feathers and abdomen

dull slaty brown; the tail, lower part of hind neck, and between the

shoulders blackish brown; bill black; eyelid flesh-white; irides

blackish brown ; legs and feet brownish black. The tail is long and

pointed, two outer feathers one-fourth less than the centre ones, the

shafts of which are black, and much curved downwards, but not so

much worn into spines as in the remainder of the feathers.

Total length (of skin) 11 inches; wing, from flexure 5:2; tail

5 inches ; tarsi 1°9; bill, from angle of mouth 1 in., from forehead

0:9, its width at base 0°4, height 0:4.

The female differs from the male in having the olive-brown tinge

on the upper and under parts of a reddish-brown tint, and in having

the centre of the chin, throat, and chest rich deep rust-red, from

which a triangular patch of white descends, lessening in width,

over the breast to the abdomen; the rest of the plumage as in the

male ; bill black, irides blackish brown, eyelid flesh-white.

Total length (of skin) 5°5 inches; tail 4*1; wing, from flexure

4°5; bill, from angle of mouth 0:9, from forehead 0°85, height 0°3,

width 0°3; tarsi 1*8. Legs and feet blackish brown.

Remarks.—This fine species was obtained in a dense brush about

thirty-five miles inland, and is a valuable addition to our avifauna,

being the second species of this anomalous genus (Orthonyx). Its

much greater size and jet-black plumage at once distinguish it from

Orthonyx spinicaudus of the New-South-Wales brushes, to which,

however, it closely assimilates in habits and actions, frequenting the

thickest parts of the scrubs, and obtaining its food by scratching

among the fallen leaves and dééris.

I beg to propose the specific name of spaldingi for this new

species, after its discoverer, who has worked hard in the ornitho-

logical line for many years, and added to my collection many va-

luable and rare birds.

1868.] MR. E, P. RAMSAY ON BIRDS FROM QUEENSLAND. 387

27. SITTELLA LEUCOPTERA.

Of this species I received only two specimens, which I suppose

must be young females. They have the whole of the head, neck,

and throat black; chest and remainder of the upper surface silky

white, with a black stripe down the centre of each feather.

28. GEOPELIA PLACIDA.

Whether this species be considered a variety of G. tranquilla does

not much signify ; suffice to say that there is not the slightest dif-

ference of plumage between these two birds. The following are the

admeasurements of both:—

Geopelia tranquilla, from New South Wales.

PROCRU NEMO EC yo code on e+e os 6s on OY RGED 7°9 inches.

BETH areas pag Ros AE RING OR, STC TS Ge 3°85

RL otek nil eee aoa ae 4°

ALN ETIE asic, casas Oe ROIS REO, od dog, 55

Bill, from angle of the mouth .......... 65

Bill from forehbead..44 46... nss ues ox *48 to °5

Geopelia tranquilla, var.? “ placida,” from Rockingham Bay.

CRORE TERE eel ajo tipmnt earns boa wins ned 7°6 inches.

TE AR ile pele OS a AY tity Bees 3°85

NOLO. cal cus ior anvor sp seats ihe Aah xk, « “Acie te 6, 4:

PORE SIM voce cia Seka an chase eaten ater ciere seeks, 53

Bill, from angle of the mouth .......... *6

Bill, ‘from forehéid ia sii weit. as vs ceases - ‘46 to °5

29. MEGALOPREPIA MAGNIFICA, var. ASSIMILIS.

A smaller race than the New-South-Wales birds, but identical in

plumage.

30. ARDEA SUMATRANA.

A fine pair of adults, accompanied by their young one, were ob-

tained, the latter in an extremely interesting stage of plumage. The

whole of the upper surface dark bluish slate-colour, each feather,

with the exception of the primaries, secondaries, tertiaries, and tail-

feathers, broadly tipped with chestnut ; the wing-coverts broadly mar-

gined and tipped with the same; feathers of the head and the whole

of the neck dull dark slate-colour, centred and largely tipped with

chestnut ; chest, breast, flanks, and abdomen chestnut, the base of

the feathers being dark slate-colour, under surface of wings (except

the quill-feathers) and the under tail-coverts tipped with chestnut ;

upper tail-coverts dark slaty blue.

These specimens were shot thirty-three miles up the river.

31. Buroriprs FLAVICOLLIS.

32. BuTORIDES JAVANICA.

33. ARDETTA PUSILLA.

388 MESSRS, SCLATER AND SALVIN [June 11,

34. PARRA GALLINACEA.

35. ERYTHRA QUADRISTRIGATA 2.

An egg taken from the oviduct of this specimen is of a dirty

greenish white, the ground-colour almost obscured by dots, spots,

and a few blotches of brownish red and yellowish brown, many of the

larger markings appearing beneath the surface; length 1°08 by °86.

36. CHLAMYDOCHEN JUBATA.

Very scarce at Rockingham Bay.

37. NETTAPUS PULCHELLUS.

38. DENDROCYGNA VAGANS.

39. ANOUS STOLIDUS.

Caught on the yard-arm of the ship, while off Port Curtiss.

40. CASUARIUS AUSTRALIS.

I regret extremely that, although Cassowaries were seen on several

occasions, none were obtained. The black troopers accompanied

Spalding on many occasions in search of them; but although the

birds were seen they could not be got at otherwise than by lying in

wait for them at dusk, which, on account of the hostility of the

native blacks, could not be attempted without great risk of life.

3. Descriptions of Four New Species of Birds from Veragua.

By P. L. Scrarer, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., and Osperr

Satvin, M.A., F.L.8. &c.

1. PYRANGA TESTACEA, Sp. Nov.

Pyranga hepatica, Salv. P. Z. S. 1867, p. 139.

Testaceo-rubra unicolor, subtus clarior: loris obscure cinereis,

alis intus fusco-nigris, eatus dorsi colore limbatis: rostro ni-

gricanti-corneo, dente maxillari medio distincto; mandibula

ad basin flavicante : pedibus obscure corylinis : long. tota 7:0,

ale 3°6, caude 3°1, rostri a rictu 0:9, tarst 0°85.

©. Flavicanti-olivacea, subtus aureo-flava; pectore et lateribus

olivaceo perfusis ; subalaribus flavis.

Hab. Veragua; Chitra et Calovevora (drcé).

Obs. Proxima P. hepatica, sed crassitie multo minore, et colore

saturatiore distinguenda.

In Arcé’s earlier collections from Veragua was a single skin of a

male Tanager of this genus in transition plumage, which Salvin,

misled by the prominent maxillary tooth, referred to P. hepatica.

Several skins of both sexes of the same bird are in Arcé’s recent

collections, and show that the species is essentially distinct from the

northern bird. It differs in its much smaller size, in its very dis-

tinct maxillary tooth (which is as prominent as in P. bidentata), and

1868. | ON NEW VERAGUAN BIRDS. 389

in the colouring of both sexes. Above, the male is of a rich brick-

dust red, without any of the greyish tinge of P. hepatica ; below of

the same colour, but brighter than above. Corresponding differ-

ences are met with in the opposite sex—the female of P. testacea

being of a uniform yellowish olive above, and of a much brighter

yellow below, than that of P. hepatica.

2. CHLOROSPINGUS HYPOPH&XUS.

Supra flavicanti-olivaceus, loris cinereis: subtus pallide fulves-

centi-fuscus ; gutture flavo, medialiter fere albicante ; hypo-

chondriis et crisso olivaceo perfusis : rostro nigricanti-corneo ;

mandibula ad basin albicante: pedibus fusco-olivaceis: long.

tota 5°5, ale 2°7, caud@ 2°0, tarsi 0°7, rostri a rictu 0°65.

Hab. Veragua, Calovevora (Arce).

Obs. Similis C. flavigulari; sed crassitie minore, corpore subtus

fuscescente nec clare cinereo, et gutture medio albicante differt.

Sclater’s specimen of C. flavigularis from Nanegal (P. Z. S.

1860, p. 86) is somewhat intermediate between this species and C.

flavigularis. It has the dull-coloured under surface of the former

bird; but its throat is wholly yellow, and its crissum yellowish green,

as in the latter.

Several specimens of C. hypopheus are in Arcé’s most recent col-

lection. The sexes, as determined by him, are marked alike.

3. LEPTOTRICCUS SUPERCILIARIS, Sp. Nov.

Supra viridi-olivaceus ; alis caudaque nigricantibus, flavicanti-

olivaceo extus marginatis; pileo et collo postico nigricanti-

cinereis, superciliis castaneis ; linea frontal et regione parotica

albis : subtus margaritaceo-albus, pectore, precipue ad latera,

cinereo perfuso, ventre et crisso flavicantibus ; subalaribus

albis: rostro nigro, pedibus fuscis: long. tota 4:0, ale 2-0,

caude 2°0, rostri a rictu 0°55, tarsi 0°65.

Hab. Veragua, Chitra (Arcé).

This remarkable species seems to agree best in generic characters

with Leptotriccus sylviola of Brazil, having the long slender tarsi,

small delicate feet, pointed wings and long tail which distinguish

that form, though the bill is somewhat larger and rather wider. It

may he at once recognized by the small but distinctly marked super-

ciliary stripe, which commences above the lore and passes to the

back of the eye.

The second primary is equal to the fourth in length, and hardly

exceeded by the third; the fifth is barely shorter than the fourth ;

the first is long, but rather shorter than the seventh.

Two specimens of this apparently undescribed species are in

Arcé’s collection.

4. EUPHERUSA EGREGIA, Sp. Nov.

Supra lete viridis, remigibus primariis fuscis purpurascente

tinctis, secundariis ad basin castaneis, horum autem apicibus

purpurascentibus : subtus nitenti-viridis, ventre albicante :

390 MR. R.C. BEAVAN ON INDIAN RAPTORES. [Junell,

caude rectricibus duabus utrinque externis albis, extus nigro

irregulariter marginatis et terminatis ; sex mediis nigris, supra

in pogonio exteriore eneo tinctis: rostro nigro, pedibus flavis :

long. tota 4:0, ale 2°3, caude 1°4, rostri a rictu 0°85.

@. Corpore subtus albo, plumis quibusdam lateralibus nitente

viridi marginatis ; caude rectricibus duabus lateralibus omnino

albis.

Hab. Veragua; Castello et Calovevora (Arcé).

Obs. Affinis F. eximie et ejusdem forme, sed rectricum latera-

lium pogoniis externis albis distinguenda.

Arcé has sent two specimens of this apparently distinct species of

Eupherusa in one of his recent collections from Western Veragua.

The male is not quite adult, and would probably eventually lose all

traces of the irregular dark margins of the outer tail-feathers, as in

the female no traces of these spots appear. In L. eximia the whole

outer web of the two external rectrices is black, which renders the

two allies readily distinguishable.

The present bird is the only second species of true Hupherusa we

have yet met with. Mr. Lawrence has assigned three other birds

to this genus—namely Hupherusa niveicauda (Aun. L. N. Y. vii.

p- 134), £. cupreiceps (ibid. p. 348), and H. nigriventris (Pr. Acad.

Phil. 1867, p. 232). Of these, the first, which is the same as

Thaumantias chionura, Gould (Cf. Salvin, P. Z.S. 1867, p. 156), and

the second are very closely allied, but are perhaps better placed in the

genus Thaumantias. Ot the third we have not yet been fortunate

enough to obtain specimens.

4, Sundry Notes on Indian Raptores.

By R. C. Buavan, Bengal Staff Corps, C.M.Z.S. &e.

(Plate XXXIV.)

Having in my papers in the ‘ Ibis,’ 1865, p. 400, 1867, p. 430, and

1868, pp. 73 & 165, entitled “On various Indian Birds,” omitted all

mention of the Birds of Prey that I have at various times come across

in India, I propose to supply, in a few short notes, the deficiency,

and thus to form a complete record of my collections (with the ex-

ception of the large families of the game and wading tribes, of which

I hope to be able to treat hereafter). Asin former papers, the num-

bers and nomenclature used are taken from Jerdon’s ‘ Birds of India,’

our best authority on the subject.

1. Vuttur monacuvs, Linn, The Great Brown Vulture.

This large bird appears regularly every cold weather at Umballah,

which is the only station in the North-west Provinces of India in

which I have ever noticed it, It is not common, but may frequently

be seen high in the air soaring, and is easily distinguishable from

the other species of its kind both by its much larger size and its

peculiar black appearance. It is much more wary, too, when on

1868. ] MR. R. C. BEAVAN ON INDIAN RAPTORES. 391

the ground, and not easy to approach within shot of any weapon

except a rifle.

Col. Tytler, however, was lucky enough to secure.a pair of this

fine bird at Umballah, in the cold weather of 1865-66, and he sent an

account of it to the ‘ Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal,’ which

was published in March 1866, p. 74. His dimensions are worth

recording, as they differ slightly from those noted by Jerdon, and

were taken from a freshly killed specimen, to my certain knowledge,

Length 43 in., wing 33, head and bill 62, tarsus 54, mid toe and

claw 6, extent 8 ft, 2 in. ; weight 17 lbs.

Blyth, in ‘ Ibis,’ 1863, p. 24, gives its habitat as “the mountainous

parts of Europe and Asia, but rare in the plains of India.” As far

as my personal experience goes, I have never once noticed it either

at Simla or Darjeeling, the only two hill-stations with which I am at

present acquainted.

2. Orocyrs catvus, Scop. Black Vulture. Vulgo “ King of

the Vultures’ of European residents in India.

On the 15th March, 1865, I found a nest of this species at Ram-

nuggur, a small village in the Maunbhoom district of Chota Nag-

pore. This village, which consists of only a few huts, is situated at

the foot of a peculiar-looking and steep hill, called Parasa; and the

top of this hill being a station of the Great Trigonometrical Survey

of India, it will probably be found marked in a fair-sized map. Half-

way up the hill I came across a curious-looking low tree with a thick

spreading top, in the middle of which latter, carefully concealed

among the vegetation, wasa large nest of sticks loosely put together ;

in it I found a single egg. The old bird flew off the nest as I ap-

proached, and to my surprise I recognized it as the female of this

species. There was but this single egg, which I was only just in

time to secure, for the young bird had already begun to chip his way

out. I got him out, however, after some difficulty, and found the

dimensions of the egg to be in length 32 in., breadth 23; in colour

it was dirty white.

The bird is tolerably common in Maunbhoom, and a carcass gene-

rally attracts two or three amongst hundreds of Gyps bengalensis.

3. Gyps ruLvus, Gmel. Large Tawny Vulture.

This bird is abundant up country, about the stations of the North-

west Provinces of India, and in the hot weather apparently visits the

hills ; for I saw a very fine one seated on the top of a high pine tree

at Mahasoo, beyond Simla, on 29th September, 1866, in front of the

dak bungalow. At it I fired with a ball, but without the slightest

effect.

In the plain-country about Umballah it is peculiarly abundant at

certain seasons. One I shot in the cold weather of 1865-66 at

Sirhind measured in the flesh as follows:—Expanse from wing to

wing 8 ft. 2in.; length 3 ft. 7 in.; wing 2 ft. 2im.; tail 1 ft. 2in. ;

tarsus 4 in. ; bill at front nearly 3 in., its height 13; mid toe and

claw 53: weight 14} 1bs. No feathered tarsus. Scuta on all the toes.

392 MR. R, C. BEAVAN ON INDIAN RAPTORES. [June 1],

5. Gyps BENGALENSIS, Gmel.

Breeds in Maunbhoom in February, choosing for the purpose

almost invariably a large semul or cotton-tree, which at that time of

year loses its leaves and puts forth its fine scarlet flowers ; hence

the nest, which is generally placed at the junction of two large limbs,

or at the diverging point of several branches from the trunk, is

plainly visible, but not easy to get at; for the Vulture chooses the

largest trees it can find, and most of them are smooth, large in

girth, and devoid of branches near the ground.

The uest is circular, compactly built of fresh twigs with the

leaves on. Eggs two, dirty white, frequently blotched with red,

which, however, is either blood or dirt, for it is removeable by

brushing with soap and water.

On my way down to the plains from Simla in October 1866, I

came across several of this species, which I have found abundantly

distributed in every part of the plains of India hitherto visited by

me. On the occasion alluded to, numbers of cattle had been used

for the purpose of carrying down baggage from Simla to the plains,

and, as a matter of course, several had died on the way. One which

I found on the roadside was surrounded by crowds of these Vultures.

On going up to examine it I disturbed above forty of them, most of

which flew up into the neighbouring trees. On going near the car-

cass I was surprised to hear a rumbling noise proceeding from its

inside. There was a good-sized hole dug out by the bills of these

birds in the neck of the carcass, and also another near its anus,

while the stomach was swollen out and distended as if with air. On

hitting this with my stick, it appeared to be filled out by something

inside, and in a few minutes, to my great astonishment, I found that

there were more Vultures all alive inside the carcass! Two, follow-

ing each other in quick succession, shortly afterwards walked out

through the hole in the neck of the bullock, and the first imme-

diately flew off to a neighbouring tree, whilst the other was so gorged

he could not do more than waddle off to arock close by, on which

he sat, whilst I left him and concluded my journey. Many a time

have I seen Vultures at a carcass, but never before to penetrate in-

side that of a dead beast.

It is a curious fact, too, that whereas here, in the north-west of

India, these birds penetrate into the hills, as in this case, up to the

elevation of, and perhaps higher than Simla, or about 6000 feet,

one seldom or ever at Darjeeling sees or hears of a Vulture, except

perhaps at Punkabarie, which is entirely at the foot of the hills.

The same remark applies equally to the next species.

6. NEOPHRON PERCNOPTERUS, Linn., of Jerdon. The White

Vulture.

N. ginginianus, Lath. apud Blyth in ‘ Ibis’ 1866, p. 233.

As mentioned by dJerdon, this is the most abundant scavenger in

the upper provinces of India, but is entirely unknown in Lower

Bengal. Its limit seems to extend as far only as Raneegunge, a sta-

1868. ] MR. R. C. BEAVAN ON INDIAN RAPTORES. 393

tion on the line of the East-Indian Railway, distant from Calcutta

only 120 miles. In the small intervening space of low, wet, and

rice-coyered ground it is never to be seen ; but directly the dry, sandy,

corn-producing country occurs, there it is to be found in abundance.

It is occasionally seen in the uplands of Maunbhoom and Bancoorah,

but may be described as rare in the latter district, except sometimes

in the cold weather. It is especially abundant at Allahabad and at

Umballah, where the late Dr. Scott made several observations on it

during his long residence there. Some of his notes I subjom. The

sexes copulate on the ground, and, unlike most birds, take some time

about this operation. They breed about Umballah in March ; and

although during the time I was at that station in the spring of 1866

I was unable to secure a nest, Dr. Scott told me that there are gene-

rally one or two in his garden, and promised me the eggs, which I

subsequently got. Its range extends as far into the Himalayas as

Simla, where, with the Bearded Vulture, Milvus govinda, and Gyps

bengalensis, it performs its share of the scavenger work of the station,

and is consequently of the greatest use. A Simla specimen had the

irides a reddish-pink colour, and legs fleshy. Jerdon gives “dark

brown” for the first, and dirty yellow for the colour of the legs.

7. GYPAETUS BARBATUS, Linn. The Bearded Vulture.

Simla, July 20th, 1866. A fine specimen of a young male sent

to me by Col. Tytler, which had been shot by his son in the station.

Sex, by dissection, a male. The bird when brought was still alive, so

that the colour of the fleshy parts here given may be depended on.

Length 45 inches ; wing 29 }; tail 202; tarsus 44 ; bill at gape 33, at

front 3, height of bill at base 1? in. ; extent across wings 8 ft. 43 in.

Trides pale buff colour, sclerotic membrane orange-red ; bill greenish

horny ; feet bluish plumbeous.

This bird is very abundant at Simla, and may generally be seen

quartering slowly over a certain beat along the hill-sides. It does

not appear at all wary, as I frequently saw it over Col. Tytler’s

house, which happened to be favourably placed under a well-known

beat of the species along the sides of Mount Jacko. I have seen

it after dead cattle, in company with other Vultures, a few miles

from Kalka, close to the foot of the hills, elevation perhaps 500 ft.

I never observed this bird in the Darjeeling hills ; but it doubtless

exists there.

11. Fatco sugeer, Gray. The Luggar Falcon.

I only once procured a specimen of this species, at Ambekanugeur

in the Maunbhoom district, in January 1865.

16. Hyrporriorcuis cHriquEeRA, Daud. The Turunti or Red-

headed Merlin.

Umballah, November 5, 1866. Shot the ¢ out of a pair which

were alternately stooping on the racecourse at the small Lark Pipit.

Length 127 inches ; wing 8; tail 51; tarsus 1,5,; spread of foot un-

derneath 24; bill at front 2, at gape Z, height at base 4: cere and

394 MR. R. C. BEAVAN ON INDIAN RAPTORES. ([Junell,

skin round the eye pale yellow. This is one of the boldest and most

graceful of the small Indian Raptores, and not uncommon in some

parts of the country.

17. TINNUNCULUS ALAUDARIUS, Brisson. The Kestril.

At Baramussia in Maunbhoom, on 8th March, 1865, I shot a

young bird in plumage changing to that of the adult. His dimen-

sions were as follows:—Length 133 inches; wing 93, expanse 23 ;

tail 6; tarsus 14: feet in colour a bright yellow, with black claws.

Round eyes and the cere light yellow. Beak greenish blue, ap-

proaching greenish yellow near the top (where it meets the cere),

lighter yellow underneath. And again at Simla, in August 1866, I

procured both adult and young specimens, and observed several of

the latter in Dr. Stoliczka’s collection from the interior of the hills.

(Cf. Ibis, 1867, p. 142.) I give the dimensions of another shot by

me, in November 1866, near Umballah. Length 13? inches, wing 10,

tail 63, tarsus 13, spread of foot 27, extent 282: bill and claws

bluish black, cere yellowish white, legs light orange-yellow.

Of that peculiar pigmy genus Hierax I never yet met with a spe-

cimen alive ; and it must be confined therefore to a very limited range

in India; for I, who have been over a good portion of it, never heard

it mentioned even by the natives in any part I have visited.

22. AstuR TRIVIRGATUS, Temm. The Crested Goshawk.

One of the very few birds of prey procured by me in the Maun-

bhoom district in 1865 was identified by Mr. Gurney as a young

bird of this species, and interested him as being in exactly the same

stage of plumage as another received by him shortly afterwards

from the island of Formosa. (Gurney in epist. 22nd Jan., 1866.)

The same gentleman in another letter tells me that ‘this species

is thought by Professor Schlegel to comprise two races, the Malay

race being, in his opinion, distinct from the Indian, and that addi-

tional adult Indian specimens would be interesting as tending to

elucidate this point” (J. H. G.).

23. Micronisus BApius, Gmelin. The Shikra.

I have procured specimens of this bird on several occasions—in

the Maunbhoom district in 1864, and since. I have seen it flown by

a falconer at Quail, near Kalka, in 1866, although without much

success, owing to the density of the vegetation: it was then thrown

from the hand at the flying quarry; and this appears to be the usual

native custom with such small hawks.

At Mahasoo near Simla, I shot a bird which Col. Tytler called a

species of Micronisus that he knew, having previously obtaimed it

near Umballah; but as I do not know exactly to which species to

refer it, I subjoin the description from my note-book.

Micronisvus, sp.?

Mahasoo, near Simla, September 25th, 1866. Young bird of the

year apparently. Sex d. Jrides bright yellow, edged with black ;

1868. ] MR. R. C. BEAVAN ON INDIAN RAPTORES. 395

cere greenish yellow; base of both upper and lower mandible bluish

slaty, tips of both dark horny; legs greenish yellow, with black

claws. Length 103 inches, wing 63, tarsus 2, spread of foot under-

neath 22, tail 57, extent fully 18. This bird is at present in Col.

Tytler’s private collection.

24. AccripiTER nisus, Linn. The European Sparrow-Hawk.

A specimen, 2 juv. (No. 547 of my catalogue), was procured by

me at Ambekanugger, Maunbhoom district, im December 1864. 1

have not seen it again in the country, but observed some small

Hawks frequenting the high Caswarina trees regularly every evening

at Barrackpore in the same year, which looked like this species on the

wing. As I could not shoot, it being a military station, I was unable

to secure a specimen and satisfy myself regarding their identity.

25. AccIPITER yirGATus, Temm. The Besra Sparrow-Hawk.

An adult 3, according to Col. Tytler, was killed by me at Simla,

on the 19th June, 1866. This was a very perfect specimen. Irides

bright golden red, cere and gape light yellow with a tinge of green ;

legs bright yellow, with black claws, bill bluish leaden. Length

112 inches ; wing 62 ; tail 52; tarsus nearly 2 ; bill at front, including

cere, 3, breadth at base 4, bill at gape +}; extent 183.

We now come to that fine family amongst the Birds of Prey, viz.

the Eagles, which are well represented in India, but of which I

have hitherto procured but few specimens, and those generally of the

common sorts.

27. AQUILA IMPERIALIS. The Imperial Eagle.

I procured a fine specimen of this fine bird at Umballah, on the

30th November, 1866. It was seated on a low tree, not far from the

slaughterhouses belonging to the Commissariat Department ; and I

see that the late Dr. Scott, who accompanied me on that occasion,

has since procured examples which he transmitted to the Natural-

History Society of Montrose. My specimen weighed 6; lbs.

Length 303 inches; wing 223; tail 114; tarsus 32; spread of foot

underneath 6, hind claw alone being 1] ; bill at front 12, and at gape

22; extent 6 feet. This bird was conspicuous by its light rufous-

white head, and the large and pure-white feathers at the shoulder of

the wing. The irides were brown mixed with pale yellow, the latter

colour forming a light ring to the outer circumference of the eye.

Cere and feet a very pale yellow ; bill bluish or greenish horny.

I believe that this species subsists about Umballah chiefly on car-

rion.

29. Aquita ruLyEsceNns. The Tawny Eagle.

This, sometimes taken for the Chuhamar, or rat-killer of the

natives, iscommon in the neighbourhood of Umballah, where several

examples were procured both by the late Dr. Scott and myself.

They may frequently be seen in cantonments, but high in air,

soating about in circles with the common Kite (Milvus govinda,

396 MR. R. C. BEAVAN ON INDIAN RAPTORES.. [Junell,

Sykes) and Vultures. A female, killed on November 5th, had the

stomach empty. I subjoin the dimensions of several :—

Umballah, November 5th, 1866.

Length. Wing. Tail. ‘Tarsus. Weight. Extent. sien

9.284in. 19in. 10zin. 3Zin. 431b. — 53in*

November 13th.

125% 183 94 37 37 lb. — —t

Camp Eesahurree, near Umballah, November 17th.

6 « 254 183 8i 33 — 63in. —f

November 30th.

31 20 11 32 43 |b. — 6§

By this list it will be seen that specimens freshly killed vary a

good deal in their dimensions, especially as regards their weight.

31. AQuILA PENNATA, Gmel. The Dwarf Eagle.

I believe that this Eagle occurs at Umballah, and that I myself

have seen it on more than one occasion in flight; but I did not

secure any specimens, never having the opportunity; but of the

next species (No. 32) I am glad to say I was able to procure both

sexes myself at Simla in 1866.

32. Nropus MALATENSIS, Reinh. The Black Eagle||. (Plate

XXXIV.)

I first observed this rare and beautiful bird when in the Darjeeling

Himalayas in 1861 and 1862, and tried, although in vain, to pro-

cure specimens then for Dr. Jerdon. I was surprised, when at Simla

in 1866, to find it tolerably abundant at Fagoo, where it was also

noticed by Col. Tytler (cf. Ibis, 1868, p. 195). It was near that

place that I procured my first specimen, a female, on 4th August,

1866. My dog Fosco had just put up a pair of Kaleege Pheasants

(Gallophasis albocristatus) which had taken to a tree, and I was

trying to make out their whereabouts, when a Black Eagle suddenly

sailed by; and by a long shot, with No. 8 shot, I managed, much to

my delight, to wing him, and he fell down the Khud. It is truly

a fine bird (cf. Ibis, 1867, p. 140), and the young peculiar in

plumage (doc. cit.), if I am right in my determination of the species

of this latter—a view in which, I believe, Col. Tytler concurs. Di-

mensions of both sexes as follows :—

: ' Spread ft. Hind 7, ;

Length. Wing. ‘Tail. Tarsus. under- toe and Bill ft. Gape. Ext.

alone

neath. claw. 07%

dé. 2/sim. Ji2m. 12710, osm. om. 2.1. 17m. 17m) 21m, ole.

Re UL im CR an pF oo 5 Mela ll MeN

* Trides grey. + Inides grey brown. { Irides brown.

§ Bill at fr. 1} in. | Cf Ibis, 1867, p. 140; 1868, p. 13.

1868.] MR. R. C, BEAVAN ON INDIAN RAPTORES. 397

In the latter the spread of the two interior toes underneath was=

5 inches. She was shot by a native Shikaree on September 10th.

The male had the remains of a large rat in its stomach ; so that it

does not prey on pheasants or their eggs exclusively, as hinted by

Dr. Jerdon (Birds of Ind. vol. i. p. 66). The female’s stomach

was empty. Since I got the above pair I have seen another spe-

cimen perched upon the dead bough of a lofty fir, Abies smithiana,

at Fagoo, near Simla, in August 1866.

The irides in both these birds were deep brown (ef. Jerd. B. of

Ind. vol. i. p. 46); cere, gape, and legs bright yellow; bill dark

leaden, nearly black, which latter is also the colour of the claws.

Sex ascertained by dissection.

33, NIsaAETUS BONELLI, Temm. ‘The Crestless Hawk Eagle.

This fine species must be included in the fauna of Simla, and, I

believe, also of Umballah, procured in the former station by Col.

Tytler, in September 1866, and in the latter, I believe, by the late

Dr. Scott, who has sent specimens to Lerd Walden.

40. Panpion waurAetus, Linn. The Osprey.

Once procured at Maldah, in Lower Bengal, in 1864.

41. PoLIoAETUS ICHTHYAETUS, Horsf. The White-tailed Sea-

Eagle.

I have seen a colony of this fine Eagle, very near where described

by Dr. Jerdon, not far from Caragola Ghaut, on the Ganges.

43. Haurartus LeucoGasrer, Gmel. The Grey-backed Sea-

Eagle.

On the 19th September 1865, I observed a fine specimen of this

species on the dead bough of a high tree overhanging the Gyne River,

near Moulmein, and got within easy shot of it, but was not prepared

with the gun. I also observed the species on other occasions when tra-

velling in Burmah by boat, but never managed to secure a specimen.

44, Burro vuxearis, Bechst. The Common Buzzard, =“ B.

rufiventer of Jerdon’s Supplement, and equivalent to B. desertorum of

Daudin, erroneously placed, in Jerdon’s last book (Birds of India),

under B. vulgaris, which I have not yet seen from India, but should be

glad also to see if it occurs there” (Gurney én epist. Jan. 7, 1866).

45. Bureo canescens, Hodg. The Long-legged Buzzard. Chu-

hamar, 7. e. the Rat-killer of the N. W. P.

I killed a fine specimen of the female of this species at Umballah,

on November 5, 1866.

Length. Wing. Tail. Tarsus. Weight.

2. 25in. 18in. 10Zin. nearly 33in. 22 1b.

Irides light grey. The stomach only contained a young toad

(Bufo melanostictus).

I find in my note-book mention made of another species of Buz-

398 MR. R. C, BEAVAN ON INDIAN RAPTORES. [Junell,

zard (?) or Eagle, which was killed at Umballah on 30th November

1866, by a brother of the late Dr. Scott, with No. 10 shot, on a

tamarisk-tree in a neighbouring garden to that occupied by the

latter. Its dimensions were as follows :—

Spread of Bill,

Length. Wing. ‘Tail. Tarsus. footum- ¢.¢ Gape. Extent.

derneath. :

20in. 143in. 8din. 28m, 4in. fQin. 154m. 49 in.

This bird was peculiar in having pure-white spots at the shoulder

of the wing (very visible when flying, according to Mr. Scott). The

cere was bright golden yellow, irides brown; the bill greenish at

base and dark horny at the tip; the legs dully coloured yellow, with

strong black claws. Its general colour was dark brown, lighter, ap-

proaching white, on the tips of the feathers of the upper tertiaries

and the ends of the upper tail-coverts, as well as on the tips of the

upper secondaries ; tarsus wholly feathered to the foot.

47. Butro pLumipes, Hodg. The Harrier Buzzard.

«This, Mr. Blyth now considers, and, I think, correctly, to be a

dark variety, or quasi-melanism, of Buteo japonicus”? (Gurney in

epist. January 1866).

48. Poxiornis TEESA, Frank. The White-eyed Buzzard.

This small Buzzard was tolerably abundant about Umballah, in

the station of which I got my first specimen, on 23rd October, 1866,

and afterwards procured several others, the dimensions of which, in

the flesh, I subjoin :—

October 23rd, 1866.

Spread of

Length. Wing. Tail. Tarsus. foot un- Bill ft. Gape. Extent.

derneath,

163in. 115in. 7Lin. 22in. 2Zin. barely lin. Ijin. 35 in.

November 14th, at Lallroo, 8 miles N.W. of Umballah.

sPoysey 4ip eR Be © OE I's 18 36

OG Ub cdl i GEavy Sein 3 Ipod anon

Of the presumed male the weight was ?1b.; of the presumed

female 17 0z. The irides are pure pearl-white, legs and cere pale

orange-yellow, claws and terminal three-fourths of the beak black.

54. Circus =RuGrINosus, Linn. The Marsh Harrier.

Of this I procured an example in the Maunbhoom district, on the

5th March, 1865. I find I have recorded of this bird that I shot

it in the act of stealing the eggs of the common Speckled Dove

(Turtur suratensis), from a nest in a sil tree (Shorea robusta). The

dimensions in the flesh were as follows :—

Length. Wing. Tail. Tarsus.

20 in. -_ 10in. = =3gin.

the wing to the end of the longest primary being 16? inches. Feet

and tarsus bright yellow, claws black ; the irides also bright yellow.

1868. | MR. R. C. BEAVAN ON INDIAN RAPTORES. 399

55. Hauiastur 1npus, Bodd. The Brahminy Kite of Euro-

peans in India; Dhobee ha cheel or Washerman’s Kite of the natives.

This, as mentioned by Jerdon, is particularly abundant in Lower

Bengal, and extends to the Maunbhoom district, where I observed

several about tanks near villages, especially at Ambekanuggur, in

February 1865. It is rare up the country at Umballah, where I

do not recollect ever noticing it, but where is abundantly found

the next species.

56. Mitvus covinpA, Sykes. The Common Pariah Kite of India.

“* Milvus assimilis, the young. I am satisfied that two species

of Kites exist in India, the larger, the true M. govinda, appears to be

identical with M. melanotis of China, Japan, Formosa, and the Loo-

choo Islands; the smaller I consider identical with M. assimilis of

Australia and Celebes. The young of M. govinda, when first

leaving the nest, has both the upper and under plumage inter-

spersed with longitudinal marks, sometimes white, sometimes pale

brownish yellow, and about an inch in length. I want to ascertain

whether the young of Milvus affinis are similarly marked. The latter

is very closely related to, though distinct from, the Black Kite of

Europe (M. ater), which I have seen from Afghanistan and from

Northern China, and which may possibly occur in India also”

(Gurney zz epist. January 1866).

I quite agree with Mr. Gurney that there are probably two species

of the common Kite in India, as specimens vary so very much in

size, although they do not differ much in plumage; and as to M.

ater being found in India, all I can say is, that in the hilly and

jungle portions of the Maunbhoom district, about the villages of

Maknu and Chalta in the pergunnah of Ambekanuggur, I repeatedly

observed, in 1865, a black Kite, which I was unable to procure; it

certainly was more of a Kite than an Eagle, and was not the Neopus

malaiensis, or Black Eagle, which I had previously observed at Dar-

jeeling. Milvus govinda extends up to Simla, in the north-west Hi-

malaya, and is not so common at Umballah as in Lower Bengal.

It is essentially a migratory species, disappearing almost entirely

from the neighbourhood of Calcutta during the rains.

59. ELANUS MELANOPTERUS, Daud. The Black-winged Kite.

A specimen shot in the Maunbhoom district is probably referable

to this species. They were particularly abundant in the jungles to

the south of Umballah in November 1866, and might frequently be

seen hovering like a Kestril. Dimensions of a freshly killed spe-

cimen at Babyn, near Umballah—

Length. Wing. Tail. Tarsus. Spread ft. Bill ft. Gape. Extent.

122in. 103in. 5in. 1jin. 23in. Zin. 1,3;in. 303mm.

In one specimen the irides were reddish brown ; another (probably

an older bird) had them blood-red; the cere and feet light yellow,

the latter with black claws ; the bill black ; the colour above is pale

ashy, with blackish upper wing-coverts, and the feathers of the back

400 MR. R.C. BEAVAN ON INDIAN RAPTORES. [June 11,

tipped slightly with fulvous and white; lower parts pure white, with

a slight tinge of fulvous about the breast ; eye-streak pure black.

61. Srrrx canprpA, Tickell.

A desideratum in the Norwich Museum (Gurney im epist.

January 1866).

I myself have observed this species only once. When hunting for

leopards in the district of Rungpore, in 1859, several were put up

out of grass at the bottom of a half-dried-up piece of water, in thick

jungle.

66. SyrNruM NivicoLum, Hodg.

“I greatly doubt whether this species is really distinct from

S. aluco of Europe”? (Gurney in epist.).

68. Orus prAacuyotus, Gmel. The Short-eared Owl.

At Ambekanuggur, in Maunbhoom, in December 1864, a pair of

large owls came regularly every evening, just after the stars began

to make their appearance, and worked over the rice-kates in which

our survey-camp was pitched, apparently for rats. They were so

wary that, although I sat up several nights in succession, I never

could manage to intercept them. At last, by the merest chance, I

secured one, which turned out to be of this species. Their cry is

very much like that of a frog when seized by a snake—so much so,

that a friend of mine, hearing it close to his tent one night, rushed

out in some alarm, with lighted candle and a thick stick, to prevent

the supposed snake from entering his sleeping-apartment. The only

thing besides that I can compare this cry to is the peculiar mew of

a cat which one sometimes hears.

I procured another specimen at Umballah, on November 6th, 1866.

Dimensions as follows:—Length 143, wing 114, tail 4, tarsus 132;

spread of foot underneath about 3; bill at front 1 in., at gape 1,%,,

extent 373 inches. The species was not uncommon about the jungles

there, being generally flushed out of long grass.

69. Urrva BpencAtensis, Frank. The Rock Horned Owl.

This species was found in some abundance by me in the Maun-

bhoom district, and several specimens killed. At Beeru, a village

on the road from Perulia to Raneegunge, and also on the Rognath-

pore Hill; and in all the bear-frequented, rocky and hilly spots in

that district they are abundant. They live amongst the rocks, and

frequently take to a dead tree bough, if close by, when they are

turned up by the coolies one engages to beat out Master Bruin

(Ursus labiatus) from his and their abode.

“The identity or otherwise of this species with Budo ascala-

phus of Northern Africa is still an unsettled point’? (Gurney in

epist.).

71. Hunva nipatensis, Hodg. The Forest Eagle-Owl.

I once procured a fine specimen of this species, at Darjeeling, in

1868. ] MR. R. C. BEAVAN ON INDIAN RAPTORES. 401

1862, where it was brought me by my sapper orderly, ‘ Bardy,” a

Nepalese sepoy, who while out after pheasants one day, said that

this bird attacked him, and that he was obliged, in self-defence, to

shoot it. This specimen is now mounted in the Museum of the

Asiatic Society at Calcutta.

72. Ketupa CEYLONENSIS, Gmel. The Brown Fish-Owl.

In October 1864, I shot a pair at Maldah, in Lower Bengal.

They were found frequenting a large mango tree, on the border of

an old unfrequented tank, in heavy jungle. At Umballah, on No-

vember 16th, 1866, I got a fine specimen in the late Dr. Scott’s

compound or garden. It was seated in a tamarisk-tree and being

bullied by Crows when killed. Length 21 inches; wing 142; tail 9;

tarsus 3; spread of foot 47; bill at front 14, at gape 2 in.; extent

52 inches (4 ft. 4in.). Inrides orange, soles of feet yellowish white,

claws and beak black; weight nearly 241bs. The colour of the

claws, if this specimen is correctly named, would, without doubt,

justify Hodgson’s name of nigripes. Dr. Scott told me that some

seven or eight of this species had frequented his garden at Um-

ballah the previous year (1865).

73. Kerupa riavires, Hodg. The Tawny Fish-Owl

has been observed at Simla, according to Colonel Tytler; but I did

not see it there myself.

74. Epuiattes pennatus, Hodg. The Indian Secops Owl.

*‘Khanooria pécha” of the natives in Maunbhoom.

A bird referable, I think, to this species was brought to me alive

by a native at Baramussea, in Maunbhoom, on 27th F ebruary, 1865 ;

and I subsequently procured several more in the next month, when

the bird was breeding in this district. It was either this species or

the next.

75. E. temprsi, Horsf.

I find from my notes that I shot an Owl of this genus in a mangoe

tope at Ambekanuggur, but cannot, from a mere description, tell

which of these nearly allied species my specimens, procured in the

Maunbhoom district, really belonged to.

76. ATHENE BRAMA, Temm. The Spotted Owlet. Gdch douria

pécha of Maunbhoom ; “ Cherubim ”’ of Europeans in India.

This is a very abundant species almost everywhere in India, at

Barrackpore, Maunbhoom district, Umballah, &c., and, from its

familiar and confiding habits (nearly always taking up its abode close

to men and their houses) is frequently seen. It was very common

at Ambekanuggur in Maunbhoom ; and I never could, for certainty,

ascertain whether it was this bird or Caprimulgus monticolus, Frank.,

which I have repeatedly observed hovering over the rice-kates like a

Kestrel, of an evening.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1868, No. XXVI.

402 MR. A. D. BARTLETT ON THE BIRTH OF A SEAL. [June 11,

77. ATHENE RADIATA, Tickell. The Jungle Owlet.

This species is as common as the preceding in the Maunbhoom

district, where it breeds (¢f. P. Z. S. 1864, p. 375), but is found

further from the abodes of man. It is the bird whose peculiar call

may be heard at all hours of the night, and often in the day. This

call, when once heard, is not easily forgotten. It is heard on all

sides, morning and evening. It may be syllabized thus, Kroo-kroo-

kroo-krookook krookuk, krookuk krookuk. It is very loud at first,

each succeeding note being in a lower key than the one before ; hence

the native name “ Kroopécha.”’ It lays two or three white eggs in

the hollow of a tree, like the preceding, but slightly larger and

more rounded.

79. ATHENE cucuLoIpEs, Vigors. The Large-barred Owlet.

The “ Himalayan Owlet”” would perhaps be a better name for this

species, of which I was lucky enough to procure one specimen at

Simla in June 1866. Irides bright yellow, bill greenish horny, legs

dirty yellow, claws horny ; tarsus 13, wing 53 in. ; bill at front, in-

cluding cere, 2; cere large and swollen, of a dirty green colour.

Also procured by me at Darjeeling in 1862.

80. GLauciprum BRopiai. The Collard Pigmy Owlet.

Found at Simla, as I have seen a specimen in Col. Tytler’s Collec-

tion, which was shot by him there.

81. Ninox scuTELLATUusS, Raffl. The Brown Hawk-Owl.

I have seen this species repeatedly in the Maunbhoom district,

but never could secure a specimen. Found one at Pathurkutta, in

February 1865, in dense tree-jungle, being persecuted by Carrion-

Crows (Corvus culminatus), but could not get a shot at it. Found

the nest of, probably, the same bird on the 6th March, 1865, near the

same place, in the fork of a moderate-sized tree, but without eggs.

I feel confident that I have frequently observed this species of Owl

when beating in the Sal forest of the terai near Julpigoorie, in 1859,

for large game.

5. Notes upon the birth of a Ringed Seal in the Society’s

Gardens. By A. D. Bartizrr, Superintendent of the

Society’s Gardens.

On the 23rd of last month the Society obtained from a dealer in

Liverpool four fine adult Seals (Phoca fetida), said to have been

taken in Heligoland. I noticed that one of them was of large size,

and suspected that it was a female in young. I therefore had her

placed by herself in an enclosure with a small shallow pond of

water. Here she soon became perfectly tame, and fed freely from

the hand of the keeper. We continued to notice the increase of

bulk, and the movements of the young one were quite apparent.

1868.] MR. A. D. BARTLETT ON THE BIRTH OF A SEAL. 403

On Monday the 8th of June she was very uneasy, and appeared

to me to be in considerable pain; I therefore kept a constant watch,

and the man who had charge of her remained with her all night.

She continued in this state until about twelve o’clock on Tuesday, at

which time she produced the young one. It was born near the edge

of the water, and in a few minutes after its birth, by rolling and

turning about, was completely divested of the outer covering of fur

and hair, which formed a complete mat, upon which the young animal

lay for the first hour or two after its birth. When born it was very

active, and within three hours afterwards was swimming and diving

about in the water like an adult animal. It uttered a low soft 6a, or

single call-note, and looked about for its mother, and crawled towards

her when she came out of the water. She turned upon her side in

order to let it suck, and I had every reason to believe that all was

going on well. The young Seal slept well, sometimes on its belly,

sometimes on its side. The mother, however, appeared unwell and in

great pain, and on the following day (Wednesday) suddenly plunged

into the water and sunk to the bottom. Believing she was dying, I

had her assisted out of the pond. She was in strong convulsions,

and continued to roll and struggle until the next morning (this

day) when she died. She appears to have had no milk. Finding

the female unable to suckle her young one, I had it removed to the

house and have fed it by means of a bottle with warm milk and a

small quantity of cod-liver oil added to the milk.

The statement having been made that the species of Seal could

be distinguished by the mode of shedding its first coat (I believe it

is said that the common Seal, P. vitulina, sheds its coat as soon as

born, while the P. fetida sheds its first coat before its birth), I beg

to say that this supposed distinction is shown by the above remarks

to be of no value whatever as a means of distinguishing the species.

I have no doubt both species are alike in this particular ; and I have

no doubt, from what I have seen, that the outer fur is sometimes

shed before birth and sometimes immediately after birth in both

species alike.

This young Seal was 32 inches long, and weighed 20 lbs. at its birth.

The outer covering is now on the table. It appears to me that

the young animal shedding its outer covering compensates for the

absence of the licking generally bestowed upon young animals by

their mother. The Seals never lick.

June 25, 1868.

Dr. E. Hamilton, V.P., in the Chair.

Mr. P. L. Sclater exhibited two heads of the Spanish Ibex (Capra

pyrenaica, Schimper), which had been obtained by Major Howard

Irby on the Sierra Hermosura near Marbella in Southern Spain,

404 MR. J. GOULD ON A NEW SPECIES OF CEYX. [June 25,

and announced that that gentleman had procured at Gibraltar a

young living specimen of this animal, which it was his intention

to present to the Society’s Menagerie.

Mr. Sclater read the following notices of the more important ad-

ditions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of May :—

1. A pair of the Wild Ass of the Syrian deserts (Hquus hemippus

of the late Isidore Geoffroy St.-Hilaire), of much interest as ren-

dering the Society’s series of the living species of this group com-

plete. This pair of animals had been obtained by exchange from

the Jardin d’ Acclimatation, Paris, on the 2nd of May.

2. A young male of the Regent Bird (Sericulus chrysocephalus),

purchased on May 14th, being the first specimen of this remarkable

bird that had reached the Society’s Gardens alive. The Society’s

correspondent, Dr. F. Mueller of Melbourne, had previously for-

warded a living example of this bird, which had, unfortunately, died

in the vessel after it had reached the docks.

3. An African Fruit-Bat (Cynonycteris collaris) which had been

captured at sea off the St. John’s river, Natal, Mareh Ist, 1868, and

purchased the 27th of May. This animal had been placed in the

Monkey-house along with the Indian Fruit-Bat (Pteropus medius),

which had been living in the Society’s Menagerie ever since October

1863.

A communication was read from Prof. R. Owen, F.R.S., contain-

ing a description of the sternum in Dinornis elephantopus and D.

rheides, with notes on that bone in D. crassus and D. casuarinus,

and forming the thirteenth part of his series of memoirs on the ex-

tinct birds of the genus Dinornis.

This paper will be published in the Society’s ‘Transactions.’

The following papers were read :—

1. Description of a New Species of the Genus Ceyx.

By Joun Govuxp, F.R.S. &c.

CrYX PHILIPPINENSIS, sp. nov.

This little Kingfisher might at first sight be considered the same

as Ceya cyanopectus, Eyton, but on comparing it with that species

it will be found to differ in having a shorter bill, in the richer tone

of the whole of its colouring, in having the patch of feathers on the

sides of the neck larger and of a purer white, and in the absence of

the dark indigo band ; the flanks, too, are rufous, and not blue as in

C. eyanopectus. Its form and colouring are those of a true Ceyz ;

but it has the patches of feathers on the upper part of each side of

the breast very much developed, as in Aleyone, and more so than in

any other species of the genus Ceyx. Upper mandible brownish

black ; lower mandible fleshy-brown ; feet orange.

Total length 53 inches, bill 13, wing 23, tail 3, tarsi ;%.

Hab. Vicinity of Manila, Philippine Islands.

1868.] MR. R. BROWN ON THE SEALS OF GREENLAND. 405

2. Notes on the History and Geographical Relations of the

Pinnipedia frequenting the Spitzbergen and Greenland

Seas. By Roserr Brown, F.R.G.S. &c.

[Communicated by Dr. Murie. ]

ConTENTs.

. Introduction, p. 405.

. Physiological Remarks on the Habits of Seals, p. 407.

. Habits and Instincts of Seals in general, p. 408.

. Notes on the species of Pinnipedia, p. 411.

. The Commercial Importance of the ‘Seal Fisheries,” p. 438.

CUR OF bo eS

1. Introduction.

In the introduction to a former paper * I had occasion to refer to the

hazy uncertainty which surrounds the history of many of the Arctic

Mammalia; preeminently is this true of the Cetacea, but scarcely

less so of the order Pinnipedia. Though the specific determination

of the species in this group is more easily managed, and has, to a

great extent, been accomplished, yet the end to which these deter-

minations are made, viz. the history of the birth, the life, and the

geographical distribution and migrations of the animals themselves, are

yet almost unknown, or dependent on the authority of the old Green-

land naturalists, many of whose observations, made in a day when

the specific characters were less known, or but a limited portion of

the Arctic Ocean explored, have been proved to be far beside the

truth. Again, these observations were made on the coast of Green-

land where none of our sealers go; while in the Spitzbergen and

Jan Mayen seas (the “ Old Greenland” or “‘ Greenland sea”’ of the

whalers) the vast portion of the sealing of commerce is carried on for

a few weeks each spring, but regarding the history of the Seals which

form the prey of these hunters, the extent, commercial importance

of the trade, and the migrations of these animals from one portion of

the Arctic Sea to another we absolutely know nothing. Scientific

purists forsooth (the Dr. Dryasdusts of zoology) may look upon

the description of the process of a bone, or the elucidation of a dental

tubercle, as the aim and end of all biological study; but I again

repeat that all this, though of the utmost value, is merely an atom

in the description of the animal, and mainly important so far as it

tends to render the specific determination of the animals whose life

we are studying easier to the field naturalist. I cannot help look-

ing upon natural history as the history of nature ; and to have a history

of animated beings we must know something further about them

than that the palate bone is notched, that the cervical vertebree are

anchylosed, or that the grinders have a posterior lobe.

It is with this view that these fragmentary notes have been put

together. The various writers on this group, as far as relates to

Arctic zoology, I have already criticised in my former paper, to which

I beg leave to refer. In the spring of 1861, with a view to acquire a

knowledge of the northern Seals of commerce, I accompanied a sealer

* “On the Mammalian Fauna of Greenland” (P. Z. S. 1868, p. 330),

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1868, No. XXVII.

406 MR. R. BROWN ON THE SEALS OF GREENLAND. [June 25,

into the seas between Spitzbergen and Jan Mayen; that year,

however, proved a partial failure, and we returned to England by the

end of April, leaving immediately for Baffin’s, on which voyage I

also accompanied her. Dr. John Wallace, now of the Hudson’s

Bay Company’s Service, during the previous year also made a

similar voyage, but was fortunate enough to enjoy better opportu-

nities of observing the habits of Seals than I did; for at the period

when I left for Davis’s Strait, he remained behind, and passed the

whole summer in the sea between Spitzbergen, Jan Mayen, and the

east coast of Greenland. On my arrival in England he put into my

hands an excellent series of notes on these species of animals,

part of which I communicated to the Royal Physical Society of

Edinburgh in 1862, and of which an abstract was published in

their ‘ Proceedings’ for that year. At that time, having some inten-

tion of preparing a more extensive work, I reserved my own obser-

vations and a great portion of Dr. Wallace’s until such time as this

might be matured; besides, there were innumerable points in the

history of the Seals which I was desirous of investigating before put-

ting any of our observations before the world. However, shortly

after this I left on a very long scientific journey, far from the scene

of our former studies, and for more than four years the whole sub-

ject was laid aside. In the summer of 1867 I again found myself a

sojourner as far north as 70° N. lat., in Danish Greenland. During

this time I made a very extensive collection of the skeletons, skulls,

&e. of these and other animals, besides adding to and correcting

some of my former observations. That osteological collection is not

yet examined; but this is the less important, because, so far as I

was able to judge during the hasty examination it was possible to

give them during the process of preservation, there are no new spe-

cies among them. Moreover the craniological characteristics of the

northern Pinnipedia, thanks to the labours of Nilsson, George and

Frederick Cuvier, Blainville, Gray, Gaimard, Lilljeborg, and others,

are now very satisfactorily determined ; and what points are still

sub judice can easily be settled by an appeal to the collections

already in our Museum, and to the one formed by me when it is

made accessible to science.

These notes are still very imperfect ; but as my stay in England

is uncertain, I think it only right, if they are of any value at all,

that they should be published, reserving to myself the hope that at

some future day I may be enabled to present a more complete mono-

graph of the Pinnipedia. In the following notes are combined most

of my own observations with selections from those of Dr. Wallace

(distinguished by his name within parentheses when I have been un-

able to confirm the observation); and to keep up the continuity of

remark I have been compelled to occasionally repeat the substance of

a portion of the abstract formerly referred to*. As this, however, has

been misunderstood, I think that this partial review will not be ob-

jected to, especially as it merely consists of a few paragraphs. The

remarks on the species are prefaced by some general observations on

* Proceedings of the Royal Physical Society of Edinburgh, 1862, p. 312.

1868.] MR. R. BROWN ON THE SEALS OF GREENLAND. 407

the group. For the reasons already stated, I have purposely omitted

giving any craniological or other osteological distinctions, except

in a few isolated cases, limiting what descriptive remarks I may

have to make to some disputed points regarding the very fallacious

distinctive marks derived from the skin. As in the previous paper,

I have not attempted anything like a complete history of their

habits, geographical distribution, &c., chiefly limiting my remarks

to what has fallen within my own observation or knowledge. I have

occasionally mentioned facts already known, but still requiring

further confirmation ; but in general, when I can add nothing to the

remarks of other naturalists, a reference is made to their writings,

such references being intended to convey the imputation that our

observations are similar in their nature. The list of popular names

attached to each species is the result of not a little work and extensive

acquaintance among the seal-hunters and fishermen of the northern

coasts. The scientific synonyms are only given when no doubt

existed of their applicability, and are not intended to be a complete

list.

2. Physiological Remarks on the Habits of Seals.

The Seal is, to a considerable extent, fitted for terrestrial progres-

sion, which it performs chiefly by the muscles of the trunk, aided by

those of the extremities. The result is a roiling, waddling, or shuf-

fling kind of motion—the animal leaning over on one anterior ex-

tremity, and then rolling back on the other to make a similar use

of it, using them thus alternately and the muscles of the spine con-

tinuously, chiefly those of the lumbar region and erectores spine.

In carnivorous animals the intestinal canal is shorter than in grami-

nivorous species: yet there are exceptions ; for the Sloth has a very

short intestine, and the Seal a very long one. I have measured the

length of the intestine of Pagophilus grenlandicus, and found it to

vary between 50 and 56 feet in length.

It is said that the livers of the Seals at Nova Zembla (Hemskirk)

and in the southern seas possess poisonous properties: this is not the

case with the livers of any of the Greenland seals; for they are often

eaten, and I never knew of any bad effect ensuing. The lymphatic

glands are well developed, the glands being of great size, though not

numerous, it being common to find only one in each axilla and groin.

In the young Seals the lymphatics of the neck are subject to disease,

which appears to be analogous to, if not indeed true scrofula: the

glands swell and suppurate and pour out a purulent discharge ; and

the animals subject to this do not increase in size.

Many theories have been adduced to account for the Seal’s capa-

bility of remaining with impunity so long below water. ‘That of

Buffon and the physiologists of his time was long celebrated: from

their finding the foramen ovale open in a few instances, they twisted

an exception into a rule, and accounted for it by this foetal pecu-

liarity. Dr. Wallace considers that this theory is erroneous, and from

numerous observations he is satisfied that the open foramen must be

very rare ; for in only one of the Seals which he examined did he

408 MR. R. BROWN ON THE SEALS OF GREENLAND. [June 25,

find the foramen ovale unenclosed to within a line of the aorta.

That of Blumenbach and Houston has been also brought forward,

yiz. that venous sinuses are to be found in the liver and surrounding

parts, and that the large veins have been observed to be enlarged and

tortuous; these have been supposed to act as reservoirs for the re-

turning venous blood while the animal is diving under the water.

But this theory carries inconsistency in itself. The venous system

on the whole, and not in any particular part, unless in the vena cava,

from the pressure excited on its walls, is greatly enlarged ; but this

arises from the great quantity of blood these animals possess. But,

even supposing these venous sinuses and that the animal will re-

main below the surface for twenty or twenty-five minutes (though I

must assert that I never saw them remain longer below the surface

than fifteen minutes, and from five to eight is the common time),

are these sinuses large enough to contain the full quantity of blood

that may return in that period from the capillary system? The

reply is certainly in the negative. Does the heart’s action diminish

in rapidity or come to a full stop? in that case there would be no

need of these sinuses. What, then, are the uses of them?

After avery careful examination, Dr. Wallace informs me that he

never could find them, in all the Seals which he examined. He cer-

tainly remarked the dilated condition of the veins, but referred this

to a physiological cause, viz. the pressure of the superincumbent

column of blood. He believes that their power of remaining so

long below the surface of the water is to be referred to a cause phy-

siological, and not structural. Their expertness in swimming is not

possessed from birth, but only developed from an innate instinct.

He has often watched young Seals taking the water at first in smooth

pools among the ice, and then swimming slowly and quietly about

in the still floe-water—then gradually taking the water, staying

below the water at first but a short time, gradually lengthening

their stay until they had acquired the faculty of remaining the

usual time beneath the surface. Dr. Wallace, then, thinks that

this faculty is owing to a cause more physiological than anatomical,

and that the explanation he has given, coupled with the enormous

quantity of blood which the Seal contains, will account for their

power of remaining beneath the water. As I have not examined

the anatomy of the Pinnipedia with this object in view, I cannot

presume to give an opinion on the matter; in the Narwhal and

other Cetacea which I examined, the extensive venous plexus about

the vertebral column seemed to explain the possession of this power of

temperary subaquatic existence. The flesh of the Seal is quite black,

from the enormous quantity of venous blood it is impregnated with ;

but if exposed to the air or steeped in water, it acquires the usual

arterial rosy hue. The flesh of young seals which have not yet taken

the water is, on the contrary, quite red.

83. Habits and Instincts of Seals in general.

They spend a considerable part of their time in feeding, but they

1868.] MR. R. BROWN ON THE SEALS OF GREENLAND. 409

pass by far the greater part in basking in the sunshine and sleeping

on the ice *. It has been remarked that the Seal sleeps and wakes

alternately aboutevery 180 seconds. Seals are, however, often killed

in considerable numbers when asleep on the ice; and this happens

most commonly on a day of warm sunshine. We hada Seal on board

about a month old, which I watched attentively for some time, and

it certainly seemed to wake and sleep alternately with the interval

mentioned (Wallace): when disturbed it made attempts to defend

itself; and if left alone for a few seconds, it drew its flippers close to

its sides, and gradually its head began to look drowsy, then closed

its eyes, and from the long deep breathing it was evidently asleep,

for a minute or two (for the time varied); and then, without being

disturbed in any way, it would suddenly open its large black glassy

eyes, stretch out its head, and look about, and, as if satisfied that all

was right, would again relapse to sleep, and so on. When asleep,

they always leave several sentinels on the watch, which, strange to

say, are, for the most part, female Seals. These sentinels, however,

conduct themselves in the same manner as I have described the in-

dividual Seal we had on shipboard. I have been assured by old

seal-hunters that Seals can sleep on their back while floating in the

sea; and this statement corroborates that of Fabricius and other na-

turalists. In 1861, in Davis’s Straits, the steamer on which I was

ran against a Seal sleeping in this manner. The Glow-holes, or

escape-holes, of the Seals are evidently formed by them when the

ice is making, the animal always rising to breath again at the same

place, thus preventing the coagulation of the ice, or breaking it as

soon as formed. It has been supposed that the Seal could make such

an opening by force or by keeping its warm nose (though, unfortu-

nately for the theory, that organ is always cold!) for a time at one

place for the purpose of melting the ice; but these conjectures

are not founded on truth, the following reasons being my grounds

for that statement :-—It could not break the ice by force, and, more-

over, it could not even dare to run its nose against such an obstacle ;

for the nose of the Seal is a tender point; this was known even to

the ancients, and is referred to by Oppian in a well-known passager.

This is taken advantage of by the sealers, who secure as many as

possible when they are hastening to the water from the ice, by

striking them on the nose, and then killing them at their leisure

when the others have escaped. Even suppose the muzzle capable of

melting the ice (which it certainly is not), where could the animal

rise to breath during the process? The preceding explanation of the

formation of the breathing- or blow-holes was derived from inde-

pendent observation of the habits of the Seal, but is identical with

that given me by the natives of the Arctic regions. It is at such

holes that the Eskimo and the Bear watch patiently for their prey.

* “ Sternunt se somno diverse in littore Phoce ” (Virgil, Georgics, lib. 4).

a “ Non hami penetrant phocas, sevique tridentes

In caput incutiunt, et circum tempora pulsant.

Nam subita pereunt capitis per yulnera morte.”

410 MR. R, BROWN ON THE SEALS OF GREENLAND. [June 25,

The voice of the Seal is a peculiar cry, somewhat midway between

that of a young child and the bleating of a lamb or kid.

They are very fond of music, which was well known to the ancients ;

and this fondness is often taken advantage of by the hunters at the

present day*, I have often seen them raising their heads inquiringly

out of the water listening to the sea-songs of the sailors as they

wrought at the pumps or tracked the ship to the ice-floe; therefore

it seems as if the fabled spell of Orpheus, which was powerless on

the Dolphin, takes effect upon the Seals. In moving from one place

to another they swim rapidly, sometimes on their backs and often on

their sides, occasionally whirling about as if to amuse themselves,

and sometimes leaping out of the water altogether.

Their parental love is so great that they will sometimes remain

and share the fate of their hapless young. Their instinctive know-

ledge of danger is very keen; they have been known to seize their

young with their flippers and carry them into the water with

them when they saw the hunter approaching! I did not see this

myself, and only ask you to receive the statement for what it is

worth.

Seals are very tenacious of life, and difficult to kill, unless by a

bullet through the brain or heart. They are so quickly flensed t,

that after having been deprived of their skin they have been seen to

strike out in the water; so that the sympathies of the rough hunters

have been so excited that they will pierce the heart several times

with their knives before throwing away the carcass. These move-

ments, however, are apparently reflex or diastaltic, as I have often

seen a Seal lying skinned on the deck for an hour, exposed to a

temperature of 12° below zero (Fahr.), and yet the muscles of the

loins and back retain their contractility to such an extent as to be

able to rotate the pelvis on the spine, on those on each side being

alternately irritated.

With the exception of the Bladdernose, the other Seals in the

Greenland seas appear to have little or no combativeness in their

nature, but are a harmless, persecuted, sportive race of graceful

athletes making merry the solitary waters of polar lands.

On the other hand, the male Bladdernose is, in truth, the lion of

the sea, dividing the empire of the polar waters with his huge ally

the Walrus. Instead of flying at the approach of the hunter, he will

quite calmly await the approach of danger, preparing for defence by

betaking himself to the centre of the piece of ice he is on, and blowing

up the air-bladder on his forehead, while he rears his head and snuffs

the air like an enraged bull, and often gives battle successfully,

* It is often alluded to by the ancient poets (thus, ‘ gaudebant carmine

phoce,” Apol. Rhod. lib. 1; Val. Flace. lib. 5. lin. 440, &c.); and all ancient his-

torians especially note that it-is “‘ perstudiosum musice.” The well-known pas-

sage in Sir W. Scott’s poem also refers to this,—

‘Rude Heiskars seals through surges dark

Will long pursue the minstrel’s bark.”

+ A convenient whaler’s word (of Dutch origin) to express the operation of

taking off the blubber (and skin).

1868.] MR. R. BROWN ON THE SEALS OF GREENLAND. 411

making the clubs fly from the hands of his assailants, with his flip-

pers, his head being protected as with a helmet by the air-bladder.

He will then in turn act on the offensive, and put his opponents to

flight, pursuing them with a shuffling serpent-like motion over the

ice, the result often proving somewhat dangerous to the panic-

stricken hunter if the boat has left that piece of ice, as the Seal will

use his tusks rather ferociously when thus enraged. However, he

is not inclined to give battle unless provoked, and looks a dull

stupid-looking sort of epicurean as he lolls on the surface of the ice

and gazes about with his large black eyes, having an apparently mean-

ingless stare. The “ Ground-Seal’’ and ‘‘ the Floe-Rat”’ (Pagomys

hispidus) in the far north are quite harmless and inoffensive ; they

apparently delight to swim about in the calm smooth floe-waters, or

bask asleep in the sunshine on the surface of the ice. Their greatest

enemy is the Polar Bear, who is continually on the alert to take

them by surprise, forming, as they do, his chief prey.

Nearly all of the Seals live on the same description of food, vary-

ing this at different times of the year and according to the relative

abundance or otherwise of that article in different portions of the

Arctic seas. The great staple of food, however, consists of various

species of Crustacea which swarm in the northern seas. During the

sealing-season in the Spitzbergen sea I have invariably taken out of

their stomachs various species of Gammarus (G. sabini, Leach, G. /o-

ricatus, Sab., G. pinguis, Kr., G. dentatus, Kr., G. mutatus, Lilljeb.,

&e.), collectively known to the whalers under the name of “ Moun-

tebank Shrimps,” deriving the name from their peculiar agility in

the water. This ‘seals’ food” is found more plentiful in some lati-

tudes than in others, but in all parts of the Greenland sea from Ice-

land to Spitzbergen; I have seen the sea at some places literally

swarming with them. Again, in the summer in Davis’s Strait I have

found in their stomach remains of whatever species of small fish

happened to be just then abundant on the coast, such as the Mal-

lotus areticus, Salmo (various species), &c. I have even known

them to draw down small birds swimming on the surface ; but their

chief food is Crustacea and fish.

4. Notes on the Species of Pinnipedia.

(1) CaLLocerHa.us virutinus (Linn.), F. Cuv.

Phoca vitulina, Linn.

Phoca communis, Linn. (Mus. Ad. Frid. i. 5).

Phoca canina, Pall. (ad partem).

Phoca variegata, Nilss.

Phoca linnei, Less.

Phoca littorea, Thienem.

Popular names.—Sea-dog, Sea-calf, Sea-cat (English sailors and

fishermen generally); Selkie, Selach, and Tangfish (north of Scot-

land); Rawn (western islands of Scotland); Spriiklig Skél (Swedish);

in other parts of Scandinavia, and according to age &c., it is variously

412 MR. R. BROWN ON THE SEALS OF GREENLAND. [June 25,

designated Wilkare Skil, Kubbsel, Hjordnacke, den spittede Sil

(the Spotted Seal), Algar, Laggar, Kutar, and Skéltokar ; Kobbe,

Stenkobbe (Norse); Hylje (Finnish); Nuorjo (Lapp.); Seehund

(German); Veau marin and Phoque (French); Kassigiak (Green-

land); Spragled Selhund (Danes in Greenland).

The Eskimo in Ponds Bay, on being shown a good figure of this

Seal, called it Tupalo ; but whether this is their name for the animal

and is to be received for a proof that the C. vitulinus is found there,

I cannot take upon myself to decide. The Greenlanders also call it,

according to age, Kassigiarak and Kassiginak; but when it attains

the age of three years, it is called Kassiarsoak (‘the big Kassigiak”’).

Prof. Newton (‘‘ Notes on the Zoology of Spitsbergen,”’ Proc. Zool.

Soc. 1865, and Amn. Nat. Hist. vol. xvi. 3rd series, p. 423) says that

Pagomys fetidus is called Steen Kobbe (Stone-Seal) by the Spitz-

bergen hunters. I suspect that he has erred through his informauts

mistaking this for Callocephalus vitulinus. No doubt Dr. Malm-

gren seems to think that the latter species is not got in Spitzbergen

—an opinion I have ventured to contest in a former paper.

It is also sometimes called “ the Freshwater Seal,’’ on account of

its following the Salmon high up rivers*.

Remarks §c.—Any laboured account of a Seal so long and so fa-

miliarly known would obviously be out of place in these short notes ;

I question, however, if all the accounts we possess regarding the Seal

under the designation of ‘‘ Phoca vitulina”’ really refer to this spe-

cies, and not to Pagomys fetidus and otherst. It will, I think, be

found that in the western and northern islands of Scotland several

species, not hitherto supposed to be regular members of the British

fauna, exist, known under the popular names of Selkie, Selach,

Sea-cat, &c. Ido not think I can say anything in regard to its

habits further than what is already contained in various works on

Mammalia &c., viz.:—Bingley, British Quadrupeds, p. 57; Bell,

History of British Quadrupeds, p. 282; Hamilton, Amphibious

Carnivora (Nat. Lib.), p. 127; James Wilson in Mag. Zool. and

Bot. vol. i. p. 239; Edmonston, View of Zetland, vol. i. p. 293;

Martin, Western Islands, p. 62; M‘Gillivray, British Quadrupeds

(Nat. Lib.), vol. xiii. p. 199; Nilsson, Skandinaviske Fauna, i.

p- 276; Fabricius, Naturhistoriske Selskabets Skrifter, 1. Band ii.

p- 98; G&dmann, Vet. Akad. Handl. 1784, p. 84; Rosted, Norske

Vidensk. Nye Skrivter, ii. p. 185 (good description); Cueiff, “ Be-

rattelse om Skilfiinget i Gisterbotten,” in Vet. Akad. Handl. 1759,

p- 179. r. 8 (on the hunt) ; Holmers, Anteckningar om siattet att

* IT have known a Seal (probably Halicyon richardsi, Gray) to be killed at the

Falls of the Columbia River in Oregon, upwards of 200 miles from the Pacific.

It was doubtless in pursuit of Salmon. Dog River, a tributary of the Columbia,

takes its name from a dog-like animal, probably a Seal, being seen in the lake

whence the stream rises.

t In the Appendix to Parry’s ‘ Voyage’ is a notice of a Seal said to be “‘ Phoca

vitulina.”’ lt is the young (in secoid coat) of Pagophilus grinlandicus, which

has often been mistaken for this Seal. It can be known by its having the

second toe of the fore flippers the longest; while, independently of other cha-

racters, C. vitulina has the first toe the longest,

1868.] MR. R. BROWN ON THE SEALS OF GREENLAND. 413

skjuta och fanga Skiilar &e. (Stockholm, 1828)* (hunt &c.); Ball,

Transactions of the Royal Irish Academy, xviii., and Sketches of

British Seals; Gaimard, Voyage en Islande &c.

Procreation and Young.—On the coast of Greenland it is said to

produce its young in the month of June; but the time seems to vary

according to season and place. On our coast its young is dark-co-

loured; but on the Arctic coasts it is born white, with curly hair,

like the young of Pagomys fetidus.

Geographical Distribution.—This is a Seal peculiar to the coasts

of the regions which it affects, but has also a wide range, being found

over nearly all the northern coasts of Europe and the colder portions

of America. It is even said to be found in the Caspian Sea and Lake

Baikal. It does not seem, from its littoral habits, to be found in the

Spitzbergen sea, or form a portion of the commerce of the sealer ;

it is, however, found on the coasts of Spitzbergen, tolerably abundant

on the eastern shores of Greenland, and in Davis’s Strait. It is to be

found all the year round all along the coast of Greenland up inlets,

but not to any such extent as Pagomys fetidus and Pagophilus green-

landicus. In Scandinavia it is sometimes called the Fjardskiil on

account of its frequenting inlets or fjords.

Economic value and hunting.—We have no data to decide as to

what extent it is killed in Danish Greenland, its record being united

with that of Pagomys fetidus. The skins are highly valued as

articles of dress, more especially as material for the women’s breeches ;

and no more acceptable present can be given to a Greenland damsel

than a skin of the Kassigiak. While a European Pyramis presents

jewels and dijouterie to his fair Thisbe, the not less gallant Pingatok

in Greenland presents to his squat innamorata the fruits of his hunt

up the ice-choked fjord, in the form of a Seal of this species! In

the Danish settlements they are valued at from three to four rigs-

daler. The principal reason which induced the late Admiral Griiih’s

boatwomen to accompany him on his memorable voyage along the

east coast of Greenland was the hope of obtaining some Kassigiak

skins from that region, the natives of which value them at even less

than the more serviceable hides of the other species, which are sold

by the west-coast natives for a mere trifle. According to Hr, Cneiff

(/. c.) a C. vitulinus will yield about 62 Swedish lispunds of blubber,

and, according to Holmers, even 8 lispunds. Professor Nilsson says

that a Seal of this species killed on the coast between Malmé and

Skanor in Sweden yielded over 90 Swedish “potts” of oil, each

*“‘pott” being worth 36 skillings,=67 rigsdaler 24 skillings Rigs-

mont (Swedish) for the oil of one C. vitulinus. In August, when the

Seals are poorer, another yielded 75 potts, equal in value to 56 rigs-

daler 12 skillings (Swedish). In some of the northern and western

islands of Scotland, and at the estuary of the Tay, &c., they are still

occasionally hunted for their skins and oil. The skin makes excellent

leather, and waiscoats made of it are much valued by fishermen.

* Fide Nilss.

+ The “Colonie” of Christianshaab in Disco Bay is called Kassigianwitchz,

or the place of the Kassigiak.

414 MR. R.. BROWN ON THE SEALS OF GREENLAND. [June 25,

No separate returns of the catch of this have been kept ; but it is

estimated that of Pagomys feetidus and Callocephalus vitulinus, the

yearly capture in Danish Greenland must amount to 70,000* or

more. ‘The flesh is looked upon in Greenland as the most palatable

of all “ seal-beef.”’

(2) Pacomys raripus (Miill.), Gray.

Phoca fetida, Mill.

Phoca hispida, O. Fab. Nat. Selskab. Skrifter, vol. i. 2. p. 74.

Phoca bothnica, Gm.

Phoca fasciata, Shaw.

Phoca annellata, Nilss.

Phoca discolor, Gray.

Phoca frederici, Less.

Popular names.—Ringlad Skal (Nilsson) ; Morunge (Gidmann,

Vet. Akad. Handl. 1784, p. 84); Hringanor (Mohr, Isl. Natur-

historiske, p. 5); Kuma (Tungunsen near Baikal) ; ? Nerpa (Russ.);

(Neitsiak (young) and Neitsik (old, pronounced Nesik, Green-

landers and Danes in Greenland); Floe-rat or Flaar-ratt (of

Northern English and Scotch sealers). It has been so often con-

founded with other Seals that, even on the coasts where it is not

uncommon, it has not received many popular names; however,

in different parts of the Scandinavian seaboard it is variously called

Inskirsskil or Skirfving, and Svart nolled-sil, or simply the Nollede.

This is, in all probability, the Seal known in the Hebrides as the

bodach or old man.

It is doubtful if this is the Phoca equestris of Pallas; but I cannot

think that there is any serious room for doubt that it is identical

with Dekay’s Phoca concolor. 1 do not think that any one now

entertains any doubt about its being identical with the Phoca fetida

of Fabricius (Fauna Greenl. p. 13. no. 8) or the Phoca hispida

described by the same author in the ‘ Naturhistoriske Selskabets

Skrifter,’ l.c., though Nilsson seemed in 1847 to have been doubtful

(Skand. Fauna, 1. p. 283).

Descriptive remarks §c.—This is the smallest of the Greenland

Seals; it is chiefly looked upon and taken as a curiosity by the

whalers, who consider it of very little commercial importance, and

call it the “‘ Floe-rat,” as it is always either found on floes or quietly

swimming about in the smooth floe-waters.

Young.—The young is white, of the yellowish tint of the Polar

Bear. The hair is curly.

Habit §c.—They delight to live in retired bays in the neigh-

bourhood of the ice of the coasts, and seldom frequent the open sea.

In the Greenland and Spitzbergen seas they chiefly live upon the

floes in retired situations at a considerable distance from the margin

of the ice. Dr. Wallace observed them for a considerable time in

* Rink, J. c.

+ Ihave heard the English sailors call them Dorrifies ; but this term is also

used for the Bluebacks (P. grenlandicus).

1868.] | MR. R. BROWN ON THE SEALS OF GREENLAND. 415

the months of June and July, between N. lat. 76° and 77°, in pos-

session of a large floe, part of which was formed of bay ice, where

they had their “ blow-holes”’ (the atluk of the Danes); his ship

lay ice-bound for nearly three weeks, at about three miles from this

large floe, and hence he had considerable opportunity of observing

them. They passed the greater portion of their time apparently

asleep beside their holes ; and he never saw them all at one time off

the ice, unless alarmed by parties from the ship or by the Polar

Bear. When the ice slackened away and the sheets of open water

formed around the ships, the Seals used to swim near them; and

occasionally at these times a few were killed. In the water they

are very cautious, swimming near the hunter, gazing on him as if

with feelings of curiosity and wonder; but on the ice beside their

blow-hole it is almost impossible for the hunter to approach them,

so much are they on the alert and so easily alarmed. In Davis’s

Strait it especially feeds about the base of icebergs and up the ice-

fjords. The great ice-fjord at Jakobshavn is a favourite haunt of

theirs; the reason for this predilection is apparently that their

food is found in such localities in greater abundance. The bergs,

even when aground, have a slight motion, stirring up from the

bottom the Crustacea and other animals on which the Seals feed* ;

the native, knowing this, frequently endangers his life by venturing

too near the icebergs, which not unfrequently topple over upon the

eager Seal-hunter.

The old males have a most disgusting smell, which has suggested

the name fetiday.

Geographical Distribution §c.—In the Spitzbergen sea they

appear to be confined to high latitudes, and especially to the parallels

of 76° and 77° N.; and it is in these latitudes that the whalers chiefly

find them. In Davis’s Strait it is to be found all the year round,

but particularly up the ice-fjords. Its capture constitutes the most

important feature of the Seal-hunt in North Greenland ; but many

are also killed in South Greenland, the Neitsik figuring largely in

the trade-returns of that Inspectorate. In Jakobshavn bay, I am

told, they are quite numerous about the middle of August.

Economic value.—They are extensively captured for food and cloth-

ing. Notwithstanding the nauseous smell of the old ones, the flesh

of all of them (but especially the younger individuals) is sufficiently

palatable to an educated taste. During the latter end of summer

and autumn it forms the principal article of foodin the Danish

settlements, and on it the writer of these notes and his companions

dined many a time and oft; we even learned to like it and to

become quite epicurean connoisseurs in all the qualities, titbits, and

dishes of the well-beloved Neitsik! ‘The skin forms the chief

* Hr. Distrikts-lege Pfaff, who has resided at Jakobshavn for many years as

district Medical Officer of North Greenland, suggests this to me; and the idea re-

commends itself as being that of a very intelligent naturalist.

+ Homer refers to this in another species (probably Monachus albiventer) :

““ Web-footed Seals forsake the stormy swell,

And sleep in herds exhaling nauseous smell.”’

416 MR. R. BROWN ON THE SEALS OF GREENLAND. [June 25,

material of clothing in North Greenland. All of the oi zodXoi dress

in Neitsik breeches and jumpers; and we sojourners from a far country

soon encased ourselves in the somewhat hispid but most comfortable ~

Neitsik unmentionables. It is only high dignitaries, such as ‘‘ Herr

Inspektor,” that can afford such extravagance as a Kassigiak

(Callocephalus vitulinus) wardrobe! the Arctic belles monopolize

them all.

(3) PaGorHILus GR@NLANDICUS (Mill.), Gray.

Phoca grenlandica, Mill.

P. oceanica, Lepech.

Callocephalus oceanicus, Less.

Phoca semilunaris, Bodd.

P. dorsata, Pallas.

P. miilleri, Less.

Callocephalus grenlandicus, F. Cuv.

Young. Phoca lagura, Cuv.

Callocephalus lagurus, F. Cuv.

Phoca albicauda, Desm.

P. desmarestii, Less.

P. pilayi, Less.

Popular names.— Saddleback (English northern sealers); White-

coats and Bed Lampiers (Newfoundland sealers) (young) ; Harp

Seal (English authors) ; Svartsida (Norse); Delja, Devok, dine

(Lapp); Svartsiden (Danish, hence Egede, Green. p. 62); Blaudru-

selur (Icelandic) ; Karoleek and Neitke (Eskimo at Pond’s Bay,

Davis’s Strait) ; Atak (Greenlanders). The same people, according

to the age of the Seal, call it Atarak, Aglektok or Uklektok,

and Atarsoak (hence Crantz, Gronl. i. p. 163), meaning respectively

the little Seal (white), the blueside, and the large Seal, while dtak

means merely the Seal (blackside) without reference to age. A

variety having the belly dark also is called by the Danes in Green-

land Svart-svart-siden. The Uklektok of the natives is also called by

the whites Blaa-siden (the blueside). I shall afterwards refer to

some of its other names.

There seems little doubt that the Phoca oceanica, Lepech.*, is

identical with this species; indeed Lepechin’s description is one of

the best we have of the Pagophilus grenlandicus. Lepechin

seems to have confounded with this the young of another species,

and to have erred by trusting wholly to the deceptive characters of

colouring, instead of relying for its distinctive character on the

more stable distinction of teeth and skull. What he says about the

changes of coat in P. oceanica exactly agrees with what I have said

regarding the present species.

Remarks.—It seems to be almost unknown to most writers on

this group that the male and female of the Saddleback are of dif-

* In Sir Joseph Banks’s copy of Fabricius’s ‘ Fauna,’ in the British Museum,

“« Phoca oceanica ’’ is written (apparently in Sir Joseph’s handwriting) opposite

the description of Phoca grenlandica.

1868.] MR. R. BROWN ON THE SEALS OF GREENLAND. 417

ferent colours; this, however, has long been known to the Seal-

hunters. Male.—The length of the male Saddleback rarely reaches

6 feet, and the most common length is 5 feet ; while the female in

general rarely attains that length. The colour of the male is of a

tawny grey, of a lighter or darker shade in different individuals, on

a slightly straw-coloured or tawny-yellowish ground, having some-

times a tendency to a reddish-brown tint, which latter colour is

often seen in both males and females, but especially in the latter, in

oval spots on the dorsal aspect. The pectoral and abdominal

regions have a dingy or tarnished silvery hue, and are not white as

generally described. But the chief characteristic, at least that

which has attracted the most notice, so much as to have been

the reason for giving it several names, from the peculiar appearance

it was thought to present (e.g. “ harp”’ Seal, “‘saddleback,” &c.),

is the dark marking or band on its dorsal and lateral aspects. This

‘‘saddle-shaped”’ band commences at the root of the neck poste-

riorly, and curves downwards and backwards at each side superior to

the anterior flippers*, reaches downwards to the abdominal region,

whence it curves backwards anteriorly to the posterior flippers, where

it gradually disappears, reaching further in some individuals than

in others. In some this band is broader than in others and more

clearly impressed, while in many the markings only present an ap-

proximation, in the form of an aggregation of spots more or less

isolated. The grey colour verges into a dark hue, almost a black

tint, on the muzzle and flippers; but I have never seen it white on

the forehead as mentioned by Fabricius. The muzzle is more pro-

minent than in any other northern Seal.

Female.—The female is very different in appearance from the

male: she is not nearly so large, rarely reaching 5 feet in length ;

and when fully mature her colour is a dull white or yellowish straw-

colour, of a tawny hue on the back, but similar to the male on the

pectoral and abdominal regions, only perhaps somewhat lighter. In

some females I have seen the colour totally different; it presented

a bluish or dark grey appearance on the back, with peculiar

oval markings of a dark colour apparently impressed on a yellowish

or reddish-brown ground. These spots are more or less numerous

in different individuals. Some Seal-hunters are inclined to think

this is a different species of Seal from the Saddleback, because the

appearance of the skin is often so very different and so extremely

beautiful when taken out of the water; yet as the females are

always found among the immense flocks of the Saddleback, and as

hardly two of the latter females are alike, but varying in all stages

to the mature female, and on account of there being no males to

mate with them, I am inclined to believe with Dr. Wallace that

these are only younger female Saddlebacks. The muzzle and

flippers of the female present the same dark-chestnut appearance

as in the male.

Procreation and changes of coats in the young.—l have already

* T use this very convenient sealers’ vernacular term to express the “‘ paws,”

“hands,” &c. of systematic authors.

418 MR. R. BROWN ON THE SEALS OF GREENLAND. [June 25,

spoken of the young as being different from the male; and in my

remarks upon their geographical distribution and migrations reference

will be made generally to their period and place of procreation, more

theoretically, however, than from actual knowledge or observation.

I now supply this from a study of this subject in the Spitzbergen

sea. The period at which the Saddlebacks take to the ice to bring

forth their young may be stated generally at between the middle

of March and the middle of April, according to the state of the

season &c., the most common time being about the end of March.

At this time they may be seen literally covering the frozen waste

as far as the eye can reach with the aid of a telescope, from the

“ crow’s nest”’ at the main-royal mast-head, and have, on such oc-

casions, been calculated to number upwards of half a million of

males and females. After the females have procured suitable ice

on which they may bring forth their young, the males leave them

and pursue their course to the margin of the ice; there the Seal-

hunters lose them, and are at a loss as to what course they take,

the common opinion being that they leave for feeding-banks; but

where, is unknown. They most probably direct their course along

the “cant” of the ice, or among the ice where it has a loose

scattered character ; for in the month of May sealers fall in with the

old Seals (male and female) in about from N. lat. 73° to 75°, and in

the following month still further north, by which period the young

ones have also joined them. The females commonly produce one at

a birth, frequently two ; and there is good reason for supposing that

there are occasionally three, as most sealers can tell that they have

often seen three young ones on a piece of ice floating about which

were apparently attended by only one female. Yet it is only proper

to remark that, of the several ships I have heard of finding the

seals when taking the ice, none of the hunters have been able to

tell me that they took more than two from the uterus of the mother*.

In contradiction to the opinion of some experienced sealers, I think

that it is more than probable that they produce but once a year.

(a) The colour after birth is a pure woolly white, which gradually

assumes a beautiful yellowish tint when contrasted with the stain-

less purity of the Arctic snow; they are then called by the sealers

‘* white-coats”’ or “ whitey-coats’’+; and they retain this colour until

they are able to take the water (when about fourteen or twenty days

old). They sleep most of this time on the surface of the snow-

covered pack-ice and grow remarkably fast. At this stage they can

hardly be distinguished among the icy hummocks and the snow—

their colour thus acting as a protection to them ; for in this state they

* Perbaps, after all, Pliny has struck the truth in regard to the order, when

he says, “ Parit nunguam yeminis plures”” (Hist. Nat. lib. 9. § 13).

+ These are rarely seen in Danish Greenlana, and then are called “ Isblink ”

by the Danes from their colour; at least, so Fabricius says. He, moreover,

informs us that the third year they are called dglektok (as mentioned above), the

fourth Millaktok, and after a winter Kinaglit, when they are beginning to assume

the harp-shaped markings of the male (Nat. Selsk. Skrift. i. p. 92). I never

heard these names in North Greenland.

1868.] MR. R. BROWN ON THE SEALS OF GREENLAND. 419

are perfectly helpless, and the sealer kills them with a blow of the

sharp-pointed club or a kick over the nose with his heavy boot.

The mother will hold by her young until the last moment, and will

even defend it to her own destruction. I have known them seize

the hunter when flaying the young one, and inflict severe wounds

upon him. In 1862, duringa severe gale of wind many of the young

seals were blown off the ice and drowned. Sometimes the sealing-

ships have accidentally fallen among them during the long dark

nights of the end of March or beginning of April, and were aware

of their good luck only from hearing the cries of the young Seals.

The white-coat changes very quickly. In 1862 the late Capt.

George Deuchars, to whom science is indebted for so many spe-

cimens, brought me two alive from near Jan Mayen; they were

white when brought on board, but they changed this coat to a dark

one completely on the passage, of a week or ten days. They ate

fresh beef, and recognized different persons quite readily. The

young ‘‘whitecoat”’ represented on the plate of Phoca barbata by Dr.

Hamilton (‘‘Amphibious Carnivora,” Naturalist’s Library, vol. viii.

pl. 5), from a specimen in the Edinburgh Museum, is not the young

of that species, but of Pagophilus greenlandicus. The young white-

coat, however, is much plumper than the specimen figured ; indeed,

in proportion to its size, it has much more blubber between the skin

and the flesh than the adult animal.

(3) They take the water under the guidance of the old females.

At the same time the colour of the skin begins to change to that of

a dark speckled and then spotted hue; these are denominated

‘“* Hares” by the sealers*.

(y) This colour gradually changes to a dark bluish colour on

the back, while on the breast and belly it is of a dark silvery hue.

Young Seals retain this appearance throughout the summer and are

termed ‘“ Bluebacks” by the sealers of Spitzbergen, ‘‘Aglektok ”’

by the Greenlanders, Blaa-siden by the Danes+.

(0) The next stage is called Millaktok by the Greenlanders.

The Seal is then approaching to its mature coat, getting more

spotted, &c., and the saddle-shaped band begins to form.

(e) The last stage (in the male to which these changes refer) is

the assumption of the halfmoon-shaped mark on either side, or the

‘* saddle ”’ as it is called by the northern sealers.

I consider that about three years are sufficient to complete these

changes. This is also the opinion held in Newfoundland, though

the Greenland people consider that five years are necessary. I wish,

however, to say that these changes do not proceed so regularly as

is usually described, some of them not lasting a year, others longer,

while, again, several of the changes are gone through in one year ;

in fact the coats are always gradually changing, though some of

* In this state it is not unlike Halicherus grypus, but can be distinguished

by the characters given by Nilsson, Skand. Fauna, i. p. 301.

+ The dental formula of a Seal in this stage killed by me in Davis’s Strait,

j 6 : 1s 5—5

September 1861, was :—Incisors zi canines >; molars oa

420 MR. R. BROWN ON THE SEALS OF GREENLAND. [June 25,

the more prominent ones may be retained a longer, and others a

shorter time. It would require a very careful and extended study of

this animal to decide on this point, which, owing to their migrations,

it is impossible to give. After all, these changes and their rapidity

vary according to the season and the individual, and really will not

admit of other than a general description.

Habits.—It has few other characteristic habits beyond what is

mentioned regarding the order generally, or in other sections of

this paper on its migrations &c. It is looked upon by the Green-

landers as rather a careless, stupid Seal, easily caught by a very or-

dinary kayaker. Its food consists of any small fish (Mallotus are-

ticus, Fab., &c.), Crustacea, and even Mollusca. In this its habits

agree with those of other species.

Geographical range and migrations.—The Saddleback has a

wide range, being found at certain seasons of the year in almost

all parts of the Arctic Ocean, from the American coasts to Nova

Zembla, and perhaps even further; it appears that the Phoca

oceanica (Lepechin, Acta Petropolitana, 1777, t. i. pp. 1, 259, t.

6, 7) is identical with it. Stragglers even find their way into

temperate regions; and this is so frequently the case that this

Seal may now be classed in the fauna of nearly all of the north-

ern shores of Europe and America. The period of the year

influences its position in the Spitzbergen sea (the Greenland sea of

the Dutch, the ‘Old Greenland” of the English whalers). Early

in March it is found by the sealing-ships in immense numbers in

the proximity of the dreary island of Jan Mayen *, off the east coast

of Greenland, not far from the 72nd parallel of north latitude ;

but, of course, the longitude varies with the extent which the

ice stretches out to the eastward, though the common meridian is

between 6° and 8° west of Greenwich. ‘They are never found far

inwards on the fixed ice, but on the margin of the icebelt which

extends along the whole of the eastern shores of Greenland, stretching

as far as the longitude of Iceland, and sometimes even for a hundred

miles to the eastward of that island and of Jan Mayen island into

the ocean. The general direction of its sea-margin is towards the

north-east, stretching most commonly as far as Spitzbergen, to N.

lat. 80°, but occasionally only to about 75° N. lat., where it joins at

an angle another belt of ice which lies in a southern and eastern

direction along the coast of Spitzbergen to Cherrie Island. This

easterly belt of ice is what the whalers call a ‘south-east pack ;”’

and at the angle where the two belts join, a passage can generally be

accomplished through to the Spitzbergen waters. The nature of the

ice, which can easily be perceived by the experienced sealer, deter-

mines whether the Seals will be found far from the margin of the

ice. Thus, if there is much new light ice, it is probable that the

Seals will have taken the ice at a considerable distance from the

seaboard margin of the pack, as it is well known that instinctively

‘* Hence the Norse sealers often call it the Jan Mayen Kobbe (the Jan Mayen

Seal), but more often the Springer, from its gambolling motions in the water

(Newton, /. e.).

1868.] MR. R. BROWN ON THE SEALS OF GREENLAND. 421

they select ice of a strong consistence for the safety of their young

when in that helpless condition in which they are unable to take to

the water. Again, they often take the ice where it stretches out to sea

in the form of a long, broad promontory, with apparently this end in

view, that their young may easily get to sea when able to do so; this

is the great clue which guides the sealer in the choice of the ice where

he may find his prey. This was very well exhibited in 1859. Dr.

Wallace tells me that there was very little ice that year, and the

island of Jan Mayen was altogether free from it; indeed the nearest

ice lay away nearly 70 miles or more to the north-west of it. The

‘Victor,’ the ‘Intrepid,’ and a fleet of other ships met with

indications of Seals in 72° N. lat., about eighty miles in a north-

westerly direction from Jan Mayen, in the early part of the month

of April; they had sailed in an easterly direction through a very

loose pack of very heavy ice. The prospects were so good that

Capt. Martin, sen., of the ‘Intrepid,’ perhaps the most successful

sealer who ever sailed in the Greenland sea, and Capt. Anderson, of

the ‘ Victor’ (my old fellow voyageur both in the North Atlantic and

North Pacific Oceans), were congratulating each other on the almost

certain prospect of filling their ships (for, indeed, the old Seals

had taken the ice and some had already brought forth their young),

when suddenly there was a change of wind to the eastward, and

before many hours it blew a hard gale from that direction. The

results were that the ice was driven together into a firm pack and

frozen into solid floes, and the ‘ Victor’ and many of the best

ships of the fleet got ice-bound. The Seals shifted their position

towards the edge of the ice to be nearer the sea, and for seven weeks

the ‘Victor’ was beset among ice and drifted southwards as far as

N. lat. 67° 15', having described a course of nearly 400 miles.

Though I have stated the parallel of 72° N. lat. as being the

peculiar whereabouts of the Seals in March, yet they have often

been found at a considerable distance from it as well from Jan

Mayen. Thus in 1859 they were found in considerable numbers not

far from Iceland, the most northerly point of which is in N. lat.

66° 44’; this leads me to remark that the Seals are often divided into

several bodies or flocks, and may be at a considerable distance from

each other, although it is most common to find these smaller flocks

on the skirts or at no great distance from the main body. After the

young have begun to take the water in the Spitzbergen sea, they gra-

dually direct their course to the outside streams, where they are often

taken in considerable numbers on warm sunny days. When able to

provide for themselves, the females gradually leave them and join the

males in the north, where they are hunted by the sealers in the

months of May and June; and it is especially during the latter

month that the females are seen to have joined the males; for at the

“ old-sealing”’ (as this is called) in May, it has often been remarked

that few or no males are seen in company with the females. Later

in the year, in July, there are seen, between the parallels of 76° and

77°N.., these flocks of Seals, termed by Scoresby ‘‘ Seals’ weddings ;”

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1868, No. XXVIII.

422 MR. R. BROWN ON THE SEALS OF GREENLAND. [June 25,

and I have found that they were composed of the old males and

females and the bluebacks, which must have followed the old ones

in the north and formed a junction with them some time in June.

There is another opinion, that the old females remain and bring

their young with them north; but all our facts are against such a

theory (Wallace).

These migrations may vary with the temperature of the season,

and are influenced by it; it is possible that in the Spitzbergen sea

as the winter approaches they keep in advance of it and retreat south-

ward to the limit of perpetual ice, off the coast of Greenland, some-

where near Iceland, where they spend the winter. Weare, however,

at a loss regarding the winter habits of these Seals in that region ;

here no one winters, and there are no inhabitants to note their mi-

grations and ways of life. Different is it, however, on the Greenland

shores of Davis’s Strait, where in the Danish settlements the Seals

form, both with the Whites and Eskimo, the staple article of food

and commerce, and accordingly their habits and arrival are well known

and eagerly watched. The Atarsoak, as it is commonly called by

the Eskimo, the ‘‘Svartsidede Selhund” (Black-sided Sealhound)

of the Danes, is the most common Seal in all South Greenland. It

is equally by this Seal that the Eskimo lives, and the “ Kongl.

Gronlandske Handel’? make their commerce. In South Greenland

when the Seal generally is talked of, or a good or bad year spoken

about, everybody thinks of this Seal; on the other hand, in North

Greenland Pagomys feetidus and Callocephalus vitulinus* are the most

common. ‘These last two species are the only Seals which can be

properly said to have their home in Greenland, affecting ice-fjords and

rarely going far from the coast. This is not the case with P. gran-

landicus; at certain times of the year they completely leave the coast;

therefore the Seal-hunting in South Greenland is more dependent

upon contingencies than in North Greenland. This Seal arrives re-

gularly in September in companies travelling from the south to north,

keeping among the islands; occasionally at this time individuals de-

tach themselves from the drove and go up the inlets. The Seal at this

period is fatter, and continues so until the winter time. In October

and November is the great catching, lessening in December. Very

few are seen in January, and in February almost none; but regularly

towards the end of May they return to the south of Greenland, and

in June further north. The Seal is at this time in very poor condi-

tion, and remains for the most part in the fjords. For the second

time they disappear in July, again to return regularly in SeptemberT.

It is therefore seen that this Seal regularly comes and goes twice a year.

* J was always under the impression that this Seal was rather rare; but as the

return of its capture is not given separately from the former, it is impossible to

say accurately.

+ This varies a little with latitude &c.; e.g. this Seal leaves the vicinity of

Jakobshavn ice-fjord about the middle of July or beginning of August, and comes

back in October very fat. In August and September there are none on that part

of the coast.

1868.] | MR. R. BROWN ON THE SEALS OF GREENLAND. 423

Every one knows when it commences its migration from the south to

the north, but nobody knows where the Seal goes to when it dis-

appears off the coast. Between the time they leave the coast in the

spring and return in the summer they beget their young; and this

seems to be accomplished on the pack-ice a great distance from land*,

viz. in the Spitzbergen sea. It is at this period that the Seal-ships

come after them, as referred to already. Of course a few stragglers

occasionally do not leave the coast, and produce their young close

to the land; but such exceptions do not at all affect the rule laid down.

It is a very familiar fact that round the Spitzbergen seas in April

the sealers get the best catch. At this season they accumulate in

immense numbers on the pack and can be killed en masse; but Dr.

Rink cannot believe that in this time the Seals could migrate from

the west coast of Greenland to Spitzbergen, the distance being too

great. In support of this argument, it is pointed out that in the

winter the Seal goes in the opposite direction to that of Spitzbergen,

and cannot be seen in the northern parts of Davis’s Strait or Baffin’s

Bay ; it is possible therefore, he thinks, that the Seals of Baffin’s Bay

go in the spring down the west side of Davis’s Strait to Newfoundland

and Labrador, and supply the bulk of those killed there at that

season, that in the winter they cross Davis’s Strait and beget their

young in that region, and after this cross again to the southern portion

of Greenland. One would think that if the Seals came from Spitz-

bergen there would at this season be great numbers met on the passage

round Cape Farewell. At other seasons of the year it is certainly

the abundance or otherwise of their food which determines which

way the Seal will take. In June the Seals go to feed on fish up the

fjords; but what way they go in July, and where they may be in

August, is still a matter of doubt. It is often argued in Greenland

that in the “old times” Seals were more numerous than now, and

that the great slaughter by the European sealers in Spitzbergen and

Newfoundland has decreased their numbers on the shores of Green-

land. The worthy Inspector of south Greenland therefore rejoices

that the recent failures of the Seal-hunting in the former localities

will have a tendency to again increase their numbers in Davis’s Strait

and Baffin’s Bay, and thereby bring an increase of prosperity to his

hyperborean subjects.

Economic value and hunting.—To the Greenlander this Seal is of

vast importance for its oil, flesh, and hide. One full-grown animal

will weigh on an average about 230 lbs., of which the skin and

blubber weigh 100 Ibs., and the meat 93 lbs., the remainder being

the head, blood, and entrails. The edible parts may therefore be

said to reach the amount of 100 lbs.; but this weight also includes

the bones. The blubber of one at the latter part of the year would

probably fill about one-third of a cask, but would not yield over a

fourth part of that quantity when the animals return in the spring

after procreating. ‘The yearly catch in the Danish settlements is

estimated at 36,0007.

* Rink, lid. cit., et O. Fabricius in Nat. Selsk. Skrift. 2. ¢.

+ Fide Rink, 7. e.

424 MR. R. BROWN ON THE SEALS OF GREENLAND. [June 25,

(4) Pxoca parpata, O. Fab.

Callocephalus barbatus, F. Cuv.

Phoca leporina, Lepech. ?

Callocephalus leporinus, F. Cuv.

Popular names.—Hafert skiél (Swedish)* ; Ajne (Lapp); Ursuk

(so written by Fab., but in north Greenland always pronounced

oo-sook)+ (Greenland). It is also called Takamugak ; but I never

heard the term applied; so that it must be rarely used.

What the “great Seals”? of Pennant and other authors are has

yet to be investigated ; they were originally all set down to be this

species, but are now generally supposed to belong to the Grey Seal

(Halicherus grypus). The skeleton in the Edinburgh museum at

once decides that the Haaffish of Shetland and Orkney, which Dr.

Fleming referred to P. barbata, belongs to the former species. The

male is there called the “ Bullfish.”’ The Tapvaist of the western

islands of Scotland appears also to belong to that species, H. grypus

being a common Seal among the Hebrides.

Descriptive remarks §c.—Next to the Walrus this is the largest

species of the order found in the northern seas. Perhaps, however,

H. grypus may occasionally be found to equal it in size.

Geographical distribution §c.—This species has been so often

confounded with the Grey Seal (H. grypus) and the Saddleback

(P. grenlandicus) in different stages and coats, that it is really very

difficult to arrive at anything like a true knowledge ot its distribution.

In a note at the end of the notice of this species I shall have some-

thing to say regarding the probability of its identity with the Ground-

Seal of the English Seal-hunters of the Spitzbergen sea. On the

coast of Danish Greenland it is principally caught in the district of

Julianshaab a little time before the Klapmyds. It is not, however,

confined to South Greenland, but is found at the very head of Baffin’s

Bay, and up the sounds of Lancaster, Eclipse, &c. branching off

from the latter sea. The Seals seen by the earlier navigators being

nearly always referred in their accounts to either Phoca vitulina or

P. grenlandicus renders it at present almost impossible to trace its

western range; it is, however, much rarer in the north than in the

south of Davis’s Strait. Accordingly the natives of the former region

are obliged to buy the skin from the natives of the more southern

settlements, as it is of the utmost value to them. This Seal comes

with the pack-ice round Cape Farewell, and is only found on the

coast in the spring. Unlike the other Seals, it has no atluk, but

depends on broken places in the ice; it is generally found among

loose broken ice and breaking-up floes.

Economic value §c.—This animal is of great importance to the

Eskimo ; they cut the skin into long strips for harpoon-lines—a sine

* Newton (J. c.) says that this is the Seal known to the Norse hunters about

Spitzbergen as the Slor-kabbe (Great Seal), and less seldom Blaa-kobbe (the Blue

Seal).

+ Oosook also means blubber. The name may possibly refer to the size or fat-

ness of the animal, and mean “the dig, fat Seal.”

1868.] MR. R. BROWN ON THE SEALS OF GREENLAND. 425

qud non of every kayak. Out of every hide can be got four or five

lines; and these are cut in a circular form off the animal before it is

skinned ; after this the lines are dried. These allunaks are very

strong, and are applied to all sorts of purposes in Greenland travelling.

The blubber is more delicate in taste than any other, and is accord-

ingly more prized as a culinary dainty, when such can be afforded.

There are only from 400 to 600 caught annually (Rin, 1. c.).

Talking with Spitzbergen sealers, I used to hear much about the

** Ground-Seal,” which formed a part of their prey. I was, however,

unfortunate enough not to meet with a specimen, the spring of my

visit to those seas being what is called “a bad sealing-year ;”’ and

subsequently during my various voyagings in Davis’s Straits and

Baftin’s Bay I failed to find one which could be pronounced to be the

“Ground-Seal”’ of the Seal-hunters. I find, again, among Dr.

Wallace’s notes, very particular mention made of this species ; and he

seems to consider it distinct from all other species found in the

Northern seas, and distinguishes it by the MS. name of Phoca gren-

landica major. It does not appear that he was acquainted with

P. barbata; or, at least, it is not mentioned among his otherwise

exact memoranda. What I learned regarding it agrees very closely

with what he has said about it; I therefore will quote from his

manuscript verbatim :—

*Phoca grenlandica major. It is the ‘Ground-Seal’ of the

sealers. Like the last-mentioned species [ Payomys fetidus] few of

them are taken by the sealers; and they are mostly seen by the

Spitzbergen whalers in high latitudes, especially from the parallel of

76° N. lat. as far as Spitzbergen itself. The length of the male is

about eight feet, and the female upwards of six feet. The colour

and peculiar markings of the male very much resemble those of the

male Saddleback ; but in appearance it is more robust and of greater

girth for its length, while upon the whole the shade of its colour is

darker and yellowish, or coppery colour, more distinct. The full-

grown feinale also, to a certain extent, corresponds to the female

Saddleback, but with her colour of a deeper tawny yellow. Two

females which I saw killed had still the dark-chestnut hue on the

back which characterizes the younger Seals, but in addition had the

peculiar round and oval spots of a still deeper shade impressed on a

yellowish ground; it seems probable that they were in a transition

stage in regard to colour, and that the tawny yellow would gradually

gain predominance as they advanced in age towards maturity.

Lepechin describes a Seal which frequents the White and Spitzbergen

seas which bears a great resemblance to the female of this species ;

in fact his description of the Phoca leporina, or ‘ Hare of the Sea’

of the Russians, almost identifies it with the Ground-Seal (female).

The habits of the P. grenlandica major and the localities it frequents

very clearly differ from those of P. greenlandica, Miill., which, as

above mentioned, with the exception of size, it so much resembles.

Its most common retreat is on the floe and fixed ice. I have seen

herds, numbering upwards of two or three hundred, lying at their ease

close besides their ‘blow-holes,’ down which they would immediately

426 MR. R. BROWN ON THE SEALS OF GREENLAND. [June 25,

dive when the hunter attempted to approach them. Occasionally

they come to the borders of the ice, as in 1859 a few were secured in

N. lat. 79° on a heavy stream of ice, and in about lat. 75° and 76°

I have seen considerable numbers in the bottom of deep ‘bights’ of

the ice lying on the ‘sailing ice ;’ and, indeed, in open years, when

ships can penetrate through towards Shannon Isle and the ‘ west

land’ (the east coast of Greenland), these localities are found to be

peculiarly frequented by the ‘ Bladdernose’ and ‘ Ground-Seals.’ ”

I should scarcely have hesitated to identify this Seal with Pago-

philus grenlandicus, had not Dr. Wallace so expressly stated that it

is not that species; and the whalers, who are very familiar with the

* Saddleback,” have not only distinguished it from that species, but

applied a very familiar distinctive name to it. It is just possible

that it is the Phoca leporina of Lepechin, which is usually classed

as a synonym of Phoca barbata, O. Fab. (though it ought to be

remarked that in such a case Lepechin’s name ought to take priority

of Otho Fabricius’s, the one having been applied in the year 1778,

while the other was not published until 1780), or that Phoca leporina

is a good species—a conjecture which without skulls it is impossible

to be certain of. Wallace does not mention the saddle-shaped mark

on the back of the male (nor do my notes mention it as being

found) of the Ground-Seal; so that the principal stumblingblock

is removed to its being classed with Phoca barbata. Lepechin, no

doubt (Acta Acad. Scient. Imp. Petropol. 1778, vol. iv. p. 264,

tabb. viil., ix.), says that there are no spots on his Seal; but

Wallace remarks that these may go off as the animal increases in age.

At all events it is a subject of regret that a skull, which would have

at once settled the point, was not brought. Leaving England very

shortly after receiving these notes, and arriving home myself, I was

unable to obtain a specimen. Again this spring, on taking up the

subject of the Greenland Seals anew, I was so puzzled with this

“Ground-Seal” that I had determined to make a short trip to the

Spitzbergen sea again with a view to obtaining specimens, but, owing

to an unforeseen accident, could not accomplish my purpose. I have,

however, been promised that next year specimens shall be brought

me. My experience, however, of these promises does not lead me

to build any great expectations thereon; however, until that time

at least, the specific determination of the “ Ground-Seal”’ must, I

fear, remain in abeyance.

(5) Hauicua@rus eryrvs, O. Fab.

Phoca grypus (den Krumsnudede szel), O. Fab.

Halicherus griseus, Nilss.

Halicherus grypus, Nilss.

Phoca gryphus, Licht.

Phoca halicherus, Thienem.

Phoca thienemanni, Less. (young).

Phoca scopulicola, Thienem. (young, fide Gray).

Popular names.—Grey Sead (English naturalists); Grashdl (or

Grey Seal of the Scandinavian naturalists); Séatshil (idm. 1. ¢.) ;

1868.] MR. R. BROWN ON THE SEALS OF GREENLAND. 427

Graskil (Swedish); Sjoskil, Utskérsskil, and Krumnos (various

Scandinavian local names); Tapvaist? (western islands of Scot-

land); Haafish (northern islands of Scotland).

General remarks.—The Grey Seal has no doubt been frequently

coufounded with other species, particularly Phoca barbata and the

female of Pagophilus grenlandicus.

It does not seem to frequent the high seas, though possibly this

Species may be confounded with the ‘‘Ground-Seal”? and some

forms of the “Saddleback.’’ It is said to produce on the coast of

Sweden in February, and to have one pup at a birth, of a white

colour, which attains the dark-grey colour of the adult species in

about fourteen days. In 1861, a little south of Disco Island, we

killed a Seal the skull of which proved it to be of this species; and

again this summer I saw a number of skins in Egedesminde and

other settlements about Disco Bay which appeared to be of this

species. Though the natives do not seem to have any name for it,

the Danish traders with whom I talked were of opinion that the

Graskil, with which they were acquainted as an inhabitant of the

Cattegat, occasionally visited South and the more southerly northern

portions of Greenland with the herds of Atak (P. grenlandicus).

The skull to which I refer, though carefully examined at the

time, was afterwards accidentally destroyed by a young Polar Bear,

which formed one of our ship’s company on that northern voyage ;

therefore, though perfectly convinced of its being entitled to be

classed as a member of the Greenland fauna, I am not in a position

to assert this with more confidence than as being a very strong

probability. It should be carefully looked for among the herds of

P. greenlandicus when they arrive on the coast. Its hunting forms

nowhere an important branch of industry; it is, however, killed on

the Scandinavian coasts, at various places, where it is most abundant.

A large Grey Seal about eight feet in length will yield (the Swedes

say) about 12 lispunds of blubber, equal in value to 36 rigsdaler

banco (Swedish); and the hide, which is as large as an ox-hide, will

bring the value of such a Seal up to the sum of 60 rigsdaler banco

(Swedish)*. I have seen and examined this Seal in various collec-

tions, and have seen it alive on the coasts of the Cattegat, &c., and

among the northern islands of Scotland, but can add nothing of

additional value to the excellent account of Nilsson in his ‘ Skandi-

naviske Fauna’ (Forsta Delen, Daggdjuren, 1847), pp. 298-310.

(6) TRicHEcHUS RosMARUS, Linn.

Trichechus rosmarus, Linn.

Rosmarus arcticus, Pall.

Trichechus obesus et T. divergens, Ill. (fide Gray).

Odobenus rosmarus (L.), Sundeval, Uebers. der Verhandl. der

Akad. der Wiss. 1859, p. 441.

* In the kjdkkenmédding of Denmark, in company with remains of the Castor

fiber and Bos primigenius are found those of Halicherus grypus, showing it to

have been at one time sufficiently abundant to form part of the food of the pri-

mitive inhabitants of Scandinavia.

428 MR. R. BROWN ON THE SEALS OF GREENLAND. [June 25,

Popular names.—Sea-horse (English sailors) ; Walrus and Morse

(Russ., English naturalists and authors); Hvalross (Swedish and

Danish) ; Havhest (Sea-horse) and Rosmar (Norse) ; Morsk (Lapp) ;

Awiik (Greenlanders and Eskimo generally ): this word is pronounced

aook and (like many savage names of animals) is derived from the

peculiar sound it utters, a guttural d0ok! dock!

General descriptive remarks.—The general form of the Walrus

is familiar enough. However, specimens in museums and the mi-

serably woebegone cubs which have been already twice brought to

this country but poorly represent the Walrus in its native haunts.

The skin of the forehead (in stuffed specimens) is generally dried to

the skull; while in the live animal it is full, and the cheeks tumid.

The skin of old animals is generally wrinkled and gnarled. I have

seen an old Walrus quite spotted with leprous-looking marks con-

sisting of irregular tubercular-looking white cartilaginous hairless

blotches ; they appeared to be the cicatrices of wounds inflicted at

different times by ice, the claws of the Polar Bear, or met with in

the wear and tear of the rough-and-tumble life a Sea-horse must

lead in N. lat. 74°. The very circumstantial account of the number

of mystachial bristles given in some accounts is most erroneous ;

they vary in the number of rows and in the number in each row in

almost every specimen. They are elevated on a minute tubercle,

and the spaces between these bristles are covered with downy whitish

hair. I have seen several young Walruses in all stages, from birth

until approaching the adult stage, and never yet saw them of a black

colour, and should have been inclined to look upon as unfounded the

statement that they are so, had it not been for the high authority of

its author*. All I saw were of the ordinary brown colour, though,

like most animals, they get lighter as they grow old. Neither are

the muffle, palm, and soles “hairy when young ;” in one which I

examined before it was able to take the water I saw no difference

between it and its mother in this respect. The Walvus appears to

cast its nails; for in several which I examined about the same time

(viz. in August) most of the nails which had been developed were

gone, and young ones beginning to appear. The dentition has been

examined by M‘Gillivray+, Rapp{, Owen §, Peters||, &c.; so that

I need only touch upon that. In an aged male which I examined

at Scott’s Inlet, Davis’s Strait, August 3, 1861, the small fifth molar

on the right side of the upper jaw still remained, but loose; on the

other side the corresponding alveolus was not yet absorbed.

Shaw (Gen. Zool. i. p. 234) has figured two species of this animal,

and inferred their existence principally from the differences in the

representations given by Johnston and Cook. Curiously enough,

Pontopiddan tells us that the Norwegian fishermen in his day had

* Gray, Cat. Seals and Whales in Brit. Mus. 2nd ed. p. 36.

~ Loc. cit. antea.

+ Bull. Se. Nat. xvii. p. 280.

§ Proc. Zool. Soc. 1853, p. 103.

|| Monatsber. der Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, Dec. 1864, p. 685; transl. Annals

Nat. Hist. xv. (3rd series) p. 355.

1868.] MR. R. BROWN ON THE SEALS OF GREENLAND. 429

an idea that there were two species. The whalers declare that the

female Walrus is without tusks; I have certainly seen females

without them, but, again, others with both well developed. In this

respect it may be similar to the female Narwhal, which has occasion-

ally no “horn” developed; I do not think, however, that there

is more than one species of Walrus in the Arctic regions or

elsewhere.

Habits and food.—On the floes, lying over soundings and shoals,

the Walruses often accumulate in immense numbers, and lie huddled

upon the ice. More frequently, in Davis’s Strait and Baffin’s Bay,

they are found floating about on pieces of drift ice, in small family

parties of six or seven; and I have even seen only one lying asleep

on the ice. Whether in large or small parties, one is always on the

watch, as was long ago observed by the sagacious Cook : the watch, on

the approach of danger, will rouse those next to them ; and the alarm

being spread, presently the whole herd will be on the gui vive. When

attacked, unlike the other Seals (unless it be the Cystophora), it will

not retreat, but boldly meet its enemies. I was one of a party ina

boat which harpooned a solitary Walrus asleep on a piece of ice. It

immediately dived, but presently arose, and, notwithstanding all our

exertions with lance, axe, and rifle, stove in the bows of the boat;

indeed we were only too glad to cut the line adrift and save our-

selves on the floe which the Walrus had left, until assistance could

reach us. Luckily for us the enraged. Morse was magnanimous

enough not to attack its chop-fallen enemies, but made off grunting

indignantly, with a gun-harpoon and new whale-line dangling from

its bleeding flanks. Its atluk or breathing-hole is cleanly finished,

like that of the Seals, but in much thicker ice, and the radiating

lines of fracture much more marked*. The food of the Walrus

has long been a matter of dispute, some writers, such as Schreber,

Fischer, and others, going so far as to deny its being carnivorous at

all, because Fischer saw in the stomach of one “long branches of

seaweed, Fucus digitatus;’ and Mr. Bell seems even to doubt

whether the small number of grinding-teeth, and more especially

their extreme shortness and rounded form, are not rather calculated

to bruise the half-pulpy mass of marine vegetables than to hold and

pierce the fish’s scaly cuirass. I have generally found in its stomach

various species of shelled Mollusca, chiefly Mya truncata, a bivalve

very common in the Arctic regions on banks and shoals, and a

quantity of green slimy matter which I took to be decomposed Algze

which had accidentally found their way into its stomach through

being attached to the shells of the Mollusca of which the food of the

Walrus chiefly consists. I cannot say that I ever saw any vegetable

matter in its stomach which could be decided to have been taken in

as food, or which could be distinguished as such. As for its not

being carnivorous, it further proof were necessary I have only to add

that whenever it was killed near where a Whale’s carcass had been let

* There are many interesting details of the habits of the Walrus in Kane’s

‘Arctic Explorations’ and ‘ First Grinnel Expedition,’ in Hayes’s ‘ Boat Journey’

and ‘ Open Polar Sea,’ and in Belcher’s ‘ Last of the Arctic Voyages.’

430 MR. R. BROWN ON THE SEALS OF GREENLAND. [June 25,

adrift its stomach was invariably found crammed full of the krang or

flesh of that Cetacean. As for its not being able to hold the shppery

cuirass of a fish, I fear the distinguished author of ‘The British

Mammalia” is in error. The Narwhal, which is even less fitted

in its want of dentition for an ichthyophagous existence, lives almost

entirely upon platichthyoid fishes and Cephalopoda. Finally the

experimentum crucis has been performed, in the fact that fish have

been taken out of its stomach; and a most trustworthy man, the

captain of a Norwegian sealer, has assured me (without possessing

any theory on the subject) that he has seen one rise out of the water

with a fish in its mouth*. In its stomach I have often seen small

stones or gravel; and round its at/uk considerable quantities are

always seen: this is a habit which it possesses in common with

Phoca barbata and even Beluga catodon. These stones may be

taken in accidentally, but still they may serve some purpose in its

digestive economy.

Next to man, its chief enemy is the Polar Bear. The Eskimo used

to tell many tales of their battles; and though I have never been

fortunate enough to see any of these scenes, yet I have heard the

whalers give most circumstantial accounts of the Walrus drowning

the Bear, &e. These accounts may be taken merely for what they are

worth; but still this shows that they are not wholly confined to

Eskimo fable, and ought therefore not to be hastily thrown aside.

There is no doubt, however, that the Bear and the Walrus are (like

all the Pinnipedia) but indifferent friends. Another pest I believe

I discovered upon this animal for the first time, in 1861, in the

shape of two undescribed species of Hematopinus, one invariably

infesting the base of the mystachial bristles, and the other its body.

I also found the Seals of Davis’s Strait much troubled with another

species (Hematopinus phoce, Lucas)+. I have seen the Walrus

awuking loudly on the ice, tumbling about, and rushing back from the

water to the ice, and from the ice to the water, and then swimming

off to another piece, and repeating the same operation as if in pain.

A few hours afterwards I saw a flock of Sawicola enanthe (it was on

a land-floe, close to the Fru Islands) alight on the spot. On going

over, I found the ice speckled with one of these species of Hamato-

pinus, on which the birds had been feeding; and the unfortunate

Walrus seems to have been in the throes of clearing itself of these

troublesome friends, after the approved fashion. Subsequently I

have seen these and other small birds alight on the back of the

Walrus to peck at these insects, just as crows may be seen sitting

on the backs of cattle in our fields. Its tusks it apparently uses

to dig up the molluscous food on which it chiefly subsists; and I

have seen it also use them to drag up its huge body on to the

ice. In moving on shore it aids its clumsy progression by their

means.

* The young specimen which died this spring in the Society’s Gardens was

in a very poor condition, and afforded but an indifferent notion of the lion-like

Awuk which destroyed our boat in Scott’s Inlet.

T Proc. Roy. Phys. Soc. Edin. 1863.

1868.] MR. R. BROWN ON THE SEALS OF GREENLAND. 431

The Walrus, being an animal of considerable cerebral development,

is capable of being readily domesticated. For many years past the

Norwegians have frequently brought specimens to different Scandina-

vian ports ; and two have reached England, and survived a short time.

More than a century ago one of these animals reached England. De

Laet*, quoting from Edward Worst, who saw one of them alive in

England which was three months old and had been brought from

Nova Zembla, says :—*‘ Every day it was put into water for a short

time, but it always seemed happy to return to dry ground. It was

about the size of a calf, and could open and shut its nostrils at plea-

sure. It grunted like a wild Boar, and sometimes cried with a strong

deep voice. It was fed with oats and millet, which it rather sucked

in than masticated. It was not without difficulty that it approached

its master ; but it attempted to follow him, especially when it had

the prospect of receiving nourishment at his hand.” Its naturali-

zation in our Zoological Gardens having therefore become a subject

of considerable interest, I cannot better conclude these notes on the

habits of the Walrus than by describing a young one I saw on

board a ship in Davis’s Strait, in 1861, and which, had it survived,

was intended for the Zoological Society.

It was caught near the Duck-Islands off the coast of North

Greenland, and at the same time its mother was killed; it was then

sucking, and too young to take the water, so that it fell an easy

prey to its captors. It could only have been pupped a very few

hours. It was then 3 feet in length, but already the canine tusks

were beginning to cut the gums. ‘ When I first saw it, it was grunting

about the deck, sucking a piece of its mother’s blubber, or sucking

the skin which lay on deck, at the place where the teats were. It

was subsequently fed on oatmeal and water and pea-soup, and

seemed to thrive upon this outré nourishment. No fish could be

got for it; and the only animal food which it obtained was a little

freshened beef or pork, or Bear’s flesh, which it readily ate. It had

its likes and dislikes, and its favourites on board, whom it instantly

recognized. It became exceedingly irritated if a newspaper was

shaken in its face, when it would run open-mouthed all over the

deck after the perpetrator of this literary outrage. When a “ fall’”?+

was called it would immediately run at a clumsy rate (about one anda

half or two miles an hour), first into the surgeon’s cabin, then into the

captain’s (being on a level with the quarterdeck), apparently to see if

they were up, and then out again, grunting all about the deck in a most

excited manner “ awuk! awuk!” When the men were “sallying” t,

it would imitate the operation, though clumsily, rarely managing to

get more than its own length before it required to turn again. It lay

* Description des Indes Occidentales, apud Buffon.

tT When a boat gets “ fast” to a Whale, all the rest of the crew run shouting

about the decks, as they get the other boats out, “a fall! a fall!” It is appa-

rently derived from the Dutch word “ Val,” a Whale.

{ When a ship gets impeded by loose ice gathering around it, the crew rush in

a body from side to side so as to loosen it, by swaying the vessel from beam to

beam. This is called ‘ sallying the ship.”

432 MR. R. BROWN ON THE SEALS OF GREENLAND. [June 29,

during the day basking in the sun, lazily tossing its flippers in the

air, and appeared perfectly at home and not at all inclined to change

its condition. One day the captain tried it in the water for the first

time; but it was quite awkward and got under the floe, whence it

was unable to extricate itself, until, guided by its piteous ‘‘awuhking,”

its master went out on the ice and called it by name, when it imme-

diately came out from under the ice and was, to its great joy, safely

assisted on board again, apparently heartily sick of its mother

element. After surviving for more than three months, it died, just

before the vessel left for England. As I was not near at the time,

I was unable to make a dissection in order to learn the cause of

death.

Regarding the debated subject of the attitude of the Walrus* I

am not in a position to say more than my own notes taken at the

time will allow of; I saw none last summer, and I am afraid to

trust to a treacherous memory on such a matter. The entries

in my diary, however, are explicit enough on the point so far as

relates to this young individual; and I presume that its habits are

to be taken as a criterion of those of the old one. When asleep in

the upturned cask which served it for a kennel, it lay with both

fore and hind flippers extended. When walking it moved like any

other quadruped, but with its hind flippers heel first, the fore

Slippers moving in the ordinary way, foes first. I am aware that

this is in contradiction to the observations of an eminent zoologist ;

I, however, merely copy what was expressly noted down at the

time. It ought also to be mentioned that, in the excellent figures

of the Walrus taken by the artist of the Swedish Expedition to

Spitzbergen+, under the direction of such well-informed natural-

ists as Torell, Malmgren, Smitt, Goes, Blomstrand, &c., the fore

flippers are represented as rather doubled back, and the hind flip-

pers extended.

Geographical distribution —The Walrus is an animal essentially

of the coast, and not of the high seas. Whenever it is found at any

distance from land it is almost always on shoals, where it can obtain

the Mollusca which form the bulk of its food. The Seal-hunters never

see it, nor is it found among the flocks of Seals on the Spitzbergen

and Jan Mayen pack-ice. It is found all along the circumpolar

shores of Asia, America, and Europe, sometimes extending into the

subpolar, and even stragglers find their way into the temperate

regions of America, Asia, and Europe. It is not unlikely that it may

even be found in the Antarctic regions. On the north-west coast of

America I have known it to come as far south as 50° N. lat. The

Indians along the shores of Alaska (lately Russian America) carve

the teeth into many fanciful ornaments; but we should be liable to

* Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1853, p. 112.

+ Lib. cit., facing p. 169 (chromolithograph), and head p. 308, both drawn by

Herr von Yhlen.

+ My friend Mr. A. G. Dallas, late Governor-General of the Hudson’s Bay

Company’s Territories, has a bust of himself beautifully carved out of a Walrus-

tooth, by a Tsimpshean Indian at Fort Simpson, B.C.

1868.] MR. R. BROWN ON THE SEALS OF GREENLAND. 433

fall into an error from seeing these teeth among the natives so far

south, if we did not know that they are bartered from the more

northern tribes. On the American Atlantic seaboard they come as

far south as the Gulf of St. Lawrence, and stragglers even further.

In Lord Shuldham’s day they assembled on the Magdalene Islands in

that gulf, to the number of 7000 or 8000 ; and sometimes as many as

1600 were killed (or rather slaughtered) at one onset by the hunters

who pursued them*. It has been killed several times on the British

coast ; and I suspect that it is not an unfrequent visitor to our less-

frequented shores. Perhaps not a few of the ‘“ Sea-horses’’ and

**Sea-cows’”’ which every now and again terrify the fishermen on the

shores of the wild western Scottish lochs, and get embalmed among

their folklore, may be the Walrus. In addition to those already re-

corded I know of one which was seen in Orkney, in 1857, and

another the Shetland fishermen told me had been seen in the

Nor’ Isles about the same time. There is, however, some ground

for believing that at one time it was, if not a regular member of our

fauna, at least a very frequent visitor. Hector Boece (or Boethius,

as his name has been Latinized), in his quaint ‘Cronikles of

Scotland,’ mentions it towards the end of the fifteenth century as

one of the regular inhabitants of our shores; and old Roman his-

torians describe the horse-gear and arms of the ancient Britons as

ornamented with bright polished ivory. It is difficult to suppose

that this could have been anything else but the carved tusks of the

Walrus. It is not, however, without the bounds of possibility that

this might have been some of the African Elephants’ ivory which the

Pheenician traders bartered for tin with the natives of the Cassite-

rides. Except for its occasional movements from one portion of its

feeding-ground to the other, the Walrus cannot be classed among

the migratory animals. In Greenland it is found all the year round,

but not south of Rifkol, in lat. 65°. In an inlet cailed Irsortok

it collects in considerable numbers, to the terror of the natives who

have to pass that way; and not unfrequeutly kayakers who have

gone “‘ express,” have to return again, being afraid of the threatening

aspect of “ Awuk.” A voyager has well remarked that “ dwuk”’ is

the lion of the Danish Eskimo; they always speak of him with the

most profound respect! It has been found as far north as the Eskimo

live, or explorers have gone. On the western shores of Davis’s

Strait, it is not uncommon about Pond’s, Scott’s, and Home Bays,

and is killed in considerable numbers by the natives. It is not

now found in such numbers as it once was; and no reasonable man

who sees the slaughter to which it is subject in Spitzbergen and

elsewhere can doubt that its days are numbered. It has already

become extinct in several places where it was once common. Its

utter extinction is a foregone conclusion. Von Baer has studied

its distribution in the Arctic sea; and, so far as they go, his memoir

and map may be relied on; both, however, require considerable

modifications t.

* Apud Pennant, ‘ Arctic Zoology,’ p. 149.

t Mémoires de l’Académie de St. Pétersbourg, t. iv. p. 97, t. 4 (1836),

434 MR. R. BROWN ON THE SEALS OF GREENLAND. [June 25,

Economic value and hunting.—The ivory tusks of the Walrus

always command a good price in the market ; and the hides are held

in high value as an article of commerce; they are used as material

for defending the yards and rigging of ships from chafing. It is

also occasionally used for strong bands in various machinery, carriage-

making, &c. The flesh tastes something like coarse beef. The whalers

rarely or ever use it, having a strong prejudice against it in common

with that of Seals and Whales. The Walrus-hunters in Spitzbergen

almost exist upon it; and the Eskimo high up in Smith’s Sound

look upon it as their staple article of food. The American explo-

rers who wintered there soon acquired a liking for it. Accordingly

the ‘‘ Morsk’’ has been hunted in northern regions from a very early

period. The Icelandic Sagas (such as the Speculum regale &c.)

speak of it as Rostungur; and there is said to be a letter in the

library of the Vatican proving that the old Norse and Icelandic

colonists in Greenland paid their “ Peter’s Pence” in the shape of

Walrus-tusks and hides. However, in 890, as far back as the days

of King Alfred of England, Githere, “the old sea-captain who dwelt

in Helgoland,” gave a most circumstantial account to that monarch

(who wrote it down in his Orosius) of slaying, he and his six com-

panions, no less than “three score Horse-whales”’ in one day. At

the present period it is principally captured in Spitzbergen by Russian

and Norwegian hunters, who visit that island for the purpose. In

Danish Greenland, though it was once so abundant that the principle

article of trade with Europe, in the days of Erik Raude’s colonists,

was the tusks of this animal, it may be said now-a-days, so far as its

hunting or commercial value is concerned, to be extinct. There are

never more than a few killed yearly, and it frequently happens that

a year passes without any at all being killed within the limits of the

Danish trading-posts. It is more than probable that they never were

abundant in South Greenland, but that the old colcnists went north

in pursuit of them. From the Runic column found on the island of

Kingatarsoak in 73° N. lat., we know that these enterprising rovers

did sail far north; and it is more than reasonable to suppose that it

was on one of these Walrus-hunting expeditions that this monument

was erected. Indeed so few are now killed in Danish Greenland

(whether through degeneracy of the hunters or scarcity of the Wal-

rus it is scarcely worth inquiring too closely) that as, notwithstand-

ing all the appliances of European civilization now accessible to the

natives, ivory cannot be dispensed with in the manufacture of Eskimo

implements of the chase, its tusks have sometimes to be reimported

from Europe into Greenland. North of the glaciers of Melville Bay,

the hardy Arctic highlanders, aided by no kayak or rifle, but with a

manly self-reliance, enfeebled by no bastard civilization engrafted

upon their pristine savagedom, with their harpoon and allunaks

still boldly attack the Walrus as he lies huddled upon the ice

foot; and thereby the native supplies to his family the food and

light which make tolerable the darkness of the long Arctic night of

Smith’s Sound. The whalers kill a few annually, striking them, as

they do the Whale, with the gun-harpoon, and killing them with

1868.] MR. R. BROWN ON THE SEALS OF GREENLAND. 435

steel lances* ; but even then it is dangerous work, and not unfre-

quently brings the hunter to grief. I have been one of a party who

have killed several in this manner, and have also seen them captured

by the wild Eskimo at Pond’s Bay, on the western shores of Davis’s

Strait, after the aboriginal fashion ; but as this has been excellently

described by Kane+ and Hayest in their different narratives, I will

not trouble you with any details. The Swedish expedition to Spitz-

bergen §, and Lord Dufferin|| and Mr. Lamont, have given many

particulars of its capture by the Spitzbergen hunters. Baron

Wrangell** has supplied an account of its chase on different portions

of the Siberian coasts; and Nilsson++ and Keilhau ££ complete the

list of the principal writers regarding its hunting and commercial

importance generally. As I can add nothing of any novelty to their

descriptions, you will therefore allow me to refer to them for the

particulars which otherwise might have been given under this para-

graphic heading.

(7) CystopHora cristata (Erxleb.), Nilss.

Phoca cristata, Erxleb.

Phoca leonina, O. Fab. (non Linn.).

Phoca mitrata, Milbert (Cuv.).

Phoca leucopla, Thienem.

Phoca cucullata, Bodd.

Phoca dimidiata, Cretzsch. (fide Riipp.).

Phoca isidorei, Less.

Mirounga cristata, Gray.

Cystophora cristata, Nilss.

Cystophora borealis, Nilss.

Stemmatopus cristatus, F. Cuv.

Stemmatopus mitratus, Gray.

Popular names.—‘ Bladdernose”’ or, shortly, ‘‘ Bladder ’”’ (of nor-

thern sealers, Spitzbergen sea) ; Klappmysta (Swedish) ; Klakkekal,

Kabbutskobbe (Northern Norse) ; Kiknebb (Finnish) ; Avjor, Fatte-

Nuorjo, and Oaado (Lapp); Klapmyds (Danish; hence Egede, Grénl.

p- 46: the word Klapmyssen, used by him on page 62 of the same

work, Engl. trans., and supposed by some commentators to be

another name, means only the Klapmyds, according to the Danish

orthography); Klapmiitze (German ; hence Crantz, Gronl. i. p. 125:

have also occasionally heard the English sealers call it by this

* The ordinary rifle is of comparatively little use in hunting this monster Seal.

Musket-balls will scarcely affect their pachydermatous side; and I have often seen

leaden balls flattened on their skulls! I have more than once seen it snap a

steel lance in two with its powerful molars.

+ Arctic Explorations.

~ ‘The Open Polar Sea,’ and ‘An Arctic Boat-voyage.’

§ Svenska Expeditionen til Spetsbergen ar 1861, &c., pp. 168-182,

|| Letters from High Latitudes.

§ Seasons with the Sea-horses.

** Nordkiiste von Sibirien, ii. pp. 319, 320.

tt Lid. cit. i. pp. 320-325.

tf Reise i Ost- og Vest-Finnmarken &c. pp. 146-149.

436 MR. R. BROWN ON THE SEALS OF GREENLAND. [June 25,

name, apparently learnt from the Dutch and German sailors). All

of these words mean the “Seal with a cap on,”’ and are derived from

the Dutch, who style the frontal appendage of this species a mutz

or cap, hence the Scotch mutch. This prominent characteristic of

the Seal is also commemorated in various popular names certain

writers have applied to it, such as Blas-Shél (Bladder-Seal) by

Nilsson (Skand. Faun. i. p. 312), Hooded Seal by Pennant (Syn-

opsis, p. 342), Seal with a caul by Ellis (Hudson Bay, p. 134),

in the French vernacular Phogue @ capuchon, and in the sealers’

name of Bladdernose, Neitersoak (Greenland), and Kakortak (when

two years old).

Descriptive remarks.—This is one of the largest Seals in Green-

land, and in its adult state is at once distinguished by the curious

bladder-like appendage to its forehead, which is connected with the

nostrils and can be blown up at will*. This has been well described

by Dr, Dekay in the ‘Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History of

New York,’ vol. i.; and with his observations I perfectly agree. The

eye of this Seal is large, and of a glassy black colour with a dark-

brown iris. It has, like all the family, no external auricle; and the

orifice of the ear is very small. The body is long and robust ; its

colour on the upper or dorsal aspect is dark chesnut or black, with

a greater or less number of round or oval markings of a still deeper

hue. The hair is long and somewhat erect, and the thick fur-hke

coating next the skin is often tinged with a reddish coppery colour.

The head and flippers are of the same dark chesnut-colour. The

pectoral and ventral regions are of the same dark-grey or tarnished-

silvery hue which has been described in the P. grwnlandicus.

Habits §c.—The Bladdernose is not only one of the largest, but

the fiercest of the northern Seals; and as its capture requires some

skill, it is only the most expert kayaker that can procure any. It

will chase a man and bite him, besides making a great commotion

in the water. Therefore the hunt is very dangerous to a man in

such a frail craft as the Greenland kayak. Like all Seals, during

the rutting-time, there are great battles on the ice between the

males; and the roaring is said to be sometimes so loud that it can be

heard four miles off. The skin is often full of scratches from these

fights; but as long as the memory of the oldest inhabitant of

South Greenland extends, only one man in the district of Julians-

haab (where they are chiefly captured) has been killed by the bite

of the Klapmyds, though not unfrequently the harpoon and line have

been broken. The hunting is not so dangerous, however, within late

years, as it has been effected by the rifle from the ice; but when

the Seal has not been killed outright, the hunter goes out in his

kayak and despatches it with the lance.

With regard to the favourite localities of this species of Seal,

Crantz and the much more accurate Fabricius disagree—the former

affirming that they are found mostly on great ice islands where they

* Tt is often asserted by the sealers that this “‘ bladder ” is a sexual mark, and

is not found on the female. I do not think there is any just ground for this

belief.

1868.] MR. R. BROWN ON THE SEALS OF GREENLAND. 437

sleep in an unguarded manner, while the latter states that they delight

in the high seas, visiting the land in April, May, and June. This

appears contradictory and confusing ; but in reality both authors are

right, though not in an exclusive sense. The hood appears to be an

organ of defence from any stunning blow on the nose, the most vul-

nerable place in a Seal. It only inflates this ‘‘ bladder’? when irri-

tated. The sealers look upon it as a reservoir of air when under the

water*, The story which Fabricius relates about its ‘shedding tears

abundantly’ when surprised by the hunter is, I suspect, only an

Eskimo tale of wonder. I could find no one credulous enough to

believe it; nor during the whole time I passed among the seal-

hunters of the far north did I find that any one esteemed my cre-

dulity great enough to venture any such story on me.

It is affirmed, curiously enough, that the Bladdernose and the

Saddleback are rarely or ever found together; they are said to

disagree. At all events, the latter is generally found on the inside

of the pack, while the former is on the outside. The latter is

also much more common than the Bladdernose.

Procreation and young.—At first the young Bladdernose is pure

white: during the first year, as it grows older and increases in

size, a grey tinge appears; and gradually it assumes a deeper and

deeper hue of the same colour. I cannot confirm the remarks of

Otho Fabricius, that during the second year (when they are called

Kakortak) they are suow-white, with a straight line of brown on their

backs. Neither I nor any other Seal-hunter with whom I have

talked ever saw such a Seal in the Greenland sea; and it appears to

be equally unknown in Greenland. Mr. Tegner, who passed several

years in a South-Greenland settlement, subsisting almost entirely

by the catching of this Seal, informs me that he never heard of such

an animal. It is therefore just possible that Fabricius may have been

mistaken, though the characteristic marks mentioned are so promi-

nent that it is hardly probable that he could have been in error. In

fact, the majority of the ‘‘ Bladdernoses”” which I have seen were

about two or three years old, and appeared, by a slow and gradual

change, becoming similar to the old and mature Seals, by turning

darker and darker in their colours, and assuming the roundish oval

markings, while at the same time they were increasing in size. This

species seems to produce its young earlier than P. grenlandicus.

Geographical distribution and migrations.—The Bladdernose is

found all over the Greenland seas, from Iceland to Greenland and

Spitzbergen, but chiefly in the more southern parts. The first Seals

which we saw and killed on the making of the ice early in March

1861, were chiefly young “bladders” which had not yet got the

hood-like appendage. It even finds its way to the temperate shores

* Mr. J. Walker, Master of the screw-steamer ‘ Wildfire,’ and one of the most

intelligent of the whaling captains, assured me (June 1861), from his own obser-

vation, that this Seal lies frequently on the top of elevated pieces of ice, and that

the use of this hood, or “ bladder,” appears to be to raise it up with sufficient

momentum to the surface (by filling it with air) so as to spring again on to

the ice.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1868, No. XXIX.

438 MR. R. BROWN ON THE SEALS OF GREENLAND. [June 25,

of Europe and America ; and rare stragglers now and then land on

the shores of Britain, though it is by no means a member of our

fauna proper. This Seal is not common anywhere. On the shores

of Greenland it is chiefly found beside large fields of ice, and comes

to the coast, as was remarked by Fabricius long ago, at certain

times of the year. They are chiefly found in South Greenland,

though it is erroneous to say that they are exclusively confined to

that section. I have seen them not uncommonly about Disco Bay,

and have killed them in Melville Bay, in the most northerly portion

of Baffin’s Bay. They are principally killed in the district of

Julianshaab, and then almost solely in the most southern part, on

the outermost islands from about the 20th of May to the last of

June; but in this short time they supply a great portion of the food

of the natives, and form a third of the colony’s yearly production.

In the beginning of July the Klapmyds leaves, but returns in August,

when itis much emaciated. Then begins what the Danes in Green-

land call the “magre klapmydsefangst,’ or the lean-Klapmyds

catching, which lasts from three to four weeks. Very seldom is a

Klapmyds to be got at other places, and especially at other times.

The natives call a Klapmyds found single up a fjord by the name of

‘* Neriniartout,” the meaning of which is “‘ gone after food.” They

regularly frequent some small islands not far from Julianshaab,

where a good number are caught. After this, they go further north,

but are lost sight of, and it is not known where they go to (Rink,

l. c.). Those seen in North Greenland are mere stragglers wan-

dering from the herd, and are not a continuation of the migrating

flocks. Johannes (a very knowing man of Jakobshavn) informed

me that generally about the 12th of July a few are killed in Jakobs-

havn Bay (lat. 69° 13' N.).

Economic value and hunt.—The Klapmyds yields, on the average,

half a cask of blubber, and the dried meat of every Seal weighs about

24 Danish lbs. ; but this is not the whole Seal, which weighs about

200 lbs. The yearly catch in Greenland (Danish) is about 2000 or

3000*.

5. Commercial Importance of the ‘‘ Seal Fisheries.”

The Greenland (7. e. Spitzbergen) sealing fleet from the British

ports meet about the end of February in Bressa Sound, off Lerwick,

in Zetland ; it leaves for the north about the first week in March,

and generally arrives at the ice in the early part. of that month. The

vessels then begin to make observations for the purpose of finding

the locus of the Seals ; and this they do by crawling along the edge of

the ice, and occasionally penetrating as far as possible between 70° and

73° N. lat., then continue sailing about until they find them, which

they generally do about the first week of April. If they do not get

access to them, they remain until early in May, when, if they intend

to pursue the whaling in the Spitzbergen sea that summer, they go

north to about 74°.N. lat. to the “old sealing,” or, further still (even

to 81° N.), to the:whaling. Most of them, however, if not successful

* Rink, /. c.

1868.] MR. R. BROWN ON THE SEALS OF GREENLAND. 439

by the middle of April, leave for home, to complete their supplies in

order to be off by the Ist of May to the Davis’s Straits whale-fishery.

During the months of March and the early part of April the sealers

are subject to all vicissitudes of weather, calm and storm suddenly

alternating, while the thermometer will stand for weeks at zero, or

even many degrees below it.

The number of Seals taken yearly by the British and continental

ships (principally Norse, Dutch, and German) in the Greenland sea

when they get among them will average upwards of 200,000, the

great bulk of which are young “ saddlebacks,”’ or, in the language of

the sealer, ‘‘ whitecoats.” When they have arrived at their maxi-

mum quality, 80 generally yield a tun of oil; otherwise the general

average is about 100 to the tun. In 1859 good oil sold for about

£33 per tun; add to this the value of 100 skins at 5s. each, and

the whole will amount to £58 sterling. From this simple calcula-

tion a very good estimate may be formed of the annual commercial

value of the Greenland “ Seal Fishery ;”’ for, supposing 2000 tuns

of oil to be about the annual produce, and assuming £58 as the value

per tun inclusive of the skins, the whole produce of the fishery will

amount to the yearly value of £116,000 sterling (Wallace). This,

of course, does not take into calculation the produce the Danish Go-

vernment derives from their colonies on the west coast of Greenland

(which I notice under the head of each Seal), nor what the Russians

derive from the coast of Spitzbergen and from the White Sea. The

*‘ fishery,’’ however, is very precarious. Some years little or nothing

is got, the ice being too thick for the ships to “get in to them.”

In one year it may happen that the fishery in the Spitzbergen Sea

proves a failure while the Newfoundland one is successtul. For some

years past it has proved in the former sea almost a failure*. There

seems, indeed, little doubt that the fishery must fail in course of

time, as have the Seal- and Whale-fisheries in some other parts of the

world ; and if Seal-hunting is pursued with the energy it is at pre-

sent, that day cannot be far distant. Some of the sealers laugh

at this idea; but where is the enormous produce the South Seas used

to yield, superior to anything ever heard of in the north. Nodoubt

the South-Sea hunters said the same thing; and doubtless when the

inhabitants of Smeerenberg, that strangest of all strange villages,

saw the Whales sporting in thousands in their bays, and the oil-boilers

steaming above the peaks of Spitzbergen, they laughed at the idea of

their ever becoming scarce! Yet how false that idea has proved! for

in our day the waters of those high northern seas are rarely troubled,

even by a wandering Mysticete that perchance may have missed its

way in making a passage from one secure retreat to another. So

will it ultimately be with the Seals. Indeed some are even now of

opinion that they are diminishing in numbers; at least they have

evidently reached their zenith, as shown by statistics ; and taking into

* It has been rather more successful in Newfoundland. This year (1868) up to

the 28th of April 250,000 Seals had arrived at St. John and Harbour Grace. Vide

a good account of the sealing by the continental vessels in Petermann’s ‘ Geogr.

Mittheil.’ Feb. 1868.

440 MR. A. MURRAY ON THE [June 25,

consideration the appearance the young Seals presented on the ice

in 1861, they did not approach the numbers reported to have been

seen by sealers in many previous years. The South-Sea “fisheries ”

became extinct in fifteen years, and, making all allowance for the

protection afforded to the Greenland Seals by the ice, and supposing

the sealing prosecuted with the same vigour as at present, I have

little hesitation in stating my opinion that, before thirty years shall

have passed away, the “ Seal-fishery,” as a source of commercial

revenue, will have come to a close, and the progeny of the immense

number of Seals now swimming about in the Greenland waters will

number but comparatively few. This event will then form another

era in the northern fisheries.

3. Note on the Alleged Occurrence of the Rhinoceros in

Borneo. By Anprew Murray, F.L.S.

It is only lately that I have seen Dr. Gray’s paper on the Rhino-

cerotidz, published in the third part of the ‘ Proceedings’ of this

Society for 1867; and I should wish to be allowed to enter my

caveat against the reception of one statement in it which is, I think,

likely to mislead, namely, that the Rhinoceros is a native of

Borneo.

Some time since I was informed by a friend that the theory by

which I had attempted to account for the remarkable absence of all

large Mammals, and the great scarcity of all but arboreal, aquatic,

or aérial animals, in Borneo, was knocked on the head, for the Rhi-

noceros had now been actually found in it, and that all doubt as to

the locality was set at rest by specimens having been sent to this

country which, on examination, were found to belong to a new and

distinct species. They not only had specimens of it, but, as Prince

Hal said, “we can show it you here in the house’”’—the British

Museum, to wit.

Of course in the face of such a stunning fact I had nothing for it

but to eat my leek in silence, abandon my position, and endeavour to

rally my disbanded and scattered ideas to the best of my ability.

The perusal of Dr. Gray’s paper, however, not only reveals the

source of my friend’s information, but satisfies me that I have been

too hasty in accepting it as correct.

Literally my friend’s statement is quite borne out by Dr. Gray’s

paper. Dr. Gray says everything that he said; but I look in vain

for any proof in support of it; and as any statement coming from a

man of Dr. Gray’s authority is likely to be accepted as probatio

probata, 1 think it the more necessary to point out the insufficiency

of the grounds on which his statement rests.

In the first place I observe that the sole evidence offered is that of

a skull which ‘“‘ was purchased of a dealer, who said that he received

it direct from Borneo.’’ It does not follow, supposing the statement

1868. ] DISTRIBUTION OF RHINOCEROS. 441

to be quite true, that therefore the skull was that of an animal

which lived in Borneo. A collector in the Malayan archipelago

moving about from place to place, or a resident receiving curiosities

from all sources, would have many things in his stores collected at

various places; but it would never follow that they were all to be

held to have been collected at the port from which they happened

to be shipped home. It would be going a long way back to the

infancy of collecting if we are to take the port of shipment as proof

of the locality, and most of all in that archipelago, where different

islands with different products lie so near to each other.

Next, before we can trust even the statement that it had been

received direct from Borneo, we should require to know the name

and reputation of the dealer. There are dealers who know the im-

portance of accuracy in localities, and there are dealers who do not.

There are dealers (such as Mr. Stevens) on whose word the utmost

reliance can be placed, and there are others on whom none can be

placed. Of the latter there are some whose word cannot be trusted

without confirmation, simply because they are habitually careless ;

others are intentionally dishonest ; and, so far as dealers are con-

cerned, everything in this inquiry will depend on the character of

the individual. We shall have plenty of Rhinoceroses offered from

Borneo as soon as it is known that the locality will give them value.

Dr. Gray should therefore have given the name of the dealer as a

slight additional help to the expiscation of the truth; and others

might then have been able to sift the statement, and trace the

origin and history of the particular skull in question.

But, according to Dr. Gray, the skull has been found to belong to

a different species from the Javan one. This is putting the case

much too broadly. Dr. Gray says that it does; that is all; no one

else does.

Not having seen the skull, and even if I had, not being com-

petent to form a judgment on its osteological characters, I offer no

opinion of my own on the value of Dr. Gray’s species so far as based

on them. But I have asked the opinion of one whose competence

to pronounce on such questions none can dispute, viz. Professor

Owen ; and he informs me that “in his opinion the osteological cha-

racters on which Dr. Gray founds his Tapirus laurillardii, Rhino-

ceros nasalis, &c. are of no specific value ; and in that opinion every

European zoologist is at one.’ I may add that although I do not

pretend to be qualified to give an opinion on the osteological cha-

racters, there is another point on which I consider that I am com-

petent to form an opinion; and that is, the support the supposed

species receives from difference of locality. Now the argument that

the Rhinoceros is a native of Borneo because the skull “received

direct from Borneo”’ belongs to a different species from the Javan

Rhinoceros can only have weight if the Bornean type is confined to

Borneo. But it would appear that this is not the case. There is

another skull in the British Museum which Dr. Gray refers to this

new species, but it is marked as from Java. Dr. Gray, however,

thinks this is an error, and that it must have come from Borneo,

442 MESSRS, SCLATER AND SALVIN [June 25,

because it belongs to his supposed Bornean species. He says “It

was purchased from a dealer and has been marked ‘R. sondaicus,

Cuv., Java,’ by some previous possessor. The habitat may depend

on the person having decided it to be R. sondaicus.” ‘‘ He that is

giddy thinks the world turns round.” In the same spirit the person

who has now decided it to be #. nasalis has given it the habitat of

Borneo, that being boldly and unqualifiedly given as the habitat of

the species in the diagnosis. This is no doubt ingenious, but it is

not logical.

Were we to act on this principle, natural history must be removed

altogether from the category of sciences of fact, and removed into

those of conjecture and imagination.

In estimating the import of the foregoing facts I would only add

that, seeing that the conclusions to which I demur rest so absolutely

and entirely on the opinion and inquiries of one individual, the bent

and tone of that individual’s mind must form fair elements to be

taken into account in arriving at a decision. If, for example, the

individual belonged to that section of naturalists who are more dis-

posed to diminish than increase the number of species, then his

opinion in favour of an additional species would of course have more

weight. But if, as I imagine my excellent friend Dr. Gray will not

dispute, his mind rather belongs to that class whose discrimination

of differences is keener than their perception of resemblances, then

greater caution ought to be exercised in accepting his conclusions.

So dealing with the present question, I think it rests exactly as it

did before Dr. Gray touched it. The Rhinoceros may be a native

of Borneo; but as yet we have not the slightest evidence of it ; while

the fact of its presence never having been authenticated, although

well-known to be disputed, is in itself a strong presumption to the

contrary.

4. Synopsis of the American Rails (Rallide). By P. L.

Scuater, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., and Ospert Savin,

M.A., F.L.S., &c.

(Plate XXXV.)

The Rallide, when restricted to the genera Rallus, Crex, Galli-

nula, Fuliea, and their immediate allies, constitute a very natural

family of birds allied to the Cranes (Gruid@) and to their somewhat

abnormal relatives the genera Hurypyga, Psophia, and Aramus, and

form part of Prof. Huxley’s group Geranomorphe*. To these,

however, we must add the genus Heliornis, which, according to the

best authorities, both on anatomical and pterylographical grounds

belongs here.

The American Rallide, which are alone considered in this com-

* See P. Z, S. 1867, p. 457.

dan qarqueH NeW

Se,

Id 8981 9%

1868.] ON THE AMERICAN RALLIDA, 443

munication, may be very naturally divided into three subfamilies, as

follows :—

a, digiti omnino sejuncti: tarsus elongatus: caudz rec-

trices parvee breves, laxee, X aut XII.

a’. frons plumosus: pedes gressorii: tarsus plus .

minusye rotundatus: digiti non-membranati I. Rauuins,

b’. frons scutatus: pedes natatorii: tarsus plus

minusve compressus: digiti plerumque aut

membranati aut lobati ............cceeeseeee eens II. Fuurcixs.

6. digiti ad basin juncti: tarsus brevis: caudz rectrices

magne elongate, rigid, XVIII. .............. Sree III. Hexioryituins,

These three subfamilies, as far as we have become acquainted with

them, contain 48 American species, belonging to 10 genera, namely :—

RGUINE og cei 2 2 -- 5 genera: 35 species.

Fulicine ............ 4 genera: 12 species.

Heliornithine ........ 1 genus: 1 species.

There remain, however, two described species unknown to us, viz.

Rallus maculosus (Vieill. N. D. xviii. p. 556, et Enc. Méth. p. 1066)

and Orex facialis (Tsch. F. P. p. 301).

Subfam. I. RaLuinz.

Conspectus generum Rallinarum.

a. nares apertee, perviz.

a’. nares lineares, angustz ....... EER RCE Beeb anparacg nontiee aoe w» 1. Rallus.

b’. nares dilatatee, oblongo-lineares.

a”, rostrum longius quam caput ........ceeeeeeepee een es 2. Aramides.

0’. rostrum brevius quam caput.

d”, tarsus digito medio longior .......... eapysoes (0. ROLLING,

b/”, tarsus digito medio brevior ..............0008 4, Crex.

é. nares antice membrana obtectee, IMPeLrVI wees. seeeececseeeee eens 5. Thyrorhina,

Genus 1. Rauuus.

Type.

Rallus, Linn. S. N. i. p. 261 (1766).......... BR. aquaticus.

Pardirallus, Bp. C. R. xliii. p. 599 (1856) .... R. maculatus.

Limnopardalis, Cab. J. f. O. 1856, p. 428...... RB. maculatus.

Clavis specierum.

a. albo variegatus ...... eget POURRA Seb u= Cane do8k BC BRE ee Seneca 1. maculatus.

’. non albo variegati.

a’. rostro incurvo.

w’, dorso variegato, Anas i

~ : orsi flammulis nigris .........-....s00.0e+ 2. elegans.

lk Rae aa { dora flammulis fuscis ............eeeeeeees 3. Dnrostris,

6”, minores.

244) subtus wutesconsrtciz.k-be tates s-<sendla. “acabn ae 4. virginianus.

minor: lateribus distincte

ae -}| albo vittatis ............ 5. antareticus.

o”. subtus plumbei major: lateribus obsolete

vithahis? ) Oe. 6. semiplumbeus.

Oe AAOPSGNUTIGOLOL 54 se sk fe fetes ae Bd. Jf ake ele bates 7. rythirhynchus.

Di POR UOMBCU st tates Sins cv-eebecs Jeisvonesivisoueiesces oss. etoheiioeten wake 8. nigricans.

444 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN {June 25

1. RALLUS MACULATUS.

Rallus maculatus, Bodd. ex Buff. Pl. Enl. 775; Schlegel, Mus.

d. P.-B. Railli, p. 13.

Rallus variegatus, Gm. 8. N. i. p. 718; Burm. Syst. Ueb. iii.

p- 382.

Ypacaha jaspeado todo, Azara, Apunt. ill. p. 217.

Pardirallus variegatus, Bp. C. R. xiii. p. 599.

Limnopardalis variegatus, Cab. Journ. f. Orn. 1856, p. 428;

Gundl. Rep. Fis. Nat. i. p. 361.

Aramides maculatus, Hartl. Ind. Az. p. 23; Gray, Gen. B. p. 594.

Niger, dorso et alis oleagineis : omnino albo maculatus : subtus albo

et nigro transfasciatus: gula et crisso albis: rostro flavo, macula

ad basin sanguinea: long. tota 11, ale 5:2, caude 2, rostri a

rictu 1°9, tarsi 1-7 poll. Angl.

Hab, Cayenne ( Buff.) ; South-eastern Brazil (Burm.) ; Paraguay

(Azara); Cuba (Gundl.); Para (Mus. Derb.); New Granada (Mus.

Brit.).

Mus. Brit., Derb.

2. RALLUS ELEGANS.

Rallus elegans, Aud. Orn. Biogr. iii. p. 27, t. 203; Cassin in

Baird’s Birds N. Am. p. 748; Gundl. Journ. f. Orn. 1856, p. 427,

et Rep. Fis. Nat. i. p. 360.

Rallus longirostris, Scl. P. Z. S. 1864, p. 179 (err.).

Supra grisescenti-fuscus : dorso nigricante flammulato: subtus pal-

lide rufescens, gula albicante: hypochondriis et tectricibus sub-

alaribus fuscis albo transfasciatis: long. tota 15°5, ale 6°5,

caude 2°5, tarsi 2°2, rostri a rictu 2°7.

Hab. Southern States of Eastern America and California (Baird) ;

Mexico (White); Cuba (Gundlach).

Mus. Brit., S. & G.

3. RALLUS LONGIROSTRIS.

Rallus longirostris, Bodd. (ex Buff. Pl. Enl. 849); Burm. Syst.

Ueb. iii. p. 381; Newton, Ibis, 1859, p. 260; Gosse, B. Jamaica,

p. 364; Léotaud, Ois. Trinidad, p. 491.

Rallus crepitans, Gm. 8. N. i. p. 713; Cab. in Schomb. Guian.

iii. p. 760; Cassin in Baird’s B. N. Am. p. 747; Gundl. Journ. f.

Orn. 1856, p. 427, et Rep. Fis. Nat.i. p. 361; Sclater, P. Z. 8. 1861,

p- 81.

Supra olivaceo-fuscus, dorsi plumis cineraceo marginatis: subtus

pallide fulvus, gula albicante, hypochondriis et tectricibus subala-

ribus fuscis albo transfasciatis: long. tota 14:0, ale 6°0, caude

2°5, tarsi, 2°1, rostri a rictu 2°9.

Hab. Sea-coast of Southern Atlantic States (Baird); Cuba

(Gundlach) ; Jamaica (Gosse) ; 8. Croix (Newton) ; Trinidad (Léo-

taud); Guiana (Schomb.) ; Cayenne (Buff.) ; Brazil, Bahia (Burm.).

Mus. Brit., 8. & G.

1868. ] ON THE AMERICAN RALLID. 445

Obs. Similis preecedenti, sed statura paulo minore, dorsi flammulis

pallidioribus et pectore dilutiore, pallide fulvo nec rufescente, dis-

tinguendus.

4. RALLUS VIRGINIANUS.

Rallus virginianus, Linn. 8. N. p. 263; Cassin in Baird’s Birds

N. Am. p. 748; Cab. J. f. O. 1856, p. 427; Gundl. Rep. F. N. i.

p- 361; Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1860, p. 277; Schlegel, Mus. d. P.-B.

Ralli, p. 11.

Rallus limicola, Vieill. Enc. Méth. p. 1059.

Supra brunneus nigro flammulatus: alis extus rufis : subtus pallide

rufescenti-fulvus: hypochondriis et tectricibus subalaribus nigris

albo transfasciatis : long. totu 9°3, ale 4°1, caude@ 1:7, tarsi 1-7,

rostri a rictu 1°7.

hi America borealis univ. (Baird); Mexico; Guatemala (Sal-

vin).

Mus. Brit., S. & G.

5. RALLUS ANTARCTICUS.

Rallus antarcticus, King, Zool. Journ. iv. p. 95.

Rallus rufopennis, Gray, in Mus. Brit. et List of Birds in B. M.

ill. p. 116 (descr. nulla).

Rallus uliginosus, Phil. Wiegm. Arch. 1858, p. 83.

Supra brunneus nigro flammulatus, tectricibus alarum rufis: alarum

remigibus nigricantibus, unicoloribus: subtus plumbeus ; hypo-

chondriis et subalaribus nigris albo transfasciatis: long. tota 8-0,

ale 3°7, caude 1°5, rostri a rictu 1°3, tarsi 1°2.

Hab. Chili (Philippi).

Mus. Brit., 8S. & G.

Obs. Minor quam sequens, et lateribus albo vittatis et gula media

albicante satis diversus.

6. RALLUS SEMIPLUMBEUS.

Rallus semiplumbeus, Sclater, P. Z. S. 1856, p. 31; Schlegel,

Mus. d. P.-B. Ralli, p. 11.

Supra brunnescenti-olivaceus, nigro flammulatus : alis caudaque ni-

gricanti-brunneis: alarum tectricibus rufis: capitis lateribus et

corpore toto subtus plumbeis : tectricibus subcaudalibus albis nigro

miztis: hypochondriis albo subobsolete transfasciatis : rostri cul-

mine et apice nigris, mandibula autem inferiore ruberrima: pedi-

bus pallide brunneis: long. tota 8:5, ale 4-4, caude@ 1°8, rostri

M7.

Hab. Nova Granada.

Mus. Brit. (ex. typ.).

Sim. R. virginiano, sed major, subtus omnino plumbeus et gutture

albicante.

446 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN {June 25,

7. RALLUS RYTHIRHYNCHUS, Vieill.

Ipacaha pardo, Azara, Apunt. iii. p. 220. no. 372.

Rallus rythirhynchos, Vieill. N. D. xiii. p. 521, et E. M. p. 1060;

Sel. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1867, p. 990, et 1868, p. 145.

Aramides rythirhynchus, Burm. La Plata-Reise, ii. p. 504.

Rallus setosus, King, Zool. Journ. iv. p. 94.

Rallus cesius, Tsch. F. P. Aves, pp. 52, 301; Schlegel, Mus. d.

P.-B. Ralli, p. 8; Cassin, Gilliss’s Exp. ii. p. 194.

Rallus sanguinolentus, Sw. An. in Men. p. 335; Bridges, P. Z. 8.

1843, p. 118; Darwin, Zool. Voy. Beagle, iii. p. 133; Sclater,

P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 333.

Rallus bicolor, Gay, Faun. Chil. Aves, p. 434.

Aramides zelebori, Pelzeln, Novara-Reise, Vog. p. 133 (?).

Supra oleagineo-brunneus : subtus plumbeus: rostro viridi, macula

mandibule basali sanguinea: long. tota 12°0, ale 5:4, caude 2°8,

rostri a rictu 2°1, tarsi 1*8 (specim. ex Chili).

Hab. Paraguay (Azara); rep. Argentina (Burm.); Chili (Ley-

bold); West Peru (Whitely); South Brazil (Zeledor).

Mus. Brit., S. & G.

Concerning the variations of this species, see our remarks, P. Z. S.

1867, p. 990, and 1868, p. 145. In the British Museum is a skin

from Hermite Island, Tierra del Fuego, which, though generally

resembling the present bird, is of much larger dimensions, and will

in all probability require specific separation.

8. RALLUS NIGRICANS.

Ipecaha obscuro, Azara, Apunt. li. p. 219. no. 371.

Rallus nigricans, Vieill. N. D. xxviii. p. 560, et Enc. Méth. p. 1067;

Max. Beitr. iv. p. 782; Schlegel, Mus. d. P.-B. Rall, p. 8.

Aramides nigricans, Hartl. Ind. Az. p. 23; Burm. Syst. Ueb. iii.

p- 385, et La Plata-Reise, ii. p. 504.

Rallus bicolor, Cuv.in Mus. Paris. ; Blackwall, Brewster’s Journ.

vi. p. 77 (1832).

Gallinula cesia, Spix, Av. Bras. ii. p. 73, t. 95.

Rallus cesius, Sw. An. in Men. p. 335.

Rallus immaculatus, Licht. Doubl. p. 79.

Supra oleagineo-brunneus : fronte, capitis lateribus et corpore subtus

plumbeis ; gula albicante: ventre imo, tibiis et cauda nigricanti-

bus: rostro recto, unicolori, obscure viridi: long. tota 10:0,

ale 4°8, caude 2°3, rostri a rictu 1°9, tarsi 1°7.

Hab. Brasil. merid. orient.; Minas Geraes (Spiz); S. Paolo et

Bahia (Licht.) ; Paraguay (Azara).

Mus. Brit., 8S. & G.

Genus 2. ARAMIDES. T

ype.

Aramides, Puch. R. Z. 1845, p. 277.........- A. cayennensis.

Ortygarchus, Cab. in Schomb. Guian. ili. p. 759 A. cayennensis.

1868. | ON THE AMERICAN RALLIDA. 447

Clavis specierum.

a. subalaribus rufis nigro transfasciatis,

a’, pectore griseo, ventre rufo.

minor: yentre castaneo-rufo

TIICOLOMT os oh cide acne dano daar 1. cayennensis.

major: ventre dilutiore rufo

et medialiter albicante ... 2. albiventris.

a”, tibiis nigricantibus

OF. TUDUS BTISOIS vs cass v. ieule Tease tts as sat mae OR. BOR 3. ypecaha.

do’. pectore et ventre rufis ....... . ruficollis,

ce’, pectore et ventre plumbeis Dd. saracura,

&, subalaribus nigris albo transfasciatis.

capite et cervice undique cum pectore rufis ............ce0..00 0 6. axillaris,

capite: Ebi Cervice @NISOLS! Noses. sedan nse toeeeee keene Riess 7. mangle.

1. ARAMIDES CAYENNENSIS.

Poule d’eau de Cayenne, Buff. Pl. Enl. 352.

Fulica cayennensis, Gm. 8. N. i. p. 700.

Gallinula cayanensis, Lath. Ind. Orn, ii. p. 767 ; Max. Beitr. iy.

. 798.

‘ Ortygarchus cayanensis, Cab. in Schomb. Guian. iii. 759.

Aramides cayennensis, Gray, Gen. of B. iii. p. 594; Burm. Syst.

Ueb. iil. p. 385.

Gallinula ruficeps, Spix, Av. Bras. ii. p. 74, t. 96.

Gallinula ruficollis, var., Sw. Zool. Ill. iii. t. 173.

Chiricote, Azara, Apunt. iii. p. 214. no. 368.

Rallus chiricote, Vieill. N. D. xxviii. p. 558, et Enc. Méth.

. 1060.

: Aramides chiricote, Hartl. Ind. Az. p. 23.

Aramides chiricote, Léotaud, B. Trinidad, p- 196.

Rallus maximus, Vieill. Enc. Méth. p. 1058.

Aramides maximus, Schlegel, Mus. d. P.-B. Ralli, p. 14,

Aramides ruficollis, Lawr. Aun. L. N. Y. vii. p. 479(?).

Supra olivaceus, collo cinereo, pileo fusco-rufescente, uropygio nigro,

remigibus castaneis : subtus castaneus, gula alba, cervice cinerea :

ventre imo cum crisso et cauda nigris: tibiis nigricantibus: sub-

alaribus rufis nigro transfasciatis: long. tota 13:0, ale 6°8,

caud@é 2°6, tarsi 2°8, rostri a rictu 2°2.

Hab. Panama (M‘Cleannan) ; New Granada, Bogota (Mus. S.

§ G.); Trinidad (Léotaud) ; British Guiana (Schomb.) ; Cayenne

(Buffon) ; South-east Brazil (Maw., Spiz, et Burm.); prov. S. Paolo

(Natt.); Paraguay (dzara).

Mus. Brit., 8. & G.

We have compared skins of this wide-ranging species from Pa-

nama, New Granada, the vicinity of Bahia, and the province of S.

Paolo, Brazil.

2. ARAMIDES ALBIVENTRIS.

Aramides albiventris, Lawr. Pr. Ac. Phil. 1867, p. 234.

Aramides cayennensis, Moore, P. Z. S. 1859, p. 64; Sel. & Salv.

Ibis, 1859, p. 230; Sel. P. Z. S. 1859, p. 393, 1857, p- 206, 1856,

448 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN [ June 25,

p- 143; Salv. P. Z. S. 1867, p. 161(?); Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1867,

p- 280(?).

Aramides ypacaha, Schlegel, Mus. de P.-B. Ralli, p. 14 (2).

Similis precedenti, sed major, cervice cinerea latiore, abdomine

fulvo-rufo, ad marginem ventris nigri albicante, et pedibus fortio-

ribus distinguendus: long. tota 14:0, ale 7°8, caude 2°6, tarsi

3°3, rostri a rictu 2°7.

Hab. Southern Mexico (Sallé); Oaxaca (Boucard); Honduras,

Omoa (Leyland) ; Guatemala, Vera Paz and Pacific coast (Salvin).

Mus. 8. & G.

We cannot now tell whether the specimens from David and Mos-

quitia ought to be referred to this northern form, or to its southern

representative 4. cayennensis, which certainly oceurs as far north as

Panama.

We are likewise uncertain what Prof. Schlegel’s 4. ypecaha from

the ‘Isle de St. Thomas”’ may be, unless it is referable to the pre-

sent bird. The true ‘“ Ypacaha”’ of Azara is undoubtedly the same

species as that which Schlegel refers to as 4. gigas.

3. ARAMIDES YPACAHA.

Ypacaha, Azara, Apunt. ili. p. 210. no. 367.

Rallus ypecaha, Vieill. N. D. xxviii. p. 568, et Enc. Méth. p. 1071.

Aramides ypecaha, Hartl. Ind. Az. p. 23; Gray, Gen. B. ii.

p- 594; Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1868, p. 144.

Gallinula gigas, Spix, Av. Bras. ii. p. 75, t. 99.

Aramides gigas, Burm. Syst. Ueb. il. p. 383; La Plata-Reise,

ii. p. 504; Gray, Gen. B. iii. p. 594; Schlegel, Mus. de P.-B. Rall,

. 14.

4 Crea melampyga, Licht. Doubl. p. 79.

Supra olivacea, collo rufo, fronte cinerascente: uropygio et cauda

nigris: subtus gula alba, pectore et cervice tota cinereis: abdo-

mine rosaceo-rubro, ventre imo cum tibiis griseis: hypochondriis

et crisso nigris : subalaribus rufis nigro transfasciatis: long. tota

19:0, ale 8°5, caude 3°3, tarsi 3°5, rostri a rictu 2°9.

Hab. Paraguay (Azara); Brasil., Minas Geraes (Burm.); rep.

Argentina, Parana (Burm.); Buenos Ayres (Hudson).

- Mus. Brit., Smiths.

4, ARAMIDES RUFICOLLIS.

Black-bellied Gallinule, Lath. Syn. v. p. 253.

Fulica ruficollis, Gm. 8. N. i. p. 700.

Aramides ruficollis, Schlegel, Mus. de P.-B. Ralli, p. 15.

Supra brunnescenti-olivaceus, pileo rufescente tincto: gula alba,

cervice angusta cinerea: pectore toto cum ventre castaneo-rufis :

ventre imo et crisso nigris.

Hab. Cayenne (Latham) ; Lima (Mus. Brit.).

Mus. Brit.

Obs. Similis 4. cayennensi, sed pectore rufo ventre concolori, et

corpore supra brunnescentiore olivaceo.

1868. | ON THE AMERICAN RALLID. 449

A single indifferent skin in the British Museum, marked ‘‘ Lima,”

is the only specimen we have met with which seems to correspond

with Latham’s description of this bird; but we are not sure whether

it is really distinct from 4. cayennensis.

5, ARAMIDES SARACURA.

Chiricote aplomado, Azara, Apunt. iii. p. 231. no. 369.

Gallinula saracura, Spix, Av. Bras. ii. p. 75, t. 98 (1825).

Gallinula plumbea, Max. Beitr. iv. p. 795 ; Tsch. F. P. Aves, p. 52.

Aramides plumbeus, Hartl. Ind. Az. p. 23; Gray, Gen. B. iii.

p- 594; Burm. Syst. Ueb. iii. p. 383; Schlegel, M. de P.-B. Ralli,

abl ine

F “ Rallus nigricans, Vieill. ;’ Bp. J. A. S. Phil. iv. p. 386.

Rallus melanurus, Bp. J. A. S. Phil. v. p. 139.

Supra saturate olivaceus, dorso superiore et collo rufescentibus, dorso

infertore cum cauda nigricantibus : pileo obscure cinereo: subtus

omnino plumbeus, ventre imo nigricantiore, crisso nigro, gula

alba: long. tota 15:5, ale 7, caudeé 2°4, tarsi 3, rostri a rictu 2°4.

Hab. Paraguay (Azara); Brasil. merid. or. (Maz. et Burm.) ;

Ypanema, S. Paolo (Natt.).

Mus. Brit., 8. & G.

Several authors have called this bird 4. plumbeus, from Vieillot’s

Gallinula plumbea, which, however, is a Javan species, and has

nothing to do with it (cf Enc. Méth. p. 344). Spix’s name sara-

cura seems to be the oldest.

6. ARAMIDES AXILLARIS.

Aramides axillaris, Lawr. Proc. Acad. Phil. 1863, p. 107.

Ortygarchus mangle, Cab. in Schomb. Guian. iii. p. 760.

Aramides ruficollis, Léotaud, Ois. Trin. p. 498.

Fusco-viridis, dorso imo et cauda nigris, dorso summo plumbeo :

capite toto et corpore subtus castaneis: gula alba, ventre medio

cum crisso nigris: primariis extus rufis: tectricibus subalaribus

albo nigroque transfasciatis : long. tota 11°5, ale 65, caude 2:0,

tarsi 2°0, rostri a rictu 1°6.

Hab. Venezuela, Barranquilla (Crowther); Brit. Guiana (Schom-

burgh) ; Belize (Bocourt).

Mus. Brit., Derb., Paris.

This is a very distinct species, easily known by its chestnut head

and neck, which are nearly of the same colour as the body beneath.

It is clearly the bird described by Cabanis as the adult of his Orty-

garchus mangle, and by Léotaud as A. ruficollis.

7. ARAMIDES MANGLE.

Gallinula mangle, Spix, Av. Bras. ii. p. 74, t. 97.

Aramides mangle, Burm. Syst. Ueb. ili. p. 385.

Supra olivaceus, pileo et cervice cinerascentibus, dorso imo nigri-

cante: subtus rufus; gutture albicante ; ventre in cinereum tra-

hente; crisso nigricante: tectricibus subalaribus nigris albo

450 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN [June 25,

transfasciatis: long. tota 12°0, ale 6°5, caude 2°3, tarsi 2°1,

rostri a rictu 1°8.

Hab. Brazil (Spix); vicinity of Bahia (Wucherer).

Mus. 8. & G.

Genus 3. PorZzANA. Type:

Porzana, Vieill. Analyse, p. 61 (1816)...... P. maruetta.

Mustelirallus, Bp. C. R. xhii. p. 599 (1856) P. albicollis.

Rufirallus, Bp. C. R. xhii. p. 599 (1856) .. P. eayennensis.

Laterallus, Bp. Aun. d. Se. Nat. sér. 4. Zool.

i. p. 46 (1854) . ce esesesee- LP. melanophea.

Laterirallus, Bp. C. RB. xliii. p . 599 (1856).. P. melanophea.

Crybastes, Cab. Journ. f. O. 1856, p- 428 .. P. flaviventris.

Creciscus, Cab. Journ. f. O. 1856, p. 428 . P. jamaicensis.

Coturnicops, Bp. Aun. Se. Nat. sér. 4. Zool.

ESO AGP ELAEI S29 98 SII REP Ae P. noveboracensis.

The American species of this genus present many slight modi-

fications in the proportions of the tarsus and toes, the elevation of

the culmen of the bill, the length of the tail and tail-coverts, and the ~

denudation of the lower part of the tibiz. It appears to us impos-

sible to establish satisfactory generic divisions upon these characters,

at any rate without a careful examination of the Old-World species

of the group. It is even difficult to group the American species in

minor sections ; but the following may serve as a temporary arrange-

ment of the subgenera :—

a, majores: tarsus et digiti elongati.

@, sAorsovMaculatont 2h. ..essss.0tedeacensvaes tesa ncueeeeaecs 1, Porzana.

6’. dorso immaculato.

a’, hypochonGriis puris ...........--seccerseceesneceeeee Oe HUfrallus.

6”. Shy POCHONGMMNS LASCIAIS |... s.crcce-cosecstascoe eens ss 3. Laterirallus.

4. minores: tarsus brevis.

GROWL ClO a alee geese tye eba nena tian ssc taasesen sen naest ce 4, Crybastus.

’. digiti modici.

a”, rostri culmine non elevato ............ssee0eeeeeeeeee 5, Creciscus.

&’. rostri culmine elevato .........ceeeseseesesenescesveres 6. Coturnicops.

ep-Major ss tarsus let dipitisbrevesie, qptasse-+svas-0sdecieeeseas sus ene 7. Neocrex,

(1) Porzana.

Clavis specierum.

a, loris et gula nigris: dorso albo lineolato .................-00e008 1. P. carolina.

. loris cinereis: gula alba: dorsi lineolis nullis.................. 2. P. albicollis.

1. PoRZANA CAROLINA.

Rallus carolinus, Linn. 8. N. i. p. 363.

Ortygometra carolina, Gosse, Birds of Jamaica, p. 371; Léotaud,

Ois. Trinid. p. 493.

Porzana carolina, Baird, Bitda N. Am. p. 749; Gundl. Journ.

f. Orn. 1856, p. 428; Scl. P. Z. S. 1861, p. 81, 1864, p. 179; Sel.

& Salv. P. Z. 8.1864, p.372; Ibis, 1859, p. 230; A. & E. Newton,

Ibis, 1859, p. 260; Lawr. Ann. L. N.Y. vil. p. 479.

Rallus stolidus, Vieill. Enc. Méth. p. 1071

1868. | ON THE AMERICAN RALLID&, 451

Supra olivaceo-brunneus : nigro variegatus et lineolis albis notatus :

SFacie et pileo medio nigris: superciliis cinereis : subtus cinereus,

gula et cervice mediali nigris: lateribus albo nigroque transfas-

ciatis : ventre medio et crisso albis, hoc fulvescente tincto: rostro

flavo, pedibus olivaceis: long. tota 7°5, ale 4:1, caud@ 1°8, tarsi

1°3, dig. med. cum ungue 1°7, rostri a rictu 0°9.

Hat. America bor. univ. (Baird); Mexico (White); Guatemala

(Salvin) ; Jamaica (Gosse) ; Panama (M‘Cleann.) ; Cuba (Gundl.) ;

S. Croix (Newton) ; Trinidad (Léotaud).

Mus. Brit., S. & G., Derb.

/ 2. PoRZANA ALBICOLLIS.

Rallus albicollis, Vicill. N. D. xxviii. p. 560/ et Ene. Méth. p. 1069

(ex Azara, no. 374).

Rallus olivaceus, Vieill. N, D. xxviii. p. 561; Enc. Méth. p. 1068.

Corethrura olivacea, Léotaud, Ois. de He de Trinidad, p. 499 ;

Gray, Gen. iil. p. 595.

Crex olivacea, Taylor, Ibis, 1864, p. 96.

Ortygometra albicollis, Burm. Syst. Ueb. iii. p. 387 ; Hartl. Ind.

Az p. 25.

Ekceie: albicollis, Schlegel, Mus. d. P.-B. Ralli, p- 34.

Mustelirallus albicollis, Bp. C. R. xliii. p. 599.

Crex mustelina, Licht. Doubl. p. 79; Schomb. Guian. iii. p. 760.

Crew gularis, Jard. & Selb. Ill. Orn. in t. 39.

Supra olivaceo-brunneus, nigro variegatus: subtus cinereus, gula

alba: hypochondriis et crisso nigris albo variegatis: rostro fla-

vicante, pedibus olivaceis: long. tota 9:0, ale 4:4, caude 2-0,

tarsi 1°55, dig. med. cum ungue 1°7, rostri a rictu 1°1.

Hab. Paraguay (Azara); South Brazil, S. Paulo (Burm.); Su-

rinam (Schlegel); Cayenne (Poiteau, in Mus. Paris.) ; Trinidad

(Léotaud § Taylor).

(2) Rurrrauuus.

a. supra olivacei. Clavis specierum.

oy WU CO TUL si cnenicces toe ss soa es PME een aS LONE -i he 3. P. cayanensis,

BY. pileo OlivaceO ... 6.0... ..00.+.daeonescaisaesss-erssneessee-re 4e P. levratdl.

6, supra castanei.

@eapileg PLUMPEO" yacpcsosecete + seustee- ee creeee tees seke OO) LEA PULP.

Dak pileoDOrsoeOn colonies. WIT eewad ese «acute Wee ssedcese 6. P. concolor.

e_uplleniventne concolor’ fe... srs. -amiaiysce «aes igess sexs 7. P. castaneiceps.

*“ 3. PorRZANA CAYANENSIS.

Le réle de Cayenne, Buff. Pl. Enl. 368.

Rallus cayanensis, Gm. 8. N. i. p. 718.

Ortygometra cayennensis, Burm. 8. U. iii. p. 386.

Porzana cayennensis, Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1867, p. 592.

Rallus kiolo, Vieill. Enc. Méth. p. 1066.

Crex aurita, J. BR. Gray, Zool. Mise. p. 13.

Gallinula pileata, Max. Beitr. iii. p. 802.

Gallinula ecaudata, Sw. An. in Men. p. 348.

452 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN [June 25,

Rédle a ventre roux de Cayenne, Buff. Pl. Enl. 753; unde

Rallus poliotis, Temm. Table d. Pl. Enl. p. 98.

Supra olivaceus : pileo castaneo: lateribus capitis cinereis: subtus

castaneus: rostro plumbeo ; pedibus carneis: long. tota 6:0, ale

3°5, caude 1°3, tarsi 1°35, dig. med. cum ungue 1°4, rostri a

rictu 0°8.

Hab. Cayenne (Buffon); Para (Wallace); Brasil. merid. orient.

(Maz. §& Burmeister).

Mus. Brit., S. & G.

Supra omnino fuscescenti-olivaceus, alis extus et cauda saturatiori-

bus, fere nigricantibus: subtus rubiginoso-rufus, medialiter dilu-

tior: gula et pectore medio albis: rostro et pedibus olivaceis :

long. tota 6°0, ale 3°0, caude 1°5, rostri a rictu 0°8, tarsi 1:1.

Hab. Venezuela, in vicin. urbis Caraccas (Levraud).

Mus. Parisiensi.

Obs. Species forma et crassitie Porzane cayennensis, sed differt

corpore supra unicolori, subtus medialiter albo.

, 5. PORZANA RUBRA.

’ Corethrura rubra, Scl. & Salv. P. Z. 8S. 1860, p. 300; Ibis, 1860,

p:. 277:

Porzana rubra, Sel. & Salv. Ex. Orn. t. xvi. p. 31.

Lete rufa, subtus medialiter dilutior ; gula albicantiore ; pileo toto

et lateribus capitis saturate cinereis : remigibus et rectricibus cum

uropygio obscure fusco-nigris : rostro nigro: pedibus olivaceis :

long. tota 6:0, ale 3°3, caude 1:4, tarsi 1°35, digiti med. cum

ungue 1°55, rostri a rictu 0°85.

Hab. Guatemala (Salvin).

Mus. Brit., 8. & G.

6. PorzANA CONCOLOR.

Rallus concolor, Gosse, B. Jam. p. 369, et Ill. t. 103 (1847);

March, Proc. Acad. Phil. 1864, p. 69.

* Rallus castaneus, Cuv.,’’? Puch. R. Z. 1851, p. 279.

Rallina castanea, Schlegel, Mus. de P.-B. Ralli, p. 17.

Corethrura guatemalensis, Lawr. Proc. Acad. Phil. 1863, p. 106.

Corethrura cayennensis, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1859, p. 64; Sel. & Salv.

Ibis, 1859, p. 230.

Supra omnino fusco-rubiginosus unicolor: subtus pure rubiginoso-

rufus: long. tota 8°5, ale 4°8, caude 2°6, tarsi 1°7, rostri a

rictu 1*1.

Hab. Jamaica (Gosse); Honduras, Omoa (Leyland); Guatemala

(Lawrence) ; vicinity of Bahia (Wucherer).

Mus. Brit., Derb., Paris., S. & G.

We have compared Leyland’s specimen of this bird from Omoa

with Gosse’s type from Jamaica, which is now in the British Mu-

seum, and find them identical. We therefore conclude that Mr.

1868. | ON THE AMERICAN RALLID&, 453

Lawrence’s Corethrura guatemulensis is referable to this species, as

his description shows no reason to the contrary.

We have also examined the type of Radlus castaneus (Puch, ex

Cuv.) in the Paris Museum, and have no doubt of its being a

synonym of Rallus concolor, Gosse.

Prince Bonaparte names (C. R. xlili. p. 599), without describing,

a Rufirallus boeckii from the Berlin Museum. Schlegel (/. s. c.)

states that one of the types of this supposed new species is in the

Leyden Museum, and places it as a synonym of this bird, which he

calls Rallina castanea.

U7. PoRZANA CASTANEICEPS, sp. nov.

Supra olivacea: capite undique et corpore subtus ad imum pectus

castaneis, gula dilutiore : ventre imo, tibiis et hypochondriis dorso

concoloribus : long. tota 8:0, ale 4°4, rostri a rictu 11, tarsi 2:0.

Hab. Rio Napo (Mus. Brit.).

Mus. Brit.

There is a single example of this apparently undescribed species

in the British Museum. It was purchased from Mr. Gould in 1855.

The species is nearly allied to P. concolor, but is easily recognizable

by the chestnut colouring only extending over the head and front

part of the body below.

(3) LaTeriRaLuus.

Clavis specierum.

@. Pulacum» pectorecastanels s.:.1-..cee Me e-teece oaecen este en 8. P. hauxwelli.

4. gula alba, pectore albo aut rufo.

HE OMISSOPLULO pies cased an ne a z.eae iarana te Poan nce eae east 9. P. melanophea.

0’. erisso albo nigroque transfasciato ..............0.00e0e 10. P. albigularis.

c’, erisso medio nigro utrinque albo ...............0..0+ ll. P. leucopyrrha.

¥ 8. PorzAna HAUXWELLI, Sp. nov.

Corethrura, sp.?, Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1866, p. 200.

Porzana fasciata, Sel. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1867, p. 981.

Porzana haurwelli, Scl. & Salv. Ex. Orn. p. 105, t. 53.

Fuscescenti-olivacea, alis obscurioribus, capite toto cum collo et cor-

pore subtus ad imum pectus castaneis: abdomine rufo nigroque

transfasciato : subalaribus rufis niyro maculatis : rostro obscure

corneo, pedibus saturate corylinis : long. tota 6°5, ale 3°5, caude

1:2, tarst 1°6, rostri a rictu 0°85.

Hab. Amazonia Peruviana; Ucayali (Bartlett), Chamicurros et

Pebas (Hauswell).

Mus. Brit., 8. & G.

Obs. Similis P. castaneo, sed ventre rufo nigroque conspicue trans-

fasciato.

9. PorzZANA MELANOPH#A.

Ypecaha pardo obscuro, Azara, Apunt. iii. p. 230. 10. 376.

Rallus melanophaius, Vieill. N. D. xxviii. p. 549, et Ene. Méth.

p. 1064.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1868, No. XXX.

454 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN [June 25,

Corethrura melanophea, Hartl. Ind. Az. p. 24; Gray, Gen. iil.

Oda.

5 Crez lateralis, Licht. Doubl. p. 79.

Gallinula lateralis, Max. Beitr. iv. p. 805.

Ortygometra lateralis, Burm. Syst. Ueb. iii. p. 387.

Gallinula albifrons, Sw. An. in Menag. p. 338.

Porzana melanophea, Scl. & Salv. Ex. Orn. p. 107, t. 54.

Fuscescenti-olivacea, alis extus et dorso postico obscurioribus ; subtus

alba, lateribus cervicis et pectoris cum crisso toto rujis ; hypo-

chondriis albo nigroque transfusciatis : rostro olivaceo apice flavi-

cante ; pedibus pallide corylinis: long. tota 6:3, ale 3:1, caude

1:5, tarsi 1:25, rostri a rictu 0°8.

Hab. in Brasil. merid. (Burmeister); Paraguaya (Azara); Bo-

livia, Chiquitos (D’ Orbigny) ; Venezuela, Cumana (Beauperthuy) ;

Caraceas (Levraud).

Mus. Brit., S. & G.

10. PorZANA ALBIGULARIS.

Corethrura albigularis, Lawrence, Ann. Lyc. N. Y. vii. p. 302;

Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1864, p. 372.

Porzana albigularis, Scl. & Salv. P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 280, et Ex.

Orn. p. 109, t. 55.

Supra fusca, lateribus capitis et cervice postica castaneis: subtus

alba, pectore castaneo perfuso : hypochondriis, ventris lateribus

et crisso albo nigroque transfasciatis : rostro olivaceo, pedibus

fuscis: long. tota 5°5, ale 2°9, caude 1:1, tarsi 1*1, rostri a

rictu 0°9.

Hab. in isthm. Panama (M‘Leannan) ; Costa Rica (drcé); Mos-

quitia (Wickham).

Mus. 8. & G.

11. PoRZANA LEUCOPYRRBA.

Ypecaha pardo acanelado y blanco, Azara, Apunt. iii. p. 228.

no. 379.

Rallus leucopyrrhus, Vieill. N. D. xxvil. p. 550, et Ene. Méth.

p- 1064; v. Schreiber, Isis, 1823, p. 1063.

Corethrura leucopyrrha, Hartl. Ind. Az. p. 24; Gray, Gen. iii.

p- 595; Burm. La Plata-Reise, ii. p. 505.

Corethrura hypoleucos, Licht. in Mus. Bersl. et Nomenel. p. 96.

Laterirallus hypoleucus, Bp. C. R. xiii. p. 599.

Fuscescenti-olivacea, capite rufescente, alis extus et cauda cum dorso

postico obscurioribus: subtus alba; lateribus capitis, cervicis et

pectoris castaneis ; hypochondriis albo nigroque transfasciatis :

crisso medio nigro, lateraliter albo: rostro olivaceo, pedibus fla-

vidis: long. tota 6°75, ale 3°1, caude 1°9, tarsi 1°3, rostri a

rictu 0°8.

Hab. in Paraguaya (Azara) ; rep. Argentina, Tucuman (Burm.) ;

Brasil. merid. (Natt.).

Mus. Brit., 8S. & G.

1368. ] ON THE AMERICAN RALLIDA. 455

Obs. A P. melanophea capite rnfo, et crisso non rufo, sed medio

nigro, albo utrinque marginato, diversa.

(4) Crysastus.

12. PoRZANA FLAVIVENTRIS.

Petit réle de Cayenne, Buff. Pl. Enl. 847.

Rallus flaviventer, Bodd.

Ortygometra flaviventris, Gray, Gen. ii. p. 593; Hartl. Ind. Az.

. 24.

3 Rallus minutus, Gm. S. N. p. 719.

Ortygometra minuta, Burm. Syst. Ueb. iti. p. 388; Gosse, B.

Jam. p. 372.

Crex minuta, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1861, p. 81.

Rallus superciliaris, Vieill. N. D. xxviii. p. 565, et Ene. Méth.

p- 1070 (ex Azara, no. 377).

Laterirallus gossii, Bp. C. R. xiii. p. 599 (1856).

Crybastus gossii, Cab. J. f. Orn. 1856, p. 428; Gundlach, Rep.

F. N.i-p. 361.

Erythra minuta, Bp. C. R. xlii. p. 600 (1856).

Supra flavicanti-brunnea, capite et dorso medio obscurioribus, ni-

gricanti-brunneis : dorso et alis extus albo maculatis: superciliis

et corpore subtus ochracescenti-albidis, gula et ventre medio albi-

cantibus : hypochondriis et crisso albo nigroque transfasciatis :

rostro corneo, pedibus flavis: long. tota 5°0, ale 2°7, caude 1°3,

rostri a rictu 0°7, tarsi 0°9, dig. med. cum ungue 1°3.

Hab. Cayenne (Buf.); Jamaica (Gosse et Osburn); Cuba

(Gundlach) ; Venezuela, Caraccas (Levraud, in Mus. Par.) ; South-

eastern Brazil (Burm.); Paraguay (Azara).

Bonaparte has called the Jamaican form of this species Later?-

rallus gossii, without giving us any explanation of how it differs

from the continental form which he calls Erythra minuta. We have

examined a specimen now in the British Museum, obtained by

Gosse, and compared it with a skin from Brazil, without being able

to detect any differences which would justify the separation of the

Jamaican bird.

(5) Creciscus.

a. plaga cervicali postica nulla.

a’. pectore immaculato.

a’’, dorso toto albo punctato ............:..:eceee ees 13. P. gamaicensis.

be dorso feresmnmacniaton, a5. .caceeoe sens vr2o-e- 14. P. spilonota.

b’. pectore albo nigroque variegato ...............see..-6++ 15. P. notata.

Praplucalcervicalil pOsiCa Uta tsstecce. vena cots. cetosesetaswenes 16. P. cinerea.

13. PorRZANA JAMAICENSIS.

Rallus jamaicensis, Gm. S.N.p. 718; Baird, Birds N. Am. p. 749.

Ortygometra jamaicensis, Gosse, B. Jam. p. 375; Salv. Ibis,

1866, p. 198.

Porzana jamaicensis, Scl. P. Z. 8. i861, p. 81; P. Z. 8. 1867,

p. 333 et p. 343; Schlegel, Mus. des P.-B. Ralli, p. 67.

456 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN [June 25,

Creciscus jamaicensis, Cab. J. f. Orn. 1856, p. 428; Gundl. Rep.

F. N.i. p. 362.

Rallus salinasi, Philippi, Wiegm. Arch. 1857, p. 262.

Crex pygmea, Blackwall, Brewster’s Journ. vi. p. 77 (1832).

Ortygometra jamaicensis et O. chilensis, Bp. C. R. xliii. p. 599.

Supra cinerea, brunneo, precipue in dorso summo, perfusa: capite,

dorso toto et alis extus albo stellatis: subtus cinerea, gula (in

junioribus) albescente: hypochondriis, ventre imo et crisso albo

transfasciatis: rostro plumbeo, pedibus pallide corylinis: long.

tota 5:5, ale 2°9, caude 1:4, rostri a rictu 0°7, tursi 0-9, dig.

med. cum ungue 1°15.

Hab. Amer. bor. status Atlanticos merid. (Baird); Jamaica

(Osburn) ; Cuba (Gundl.); Guatemala (Salvin); New Granada

(Schlegel) ; Lima (Nation) ; Chili (Philippi).

Mus. Brit. et S. & G.

We have compared skins of this bird from Guatemala, Jamaica,

Lima, and Chili, without being able to detect any differences suffi-

cient to distinguish them specifically. In some specimens the throat

is nearly white; but this occurs in one skin from Chili, and not ina

second, and may be attributable to immaturity. The southern spe-

cimens are also rather larger.

Ortygometra chilensis is a name probably intended by Bonaparte

for this southern form, which seems also to be described by Philippi

as Rallus salinasi (J. s. ¢.).

14. PorZANA SPILONOTA.

Zapornia spilonota, Gould, Zool. Voy. Beagle, ili. p. 132, t. 49.

Nigricanti-cinerea fere unicolor, dorso et alis extus oleagineo perfusis :

hypochondriis et tectricibus caude inferioribus obsolete albo nota-

tis: long. tota 5°25, ale@ 2°75, caude \"1, tarsi 0°85, rostri 0°75.

Hab. Galapagos (Darwin).

Mus. Brit.

Obs. Affinis P. tabuensi ex inss. maris Pacifici.

15. PorzANA NOTATA.

Zapornia notata, Gould, Zool. Voy. Beagle, iii. p. 132, t. 48.

Supra obscure olivaceo-brunnea, albo stellata: subtus nigra albo

omnino variegata: long. tota 5°5, ale 3:0, caude 1-3, tarsi 0-9,

rostri a rictu 0°95.

Hab. in rep. Argentina (Darwin); Patagonia (D’ Ord. in Mus.

Par.).

Mus. Brit. et Paris.

16. PorRZANA CINEREA.

Rallus cinereus, Vieill. N. D. xxviii. p. 556, et Enc. Meth. p. 1066.

Ortygometra cinerea, Gray, Gen. B. iii. p. 593; Léotaud, Ois.

de Trin. p. 495.

Gallinula ruficollis, Sw. An. in Men. p. 349.

Rallus exilis, Temm. Pl. Col. 523.

Porzana exilis, Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1866, p. 567.

1868. } ON THE AMERICAN RALLIDA. 457

Supra olivaceo-brunnea, pileo cinereo, cervice rufa, uropygio nigro

albo transfasciato: subtus cinerea, gula alba, ventris lateribus

et crisso nigris albo transfasciatis : rostro corneo, pedibus palli-

dis: long. tota 5:0, ale 2°8, caude@ 1°4, rostri a rictu 0°65,

tarsi 0°8, dig. med. cum ungue 1*1,

Hab. Cayenne (Vieill.) ; Amazonia Peruy., Ucayali (Baré/ett) ;

Para (Mus. Der.) ; Trinidad (Léotaud).

Mus. Brit., Paris., et S. & G.

(6) Corurnicops.

17. PoRZANA NOVEBORACENSIS.

Fulica noveboracensis, Gm. 8. N. i. p. 701.

Gallinula noveboracensis, Lath. Ind. Orn. ii. p. 271.

Porzana noveboracensis, Baird, B. N. A. p. 750.

Rallus ruficollis, Vieill. N. D. xxviii. p, 556, Enc. Méth. p. 1070,

et Gal. d. Ois. ii. t. 266.

Supra ochracea brunneo variegata, dorso et alis extus albo anguste

transfascialis : superciliis gula et pectore pure ochraceis : ventre

medio albicante: hypochondriis nigris ochraceo miztis et albo

transfusciatis : crisso rufescente: rostro pallide corneo, basi al-

bicante : pedibus pallidis: long. tota 6:5, al@ 3:5, caude 1-4,

rostri a rictu 0°7, tarsi 1-0, dig. med. cum ungue 1°2.

Hab. America bor. status Atlanticos et merid.

Mus. 8. & G.

(7) Neocrex.

18. PorzZANA ERYTHROPS.

Porzana erythrops, Sclater, P. Z. S. 1867, p. 343, t. 21.

Porzana schomburghki, Schl. Mus. des P.-B. Ralli, p. 37 (?).

Supra fuscescenti-olivacea, alis et cauda concoloribus: capitis et

cervicis lateribus cum corpore subtus pallide plumbeis, gula albi-

cante: hypochondriis, alarum tectricibus inferioribus et crisso

nigricantibus albo transfasciatis, uno fulvescente: rostro ad basin

sanguineo, inde corneo, apice flavo : pedibus flavis: long. tota 7*5,

ale 4°2, caudeé 1:2, rostri a rictu 0:9, tarsi 1-2, dig. med. cum

ungue 1°3.

Hab. Lima (Nation).

Mus. 8. & G.

Genus 4. Crex.

Type.

Crez, Bechst. Gem. Naturg. p. 470 (1803).... Crew pratensis.

Ortygometra, Leach, Syst. Cat. p. 34 (1816) .. Crewx pratensis.

CREX PRATENSIS.

Rallus erex, Linn. 8. N. 1. p. 261.

Crex pratensis, Bechst. Nat. iv. p. 470; Baird, B. N. A. p. 751.

Flavicanti-brunnea, nigro variegata, alis extus rufis : subtus cinereo-

albida, gula et abdomine medio dilutioribus : hypochondriis rufo

458 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN [June 25,

variegatis : subalaribus rufis: long. tota 10-4, ale 5°8, caude 2:1,

rostri a rictu 1°15, tarsi 1°55, dig. med. cum ungue 1°06.

Hab. accidentaliter in America boreali (Baird).

Genus 5. THyrorHINA*.

THYRORHINA SCHOMBURGKI.

Crex schomburgki, Cab. in Schomb, Guian. ii. p. 245, et iu.

p- 760; Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1868, p. 169.

Micropygia schomburgki, Bp. C. R. xlii. p. 599.

Supra olivacea albo guttata, his maculis albis nigro circumdatis :

subtus rubiginosa, gula albicante, abdomine medio albo: rostro

corneo, mandibule apice flavo: pedibus aurantiacis : long. tota

50, ale 3°3, caude 1:4, rostri a rictu 0°6, tarsi 0°85, dig. med.

cum ungue 0-9.

Hab, Brit. Guiana (Schomé.); Venezuela, Caripé (Goering) ;

Caraccas (Levraud, in Mus. Paris.).

Mus. 8. & G.

Head of Thyrorhina schomburgki.

The peculiar form of the nasal openings, which are partly covered

over in front by a horny membrane and are completely divided from

each other by a median septum, induces us to refer this species to a

new genus, these characters not occurring in any other American

form of Ralline. In other respects this little Crake agrees generally

with the smaller American species of Porzana. The form of the

wing corresponds nearly with that of P. noveboracensis, the second

and next three following primaries being nearly equal and longest, and

the external secondaries elougated, so as to be longer than the outer

primary. The toes are slender, the middle toe with its nail hardly

exceeding the tarsus in length. The tibiz are feathered nearly

down to the joint, The tail is rather longer than is usual among the

smaller Rallide, and not so much concealed by the coverts.

Dr. Schlegel’s Porzana schomburgki (Mus. des P. B. Ralli, p. 37)

can hardly be of this species, if his description is correct t. It would

appear to be more like Sclater’s P. erythrops, to which, therefore,

we have provisionally referred it.

* Oupds, porta, et pis, nasus.

+ Dessus d’un brun olivatre. Dessous gris d’ardoise; bas ventre et sous-

caudales noires avec des bandelettes blanches.

1868. | ON THE AMERICAN RALLID&. 459

Subfam. II. Fuxiicrn.

Conspectus generum Fulicinarum.

a, digiti membrana laterali omnino carentes: nares ovales ... 6, Porphyrio.

6. digiti membrana laterali instructi: nares lineariformes.

w. digitorum membrana angusta, continua.

a’. clypeo frontali parvo, triquetro, elevato ........ 7. Porphyriops.

o”. clypeo frontali expanso, rotundato ............... 8. Gallinula.

4, digitorum membrana lobiformi ...................ee0ee00s 9. Fulica,

Genus 6. Porpuyrio. Type.

Porphyrio, Temm. 02.0 05.0000. .000. es Pe antiquorum.

Tonornis, Reichenb. Nat. Syst. p. xxi (1853) .. P. martinicus.

*Porphyrula, Bp. ©. R. xliii. p. 599 (1851) .... P. martinicus.

Glaucestes, Reichenb. Nat. Syst. p. xxi(1853).. P. parvus.

Fig.2;

Head of Porphyrio martinicus, showing the oval nostril.

1. PorPHYRIO MARTINICUS.

Fulica martinica, Linn. 8. N. i. p. 259.

Gallinula martinica, Lath. Ind. Orn. ii. p. 812.

Gallinula martinicensis, Max. Beitr. iv. p. 812.

Crex martinica, Licht. Doubl. p. 79.

Porphyrio martinica, Temm. Pl. Col. 405 (text); Burm. Syst.

Ueb. ii. p. 392; Gosse, B. Jam. p. 377; Schomb. Guian. iii.

. 761; Sclater, P. Z. S. 1861, p. 81; Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1864,

. 372, et 1867, p. 592; Ibis, 1859, p. 230; Moore, P. Z. S. 1859,

. 64; Taylor, Ibis, 1864, p. 96 et p. 171; Léotaud, Ois. Trin.

MSO;

Tonornis martinicensis, Reichenb. Nat. Syst. p. xxi.

Gallinula martinica, Baird, B. N. A. p. 753; Sclater, P. Z. 8.

1864, p. 179.

Porphyrio tavoua, Vieill. Gal. ii. t. 267.

Porphyrula martinica, Bp. C. R. xliii. p. 599 (1856); Gundlach,

Reps EF? Nidop. 362:

Ss rSirS =

* Porphyrula is a genus originally established by Blyth (Cat. B. As. S. Mus.

p- 283), of which the type is Porphyrio chloronotus, described by Blyth (J. A.

S. B. xviii. p. 283) from an unknown locality. Bonaparte misapplied this term

to P. martinicus, and has misled Baird (B. N. A. p. 753) into following him.

460 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN [June 25,

Supra viridis, alis extus et cervice postica ceruleo lavatis: occipite

nigricante: subtus purpureus, ventre imo nigricante, crisso albo :

scuto frontali cerulescente, rostro coccineo, apice flavo: pedibus

flavidis : long. tota 10:0, ale 6°8, caude 2°8, rostri a rictu 1°2,

tarsi 2°2, dig. med. cum ungue 2°9.

Avis jr. Supra olivaceus, alis evtus ceruleo tinctis : capite, collo et

dorso postico brunnescentibus: subtus albus, ochraceo perfusus.

Hab. Americe bor. st. Atlanticos merid. (Baird); Guatemala

(Salvin) ; Cuba (Gundlach) ; Jamaica (Gosse et Osburn); Porto Rico

(Taylor); Trinidad (Léotaud); British Guiana (Schomd.); Para

(Wallace) ; South-eastern Brazil (Maa. et Burm.); Paraguay (Azara).

Mus. Brit., 8. & G.

Fig. 3.

Porphyrio martinicus. Porphyrio parvus.

2. PoRPHYRIO PARVUS.

Favorite de Cayenne, Buff. Pl. Enl. 897.

Fulica parva, Bodd.

Gallinula flavirostris, Gm. 8. N. p. 699.

Gallinula parva, Schlegel, Mus. d. P.-B. Ralli, p. 39.

Porphyrio parvus, Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1867, p. 592.

Glaucestes flavirostris, Reichenb. Nat. Syst. p. xxi.

Porphyrula martinica, Bp. C. R. xiii. p. 599 (partim).

Supra cerulescenti-viridescens, medialiter brunnescens : dorso postico

nigricante: subtus pure albus, capite et cervice lateraliter ceruleo

perfusis: scuto frontali et rostro flavicanti-olivaceis: pedibus

fiavis: long. tota 9°0, ale 5:0, caude 2°7, rostri a rictu 1-0,

tarsi 1°75, dig. med. cum uague 2°95.

Hab. Cayenne (Buff.); Surinam (Mus. Lugd.); Amazons (Wal-

lace); Brasil. int. Rio Araguay (Natterer).

Mus. Brit., 8. & G.

Obs. Cum juniore sp. preec. seepe confusus, sed scuto frontali

1868. | ON THE AMERICAN RALLID&. 461

parvo triquetro, crassitie minore, et corpore subtus pure albo facile

distinguendus !

Genus 7. PorrHyRioprs.

Porphyriops, Puch. R. Z. 1845, p. 278.

Hydrocicea, Cab. Wiegm. Arch. 1847, p. 351.

1. PorePHyYRIOPS CRASSIROSTRIS.

Fulica crassirostris, J. E. Gray, Griffith’s A. K. in. p. 542.

Gallinula crassirostris, Darwin, Zool. Beagle, iii. p. 133; Bridges,

P. Z. S. 1843, p. 118; Pelzeln, Novara-Reise, Vog. p. 135; Schl.

Mus. d. P.-B. Ralli, p. 49.

Porphyriops crassirostris, Salvad. Att. Se. It. viii. p. 285.

Hydrocicca melanops, Sclater, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 333.

Olivaceus, pileo medio obscuriore: alis fuscis, harum tectricibus

castaneo perfusis, secundariis externis albicante marginatis: subtus

cinereus, ventre medio et crisso albo; hypochondriis olivaceo per-

fusis et albo maculatis : rostro obscure olivaceo, apice flavicante ;

pedibus corylinis: long. tota 9, ale 5°2, caude@ 2:2, rostria rictu

0:95, tarsi 1°8, digiti medii cum ungue 2°5.

Hab. Chili (Bridges, Leybold).

Mus. Brit., 8. & G.

2. PoRPHYRIOPS MELANOPS.

El cara negra, Azara, Apunt. ili. p. 223. no. 373.

Rallus melanops, Vieill. N. D. xxviii. p. 553, et E. M. p. 1063.

Hydrocicca melanops, Cab. Wiegm. Arch. 1847, p. 351.

Ortygometra melanops, Burm. La Plata, ii. p. 505.

Crex femoralis, Tsch. Wiegm. Arch. 1843, pt. 1. p. 388, et F. P.

Aves, p. 301(?).

Amaurornis femoralis, Bp. C. R. xliii. p. 600 (?).

Porphyriops leucopterus, Salvadori, Att. S. I. viii. p. 382; Scl.

& Salv. P. Z. S. 1868, p. 175.

Sim. prec. sed minor, pileo medio obscuriore, et remigibus secun-

dariis intus et extus albo magis distincte notatis : long. tota 7*5,

ale 4°9, caude 2°3, tarsi 1°4, digiti medii cum ungue 1°8, rostri

a rictu 0°9.

Hab. Paraguay (Azara) ; Bogota (Mus. Derb.); Bolivia (D’ Oré.

in Mus. Paris.) ; Peru (Tschudi); New Granada (Mus. Derd.).

Mus. Derb.

We have examined the type specimen of P. leucopterus of Salva-

dori, which has been kindly lent to us by the describer, and find

it distinguishable from the Chilian bird by the characters above

given. If the locality of ‘“ Paraguay,” assigned to it by Dr. Salva-

dori, is correct, it seems probable that all the birds met with on the

eastern slope of the Andes will turn out to be of this form. But

we have as yet only been able to examine one Cisandean specimen,

from New Granada, in the Derby Museum. This certainly belongs

to the white-winged form. We shall not consider the specific dis-

462 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN [June 25,

tinctness of the two forms established until we have had an oppor-

tunity of examining a series of specimens from several localities.

Genus 8. GALLINULA. Beas,

Gallinula, Latham, Ind. Orn. ii. p. 770........ G. chloropus.

GALLINULA GALEATA.

Crex galeata, Licht. Doubl. p. 80 (1823).

Tahana, Azara, Apunt. ii. p. 238.

Gallinula galeata, Max. Beitr. iv. 807 (1833) ; Schomb. Guian.

iii. p. 760; Tsch. F. P. Aves, p. 302; Gay, Faun. Chil. Aves, p. 437 ;

Burm. 8S. U. iii. p. 389; Burm. La Plata-Reise, ii. p. 505; Gosse,

Birds of Jamaica, p. 381; A. & E. Newton, Ibis, 1859, p. 260;

Taylor, Ibis, 1860, p. 314; Salv. Ibis, 1866, p. 198; Scl. P. Z.S. -

1861, p. 81, et 1867, p. 339; Scl. & Salv. P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 176;

Sallé, P. Z. S. 1857, p. 237; Gundl. Rep. F. N. p. 362; Bryant,

Proc. Bost. Soc. xi. p. 97; Léotaud, Ois. de Trin. p. 503.

Ardesiacus : dorso medio et alis extus olivaceis in brunneum trahen-

tibus, ventre medio albicante ; margine alari, strigis hypochondrio-

rum elongatis et crisso pure albis, hujus plumis mediis et caude

rectricibus nigris : clypeo frontali et rostro coccineis, hujus apice

flavo: pedibus olivaceis flavo variegatis ; tibie parte nuda san-

guineo-rubra : long. tota 15:0, ale 7°5, caude 3°3, rostri a rictu

1°5, tarsi 2°3, digiti med. cum ungue 3°7.

Hab. Americe bor. stat. merid. (Baird); Cuba (Gundlach) ;

Jamaica (Gosse et Osburn) ; St. Domingo (Bryant) ; Trinidad ( Léo-

taud); Guatemala (Salvin) ; St. Croix (Newton); Guiana (Schomb.);

Brazil (Maz. et Burm.) ; Paraguay (Azara) ; Honduras (G. C. Tay-

lor); St. Domingo (Saillé); Chili (Gay); Peru (Tschudi et Whitely).

Mus. Brit., 8.-G.

Genus 9. Fuxica.

Type.

Fulica, Lion. S. N. 1. p. 277 (1766) ......-. «. J. otra:

Phalaria, Reich. Nat. Syst. p. 21 (1852) ...... F. gigantea.

Lysca, Reich. Nat. Syst. p. 21 (1852)...... F. ardesiaca.

Lycornis, Bp. Ann. Se. Nat. ser. 4, Zool. i. p. 46

. cornuta.

Clavis specierum Americanarum.

a. Clypeo frontali carunculato .............0ee- eerste eect eeee rece eee 1. cornuta.

b. clypeo frontali levi.

a’. erisso precipue nigro, lateraliter albo mixto.

major: flexura alari nigra ...... ssc ROC Risa soie sen tasn, 2G Ouelee

minor: flexura alari alba ..................... SR BB BAR SE 3. ardesiaca.

b’. erisso preecipue albo.

a’. secundariis omnino concoloribus.

marcine slam alhO, geese. -cueeh sesrsehes.cis3-- 4. armillata.

Mare ALA] COMCOLONI Mochi step densest ose seems 5. leucopyga.

3’. secundariis albo terminatis.

ifaw OSULORSUANG nc ete aren serene na cienme sles 6. leucoptera.

minor: rostro rubro notato ..........0.....ee eee . americana.

1868. ] ON THE AMERICAN RALLID. 463

1. Funica corNnvutTaA.

Fulica cornuta, Bp. C. R. xxxvii. p. 925 (1853); Hartl. J. f.

Orn. i. Extra-H. 1853, p- 82.

Lycornis cornuta, Bp. C. R. xiii. p. 600.

Cinereo-nigra, capite et cervice obscurioribus : crisso nigro, albi-

cante partim mixto: clypeo frontali caruncula longa eminente

instructo: long. tota 19-0, tarsi 3:1.

Hab. Potosi, Bolivia (Cast. et Dev.).

Mus. Paris.

Fig. 4.

Head of Fulica cornuta.

We have seen the only known specimen of this remarkable species

in the Paris Museum, but have nothing to add to Dr. Hartlaub’s

notes on it. The drawing of the head (fig. 4) is from the typical

specimen.

2. FULICA GIGANTEA.

Fulica gigantea, Eyd. & Soul. Voy. Bonite, Zool. p- 102, t. 8;

Tsch. F. P. p. 302; Hartl. Cab. J. f. Orn. 1853, Extra-H. p. 80.

Phalaria gigas, Reich. Nat. Syst. p. xxi.

Nigra: crisso albo partim mixto : rostro rubricante : clypeo fron-

tali flavo: pedibus rubris : long. tota 21:0, ale 10°9, tarsi 379,

dig. med. cum ungue 5°3.

Hab. Andes of Peru; Altos of Huaihuai (Tschudi) ; between Are-

quipa and Cusco (Cast. et Dev.).

Mus. Paris.

464 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN [June 25,

Fig. 5.

Saag

oS a

—S

= S

Head of Fulica gigantea.

We have only seen the examples of this scarce species in the Paris

Museum, whence our figure of the head (fig. 5) was taken.

3. FuLIca ARDESIACA-

Fulica ardesiaca, Tsch. F. P. Aves, p. 303.

Lysca ardesiacea, Reich, Nat. Syst. p. xxi.

Fulica chilensis, Des Murs in Gay’s Faun. Chil. viii. p. 474, Atl.

t.10; Hartl. J. f. Orn. 1853, Extra-H. p. 81; Sclater, P. Z.S.1860,

p- 82; Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1868, p. 177.

Obscure schistacea, capite undique nigrescente: flexura alari et re-

migis externi margine albis: crisso nigro lateraliter albo mizto :

clypeo frontali tuberositatem parallelogrammicam formante, in

tempore nuptiali rubente, aliter albicanti-plumbeo, a rostro linea

impressa diviso: pedibus obscure schistaceis: long. tota 16-5,

ale 8°5, caude 2°2, rostri a rictu 1:5, tarsi 2°6, dig. med. cum

ungue 3°8.

Hab, Bolivian Andes (D’Orb.); La Paz (Cast. et Dev.); Western

Peru, Tambo valley (Wahitely); Andes of Ecuador, between Rio-

bamba and Mocha (Fraser) ; Western Peru (Tsch.).

Mus. Brit., 8.-G.

Since we wrote our notes on Mr. Whitely’s second collection

(P. Z. S. 1868, p. 173), we have had, through the kindness of M.

Coulon of Neuchatel, an opportunity of examining the type of

1868. | ON THE AMERICAN RALLIDE. 465

Head-shield of Fulica ardesiaca.

Tschudi’s F*. ardesiaca. It turns out, as we had anticipated, to be

the same as F’. chilensis, Gay; and the species must therefore be

called F. ardesiaca, Tschudi’s name having the priority. This is

quite as well, since, as we have already stated (J. s.c. p. 177), it is

very doubtful whether this Coot ever occurs in Chili, the only au-

thority for its so doing being Gay’s untrustworthy assertion.

4. FuLIcA ARMILLATA.

Focha de ligas roxas, Azara, Apunt. ili. p. 474. no. 448.

Fulica armillata, Vieill. N. D. xii. p. 47, et E. M. p. 343; Hartl.

Ind. Azar. p. 28 et J. f. O. 1853, Extra-H. p. 82; Burm. Syst. Ueb.

i. p. 390; La Plata-Reise, ii. p. 505.

Fulica chilensis, Landb. Wiegm. Arch. 1862, p. 221.

Fulica chilensis, Schlegel, Mus. des P.-B. Ralli, p. 63 (?).

Fulica frontata, G. R. Gray in Mus. Brit.

Fulica gallinuloides, King, Zool. Journ. iv. p. 96 (?).

Nigricanti-schistacea, capite toto obscuriore: flerura alari et re-

migis externt margine albis: crisso albo, plumis quibusdam me-

dialibus albis: rostro flavo maculis basalibus rubris: clypeo

Srontali magno, ovali, flavo, rubro marginato : pedibus mazimis,

flavicanti-olivaceis, tibiarum parte ima et tarsis antice ruberrimis :

long. tota 16°5, ale 7°8, caude 2:0, rostri a rictu 1°4, tarsi 2:8,

dig. med. cum ungue 4:0.

Hab. South-east Brazil, St. Catharina (Burm.); Paraguay (Bon-

pland, Azara) ; Patagonia (D’ Ord.) ; Chili (Landébeck).

~ Mus. Brit., Derb.

466 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN [June 25,

Rig. Zo

Head-shield of Fulica frontata, G. R. Gray.

1868. | ON THE AMERICAN RALLID&. 467

This Coot is readily distinguishable among the white-rumped spe-

cies by its large dimensions, and in particular by the great size of

the legs and toes, especially the length of the middle toe, which

(taken with that of the nail) usually exceeds four inches. In Fulica

leucopyga and F’, leucoptera the corresponding length of the middle

toe and tail is barely 3°5. F. frontata, Gray, MS., is, as far as we

can decide from examination of the single example in the British

Museum, merely a specimen of this species with the frontal shield

very much developed. Fig. 8 represents the head-shield of this

bird.

5. FuLica LEUCOPYGA.

Fulica leucopyga, Licht. in Mus. Berol.; Hartl. J. f. O. 1853,

Extra-H. p. 84; Schlegel, M. des P.-B. Rall, p. 64.

Fulica rufifrons, Landbeck, Wiegm. Arch. 1862, p. 223.

Fulica chloropoides, King, Zool. Journ. iv. p. 95 (?).

Fig. 9.

Fulica leucopyga.

Obscure ardesiaca, capite undique nigricante: crisso albo, plumis

quibusdam medialibus nigris: remigis externi margine concolori

neque albo : rostri apice flavo, basi cum seuto frontali ruberrimis :

hoc angusto, supra acute angulato : pedibus olivaceis : long. tota

16:0, ale 6°8, caude 2°4, rostri a rictu 1°3, tarsi 3:2, dig. med.

cum ungue 3°5.

Hab. Uruguay (Sello); Chili (Landb.); Patagonia (King) ;

Falkland Islands (Mus. Brit.).

Mus. Brit., Derb.

468 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALYIN [June 25,

6. FuLIcA LEUCOPTERA.

Focha, Azara, Apunt. iii. p. 472; unde

Fulica leucoptera, Vieill. N. D. xii. p. 48, et E. M. p. 343;

Hart]. Ind. Azar. p. 28; Burm. La Plata-Reise, ii. p. 505.

Fulica stricklandi, Hartl. J. f. O. 1853, Extra-H. p. 86.

Fulica chloropoides, Landb. Wiegm. Arch. 1862, p. 218.

Fig. 11.

Fulica americana. Fulica leucoptera.

Obscure ardesiaca, capite undique nigricante: crisso albo, plumis

quibusdam medialibus nigris: flewura alari et remigis externi

margine angusto necnon secundariorum quorundam apicibus albis :

rostro flavo : clypeo frontali minore, supra rotundato, aurantiaco :

pedibus olivaceis : long. tota 15, ale 7°8, caude 2°3, rostri a rictu

1:25, tarsi 2°4, dig. med. cum ungue 3°5.

Hab. Paraguay (Azara); Uruguay (Selo); Parana ( Burm.) ;

Chiquitos, Bolivia (Behn).

Mus. Bremensi. i

Obs. Haud dissimilis F'. lewcopyge, sed secundariis albo termi-

natis, et seuto frontali postice rotundato dignoscenda.

7. FULICA AMERICANA.

Fulica americana, Gm. S. N. i. p. 704; Baird, Birds N. Am.

p- 751; Hartl. J. f. Orn. 1854, Extra-H. p. 87, et 1855, p. 99;

Scl. & Salvin, Ibis, 1859, p. 230; Gosse, Birds of Jamaica, p. 304 ;

Léotaud, Ois. Trin. p. 504; Sclater, P. Z. 8. 1857, p. 206, et 1859,

p- 369; Moore, P. Z. S. 1859, p. 64; Gundlach, Rep. F. N. i.

p- 363.

18638. ] ON THE AMERICAN RALLIDE. 469

Obscure cinerea, subtus dilutior ; capite undique nigricante : flecura

alari, remigis primi margine externo angusto, necnon secunda-

riorum internorum apicibus albis: crisso albo: rostro albicante

rubro maculato : scuto frontali parvo, subtriquetro, rubro : pedi-

bus olivaceis: long. tota 12°0, ale 7°5, caude 1°8, rostri a rictu

1°35, tarsi 2°1, dig. med. cum ungue 3°3.

Hab. America bor. universa (Baird); Mexico, Jalapa (Sallé) ;

Honduras (Leyland) ; Guatemala, Duenas (Salvin); Cuba (Gund-

lach) ; Jamaica (Gosse) ; Trinidad, accidentally (Léotaud).

Mus. Brit., 8.-G.

Subfam. III. HeLiornirHin2.

Genus HEeLiornis.

Type.

Heliornis, Bonn. Enc. Méth. p. 64 (1790) ........ Hi. fulica,

Podoa, Ill. Prodr. Syst. p. 267 (1811)... .......... H. fulica.

HELIORNIS FULICA.

Le Grébe-foulque de Cayenne, Buff. Pl. Enl. 893.

Colymbus fulica, Bodd.

Plotus surinamensis, Gm. 8. N. i. p. 581.

Podoa surinamensis, Max. Beitr. iv. p. 823; Cab. in Schomb.

Guian. il. p. 763; Burm. Syst. Ueb. iii. p. 391; Hartl. Ind. Az.

Sunes

E Heliornis fulicarius, Bonn. Enc. Méth. p. 64.

Dedales, Azara, Apunt. iii. p. 468. no. 446.

Heliornis fulica, Gray, Gen. B. iii. p. 634; Scl. & Salv. Ibis,

1859, p. 234; P. Z. S. 1864, p. 372, 1866, p. 200, 1867, pp. 754,

979; Léotaud, Ois. de Trin. p. 531; Lawrence, Ann. L. N. Y. vii.

p. 302.

Supra olivaceo-brunneus, capite cum cervice postica et laterali nigris :

superciliis, linea cervicis utrinque et corpore subtus albis: crisso .

nigricante: cauda nigra albo terminata: rostri mazilla nigri-

cante, mandibula flava : pedibus flavis nigro variegatis : long. tota

11°0, ale 5°2, caude 3°3, tarsi 8-5, dig. med. cum ungue 1°45,

Q. Mari similis, sed macula magna auriculari utringue ochraceo-

rufa.

Hab. Guatemala (Salvin); Panama (M’Cleannan); Cayenne

(Buf); Brit. Guiana (Schomb.); Eastern Peru, Chyavetas (Bart-

lett), Pebas (Hauawell); South-east Brazil (Max. et Burm.) ;

Paraguay (Azara).

Mus. Brit., 8.-G.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1868, No. XXXI.

470

ON THE AMERICAN RALLIDZ.

[June 25,

Tabula Rallidarum Americanarum Geographica.

g| 4] 18 5

4 Ze 3 (3 S| a Et .| 2 :

a(S8| $185) Silesia} 8) 2| 2

4/88) 6 Be! Bigs) 3) 8] 41 3

2\Ss| SES] 2 [28] S| 8) 8] 3

Sig] 218") ia 3

al OP ie &

I. Raine.

1. Rallus maculatus ............ Sotees * | «| x | x *

2. —— elegans ............e0eee- x | * *

3. —— longirostris ............ £3 see * | * | % | vee *

4. —— virginianus ............ * | *

5. —— antarcticus............... as o as

6. —— semiplumbeus ......... *

7, —— rythirhynchus ......... % | cep | Mere #

8. —— nigricans ............... oc A 2h RO *

9. Aramides cayennensis ...... Hts Weal fs x | ¥ ae tees

10. albiventris ............+«- *

11. —— ypecaha...............+5 es hc sae’ | 3k

12. TUCO IS payee. aes oper ae #

13. SATACUIA: whan ccoes ees Ae aes *

14. —— axillaris .................- ae *

15. manele: ©. cater wespews Rec ees ist *

16. Porzana carolina ............ * | * *

17. ——albicollis ............... al Ae bewe | ewes] aX

18. —— cayanensis .............+- realex *

19. —— levraudi.................. eas a *

20; ——— TULA) |. s000-2~-.tae oee *

21. —— concolor...... * soni} a

22. —— castaneiceps *

23. —— hauxwelli ..... a c eas *

24. —— melanophea .. 2 * x | *

25, —— albigularis..... *

26. leucopyrrha ... .. aeeiferseif seat *

27. flaviventris..... Petatas| se-4 % | * | x

28. —— jamaicensis cSt ta (al ey “5:

29. —— spilonota 2 aa

30. —— notata.... 3 cspetiseaslt visa

31. —— cinerea ........... Beaihene % | ¥ | x

32. —— noveboracensis ......... a

33. erythrops ......+....... ae *

34. Crex pratensis............+ Pale

35. Thyrorhina schomburgki. ie saeluemelie=tiglh ea 9

II. Furicrys. |

36. Porphyrio martinicus ...... * | # Paeeeealese || se" | one *

37. ALVES ateeg es eee su keel bas * | * *

38. Porphyriops crassirostris ...| ... reel leer a &.

39. THELANO@PS! 9-022: eos oer neetfieseil ata ape ee lf:

40. Gallinula galeata ............ * | x) x |x] x *

41. Fulica cornuta ............+.. ao Wee | *

42, gigantea.......... Sood |ee ese me *

43, BECERACA = sented .aea eee ae .| * *

44, AMICUUAA I wesen ee eaeise = ine | Pee ee *

45. -—— leucopyga .........-.-05 es fers sich

46. —— leucoptera ............... pasullieas ect eee #

47 americana ...... Pcorere x | * x | #

III. Hexiorniruinz. |

48. Heliornis fulica ............. 5 * «| ¥ *

Paraguay and Ar-

tine Republic.

|_gen

* KOK

* x

* *

Chili and

Patagonia.

| Galapagos Islands.

C.Berjeau del et hth M & N Hanhart 3

aon!

S AUSTRALIS. 6

1868.] DR. J. MURIE ON THE GULAR POUCH OF OTIS. 471

5. Observations concerning the presence and function of the

Gular Pouch in Ofis kori and Otis australis. By James

Munir, F.L.S., F.G.S., &c., Prosector to the Society.

(Plate XXXVI.)

Introductory.—A remarkable paper appeared in the ‘Ibis’ * for

1862,—remarkable alike for the able defence therein sustained of

the veracity of the observations of three eminent British naturalists

impugned by Dr. Gloger of Berlin, and for the facts substantiating

the following curious anomaly. The data given showed that in

some male Bustards a large gular pouch had been found, while in

other birds of the same species no trace of such a structure or organ

existed.

The substance of the above discussion supports the individual

statements aud opinions of between twenty and thirty trustworthy

persons. While thus bearing the impress of science and of facts,

it nevertheless, with our more extended present knowledge, savours

and reminds one of Merrick’s well-known verses upon the varying

colour of the Chameleon. All seem to have had truth on their side

when viewed in a certain light.

Since the publication of the above elaborate and historical article

by Professor Newton, the careful observations of Dr. Cullen (Ibis,

1865, p. 143) and of Mr. Flower (P. Z. S. 1865, p. 747) have fur-

ther proved the occasional existence of a large gular sac in the male

of Otis tarda, Linn., to bea circumstance about which not a shadow

of doubt can be entertained.

The subject, however, is one which still calls for more extended

examination in other species of the family O¢ide. For example,

the use which such a curious appendage subserves is still within

certain limits a matter of discussion ; as it too often happens that

organic function, where obscure, puzzles by the apparent multipli-

city of uses to which it may be applied.

It has appeared to me, therefore, that the observations which I

shall here communicate are not without interest, concerning the

function of this little less than wonderful apparatus. he gular-

pouch question, though to all intents and purposes amicably settled,

is not yet entirely known. Some anomalies thereon are certainly

difficult of explanation.

The present communication is mainly based upon the examination

of the dead body of a male specimen of Burchell’s Bustard (Otis

kori, Burchell), and upon observations on a living Australian Bus-

tard (Otis australis, Gray), both the property of the Society.

Gular Pouch in O. kori.—The former bird, a male but not old

specimen of Otis kori, was forwarded from South Africa, and pur-

chased by the Society May 10th, 1866. Its death occurred in March

* “On the supposed Gular Pouch of the Male Bustard ( Ofis tarda, Linn.),”

hy Alfred Newton, M.A., F.1.S. (‘The Ibis, April 1862, pp. 107-127).

472 DR. J. MURIE ON THE GULAR FOUCH OF oTIS. [June 25,

1867, when I had the opportunity of ascertaining the presence of a

distinct but small-sized gular pouch.

It may not be inappropriate to describe this in situ, referring at

the same time to the accompanying drawing (fig. 1), as illustrating

the appearance and relative position of the parts on their removal

from the body.

On examining the mouth when distended, an opening could be

seen beneath the tongue, which in size and general relative appearance

corresponded very well with the descriptions of the several authors

who have found such an entrance into a pouch. It agreed with

Mr. Flower’s precise anatomical verbal delineation (doe. cit. p. 748).

Without any apparent contraction, the aperture above mentioned

led into a thin-walled empty sac, which differed from the hitherto

recorded cases of gular pouch in Otis tarda in being only three

inches in length and about an inch in transverse diameter.

In the recent undisturbed state the sac or bag was of nearly equal

width above and below, exhibiting no contraction and additional

terminal sacculus, as figured and described by Dr. Cullen (op. eit.

p- 144). Superficially (¢. e. inferiorly) its walls were in close con-

tact with the delicate skin of the throat ; and deeply (2. e. superiorly)

the sac lay on the trachea (see fig. 1, zm/rd).

Lateral view showing the position of the gular pouch and surrounding parts in

Otis kori, the skin and subjacent tissue being thrown back so as to cover it.

G.p. G.p.* Gular pouch included within the dotted line; a, the aperture be-

neath. Zo, the tongue, which is raised above f, floor of mouth. R.g. Rima

glottidis, or laryngeal fissure. Tr. Trachea. Oe. GEsophagus. P.m. The

superficial muscular fibres of the platysma myotdes, or the so-called sphincter

of the gular pouch. M.G.h. The mylo- and genio-hyoidei muscles, cut

through towards their mandibular origin.

The structural elements of this small gular pouch were composed

of material very similar to what Mr. Flower mentions, namely, mem-

branous tissue and a minute quantity of elastic fibres interwoven with

the areolar tissue. Its lining membrane was apparently a con-

tinuation of the mucous coat of the mouth and general faucial aper-

1868.] DR, J. MURIE ON THE GULAR POUCH OF OTIS. 473

ture, and, like it, of a dark colour. The mucous surface of the floor

of the mouth under the tongue and between the rami of the lower

mandible had a linear median row of small glandular openings (some

dozen in number) in its middle. And laterally, or nearer the man-

dibular bones, were more numerous irregularly placed minute puncta,

likewise the apertures of secreting crypts, glandule sublinguales.

The interior of the gular pouch, however, was free from any such

follicles.

The only other point worthy of mentioning, in immediate con-

nexion with the structure of the gular pouch, is the questionable

occurrence of a special sphincter muscle for closing its aperture.

According to my dissection of the parts which fig. 1 illustrates, the

hinder portion of the sac is devoid of any appreciable muscular en-

velope, and appears only covered by the skin and subcutaneons

tissue. In front of this, and situated at what may be considered

the neck of the pouch, a delicate layer of somewhat transverse mus-

cular fibres passed across and backwards (see fig. 1, Pm.).

This film of muscle doubtless represents an anterior portion of the

so-called platysma myoides of Mammalia; or it may be part of the

constrictor colli found by Prof. Owen* in the Apteryx, if not the

true platysma, also present in that bird.

Habits and Inferences.—Concerning the habits of this specimen

of Burchell’s Bustard, Mr. Bartlett, our Superintendent, aud the

keeper, George Misselbrook, who have had more opportunity of

watching the bird while alive than I, related to me the following

memoranda. That they had never heard it utter any note; that

on no occasion had it been seen to inflate or dilate the throat in the

manner often witnessed in the common Bustard; that as regards

disposition it appeared remarkably quiet and inoffensive, living in

perfect harmony with the other birds in the same enclosure.

The points of importance elucidated from dissection and the ob-

servations on the living bird resolve themselves into these three :—

1. It would seem that some specimens of Burchell’s Bustard (0.

kori) possess a “gular pouch”? identical in position and structure

with that of the Great Bustard (O. tarda).

2. This sac in the young African male bird in question is very

small compared with what other observers have found in the Euro-

pean species of the same genus.

3. The noiseless manner of the bird and want of inflation of this

throat-pouch may respectively be dependent on the age or attributed

to the absence of sexual desires.

Pouch in the living O. australis.—My attention having thus

specially been called to the Bustard’s curious gular pouch through

the examination of the above specimen, I was naturally the more

pleased to find what I think may be termed an exaggerated example

of this organ in the Australian Bustard.

A male specimen of Otis australis, Gray, was received from the

Acclimatization Society of Sydney in April 1866. During the same

month a second supposed male Australian Bustard was purchased.

* Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. iii. pp. 278-279.

474 DR. J. MURIE ON THE GULAR POUCH OF OTIS. (June 25,

They were both placed in the paddock along with other specimens

of the Bustard tribe.

No particular change was observed in them until the beginning of

May 1867, when one began “to show off” as the keeper termed it,

and this bird continued to do so at intervals until the end of June,

after which it resumed its usual quiet and stately demeanour.

During the current year (1868), about the same time, namely the

beginning of May, the same phenomenon has occurred, and this has

continued up till the present date (24th June), but is now visibly

declining.

This “ showing off,” which is in truth a most extraordinary sight,

may best be comprehended by a study of the accompanying sketch

(Plate XXXVI.) drawn from nature during one of those paroxysmal

periods of excitement.

The premonitory symptoms observable when the Bustard is about

to exhibit himself in the pride of lust (for such it seems to me to be)

is a slight swelling of the inframandibular portion of the throat,

while the head is thrown upwards. Immediately afterwards the

neck swells and the feathers of the lower parts concomitantly bulge

out and descend gradually downwards in the form of a bag, oftentimes

nearly reaching the ground.

If the paroxysm is a strong one, then the tail is shot upwards and

forwards over the back, the rectrices coming almost in contact with

the neck.

In this peculiar attitude, with bloated neck, hanging baggy chest,

elevated tail, ‘and stiff stilt-like legs, the creature struts about in a

somewhat waddling manner, the elongated pouch swaying to and

fro. The feathers of the throat start out on end; those of the de-

pending sac are also raised, but less upright. While all this has

taken place the bird seems to have gulped in the air, or rather,

with partly opened gape, to have taken a long, deep and forced

inspiration.

The acme of inspiratory effort and strange attitude attained, the

Bustard begins to snap the mandibles together in a loud manner and

utter a series of cooing sounds for a short interval of time. Usually,

and more frequently, he struts towards the female Bustards in a

most dignified manner, or, oblivious as to sex, totters up to any of the

birds in the same enclosure.

Occasionally the paroxysm is less marked, and he sits or stands,

blowing out in a playful manner the subglobular dilatation under

the maxille, but not throwing down the pouch or erecting the

tail.

This periodical excitement, although lasting altogether about a

couple of months, does not continue with vigour the whole of that

time. In the beginning of May it is observed at distant intervals,

and chiefly the puffing out of the throat occurs. Towards the end

of that month the paroxysms take place oftener, and the whole se-

quele of the phenomenon are passed through. By the commence-

ment of June the bird “shows off” very often, and most grandly ;

before the middle of that month the greatest frequency of the pa-

1868.] DR. J. MURIE ON THE GULAR POUCH OF OTIS. 475

roxysms has been reached. Each day afterwards they lessen, until

as July arrives the Bustard has resumed his usual gentle habits.

The accession of this most remarkable display occurs chiefly early

in the morning or at sundown during the period of excitement ; and

it is only near the climax that it happens during the middle of the

day. At such times the fits succeed each other frequently, as often

as every hour.

Curiously enough, the companion (O¢is australis) which arrived

in the same month of 1866, and is supposed also to be a male, has

never exhibited any such change in its habits.

I should be doing injustice to Prof. Newton's excellent commu-

nication did I not specially refer to the circumstance mentioned

(ibid. p. 114)—that Mr. J. H. Gurney informed him the late Mr.

Frederick Strange had published a notice in an Australian newspaper

affirming that the Otis australis possessed a gular pouch. Mr.

Strange, then, is entitled to priority of observation; but as regards

his statements concerning the organs in question I am, like Pict

Newton, perfectly ignorant of them.

Notes on other Bustards.—Before drawing inferences from the

facts which I have first related, I shall allude to an examination of

two other species of Bustard made by me. One was a Little Bustard

(Tetrax campestris), an old male, possessed by the Society, and

which died on the 17th September, 1867. No gular pouch was

found in this bird. The other, a young male Houbara Bustard

(Otis houbara, Gm.), examined on the 22nd of the same month,

exhibited not a trace of a gular sac.

The peculiar actions and amorous propensities of the Great Bus-

tard (O. tarda), noticed almost a century ago, and again and again

verified by later writers, and uo less skilfully depicted by Wolf

(Zoological Sketches, vol. i. pl. 45), finds a modified counterpart in

Tetrax campestris aud in Otis australis.

Conclusions.—The present anatomical examination of the dimi-

nutive gular pouch in Ofis kori cannot of itself in propriety be

adduced as evidence of any ceconomical function to which the sac

may be applied. The dissection, however, and observations on the

living Australian bird, &c., together with the published accounts of

others, concerning the presence and functions, or absence of such an

organ, have led me to the following reflections :—

1, There is nothing in the structure of the gular pouch, in its

position, or in the habits of Bustards, so far as I am informed and

can judge, which justifies a belief that its use is that of a water-re-

servoir. I should therefore incline to Naumann’s* and Yarrell’s+

opinion rather than that of the original discoverer Dr. Douglast

aud some later writers.

2. Its nature &c. equally affords grounds for considering that it

is not a residual sac for food; the fact of a trifling quantity of

* Naturgesch. der Vogel Deutschl. vii. pp. 20, 21; quoted by Newton, Ibis,

1862, p. 115.

+ In a letter to Newton, Joc. cit. p. 118.

t Albin, Nat. Hist. Birds, iii. p. 36; also quoted by Newton, @ e. p. 108.

476 DR. J. MURIE ON THE GULAR POUCH OF OTIS. [June 25,

seeds, grass, or leaves being found in it appears to me only an acci-

dental circumstance, the absence of great muscularity in the walls

permitting the foreign body temporarily to lie there. In this re-

spect I also agree with Naumaun* and Yarrell+, although I hardly

think that the latter naturalist was right in stating ‘such foreign

substances would destroy the bird by inflammation.”

3. What Cullen and other earlier authors (Schneider and Deg-

landt, for example) have said regarding the presence of the gular

pouch during the breeding-season in Otis tarda, and what has been

observed in the Australian Bustard in our Gardens, show that the

pouch is a feature connected with the reproductive function, and

only a temporary air-chamber.

The gaudy Peacock swells out with tremulous emotion; the Turkey

Cock, the Tragopan, and other birds erect their wattles ; the Pouter

Pigeon no less shows sexual phenomena akin, though in some re-

spects differing from that of the Bustards.

4. From the statements of various observers, then, it would thus

appear that at least five species of Bustard occasionally possess a

gular pouch, namely Otis tarda, O. kori, O. australis, O. nigriceps,

and O. tetraz; but others yet unexamined may also have it; so

probably it obtains in the family Otide.

5. In a moderate-aged male Burchell’s Bustard, as we have seen,

the pouch is very limited in dimensions. In young birds of this

and other species it has never been found; and where its existence

has distinctly been proved, it invariably (with one apocryphal ex-

ception) has occurred in fully grown males. From these data I

think it may be inferred that the said “gular pouch” is an organ of

adult growth possessed alone by the male, and not attaining its full

dimensions until the bird has arrived at maturity. To such cir-

cumstances the incidental non-development of the organ may be

ascribed.

6. There still remains the unexplained peculiarity that some adult,

and possibly it may be old, males have it not. This I confess is not

at all clear to me. If the organ is reciprocal with the procreative

faculty, enlarged or subject to an accession of growth during the in-

stinctive sexual season, then I cannot conceive why traces of the

pouch, and especially its opening, do not at all times exist—that

is, as soon as the bird has arrived at maturity. That the sac is not

the result of a bursting and expansion of the cellular tissue of the

throat, as Mr. Bartlett has suggested, I am perfectly satisfied of.

In emphysematous disease of the lungs in the higher Mammalia

rupture of the pulmonary cells and enlargement into a sacculus does

peradventure take place; but in the cellular tissue of the neck of

birds we have tissues differently constructed. Moreover the same

objection applies in either instance; for in the lung, as would be in

the Bustard’s neck, such a lesion could not be inflated and com-

* Op. cit., and Ibis, 1862, p. 115.

t L.c. p. 118.

{ See Newton’s paper, /. c. pp. 107, 115, quotations being there given from

the authors; the original volumes it has not been my fortune to consult.

1868.] DR. J. MURTE ON THE GULAR POUCH OF OTIS. 477

pressed at the will of the bird, as evidently is the case in the organ

in question. Besides this, the sac presents a wide external aperture

(i.e. into the mouth) with natural and healthy-looking walls lined

with mucous membrane. As has been demonstrated, the enlarged

tracheal pouch of the Emu is not a sudden or accidental circum-

stance, but the further development of a rudimentary structure

found in the young; so in an analogical manner should we expect to

find rudiments of the gular pouch in the young male Bustard. If

the gular pouch is, so to speak, sporadic, irregularly dispersed

among individual specimens, merely the product of inconstant for-

tuitous circumstances, and produced in old birds in what must seem

an incredibly short space of time, then in it we have a most extra-

ordinary physiological fact, and such as does not tally with our pre-

sent knowledge of the laws of development.

7. Observations respecting the development of this appendage,

and especially such as point out the precise period and manner of

growth, are yet a desideratum. As I have already hinted in my

introductory remarks, some anomalies are certainly difficult of expla-

nation.

8. Finally, with regard to the mechanism of inflation, the first

thing is how the air gets there. Now, according to the laws of

pneumatics applied physiologically, the pressure of the surrounding

atmosphere ordinarily would not be sufficient to overcome the re-

sistance and tonicity of the living tissues, such as to produce com-

plete distention. Neither is it likely that sufflation is the result of

a vacuum. A lengthened inspiration may aid, but I believe cannot

directly and fully dilate the cavity; that is to say, the tongue

being raised and the aperture into the gular pouch unobstructed,

the air drawn into the lungs during the inspiratory effort would not

equally rush in and fill the gular sac to repletion, as necessarily it

does the pulmonary cells and pneumatic cavities. The lungs and

subsidiary air-passages once full, however, and expiration naturally

taking place, the mouth and posterior nasal passages require only to

be partially closed for the thoracic muscular contraction to drive the

air into the sac. In other words, muscular power is as requisite to

inflate it as to empty it. A familiar illustration might be given in

the blowing out of a bladder. Judging from the actions of the living

Australian Bustard, the above explanation holds good, inasmuch

as previous to expansion of the gular pouch it does not gape, but

inspires quietly. When the pouch is blown out and the bird utters

the cooing snapping sounds, the mouth is then more or less open.

The cooing noise may be laryngeal. If from the gular pouch, com-

pression of the muscular and fibro-elastic tissues of the neck must

drive the air out, which, the fibres at the neck of the sac resisting,

cause it to escape in jets. By relaxation of the mandibular fibres

and contraction of those of the inferior part of the neck, emptiness

of the pouch results, and the neck assumes its usual proportions.

478 DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW BATRACHIANS. [June 29,

6. First Account of Species of Tailless Batrachians added to

the Collection of the British Museum. By Dr. A.

Ginruer, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

(Plates XXXVII., XXXVIII., XXXIX., XL.)

Arter the arrangement of the collection of Tailless Batrachians

had been completed (in 1858), particular attention was paid to the

acquisition of such species as were desiderata. A considerable

number of specimens were received into the collection, illustrative of

the development, sex, variation, and geographical distribution of

species hitherto incompletely represented in the collection. It is

not my object to refer to these specimens in this paper, but I shall

confine myself to an enumeration of those which were entirely

wanting in the collection, or which, since the time mentioned, have

been described as new.

The number of species contained in the collection at the time of

the publication of the ‘Catalogue of Batrachia salientia’ was 214 ;

this is now increased to 313*, the number of typical specimens

amounting to 125.

I. List of species acquired which were previously desiderata.

DacTYLETHRA MUELLERI (Ptrs.). Ten examples from various

localities.

Rana Fusca (Blyth). Tennasserim. Mr. Theobald.

RaNA MONTEZUM# (Baird). Mexico. Hr. Doorman.

GoMPHOBATES KROYERI (Ruhrdt.). ? C. Darwin, Esq.

Gompuosates notatus (Rnhrdt. & Liitk.). Lagoa Santa.

Copenhagen Museum.

PyXICEPHALUS EDULIS (Ptrs.). Mozambique. Prof. Peters.

CysTiGNATHUS MACROGLOssus (D. & B.). Montevideo. Pur-

chased.

Crinta veRRuCOsA (Rnhrdt. & Ltk.). Australia. Earl of

Derby.

Crinia FASCIATA (Steind.). East and West Australia. G. Krefft,

Esq.

LIMNODYNASTES DUMERILII (Ptrs.). Adelaide. G. Krefft, Esq.

TARSOPTERUS TRACHYsTOMUS (Ruhrdt. & Liitk.). Lagoa Santa.

Copenhagen Museum.

LioPpELMA HOCHSTETTER!I (Fitz.). New Zealand. Sir A. Smith.

* The second richest collection of Tailless Batrachians is in the Paris

Museum, which contained 187 species in 1865, according to a statement of

Prof. Duméril, Nouy. Arch. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. 1865, vol. i. p. 47.

7, §.1868-PL XXXVI.

——-

fom,

1. Cystignathus rhodonotus. 2 Bufo glaberrimus.

CHFord. WWest imp

3 lxalus opisthorho jus. 4. Hyla rhodoporus

PLD. 1O00. Fl AAAVUI

as y

; ls, Glyphoslossus molossus. 2. Ayla dasynotus.

GH Ford. 3.Hylodes sallai. 4 Hyla triangulum. West amp.

5. Cacotus maculatus.

P.Z.S. 1868. Pl XXX1X

1.Polypedates cavirestris. 2.Polypedates nasutus

i , ese

pron 3.Polypedates nanus. 4.Ixaius macropus. WWest amp

P.Z.S. 1868. Pl. XL.

oil

ing Boy goatee REISE aT

oe)

Pie

1 Calhala guttulata f3 Rappia lagoensis

W.West inp

ee lyla rubicundula..4 Hyla leucclama

1568.] DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW BATRACHIANS. 479

Puryniscus vARIuS (Stannius). Costa Rica. Prof. Peters.

Are.Lopus FLAvescens (D. & B.). Chyavetas. Mr. Bartlett.

DipLoreLMA BERDMORII (Blyth). Pegu. Mr. Theobald.

Buro GyMNAUCHEN (Blkr.). Bintang. Dr. Bleeker.

- Psruposuro suBasPer (Blkr.). East-Indian archipelago. Dr.

Bleeker.

Hyxorana macurartia (Blyth). Ceylon and Pegu. Purchased.

Potyrepates Livipus (? Blyth). Pegu. Mr. Theobald.

IxaLUs GLANDULOsUs (? Jerdon). Nilgherries. Mr. Theobald.

Rappia STEINDACHNERI (Bocage). Old Calabar. Purchased.

Raprra Frutvo-virrata (Cope). Angola. Dr. Bocage.

Rappia FusciGuLa (Bocage). Sierra Leone. J.C. Salmon, Esq.

Rappia FORNASINII (Bianconi). Twelve examples from various

sources.

Rappra TENIATA (Ptrs.). Zambeze. Livingstone expedition.

Rappia SALIN (Bianconi). Zambeze. Livingstone expedition.

Raprra ArGus (Ptrs.). Zambeze. Livingstone expedition.

Rappta insIGNis (Bocage). Benguella. Dr. Bocage.

Rapria MARGINATA (Ptrs.). West Africa. Purchased.

HyLAMBATES MARMORATUS (Dum.). Six examples from various

sources.

PHYLLOBATES ELEGANSf. Bogota. Purchased.

Hytopes socorensis (Ptrs.). Bogota. Prof. Peters.

Pouuia PALMIPEs (Steindachner). Pebas. Mr. Hauxwell.

Hyxa puncrata (Schn.). Bahia and Surinam. Dr. Wucherer.

Hyza Levartuanti (D, & B.). Surimam. Hr. Kappler.

Hywa capistrata (Reuss). Brazil. Purchased.

Hyxa MorELETIY (Dum.). Guatemala. O. Salvin, Esq.

Hywa crrropus (Péron & Les.). New South Wales. G. Krefft,

Esq.

Hywa LaBiALts (Ptrs.). Bogota. Purchased.

*HyLa RUBICUNDULA (Roh. & Ltk.). Brazil. Dr. Gardiner.

*CALLULA GUTTULATA (Blyth). Pegu. Mr. Theobald.

II. List of the new species acquired from 1859 to 1868.

Mrxopuyes Fasciotatus. Clarence River. G. Krefft, Esq.

Dicrociossus apotri. Himalayas. Messrs. v. Schlagintweit.

PyxIcEPHALUS RUGOsUS. Pundo Andongo. Dr. Welwitsch.

+ An= Liuperus elegans, Ptrs.?

480 DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW BATRACHIANS. — [June 25,

Rana tresiern. Nepal, Sikkim. B. H. Hodgson, Esq., and

Messrs. v. Schlagintweit.

CysTIGNATHUS ALBILABRIS. St. Thomas. Hr. Riise.

*CysTIGNATHUS RHODONOTUS. Chyavetas. Mr. Bartlett.

CRINIA TASMANIENSIS. Van Diemen’s Land. Purchased.

Crinta L&vis. Van Diemen’s Land. Mr. Milligan.

CRINIA AFFINIS. West Australia. Hr. Dimel.

PLATYPLECTRUM MARMORATUM. Clarence River. G. Krefft,

Esq.

LIMNODYNASTES PLATYCEPHALUS. Adelaide. _G. Kretft, Esq.

LIMNODYNASTES KREFFTII. Sixteen examples from various

sources.

LimNopyNasTEs AF¥INIS. Clarence River. G. Krefft, Esq.

Curroxertes ALBocuttatus. North Australia. Hr. Dimel.

Cryprotis Brevis. Clarence River. G. Krefft, Esq.

Xenopurys monticoLtA. Himalayas and Pegu. Three

examples.

*NANNOPHRYS CEYLONENSIS. Ceylon. Mr. Higgins.

*Cacorus macuLatus. Chili. Purchased.

*GLYPHOGLOssUS MoLossuS. Pegu. Mr. Theobald.

Cacorus GLospuLosus. Russeleonda. Dr. Trail.

*Buro GLABERRIMUS. Bogota. Purchased.

Buro c#RuLeostictus. West Ecuador. Mr. Fraser.

Buro GALEATUS. Gamboja. M. Mouhct.

Hyrorana Temporatis. Ceylon. Purchased.

IxaLus FEMORALIS. Ceylon. Purchased.

IxaLus TEMPORALIS. Ceylon. Purchased.

*IxaLus macropus. Ceylon. Purchased.

*IxaLus nasutus. Ceylon. Purchased.

*IxaLus opisrHoruHopus. Nilgherries. Mr. Theobald.

? Dr. Ginther.

*PoLYPEDATES NaNuUS. South Ceylon. Purchased.

PoLyrEDATES PLEUROSTICTUS. Madras. Zoological Society.

POLYPEDATES RETICULATUS. Ceylon. Purchased.

*PoLYPEDATES NasuTUS. Ceylon. Purchased.

*POLYPEDATES CavirosTRis. Ceylon. Purchased.

*PoLYPEDATES RUFESCENS. West Africa. Purchased.

Rappia RETICULATA, ——?

*Rappia LAGOENSIS. Lagos. H. T. Ussher, Esq.

* MEGALIXALUS INFRARUFUS.

1868. ] DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW BATRACHIANS. 431

Rappra citrina. Senegal and Zambeze. Messrs. Whitfield and

Livingstone.

Raprla FLAVOMACULATA. Rovuma Bay. Livingstone expedition.

Rappia microps. Zambeze. Livingstone expedition.

Rapria NasutTa. Angola. Dr. Bocage.

*HYLAMBATES ViIRIDIS. West Africa. Purchased.

Hy topes unistTricatus. West Ecuador and Bolivia. Mr. Fraser.

*HyLODES SALLZI. Central America. Messrs. Sallé and Salvin.

PLATYMANTIS PLATYDACTYLA. Polynesia. ‘ Voyage of the

Herald.’

Lirorta witcoxit. Ten examples from various parts of East

Australia.

Liroria LatopaLmATA. Port Denison. G. Krefft, Esq.

Hy La INFRAFRENATA. Cape York. Hr. Diamel.

HyLa NIGROFRENATA. Cape York. Hr. Damel.

Hyta pHyLttocuroa. Sydney and Erumanga. Purchased.

Hyxia Krerrrit. Nine examples from various parts of East

Australia.

*Hyia pasynotus. Brazil. Dr. A. Ginther.

*WyLA TRIANGULUM. Brazil. Dr. A. Giinther.

*Hyxia RHopoprorus. Upper Amazons. Mr. Bartlett.

*HyLa LEUCOTEZNIA. Rio Grande. Purchased.

CALLULA ospscuRA. Ceylon and Nilgherries. Sir A. Smith

and Mr. Theobald.

Most of the species forming the second list have been already

described in the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society, the Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist., or the ‘Reptiles of British India.” I subjoin descrip-

tions of and remarks upon those marked with an asterisk (*).

CysTIGNATHUS RHODONOTUS. (Plate XXXVII. fig. 1.)

This species is allied to Cystignathus nodosus, having likewise

the subarticular enlargements on the fingers and particularly on

the toes much developed and pointed. Rather stout inhabit. Head

broad ; cleft of the mouth very much broader than long; snout ob-

tusely rounded, a little longer than the eye, with the canthus rostralis

obtuse. Tympanum very distinct, half as large as the eye. Vo-

merine teeth in two slightly arched series, the lateral portion of which

is situated behind the choanze. Limbs rather short; first finger

considerably longer than second, but a little shorter than third.

The length of the body is rather more than the distance of the vent

from the two small metatarsal tubercles. The fourth toe half as

long as the body; third toe a little longer than fifth.

Brown : a broad rose-coloured band occupies the whole back from

482 DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW BATRACHIANS. — [June 25,

the nostril to the sacrum. Limbs with brownish-black cross bands ;

the interspaces tinged with pink. Lower parts greyish, with nume-

rous small white specks.

Mr. E. Bartlett found a single specimen of this species at Chya-

vetas, Eastern Peru. It is 40 millims. long, hind limb 58, fourth

toe 19 millims.

Nannopurys, g. n. ASTEROPHRYD.

Fingers and toes tapering, free to the base; lower jaw with a pair

of very slightly prominent apophyses in front and with a pointed

symphysial tubercle; the internal openings of the nostrils and eu-

stachian tubes small; tympanum of moderate size, distinct. No

parotoids. The transverse processes of the sacral vertebra dilated into

a flat triangle. Vomer with two very inconspicuous prominences on

which no teeth can be distinguished. Tongue deeply forked behind.

Upper eyelid flaccid, without prominent edge.

NANNOPHRYS CEYLONENSIS.

Similar in habit to a young Rana kuhlii. Head broad, depressed,

short, the snout being as long as the diameter of the eye: canthus

rostralis distinct ; loreal region sloping ; nostril close to the end of the

snout. Eye of moderate size, prominent. 'Tympanum half as large

as the eye. A lineal fold runs from the hinder edge of the orbit,

over the tympanum, towards the arm-pit. Cleft of the mouth broader

than long; tongue rather narrow. The vomerine prominences are

situated on a level with the hinder edge of the choane. Skin slightly

tubercular ; an indistinct fold across the crown of the head from one

hinder angle of the orbit to the other. Limbs of moderate length, the

length of ‘the body being rather more than the distance of the vent

from the heel. The third finger rather longer than the fourth,

which is scarcely longer than the second. Metatarsus with one

inconspicuous tubercle. The fourth toe is not quite half as long as

the body ; the third is a little longer than the fifth.

Upper parts brown, marbled with darker; limbs with dark cross

bands. Upper lip with some small white. spots ; a pair of white

spots below the vent. Lower parts whitish.

I have examined four examples from Ceylon, probably from the

southern parts. They are 25 millims. long, the hind limb being 37

millims. ; but I have reason to believe that the Species grows to a

larger size.

Cacotus, g. n. BomBINATORIN.

Fingers and toes tapering. Maxillary and vomerine teeth distinct.

Tongue broad, slightly notched behind. Toes quite free ; metatarsus

with two tubercles. ‘Tympanum absent ; eustachian tubes reduced to

a minute foramen. Transverse processes of sacral vertebra not dilated.

Cacorus macuLtatus. (Plate XXXVIII. fig. 5.)

Similar in habit to Pleurodema bibronii. UWead of moderate width.

1868. ] DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW BATRACHIANS. 483

Snout rather short, scarcely longer than the diameter of the eye;

canthus rostralis rather obtuse, with the loreal region sloping. The

slight vomerine prominences form two short transverse prominences

between the choanze, which are very small. Skin nearly smcoth or

with very small flat smooth tubercles. ‘The length of the body equals

the distance between the vent and the metatarsal tubercles. Sub-

articular tubercles on the fingers and toes well developed ; metatarsus

with two tubercles. Length of the fourth toe two-fifths of that of

the body ; third and fifth toes equal in length.

Greenish olive above, marbled with brownish and sometimes with

minute pink dots; au obsolete dark band across the forehead from

one eye to the other, a black band along the canthus rostralis and

from the eye tothe arm-pit. Limbs with black cross bands. Throat

and abdomen whitish, marbled with blackish.

I have examined two specimens purchased of Mr. Stevens, who

states that they came from Chile. They are 33 millims. long, the

hind limb being 48, and the fourth toe 14 millims. long.

GLYPHOGLossvus, g. n. RHINODERMAT.

This genus is closely allied to Cacopus, which it also greatly resem-

bles in general appearance, differing, however, in the shape of the

tongue and in the structure of the vomer.

Head very short, crown convex ; mouth transverse, very narrow ;

limbs short; eye small. The space between and behind the inner

nostrils is even, without papille ; one papilla in the median line of

the hinder part of the palate. Tongue long, free, and notched

behind and in front, divided into two lateral halves by a deep

groove. Tympanum hidden; openings of the eustachian tubes

small. Toes broadly webbed ; metatarsus with a large, compressed,

cutting, shovel-like prominence.

GLyPHOGLOssuUs MoLossus. (Plate XXXVIII. fig. 1.)

Snout very short, without canthus rostralis. The fleshy part of

the lower jaw is swollen, truncated in front, forming a semicircular

disk. The whole snout is covered by a leathery finely granular skin.

Body short and thick ; limbs very short ; skin in the loins broad and

loose. Pupil of the eye vertical. Skin smooth. There is another,

very small tubercle behind the large one on the metatarsus. The

web between the toes extends to their extremities. Uniform brown-

ish olive above, sides and limbs finely marbled with brown, lower

parts whitish.

A single specimen, 50 millims. long, has been obtained by Mr.

Theobald in Pegu.

Buro GuaBerrimus. (Plate XXXVII. fig. 2.)

Body perfectly smooth, with very few slight tubercles on the side.

Crown of the head flat, without ridges. Parotoid very distinct,

ovate, its length being equal to its distance from that on the other

side. Snout angular, the canthus rostralis being distinct. The

484 DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW BATRACHIANS. [June 25,

diameter of the eye equals the length of the snout. Edge of the

upper eyelid very sharp. Tympanum distinct, one-third of the size

of the eye. Mouth broader than long. Limbs moderately deve-

loped ; first finger longer than the second, and as long as the fourth.

The length of the body equals the distance between the vent and

the metatarsal tubercle. Toes nearly half webbed; metatarsus

with one tubercle; tarsus without longitudinal fold.

Upper parts brownish black; the sides black. Lower parts

blackish, with white dots. A beautiful rose-coloured spot in the

groin; smaller spots of the same colour on the hinder part of the

thigh.

We have received a single example from Bogota; it is 45 millims.

long, the fore limb measuring 30, the hind limb 60, and the fourth

toe (from the metatarsal tubercle) 18 millims.

IxaLus MAcRopus. (Plate XXXIX. fig. 4.)

Snout as long as the eye, not obtuse in front, with angular

canthus rostralis. Tympanum small, inconspicuous. Skin of the

upper parts with a few small scattered tubercles and some short oblique

glandular folds. The length of the body is somewhat less than the dis-

tance between vent and heel. No fold of the skin along the tarsus ;

metatarsus with a single tubercle ; the interdigital web extends to the

outer phalanx of the third and fifth toes ; disks of the fingers and toes

moderately broad. Upper parts brown, marbled with darker ; a dark

band from eye to eye, limbs with dark cross bands; hinder part of

the thigh brown, lower parts white, a few spots across the chest.

We have received one example from Southern Ceylon; it is 37

millims. long, the hind limb being 67 millims.

IXALUS NASUTUS.

Snout pointed, rather longer than the eye, with angular canthus

rostralis. 'Tympanum rather small, inconspicuous, skin of the upper

parts with very small scattered tubercles. The length of the body

equals the distance between vent and heel. No fold of the skin

along the tarsus ; metatarsus with a single tubercle ; web between

the toes rudimentary; digital disks moderately developed. Upper

parts grey clouded with darker, loreal region darker; a blackish

band above the tympanum. Throat brown, abdomen with brown

spots. A very fine white line runs from the tip of the nose, along

the median line of the back, to the vent.

A single specimen has been received from Ceylon; it is 18 millims.

long, the hind limb being 23 millims. In spite of its diminutive size,

the specimen, which is a male, appears to be adult.

IxaLus opisTHoRHODUS. (Plate XXXVII. fig. 3.)

Snout longer than the eye, rather pointed in front, with angular

canthus rostralis. Tympanum hidden by the skin. Skin of the

upper parts smooth, with a few short oblique glandular folds. The

length of the body is a little more than the distance between the

vent and heel. No fold of the skin along the tarsus; metatarsus

1868, | DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW BATRACHIANS. 485

with a single tubercle ; the interdigital web is rather deeply emar-

ginate, scarcely extending to the outer phalanx of the third and fifth

toes; disks of the fingers and toes small. Brownish olive above,

indistinctly clouded with darker ; limbs with brown cross bands; a

black transverse triangular spot across the anal region. Throat and

fore part of abdomen dotted with brown ; hinder part of abdomen and

lower side of leg beautifully rose-coloured.

A single example froin the Nilgherries has been presented to the

British Museum by Mr. Theobald ; it is 25 millims. long, the hind

limb being 36 millims.

MEGALIXALUS, g. n. POLYPEDATID.

Vomerine teeth none. Fingers and toes webbed; none of the

fingers opposed to the others. Tympanum small; eustachian tubes

and inner nostrils of moderate width ; tongue free and deeply notched

behind. Pupil of the eye vertical. Apophyses of the sacra! vertebra

styliform. Three phalanges of the fifth toe free from the fourth.

MEGALIXALUS INFRARUFUS.

Head large, broad, depressed, snout longer than the eye, with the

eanthus rostralis angular, and the loreal region flat, sloping. Eye

large, upper eyelid free and notched behind. Tympanum extremely

small. Disks of the fingers and toes well developed; outer fingers

half-webbed ; toes three-fourths webbed. Skin entirely smooth.

Upper parts uniform green, lower rufous. Lips and upper eyelids

with a white margin.

The origin of the specimen is not known; it is 65 millims. long,

the length of the hind limb being 96 millims.

PoLyPeDaTES NANuS. (Plate XXXIX. fig. 3.)

Similar in habit to Polypedates maculatus. Head broad, snout

short, canthus rostralis angular, loreal region flattish. Eye large,

tympanum very small and indistinct. The vomerine teeth stand in

two oblique series between the choanz; in young examples (25

millims.), the teeth as well as the tooth-bearing ridges are absent ;

and these specimens may easily be mistaken for Iva/us. Upper

parts with rather numerous very small tubercles ; the tubercular ridge

between the eyes is crossed by a very fine longitudinal glandular

fold running from the nose to the occiput. Young specimens nearly

entirely smooth, limbs rather slender, the length of the body being

equal to the distance between vent and heel. Disks large, fingers

not webbed ; second finger much shorter than the fourth, which

is a little shorter than the third. Toes one-third webbed; third toe

shorter than fifth. Tarsus without fold, metatarsus with a very

small tubercle. Brownish or greyish olive, with symmetrical dark

markings on the back ; sides and hind part of the thighs with brown

spots; limbs with brown cross bands. Lower parts whitish, throat

with small brown spots.

We have received three examples from Southern Ceylon; the

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1868, No. XXXII.

456 DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW BATRACHIANS. = [June 25,

largest is only 35 millims. long, the length of the hind limb being 69

millims.

PotyeepATEs NAsuTus. (Plate XXXIX. fig. 2.)

This species will be readily recognized by its extremely prolonged

and pointed snout, which is as long as the width between the anterior

angles of the orbit; in other respects it is similar to Polypedates

eques. ‘The nose projects far beyond the mouth; canthus rostralis

angular, loreal region grooved, eye large, tympanum more than half

as large as the eye. A narrow glandular fold runs from the back

edge of the eye, above the tympanum, to the shoulder; upper

parts and throat quite smooth ; abdomen finely granular; lower side

of the thigh with large white tubercles, those in a series below the

anus being largest. Fingers not webbed; disks of fingers broad,

of toes moderate; second finger much shorter than fourth, which

is nearly as long as the third. The membrane between the toes

reaches to half the length of the fourth, and does not extend to the

disks of the four others. The third and fifth toes are nearly equal

in length; at the base of the first is a small tubercle. Heel with a

skinny spur-like appendage. Above greenish olive, with darker

bands across the limbs ; sides of the head and body blackish, with a

yellow band commencing on the tip of the nose, narrower before the

eye and broader behind it ; lower parts nearly uniform yellow, with

a black edge round the lower jaw. Vent black.

We have received a single female specimen from Southern Ceylon ;

it is 60 millims. long, the length of hind limb being 95 millims.

PoLypEDATES CAvrRostRis. (Plate XXXIX. fig. 1.)

Similar in habit to Polypedates reticulatus. Head large and

broad, snout short, canthus rostralis angular and arched, loreal

region deeply concave. Eye of moderate size; tympanum distinct,

ovate, one-third the width of the eye. Limbs of moderate length,

the length of the body being equal to the distance between vent

and heel. Fingers searcely webbed, disks moderately developed ;

toes broadly webbed, the interdigital membrane extending to the

disks of the third and fifth toes, A small moveable tubercle at the

base of the first toe. Heel without spur, but the hind margin of

the tarsus is fringed ; a patch of pointed tubercles below the vent.

Upper parts with very minute tubercles or granules symmetrically

arranged ; vomerine teeth on a very short prominence, situated at

the inner anterior angles of the choanee. Upper parts reddish olive,

finely marbled with black on the sides and caudal region. Lower parts

whitish, throat speckled with brown. Limbs with a few indistinet

dark cross bands; the hinder side of the thighs is not coloured.

We have received one example from Southern Ceylon; it is 45

millims. long, the length of the hind limb being 77 millims.

POLYPEDATES RUFESCENS.

Fingers broadly webbed, the web between the two outer fingers

1868. | DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW BATRACHIANS. 487

extending to the terminal disk; toes completely webbed, the web

leaving only the disks free. Vomerine teeth in two short oblique

series commencing from the anterior angles of the choanz. Snout

of moderate length, nearly as long as the eye, with the canthus

rostralis obtuse. Tympanum distinct, half as large as the eye ;

upper parts of the head and sides of the body with very small

tubercles. The length of the body is more than the distance

between vent and heel. Upper parts brownish. A dark cross band

between the eyes. Lower parts whitish.

A single specimen, 55 millims. long, was ina collection from West

Africa; the length of the hind limb is 85 millims.

Raprra Lacoensis. (Plate XL. fig. 2.)

Similar in habit to R. marmorata. WHead broad, snout short,

tongue heart-shaped, tympanum hidden, the two outer fingers half,

the toes three-fourths webbed. Smooth above, granulated below,

Yellowish olive, coarsely reticulated with black above; a deep-

black streak along the canthas rostralis. Exposed parts of the

upper surface of the limbs irregularly spotted with black. Lower

parts uniform whitish.

We have received two examples, one from a dealer, the other

from H. T. Ussher, Esq., who found it at Lagos.

Length of the body 28 millims., of hind limb 49 millims.

HYLAMBATES VIRIDIS.

Uniform green above, white below, a few small brown spots on

the sides; upper lip and hind part of the limbs with a white margin.

Vomerine teeth in two small patches between the nostrils ; tongue

deeply notched behind ; snout rather obtuse, depressed. Tympanum

distinct, half as long as the eye. Disks well developed, fingers

slightly webbed, toes one-third webbed, metatarsus with one rather

large tubercle. Fourth finger considerably longer than second ;

fifth toe longer than third. ;

We have received one specimen ; it is 42 millims. long, the length

of the hind limb being 60 millims.

Hywopes satia1. (Plate XXXVIII. fig. 3.)

Similar in habit to a young Rana temporaria. Snout of moderate

length, somewhat pointed; canthus rostralis angular, loreal region

subvertical, flattish. Eyes of moderate size, one-third larger than

the tympanum. Tongue ovate, much narrower than the mouth,

very slightly notched behind. ‘The vomerine prominences are short

and small, situated behind the choanze; choanez and eustachian

tubes small. Skin smooth, with several exceedingly fine linear

glandular folds—one from the eye above the tympanum to the

shoulder, another from the eye to the centre of the back, and one

or two on each side of the hinder part of the back. Lower parts

nearly entirely smooth. The second and fourth fingers nearly

equal in length, shorter than the third. The length of the body is

488 DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW BATRACHIANS. — [June 25,

a little more than the distance between the vent and heel. The third

and fifth toes equal in length ; metatarsus with two small tubercles,

tarsus without fold. Greyish olive, a black band runs from the

nostril through the eye to behind the tympanum; an indistinet

blackish band between the eyes; anal region blackish, sometimes a

black spot in the centre of the back.

We possess two specimens, of nearly the same size—one received

from Mexico through M. Sallé, and the other from Mr. Salvin’s

Vera-Paz collection. Length of body 28 millims,, of hind limb 46

millims., of fourth toe (from metatarsus) 13 millims.

Hyta pasynotus. (Plate XX XVIII. fig. 2.)

Habit slender; snout very short, depressed, obtuse in front,

without canthus rostralis; loreal region concave. Vomerine teeth in

two small groups between the inner nostrils, which are small. Tongue

slightly notched behind, with a median groove. Lye large, promi-

nent. ‘Tympanum very small, indistinct. Disks moderately deve-

loped; fingers half webbed ; toes nearly entirely webbed. A narrow

white fringe along the forearm, and along the tarsus. The skin from

the occiput along the spine to the sacral vertebra is immoveable and

covered with warty excrescences ; otherwise the head and body are

smooth. The length of the body is rather more than the distance

of the vent from the metatarsus. Brownish above, the warty parts

of a darker colour; sides of the abdomen marbled with black and

white. A black streak along the canthus rostralis and above the

tympanum, a black spot anteriorly below the eye ; a dark cross band

between the eyes. Femur deep black, with white ovate spots or

cross bars; fore limbs and lower legs with brown cross bands.

Lower parts whitish, throat and especially gular sacs brown.

One male specimen, with a pair of large gular sacs, from Brazil ;

it is 32 millims. long, the hind limb being 44 millims.

Hyza ruopororus. (Plate XXXVII. fig. 4.)

This species belongs to that group in which the vomerine teeth

are placed in two curved series, forming together an arch with the

convexity towards the front ; however, tie series are less distinctly

curved than in the other species, this species being less developed

in size than its natural allies. It is very closely allied to H. aldo-

marginata or H. infulata. The snout is much depressed, with the

canthus rostralis very obtuse, and the loreal region concave. Eye

of moderate size, shorter than the snout. Choane wide. Tongue

scarcely notched behind ; tympanum two-thirds the size of the eye.

Fingers very slightly webbed ; toes two-thirds webbed. The length

of the body equals the distance between vent and heel, and is thrice

the length of the foot. Skin smooth, with numerous minute pores

on the upper parts. Light olive-coloured, each pore with a minute

rose-coloured dot ; the dots confluent into spots on the eyelids; no

band along the canthus rostralis or on the legs, the exposed parts

of which are coloured like the back. Uniform whitish below.

1868. ] DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW BATRACHIANS. 489

One specimen was found by Mr. Bartlett on the Upper Amazons ;

it is 38 millims. long, the length of the hind limb being 60 millims.

Another example, from Surinam, appears to belong to the same

species.

Hyta rriANcuLum. (Plate XXXVIII. fig. 4.)

Similar in habit to H. arborea. Snout short, as long as the

diameter of the eye, which is of moderate size. Canthus rostralis

angular, loreal region flat. Vomerine teeth in two short groups

between the choanze, which are small. Tympanum hidden, pha-

ryngeal tubes very narrow. Disks moderately developed ; fingers

half webbed ; toes three-fourths webbed. Length of the body rather

more than the distance between vent and heel. Back and exposed

parts of the limbs brownish grey; a triangular isosceles deep-black

spot, edged with white, on the head and nape, one angle being on

each eyelid, and the third behind the nape. Side of the head and

body brown, lower parts whitish.

One specimen, 27 millims. long, probably from Brazil; hind limb

42 millims.

Hywa rusicunputa. (Plate XL. fig. 3.)

Hyla rubicundula, Rubrdt. & Liitk. Vid. Medd. nat. Foren.

Kjébenh. 1862, p.197; Hensel, Wiegm. Arch. 1867, p. 158.

* Slender ; snout moderately obtuse, with angular canthus rostralis,

and with the loreal region subvertical. Eye of moderate size, nearly

as long as the snout; tympanum very small, distinct. Vomerine

teeth in two small groups, situated immediately behind the level of

the narrow choane. Tongue not notched. Vocal sac of the male

extending to the sternum. Upper parts smooth. Fingers slightly

but distinctly webbed ; tces half webbed. Disks of fingers and

toes rather small. The length of the body is rather more than the

distance between vent and heel. Light olive, with numerous parallel

brown longitudinal bands on the body and limbs; these bands

proceed from the snout, are unequal in width, and more or less

distinctly edged with white; the broader of the bands are sometimes

broken up in series of ovate spots. A blackish band, edged with

white above and below, and longitudinally traversed by another

white band, from the nostril to the loin.

Southern parts of Brazil.

Hyva tevcorzantia. (Plate XL. fig. 4.)

Moderately slender; snout rather obtuse, with angular canthus

rostralis, and with the loreal region subvertical. Eye of moderate

size, not quite so long as snout; tympanum very small, not very

distinct. Vomerine teeth in two small groups, on a level with the

hinder edge of the narrow choane. Tongue not notched. Male

with a large vocal sac, extending backwards to the sternal region.

Upper parts smooth. Fingers free, toes half webbed; disks of

fingers and toes rather small. The length of the body is rather

490 DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW BATRACHIANS. — [June 29,

more than the distance between vent and heel. Light olive, a

white inferiorly greyish line runs along the canthus rostralis and

upper part of the side of the body. Lower leg with a whitish outer

margin.

A male specimen from Rio Grande, 38 millims. long ; hind limb

60 millims.

Distinguished from H. rubicundula by the white lateral line

and sloping loreal region.

CaLLULA GuTTuULATA. (Plate XL. fig. 1.)

Megalophrys guttulata (Blyth).

Snout very short, depressed, and obtusely rounded. Skin entirely

smooth, without any tubercles. Limbs short, the length of the

body being a little more than the distance of the vent from the

metatarsal shovel. None of the toes are dilated into disks; hind

toes one-fourth webbed ; fingers rather long; metatarsus with a flat,

compressed, sharpish tubercle or shovel.

The eye is small, not longer than the snout; a very prominent

osseous ridge across the vomer behind the choanz, interrupted in

the middle. Tympanum hidden.

This species is most beautifully coloured, the ground-colour of the

upper parts being a pink or yellowish olive, coarsely marbled with

brown, the brown marks being edged by a black line. A long trans-

verse black mark across the vent and hinder surface of thighs.

Lower parts uniform yellowish.

Several specimens were collected by Mr. Theobald in Pegu. The

largest is 50 millims. long; hind limb 63 millims.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XXXVII., XXXVIII., XXXIX., XL.

Puate XXXVII.

Fig. 1. Cystiqgnathus rhodonotus, p.481. | Fig. 3. Ivalus opisthorrhadus, p. 484.

2. Bufo glaberrimus, p. 483. 4. Hyla rhodoporus, p. 488.

Piate XXXVIII.

Fig. 1. Glyphoglossus molossus, p. 483. | Fig. 4. Ayla triangulum, p. 489.

2. Hyla dasynotus, 488. H 5. Cacotus maculatus, p, 482.

3. Hylodes sallei, p. +87. |

Puate XXXIX.

Fig. 1. Polypedates cavirostris; p. 486. | Fig. 3. Polypedates nanus, p. 485.

2. Polypedates nasutus, p. 486. 4. Ixvalus macropus, p. 484.

Pate XL.

Fig. 1. Callula guttulata, p. 490. | Fig. 3. Hyla rubicundula, p. 489.

2. Rappia laqoensis, p. 487. | 4. Hyla leucotenia, p. 489.

1868. DR. J. E. GRAY ON AN ELEPHAN1’S FQ@TUS. 491

7. Notes on the Foetus of an Elephant and of a Hippopota-

mus in the Collection of the British Museum. By Dr.

J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., &e.

Among the specimens of animals in spirits that were in the Bri-

tish Museum when I was in the habit of studying in that establish-

ment, now more than fifty years since, are the foetuses of two large

animals—the one that of an Indian Elephant, and the other of a

Hippopotamus. They are remarkable, first, for their very small size,

compared with the size of the adult animal, and, secondly, for the

different parts of the animal being so much more nearly of the pro-

portions of those of the adult than they generally are in foetuses

of such a small size. These specimens have attracted considerable

public attention ; and every now and then persons who have seen

them many years ago are bringing visitors to see what they con-

sider one of the most interesting curiosities in the Museum, viz. “an

Elephant in a half-pint bottle.”

It has occurred to me that it would be interesting to have these

figured, of their natural size, by the accurate pencil of Mr. Ford.

Feetus of Hippopotamus,

492 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE CANID#. [June 25,

Mr. Flower informs me that in the Museum of the College of

Surgeons there are several foetuses of Indian Elephants ; the smallest

is about double the size of the one here figured. In the same col-

lection is the foetus of a Rhinoceros oswellii of Africa, presented by

Messrs. Chapman and Bains, about 6 inches long.

8. Notes on the Skulls of the Species of Dogs, Wolves, and

Foxes (Canide) in the Collection of the British Museum.

By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., F.L.S., &e.

The Dogs form a very natural group; and it was early divided by

the community and naturalists into Dogs and Foxes, according to the

length of the tail and the sharpness of the face. More lately, as

more or less anomalous species have been discovered, as the Hyzena-

like Dog of Africa, the Raccoon Dog of China and Japan, the

Weasel-like Dog of Brazil, they and some other species have been

separated into genera.

The Canidz have been separated by general consent into three

natural groups, according to the length and form of the tail,—the

Wolves having a short and straight tail, the Dogs a more or less

elongated tail bent to the left and more or less curled, the Foxes an

elongated bushy tail. In South America there is found a group

with skulls like Wolves but with long slender tail, which may be

called long-tailed Wolves. There is no doubt that the form of the

tail affords very permanent characters and has considerable influence

on the habits of the animal.

Dr. Burmeister has studied the skulls of the group; and he

divides the family, according to the form of the postorbital process,

into two tribes, thus :—

I. Lurin&. Postorbital process of the frontal bone very convex,

and curved downwards, without any depression in the upper surface.

To this group he refers Canis with a short, Lycalopex aud Pseuda-

lopex with an elongated tail. The skull in this group is generally

thick and solid.

II. Vuxrrn#. Postorbital process of the frontal bone spread out,

bent a little forward, the front edge turned up, with a longitudinal

shallow pit or indentation on the upper surface at the base. This

division ineludes the genera Vulpes and Urocyon. The skulls of this

section are elongated, slender, thin, and light. The habit of the ani-

mal is generally nocturnal, and the pupil of the eye elliptical erect.

The form of the contracted pupil of the eye has yet to be ob-

served in a large number of the species. :

Mr. Bartlett, in reply to my inquiry, states that ‘“‘ the females of

the Long-eared Fox, the Arctic, and the Common Fox have oblong

erect pupils, the Black-backed and Common Jackals have rouud

pupils like the Wolf and Dog.”’—March 28, 1868.

Mr. Bryan Hodgson, in his collection of Drawings of Nepalese

1868. | DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE CANIDA. 493

Animals, represents the Buansu (Cuon), the Jackal or Shidar (Saca-

ius indicus), the Cabul Greyhouud (Canis cabulensis), the Tibetan

Terrier, Tibetan Mastiff (with four and five claws), Vulpes ferrilatus,

V. indicus, and V. subhimachalus, as all having round pupils ; but I

doubt if in the three last-mentioned this is not a mistake of the artist.

Dr. Riippell, in his ‘Atlas,’ figures the Fennee and the North-

African Foxes with round pupils.

The dentition of the family is generally uniform. The normal

number of teeth is 42, viz. cutting-teeth > canines i, premolars =>

4 11 5

sectorial teeth = tubercular grinders

—}?

2—2

2—2°

first premolars, and the last lower molar have a single fang; the

second and third upper premolars and all the premolars and molars

below, but the last, have two fangs. The upper sectorial or fourth

premolar and the last upper true molar have three fangs, the first

upper premolar four fangs. (De Blainville.)

Some genera of the family present certain anomalies. Thus

Icticyon has only 38 teeth, there being only one tubercular grinder on

each side of each jaw; Cuon has 40 teeth—that is, has two tuber-

cular grinders on each side of the upper, and only one on each side of

the lower jaw. On the other hand, Thous and Megalotis have 44

teeth—that is, two tubercular grinders on each side of the upper,

and three on each side of the lower jaw. Sometimes some anomalous

specimens present an excess over the usual number of teeth: thus

M. de Blainville has figured a Mastiff with three tubercular grinders

on each side of each jaw, the hinder small, cylindrical. (dnn. Frang.

et EKtrang. d Anat. &e. ii. p. 313, t. 1. f. 2.)

The sectorial teeth in the upper jaw, in all the typical Canidae,

are compressed, three-lobed, with a small internal lobe close to the

front edge. In the aberrant Otocyon, on the contrary, the sectorial

tooth is nearly triangular, almost as wide as long, very unlike those

of the other Dogs.

The incisors, canines,

I. Tubercular grinders in the upper and lower jaws ; false grinders

2 or 3 in each jaw. Head elongate ; nose more or less produced.

Family 1. CANIDE.

f A 5 6—6

Tubercular grinders two in each jaw; molars — or more. Feet

produced ; toes 5/5, straight, free, with blunt, exposed, worn-tipped

claws ; the front inner toe high up, rarely wanting.

Canide, Baird, Mam. N. Amer. p. 103, 1859.

1. Normal Canide. The upper sectorial grinders compressed, three-

lobed, with a small tubercle on the front of the inner edge.

Section I. Lurinaz. The skull thick, solid; the postorbital pro-

cess thick, convex above and bent down at the tip.

Lupine, Burmeister.

494 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE CANIDA, [June 29,

Subfam. 1. Lycaontna. Head short, broad; nose short, broad.

Teeth large, close together. Palate very broad, short. Tail

short, straight.

1. Lycaon.

Subfam. 2. Canina. Head more or less elongate; nose tapering.

Teeth moderate. Palate elongate.

a. Wolves. Tail short, straight, bushy. Skull elongate. Old

World and America.

* Head short ; teeth 38; tubercular grinders =:

2, Icricyon. South America.

** Tead short; teeth 40; tubercular grinders a

3. Cuon. Old World—Asia.

*** Head elongate; teeth 42; tubercular grinders = Temporal

muscles separated by a narrow linear central ridge.

4. Lupus. Head moderate; nose broad. Europe and North

America.

5. SrmentA. Head very long; nose slender. Premolars far apart,

small. Africa.

6. Curysocyon. Head very long; nose slender. Premolars ap-

; 53 P

proximate, large. South America.

. Dogs. Tail elongate, bent or curled. Skull short or elongate.

7. Canis. Domesticated.

c. Fox-tailed Wolves. Tail elongated, hairy. South American.

* Teeth 42; tubercular grinders =

8. Lycatopex. Pupil circular. Upper tuberculars large.

9, PseupaLorex. Pupil elongate. Upper tuberculars moderate.

** Teeth 44; tubercular grinders —.

10. Tous.

Section Il. Vutpinx. Skull slight, thin, elongate; nose taper-

ing, long. Postorbital process thin, concave above, and spread

out horizontally at the tip.

Vulpina, Burmeister.

Subfam. 3. Vuberrna.

p. Foxes. ail elongate, bushy, with a gland covered with coloured

hair on the upper part, near the base. Skull very long. Upper

II.

1868. ] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE CANID&, 495

sectorial grinders compressed, three-lobed, with a small tubercle

on the front part of the inner side; tubercular grinders —

Pupil often elliptical, erect.

1]. Vuxurres. Ears moderate; ear-bulle moderate.

12. Fennecus. Ears very large; ear-bullee large.

13. Levcocyon. Skull broad in front of orbits.

gE. Bristle-tailed Foxes. Tail elongate, hairy, with a crest of bristles

along the upper edge. Teeth like Foxes.

14. Urocyon.

F. Raccoon Dog. Tail short, straight, bushy. Upper sectorial

grinders compressed, three-lobed, with a small anterior internal

lobe ; tubercular grinders =

2—2°

15. NyYCTEREUTES.

ut. Aberrant Canidae, or Viverrine Dogs. Upper sectorial teeth

small, triangular, as broad as long; tubercular grinders — ob-

long transverse, subequal.

Subfam. 4. Mrecatorina. Tail straight, short, bushy. Skull

elongate. Lars large.

16. MeGatoris.

The subfamilies may be thus arranged :—

IP LYCAONINA-«...9e203.-

. Skull solid; postorbital | 2. CANINA ............... Tail short, straight, bushy.

process thick, convex{ Wolves ...............

above. Lvupins ...... | Caninia (Dogs) ...... Tail elongate, curled to the left.

| Fox-tailed Wolves... Tail elongate, straight.

Skull thin; postorbital - IORES rea ote to de sanoce Tail elongate, soft, bushy.

. Bristle-tailed Foxes. Tail elongate, bristly, bushy-

. Raccoon Dog.........

4, Viverrine Dog ......

process thin, concave 3

above. VULPIN«...... \ Tail short, straight, bushy.

1. Normal Canidee. The upper sectorial grinders compressed, three-

lobed, with a small tubercle on the front of the inner edge.

Section [. Luvine. Skull thick, solid ; postorbital process thick,

convex above, and bent down at the end.

Lupine, part., Burmeister and Spencer Baird.

Subtam. 1. Lycaonina.

Head short, broad; nose short, broad. Teeth large, elose toge-

ther. Palate very broad, short.

1. Lycaon. Hyena Dog.

Skull short, broad; nose short, bread, swollen; palate short,

SSS SSS

[June 25,

DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE CANID.

496

CTFIL‘ON) ‘snangnuaa uonal’y Jo [IHYS

— ee eee? Se

1868. ] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE CANIDE. 497

very broad ; internal nasal opening broad. Postorbital process thick,

convex above, bent down at the end. Teeth 42; false grinders =;

< i! 2

sectorial —; molars =; the upper and lower premolars acutely

dentated on the front and, especially, on the hinder edge; upper

sectorial teeth strong, elongate, trigonal, broad, with a small but

well-marked interior lobe in front. First upper tubercular tooth

large, with a broad rounded internal lobe; the second upper tuber-

cular oblong transverse, much smaller ; lower hinder tubercular very

small, cylindrical.

This group is intermediate between the Hyzena and the Dog.

The manner of copulation is said to be different from the Dog’s, and

similar to that of the Hyzena.

1. Lycaon venaticus. Simur or Mebbra. (Fig.1, p. 496.) B.M.

Kynos pictus, Riippell.

Lycaon tricolor, Brooks.

L. typicus, A. Smith.

L. venaticus, Gray, Cat. Mamm. B. M. 67; Gerrard, Cat. of Bones

in B. M. 90.

Canis aureus, Thunberg, Mém. Acad. Pétersb. iii. 302.

Hyena picta, Temm. Ann. Gén. Sci. Phys. ii. 54, t. 35; Kuhl,

Beitr. 75.

HZ, venatica, Burch. Travels, i. 456; fig. ii. 222, 232.

Chien hyénoide, Cuy. Oss. Foss. iv. 386.

Hyena Dog, Griffith, A. K.

Canis tricolor, Griffith, A. K. v. 288, t.

C. pictus, Desm. Mamm. Suppl. 338; Blainv. Ostéogr. t. 8

(skull), t. 9 (teeth).

Var.? Canis pictus, Cretsch. in Riippell’s Atlas, 35, t. 12.

Hab. Africa: Cape of Good Hope (Burchell) (called Mebéra) ;

East Africa, Cordofan (Riippell) (called Simur).

Subfam. 2. Canina.

Head more or less elongate; nose tapering. Teeth moderate.

Palate elongate.

A. Woutves. Tail short, straight, bushy, not reaching below the heel.

* Head short. Skull elongate. Teeth 38; tubercular grinders —,

rarely Ss or =

2. IcTicyon.

Head short, broad. Teeth 38; false grinders 3.3 in each jaw;

flesh-teeth large, three-lobed ; upper with a small internal lobe on

the front edge; the lower sharp-edged; tubercular grinders =;

upper large, triangular, transverse; lower small, circular; false

: 3—3

grinders [—.

498 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE CANID&. {June 25,

Icticyon, Lund, 1842; Burmeister, Fauna Bras. 11. 1.

Cynalicus, Gray, Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1846, p. 293.

Melictes, Schinz, 1849.

1. IcrIcyoN VENATICUS. B.M.

Icticyon venaticus, Lund, Fauna Bras. 184; Wagner, Wiegm.

Arch. 1843, p. 355; Burmeister, Fauna Bras. i. t. 18—20; Gerrard,

Cat. of Bones of Mamm. 89; Van der Hoeven, Kais. Ak. d. Wiss. u.

Naturg. vil. (tubercular grinders —, trigonal).

Cynalicus melanogaster, Gray, Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1846, xvii.

293; Wiegm. Arch. 1847, p.15. (B.M.)

Cynogale venatica, Lund, K. D. V. Selsk. 1842.

Melictis beskii, Schinz, Wiegm. Arch. 1849, p. 10.

Canis brachyotus, Blainv. Ostéogr. t. 9 (skull), t. 12 (teeth).

Hab. Brazil.

. 2-2

** Teeth 40; tubercular grinders —. Temporal muscles sepa-

rated by a narrow cranial ridge.

3. Cuon.

Skull short; nasals elongate. Teeth 40; tubercular grinders =

the lower hinder tubercular grinder deficient.—Blainv. Ann. Frang

et Etrang. d Anat. i. t. 8. f. 4.

The small hinder tubercular grinders of the upper and lower jaw

deficient. (See Blainv. Ostéogr, t. $7)

Ll. Cuon prima&yus. Buansuah. B.M.

Skull—nose short, broad, swollen; forehead broad, convex, gra-

dually shelving from the nose line; nasals produced behind the

hinder upper edge of the maxillaries.

Canis primevus, Hodgson, P. Z. 8. 1833, p. 111; Blainy. Ostéogr.

Canis, 49, t. 8 (skull), t. 9 (teeth) ; Laur. & Bazin, Ann. d’Anat.

et Phys. i. t. 8. f. 4 (skull) ; Hodgson, Trans. Asiat. Soc, abst

Gray, Cat. Mamm. B. M. 57.

Cuon primevus, Gerrard, Cat. of Bones of Mamm. B. M. 81.

Canis himalayanus, Lesson.

Hab. Nepal (Hodgson, B. M.); Cashmere (Adéott).

2. CuUON ALPINUS. B.M.

Canis alpinus, Pallas, Zoogr. Rosso-Asiat. i. 34; Van der Hoeven,

Kais. Akad. d. Wiss. vii. t. 17 (teeth) ; Gray, Cat. Mamm. B. M.

57; Schrenck, Amurlande, 48.

Cuon alpinus, Gray ; Gerrard, Cat. of Bones of Mamm. B. M. 81.

Hab. Siberia, Altai Mountains (Brandé) (skull, B. M.).

Skull very like that of the preceding species, if different.

3. Cuon sumatrensis. (Fig. 2, p. 499.) B.M.

Skull—nose short, broad, swollen, slightly raised above the nose-

1868.]

*SISUILJDWNS UOND JO [[UAG

(‘7 OOT ‘ON ‘vayeumg)

DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE CANID&,

499

500 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE CANID&. {June 25,

line; nasals produced behind the hinder upper edge of the maxil-

laries.

Canis ( familiaris, var.) sumatrensis, Hardwicke, Linn. Trans. xiii.

235, t. 25; Raffles, Linn. Trans. xiii. 249.

Canis sumatrensis, F. Cuv. Dict. d’H. N. viii. 557.

Cuon sumatrensis, Gerrard, Cat. of Bones of Mamm. B. M. 81.

Hab. Sumatra (B. M.); Malacca (Carlton, B. M.); Java (Les-

chenault, B. M.).

The skull figured by De Blainville (Ostéogr. t. 8) is that of a

domestic Dog, perhaps from Java. The skull in the British Mu.

seum is very like that of the Cuon alpinus. A skeleton sent from

Paris, and marked “‘ Canis javanicus”’ (160 e), is a Cuon; and the

skull is so like that of Cuon sumatrensis that I cannot discover any

difference between them. I suppose this is the animal named Canis

rutilans by Boie, and C. hodophylax, C. hodophilaz, and C. hip-

pophylax by Temminck, in the ‘Fauna Japonica’ called Jamainu,

said to have small, erect ears, and to be of the form and size of a

Wolf.

4. Cuon puKHUNENSIS. Dhole. B.M.

Skull—nose slender, elongate; nasal bones the same length.

Forehead much raised above the nose-line.

Canis dukhunensis or Kolsum, Sykes, P. Z. 8S.

Cuon dukhunensis, Gray, Cat. Mamm. B. M. 37; Gerrard, Cat.

of Bones of Mamm. 81.

Canis dhola, Gray, Griff. A. K.

Canis familiaris, var>, Elliot, Madras Journ. x. 100.

Wild Dog or Dhole, Williamson, Wild Sports.

? Dhole, Wooler.

Hab. India; Deccan (Sykes, B. M.).

The skull, in the British Museum, trom Col. Sykes is of a young

specimen changing its milk-teeth. There is a second skull m the

Museum (1584), received from the Zoological Society under the

name of Canis dukhunensis ; but it appears to be rather the skull of

C. primevus.

midyus.| pinuo, | O-sumatrensia. | enaias |

158¢. | 16la. | 160a. | 160c. 162 a.

in. lin. | in. lin. } in, lin.| im. lin. | in. lin,

Length from nose to occipital condyle) 6 9/7 0/6 3/6 3) 6 6

of nose from front of orbits... 2 9|/211/2 7|}2 8} 38 0

OL LOWER JaNe oe ser tase te-nomecets 5 4°) 5 79.) 21) bo 2 4 10

Width of braincase, over ears ......... 2 16°| 2 FO WAS 2 45°22

of forehead between orbits .... 1 4/1 6/1 3)1 23) 1 1

of nose at preorbital foramen.| 1 6/1 9) 1 53) 1 53) 1 5

at back of zygomatic arches...) 4 1)4 38/38 8/3811) 38 6

Height of jaw at front of orbit... ....| BoM omswies Ll . 3 Va ae

All adult but 162 a.

1868. | DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE CANIDE. 501

4. Lueus. Wolf.

Head moderate, elongate; nose moderate, tapering. Upper pre-

molars slightly separated.

1. Lupus vutearts. European Wolf. B.M.

Canis lupus, Linn. Fauna Suecica, 3; Syst. Nat. i. 58; Gerrard,

Cat. of Bones of Mamm. 84.

Lupus vulgaris, Brisson, R. A. 235.

Lupus sylvestris, Aldroy. Digit. 173, fig.

Wolf, Pennant.

Loup, Buffon, H. N. vii. 39, t. 3 (skull).

Loup d’ Europe (C. lupus), Blainv. Ostéogr. t. 3 (skeleton), t. 6

(skull).

Hab. Europe, France (B. M ).

Var. Black. Black Wolf.

Canis lycaon, Erxleben, Syst. 560; Schreber, Siiugeth. 353, t. 89.

C. lupus niger, Herm. Obs. Zool. 32.

Loup noir, Buffon, H. N. ix. 362, t. 41; F. Cuv. Mamm. Lith. t.

Black Wolf, Shaw.

Hab. Europe, Pyrenees.

2. Lurus cHanco. The Chanco or Golden Wolf. B.M.

Fur fulvous, on the back longer, rigid, with intermixed black and

grey hairs; the throat, chest, belly, and inside of the legs pure

white. Head pale grey-brown ; forehead grizzled with short black

and grey hairs. Length of the body and head 42, tail 15 inches.

Skull 83 inches long.

Canis chanco, Gray, P. Z. S. 1863, p. 94; Ann. & Mag. N. H.

ser. 3. xil. p. 475.

? Lupus laniger, Hodgson, Blyth, Journ. Asiat. Soe. Beng: 1847.

Hab. Chinese Tartary (Lieut. W. P. Hodnell, B.M.).

The skull 1422¢@ is that of a normal European Wolf and about

the same size (but the nose is longer, rather more slender); and the

teeth, as well as the shape of the skull, are very similar to those of

that animal. Two small grinders below behind the canines.

3. LUPUS OCCIDENTALIS. American Wolf. BLM.

Skull—forehead convex, rounded ; internal nostrils broad in front

and narrow behind.

Canis lupus griseus et albus, Sabine, Journ. 654; Aud. & Bachm.

N. A. Quad. iil. 276, 1854.

Canis lupus occidentalis, var. griseus et albus, Richard. F. Bor.-

Am. i. 66, 1829.

C. occidentalis, Dekay, Z. N. Y. i. 42, t. 27. f. 2; S. Baird,

Mamm. N. A. 105; Gerrard, Cat. of Bones of Mamm. 84. (Skull

165 e.

C. abso Pr. Max. Reise N. A. ii. 95, 1841.

? Lupus gigas, Townsend, Journ. Acad. N.S. Phil. ii. 75, 1850.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1868, No. XXXIII.

502 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE CANIDE. [June 25,

Canis lupus canadensis, Blainv. Ostéogr. t. 7 (skull).

Hah. North America (B.M.).

Var. 1. nudilus. ‘Colour light sooty or plumbeous brown.”

Canis nubilus, Say, Long’s Exped. i. 168, 1822.

C. occidentalis, var. nubilus, Spencer Baird, Mamm. N. Ay HES

Var. 2. mezicanus. ‘Fur varied with grey and black; neck

maned more than usual; a black or dusky band encircling the

muzzle; a dusky slope down the fore leg.” —Baird.

Canis mexicanus, Linn. 8. N. i. 60.

C. occidentalis, var. mexicanus, S. Baird, Mamm. N. A. 113.

Noloit cuintli, Hernand. Mex. 479, fig.

Lupus mevicanus, Brisson, R. A. 237.

Loup de Mexique, Buffon, N. H. xv. 149.

Mexican Wolf, Penn.

Cuetlachti, Fernand. N. Hisp. 7.

Hab. Mexico (Hernand.) ; Santa Cruz; Sonora.

Var. 3. ater. Black Wolf. B.M.

Forehead of skull concave in the central line; internal nostrils

narrow, parallel.

Canis lycaon, Harlan, Fauna Amer. 126, 1828.

C. lupus ater, Rich. F. Bor.-Am. i. 70; Aud, & Bachm. N. A.

Quad. 126, t. . f. 7, 1851.

C. occidentalis, var. ater, S. Baird, Mamm. N., A. 113. (Skull

165 ¢, B.M.)

Hab. Florida; Georgia.

Var. 4. rufus.

Mixed red and black above, lighter beneath.

Canis lupus, var. rufus, Aud. & Baechm. N. A. Quad. ii. 240,

t. 82, 1851.

C. occidentalis, var. rufus, S. Baird, Mamm. N. A. 113.

Hab. Texas.

4.. Lupus antuus. Dieb. (Fig. 3, p. 503.) B.M.

Skull (816 e)—forehead flattish, rather concave ; pterygoid bones

converging behind. Sectorial teeth prominent in the tooth-line and

placed obliquely to the other teeth. Internal nostril narrow, sides

parallel.

Canis anthus, F. Cuvier, Mamm. Lithogr. xxii. t.; Riippell,

Zool. Atlas, 44, t. 17; Gray, Cat. Mamm. B. M.; Gerrard, Cat. of

Bones of Mamm. 85.

Hab. West Africa, Senegal (F. Cuvier); Algiers; Tunis (Frazer)

North Africa; Egypt; Nubia (Réppell, Christie).

Var. Head narrow. Skull (816) very like that of LD. anthus

(816 e), from the Zoological Gardens. The forehead and face very

much narrower compared with its length; the whole length of the

face, from the end of the palate to the front teeth, and the canines,

is smaller.

Hah. Algiers and Tunis.

DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE CANIDA.

1868.]

> Skull of Lupus anthus, (Tunis, No. 8162.)

AA, “didi,

CASTE,

504 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE CANIDS. [June 25,

There is another skull, 816 6 (fig. 3, p. 503), from Tunis, that is

somewhat intermediate in width; it wants the occiput.

816¢, 8166. 8l6a

in. lin in. lin. in, lin

Teen tlayotastonlleapemeepart cn: «2... Maetedaaied= tech sanece = On 657) 6) 2

Width at zygomata... 4 2 3.9 3° 6

at foramen ...... Ge fis st, =

before orbits iL a6 Lt 5 iL 3

of palate at outer hinder edge of sectorialteeth 2 5 2 1 Peel

5. Lupus aureus. Jackal. B.M.

Skull—nose sloping on the sides, broad in front of orbits. The

sectorial tooth is placed obliquely in respect to the line of the pre—

molars and tubercular grinders.

Canis aureus, Linn, 8S. N. i. 59; Pallas, Zoogr. Rosso-Asiat. i.

39, t. 3; Gray, Cat. Mamm. B.M. 58; F. Cuv. Mamm. Lith. t. ;

Blainv. Ostéogr. t. 4 (skull, var. barbarus), t. 6 (var. mareoticus,

skull rather wider).

Canis barbarus, Shaw, Zool. i. 54.

Barbary Jackal, Pennant, Quad. i. 260.

Lupus aureus, Kampf. Ameen. Exot. 413, t. 407. f. 3.

Canis micrurus, Reichenbach.

Thos, Pliny.

Le Chaeal et l’ Adive, Buffon, H. N. xiii. 255, Suppl. i. 112, t. 16.

Schakall, 8. G. Gmelin, Reise, iii. 80, t. 13; Gitildenst. in Nov.

Com. Petrop. xx. 449, t. 10.

Jackal, Penn., Shaw.

Hab. India; Ceylon (Reid).

The several skulls in the British Museum differ from each other.

163 ¢ is very wide at the zygomatic arches. Length 5 inches 4 lines,

width 3 inches 3 lines. The aperture of the internal nostril is wide,

8 lines, much wider than in cther skulls. The skull of a Jackal from

Barbary, sent to the Zoological Gardens by E. W. Drummond Esq.,

163 d:—length 5 inches 1 line, width 3 inches 1 line; aperture of

internal nostril 6 lines.

163c. Nepaul. Presented by B. Hodgson, Esq.

A skeleton with skull in the British Museum, 163 & (Canis aureus,

part., Gerrard), from the Zoological Gardens is peculiar. Length

5 inches 4 lines, width 2 inches 2 lines, internal nostril 5 lines. The

skull like that of Lupus aureus; but the coronal ridge is rather

dilated or vase-shaped in the middle of the length ; and the upper

hinder tubercular grinders rather larger in comparison with the other

grinders.

6. Lupus eatuipes. The Landgak. B.M.

Coronal crest linear, high ; upper sectorial teeth large, elongate.

Canis pallipes, Sykes, P. Z. 8. 1831, p. 101; Gray, List Mamm.

B.M. 58; Gerrard, Cat. of Bones of Mamm. 82.

Canis lupus, Hodgson; Elliot, Madras Journ. x. 101].

Saccalius indicus, Hodgson, MS.

Hab. Nepaul (Hodgson) ; India (Oldham, 163 e).

1868. | DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE CANID&. 505

‘sIsUaUlIs DIUWAULIG) FO ][VAS

(‘2 9BT ‘ON ‘eruIsshqy )

505 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE CANID. [June 25,

5. SIMENIA.

Head elongate ; nose very slender, elongate. Skull with a very

slender elongate nose; the premolars small and very far apart.

1. Srmenra simensis. Abyssinian Wolf. (Fig. 4, p. 505.) B.M.

Canis simensis, Riippell, Abyss. Fauna, t. 14; Gray, Cat. Mamm.

B.M. 58; Gerrard, Cat. of Bones of Mamm. 82.

fTab. Abyssinia (Riippell, type in B. M.).

Skull 162 a (fig.4) Length 7 inches $ lines. Coronal ridge linear.

6. CHRYSOCYON.

Head very long; nose slender. Pupils round. Tail short, reach-

ing only to the hocks.

Skull elongate; nose very long, slender; coronal crest single,

linear; postorbital process thick, convex above, bent down at the

tip. Premolars approximate, large. Sectorial tooth in the same

line as the other teeth. Internal palate narrow.

Chrysocyon, Uam. Smith, Dogs; Burmeister, Faun. Bras. 24.

* Upper sectorial tooth moderate. Chrysocyon.

1. Curysocyon suBaTA. Guara. B.M.

Canis meaicanus, Sonn. Nouv. Dict. vi. 505 (not Linn.).

Canis jubatus, Desm. Mamm. 198; Burm. Faun. Brasil. t. 21,

+. 26f. 1:

Chrysocyon jubatus, Gerrard, Cat. of Bones of Mamm. 89.

Canis campestris, Pr. Max. Beitr, i. 334, n. 1; Blainv. Ostéogr.

t. 7 (skull).

Loup rouge, Cuv. R. A. 1. 154, iv. t. 1.

Hab. South America (solitary); Paraguay (Azara); Brazil (Pr.

Maz.) ; Buenos Ayres.

** Upper sectorial tooth transverse, very large. “Neoeyon.

2. Curysocyon LaTrRAns. Prairie-Wolf. Coyote. B.M.

Muzzle short, like that of a Fox; tail short, like a Wolf’s.

Skull 171 @ very like Lupus anthus; but nose longer and more

slender.

Canis latrans, Say, in Long’s Exped. i. 168; Aud. & Bachm. N. A.

Quad. ii. 150, t. 71, 1829; Baird, Mamm. N. A. 113; Gerrard,

Cat. of Bones of Mamm. 85; Gray, Cat. Mamm. B. M. 58; Blainv.

Ostéogr. t. 7 (skull).

Vulpes velox, Gerrard, Cat. of Bones of Mamm. n. 1237 a.

Var. Small. C. frustror, Woodhouse, Proc. Ac. N.S. Philad.

v. 147 (1850), v. 157 (1851).

Small Wolves, Dupretz.

Burrowing Dog, Lewis & Clark.

1568. ] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE CANIDZE.

i=)

ed ON) § “SOC-INA JO TMS

cul

508 PR. J. E. GRAY ON THE CANIDE, [June 25,

Cased Wolves, Furrier’s List.

Lyciscus cagotis, Ham. Smith, Nat. Lib. Dogs.

? Canis ochropus, Eschsch. Zool. Atlas, i. t. 11; Gray, List

Mamm. B. M. 59; Zool. Sulph. 32, t. 10.

Hab. North America (in packs): Upper Missouri (Long);

California (B. M.).

«Replaces the Jackal of the Old World. Brings forth its young

in a burrow. Barks like a Domestic Dog.’’—S. Baird.

Skulls 171 a, 6, e. Width at zygomata 3 inches 4 lines; length

of palate 3 inches 5 lincs, of the upper jaw at the hinder edge of the

sectorial tooth 2 inches, at the base of the canines 1 inch | line.

1237 a.. Vulpes velox, Rich.

Skull 171¢. Length 7 inches; width at zygomata 3 inches 10

lines, at preorbital foramen 1 inch 3 lines, at outer hinder end of

the sectorial tooth 2 inches 1 line, of the upper jaw at the base of

the canines 1 inch 1 line; length of palate 3 inches 9 lines.

s. Docs. Tail elongate, curved or curled ; temporal muscle only

separated by a line or coronal ridge.

7. Canis. Dog.

Head moderate or elongate. Ears often dependent or recurved,

The small hinder tubercular grinder of the upper and lower jaws well

developed.

1. Canis rAmILiARIS. Dog. (Fig. 5, p. 507.) B.M.

Canis familiaris, Linn. 8S. N. i. 56; Gray, Cat. Mamm. B. M.

57; Gerrard, Cat. of Bones of Mamm. 82.

C. domesticus, Linn. Mus. Adolph. Frid. i. 6.

C. fam. terre nove, Blainy. Ostéogr. Canis, t. 8 (skull).

Chien, Buffon, H. N. v. 300, t. 15.

Chien domestique, Cuv. R. A. i. 152.

Dog, Penn.

Common Dog, Shaw.

Hab. The World where inhabited by man.

Skull 166 Bhotea Dog (black and tan). Nepaul (Hedgson).

Length 8 inches 2 lines. Very like the skull of the Wolf of

Europe. B.M.

Skull 166 4. Tibetan Mastiff. Nepaul (Hodgson). Length 9

inches. B.M.

Skull 166. Bull-Dog (fig. 5, p. 507). Utrecht Collection. B.M.

Canis familiaris nepalensis, Blainv. Ostéogr. t. 7 (teeth).

Canis familiaris japonicus, Temm. Fauna Japon. t. 10. f. 5, 6

(skull); Gerrard, Cat. of Bones of Mamm. 84.

Canis familiaris chinensis, Gray, P. Z. 8.1868, f. (skull). B.M.

C. fam. nove hibernia, Fischer, Syn. 186.

Native Dog of New Zealand. B.M.

1868. } DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE CANID&, 509

2. Canis CEYLANIcUus, Shaw, Zool. i. 312.

Chien sauvage indien, Vossmar, Descript. 1775, t.

Ceylon Dog, Penn.

Hab. Ceylon.

3. CANIS TETRADACTYLA, Fischer, Syn. 292.

Chien sauvage de Cayenne, Actes de la Soc. d’H. N. de Paris, 1.

115 ; Meyer, Zool. Am. i. 134.

?Canis familiaris cayanensis, Blainy. Ostéogr. t. 7* (skull).

Hab. Cayenne.

4. CANIS DINGO.

Ears erect. Tail elongate. Tubercular grinders =.— Blainville.

Canis dingo, Blumenb. Handb. 103 ; Gray, List of Mamm. B. M.

57; Gerrard, Cat. of Bones of Mamm. 84.

C. familiaris australasie, Desm. Mamm. 190; Blainy. Ostéogr.

t. 8 (skull).

Dingo or Australasian Dog, Shaw, Gen. Zool. i. ZT ps tanoe

Hab. Australia.

Var. sumatrensis. Skull short; face short, broad. Tubereular

grinders >, well developed.

Canis familiaris sumatrensis.

Hab. Sumatra.

- The Domestic Dog has been bred into various well-marked varie-

ties, some of which have existed from the earliest historical period,

and are to be found everywhere the companions of man. New

varieties are very rarely if ever produced; and some of the old or

well-known yarieties have a great tendency to die out, at least for a

time. Indeed all varieties are only to be retained by careful breed-

ing and weeding—that is, by the destruction, or at least exclusion

from breeding, of the examples that do not come up to the standard.

If this is not done, they soon deteriorate into the common Cur or the

Pariah Dog of India.

Most varieties occur of very different sizes—from very large to

large, middle-sized, small, or very small.

_ The varieties always present the same general external appearance,

and often have a peculiar colour. For example, the Poodles always

have curly hair. Other varieties oceur with long or short smooth

hair, with bristling or rough hair, curly hair, or with a nearly naked

skin; the latter generally also have imperfect teeth, or teeth that

early decay or drop out.

Some varieties are malformations, as the Bull-Dog and the Pug

Dog have a short, imperfect upper jaw and a broken nose; but this

malformation occurs as a subvariety among Spaniels, as in the Ja-

panese Sleeve-Dog ; and other Dogs (continued by breeding) have

the lips, on the sides of the mouth, very large and pendulous, as the

Mastiff. Several varieties also occur presenting short-legged long-

bodied breeds—as the Turnspit, the Scotch Terrier, and the Muff-

Dogs or Short-legged Spaniels.

510 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE CANIDA. [ June 25,

The Domestic Dog presents three distinct forms of ears. Some,

as the Spitz Dog, have short ovate, erect, hairy ears ; others, like the

Greyhound, have elongated ears that are folded together, bent back-

ward on the sides of the head; while the Hound and Spaniels

have broad ears bent down on the sides of the head. When the

varieties with different forms of ears are bred together, intermediate

forms may be observed.

The tail, in most varieties, is elongated, tapering at the end ; it is

often more or less curved, and sometimes closely spirally bent.

But the tails of many Domestic Dogs are cut ; and some few breeds

are said to be born tailless. But I have never seen any examples of

the latter.

Varieties which are very distinct in their external form, length

and kind of hair, and colour, have skulls so alike that they are not

to be distinguished by any appreciable character. Thus it is im-

possible to distinguish the skull of a Terrier from that of a Spaniel,

or either of these from that of the Pariah Dog of India, or the

«Mongrel Cur’’ as it is called in England.

Some of the figured and named varieties, as the Lion-Dog ( Chien-

lion, Buffon, v. t. 40. f. 2; Canis familiaris leoninus, Gmelin), are

described from Dogs that had been artificially prepared ; and of some,

as the Prick-Eared Dog, the ears had been artificially clipped ; and

the same is the case with some of the short-tailed Dogs.

If the varieties of Dog are stumbling-blocks to the systematic

zoologist, which some say they are (for what reason I cannot con-

ceive), they are never mistaken by their wild allies. It is true that

a Wolf will breed with a female Dog, but so will a wild Pheasant

with a domestic hen. The system of improving the breed of do-

mestic animals by breeding and weeding seems to have been coex-

istent with human civilization; and to keep up the good breeds it

is as necessary to be carefully attended to now as in the earliest

period, showing that the varieties produced have no tendency to

become perpetual.

The varieties of the Dog, like the varieties of Oxen, Sheep, Pigs,

Poultry, and Pigeons, are limited ; and the limits seem to have been

early discovered, as most, if not all, of the varieties now existing

seem to have been known in the earliest historical period, and even

anterior to it.

How any one can think that the differences between varieties of

domestic animals are such as zoologists would use to distinguish

genera and species, is a mystery that I cannot understand; and

the theory that the variation produced by breeding and weeding,

or selection as it is called, is to be regarded as the origin of the dif-

ference between natural species, is more astonishing, and can only

have arisen for want of careful study of the subject. There are some

minds so constituted, even among the well educated, who believe

in animal magnetism, metallic tactors, table-turning, phrenology,

spiritualism, mesmerism, the great pyramid, natural selection, and

mimicry of animals—and some even two or more of these theories in

succession, or at the same time.

1868. ] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE CANIDE. 51)

c. Fox-rartep Wonves. Tail elongate, reaching below the heels,

more or less curved, and covered with more or less elongated

hair not forming a full brush. South America.

8. LycALopPeEx.

Pupil circular. Tail reaching below the hocks. The upper

tubercular teeth oblong, taken together much longer than the flesh-

tooth. South American.

Cerdocyon, Ham. Smith, Dogs, i. 289, 1839.

Lycalopex, Burmeister, Fauna Brasil. 24, 31.

1. LycaALoPpEx VETULUS. B.M.

Tail very long, Lushy; underside pale yellow. Snout reddish

brown. Coronal ridge narrow linear.

Canis vetulus, Sund. Bras. 21, t. 40.

C. azare, Pr. Wied, Abild. t.

C. (Lycalopex) vetulus, Burmeister, Faun. Bras. 37, t. 23, t. 28.

KoAt 2K 1;

Hab. Brazil.

2. LYCALOPEX FULVICAUDUS. BM.

Underside of tail reddish yellow. Temporal muscles separated by

a well-marked narrow lanceolate crown, which is linear for one-fourth

of its length behind (see Burm. t. 28. f. 2). The upper sectorial

tooth short, broad, thick; upper tubercular teeth large, nearly

similar in size and form.

Canis fulvicaudatus, Sund. Bras. 20.

C. (Lycalopex) fulvicaudus, Burm. Faun. Bras. 40, t. 24, t. 28.

Pe GP ee

Hab. South America.

Skull $20 a is very like those figured by Burmeister, t. 28. f. 2,

t. 29. f. 2; but the lower edge of the lower jaw is not so much

arched.

Skulls 821 a@ and 4 both differ from 820 in the upper sectorial

and the tubercular grinders being smaller than they are in that skull.

In 820 @ the upper sectorial tooth is thick, nearly triangular, broad,

and with a well-marked lobe on the front of the inner edge. In 821 @

it is nearly of the same form—if anything, rather more equilaterally

triangular ; but it is smaller than in 820 a.

in. lin.

MSO crs ana ciatn soon chins 4 3 long.

Skull’ 82g). LOR S32 eat TOME

It is evident that the teeth of these Dogs vary im size in the

same species.

Var. 1. chiloensis. B.M.

Upper sectorial tooth compressed, with inner front lobe rather in

front of the front edge of the tooth; crowa of skull flat, narrow,

512 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE CANID&. [June 25,

sub-vaseshaped. Hinder opening of the palate broad, expanded.

Skull 8214, 4 inches 2 lines long.

Vulpes azare (Chiloe), Waterhouse, MS.

Vulpes vetulus (partly), Gerrard, Cat. Bones of Mamm. (821 0.)

Hab. Chiloe.

9. PsruDALOPEX.

Tail elongate, reaching below the hocks. Pupil elliptical in the

daylight. Skull with a linear coronal ridge; the upper tubercular

teeth taken together scarcely so long as, or very little longer than

the flesh- tooth.

Pseudalopex, Burmeister, Faun. Bras. 24, 44.

* The fore legs grey externally ; soles of the feet blackish brown.

1. PsruDALOPEX AZAR. Agoua rachay. B.M.

Tubercular grinders 3; front always largest.

Canis azure, Pr. Mia: Beitr. ii. 338; Abbild. t.; Darwin, Zool.

Beagle, xiv. t. 7; Blainville, Ostéogr. t. 4 (skull).

C. brasiliensis, Schinz, Cuv. Thierr. iy ee

Vulpes azare, Gray, Cat. Mamm. B. M. 60; Gerrard, Cat. of

Bones of Mamm. 87.

Agoua rachay, Azara, i. 317.

Canis melanustomus, Wagner, Wiegm. Arch. 1843, 1. 358.

C. (Pseudalopex) azare, Burm. Faun. Bras. 24, 44, t. 28. f. 3,

re Smee

C. azare, Van der Hoeven, t. 1. f. 8.

Hab. South America; Brasil (Pr. Maz.) ; Paraguay (Azara) ;

Patagonia (Darwin).

** The fore legs entirely red-yellow ; soles of the feet red-brown.

2. PSEUDALOPEX GRISEUS. B.M.

Fur reddish-yellow-grey ; legs red-yellow. Size small.

_ Canis griseus, Gray, P. Z. 8. iv. 88, 123, t.6; Mag. N. H. 1857,

p- 978.

Vulpes griseus, Gerrard, Cat. of Bones of Mamm. 88.

Canis (Pseudalopex) griseus, Burmeister, Faun. Bras. 28, 48,

t. 25.

Hab. Patagonia (King).

3. PseUDALOPEX MAGELLANICUS. Colpeo. B.M.

Fur fox-red; back blackish. Large-sized.

Canis magellanicus, Gray, P. Z. S. pee ie: 88; Mag. N. H.

1€37, p. 578; Darwin, Zool. Beagle, x. t. ; Burmeister, Fauna

Bras. t. 6. f. 3.

CO. (Pseudalopex) magellanicus, Burm. Fauna Bras. 24, 51; Reise

La Plata, 1. 405; Wiegm. Arch. 1862, p. 329.

1868. | DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE CANIDSE. 513

(skull).

8; List

C. cancrivorus americanus, Burmeister, Fauna Bras. t. 2

Vulpes magellanicus, Gray, Mag. N. H. 1836, p. 5

Mamm. B. M. 61; Gerrard, Cat. Bones of Mamm. 87.

? Canis azare, Waterhouse.

? Colpeo, Canis colpaceus, Molina.

? Canis tetradactyla, Meyer.

Chile Fox, Shaw, Zool. 329.

Hab, Chili and Bolivia (Bridges) ; Strait of Magellan (Darwin).

In the British Museum there are skulls from Chili, marked 184 a,c,

and 184 f, Vulpes magellanicus, which are those of adult animals,

and have a linear crest extending the whole length of the crown.

There is another skull, evidently from the same series, no. 184 e,

also without any skin belonging to it, which has its adult teeth, but

is not so large or aged as the others. It has a broad flat crown

(separating the temporal muscles), which is wide in front and tapering

to the occiput ; and the side margins are rather curved in, giving it

a slightly vase-like form. Length 5 inches 7 lines, width 2 inches

11 lines.

There are also a skull and skeleton (no. 1844) from Chili, of

which the skull is intermediate in size between the larger skulls

and the small one. The coronal crest is linear; but there is an

indication of the vase-shaped crown-plate on each side of the central

ridge.

Nos. 817 a, 4, ¢, d, e are five smaller skulls, named Vulpes azare,

sent from Bolivia by Mr. Bridges. They are very similar externally,

but they vary considerably in the size of the upper tubercular grinders

as compared with the other teeth, and slightly in the form of the

lobes of the upper sectorial tooth. The hinder upper tubercular is

always of the same form as the penultimate, but smaller. The

internal lobe of the sectorial tooth of V. magellanicus from Chili,

184 e, is rather larger, with the front edge on a level with the front

edge of the body of the tooth; in the small skulls from Bolivia

the lobe is very slightly in front of the line of the fore edge of the

tooth.

I believe these all belong to one species; and they are very like

the skulls figured as Canis crancrivorus, var. brasiliensis, by Bur-

meister, Fauna Bras. t. 27. They are very different in the form of

the crown and other details from the skull figured as C. azare by

Blainville, Ostéogr. t. 4, and by Burmeister, Fauna Bras. t. 28, f. 4.

4, PSEUDALOPEX ANTARCTICUS. B.M.

Canis antarcticvs, Shaw, Zool. i. 331; Desm. Mamm. 199; Gray,

List Mamm. B. M. 59; Darwin, Zool. Beagle, ii. t. 4.

Antarctic Fox, Penn.

Hab. Falkland Islands.

5. PsEUDALOPEX GRACILIS.

Canis (Pseudalopex) gracilis, Burm. Reise La Plata, ii. 406;

Arch. Naturg. 1862, p. 130.

Hab. Pampas of Mendoza.

514 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE CANID2. [June 25,

10. Trovus.

Skull elongate; nose tapering, moderate. Temporal muscles se-

parated by a vase-shaped crown. Teeth 44=2, two tubercular

grinders in each side of the upper, and three in each side of the

lower jaw, the two hinder circular, the hindmost very minute.

Lycalopex, § 1, Burmeister.

There are three skulls in the British Museum, all showing the

additional hinder lower grinders. One, 1033 0, has a group of four

small hinder tubercular grinders on one side of the lower jaw, which

displaces and throws out of the regular line the larger penultimate

tubercular lower grinder.

1. THous crancrivorus. Crab-eating Dog. B.M.

Tail moderately long. Snout blackish.

Canis cancrivorus, Desm. Mamm. 199; Blainv. Ostcogr. t. 9

(skull), t. 12 (teeth), t.

Viverra cancrivora, Meyer, Zool. Ann. i. 135; Actes de la Soc.

aH. N. & Paris, i. 115.

Canis brasiliensis, Lund, Bras. 1342, t.

C. melampus, Wagner.

Vulpes brasiliensis, Gerrard, Cat. of Bones of Mamm. 88.

Canis (Lycalopex) cancrivorus, Burm. Fauna Bras. 24, t. 22, t.

DiiilaAs

Lycalopex cancrivorus, Gerrard, Cat. of Bones of Mamm. 89.

Chien des bois, Buffon, H. N. Supp. vii. 146, t. 38.

Chien sauvage, Fermin in Holl. Equin. 10.

2 Canis thous, Linn. 8. N. 1. 60.

Surinam Dog, Penn.

Hab. French Guiana, in small packs.

2. THOUS FULVIPES. B.M.

Canis fulvipes, Martin, P. Z. S. 1837, p. 11; Waterhouse, Zool.

Beagle, t. 6 (1839) (type in B. M.).

Vulpes fulvipes, Gerrard, Cat. of Bones of Mamm. 88.

? C. (Lycalopex) entrerianus, Burmeister, Uebersicht der Saugeth.

von La Plata, ii. 400, 1861; Arch. Naturg. 1862, p. 130.

Hah. Chili (Bridges).

Section II. Vutpinm. Skull thin, elongate. Pestorbital process

of the frontal bones bent but little downward, the anterior

edge turned up; a longitudinal shallow pit or indentation at

its base. Pupil of eye often elliptical, erect. Head slender.

Upper incisors scarcely lobed.

Subfam. 3. VuLpina,

Vulpine, Baird, Mamm. N. A. 121.

1868. ] DR. J. E, GRAY ON THE CANID&. 515

p. Tar Foxes. The tail elongated, reaching to the ground, covered

with abundance of soft hair forming a brush, with a gland above

the base. Eyes often nocturnal, with oblong erect pupils.

11. Vuures.

Muzzle long. Temporal crests of the skull linear or nearly

linear. Ears moderate, erect, acute. Tail with soft fur and long

hairs uniformly mixed. Bulle of the ear-bones moderate, oblong,

strongly keeled, angular.

Vulpes, Baird, Mamm. N. A. 121.

* Large. European.

1. Vuurres vuntearis. Fox. BM.

Canis vulpes, Linn. S. N. i. 59; Blainv. Ostéogr. t. 4 (skull) ;

Gray, Cat. Mamm. B. M. 59.

Vulpes vulgaris, Brisson, R. A. 239; Gerrard, Cat. of Bones of

Mamm. 86.

Var. Tail-end black.

Canis alopex, Linn. S. N. 1. 59. B.M.

Renard charbonnier, Buffon, H. N. vii. 82.

Brant Fox, Penn.

Var. crucigera. Fulvous, with a black dorsal cross.

Vulpes crucigera, Brisson, R. A. 240; Gesner, Quad. f. at p. 90;

Aldrov. Quad. Digit. 221, f. at p. 222.

Cross Fox, Penn.

Hab. Europe.

Var. melanogaster. B.M.

Vulpes melanogaster, Pr. Bonap., Gerrard, Cat. of Bones of

Mamm. 86.

iab. Italy.

** Large. African.

2. VULPES NILOTICA. Sebora or Tahaleb. B.M.

Skull—crown-line narrow behind, elongate triangular in front

half.

Canis niloticus, Geoff. Cat. Mus. Paris; Desm. Mamm. 204;

Lechl. Doubl. 4; Riippell, Zool. Atlas, 41, t. 15; Gray, Cat. Mamm,

B. M. 60.

C. egyptiacus, Sonnini, Nouv. Dict. dH. N. vi. 524; Riippell,

Zool. Atlas, t. 15; Ehrenb. Symb. Phys. t. 19.

Vulpes niloticus, Gerrard, Cat. of Bones of Mamm. 85.

Hab. North Africa; Egypt. Called ‘““Tahaleb”’ by the Egyptians,

*Sobora”’ by the Arabs.

Skulls 172 a, 6, c, d. Length 5, width 27 inches.

3. Vuipers apusta. The Burnt Dog.

Canis adusta, Sundevall, Gerrard, Cat. of Bones of Mamm. 85.

Hab. South Africa. Caffraria (Sundeval/).

516 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE CANIDE. [June 25,

4. VULPES VARIEGATA. Schom or Aba. B.M.

Canis variegatus, Riippell, Zool. Atlas, 31, t. 10; Ehrenb. Symb.

Phys. t.; Gray, List Mamm. B. M. 59.

C. mesomelas, var., Riippell, Cat. Mus.

Hab. Upper Egypt and Nubia, called ‘*‘ Abu Schom”’ by the Arabs

(Riippell).

5. VuLPES MESOMELAS. ‘Tenlie. B.M.

Canis mesomelas, Ehrenb, Saiugeth. 370, t. 95; Gray, List Mamm.

B. M. 58.

C. variegatus, A. Smith, 8. Afr. Quart. Journ. 30.

Jackal, Kolbe, Besch. des Vorgeb. d. g. Hoffn. 150.

Cape Jackal, Shaw.

Renard du Cap, Cuv. R. A. i. 158.

Hab. South and East Africa: Cape of Good Hope (Kolée) ;

Abyssinia (Riippell ).

***& Large. Asiatic.

6. VuLPEs FLAVESCENS. The Persian Fox. B.M.

Skull—crown-line of adult narrow linear, of young tapering back-

wards to occiput.

Vulpes flavescens, Gray, Aun. & Mag. N. H. 1843, xi. 118;

List of Mamm. B. M. 60; Gerrard, Cat. of Bones of Mamm. 86.

Hab. India, Salt Range (Oldham).

Skulls 1175 a, 6, ec. Length 5 inches, width 23.

7. Vutres monrana. Hill-Fox. B.M.

Vulpes montanus, Pearson, J. A. Soc. Beng. 1836, p. 313; Gray,

List Mamm. B. M. 195; Gerrard, Cat. of Bones of Mamm. 86.

V. nepaulensis, Gray, Mag. N. H. 1837.

Canis himalaicus, Ogilby, P. Z. 8. 1836, p. 183; Royle, Tllust.

Cashmere, t. (B. M.).

Hab. Nepal (Rev. R. Ewing); Thibet.

Skull 176 a.

8. VULPES GRIFFITHSII.

Vulpes grifithsii, Blyth, J. A. Soc. Beng. 1854, p. 729.

Hab. Afghanistan.

*REK Small. Asiatic.

9. VULPES FERRILATUS. B.M.

Vulpes ferrilatus, Hodgson.

Hab. Thibet.

10. VuLres LEUCOPUS. B.M.

Vulpes leucopus, Blyth, J. A. Soc. Beng. 1854, p. 729.

Hab. North-west India; Moultan.

1868. ] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE CANID#. 517

11. VULPES JAPONICA. B.M.

Skull—crown-plate elongate, slender, tapering behind to the occi-

put (adult).

Vulpes japonicus, Gerrard, Cat. of Bones of Mamm. 86.

Hab. Japan.

Skull 180 a. Length 5 inches, width 23.

Fig. 6.

Skull of Vulpes bengalensis. ( nda, No. 1748.)

12. VuLpes BeNGALENSIS. Kokree. (Fig. 6.) B.M.

Skull—crown-plate wide towards the occiput, vase-shaped.

Canis bengalensis, Shaw, Zool. i. 230.

C. rufescens, Gray, Ill. Ind. Zool. ii. t. 3.

C. kokree, Sykes, P. Z. S. i. 101.

C. corsac, Blyth.

Vulpes corsac, Ogilby, P. Z. S.

V. indicus, Hodgson.

V. bengalensis, Gray, Ill. Ind. Zool. ii. t. 2; Gerrard, Cat. of

Bones of Mamm. 86.

Bengal Dog, Penn. Quad. i. 160.

Var. Canis xanthurus, Gray, P. Z. S. 1837, p. 68

C. chrysurus, Gray, Mag. N. H. 1836, p. 577.

Hab. India, Bengal.

Skulls 174a-f. Length 4} inches, width 23.

13. Vunres pustLua. Small Fox.

Vulpes pusilla, Blyth, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng. xxii. p. 729.

Hab. Punjab.

14. VuLpEs KARAGAN. Karagan.

“Larger than the Corsac.”

Canis karagan, Erxl. Syst. 556.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1868, No. XXXIV.

518 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE CANID. [June 25,

C. melanotus, Pallas, Zoog. Rosso-Asiat. i. 44.

Karagan, Schreb. Siiugeth. 359.

Karagan Fox, Shaw.

Hab. Ural and Tartary.

15. Vuurres corsac. Corsac. B.M.

Canis corsac, Linn. 8. N. i. 223; Tiles. Nov. Acta Acad. Nat.

Cur. xi. 400, t. 49; Pallas, Zoog. Rosso-Asiat. i. 41, t. 4; Blainv.

Ostéogr. t. 5 (skull).

Vulpes corsac, Gray, List Mamm. B. M. 62.

?Isatis or Adive, Buffon, H. N. Suppl. iii. t. 17.

Corsac Fox, Penn.

Corsac, Cuv. Régne Anim. i. 155.

Hab. Tartary, in deserts; Siberia.

**EEX Large. American.

16. VULPES PENNSYLVANICA. B.M.

Hair long, silky and soft ; tail very full, composed of an under-fur

with long hair distributed uniformly among it. Tail with a white

tip; feet and ears black. Ears with both sides covered with hair.

Canis fulvus, Rich. Fauna B.-Amer. 93, 1829; Aud. & Bachm. N.

A. Quadr. ii. 263, 414, t. 87, 116, iii. 70; Desm. Mamm. 203.

C. argentatus, Shaw, Zool. i. 328.

C. vulpes, var. 6. pennsylvanicus, Bodd. Elench. i. 96, 1784.

C. decussatus, Geoff. Mus. Par.; Desm. Mamm. 203.

C. cruciger, Schreb. Siiugeth. t. 91 a.

Renard argenté, Charlerois, N. France, i. 196; Cuv. R. A. i. 155;

Geoff. Mamm. Lithogr.

Renard de Virginie, Palisot de Beauvois, Bull. Soc. Philom.

Pennsylvanian Brant Fox, Penn.

Vulpes fulvus, S. Baird, N. A. Mam. 123; Gerrard, Cat. of Bones

of Mamm. 85.

Canis vulpes nigra americana, Blainv. Ostéogr. t. 2 (skeleton).

Hab. North America.

Var. 1. fulva. ‘Reddish yellow; back behind grizzly ; throat

greenish ; a narrow line on the belly white; ears behind, and tips of

caudal hairs, except terminal brush, black.’ Skulls 173, 4, ¢, d.

Var. 2. decussata. ‘Muzzle and underparts, with the legs,

black ;_ tail blacker than in var. 1; a dark band between the shoulders,

crossed by another over the shoulders.”

Canis decussata, Desm. B.M.

C. fulvus decussatus, Rich., Baird.

Vulpes fulvus decussatus, Aud. & Bach.

Cross Fox.

Var. 3. argentata. ‘‘Entirely black, except on the posterior

part of the back, where the hairs are annulated with grey ; tail-tip

white ;”’ foot-pads often covered with hair.

1868. ] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE CANID&. 519

Canis argentatus, Shaw.

C. fulvus argentatus, Rich., Baird.

Vulpes fulvus argentatus, Aud. & Bachm.

Renard noir d Amérique, Blainv. pe t. 12 (skeleton).

Silver or black Fox.

Var. 4. macrura. Larger, varies in colour like the smaller

varieties ; foot-pads covered with hair.

Skulls 1402, 6. Length 53 inches; width 23.

Vulpes macrourus, Bards in Stansbury’ 8 Explor. Great Salt Lake,

309, 1852; Mamm. N. A. 130.

V. as Aud. & Bach. Proc. A. N. 8S. Philad. v. 114; N. A.

Quad. iii. 255, t. 151.

?V. fulvus, Pr. Max. Reise, ii. 98, 1841.

Hab. Great Salt Lake.

17. VULPES VELOX. Burrowing Fox. B.M.

Canis velox, Say in Long’s Exped. i. 486, 1823.

Vulpes velox, Aud. & Bachm. N. A. Quadr. ii. 13, t. 52, 1851;

S. Baird, Mamm. N. A. 133; Gerrard, Cat. of Bones of Mamm. 88.

Burrowing Fox, Lewis & Clarke’s Travels, ii. 351.

Kit-Fox, Lewis & Clarke, ibid.

Canis cinereo-argentatus, Sabine, Franklin’s Jour. 658; Blainv.

Ostéogr. t. 4 (skull).

C. vulpes cinereo-argentatus, Rich. F. B. A. 98, 1827.

Vulpes cinereo-argentatus, Gray, List Mamm. B. M. 60; Gerrard,

Cat. of Bones of Mamm. 87.

Canis microtis (or Kit Fox), Reichenb. Régne Anim. i. 10, f. 72, 73.

Hab. North America, Missouri, burrowing in the earth.

12. FENNECUS.

Ears large, elongate, hairy, spreading. ‘Tail elongate, bushy,

covered with soft hairs. Pupil roundish?

Skull elongate; braincase ovate. Temporal muscles separated

from each other by a very wide urn-shaped crown to the occiput.

Upper premolars compressed ; flesh-tooth compressed, with a small

internal process in front; tubercular grinder much wider than long.

Bulle of ears very large, thin, swollen and rounded below. Africa.

1. FeENNECUS DORSALIS. Sabora. B.M.

Canis dorsalis, Gray, P. Z. S. 1837, p. 132. (B. M.)

?C. famelicus, Riippell, Zool. Atlas, 15, t. 56.

C. riippellii, Schinz, Cuv. Thierr. iv. 508.

Hab. Sandy deserts of Nubia and Kordofan (called ‘‘Sabora”’ by

the Arabs) ; West Africa, Senegal (B. M.).

2. FENNECUS ZAARENSIS. Fennec. B.M.

Canis zerda, Zimmerm. Geogr. Gesch. ii. 242; Leuckart, Isis,

1825, p. 211; Riippell, Zool. Atlas, 5, t. 2.

C. cerdo, Gmelin, S. N. i. 75.

520 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE CANID&. [June 25,

C. fennecus, Lesson, Man. 168.

Megalotis cerdo, Teng. Prod. 131.

Fennecus cerdo, Gray, Denham’s Travels, i. 85.

F. arabicus, Sonnini & Desm. N. Dict. dH. N. xi. 342.

F. brucei, Desm. Mamm. 235; Enc. Méth. t. 108. f. 9.

Viverra aurita, Blumenb. Handb. 95.

Vulpes minimus zaarensis, Skjéldebrand in K. Vetens. Akad.

Hand. 1777, p. 265, t. 6.

V. zaarensis, Gray, List Mamm. B. M. 62; Gerrard, Cat. of

Bones of Mamm. 87.

Fennec, Bruce, Travels, v. 128, t. 28.

Animal anonyme, Buffon, H. N. Suppl. it. 148, t. 19.

Whitish Dog, Shaw from Bruce.

Hab. Northern Africa (Bruce, Riippell), Algiers.

Skull 182 ce.

3. FENNECUS PALLIDUS. Hosseen. B.M.

Skull 814 a. Orbits very large.

Canis pallidus, Riippell, Zool. Atlas, 33, t. 11.

Vulpes pallidus, Gerrard, Cat. of Bones of Mamm. 87.

Hab. Darfur and Cordofan ( Riippell) (called “ Abu Hosseen”’ by

the Arabs).

Skull 8144, described by M. de Blainville, in Museum of the

Zool. Soc.

Fig. 7.

Skull of Fennecus caama, (South Africa, No. 815.)

4. Fennecus cAAMA. The Asse. (Fig. 7.) B.M.

Skull—the crown broad, vase-shaped, rather contracted behind,

and linear near the occiput.

Canis caama, A. Smith, South-African Quart. Journ.

Vulpes caama, Gerrard, Cat. of Bones of Mamm. 87.

Hab. South Africa (Dr. A. Smith).

1868. ] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE CANID&. 521

The skull 815 a in the British Museum, out of this skin, is very

like that of Urocyon virginianus in the form of the crown-plate,

but it differs from that skull in the bullee of the ear-bones being

longer, more ventricose and rounded, and in the last upper tuber-

cular grinder being small and more triangular, narrower on the inner

edge.

13. Leucocyon.

Tail very full and bushy ; soles of feet densely furred. Fur, of the

adult, white; of the young, greyish lead-colour.

Skull short; nose broad before the orbits.

LEUCOCYON LAGOPUS. B.M.

Canis lagopus, Linn. Fauna Suec. 4; S. N. i. 59; Pallas, Zoogr.

Rosso-Asiat. i. 51, t. 5; Tilesius, Nov. Acta Acad. Nat. Cur. xi.

375, t. 47; Blainv. Ostéogr. t. 5 (skull).

C. (Vulpes) lagopus, Rich. F. Bor.-Amer, i. 83, 1829.

Vulpes lagopus, Aud. & Bachm. N. A. Quadr. ii. 89, t. 121, 1829 ;

Gray, List Mamm. B. M. 60; Gerrard, Cat. of Bones of Mamm.

88.

Renard blanc, Buffon, H. N. Suppl. vii. t. 51.

Arctic Eox, Pennant, Shaw. (Skulls 7804, ¢, d.)

Junior? Sooty black. Skull shorter and broader.

Canis fuliginosus, Shaw, Zool. i. 351. (Skulls 1316 a, 4, ce.)

Sooty Fox, Pennant.

Tsatis gris, F. Cuv. Mamm. Lithog.

Vulpes fuliginosus, Gerrard, Cat. of Bones of Mamm. 88.

V.. lagopus (Arctic Fox), Aud. & Bachm. N. A. Quadr. iii. t. 122;

Baird, Mamm. N. A. 137.

Canis isatis, Gmelin, Nov. Comm. Petrop. v. 358.

Hab. Arctic region: Newfoundland (Audubon).

Var. smaller? Pessez or Golubri.

Canis isatis, Gmelin, Nov. Com. Petrop. v. 358; Thienem.

C. lagopus, Pallas, Zoogr. R.-Asiat. 1. 51, t. 5; Tiles. N. Act.

Nat. Cur. xi. 375, t. 47.

C. isatis, Gmelin, Nov. Comm. v. 358; Buffon, H. N. xiii. 372

(partly ).

Hab. North Asia.

x. BristLe-TAILeD Foxes. ‘Tail elongate, covered with soft elon-

gated hair and with a central concealed crest of stiff hairs un-

mixed with soft fur. Skull—temporal muscles separated by a

wide flat crown, narrow at the occiput.

14. Urocyon.

Muzzle short. Temporal crests of the skull always widely sepa-

rated. Postorbital process thin, spread out, concave above. A

supplementary tubercle on the lower sectorial. The under jaw with

an angular emargination below. Pupil ——? Bullee of ear-bones

422 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE CANIDE. [June 25,

moderate, ovate, swollen. Upper tubercular grinders large, long and

broad.

Urocyon, Baird, Mamm. N. A. 121.

1. Urocyon vireinianus. Grey Fox. B.M.

Skulls 179 a, 3, ¢c, d, e, female adult.

Canis virginianus, Erxl. 8. R. A. 567, 1777 (from Catesby).

C. vulpes virginianus, Rich. F. B. A. i. 96, 1827.

Vulpes virginianus, Dekay, N. Y. Zool. i. 45, t. 7. f. 2, 1842;

Aud. & Bachm. N. A. Quad. i. 162, t. 21.

Canis cinereo-argenteus, Erxl. 8. R. A. 575, 1777; Schreber,

Saugeth. 360, t. 92, 1778.

C. griseus, Bodd. Elench. Anim. i. 97, 1784.

Grey Fox, Catesby, Carol. ii. 78, t. 78, 1731; Pennant.

Corsak Fox, Penn. Quadr. 235, 1781 (not Linn.).

Vulpes (Urocyon) virginianus, Baird, Mamm. N. A. 138.

Fulvous-necked Fox, Shaw. :

Renard tricolore, Cuv. R. A. i. 155.

Hab. North America.

2. Urocyon uirTorauis. Coast-Fox, or Short-tailed Fox.

Tail one-third the length of the body, with a concealed mane of

stiff hairs and with a black stripe above. Fur above hairy and

black; sides of neck, fore legs, and lower part of sides dull cinnamon ;

chin and sides of muzzle black.

Vulpes (Urocyon) littoralis, Baird, Mamm. N. A. 143, t. 1

(animal), t. 35. f. 2 (skull).

Hab. California, Island of San Miguel.

Scarcely more than half the size of the Grey Fox (U. virginianus).

r. Raccoon Doc. Tail short, bushy ; upper sectorial tooth com-

pressed, three-lobed, with a small internal tubercle. Tem-

poral muscles separated by a vase-shaped crown.

15. NYCTEREUTES.

Tail short, bushy, straight. Teeth 42; premolars = molars 5 ;

sectorial tooth compressed, with a small internal tubercle rather in

front of the fore edge of the body of the tooth.

Skull broad ; nose moderate, tapering ; postorbital process thin,

rather concave above, bent down at the tip. Crown of the head

broad, vase-like, separating the temporal muscles nearly to the occi-

put. Lower edge of lower jaw straight.

Nyctereutes, Temm., Gray, List of Mamm.

NYCTEREUTES PROCyONOIDES. Tanate, or Raccoon Dog. B.M.

Canis procyonoides, Gray, Ilust. Ind. Zool. ii. t.; Mag. N. H.

1837, p. 578; Schrenck, Amurland, 53, t. 5.

1868. | DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE CANIDE. 523

C. (Nyctereutes) viverrinus, Temm. Fauna Japon. t. 8; Schrenck,

Reisen, figs. 2-6.

Nyctereutes procyonoides, Gray, List of Mamm. B. M. 62;

Gerrard, Cat. of Bones of Mamm. 89.

Hab. China? Japan (Reeve); Amoorland.

ur. Aberrant Canide, or Viverrine Dogs. Upper sectorial grinder

: : . 2—2

short, triangular, as wide as long; tubercular grinders —.

Tail short, straight, bushy, not reaching to the heels.

Subfam. 4. MrGaLorina.

A ; at, s—8 ; ; Il

Teeth 46: molars =<; premolars (7. Sectorial grinders 7—,

small; upper triangular, with a broad internal lobe; lower com-

pressed. Tubercular molars ==; upper oblong transverse ; lower

four-sided, front lower largest, last lower least, the rest subequal.

Skull elongate ; nose slender, elongate. Temporal muscles sepa-

rated by a broad flat crown to the occiput, which is formed with a

raised edge. The three first upper grinders are compressed ; the

front one in the middle of a wide space, very small ; the hinder pre-

molar triangular, about as long as broad, and the three following

oblong transverse, the two front subequal, and the hinder smaller ;

the lower premolars compressed ; the flesh-tooth small, with a fine

tubercle ; these teeth become worn down with a flat crown.

16. Mreatoris.

Forehead and crown flat, broad, with a raised margin, and sepa-

rating the temporal muscles to the occiput. Skull elongate; face

very long, tapering. Teeth 48. Grinders®—=. Premolars =. Sec-

torial = small; upper triangular, with a broad internal lobe;

lower compressed. Tubercular molars — front lower largest, last

lower least, the rest subequal.

Megalotis, Blainv. Ann. Franc. et Etrang. d’ Anat. i. t. 8. f. 1,

1 a, 6 (skull and teeth).

Agrodius, H. Smith, 1839.

Otocyon, Licht.

MEGALOTIS LALANDII. B.M.

Canis megalotis, Desm. Mamm. Suppl. 538; Blainy. Ostéog. t. 1

(skeleton), t. 4 (skull).

C. lalandii, Desm. Dict. Class. d’H. N. iv. 18, t.

Megalotis lalandii, Gray, Griff. An. Kingd. t. 54.

Otocyon caffer, Licht.

O. lalandii, Gerrard, Cat. of B. of Mamm. 90.

The Fennec of Delalande, Griffith, A. K. ii. p. 372, t. 54 (from

Mus. Paris.).

Hab. South Africa; Cape of Good Hope (Lalande).

524 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE HYEZNADZ. [June 25,

Family 2. HY MNADA.

Head rather elongate; nose rounded. Tubercular grinders single,

only in the upper jaw, wanting in Proteles. Feet produced; toes

straight, free, with blunt, exposed, worn claws. Tail short, bushy.

SYNOPSIS OF THE GENERA.

* Teeth large, well-developed, 34; muzzle narrowed in front.

1. Hymna. With a large, deep subcaudal gland. The tubercular

grinders of upper jaw elongate, with three roots. The flesh-

tooth with three equal-sized lobes, the front lobe large.

2. Crocura. No subcaudal gland. The tubercular grinders of

upper jaw small, with two roots. Flesh-tooth with unequal

lobes, the front one small, and the hinder elongate.

** Teeth all small, rudimentary, 32; upper tubercular grinders

absent ; muzzle of skull broad, rounded in front.

3. PROTELES.

Section I. Teeth large, well-developed, 34; muzzle narrowed in front.

1. Hyana.

A large, deep subanal gland. The tubercular grinders of the

upper jaw elongate, transverse, with three roots. The flesh-tooth

with equal-sized lobes; the front lobe large, broad.

Hyena, Linn., Gray, Kaup.

* The braincase of the skull compressed. Fur clouded ; hair very

long.

1. HyZNA BRUNNEA. B.M.

Hyena brunnea, Thunb. Vetensk. A. H. 1820, p. 59; F. Cuy.

Dict. Sc. Nat. xxii. 294; Busk, Journ. Proc. Linn. Soc. 1866, p. 59,

t. 1. f2.1=4-

H. fusca, Geoff. Dict. Class. H. N. vii. 444, t. 2. f. 1; Fischer,

Syn. 195.

Hi. villosa, A. Smith, Linn. Trans. xlv. 462.

Hyeéne, Buffon, H. N. Suppl. iii. 234, t. 46.

Hab. South Africa.

** Skull with the braincase swollen behind. The fur banded.

2. Hy2NA STRIATA. B.M.

Canis hyena, Linn. 8. N. i. 58.

Hyena striata, Zimmerm. Geogr, ii. 256 ; Busk, Proc. Linn. Soc.

1866, p. 59, t. 1. f. 5.

H. vulgaris, Desm. Mamm. 215.

H. orientalis, Tiedem. Zool. i. 500.

H. antiquorum, Temm. Ann.,Gén. Sci. Phys. i. 51.

1868. | DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE HYZNADE. 525

Striped Hyena, Penn.

Hyena virgata, Hodgs. MS., P. Z. S. 1856, p. 397.

H, fasciata, Thunb.

Hab. North, West, and South Africa.

2. CrocurTa.

Subanal gland none. Tubercular grinders of the upper jaw small,

with two roots. Flesh-tooth of the under (?) jaw with unequal lobes ;

the front lobe small, and the hinder one broad. Fur spotted. The

hinder legs short.

Crocuta, Kaup, Gray.

CROCUTA MACULATA. B.M.

Canis crocuta, Erxl. Syst. 575.

Hyena crocuta, Zimmerm. Geogr. ii. 256; Busk, Proc. Linn, Soe.

1866, p. 71.

H. capensis, Desm. Mamm. 216.

HI. maculata, Thunb. Acad. de St. Pétersb. iii. 303.

?H. rufa, Cuv. Oss. Foss.

Spotted Hyena, Penn. Syn. 162, t. 17.

Tyger wolff, Kolbe, Vorgeb. 171, t. 8. f. 5.

Crocuta maculata, Kaup, Isis, 1829, p. 1144.

Hab. South Africa.

Section II. Teeth rudimentary, far apart.

3. PROTELES.

Grinders *—*, far apart, rudimentary; no hinder upper tuber-

4 p yi pp

cular grinder.

G. and F. Cuvier arranged this genus with the Viverre, Blainville

with the Dogs. It has the external form and colours of the Hyena.

PROTELES LALANDII. Aard Wolf. B.M.

Grey, black-banded.

Proteles lalandii, 1. Geoff. Mém. Mus. xi. 370, t. 20; Blainville,

Ostéog. (Canis) t. 4 (skeleton).

Viverra hyenoides, Desm. Mamm. 538.

Genette hyénoide, Cuv. Gs. Foss. iv. 388.

Civette hyénoide, F. Cuv. Dict. Se. Nat. xii. 300.

Proteles cristatus, 1. Geoffr. Mag. de Zool. 1841, i. t. 30 (skull) ;

Gerrard, Cat. of Bones of Mamm. 70.

Hab. South Africa: Cape of Good Hope.

526 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. | Nov. 12,

November 12, 1868.

Professor Alfred Newton, F.Z.S., in the Chair.

Mr. P. L. Sclater read notices of the more important additions

made to the Society’s Menagerie during the months of June, July,

August, September, and October, amongst which were :—

1. A pair of the beautiful Green Hunting-Crow of Northern

India (Cissa venatoria), purchased June 2nd, and believed to be the

first two examples of this form received alive in Europe.

2. An Australian Fruit-Bat (Pteropus poliocephalus, Temminck),

from New South Wales, presented by H.R.H. the Duke of Edin-

burgh, July 4th.

3. A young male Koodoo Antelope (Sérepsiceros kudu), pur-

chased July 16th out of a large collection of living animals made by

M. Casanova in the vicinity of Casala, Lower Nubia.

4. A young female of the Spanish Ibex (Capra pyrenaica,

Schimper), presented by Major Howard Irby, August 10th, being

the specimen alluded to anted, p. 403. Another correspondent of the

Society had promised to supply a male of this interesting species.

5. A very fine young female of the Hoolock Gibbon (Hylobates

hoolock), presented by Mr. A. Grote, F.Z.S., August 14th, who had

communicated the following note respecting this animal :—

«This Hoolock was sent to me early in 1867, by Mrs. Driver, of

Gowalpara, a civil station on the western border of the Assam pro-

vince. The animal is common in the jungles of the Gowalpara

district, on the left bank of the Barhampooter ; and its young are

frequently captured by the natives and brought into the station,

though, being impatient of confinement, they are not usually, so far

as I can learn, kept alive for any time. Those which are sent down

to Calcutta seem very sensitive to the change of climate, and are

generally carried off by pulmonary disease. The individual which

[ brought home was attacked within a week of her reaching me at

Alipore, and would probably have succumbed but for the unre-

mitting attention of Dr. John Anderson, the Society’s agent in

Caleutta, to whom I had made her over. She was for more than a

year in the Botanic Gardens, and, being allowed a good deal of

liberty there, kept her health very well. She has grown consider-

ably since she was first sent down to me.

« Both this species and the Hylobates lar of Tenasserim are ex-

ceedingly gentle, and rarely, if ever, bite in anger. There is a good

account of an individual of the latter species by Mr. H. Blanford in

a recent number of the ‘Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal.’

It differs in external appearance from the Gibbon in having a whitish-

grey fringe round the face, and is incapable of shouting. The

Hoolock owes its native name to its loud and peculiar voice.”

6. A specimen of the Large White Crane of Upper India (Grus

leucogeranos), presented by the Babu Rajendra Mullick, of Calcutta,

C.M.Z.S., August 14th.

1868.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 927

7. A young female Sea-Lion (Otaria jubata), from the Falkland

Islands, received August 24th.

This individual was the only survivor of eight examples of this

animal captured in various spots on the coast of the Falklands by

Adolphe Alexandre Lecomte, the Society’s keeper, who had been

sent out there by the Council of the Society for the purpose of ob-

taining living specimens of it.

Lecomte left Swansea on the Ist of June, 1867, in the coal-ship

‘Epsilon’ (Capt. Williams), and arrived at Port Stanley on the 11th

of August. The first fortnight after his arrival he devoted to excur-

sions along the shores in the vicinity of Port Stanley, but found

little of interest here except Upland Geese (Chloéphaga magellanica),

Kelp Geese (C. antaretica), and other birds, and a single Sea-

Leopard (Stenorhynchus leptonyx) shot in a remote part of Stanley

Harbour, being the only specimen of this animal met with during his

stay in the Falklands. In the middle of September Lecomte went

to Capt. Packe’s establishment at Island Harbour, and stayed there

a month, searching the creeks and shores diligently in that vicinity.

“ Elephant Island,” in this neighbourhood, so called from the former

abundance there of the Sea-Elephant (Morunga proboscidea), was

found to be quite deserted by this animal, which is said to be now

entirely extinct in the Falklands, though its former abundance in

certain spots is well known, and is further testified by remains of its

bones and teeth met with on the shores, specimens of which were

obtained and brought home. In December Lecomte returned to

Port Stanley, where Governor Robinson most kindly gave him a

room in Government House whilst engaged in preparing specimens

and prosecuting researches for the Society. His Excellency likewise

allowed him the use of a schooner of eight tons burden, in which he

made several voyages to Volunteer Lagoon and the adjoining shores

of East Falkland. This was in the month of December, when the

various species of Penguins are most easily captured. On the north

shore of East Falkland, to which he crossed from Volunteer Lagoon,

Lecomte found a large “‘rookery”’ of Gentoo Penguins (Pygosceles

wagleri) ; amongst them were about twenty King-Penguins (Apée-

rodytes pennantii). Lecomte captured about a dozen individuals of

each of these species, and about the same number of the Rock-hopper

Penguin (Hudyptes nigrivestis, Gould), Macaroni-Penguin (2.

chrysolophus), and Jackass Penguin (Spheniscus magellanicus), all

of which were assembled together at Port Stanley at the end of

December 1867. Lecomte remarked that the Macaroni-Penguin

does not constitute rookeries of its own, but is found sparingly mixed

up among the Rock-hoppers in certain localities. But at Eagle

Point, where there is a large rookery of Rock-hoppers (consisting

of, perhaps, 40,000 birds), not a single Macaroni was found. He

likewise noted that the Jackass Penguin differs entirely from the

other species in its method of breeding, as it lays its egg at the end

of a deep burrow (sometimes 20 feet from the orifice) which it

excavates near the sea-shore*.

* Cf. Capt. Abbott’s notes in ‘ The Ibis,’ 1860, p. 336, et 1861, p. 163.

528 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [ Nov. 12,

About the 9th of January last, Lecomte again left Port Stanley in

the Governor’s schooner for Port Salvador, at the northern extremity

of East Falkland. On this as on other occasions, on passing the

“ Volunteer Rocks,” the Fur-Seal of the Falklands ( Otaria falk-

landica) was seen in considerable numbers. On a fine day, by the

aid of a glass, some 100 or 150 of this Seal may be distinguished

lying on these rocks ; but the violence of the surf renders it impos-

sible to approach them in a small schooner. On reaching Port

Salvador the numerous inlets were diligently searched for Sea-Lions,

but here, where these animals were formerly so abundant, not one

was met with. Lecomte next tried the vicinity of Island Harbour,

on the east coast, but was again unsuccessful, only meeting with a

single example of this species. Returning to Port Stanley he found

the stock of Penguins required replenishing, and made another visit

to Volunteer Lagoon for this purpose.

About the beginuing of March, Lecomte left Port Stanley again in

the Governor’s schooner for ‘‘ Sea-Lion Island,” off the south shore

of East Falkland, with the expectation of here, at least, meeting

with the animal whence the island has received its name. But he

was again disappointed, not a single Sea-Lion having been found in

this locality. But on the southernmost of the Kelp Islands, lying

further north, which were visited on the return voyage, a herd of

about thirty individuals of this animal was discovered ; an old male

(of which the skull was preserved) was shot, and four young ones

(two males and two females) were captured. The female Sea-Lion

produces her young (rarely more than one at a birth) about

Christmas-day ; so that these animals were between three and four

months old when captured. Lecomte returned at once to Port

Stanley with his captives, but found much difficulty in rearing them.

The supply of milk was limited ; and small fishes, such as they could

eat, were with difficulty to be had. The last of the four died upon

Good Friday (April 10th), whereupon he immediately determined

to set about getting a fresh supply.

The Governor’s schooner being now employed upon other service,

Lecomte hired for this purpose the schooner ‘ Felis’ (Capt. Hansen),

a vessel of about 20 tons, usually engaged in the Penguin and Seal

fishery*, and left Port Stanley on May 23rd. At Kelp Island, the

first spot visited, they could not land, from bad weather, but Sea-

Lions were observed with the glass. On the 30th of May they were

on Great Island in Adventure Bay, and here succeeded in capturing

the only two Sea-Lions met with, both of which were young females.

On the 8th of June two others (one male and one female) were taken

at North Point Island, off the same coast, the female being that

which is now in the Society’s Gardens; and Lecomte immediately

returned with all four of them to Port Stanley. :

From Port Stanley Lecomte proceeded home by the packet ‘Fawn,’

* Four vessels engaged in this trade at Port Stanley last year are stated to have

made altogether 50,700 gallons of Penguin oil. The destruction thus caused

amongst these birds may be realized when it is considered that eight Penguins

are estimated to make one gallon of oil.

1868. | THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 529

which meets the mail-steamer at Monte Video, with the following

living animals :—

4 Sea-Lions (Otaria jubata).

1 Gentoo Penguin. (Pygosceles wagleri).

4 Rock-hopper Penguins (EHudyptes nigrivestis).

6 Kelp Geese (Chloéphaga magellanica and C. antarctica).

9 Logger-headed Geese (Micropterus cinereus).

8 Johnny Rooks (Milvago australis).

7 Cormorants (Phalacrocorax magellanicus and P. earunculatus).

12 Gulls (Larus dominicanus, L. scoresbii, &e.).

6 Starlings (Sturnella militaris).

22 Finches (Phrygilus melanoderus).

2 Sea-hens (Hematopus niger).

2 Foxes (Canis antarcticus).

But the weather was very unfavourable between Port Stanley and

Monte Video, and seventy-one of the animals died en route. For

some time longer the four Sea-Lions remained in good health and

condition ; but a passenger having died of yellow fever, the stock of

fish shipped for feeding them was condemned on account of its smell

and ordered to be thrown overboard. The consequence was the loss

of three out of the four Sea-Lions—the survivor having been kept

alive as far as Lisbon, when a fresh supply was obtained, mainly by

the Flying-fishes (zoceti), which fell on the deck at night and were

purchased from the sailors who picked them up.

Besides the Sea-Lion, Lecomte succeeded in bringing to the Gar-

dens only the following animals :—

1 Antarctic Wolf (Canis antarcticus).

2 Forster’s Milvago (Milvago leucurus).

1 Kelp Goose (Chloéphaga antarctica).

2 Upland Geese (Chloéphaga magellanica).

1 Dominican Gull (Larus dominicanus).

8. A young male African Two-horned Rhinoceros (Rhinoceros

bicornis), purchased September 11th (see Plate XLI.). This animal,

which was believed to be the first individual of the species which had

reached Europe alive since the days of the Romans, was purchased

for the Society of Mr. Carl Hagenbeck, the well-known dealer of

Hamburgh. It had been originally captured, on the 12th of Fe-

bruary 1868, by the Arabs of the Beni-Ammer tribe, in the vicinity

of Casala, in Upper Nubia, and sold by them to Herr Casanova, an

enterprising traveller of Vienna. Pending the completion of the

new house for Rhinoceros and Elephants, now in process of erection,

this Rhinoceros had been temporarily lodged in the Giraffe House.

9. Two specimens of the Dotted-jawed Cayman (Jacare punctu-

lata), obtained in the Island of Tobago and presented to the Society

by Capt. Spicer, of the ship ‘ Mary,’ on the 18th of September.

10. On the 14th of October, a selection had been obtained from

a series of Chilian and La-Platan animals sent to Europe by the

newly established Zoological Society of Santiago, to be disposed of

530 LETTER FROM MR. R. SWINHOE. [Nov. 12,

for the augmentation of their living collection. Amongst these

were a Pampas Cat (Felis pajeros) from La Plata, four specimens

of Cuming’s Octodon (Octodon cumingii), a Patagonian Parrot (Co-

nurus patagonicus), and a young Darwin’s Rhea (Rhea darwini)

from Chili. The three first-mentioned species were novelties to the

Society’s collection. Of the Darwin’s Rhea only one specimen had

been previously exhibited in the Society’s Menagerie.

11. Two Black-billed Sheath-bills (Chionis minor, Hartl.) from

the Crozette Islands, presented by E. L. Layard, Esq., F.Z.S., on

the 26th of October.

12. A fine specimen of the Aard-Wolf of the Cape of Good Hope

(Proteles lalandii), purchased by the Society, October 26th, of Capt.

W. R. Dixon, of the Cape Mail Company’s service, and believed to

be the first example of this rare mammal ever brought to Europe

alive.

13. An example of the Tuatera Lizard of New Zealand (Hatteria

punctata), deposited in the Gardens by Sir George Grey, K.C.B.,

F.Z.S8., October 28th. Two living specimens of this most singular

of existing Saurians, which had been believed to be nearly extinct*,

had been obtained in the province of Wellington by Dr. Hector,

F.R.S., C.M.Z.S., and delivered to Sir George Grey for transmission

to this country. One of these had arrived alive, and appeared to be

doing well, feeding readily on meal-worms and insect food.

Letters were read, addressed to the Secretary by H.E. Sir Ruther-

ford Alcock, C.M.Z.S., H.B.M. Minister at Pekin, giving an ac-

count of the progress made in his endeavours to obtain for the Society

living specimens of Elaphurus davidianus. Two pairs of young ones

had been obtained from one of the ministers of Yamén, who was the

chief custodian of the parks; but, in spite of the care lavished upon

them by Mr. R. Swinhoe, three of these had been already lost. Sir

Rutherford was now endeavouring to get older animals to replace

them.

Letters were also read, addressed to the Secretary by Mr. R.

Swinhoe, now temporarily attached to the embassy at Pekin, upon

the same subject. Mr. Swinhoe stated :—

“The Elaphurus is known only from the Nan-hai-tsze, a large

hunting-park belonging to the Emperor about two miles south of

Pekin. They run wild there, and are said to be numerous. No one

is allowed to enter the park. The Chinese call this animal the

Sze-poo-seang, i.e. ‘like none of the four’—to wit, the Horse, the

Cow, the Deer, and the Goat.”

Mr. Swinhoe likewise spoke of a journey he had recently made to

the little-known island of Hainan, where he had got together a con-

siderable zoological collection. No Pheasant was met with in the

island, but only a Jungle-fowl, which, however, was quite new to

him. He had also seen there in confinement the Black-winged Pea-

* Cf. Ginther, Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. vol. clvii. p. 595.

1868.] LETTER FROM DR. R. A. PHILIPPI. 531

fowl (Pavo nigripennis, Sclater*), and had subsequently ascertained

that this was the ordinary species of Cochin-China.

In reference to the Elaphurus, the Secretary announced that the

two adult specimens of Llaphurus davidianus, which had been pre-

sented to the Society at Pekin by Mons. H. de Bellonnet, had died

at Pekin before they could be sent to this country; but that the

skin and skeleton of one of them had been sent home and safely

received, The Council had presented the complete skeleton of this

rare mammal, being the first specimen of it that had ever been received

in this country, to the Royal College of Surgeons, and the skin to the

British Museum. Two pairs of shed horns had been likewise re-

ceived along with the skeleton, and were exhibited at the Meeting.

A letter was read, addressed to the Secretary by Mr. Gerard

Krefft, C.M.Z.S., dated Australian Museum, Sydney, April Ist,

and enclosing some photographs of a large specimen of a Skate of

the genus Cephaloptera, recently captured near Sydney. The body

of this fish, from the snout to the anus, was stated to measure

4 feet 10 inches, and the tail 2 feet 8 inches. The species was be-

lieved to be undescribed, and further particulars were promised.

Mr. Sclater read an extract from a letter addressed to him by Dr.

W. Peters, F.M.Z.S., in reference to a Pteropine Bat acquired by

the Society on the 29th April, 1867, and subsequently deceased.

This Bat had been entered in the Society’s register as Pteropus ar-

gentatus, Gray (see P.Z.S. 1867, Appendix, p. 1037). Dr. Peters,

to whom the specimen, when dead, had been sent for more accurate

examination, had determined it to be Pteropus hypomelanus, Temm.

(cf. Peters, Monatsb. Berl. Ac. 1867, p. 320), of Ternate. It

had been recently ascertained that the true locality of this speci-

men was not “China” (as given in the Society’s Report for 1868,

p- 25), but that it had been captured at sea by a vessel coming

from China.

Mr. Sclater read extracts from letters received from Dr. R. A.

Philippi, C.M.Z.S., dated Santiago, May 30th and July 16th, and

containing some remarks upon Mr. Sclater’s article upon the “ Birds

of Chili,” published in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ for 1867, p- 319.

Of his Anas iopareia Dr. Philippi had procured but one specimen,

and believed now that it was probably a bastard between the common

Anas and Anas moschata. FErismatura vittata he acknowledged

was merely the young of £. ferruginea, as already suggested by Mr.

Sclater (/. c. p. 336). Some of the birds mentioned in Mr. Sclater’s

list were considered by Dr. Philippi to be not Chilian, such as Progne

* P. Z. S. 1860, p. 221, et 1863, p. 123. See Mr. Darwin’s remarks on the

Eysvae attached to this species, ‘Animals and Plants under Domestication,’ vol. i.

p. 290.

532 LETTER FROM DR. J. E. GRAY. [Nov. 12,

Jurcata and Gallinula galeata, Sarcidiornis regia, &c.; while others

were thought by himself and Mr. Landbeck to be mere varieties,

such as Rhynchotus punctulatus, Thinocorus inge, Bubo crassiros-

tris. Dr. Philippi likewise stated that he was engaged in preparing

a Catalogue of the Birds of Chili, copies of which, when complete,

would be forwarded.

The foliowing letter, addressed to the Secretary by Dr. J. E.

Gray, F.R.S., was read :—

‘British Museum,

October 26, 1868.

“My Dear Sir,—In Dr. Bowerbank’s Notes on my paper on

Sponges in the ‘Proceedings of the Zoological Society’ for 1868,

p- 133, I find, among other observations of a like kind, the following

passage, which may fairly be cited as a sample of the value of the

remainder :—

«« «Tf it is to be tolerated that any naturalist shall get sight sur-

reptitiously of the specimens belonging to another, and then de-

scribe, name, and publish them, as in the case of the genus Astro-

stoma, page 514, unknown to the owner, and without permission so

to use them,’ &c.

“It is only necessary to state very simply the facts of the case to

show how utterly baseless is this attack on my honour and honesty.

“In the ‘Philosophical Transactions’ for 1862 Dr. Bowerbank

described ‘a specimen of a branched * sponge from the East Indies,

presented to me by my friend Mr. S. P. Pratt,’ and on plate 55,

figs. 3, 4, 5, 6, he figures the sponge and its oscula. The peculiari-

ties of this sponge and of its oscula having been referred to in the

discussion on the structure of Hyalonema, | happened one day to be

showing the figure to Mr. Tyler at the British Museum, when he

informed me that he had part of the original specimen of it, Dr.

Bowerbank (as he often did) having given it to him to mount por-

tions of it. Some time afterwards he brought me specimens for

examination; and as I found the oscula to be unlike those of any

other sponge, I described it as a new genus, under the name of

Astrostoma, in the ‘Proceedings of the Zoological Society’ for

1867, p. 514, referring to Dr. Bowerbank’s paper and figures in the

‘ Philosophical Transactions.’

** Dr. Bowerbank, with singular inconsistency, denies that I had

seen the original specimen, ‘as that had never passed out of his

hands.’ On which statement Mr. Tyler observed to me, when we

met, in nearly the same terms as before, ‘that the sponge was

given to him to mount, that he made from it several preparations,

both in balsam and dry, and that with Dr. Bowerbank’s full know-

ledge and permission he had, as was his usual custom, kept those

which he had shown to me.’

* “Tn a former page of this communication to the Zoological Society, Dr.

Bowerbank attacks me in his usual vehement manner for describing this sponge

as ‘ branched,’ and says that ‘it is a simple unbranched cylinder.’ So loose, in-

accurate, and contradictory are his statements in regard to the simplest matter

of fact.”

1868.] ON THE CETACEANS OF THE GREENLAND SEAS. 533

‘One of these preparations is so exactly like one of Dr. Bower-

bank’s figures, that it seems certain they must have represented

contiguous slices, merely separated from each other by the knife in

cutting them.

“Thus it will be seen that the sponge which I am accused of

‘describing without permission’ was described and figured in 1862,

now six years ago, and had been the subject of discussion by Dr.

Oscar Schmidt and others in scientific papers—moreover that, instead

of ‘surreptitiously getting sight of it,’ it was not in any way sought

out by me, but that the specimen which I examined was brought to

me by its owner, with a view to the elucidation of a subject in which

we had a common scientific interest. It is shown also that the sponge

which I described was part of the original specimen, which Dr.

Bowerbank in one place denies ; while it was not surreptitiously got

sight of, which, without apparently noticing the contradictory nature

of the charge, he asserts in another.

“TI should be the last person to object to the utmost possible

freedom of discussion; but, nevertheless, I cannot but feel that it

should be conducted with decorum and with attention to the feelings

and habits of society, and, at all events, with the most careful

attention to accuracy of statement. I know well that Dr. Bower-

bank is in the habit of using very strong language; but I do not

consider it creditable to the scientific character of the Zoological

Society that such an attack on one of the oldest and certainly not

the least industrious of its scientific Members should have been

allowed to appear in its ‘ Proceedings,’ without first informing him

of it in order that he might be allowed to show, as I have now done,

that the charge is without the shadow of a foundation. I think,

too, that such a paper should, at all events, be brought under the

special consideration of the Publication Committee before printing ;

and I am certain that in such cases the authors would be requested,

in consideration of the dignity of science, to reconsider many of their

statements, Societies very properly decline responsibility for the

facts or reasonings of the papers they publish; but the tone and

temper of the communications is certainly within their province to

5; a ;

decide o «I am, my dear Sir,

** Yours sincerely,

“P. L. Sclater, Esq.” “Joun Epwarp Gray.”

The following papers were read :—

1. Notes on the History and Geographical Relations of the

Cetacea frequenting Davis Strait and Baflin’s Bay.

By Rosert Brown, F.R.G.S.

[Communicated by Dr. James Murie. |

I conclude these papers on the Mammalia of Greenland and ad-

joining seas by a few notes on the order more intimately associated

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1868, No. XXXV.

534 MR. R. BROWN ON THE CETACEANS [Nov. 12,

in popular imagination with the Arctic regions than any other, viz.

the Cetacea. Though much more imperfectly known than any other

group, yet my observations on them will be more brief than on the

other mammals, and for the same reason which has conduced to the

present state of cetology, viz. the want of opportunities of examining

the species. These remarks will therefore necessarily consist of a

statement of the geographical range and migrations and a descrip-

tion of the habits of the better known, and a list of the species, and

whatever information can be collected on these points regarding the

others only known by skeletons or remains in museums. These I

have examined carefully ; and the synonymy given is the result of

that study, coupled with investigations made in Greenland. With

the exception of a few of the more common, such as Phocena com-

munis, Beluga catodon, &c., I have not had an opportunity of exa-

mining, otherwise than in the manner indicated, most of the species.

I have, however, examined at different times above thirty specimens

of Balena mysticetus, and many of Monodon monoceros; and to

these I have appended various descriptive observations derived from

my own examination and without reference to any other published

descriptions, which have in nearly every case been only derived from

an examination of foetal specimens or isolated individuals, conveying

but an imperfect idea of the species. What I said in another me-

moir equally applies here, viz. that the descriptions are not given as

complete, but merely appended as fragments of a mémoire pour servir.

Those who have attempted the examination of any member of the

group Cetacea, and still more those whose lot has been to examine

with frozen fingers (plunged every now and again into the warm

blood of his swhject) such an unwieldy object on a swaying ice-floe,

will appreciate the difficulty of drawing up such descriptions ; and to

them no apology is necessary for their imperfection. The absolute

necessity of recording every description of the members of this

order, however apparently well known, must be my excuse for pre-

senting these notes in such a disjointed state. In the original draft

of them I had mentioned various particulars now omitted—the recent

reproduction by the Ray Society of the admirable memoirs of

Professors Eschyicht, Reinhardt, and Lilljeborg rendering the pub-

lication of these unnecessary.

1. BaLtana mysticetus, Linn.

(a) Popular names.—Greenland Whale, Right Whale, Common

Whale (English authors); Whale, Whale-fish, and “Fish” (English

whalers). The young are denominated suckers, and are also some-

times known by the following names :—Shortheads (as long as they

continue suckling) ; Stunts (two years) ; Shull-fish (after this stage

or until they become Stze-fish, when the longest splint of whalebone

reaches the length of six feet) ; Twegval? (Norse); Rhetval (Danish) ;

Arbek, Arbavik, Sokalik (Greenland); Akbek, Akbeelik pl. (Eskimo

of western shores of Davis Strait); I have also heard both the

Greenlanders and western Eskimo call it puma, but I cannot learn

what is the origin of this word, and suspect it to be whaler,—a cor-

1868.] OF THE GREENLAND SEAS. 535

rupted jargon of Scotch, English, Danish, and Eskimo, joined with

some words which seem to belong to no language at all, but to have

originated in a misconception on either side, and to have retained

their place under the notion that each party was speaking the other’s

language, something of the nature of the Lingua Franca of the Me-

diterranean, the Pigeon English of China, and the Chinook jargon

of North-west America.

(3) Descriptive Remarks.—The lower surface of the head is of a

cream-colour, with about half a foot of blackish or ash-colour at the

tip (or what corresponds in the higher orders of mammals to the

symphysis) of the lower jaw; further back the colour shades into

the general dark blue colour of the body. ‘This colour is generally

almost black in adults, but in young ones (or ‘suckers”’) it is

lightish blue; hence the whalers sometimes call these ‘ blueskins.’’

The whiskers consist of nine or ten short rows of bristles, the longest

bristles anteriorly. There are also a few bristles on the apices of

both jaws, and a few hairs stretching all along the side of the head for

a few feet backwards. On the tip of the nose are two or three rows

of very short white hairs, with fewer hairs in the anterior rows, more

in the posterior. I have reason to believe that some of these hairs

are deciduous, as I have often found them wanting in old individuals,

In older Whales the darker colour of the body impinges on the under

surface of the head, leaving the ordinary white of the suckers merely

in the form of several irregular blotches, but with two (regular ?)

spots, one on each side of the jaw immediately posterior to the eye,

composed of a hard cartilaginous material. There is also a little

white on the eyelids, and some irregular white markings on the root

of the tail. There is likewise a white colour all around the vulva

and mammz. Some individuals may be found quite white on the

belly, others piebald, and others with white spots on various por-

tions of the body not mentioned. The presence or absence of a par-

ticular white marking on a specimen of a Cetacean under examina-

tion ought by no means to be received (as has been done) as a proof

that the species is different, or that because such is mentioned in a

former description such description is erroneous, because this is

one of the most varying characters possessed by the order*. The

inside of the mouth inferiorly, where the tongue is not attached, is of

a pale blue colour. The tongue is broader posteriorly, and narrowed

anteriorly, paler blue than the rest of the mouth, and pale blue all

round the edges and where not carnation, which colour prevails in

the form of a streak down the mouth of a deep sulcus on the middle

and anterior portion of the tongue, terminating irregularly about

two feet from the root of the tongue. The contour of the tongue is

entire throughout. The substance of the tongue is a fibrous blubber

containing very little oil. There are numerous small linear muscles

interspersed through the lower part. The roof of the mouth, on

* The colour also varies with the age, the back of some being black, of others

black and white, and some are all white. Some old Whales are said to have a

broad white stripe over their back down to the belly (Laing’s ‘ Voyage to Spitz-

bergen,’ p. 126: 1815). I cannot confirm this from my own observation.

536 MR. R. BROWN ON THE CETACEANS [Nov. 12,

each side of the gum, is a continuous curve, broadest anteriorly, pale

blue, sides pale blue and carnation mixed. The upper lip is very

much smaller than the under. The lips are furrowed immediately

behind the edge and bevelled, and are all deep black and speckled.

No traces exist of either eyebrows or eyelashes. ‘The eye is very small

and hollow, measuring from eanthus to canthus 33 inches (in adult),

and 13 inch deep, with a deep furrow superiorly and inferiorly imme-

diately above and below the eye. The inside of the eyelid is red.

The aperture of the auricular canal is difficult to find, and is not

larger than the diameter of a goose-quill. The laminz or “ splits”

of whalebone are longest in the middle, but grow much shorter

posteriorly to this “size-split.” The number of lamine is about

360 on each side. The whalers have a notion that there is a lamina

for each day in the year; but this, like the idea that Jonah’s

face can be seen on the nose of the Whale, is, I am afraid, a rather

hasty generalization. Each lamina ends in a tuft of hair, this tuft

being continuous with the hair on the inside of the bone, this *‘ hair”’

again being composed of identically the same substance as the whale-

bone itself. The outside of the bone is smooth, pale blue-coloured,

with the edges overlapping, the free edges pointing posteriorly, but

with an interval (varying according to the age of the animal) between

the laminz of so very regular a character that each lamina can be

seen and even counted from the outside. Where the bone is placed

in the gum it is of a greyish-white colour, and on exposure to air

becomes black ; all of the portions of the bone most exposed are of

a blackish colour. On the outside of the laminz, a few inches from

the end, is a transverse wave or ridge, continuous in a slightly ele-

vated ridge across the whole of the laminz ; and in old Whales there

are several of these wavy transverse ridges, which are apparently in

some way connected with its growth. The best whalebone has

several of these ridges. Interiorly, in front of the place where each

lamina is inserted into the gum, are several rows of short stumps of

whalebone terminated by a tuft, and before these again short white

hair laminee graduating into a velvet-like substance in the mouth.

It is said that the laminee, after once being produced, do not increase

in number, but that the interspaces of the laminze increase in width.

This interspace in adult Whales is from about half an inch to one inch

in width. Occasionally two splits are found growing together in the

gum, but separate below. The length of the whalebone depends, it is

said, on the size of the head, and bears no ratio to the length of the

body. Occasionally a long Whale has small and short whalebone,

whilst a short dumpy individual (for there are individual differences

in these as in all other animals, not referable to specific difference)

may have much longer. The longest lamina of whalebone which I

have heard of being obtained was 14 feet. I have personally known

of another 13 feet 3 inches long; but the average length is 12 feet

and under. This is the middle split already spoken of, known to the

whalers as the “size-split ;” but in the measurement of this the tuft

of “hair,” which sometimes reaches six or seven inches in length, is

not included—a very important matter, as much depends upon the

1868.] OF THE GREENLAND SEAS. 937

size of this split. The breadth and thickness of the laminz depend

upon the age of the animal. It is a common belief that the lamin

of whalebone in the female Whale are broader but shorter than in the

male. The colour of the whalebone likewise varies: in the young

the laminee are frequently striped green and black, but in the old

animal they are frequently altogether black; often some of the

laminze are striped in alternate streaks of ide: and white, whilst

others want this variegation. Whalebone is said to be occasionally

found white, without the animal differing in the slightest degree.

That bought from the western Eskimo in the spring is often whitish,

because they have kept it lying about or steeped in water all the

winter. It also does not necessarily follow that because one whale-

bone brings a different price from another, the animals that produce

them are of different species. For instance, the whalebone brought

by the American whalers from Kemisoak (Cumberland Sound, or

Hogarth’s Sound of Penny) used to bring a less price in the market

than that of the English whalers from Davis Strait, Baffin’s Bay,

and Spitzbergen, because it had lain exposed during the winter and

was accordingly worse prepared; therefore, without at all under-

rating the importance of pressing every point into our service in

discriminating the different species of Balenide, as the whale-

bone is subject to so much variation, and undergoes so many

artificial changes before coming into the hands of the zoologist, I

think that we must proceed with the utmost caution in forming

species on the mere differences presented by isolated lamin of

whalebone *.

The pectoral fins (or, more properly, swimming-paws‘) are of a

darkish grey at the axilla, rounded superiorly and bevelled off infe-

riorly. The upper edge is arcuate in form, with a slight angularity

medially ; the inferior edge with the outline in a gentle sigmoid curve,

with the greater convexity of the curve anteriorly. The caudal ex-

tremity, if not the homologue, is undoubtedly the analogue of the

posterior extremities in other mammals. It is almost unnecessary

to say that the substance of the tail is non-muscular, though it has

been described as such in various publications, the only power

which it possesses being derived from the attachment of some of

the lumbar and other muscles in the extremity of the vertebral

column. A transverse section of the root of the tail shows :—1, the

epidermis; 2, the soft skin; 3, the blubber, or a cellular Salas

containing fat-cells; 4, cartilage enveloping the tendinous cells;

5, strong muscular fasciee, through which the tendons play ; 6, spinal

canal and vessels; 7, spinal cartilages; 8, blood-vessels; and, 9,

synovial glands. A transverse section of the tail shows skin,

blubber, tendinous envelope, blood-vessels, and a central cartilaginous

* Of late years whalebone has been bringing a better price than formerly, new

uses for it having been discovered. A large amount is now used to stiffen silks

by being woven into the fabric. By an old feudal law the fai! of all Whales be-

longed to the Queen, as a perquisite to furnish Her Majesty’s wardrobe with

whalebone (Blackstone’s Commentaries, vol. i. p. 233, ed. 1783).

T Fleming, ‘ Philosophy of Zoology.’

538 MR. R. BROWN ON THE CETACEANS [Nov. 12,

mass*, Though, per se, the tail has no power, yet as the instrument

through which the lumbar muscles (the tendinous attachments of

which seem to be prolonged into the cartilaginous substance of the

tail) work it exerts enormous force. The figure usually engraved in

boys’ books of sea adventures, and copied from Scoresby’s ‘Account of

the Arctic Regions,’ of a Whale tossing a boat and its crew up into

the air, is generally looked upon by all the whalers to whom I have

shown it as an artistic exaggeration. Accidents of this nature are

very rare, and never proceed to such an extent ; and I have no doubt

that Dr. Scoresby’s artist has taken liberties with his description,

that worthy navigator being himself above any suspicion of exag-

geration for the sake of effect. Capt. Alexander Deuchars, who has

now made upwards of fifty voyages into the Arctic regions, informed

me that he had known a Whale toss a boat nearly 3 feet into the

air, and itself rise so high out of the water that you could see beneath

it, but that, if Scoresby’s figure was correct, the Whale must have

tossed the boat very many feet into the air—a feat which he did not

think was within the bounds of, if not possibility, yet of probability.

The teats are hardly the size of a cow’s, are placed about the

middle, and one inch from the edge of the sulcus, but in the dead

animal are almost universally retracted within the white-coloured

or spotted sulcus, in the middle of which they are situated. The

milk is thick, rich, and rather sweet-tasted. The feecal evacua-

tions of the -Whale are red-coloured, most probably due to the

red Cetochili and other animals which form the bulk of its food.

The skin (including the cuticle) is about 13 inch in thickness all

over the body, but is rather thicker on the tail, on which organ,

however, it is of a uniform thickness. The dl/ubéer varies from about

a foot to eighteen inches in thickness, tolerably uniformly throughout,

except on the head, &c.; the colour is like lard or pork fat in young

animals, but in the older ones rosy-coloured, from the quantity of

nutrient blood-vessels in it. The flesh is dark and coarse-fibred,

but when properly cooked tastes not unlike tough beef. When the

French had whalers in Davis Strait, the sailors, with the usual

aptitude of their nation for ewisine, made dainty dishes of it; but

cur seamen, imbued with the virulent dietetic conservatism of the

Saxon, prefer to grow scurvy-riddled rather than partake of this

coarse though perfectly wholesome food.

The best figure of the Right Whale is that of Scoresby ; but in

Harris’s ‘Collection of Voyages’: there is a very good figure of the

animal (almost as good as Scoresby’s), accompanied by a very

tolerable description. I think Scoresby’s figure is erroneous, in so

far as I have never been able to see the prominence behind the head

which he figures ; and the notch shown in the outline figure of the

genus in the first edition of the ‘British Museum Catalogue of

Whales’ does not exist in nature ; but as Dr. Gray does not mention

* A tolerably good account of these and other points in the economy of the

Cetacea, mixed up with a heterogeneous mass of errors, is to be found in the

(deservedly ?) neglected ‘ Natural History of the Cetacea,’ &c., by H. W. Dew-

hurst (1834).

1868. ]} OF THE GREENLAND SEAS. 539

it in his description, I presume that it is placed there through an

error of the draughtsman or lithographer.

The size of the Greenland Whale has, I think, been a little under-

rated. ‘The late Dr. Scoresby, from abundant data, considered that

we have no record of the Whale to be relied upon which gives a

greater length than 60 feet. While agreeing with him so far, that I

believe that to be the general extreme average, I am very doubtful

whether they did not at one time, before they were so ruthlessly slaugh-

tered, attain a greater size, or that individuals are not even now

found of a greater size. The position in which a Whale is measured

alongside the ship when slightly doubled is apt to introduce an error

into the measurement and make it smaller than it really is. The late

Chevalier Charles Louis Giesecke mentions one which was killed at

Godhavn in Greenland in 1813 which measured 65 feet, and I shall

presently give the measurements of one equally large. The largest

one, however, which is known to have been killed in the Arctic seas

was one which Capt. Alexander Deuchars (whom I have already had

occasion to mention as a most trustworthy and experienced whaler,

and who is personally acquainted with the killmg of upwards of 500

Whales) obtained in Davis Strait in the year 1849. It measured

80 feet in length, the breadth of the tail, from tip to tip, being

29 feet; the longest lamina of whalebone measured 14 teet; the

amount of whalebone in its mouth was large; but the blubber was

only about 6 inches in thickness, and only yielded 27 tuns of oil *.

The Whales killed in the Spitzbergen sea are said, as a rule, to be

generally less and “lighter-boned ” (i. e. less whalebone) than those

of Davis Strait, which may possibly account for the less size of those

seen by Scoresby, whose whaling-experience was almost wholly con-

fined to the former region. The females are larger and fatter than

the males. I append the measurements of one of the largest Whales

recently killed in Davis Strait, for which we are indebted to Dr.

Robert Goodsir. ,

Measurements of a specimen of Baleena mysticetus killed in Pond’s

Bay, Davis Strait (2).

Length from the fork of the tail, along the abdomen, to tip ay in.

UML ye. . Seer As pine niaien petite! 65 0

Girth behind swimming-paws................ Bee CIE 30 0

Breadth of tail, from tip to tip ...................2.. 24 0

Greatest breadth between lower jaws.................. 10 0

Length of head, measured in a line from articulation of

ME Rh Bee nn aoe Pete tue, vec ee TO

ON ee ee ns amie hoe uae ee ee 6 ae

From posterior end of vulva to anus Be ne ett 0 6

From anterior end of vulva to umbilicus .... 8 0

Mamme placed opposite the anterior third of vulva, and

6 inches from tip of it.

* The tun of oil is 252 gallons wine measure ; at a temperature of 60° Fahr.

it weighs 1933 Ibs. 12 oz. 14 dr. avoirdupois,

540 MR. R. BROWN ON THE CETACEANS [Nov. 12,

ft. in.

Length of sulcus of mamme .......-.-- 0. eee ee ee eee 0 3

Breadth of sulcus, on each side of it .............-06.. O02

From tuberosity of humerus to point of pectoral fin...... 8 0

Greatest breadth offine ini. c2.0ic% ahi dims ests eRe ee oBul

Depth of lip (interior of lower) ...... vet PL ae tee 4 7

From the inner canthus of eye to extreme angle of fold of

pareoaiblas oes +! 21a 3. O% Saye y GE REA Se re ce rags | xbhes

From inner to outer canthus ........ ohn FRAT St) 0 6

Length of block of laminze of baleen, measuring round the

curve of the gum, after being removed from the head .. 16 6

Length of longest lamina on each side ............--.. 10 6

Distance between the lamina at the gum .............. Orang

Breadth of pulp-cavity of largest lamina .............- 1 0

Average length of pulp when extracted from some of the

Jar gentslamitines, deals erie, Aaah te, cee ths Ea sale 0 95

Number of laminz on either side, about 360.

The length along the curve of the back and other measurements

desirable to have been taken were not able to be made out, from the

position of the Whale, as it was suspended in the water alongside.

(y) Habits §c.—The Right Whale is a gregarious animal, being

generally found in small ‘“sehools’” of three and four, but when

travelling from one part of the ocean to another they will sometimes

collect in large parties. I am told by my friend Dr. James M‘Bain,

R.N., that about thirty years ago he witnessed an extraordinary mi-

gration of this nature a little to the south of Pond’s Bay. The

Whales to the number of several hundreds passed north in a conti-

nuous flock, and a few days afterwards were succeeded by an even

still more numerous herd of Walruses. The numbers of the latter

were beyond all computation ; hour after hour did they travel to the

northward, never pausing to feed, but all seemingly intent on reach-

ing the opening of Lancaster Sound. A few days subsequently not

one was to be seen, as previously there had been no signs of their

presence. This was undoubtedly a very rare scene; and the ques-

tion which must suggest itself is, where could such a number of

these huge animals have come from? The Whale is capable of tra-

velling at a very fast rate when irritated by wounds or impelled by

fear of its enemies. I was told by the late Capt. Graville, of the

serew whaler ‘ Diana,’ a proverbially experienced and truthful man,

that a Whale was struck near the entrance of Scoresby’s Sound, on

the east coast of Greenland, by the father of the late Dr. Scoresby

(with whom Mr. Graville was a fellow apprentice) ; but being lost,

it was killed next day near the entrance of Omenak fjord, on the

west coast, with the harpoons freshly imbedded in its body. ‘This

was adduced in proof of the existence of an inlet in former times (as,

indeed, represented on the old maps) across Greenland between

these two points. Unless the whole story was founded on a mis-

conception (an event less likely from the searching investigation

which took place at the time), we ean scarcely believe that the Whale

1868. ] OF THE GREENLAND SEAS. 541

could have reached the west coast by any other means; for, even

allowing the greatest credible speed, it comes scarcely within the

limits of possibility that it could have doubled Cape Farewell and

reached 70° N. latitude within the interval mentioned. ‘he rate at

which a Whale travels from place to place whilst feeding, or under

other ordinary circumstances, may be stated as being about four

miles an hour. Like most of the Cetacea, it generally travels in a

course contrary to that of the wind. Its food consists, for the most

part, of Entomostraca and Pteropoda, but chiefly of the former, and

especially of Cetochilus arcticus, Baird, and Cetochilus septrionalis,

H. Goodsir, Arpacticus kronii, Kroy., &c., which are chiefly found

in those portions of the sea of the olive-green colour described by

Scoresby. This appearance has been shown* to be produced by

vast quantities of Diatomacee, chiefly Melosia arctica, on which the

““ Whales’ food”’ subsists. It is not, I am of opinion, compatible

with facts to suppose that the “Right Whale’s food is composed in

any part of fishes proper, except, perhaps, a minute individual which

may now and then accidentally find its way into its stomach with

the mass of maidre (as the Whale’s food is called). Many of the

old whalers contend otherwise, and will adduce measurements of the

diameter of the gullet in proof that much larger animals than Aca-

lephee, Pteropoda, or Entomostraca could be received in the stomach.

I have never measured the orifice of any cesophagus which exceeded

23 inches in diameter, though as these observations were generally

made on young Whales, it is not improbable that this size may be

exceeded in some individuals. Most of the slimy-looking substances

found floating in the Arctic seas are generally masses of Diatomaceze

combined with Protozoa, &c.; but in some cases it is the mucous

lining of the bronchial passages which has been discharged when the

animal was “blowing.” This “blowing,” so familiar a feature of

the Cetacea, but especially of the Mysticete, is quite analogous to

the breathing of the higher mammals, and the ‘ blow-holes’’ are

the perfect homologues of the nostrils. It is most erroneously stated

that the Whale ejects water from the “blow-holes.” I have been

many times only a few feet from the Whale when “ blowing,” and,

though purposely observing it, could never see that it ejected from

its nostrils anything but the ordinary breath—a fact which might

almost have been deduced from analogy. In the cold Arctic air

this breath is generally condensed, and falls upon those close at hand

in the form of a dense spray, which may have led seamen to sup-

pose that this vapour was originally ejected in the form of water.

Occasionally when the Whale blows just as it is rising out of or

sinking in the sea, a little of the superincumbent water may be ejected

upward by the column of breath. When the Whale is wounded in

the lungs, or in any of the blood-vessels immediately supplying

them, blood, as might be expected, is ejected in the death-throes

* On the Nature of the Discoloration of the Arctic Seas (Seemann’s Journal

of Botany, February 1868; Transactions of the Botanical Society of Edinburgh,

vol. ix.; Quart. Journ. Mic. Science, October 1868; Das Ausland, February 27th,

1868).

542 MR. R. BROWN ON THE CETACEANS [Nov. 12,

along with the breath. When the whaleman sees his prey “ spout-

ing red,” he concludes that its end is not far distant; it is then

mortally wounded. The Whale carries its young nine or ten months,

and produces in March or April. In the latter month a Hull ship

obtained a sucker with the umbilical cord still attached. It rarely

produces more than one at a birth, though it is said that in a few

instances two have. been seen following the female. It couples

during the months of June, July, or August, and, as in most, if not

all, of the Cetacea, this operation is performed in an upright and

not in a recumbent position, as stated in some works, the authors of

which might be supposed to speak from personal observation*.

Equally erroneous, as far as I can learn, is the idea that it only

produces once in two years; but on this subject, as on many others

concerning the Cetacea, it would be difficult to pronounce an opinion

founded on any decided knowledge. In the month of August I have

seen them in the position described, with the pectoral fins adpressed

against each other’s body, and the male lashing the water with his

tail. The young suckles to a considerable age (probably one year),

and in order to allow of its getting convenient access to the mamme

the mother lies on its side for atime. Their love of their offspring

is so strong, that though the cubs are of very little value, yet the

whalers often make a point of killing them in order to render the

mother more accessible. During the period of procreation the

mother is much fiercer and more dangerous to approach than at

other seasons, when it is a timid, harmless animal. I once saw a

Whale, when the boats were approaching it, take the young under

one pectoral and swim off by aid of the other. When the mother

was killed, the cub could not be made to leave the dead body of its

mother, though lances were continually run into it by the seamen

who were flensing the animal. When the carcass was let go, the

young one instantly dived down after it, nor did we see it again. The

sight, hearing, and smell of the Whale are all very acute in the

water, but are very dull out of it. The power of the Cetacea for

remaining beneath the surface of the sea seems to bear a direct ratio

to their size. Under ordinary circumstances, the Right Whale will

generally remain no longer than half an hour without rising again

to breathe; the cubs are, however, more stubborn, and will often

remain more than three-quarters of an hour. Whalers and Eskimo

have many stories of Whales lying torpid at the bottom of shallow

inlets and bays for several days at a time; though I have heard these

tales repeated by most credible men, yet I am inclined to hesitate at

receiving as facts anything so contrary to physiological laws, and

so incapable of receiving any explanation of a reasonable naturey.

I have frequently known Whales dive and not come up for hours ;

but, unfortunately for the acceptance of these wonderful tales of

subaquatic being, these universally came up dead! In nearly every

case it appears that, diving with tremendous impetus under the tor-

tures of the harpoon, they had struck their heads on the bottom

* Dewhurst, ‘ Natural History of the Cetacea,’ p. 20.

t Vide also Dewhurst, /. c. p. 36.

1868. | OF THE GREENLAND SEAS. 543

with such force as to stun them for the time being, and before they

recovered were drowned; the Whale’s nose was in nearly every in-

stance covered with the mud of the bottom. This diving to the

bottom is a favourite feat of young Whales; and accordingly these

frisky individuals are more difficult to capture than the adult ones

of a more staid temperament. All species of Cetacea seem to pass a

considerable portion of their time asleep on the surface of the water,

and in this position they are often struck. The Right Whale always

keeps near the land-floes of ice; and its migrations north and west

seem to be due to this habit *.

After man, the chief enemy of the Whale is Orca gladiator, the

most savage of all the Cetacea, and the only one which feeds upon

other animals belonging to the order. The Thresher Shark (Car-

charias vulpes), the very existence of which Scoresby seemed to

doubt, but which is now so comparatively well-known to naturalists

and seamen, is also an enemy of the Whale. It is doubtful, how-

ever, whether it attacks it in life, or only preys upon it after death.

The ‘Advice’ (Capt. A. Deuchars) once took a dead Whale along-

side which this Shark was attacking in dozens, the belly being per-

fectly riddled by themt.

The Greenland Shark (Sceymnus borealis, Flem.), though it gorges

itself with the dead Whale, does not appear to trouble it during

life. Martens’s most circumstantial account of the fight between the

Whale and Swordfish seems to have originated ina misconception,

this name being applied by seamen not only to the Scombroid

fish (Xiphias), but also to the Orea, which, it is well-known, fights

furiously with the Right Whale. The Whale must attain a great

age, nor does it seem to be troubled with many diseases. Whales

which are found floating dead are almost always found to have been

wounded. They are often killed with harpoon-blades imbedded

deep in the blubber; and some of them, from the marks on them,

have been proved to be the remains of fights of a very ancient date

in which the Whale has come off victor.

(8) Geographical distribution and migrations.—The geographical

distribution and migration of the Whale on the coast of Danish

Greenland has been fully discussed by Eschricht and Reinhardtf,

and in the Spitazbergen sea by Scoresby §; so that I confine what few

remarks I have to make on this subject to its range along the

northern shores of Greenland and the western shores of Davis

Strait and Baffin’s Bay, where the whalers chase it. They appear

on the coast of Danish Greenland early in May, but are not nearly

so plentiful as formerly, when the Davis-Strait whaler generally pur-

* Capt. Wells in the Dundee whaling steamer ‘Arctic’ ran, in the summer of

1867, high up into Smith’s Sound in search of Whales. He found open water

and no Whales—a case of cause and effect (Sherard Osborn, Proc. Roy. Geogr.

Soe. vol. xii. p. 102, Feb. 10th, 1868).

+ The sailors have a notion that the Shark does not bite out the pieces, but

cuts them by means of its curved dorsal fin, and seizes them as they drop into

the water! This belief is widely and firmly received.

t Ray Soc. Mem. Cet.

§ ‘Arctic Regions,’ ‘ Voyage to Greenland,’ and ‘ Memoirs of the Wernerian

Society of Edinburgh’ (1811), vol. i. p. 578.

544 MR. R. BROWN ON THE CETACEANS [Nov. 12,

sued his business on this portion of the coast; but they are now so

few that they have generally gone north before the arrival of those

ships which have first proceeded to the Spitzbergen sealing. It is

rarely found on the Greenland coast south of 65°, or north of 73°;

indeed I have only heard of one instance in which it has been seen

as far north as the Duck Islands near the entrance of Melville Bay,

and even for a considerable distance south of that it can only be

looked upon as an occasional straggler. However, after crossing to

the western shores of Davis Strait, it occasionally. wanders as far

north as the upper reaches of Baffin’s Bay. The great body, how-

ever, leave the coast of Greenland in June, crossing by the “‘ middle

ice,” in the latitude of Svarte Huk (Black Hook), in about lat.

71° 30'N. The whaler presses with all speed north through Mel-

ville Bay to the upper waters of Baffin’s Bay, and across to the

vicinity of Lancaster Sound. If there is land-ice in Baffin’s Bay at

the time they arrive (about the end of July), there are generally

some Whales up that Sound and Barrow’s Inlet; but they accu-

mulate in greatest numbers in the neighbourhood of Pond’s Bay,

and even up Eclipse Sound, the continuation of the so-called Pond’s

Bay, which is in reality an extensive unexplored sound opening

away into the intricacies of the Arctic archipelago. The Whales

continue ‘“ running’’ here until the end of June, and remain until

about the end of August or beginning of September. The whalers

think that if they can reach Pond’s Bay by the beginning of August

they are sure of a “full” ship. The Whales now commence going

south, and the whalers continue to pursue them on their austral mi-

gration, halting for that purpose in Home Bay, Scott’s Inlet, Clyde

River, &c, As the season gets more tempestuous and the nights dark,

most of them towards the end of September, to avoid the icebergs

dashing about in this region at that time of the year, anchor in a snug

cove, or cul de sac, lying off an extensive unexplored sound, not laid

down on any map, in the vicinity of Cape Hooper; others go into a

place known by the euphonious name of ‘“ Hangman’s Cove” *;

whilst others go south to Kemisoak (Hogarth’s Sound of Penny),

Northumberland Inlet, or other places in the vicinity of Cumberland

Sound and the Meta Incognita of Frobisher,—localities intimately

known to many of these hardy seamen, but by name only to geo-

graphers. Whilst the good ship lies secure in these unsurveyed and

unauthorized harbours (each master mariner according to his predi-

lection), the boats go outside to watch for Whales. If they succeed

in capturing one, frequently, if possible, the vessel goes out and

assists In securing it. Though they are supposed to return to the

ship every night, yet at this time the men are often subjected to great

hardship and danger. This is known as the “autumn” or “ fall

fishing,” and this method of pursuing it as “ rock-nosing.”

M. Guérin, the surgeon of a whaler, has described+ what he con-

siders a marked variety of the Right Whale under the name of the

** Rock-nosed Whale.” The characters which he gives (such as the

head being considerably more than one-third the size of the animal,

* From an Eskimo being found here hung by an allunak over a cliff.

+ Edinb. New Phil. Journ. 1845, p. 267. "

1868. ] OF THE GREENLAND SEAS. 545

or as 16 to 51) vary in almost every individual. The size of the head,

for instance, differs a little in almost all individuals; and Scoresby

merely gave one-third the size of the body as the average, not as the

unvarying proportion. Whales of different ages keep a good deal

together: hence young Whales frequent the bays; the old ones roam

in the vicinity of the “middle ice” of Davis Strait, and afterwards

come into the bays; and those killed early in the year at Pond’s Bay

are chiefly young animals. Hence the whaler uses the terms “middle-

icers,’ ‘‘rock-nosers,” and ‘ Pond’s-Bay fish’’ to designate not a

separate species or even variety, but to express a geographical fact

and a zoological habit. According to the state of their cargo, the

industry of the captain, or the state of the weather, the Whalers

leave for home from the Ist to the 20th of October, but rarely delay

their departure beyond the latter date.

Where the Whale goes to in the winter is still unknown. It is

said that it leaves Davis Strait about the month of November, and

produces young in the St. Lawrence River, between Quebec and

Camaroa, returning again in the spring to Davis Strait. At all events,

early in the year they are found on the coast of Labrador, where

the English whalers occasionally attack them; but the ships arrive

generally too late, and the weather at that season is too tempestuous

to render the ‘‘South-west Fishing”’ very attractive. Later in the

year the ships enter Cumberland Sound in great numbers; and

many of them (especially American and Peterhead vessels) now make

a regular practice of wintering there in order to attack the Whales in

early spring. It is said that early in September they enter Cum-

berland (Hogarth’s) Sound in great numbers and remain until it is

completely frozen up, which, according to Eskimo account, is not

until the month of January. It is also affirmed by the natives that

when they undertake long journeys over the ice in spring, when hunt-

ing for young Seals, they see Whales in great numbers at the edge of

the ice-floe. They enter the Sound again in the spring and remain

until the heat of summer has entirely melted off the land-floes in

these comparatively southern latitudes. It thus appears that they

winter (and produce their young) all along the broken water off the

coast of the southern portions of Davis Strait, Hudson’s Strait,

and Labrador. The ice remaining longer on the western than on

the eastern shore of Davis Strait, and thus impeding their northern

progress, they cross to the Greenland coast; but as at that season

there is little land-ice south of 65°, they are rarely found south of

that latitude. They then remain here until the land-floes have

broken up, when they cross to the western shores of the Strait,

where we find them in July. I am strongly of belief that the

Whales of the Spitzbergen sea never, as a body, visit Davis Strait,

but winter somewhere in the open water at the southern edge of the

northern ice-fields. The Whales are being gradually driven further

north, and are now rarely found, even by their traces*, so far south

* The recent visit of Whales to a particular locality can frequently be known by

a peculiar oiliness floating on the water, and (the whalers say, though I confess I

was never sensible of it) an unmistakeable odour characteristic of this Cetacean.

546 MR. R. BROWN ON THE CETACEANS [Nov. 12,

as the Island of Jan Mayen (71° N. lat.), round which they were

so numerous in the palmy days of the Dutch whaling trade. I am

not quite sure, after all that has been said on this subject, that the

Whale is getting extinct, and am beginning to entertain convictions

that its supposed scarcity in recent times is a great deal owing to its

escaping to remote, less known, and less visited localities. It is said

to be coming back again to the coast of Greenland, now that the

hot pursuit of it has slackened in that portion of Davis Strait.

The varying success of the trade is owing not so much to the want

of Whales as to the ill luck of the vessels in coming across their

haunts. Every now and again cargoes equal to anything that was

obtained in the best days of the trade are obtained. Only seven

years ago I came home to England “shipmates” (as the phrase

goes) with no Jess than thirty Right Whales, in addition to a mis-

cellaneous menagerie of Arctic animals dead and alive, and a motley

human crew—a company so ovtré that I question if ever naturalist,

or even whaler, sailed with the like before.

(e) Economic value.—After the very excellent account of Scoresby,

it would be mere pleonasm on my part to say one word regarding

the commercial importance of the Whale. The introduction of

steam, the almost universal use of the gun-harpoon, and the disco-

veries of Ross and Parry on the western shores of Davis Strait have

greatly altered the nature of the ‘Strait fishery” since Scoresby’s

time. For this reason I have given the outline of a whaler’s sum-

mer cruise, more especially as it illustrates, according to my observa-

tion, the range and migrations of the Right Whale.

(€) Varieties of Balena mysticetus.—The whalers do not recog-

nize any varieties of the Right Whale by specific names, nor do I

of my own knowledge know of any entitled to that rank. Professors

Eschricht and Reinhardt* consider that there is a second species of

Right Whale found in the Greenland and northern seas, the ‘‘ Nord-

caper” (Balena nordcaper, Bonnat.; Balena islandica, Briss.,

&e.), the “Sletbag”’ of the Icelanders, and that the following facts

have been ascertained regarding it :—l1st, that it is much more active

than the Greenland Whale, much quicker and more violent in its

movements, and accordingly both more difficult and dangerous to

capture; 2nd, that it is smaller (it being, however, impossible to

give an exact statement of its length) and has much less blubber ;

3rd, that its head is shorter, and that its whalebone is comparatively

small and scarcely more than half the length of that of the B. mys-

ticetus; Ath, that it is regularly infested with a cirriped belonging

to the genus Coronula, and that it belongs to the temperate North

Atlantic as exclusively as the B. mysticetus belongs to the icy sea,

so that it must be considered exceptional when either of them strays

into the range of the other. Moreover they considered that in its

native seas it was to be found further towards the south in the

winter (viz. in the Bay of Biscay, and near the coast of North Ame-

rica down to Cape Cod), while in the summer it roved about in the

sea around Iceland and between this island and the most northerly

* Loe. cit.

1868. | OF THE GREENLAND SEAS. 547

part of Norway. Dr. Eschricht considered that this was the Whale

captured by the Basque whaler in the seventeenth century ; hence he

has called it Balena biscayensis. A considerable portion of this

description corresponds with what I have said regarding the Spitz-

bergen Whales as a race.

I have heard that ‘“barnacles’? had been got on Whales; but

these were looked upon as a sign of age in the Whale. It is nowa

question to what species the Right Whales now and then stranded

on the European coasts are to be referred. What the “ Scrag Whale”

of Dudley* (Balena gibbosa, Erxl.) is I cannot imagine. It is not

uow known to the whalers; and as neither of the species referred to

have as yet been found in Davis Strait or Baffin’s Bayt, they do

not come within the limits which I have assigned to myself.

2. PHysALUS ANTIQUORUM, Gray.

Balenoptera musculus, Flem. Brit. An. p. 30.

Rorqualus musculus, F. Cuv. Cétacés, p. 334.

Balena physalus, Fab. Fauna Greenl. p. 35.

Popular names.—Big Finner, Razorback (English whalers) ;

Sillhval (Swedish) ; Sildrér, Réren (Norse) ; Sildreki (Icelandic) ;

Tunnolik (Greenlanders).

This species, in common with most of the family Balenopteride,

does not go far north as a rule, but keeps about the Cod-banks of

Rifkol, Holsteensborg, and other localities in South Greenlandt.

They feed upon Cod and other fish, which they devour in immense

quantities. Desmoulins$ mentions 600 being taken out of the sto-

mach of one; I know an instance in which 800 were found. They

often, in common with Balenoptera gigas and B. rostrata, wander

into the European seas in pursuit of Cod and Herrings, and are

quite abundant in the vicinity of Rockal. A few years ago much

excitement was got up about the number of ‘‘ Whales’’ found in that

locality, and companies were started to kill them, supposing them

to be the Right Whale of commerce. As might have been expected,

they proved only to be “ Finners,” which prey on the immense quan-

tities of Cod which are found there. This Whale is accounted almost

worthless by the whalers ; and, on account of the small quantity of

oil which it yields and the difficulty of capture, it is never attacked

unless by mistake or through ignorance. I remember seeing one

floating dead in Davis Strait, to which the men rowed, taking it for

a Right Whale; but on discovering their mistake they immediately

abandoned it. They had apparently not been the first; for on its

sides were cut the names of several vessels which had paid it a visit

* Phil. Trans. vol. xxxiii. p. 259.

t+ Crantz’s description of the Knotenfisch, or Knobbelfisch (Greenland, vol. i.

p- 146), is not derived from his own knowledge, but, like most of his descrip-

tions, is copied from previous authors.

¢ I am aware that this statement is somewhat at variance with Dr. Eschricht’s,

as contained in his paper on the “ Geographical Distribution of some of the

Northern Whales” (Forh. Skand. Naturf. Kjéb. 1847, p. 103); nevertheless I

think that it will be found to be substantially correct.

§ Hamilton on Whales (Jardine’s Nat. Lib ).

548 MR, R. BROWN ON THE CETACEANS [Nov. 12,

and did not consider it worth the carriage and fire to try out the

oil. The blubber is hard and cartilaginous, not unlike soft glue.

Its “blowing” can be distinguished at a distance, by being whiter

and lower than that of Balena mysticetus.

3. BALHZNOPTERA GIGAS, Eschr.

Stbbaldius borealis, Gray, Cat. Seals and Whales, p. 175.

Popular names.—This is popularly confounded with the last, and

the same names are applied to it by the whalers and Eskimo. It is

probably also the Kepokarnak of the Greenlanders.

It visits the coast of Greenland only in the summer months, from

March to November ; and its range may be given as the same as the

last. In common with the former, it is rarely killed by the natives.

4. BALEZNOPTERA ROSTRATA, O. Fab.

Popular names.—-Little Finner, Pike Whale (English whalers

and authors); Waagehval (Norse); Tikagulik (Greenlanders) ;

Tschikagleuch (Kamschatkdales).

This Whale only comes in the summer months to Davis Strait

and Baffin’s Bay, or very seldom during the winter to the southern

portion of Greenland. It is not killed by the natives; and its range

is that of its congeners. The natives of the western shores of Davis

Strait seldom recognized the figure of this and allted species of

Whales, though the Greenlanders instantly did so*.

5. MEGAPTERA LONGIMANA, Gray.

Balenoptera boops, O. Fab. Faun. Greenl. p. 36 (non Linn. ?).

Popular names.—Humpback (English whalers); Rdrqval, Stor

Rorhval (Norse); Keporkak (Greenlanders and Danes in Green-

land).

This Whale is only found on the Greenland coast in the summer

months. For many years it has been regularly caught at the settle-

ment of Frederikshaab, in South Greenland. In North Greenland

it is not much troubled. Whilst dredging in the harbour of Egedes-

minde one snowy June day a large Keporkak swam into the bay ; but

though there were plenty of boats at the settlement, and the natives

were very short of food, yet they stood on the shore staring at it

without attempting to kill it. The natives of this settlement are,

no doubt, the poorest hunters and fishers in all North Greenland (if

we except Godhavn, the next most civilized place); but there were

at that time at the settlement natives from outlying places. Capt.

John Walker, in the ‘Jane’ of Bo'ness, one year, in default of better

game, killed fifteen Humpbacks in Disco Bay. He got blubber from

them sufficient, according to ordinary calculation, to yield seventy

tuns of oil; but on coming home it only yielded eighteen. The bone

* In a Greenland skeleton at Copenhagen, according to Eschricht, the lateral

processes of the fifth and sixth cervical vertebre are united, which is not the case

with one from Norway. We cannot be too cautious in separating species on

such distinctions.

1868. ] OF THE GREENLAND SEAS. 549

is short and of little value. Though one of the most common Whales

on the Greenland coast, yet, on this account and being difficult to

capture, it is rarely troubled.

6. CaTODON MACROCEPHALUS, Lacép.

Physeter macrocephalus, Linn. Syst. N.i. p. 107; O. Fab. Fauna

Greenl. p. 41.

Popular names.—Sperm-Whale (English); Kegutilik (Green-

landers), It is probably also the Potvisch (Norse), and Tweld-Hval

(Icelandic).

Though currently reported in all compilations as one of the most

common animals of the Arctic seas, and especially of Davis Strait

and Baffin’s Bay, it can only be ranked as a very rare, and possibly

accidental, straggler. Whatever it was formerly, it is now only

known to Davis-Strait whalers by name; many will even ridicule

the notion of its being an inhabitant of those seas. I found very

few Eskimo who knew it even by tradition; and I could only hear

of one recent instance of its being killed on the coast of Greenland,

viz. near Proven (72° N. lat.) in 1857.

7. DELPHINUS EUPHROSYNE, Gray.

Delphinus holbéllit, Eschricht, Skand. Naturf. Miéde i Kjébenhavn,

1847, p. 611.

This species is only known as a member of the Greenland fauna

by a skeleton from South Greenland. It is apparently unknown to

the natives, for they have no popular names for it.

8. LAGENORHYNCHUS ALBIROSTRIS, Gray.

Delphinus ibsenii, Eschricht, Unders. over Hvald. 5% Afh. i Vid.

Selsk. Nat. Math. Afh. xii. 297.

This is only known as a Cetacean of Davis Strait by a skeleton

from Greenland in the Copenhagen Museum. It is found also in the

Faroe Islands, and in various portions of the North Sea.

9. LAGENORHYNCHUS LEUCOPLEURUS (Rasch), Gray.

Dr. Gray* has referred a skeleton from Greenland in Mr. Brandt’s

collection to this species, and on his authority solely I claim it as a

member of the Greenland fauna. We possess no particulars of its

history as an Arctic animal. The Norwegians know it as the

Qwitskjeving.

10. Orca GLADIATOR (Bonn.), Sund.

Delphinus orca (L.); O. Fab. Fauna Greenl. p. 46.

Physeter microps, Fab. F. G. no. 27; Reinhardt, Naturh. Tilleg

til en Geog. og Stat. Breskrev. af Gronl. p. 12.

Popular names.—Grampus, Killer, Swordfish (English seamen) ;

* Zool. Erebus and Terror, p. 34, t. 3; Cat. Seals and Whales (1866), p. 273.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1868, No. XXXVI.

550 MR. R. BROWN ON THE CETACEANS [Nov. 12,

Spickhuggare, Svdrdfisk (Swedes); Stourvagn, Staurhyning

(Norse); dArdluik or Ardluk 9, Ardlurksoak g (Greenlanders).

In all probability the “ Pernak,” or Parnak (Physeter catodon, O.

Fab.), is also to be referred to Orca gladiator. Hr. Fleischer as-

sured me that it was an Orca, but only known to him by name.

Curiously enough, the Kamschatdales and Aleutians have very similar

names (Agluck, fide Pallas, Zool. Rosso-Asiat. p. 305; and Aguluck,

fide Chamisso, Nov. Act. Acad. Nat. Cur. vol. xii. p. 262) for ani-

mals closely allied to, if not identical with, this species.

The Ardluk is only seen in the summer time along the whole

coast of Greenland. Wherever the White Whale, the Right Whale,

or the Seals are found, there is also their ruthless enemy the Killer.

The White Whale and Seals often run ashore in terror of this Ceta-

cean; and I have seen Seals spring out of the water when pursued

by it. The whalers hate to see it, for its arrival is the signal for

every Whale to leave that portion of the sea. It is said that it will

not go among ice, and that the Right Whale, when attacked by it,

keeps among ice to escape its persecution. Occasionally the ends of

the laminze of whalebone are found bitten off, apparently by the

Killer; and probably this is the origin of the story that it preys on

the tongue of the Whale. Linné* very happily styles it—* Bale-

narum phocarumque tyrannust quas turmatim aggreditur.” Though

subsisting chiefly on large fishes, they will not hesitate to attack the

largest Whalebone Whales, and are able to swallow whole large

Porpoises and Seals. Dr. Eschricht took out of the stomach of one

thirteen Porpoises and fourteen Seals, the voracious animal having

been choked by the skin of a fifteenth. It has been known to

swallow four Seals at least immediately one after the other, and in

the course of a few days as many as twenty-seven individualst. I

know of a case in which they attacked a white-painted herring-boat

in the western islands, probably mistaking it for a Beluga!

11. PHoc#na communts, Brookes.

Popular names.—Purpess, Sea-pig (English seamen); Marsuin§,

Herring-hogs, Pellock, Bucker, Puffy-dunter, Neesock§ (fishermen

of Northern Islands and coasts of Scotland) ; Misa and, more rarely,

Piglertok (Greenlanders).

The Porpoise arrives in the spring in Davis Strait, and stops

there until November, but does not go further north than from lat. 67°

to lat. 69° N. ‘They are now and then caught off the coast during

* Mant. Plant. vol. ii. p. 523.

+ Gunnerus (Throndh. Selsk. Skriv. iv. p. 99) styles it Kobbeherre—Lord of

the Seals.

+ Nilsson, Skand. Fauna. (Daggdjuren), p. 607.

§ The old Norsemen as they poured forth from Scandinavia on their predatory

or colonizing expeditions leavened not only the habits but the language of the

conquered. Marsvin is the Swedish word for the Porpoise, hence the French

Marsouin and the same Shetland word. Wise is the Norse term for it; hence we

have Nisa in Greenland and Neesock in Shetland (the ock being used there, as in

many other words, as a diminutive). Porpoise is only a corruption of the French

pore poisson, which we have almost literally translated into Sea-pig.

1868. ] OF THE GREENLAND SEAS. 551

this period. Through the kindness of Hr. Bolbroe, Colonibestyrer’

of Egedesminde, we obtained the skeleton of a Nisa, which had been

procured in this vicinity some years ago by his predecessor Hr,

Zimmer; but I could see no difference in it, so far as it could be

examined in the roughly prepared state, from the one usually found

on the British coast. Whether the Phocena tuberculifera, Gray*,

is different from the ordinary Porpoise, I am inclined to doubt. I

have examined several Porpoises caught on the British coast, and

have invariably found these tubercles on the upper edge of the dorsal

fin more or less developed. Independently of this, it is questionable

whether such variable characters (and we know that there are many

such characters in Cetacea which give no specific distinction) war-

rant the separation of Phocena tuberculifera from P. communis.

The flesh of the Porpoise is far from contemptible as an article of

food, and is much relished by sailors.

12. BeLuGa caropon (L.), Gray.

Popular names.—White Whale (English whalers); Hvitfisk,

Hvidfisk (white fish) (Scandinavian seamen, and Danish colonists in

Greenland); Keleliuak (Greenlanders and Eskimo generally).

This is, beyond all comparison, so far as its importance to the

Greenlanders and Eskimo is concerned, the Whale of Greenland.

Like the Narwhal it is indigenous, but is only seen on the coast

of Danish Greenland during the winter months, leaving the coast

south of 722 N. lat. in June, and roaming about at the head of

Baffin’s Bay and the western shores of Davis Strait during the

summer. In October it is seen to go west, not south, but in winter

can be seen, in company with the Narwhal, at the broken places

in the ice. Its range may be said to be the same as the Narwhal’s,

and during the suinmer months corresponds with that of the Right

Whale, of which it is looked upon as the precursor. It, however,

wanders further south than the Narwhal, being found as a re-

gular denizen as far south as 63° N. lat., though on the opposite

coast it reaches much further south, being quite common in the

St. Lawrence river. The Greenlanders during the summer kill

great numbers of them, and preserve their oil, and dry their flesh

for winter use. Of this animal and the Narwhal, about 500 are

yearly caught ; but the majority of this number consists of the White

Whale. It feeds on Crustacea, fish, and Cephalopoda; but in the

stomach is generally found some sand. The Greenlanders often jocu-

larly remark, in reference to this, that the Kelel/uwak takes in ballast.

* Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 320.

+ The flesh of the Porpoise and Grampus was eaten in the fourteenth century

in Lent time as fish; and it is lamentable to think how much sin was committed

until they were discovered to be mammals. I have heard of the monks of a Car-

thusian convent roasting an Otter under a similar zoologico-theological error. A

MS. in the British Museum (Harl. MSS. no. 279) contains a receipt for making

“‘puddynge of Porpoise;” and we find it served at table as late as the time of

Henry VIII.. and in Scotland even still later. In the accounts of Holyrood Palace

we find frequent entries of monies paid for ‘‘ Porpess”’ for the royal table.

552 MR. R. BROWN ON THE CETACEANS [Nov. 12,

‘Great numbers are caught by means of nets at the entrance of fjords

and inlets, or in the sounds between islands. The young are darker-

coloured than the adult, and can at once be distinguished among

the herds of the ordinary waxy white colour. It is said to be

rarely seen far from land. The males and females are together in

the drove, and not separate as has been stated. Their blast is not

unmusical ; and when under the water they emit a peculiar whistling

sound which might be mistaken for the whistle of a bird, and on

this account the seamen often call them sea-canaries! It is rarely

that the whalers kill a white Whale, their swiftness and activity

giving them more trouble than the oil is worth*. They are some-

times also called ‘“ Sea-pigs,’’ from their resemblance to that animal

when tumbling about in the water.

13. Monopont MONOCEROS, Linn.

(a) Popular names.—Narwhal, Unicorn, Unie (English whalers) ;

Narhval (Scandinavians) ; Tugalik (Greenlanders) ; Kelelluak-tuak

(Eskimo at Pond’s Bay).

(8) Descriptive remarks.—The female Narwhal is more spotted

than the male. The young is again much darker; and I have seen

individuals which were almost white, like the one Anderson describes

as having come ashore at the mouth of the Elbe. In a female killed

in Pond’s Bay, in August 1861, the stomach was corrugated in

complicated folds, as were also the small intestines. It contained

crustaceans, bones of fish, and an immense quantity of the horny

mandibles of some species of Cephalopod (probably Sepia loligo)

firmly packed one within the other. In its stomach was a long

Lumbricus-like worm ; and the cavities behind the palate were filled

with froth and an innumerable number of little worms, such as

Scoresby describes in his account of the animal. In some animals

which I examined the bone was quite eaten away by them, and

that portion of the lining membrane which remained was red or in-

flamed. There is a curious anastomosis of reticulating arterial blood-

vessels inside the lining membrane of the thorax and abdomen and

around the spinal cord, which has doubtless a relation to its

amphibious life. The blow-holes are placed directly on the top

of the head, large, semilunar, opening on either side into two sacs

lined with a dark serous membrane, these openings, again, leading to

the bronchia and the lungs. The blow-hole has but one opening

externally, but about an inch down is divided into two by a car-

tilaginous septum, continuous a little further down with the bony

partition seen in the skull. The rima glottidis is exactly described

by the late Prof. Fleming, in the ‘ Wernerian Trans.’ (vol. i. p. 146).

The female has no “horns ;’’ but inside the intermaxillary bone are

two undeveloped tusks, each about 10 inches long, rough, and with

no inclination to a spiral—in fact not unlike a miniature piece of pig-

* One of the whalers this summer killed several hundreds, but this is an almost

isolated case.

+ Lamarck subsequently usurped this name for a genus of Pectinobranchiate

Mollusca.

1868. ] OF THE GREENLAND SEAS. 553

iron. On the other hand, the undeveloped tusk in the male is

smooth and tapering, and ‘‘ wrinkled” ;longitudinally. Double-

horned ones are not uncommon; I have seen them swimming about

among the herd, and several such skulls have been preserved.

Among others, there is a fine specimen, presented by Capt. Graville,

in the Trinity House, Hull. One of the teeth is 3 feet long, and

the other 4 feet. Of course there is no whalebone in its jaw; but it

is interesting to notice the laws of homology of structure (as I think)

kept up. On the sides of each gum are transverse markings, either

corresponding to the alveoli of the teeth or to the position of the

laminee of the whalebone in the Balenide. The under jaws are very

light and quite hollow for half their length, as in most species of

Cetacea; this cavity is filled with a very fine blubber. The tongue

is regularly concentrically grooved and attached its whole length, so

as scarcely to be recognized as it lies flat on the base of the mouth ;

the roof of the mouth is correspondingly marked. The lungs are

each about 14 foot long; the Aidney 9 inches long and about

43 inches broad ; the lacteals were very distinct and distended ; the

large intestine at broadest about 4 inches in diameter, at thinnest

about 14 inch, and about 60 feet in length.

The pectoral fin is not notched below (as would seem from the

plate in Hamilton’s book “On Whales”), but smooth and entire,

curved below, the greatest curve pointing posteriorly, but with the

thickest part of the fin anteriorly. The animal was greyish or

velvet-black, with white spots, sometimes roundish, but more fre-

quently irregular blotches of no certain outline running into one

another. There were no spots on the tail or fin; waxy-looking

streaks shaded off on each side of the indentation of the tail, which

is white at the line of indentation. The ridge along its back corre-

sponding to the dorsal fin is of a uniform height of 1 inch through-

out, irregularly notched on the top, like the embrasures of a castle-

wall, and is formed of blubber covered with the common integument

of the body, of which it is merely a raised fold.

(y) Habits §c.—Tie Narwhal is gregarious, generally travelling in

great herds. J have seen a herd of many thousands travelling north

on their summer migrations, tusk to tusk and tail to tail, like a

regiment of cavalry, so regularly did they seem to rise and sink into

the water in their undulatory movements in swimming. It is very

active and will often dive with the rapidity of the B. mysticetes,

taking out 30 or 40 fathoms of line. These ‘‘schools”’ are not all of

one sex, as stated by Scoresby, but males and females mixed. It

copulates in an upright position, and seems to produce at about the

same time as the Right Whale. The use of the tusk has long been a

matter of dispute: it has been supposed to use it to stir up its food

from the bottom ; but in such a case the female would be sadly at a

loss. They seem to fight with them ; for it is rarely that an unbroken

one is got, and occasionally one may be found with the point of

another jammed into the broken place where the tusk is young

enough to be hollow or is broken near enough to the skull. Fabri-

cius thought that it was to keep the holes open in the ice during the

554 MR. R. BROWN ON THE CETACEANS [ Nov. 12,

winter ; and the following occurrence seems to support this view. In

April, 1860, a Greenlander was travelling along the ice in the

vicinity of Christianshaab, and discovered one of these open spaces

in the ice, which, even in the most severe winters, remain open. In

this hole hundreds of Narwhals and white Whales were protruding

their heads to breathe, no other place presenting itself for miles

around. It was described to me as akin to an Arctic Black Hole of

Calcutta, in the eagerness of the animals to keep at the place.

Hundreds of Eskimo and Danes resorted thither with their dogs and

sledges, and while one shot the animal, another harpooned it to

prevent its being pushed aside by the anxious crowd of breathers.

Dozens of both Narwhals and white Whales were killed, but many

were lost before they were got home, the ice breaking up soon after.

In the ensuing summer the natives found many washed up in the

bays and inlets around. Fabricius describes a similar scene. Neither

the Narwhal nor the White Whale are timid animals, but will ap-

proach close to, and gambol for hours in the immediate vicinity of,

the ship.

(8) Geographical distribution.—The range and migration of the

Narwhal is much the same as that of the White Whale. It is only

found on the coast of Danish Greenland during the spring and

winter, migrating northward and westward in the summer. It is

rarely seen south of 65° N. lat.

(e) Economic value.—In early times the tusk of the Narwhal was

highly valued as a medicine; and Master Pomet, in his ‘ Compleat

Historie of Drugges,’ gives special directions regarding the selection

of them. To this day the Chinese esteem them for their medicinal

properties. In 1861 the price of Narwhals’ ivory was ls. 6d. per

lb., but of late years it has risen prodigiously in value, but is again

falling. In the Palace of Rosenborg is a throne of the kings of

Denmark manufactured of this ivory ; and Capt. Scoresby (the father

of the Doctor) had a bed made of them. The oil is highly esteemed,

and the flesh is very palatable. The skin of the Narwhal boiled to

a jelly is looked upon, and justly so, as one of the prime dainties of

aGreenlander. The hospitable Danish ladies resident in that country

always make a point of presenting a dish of mattak to their foreign

visitors, who soon begin to like it.

14, GLOBIOCEPHALUS SVINEVAL (Lacép.), Gray.

Delphinus melas, Traill, Nicholson’s Journal, vol. xxii. (1809)

p- 21.

Delphinus deductor, Traill, MSS. and Scoresby’s Arctic Regions,

vol. i. p. 496, t. 13. fig. 1.

Delphinus globiceps, Cuv. Ann. Mus. xix. t. 1. fig. 2.

Delphinus tursio, O. Fabr. Faun. Greenl. p. 49. no. 31.

Popular names.—Bottle-nose, Caaing Whale (fishermen and sea-

men); Grindaquealur (Faroe Islands) ; Grinde-Hval (Swedish and

Danish) ; Nesernak or Nisarnak (Greenland). The term Bottle-

nose is applied by sailors to several species of Whales. In fact any

1868. | OF THE GREENLAND SEAS. 555

Whale which is not a ‘Right Whale,” “finner,” ‘“ parmacity”’

(spermaceti), ‘‘ purpess,” ‘ unicorn’? (Narwhal), or “‘ White Whale”’

is with them included under the vague term of “ Bottle-nose.”’ The

common and most characteristic name for this Whale is that used in

the north of Scotland, viz. caaing or driving Whale—a term trans-

lated into deductor*.

There seems little doubt that this is the Delphinus tursio of

Fabricius, as the Eskimo name Nesernak is applied to the present

animal. If so, Fabricius’s name has the priority ; but as it has been

confounded with another species it is better to keep Lacépéde’s

most barbarous trivial name. Gray and other authors look upon

Fabricius’s Nesernak as the type of a distinct species, and have

described it as Tursio truncatus. The Delphinus truncatus of

Montagu (Wernerian Society’s Trans. vol. iii. t. 5. fig. 3) is a

totally different animal. Fabricius’s description (‘‘ Frons rotunda,

declivis s. sursum repanda, desinens rostro attenuatiore; sic fronti

anatis mollissimze, non absimilis”’), though seemingly contradictory of

the identity of the Globiocephalus svineval and Delphinus tursio of

O. Fabr., must in reality be received for no more than it is worth,

Cetological critics have received the descriptions of Fabricius as if

they were infallible or superior to those of any other author who has

succeeded him. We know that many of his descriptions of other

animals which are well known were erroneous, and that few of

those regarding which there could be no mistake were altogether

free from error; therefore I cannot see why we should receive the

others otherwise than as approximately correct. Fabricius enjoyed

during the few years he passed in Greenland no better opportunities

than any other naturalist in that country at the present day. Many

of the animals which he describes are very rarely killed or seen by

the natives; and many of his descriptions bear on the face of them

the marks of having been derived from the natives’ narration, and

not from actual specimens. Any one who has examined such unwieldy

animals as the Cetacea must know how difficult it is, even under

the most favourable circumstances, to arrive at anything like an

accurate idea of the animal the external appearance of which we

may be desirous of describing. Therefore, as the Greenlanders call

this animal Nesernah, as the description does not widely differ from

the appearance of the Caaing Whale, and as Montagu’s Delphinus

truncatus, with which it has been supposed to be synonymous, has

never been found in Davis Strait, while the present species has,

we are warranted in concluding with Dr. Reinhardt that the syno-

nymy given under this species is correct.

This Whale is not a regular visitor of Davis Strait or Baffin’s

Bay, but is occasionally to be seen in droves in the summer time

along the whole coast of Danish Greenland. An excellent account

of this species is given by Turner M‘Bain, derived from the exami-

* It has no connexion with calling, as it has sometimes been translated even

in works written by Scotchmen. It is derived from the Scotch word caa,

signifying to drive, relating to their ordinary method of capture, viz. by driving

them ashore.

556 ON THE CETACEANS OF THE GREENLAND SEAS. [Nov. 12,

nation of some individuals of a drove which came into the Frith of

Forth in the spring of 1867 (Journ. Anat. and Phys, 1867, and

Proc. Roy. Phys. Soc. Edin. 1866-67 ined.)*.

15. Hyperoopon sutTzkor, Lacép.

Monodon spurius, O. Fab. Faun. Greenl. p. 31. no. 19.

Chenocetus rostratus (Mill.), Eschr. Underség. over Hvaldyr.

4¢% Afh. 1845; Reinhardt, Tilleg til en Beskrevet af Grénland

(Rink), p. 11.

Popular names.—Bottle-nose or Bottlie (English whalers) ;

Nabbhvil (Scandinavians); Andarnefia(Icelanders); Dégling (Faroe-

islanders) ; dnarnak (Greenlanders).

This is undoubtedly the Monodon spurius of Fabricius, that

author having made the not uncommon mistake of describing the

upper for the lower jaw. As it is a rare animal on the Greenland

coast, Fabricius could have been but little acquainted with it. The

Whale is only seen about the mouth of Davis Strait, swimming

in threes or fours; it is occasionally captured by them, as one will

yield as much oil as a Narwhal. One ship’s crew some years ago

killed fifteen of them, and the oil was represented to me as mixing

well with spermaceti, and selling for the same price, viz. 10s. 6d.

per gallon.

16. HypErRoopon Latirrons, Gray.

Lagenocetus latifrons, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 241.

This species is known from skulls and skeletons from various

museums, and as an Arctic animal from a skull brought from ‘‘ Green-

land’? by Capt. Wareham, and now in the Newcastle Museum.

Greenland, however, is a loose term; but from what I have said as to

the range and habits of H. butzkof, we may safely conclude that it

was obtained in Davis Strait. 1 am not aware that we have any

external characters to separate it from the preceding, but yet the

apparently constant distinction presented by the skull would lead us

to believe in its distinctness. Therefore, though we may not go so

far as Eschricht in believing it to be the male of H. butzkof, yet we

must hesitate before joining in the opinion of even such an expe-

rienced zoologist as Dr. Gray as to its claim to generic rank.

* Tn the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ for 1853, p. 103, there is a notice of a paper

“On the Capture of Delphinus orca in South Greenland,” by M. Rehiiller, in

which it is said that the number taken at Westmanhavn since 1843 was 2200,

whereas between 1819 and 1843 there were only 280. This additional capture,

amounting in the aggregate to the yalue of £4000 sterling, was described as being

due to the introduction of nets. Now there is no such place as ‘* Westmanhayn ”’

in Greenland, and I question if 2260 Orcas have ever been killed in Greenland

since the beginning of time. Apparently the notice refers to the capture of Glo-

biocephaius in the Faroe Islands.

1868.] ON PACHYBATRACHUS ROBUSTUS. 957

2. On Pachybatrachus robustus, a New Genus of Anurous

Batrachians. By Sr. Groree Mrvart, F.L.S., Lecturer

on Comparative Anatomy at St. Mary’s Hospital.

In examining at the British Museum the Anurous Batrachians

of my own collection, in order to name them correctly, I discovered

that the specimen here described was of a kind not present in the

collection, that it was also of a kind unknown to Dr. Giinther, and,

finally, that, as I believe, the form is hitherto undescribed.

It appears to me to constitute a new genus, for which I propose

the name Pachybatrachus, and robustus as its specific appellation.

According to the system of classification devised by Dr. Ginther

it must be placed in his Ranide, where its cleft tongue, webbed toes,

and edentulous palate and normally placed digits approximate it to

Dicroglossus and Phrynobatrachus. It differs from both these

genera, however, in its very different habit, its larger size, relatively

as well as absolutely much larger and broader head and mouth, its

smooth skin and large tympanum. Its toes are less completely and

largely webbed than in Dicroglossus, while they are more so than is

the case in Phrynobatrachus.

The head of Pachybatrachus robustus is very large and broad;

the snout is somewhat longer than the eye; the canthus rostralis is

not much marked; the anterior end of the muzzle is rounded but

not insignificant in vertical extent, and the loreal region is nearly

vertical. The eye is rather large, and the upper eyelid is so marked

transversely as at first to have somewhat the appearance of being

free and notched behind, as in Megalixalus* ; but it is really entire,

and is not furnished with any process. The tympanum is very large,

its transverse diameter nearly equalling that of the aperture of the

eye. The crown of the head is nearly flat. When the head is looked

at from below, the upper jaw is seen to project forwards somewhat

beyond the anterior extremity of the mandible; and the two rami

of the latter diverge at an angle of about 60°.

There is a slight symphysial tubercle, but the outer margin of

each of the notches which define it can hardly be said to rise into a

distinct apophysis.

The external nostrils are moderate and situated at about the pos-

terior end of the anterior third of a line drawn from the end of the

snout to the anterior end of the eye.

There are no teeth in the lower jaw; but a range of small teeth

runs along the maxillary border. The palate is absolutely edentu-

lous. The choane are rather large, and the openings of the eusta-

chian tubes are of nearly the same dimeusions.

The tongue is well developed, and nearly its hinder half is free ;

it is distinctly notched, or rather the fleshy processes project from

its hinder margin, each about 0:1 inch in length. There is no fold

beneath the throat or across the chest ; but a prominent line (a glan-

dular fold) extends backwards, from the hinder angle of the eye-

* Dr. Giinther, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1868, p. 485.

558 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON [Nov. 12,

aperture, immediately above the tympanum ; there it bifurcates, one

branch descending obliquely downwards and backwards behind the

tympanum to the root of the pectoral limb, the other branch pass-

ing backwards along the whole length of the side of the back to the

lateral margin of the anus.

A. Pachybatrachus robustus, nat. size. B. Interior of mouth of ditto.

All the digits of both limbs have their extremities somewhat en-

larged, and there are subarticular tubercles. The fingers are very

well developed and quite free. They are normally disposed, neither

the first two nor the first alone being opposite the others ; the third

is the longest, then the first and fourth, which are of nearly the same

length ; the second finger is the shortest. When the limb is turned

backwards the longest digit attains the posterior margin of the middle

of the body. There is a considerable prominence on the palm at

1868. | PACHYBATRACHUS ROBUSTUS. 559

the root of the first finger. The pelvic limb, though elongated, as

in all Frogs of ranoid habit, is yet remarkable for its short tarsus,

which does not quite equal half the length of the tibia.

The toes are well webbed, the membrane extending nearly to the

ends of the digits, but nevertheless being strongly emarginated.

There is no shovel, but a very small yet distinct tubercle at the base

of the first toe, and a scarcely noticeable rudiment of a second tu-

bercle at the base of the fourth toe. There are no other tarsal

tubercles whatever. The skin over the whole body is smooth, with

numerous flat warts on the undersides of the thighs. The cephalic

derm is not ossified. The colour of the specimen is now dark brown

above, lighter beneath. A black line extends along each side of the

back from the eye to the anus; and there are black markings on the

limbs, and indications of spots in the middle of the back. Unfor-

tunately, I have no knowledge from what part of the world the in-

dividual here described was obtained.

inches.

Extreme length from end of snout to anus............ 2°45

Length from end of muzzle to anterior angle of eye .... °38

Breadth between the eyes (their anterior angles) ...... "53

Leneth of thevaperture onthe C¥6 seer assess -. ssc... “30

Antero-posterior diameter of the tympanum ptgeh oilsh Tele

Vertical diameter of the tympanum.................. 27

Breadth between the two posterior angles of the mouth. :96

Length from symphysis to mid point between said angles *79

from shoulder to elbow .................... "47

trom elbpw to.Capgus: nets. ys ee asics HTS

Extreme length of pectoral limb.................... 1°58

hengthr o€ first Gini vfs i 58 Shas A). Ble *35

Of Beene disibs NOLIN haat eI a tees 8 2Z

an thmd digits se, GIR Mee). i). Hes F.1d

of tart divite. 5. pee opts. . ato uh sy U8,

irom eran idlnee (PMT e ies Sls 8 ale 296

COME Leet tane cI BERS LOE Cee emE Ria cetr eo 1:10

Oietarsiish, J40g5IR SM TIMRUE SL Sees ciate al 513}

OLPATSELOSN ARE E SOY Phe dc, ck RL IE 22

OMSECONGLOES xto-ce cele Hise «<b Dakar ee 30

OMEnITO toca.) FAR BOR hk eee A sire °50

== —Ioffourth toe: Fas OF SI es, See els "74

ofsfifth toe haves tah. Det Ore ety Tern ‘47

The generic and specific characters will be as follews :—

PaCHYBATRACHUS, g.n. RANIDARUM.

No digital disks; maxillary teeth, but no vomerine teeth; sacral

vertebra not dilated ; no parotoids or lumbar glands, but a glandular

fold on each side of the body ; fingers quite free, and normally dis-

posed; toes webbed; one small tarsal tubercle at base of first toe,

and a minute rudiment at the base of fourth toe; tarsus less than

half the length of tibia; tongue deeply notched, and free behind ;

560 DR.J.E. GRAY ON THE BOTTLENOSED WHALES. [ Nov. 12,

tympanum very large, but not very distinct; eustachian tubes

moderate.

PACHYBATRACHUS ROBUSTUS.

Head large and broad, snout slightly longer than the eye, and the

loreal region nearly vertical. Eye large, tympanum very large.

Digits with their extremities rounded and with subarticular tuber-

cles. Skin entirely smooth. A glandular fold extending from the

eve to the anus, and sending down a branch behind the tympanum.

Upper parts dark brown; glandular fold, tarsus, tibia, arm, and

middle of back with black markings. Under parts lighter, and free

from black markings. Transverse light markings on the hinder

part of each upper eyelid.

The typical specimen has been deposited in the national collection.

3. Note on the Bottlenosed Whales (Tursio).

By Dr, J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.8., &e.

A short time ago the British Museum received three skeletons and

a skull of the Bottlenosed Dolphin (Tursio truncatus), which were

obtained from one school by Edward Gerrard, jun., in the Firth of

Forth. They show the very great change that takes place in the

form of the skull, and especially of the beak, during the growth of

the animal.

The beak of the skull of the young animal is regular, conical,

tapering and contracted in front. The skull is 173 inches long,

with the beak, from the notch, 94 inches, and the teeth-line, by the

callipers, 8 inches. The teeth are small, conical, acute, three and

one-haif in an inch.

The skull of a full-grown female is similar but larger than that

of the young animal.

There is another skull of a full-grown animal of the same school,

but its sex was not determined. It is very like that of the female,

but rather larger.

The skull of the very old male animal (fig. 1, p. 561) is much

thickened; but the great peculiarity is that the beak is broad and

flattened, and very much expanded, flattened, and curved up at the

tip in front, and as if part of the beak in front had been absorbed.

The teeth have nearly all fallen out, and there is only one left, which

is spread out towards the edges and flattened, and evidently would

have fallen out in a very short time. The intermaxillary and palatine

benes are visible nearly to the back part of the palate of the beak.

The length of the skull is 203 inches, of the beak, from the notch, 114,

of the teeth-line 93. Width of the brain-case at eyebrows 114, of

beak at notch 6, in middle (or tenth tooth) 43.

There is a considerable difference in the form of the pterygoid

bones and of the sheath of the hinder nasal opening in these four

1868.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE BOTTLENOSED WHALES. o6L

‘ynpe (2) sngnounup orswnyz, JO THY “[ ‘SUT

‘aovjdns UtoM oy} Sutmoys ‘wel soddn oy Jo aovzans aopug °Z ‘sIy

562 DR.J.E.GRAY ON THE BOTTLENOSED WHALES. [Nov. 12,

specimens, all obtained at the same time from the same school of

these Dolphins from the Firth of Forth.

In the skull of the old male the sheath of the opening is nearly

flat below and on the sides, the lateral ridges being almost on the edge.

In the skull of the full-grown female the sheath of the hinder

nasal opening is nearly similar to that of the male, but the sides are

more convex and swollen.

The third skull of a full-grown animal, the sex of which was not

marked, is very like the skull in the British Museum that Colonel

Montagu described as Delphinus truncatus, and it has, like the latter,

all the teeth much worn down and truncated. They both differ

from the skull of the adult male and of the full-grown female in the

sheath of the hinder nasal aperture being rather narrower, more

deeply impressed in the centre, and in the lateral keel being more

within the margin, making the side of the sheath more convex and

rounded.

Being very desirous of obtaining information bearing on the geo-

graphical distribution of Cetacea, and hearing that Mr. Moore, of

the Liverpool Museum, had recently obtained the skull of a Bottle-

nosed Whale (Tursio) from the west coast of Africa, I requested

him to send it to the British Museum for examination and com-

parison. It is intermediate, in some respects, between the skulls of

the Tursio truncatus, of the English coast, and 7’. metis, the locality

of which is unknown. It has the large teeth and long teeth-line of

the 7’. truncatus ; indeed the teeth-line is above half an inch longer

than in that species; but the beak of the skull is rather slender: in

this latter character it is more like 7’. metis; but that species has

a rather shorter teeth-line even than 7’. truncatus,

If it were not that I have lately observed that Dolphins that differ

very little from each other in the form and proportion of their skulls

have very different external characters, I should be inclined to think

that 7. truncatus, T. metis, and the specimen from West Africa

were all of one species, varying a little in the form of the skull; but

we must leave this question for further examination, more especially

as different authors have described the living Tursio that came

under their examination as being very differently coloured externally,

and only record that a species of T'ursio is found on the west coast

of Africa, as well as in the North Sea, the Bay of Biscay, the Medi-

terranean, and the Red Sea.

The following are the measurements of the West-African skull :—

inches.

Tien ee OMG ME hae! ce jPtacs sw aint: eee ytanns Ne colle Bak ale 224

Of DEBE: Pets, 3s ic arama es chen ee ole 13

MLAUE RL Kiel Glee oo ke cohen ea ate aioe 6) ke ll

Width. of Brain-vaser 3.5 20)... 5. Jogete et bh ih. eee LO

——— of beak at notch jal

of beak between tenth and eleventh tooth .. 355

The skull was presented to the Liverpool Museum by Mr. J. Lewis

Ingram, of the Temple, who obtained it at the Gambia.

1868. | DR. J. E. GRAY ON A NEW HYDRASPIS. 563

4. Notice of Hydraspis gordoni, a New Species from Trinidad,

living in the Gardens of the Society. By Dr. J. E. Gray,

F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., &c.

(Plate XLII.)

Some living Tortoises belonging to the Society’s collection have

been brought to the British Museum to_be determined and named.

Among them there is an Hydraspis, deposited in the Society’s Gar-

dens in July last by the Hon. Arthur Gordon, Governor of Trinidad,

which I have not seen before, and which is not in the Museum col-

lection, at least in the adult state. _ It is the first species of the genus

that has been brought from the West-India islands; all the others

are from the American continent. It is very distinct from all that I

have seen in the adult condition, but it may be only an adult specimen

of a species that has been described from a very young animal ; for,

unfortunately, as I observed in my paper on the family in 1864, the

species have been described from adult specimens and from very

young ones, and it is impossible to determine whether some of these

presumed species may not be young states of some that have been

described under different names, and vice versd.

It is so uncommon to obtain a specimen alive and in an adult

state, that I think it had better be described and figured, even with

the disadvantage that one may be adding another synonym to the

list.

Hypraspis GorponI. (Plate XLII.)

Head rather large, crown flattish, with numerous small, flat, poly-

gonal plates, those on the middle of the crown more or less united

together, or only separated from one another by short lines of

dots, with an arched sunken line over each eye. The shields on the

hinder part of the head longer and more separate. The temple

covered with distinct convex plates, separated from each other by

well-marked grooves, those over the tympanum small, less distinct,

and forming an arched series. Chin and throat covered with small

acute plates; chin two-bearded. The sheath of the lower jaw

whitish. The shell depressed, dark brown, shelving to the front edge,

and slightly bent up on the side edge. The nuchal shield narrow,

elongate. The first vertebral shield the largest, nearly square, four-

sided, but rather narrower behind; second and third similar, small,

with a small process on the middle of each side; the front narrower,

elongate, nearly twice as long as wide. Sternum and lower side of

the margin white. Intergular shield broad, rather longer than wide ;

the anal notch large, semicircular. The animal blackish; chin,

throat, and underside of limbs near axilla and groin whitish.

Hab. Trinidad, near the mountain of Tamana (Hon. Arthur

Gordon).

The Tortoise is like Elseya latisternum in general appearance ; but

that animal has no nuchal shield, the anal end of the sternum is

564 DR. J. E. GRAY ON OCULINARIA. [Nov. 12,

truncated and only slightly angularly bent in the middle, and the

animal has a distinct white streak on each side of its neck, and the

shields over the temples are flatter. The ridge of large tubercles on

the under outer side of the hind legs are small and more equal ; and

the nose is longer, more conical, and produced. The under and

outer sides of the hind legs with a series of large broad scales, the

last, near the feet, being high and conical.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XLII.

Fig. 1. Hydraspis gordoni (nat. size), from the animal living in the Zoological

Society's Gardens.

2. Gular end of sternum (one-fourth of nat. size).

3. Anal end of sternum (one-fourth of nat. size).

5. Note on Oculinaria, a New Genus of social Ascidia.

By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., &c.

The British Museum lately received from Dr. Bowerbank some

animals in spirits from Fremantle, West Australia. Among others

there is a group of Ascidia that is very distinct from any that I

have previously seen. It is very like a fragment of an old stem of

Oculina virginea. I therefore propose to call it

OcULINARIA AUSTRALIS. B.M.

The mass is cylindrical, about 8 inches long, and 14 inch in dia-

meter in spirits. It is white, with ends rather tapering and rounded.

Oculinaria australis.

It entirely consists of a large number of more or less oblong cysts,

placed closely side by side on every side of an imaginary central axis,

1868.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THEONELLA. 569

the cysts covering the ends of the mass like the rest of the body.

The cysts are hard, cartilaginous, rather convex externally, with two

concavities having an opening at the base of each. The apertures

are slightly raised round the edge; and the centre is closed with

four short valves, leaving a stellate 4-rayed aperture. The outer

surface of the cyst is covered with a thick hard skin, strengthened

externally with imbedded particles of sand, which are more abun-

dant and clustered in certain parts, especially in those sunk below

the general level of the surface. The animal is full of sand, in

rhombs and crystals.

6. Note on Theonella, a New Genus of Coralloid Sponges

from Formosa. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., &c.

Mr. Swinhoe sent to the British Museum in 1867, along with

some other marine productions, a small specimen of coralloid sponge.

The outline of the cup is irregular, and the base of the cavity im-

perfect, which induced me to consider that the species was imperfectly

developed. Though I promised to describe it, I have waited in hopes

that I might obtain a more perfect specimen; but Mr. Swinhoe has

now left Formosa, and informs me that he is not likely to obtain

any other specimen. The sponge in some external characters is like

the genus Macandrewia, but it differs from that sponge in not

having any stellate spicules, or at least Mr. Cooke, who has kindly

examined the sponge for me, did not. discover any. It is, I believe,

the only sponge of the family in which they have not been disco-

vered.

THEONELLA.

Sponge cup-shaped, thick, covered with a smooth rather coria-

ceous external coat ; internally formed of netted spicules, arranged

so as to leave an hexangular mass ; the spicules subcylindrical, united

at the inosculation of the network by a siliceous callosity ; the body

of the spicules generally smooth, but sometimes slightly spiculate on

the surface, with numerous very slender fusiform spicules of very

different sizes mixed in the sareode. The parietes of the cup are

pierced with many cylindrical tubes opening on the edge of the cup ;

but there is no appearance of any spines or oscules on the edge or

surface of the dry specimen. The spicules form a coral-like net-

work, very like Macandrewia. Their intersections are rough and

tubercular, like the knots of a net, but more rugose ; the spicules

themselves are generally smooth ; but some of them are more or less

spinulose, with short acute tubercles. The fusiform spicules in the

sarcode are abundant, very slender, slightly tapering and acute at

each end; they vary greatly in length, but are always slender and

smooth ; they are generally straight, bat some few are curved like

a nearly expauded bow.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1868, No. XXXVII.

566 MR.SCLATER ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [Nov. 26,

Fig. 1. Theonella swinhoet, nat. size.

2. Network of ditto, magnified.

3. Fusiform spicules of ditto, magnified.

THEONELLA SWINHOEI. B.M.

Sponge thick, short, cup-shaped ; base broad, expanded ; the cup

shallow, with a very thick edge; the outer surface covered with a

rather smooth crustaceous coat, without any appearance of oscules.

Hab. Formosa (Swinhoe).

November 26, 1868.

Dr. Edward Hamilton, V.P., in the Chair.

Mr. P. L. Sclater called attention to the following recent notice-

able additions to the Society’s Menagerie :—

1. A female European Bison (Bos bison), bred in the Gardens of

the Zoological Society of Amsterdam, and received in exchange from

that Society November 6th.

2. A Monkey of the genus Macacus, deposited by Major C.

Richards, of the Bengal Staff Corps, November 9th, having been

captured at Dalamecote Fort, Bhootan, in December 1863. This

animal appeared to be the Macacus assamensis, very shortly de-

scribed by M‘Clelland in his “ List of Mammalia and Birds collected

in Assam,” in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ for 1839, p. 148. Whe-

ther it was the Pithex oinops or P. pelops of Hodgson (J. A. S. B.

ix. p. 1212) could only be determined by an accurate examination

of the animal.when dead, and comparison of it with Hodgson’s type

specimens. &t seemed, at all events, judging from the living animal,

1868. } MR. SCLATER ON FALCO ELEONOR. 567

to be specifically distinct from the common Macacus rhesus, having

a pale flesh-coloured face, and longer, smaller, and much less densely

furred tail.

3. Two White American Cranes (Grus americana), purchased of

the Zoological Society of Antwerp, and received November 12th and

19th. These birds were in the brown immature plumage, in which

stage they were not unlike the young of Grus montignesia, figured

in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ for 1861, p. 369. Mr. Sclater re-

marked that the acquisition of this species raised the number of re-

presentatives of the family Gruéde now or lately in the Society’s

Gardens to twelve in number, viz. :-—

1. Grus montignesia. 7. Grus canadensis.

2. americana. 8. earunculata.

3. cinerea. 9. Tetrapteryx paradiseus.

4. leucogeranus. 10. Balearica pavonina.

5. —— antigone. he regulorum.

6. —— australis. 12. Anthropoides virgo.

The only two well-determined species wanted to complete the series

were G. vipio and G. monachus of Japan, of which the Society had

never yet succeeded in acquiring specimens. ;

Mr. Sclater also remarked on the great difference in size between

the two specimens of G. canadensis lately living in the Gardens,

and stated his opinion that it was probably on a small specimen of

this bird that Mr. Cassin had established his Grus fraterculus.

Mr. Sclater also called the attention of the Meeting to the two

Eleonora Falcons (Falco eleonore) presented to the Society’s col-

lection by Capt. Thomas Waite on the 7th of October, and stated

that, in reply to inquiries, Capt. Waite had favoured him with the

following account of the exact locality in which these birds were

procured :—“ I found these Falcons on the Island of Mogador. It is

a very curious place; and there are properly two islands and several

detached rocks, but the whole extent is only about one-fourth by

three-fourths of a mile. In height it does not exceed 100 feet ; and

about half of it is very steep and craggy, and the rocks curiously

honeycombed and forming natural holes and ledges, in which thou-

sands of birds build and sleep—some sea-birds and Martins, but

principally Pigeons. The favourite place with the birds is what we

call the little island, which is nearly round, about 90 feet high and

about one-fourth of a mile in diameter. When you get to the top

you find it a mere shell, the centre being an immense basin, with

perpendicular sides, a large archway at the north and south ends,

through which the sea flows, and at high water you can get a boat

inside. There is no water on the island, and the Pigeons go to the

mainland in the daytime; but I do not think the Falcons ever leave

Tees

The following papers were read :—

568 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON PERUVIAN BIRDS. [Noyv. 26,

1. On Peruvian Birds collected by Mr. Whitely. By P.L.

ScraTer, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., and OspertSarvin, M.A.,

F.L.S.—Part III.* ;

A third small collection recently received from Mr. Whitely con-

tains specimens obtained in the vicinity of Arequipa early in the pre-

sent year. Mr. Whitely has now left the western coast-region, and,

at the date of his last letters, was at Tinta, on a branch of the Vilca-

mayu south-east of Cusco, whence he was intending to penetrate into

the hot valley of Santa Ana, lower down the same stream.

The following species from Arequipa are contained in this col-

lection :—

1, ANTHUS RUFUS.

See our remarks anéed, p. 173.

2. ATTICORA CYANOLEUCA.

See P.Z.S. 1867, p. 984.

3. Puryeitus pLeBetvs, Tsch. F. P. Aves, p. 219, t. 19. fig. 1.

A pair of this Phrygilus, of which the female seems to be figured

in the ‘ Fauna Peruana.’ The species is closely allied to Sclater’s P.

ocularis (P. Z. S. 1858, p. 450), from Ecuador, but is distinguish-

able by its larger size, smaller bill, more distinct markings above,

white colour below, and dlack tarsi. We may remark that Tschudi

describes the tarsi as brown, but in both Mr. Whitely’s skins they

are black. Tschudi gives no exact locality for his species.

4, PuryGiLus aLaupinus (Kittl.).

A nest of this species, taken near Arequipa in March, is in Mr.

Whitely’s collection. The nest is described as ‘“ made of coarse grass,

lined with finer grass, and placed on the ground in fields of lucerne.”

The eggs, which have been already described by Mr. Yarrell (P. Z. S.

1843, p. 113), are very like those of our Yellow- Hammer (Emberiza

citrinella).

5. Sycatts cuLoris, Cab. in Tsch. F. P. Aves, p. 216.

Two males, apparently of this species, which is nearly allied to S.

aureiventris and S. luteocephala, but appears distinct from either.

6. MuscisaxicoLa MACULIROsTRIS (Lafr. et d’Orb.).

Two examples of this species, which was originally obtained by

d’Orbigny near La Paz in Bolivia.

7. ELAINEA ALBICEPS.

See anted, p. 174.

8. THAUMASTURA CORA.

The nest of this species was taken near Arequipa, March 18th. It

was placed in a prickly cactus.

* See Part I., P. ZS. 1867, p. 982, and Part II., P. Z. S. 1868, p- 173.

1868.] MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON PERUVIAN BIRDS. 569

9. RHODOPIS VESPERA.

The nest of this Humming-bird was also taken in March last,

placed, like that of the last species, in a cactus.

10. ANTROSTOMUS JEQUICAUDATUS.,

Two skins of this species, concerning which see remarks, P. Z. S.

1867, pp. 342, 987.

11. CypseLus aNpDicoLa (Lafr. et d’Orb.) ; d’Orb. Voy. Ois.

p- 358, t. 42. fig. 2; Sclater, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 606.

Several skins of this highly interesting Swift, which we had only

before seen in the British Museum.

Mr. Whitely having now left the western slope of the Andean

range, it may be convenient to give a nominal list of species he has

obtained in Western Peru, which are, altogether, eighty-three in

number :-—

I. Passeres. 28. Muscisavicola albifrons.

. Turdus chiguanco. 29. mentalis.

. Troglodytes tessellatus. 30. rubricapilla.

Anthus rufus. 31. ——~ maculirostris.

Hirundo andicola. 32. Centrites niger.

33. Elainea albiceps.

34. Myiobius rufescens.

35. Pyrocephalus rubineus.

36. Aneretes albocristatus.

. Atticora cyanoleuca.

. Conirostrum cinereum.

. Diglossa brunneiventris.

. Tanagra darwinii.

. Pheucticus chrysogaster.

10. Spermophila telasco.

Il. Prcartz.

11. Volatinia jacarina. 37. Ceryle cabanisi.

12. Phrygilus atriceps. 38. Antrostomus equicaudatus.

13. Sruticeti. 39. Chordeiles peruvianus.

14. -— alaudinus. 40. Cypselus andicola.

15. plebeius. 41. Oreotrochilus estelle.

16. speculifer. 42. Myrtis francesce.

17. Xenospingus concolor. 43. Thaumastura core.

18. Zonotrichia pileata. 44. Rhodopis vesper.

19. Chrysomitris capitalis. 45. Metallura cupreicauda.

20. Sycalis chloris. 46. Petasophora iolata.

21. Sturnella bellicosa. 47. Patagona gigas.

22. Geositta cunicularia. 48. Crotophaga sulcirostris.

23. Cinclodes fuscus. 49. Bolborhynchus orbignesius*.

24. nigrifumosus.

25. Synallaxis egithaloides. UI. Accivirres.

26. orbignit. 50. Cathartes aura.

27. Octhoéca leucophrys. 51. Milvago megalopterus.

* The specimen determined (P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 988) as probably Conurus auri-

frons jr., is considered by Dr. Finsch, to whom it has since been shown, to belong

to this species (cf. Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 129).

570 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALYIN ON PERUVIAN BIRDS. [ Nov. 26,

52. Urubitinga unicincta. 66. Charadrius virginicus.

D3. Buteo erythronotus. 67. digialites vociferus.

04. Hypotriorchis femoralis. 68. NUWOSUS.

59. Tinnunculus sparverius. 69. Oreophilus ruficollis.

26. Circus poliopterus. 70. Thinocorus rumicivorus.

57. Strix perlata. ‘1. orbignyanus.

58. Glaucidium infuscatum. 72. Calidris arenaria.

29. Pholeoptynx cunicularia. 73. Tringa bairdi.

74. Numerius hudsonicus.

IV. Conumsa. 75. Rallus rythirhynchus.

60. Zenaida auriculata, 76. Gallinula galeata.

61. Metriopelia aymara. 77. Fulica ardesiaca.

62. Chamepelia erythrothoraz.

63. eee VII. ANsEREs.

78. Anas cristata.

V. GaLLIng. 79. Querquedula oxyptera.

64. Tinamotis pentlandi. 80. Hrismatura ferruginea.

81. Podilymbus antarcticus.

VI. GRaLLa. 82. Larus bonapartii.

65. Gidicnemus superciliaris, 83. belcheri.

The most complete account yet given of the fauna of Western Peru

is that of Tschudi, who, in his ‘ Fauna Peruana,’ includes 101 species

as inhabiting the three zones of elevation into which he divides the

western slope of the Andes. Mr. Whitely’s series, however, is suf-

ficiently perfect to enable us to point out shortly some of the more

salient features of this peculiar fauna, as compared with that of the

corresponding eastern slope of the same range. These are :—

1. The extreme poverty of the avifauna in species—particularly in

the Passeres and higher groups.

2. The entire absence of the great forest-loving families Formica-

ride, Cotingidee, Galbulidee, Momotidee, Bucconide, Trogonide,

Ramphastide, Capitonidee, and Cracidee, which form such charac-

teristic features of the ornithology of every part of Eastern Tropical

‘America.

3. The almost entire absence of the families Tanagridee, Dendro-

colaptidee, Picide, and Psittacidee, which are, for the most part, of

similar habits. The Tanagride, so numerous in most parts of

Tropical America, are represented by three or four species in Western

Peru, the Dendrocclaptide by seven or eight species belonging

mostly to peculiar genera. One Woodpecker (Colaptes rupicola)

only is to be met with, and but two Parrots.

4. The most characteristic genera of this fauna are, perhaps,

Phrygilus, Xenospingus, Cinclodes, Muscisazxiccla, Centrites, Mus-

cigralla, Thinocorus, and Oreophilus. Of these, Xenospingus and

Muscigralla are monotypic forms peculiar to the district, whilst the

remainder, with scarcely an exception, belong strictly to the Pata-

gonian province of the Neotropical region, ranging, however, in many

instances northwards along the higher plateaux of the Cordillera into

New Granada, and affecting a greater elevation as they advance.

J Smit lith M é& N Hanhart imp

HYPOCNEMIS HYPOXANTHA

1868. | MR. P, L. SCLATER ON NEW FORMICARIANS. 571

2. Descriptions of some New or little-known Species of For-

micarians. By P. L. Scuarer, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S.,

Secretary to the Society.

(Plate XLITI.)

Having lately had occasion to look carefully through the specimens

of Formicariidz in my collection in order to identify some of the

species described iu the second part of Herr von Pelzeln’s ‘ Ornitho-

logie Brasiliens,’ I have found amongst them examples of five well-

marked species which appear to have been hitherto unnoticed, and of

which I subjoin the descriptions, together with that of a species which

seems to constitute a new genus in the family. These are :—

1. THAMNOPHILUS NIGRICEPS.

Supra brunneo-rufescens, interscapulio, alis extus et cauda tota

saturate rufis; dorsi plumis laxis, elongatis, usque ad mediam

caudam protensis, ad basin cinereis, juxta apicem rufescentibus :

capite toto cum gutture et pectore nigris, plumarum scapis in pileo

angustissime, in corpore inferiore latius, albo strigatis : subtus

ex cinereo fulvus, hypochondriis et crisso rufescente per fusis, ventre

medio sicut pectus striato: remigum marginibus internis cum

subalaribus pallide fulvis : rostro nigricanti-plumbeo, pedibus fus-

cis : long. tota 6°0, ale 3:0, caude 2°75, rostri a rictu 0°8,

tarsi 0-9 (poll. Angl. et dec.).

JTab. in Nova Granada int.

Mus. P.L.S.

The single specimen of this bird in my collection was obtained

out of a collection of Bogotd skins, and presented to me by Mr.

Osbert Salvin. It is a small, rather weakly formed species, about

the size of Th. doliatus, and but for its long tail might almost go

with Dysithamnus. In colouring it is not very like any other known

species, but is readily distinguishable by its black head and breast

which are marked with white shaft-spots, and rufous wings and tail.

The fourth, fifth, sixth, and seventh primaries are nearly equal and

largest.

2. NEOCTANTES NIGER.

Xenops niger, Natt. MS.: Pelzeln, Sitz. K. Akad. Wiss. xxxiv. peas

Pteroptochus niger, Pelzeln, Orn. Bras. p. 46.

This singular bird was originally described by Herr von Pelzeln as

a Xenops, under the designation which it had received in Natterer’s

MS. In his recently published ‘Ornithologie Brasiliens,’ Herr

von Pelzeln has removed it to the genus Pteroptochus; but a glance

at the structure of the nostrils (which have no traces of the charac-

teristic operculum of the Pteroptochid) is sufficient to show that

this is not its natural position. For myself, I believe that it may be

correctly removed to the Thamnophiline, with which it agrees

in general structure, but that it must stand as the type of a new

572 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON NEW FORMICARIANS. [Noyv. 26,

genus in the neighbourhood of Thamnistes, which I propose to call

Neoctantes*,

Neoctantes niger.

Neoctantes genus novum Thamnophilinarum. Habitus generalis

Thamnophili, sed rostro compresso, subrecurvato differt. Nares

patule. Culmen rectum, subdescendens, ad apicem paulum in-

curvum. Tomiarum linea parum ascendens. Gonys recurvus

Sortiter ascendens, Ale breves, remigibus quinto sexto et septimo

inter se fere equalibus et longissimis. Pedes sicut in speciebus

minoribus generis Thamnophili.

Typus et species unica N. niger.

3. Ater unicolor: macula magna interscapulii celata alba: dorsi

plumis laxis elongatis, ad basin nigricanti-cinereis: alis caudaque

intus fuscescentibus, rectricum fasciis obsoletis vix apparentibus :

rosiro plumbeo, mandibula inferiore partim albicante, pedibus

nigris: long. tota 6°0, ale 29, caude 2:4, rostri a rictu 08,

tarsi 0°9.

?. Mari similis, sed magis in schistaceum vergens, pectore cinnamo-

meo-rufo: plumis dorsi et pectoris ad basin griseo-albis ; remi-

gibus ultimis et rectricibus fasciis obscurioribus transversis, parum

conspicuis, notatis.

Hab. Marabitanas, Rio Negro (Natterer).

Mus. Vindob. et P. L.S.

My collection contains a single imperfect skin of the male of this

rare bird, received in exchange from the Vienna Museum. Natterer

appears to be the only collector that has ever met with it.

3. CERCOMACRA NAPENSIS.

Cercomacra cinerascens, Sclater, P. Z. 8. 1858, p. 245, et Cat.

A. B. p. 184 (err.).

Cinerea unicolor, alis caudaque nigricantioribus, tectricibus alarum

* véos (novus), et kTavTys (occisor).

1868. | MR. P. L, SCLATER ON NEW FORMICARIANS. 573

et remigum marginibus externis dorso concoloribus: macula

interscapulii celata et rectricum lateralium apicibus angustis

albis ; tectricibus subalaribus pallide cinereis : rostro nigro man-

dibula ad basin albicante, pedibus nigris: long. tota 5°5,ale 2°6,

caudeé 2°6, rostri a rictu 0°9, tarsi 0°8.

Hab. ad ripas fl. Napo, reipublicee Aquatorialis.

Obs. A Cercomacra cinerascente alis omnino immaculatis et caudze

rectricibus angustius albis distinguenda.

Upon obtaining from Mr. E. Bartlett’s collection specimens of the

true Cercomacra cinerascens (which I had originally described,

P. Z. 8. 1857, p. 131, from skins in the British Museum) I at once

recognized their complete distinctness from the present bird, and

assigned to the latter the MS. name napensis*. I have since pur-

chased of a dealer a second example of this species, which by its

make appears to be from Cayenne.

The absence of white markings on the wings will serve to distin-

guish this bird, not only from C. cinerascens, but also from its other

allies, C. cerulescens and C. tyrannina.

4. HypocNEMIS HYPOXANTHA. (Plate XLIII.)

Supra olivacea ; capite nigro, striga verticali elongata alba; loris

et superciliis ad nucham productis flavis: alarum tectricibus

nigris albo terminatis ; cauda olivacea, rectricum apicibus nigri-

cantibus albo terminatis ; subtus sulphureo-flava, gutturis et pec-

toris lateribus parce nigro striolatis, hypochondriis virescentibus :

rostro nigro, pedibus fuscis : long. tota 4°2, ale 2:1, caude 1:7,

rostri a rictu 0°7, tarsi 0°8.

Hab. in Amazonia superiore.

Mus. P.L.S.

Obs. Proxima H. flavescenti, sed superciliis et corpore toto sub-

tus sulphureo-flavis dignoscenda.

Of this well-marked species of Hypoenemis I have lately acquired

a single specimen from a French dealer. Its colouring above closely

resembles that of H. flavescens (Sclater, P. Z. S. 1864, p. 609); but

the lengthened superciliaries are bright yellow like the breast, and

the present bird has no trace of rufous on the flanks and belly.

M. Jules Verreaux tells me that this species was obtained by D’Or-

bigny during his Bolivian travels ; but it does not appear to have been

noticed in the ornithology of that author’s well-known ‘ Voyage.’

5. HETEROCNEMIS SIMPLEX.

Nigricanti-schistacea, alis caudaque fusco-nigricantibus, alarum

tectricibus maculis parvis rotundis albis terminatis ; subtus

schistacea unicolor, medialiter paulo dilutior: rostro nigro,

pedibus pallide fuscis: long. tota 6°2, ale 2°7, caude 2:2,

rostri a rictu 1:0, tarsi 11.

Hab. in Surinamo, ad ripas fl. Maroni (C. Bartlett).

1 have a single indifferent skin of this Ant-Thrush, for which I

* Cf. P. ZS. 1866, p. 186.

574 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON NEW FORMICARIANS. [ Nov. 26,

have long tried in vain to find a published description. It was ob-

tained along with other birds by Mr. Clarence Bartlett, at Mr.

Kappler’s plantation on the Maroni River, Surinam, in 1866. It is

rather a strongly built species, appearing to agree better with Hete-

rocnemis than with any other genus, the divisions of the anterior

scutes of the tarsus being quite obsolete. There are no traces of an

interscapular spot.

I was at first inclined to think this might be the male of Herpsi-

lochmus argentatus of Des Murs (Myrmeciza, sp. 1141 of my Cata-

logue), although it has a much longer tail. But it is certainly dif-

ferent from Heterocnemis albiventris of Pelzeln (Orn. Bras. p. 161),

which Pelzeln supposes to be, and which probably is, the male of

the bird in question.

6. CONOPOPHAGA GUTTURALIS.

Supra brunnescenti-olivacea, dorsi plumis quibusdam vie conspicue

nigro marginatis : fasciculo postoculari albo: capite toto et

corpore subtus ad imum pectus castaneis, plaga in gutture

medio alba: ventre medio schistaceo, lateraliter olivaceo per-

Suso: rostro superiore nigro, inferiore flavo : pedibus corylinis :

long. tota 4:5, ale 2°8, caude 1°06, tarsi 1*1, rostri a rictu 0°8.

Hab. in Nov. Granada int.

I have a single “ Bogoté”’ skin of this well-marked species, pur-

chased of Mr. 8S. Stevens. In general aspect it comes nearest to

C. cucullata, mihi (P. Z. 8. 1856, p. 29, t. 119), which has a some-

what similar guttural spot; but that species has no postocular tuft,

and a yellow bill. The present species has a white postocular tuft,

as in C. aurita, and belongs to the first section of the genus as

arranged P. Z. 8. 1858, p. 284.

When I published my Catalogue of American Birds in 1862, my

collection of Formicariidze consisted of 280 skins referable to 145

different species. I have since added to it 101 skins, and have now

381 specimens belonging to 178 different species. The new species

added since the catalogue was issued are :—

I. THAMNOPHILIN.

. Lhamnophilus hollandi, Lawr., ex Nicaragua.

T. melanurus, Gould, ex Peruv. orient.

. ZT. borbe, Pelz., ex fl. Madeira.

cinereoniger, Pelz., ex Rio Negro.

luctuosus, Licht., ex Para.

tschudii, Pelz., ex fl. Madeira.

murinus, Sclater, ex Rio Negro.

nigriceps, Sclater, ex Nov. Granada int.

tenuipunctatus, Lafr., ex Aiquat. et Nov. Granada.

albicans (Lafr.), ex Nov. Granada int.

.argentinus, Cab., ex rep. Argentina.

HK SeSenag kw o

— —

1868. ] DR. J. E, GRAY ON THE CERATELLAD&. 575

12. Neoctantes niger (Pelz.), ex fl. Madeira.

13. Dysithamnus schistaceus, Lafr. et d’Orb.*

II. Formicrvorin#.

14. Myrmotherula fulviventris, Lawr., ex Panama et rep. Eiquat.

15. M. hematonota, Scl., ex Amazon. sup.

16. M. cinereiventris, Scl., ex Cayenna et Amazonia.

17. M. unicolor, Ménétr., ex Nov. Granada int.

18. Formicivora strigilata, Max., ex Brasil.

19. Cercomacra cinerascens, Sclatert, ex Peruv. orient.

20. Perenostola fortis, Scl. et Salv., ex Peruy. orient.

III. Formicariin#.

—

- Heterocnemis simplex, Sclater, ex Surinam.

2. Myrmeciza hemimelena, Scl., ex Amaz. sup.

. M. immaculata, Scl. et Salv., ex Panama.

. Hypocnemis flavescens, Scl., ex Rio Negro.

. H. hypoxantha, Scl., ex Amaz. sup.

. H. melanura, Scl. et Salv., ex Peruv. or.

27. H. hemileuca, Scl. et Salv., ex Peruv. or.

28. Pithys bicolor, Lawr., ex Panama.

29. Phlogopsis macleannani, Lawr., ex Panama.

30. Formicarius hoffmanni, Cab., ex Costa Rica.

31. Pittosoma michleri, Cassin, ex Panama.

32. Grallaria hypoleuca, Scl., ex Nov. Granad. int.

33. G. perspicillata, Lawr., ex Panama.

34. Grallaricula costaricensis, Lawr., ex Costa Rica.

35. G. nana (Lafr.), ex Nov. Granad. int.

36. G. loricata, Scl., ex Venezuela.

37. Conopophaga gutturalis, Scl., ex Noy. Granad. int.

2 dO bw bt

Oo de Co

lor)

3. Notes on the Ceratellade, a family of Keratose Sponges.

By Dr. Jonn Epwarp Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., &c.

There have been in the British-Museum collection for several years

two plant-like sea-animals that I do not think have been described,

the delay having been partly caused by the difficulty that existed in

determining to what group of animals, if they were animals, they

ought to be referred. They were temporarily placed in the collection

with the Gorgonoid Corals; but a very cursory examination showed

that they did not belong to that group ; and though the surface of the

* The species called by this name in my American Cat. (no. 1087) has been

since named D. ardesiacus, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 756.

t The bird thus termed in my Catalogue is C. napensis, mihi, supra, p. 572.

976 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE CERATELLAD. [ Nov. 26,

smaller branches and the cell-like projections on their surface were

covered with spines, they could scarcely belong to the ‘Alcyoniens

armés” of M. Milne-Edwards, and they at once differed from all

the known forms of that group of animals by the skeleton being

formed of horn.

One naturalist to whom I showed them declared that they must

be plants belonging to the Algee. But this cannot be the case;

they have none of the characters, except the mere external form of

Algze ; and their external form is as like to that of some corals as

to any genus of Algze that I am acquainted with.

In general appearance they combine with their plant-like form

some characters of the spicular alcyonoid polypes, the texture of

the very porous coral called Porites, and the horny consistence of

the coarser horny sponges.

After very mature consideration, I am inclined to regard them,

until their internal organization and growth is known, and the ani-

mal that forms them has been observed and described, as belonging

to that very polymorphous group of animals which has been called

Sponges. At the same time, I know no group of sponges with which

they can be compared.

If they are sponges, they must be arranged with the keratose

sponges; but, unlike all the known sponges of that group, they have

a series of conical protuberances on the sides of the branchlets, which

are developed as the branchlets grow in length, just as the cells of

Alcyonoids and stony Madrepores are developed by the budding of new

cells from the bases of the last formed ones. The branches and these

cells are all formed by the projecting terminations of the horny fibres.

The stem and older branches are formed of hard, horny, trans-

lucent fibres, of a nearly uniform cylindrical form, which are very

closely united together into a horny network, with very small cir-

cular openings in all directions. This network is very like that

found in the older parts of the genus Porites among the stony

Madrepores; but in that genus the network is hard and stony, in

this it is hard, horny, and translucent. This hard horny network is

very little softened by being soaked in water even for many hours.

The surface of the stem is either smooth and covered with a very

large number of very minute, close, cylindrical canals, or with trans-

verse ridges of a similar structure to the stem.

The upper branches and branchlets are chiefly composed of and

covered with agglutinated, closely packed, projecting terminations of

the horny fibres; and on the sides of the branches are placed, in a

more or less regular manner, a number of small, short, conical or

subcylindrical projections, formed of similar spiculum-like fibres, some

of which project beyond the tips of the projections. These projections

are placed on the side of the branchlet, which also terminates with

a similar tuft of spines, the branchlet increasing in length by the

development of new tufts or cells from the base of the old one.

The texture of the stem and branches would lead one to suppose

that the entire coral or sponge is covered with sarcode or flesh in the

living state, as in Porites and most sponges. True there is not the

1868.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE CERATELLAD. 577

slightest indication of such a covering to be observed in any of the

specimens I have examined; but that is also the case in the Porites

and sponges that are generally found in collections.

The younger parts of these plant-like animals are formed of agglu-

tinated, free, horny, projecting fibres, and the older parts of keratose

network; so that it is probable that, as part of the animal becomes

old, or only required for the support of the young or more lately deve-

loped portion, the projecting portions become gradually transformed

into a horny network.

I have not been able to discover, in the very cursory microscopic

examination of these specimens which the state of my eyes will allow

me to make, any appearance of aquiferous canals in the stem or

branches, such as one might expect to exist if they are sponges, or if

the prominences on the branches are oscules ; nor have I been able to

observe any indications of any lamellar star-like cavities either in the

prominences or cells on the branches, or in the substance of the

stems or branches, which ought to be there if they are madrepore

corals allied to Porites, even supposing that a horny coral does

exist ; and a horny madrepore coral would be a very aberrant form.

A sponge has been described under the name of Darwinella which

is said to be made up of horny spicules; but I have not seen thus

sponge, and do not know the remainder of its structure.

I have requested Mr. M. E. Cooke to undertake to examine the

microscopic structure of these specimens, which the state of my eyes

will not allow me to attempt. He states that he has not been able

to discover any siliceous spicules.

The absence of any lacunz in the structure of the stem or branches,

or communication with the cell for the circulation of the water,

which ought, according to the idea of its being a sponge, to be

emitted by the cell-like oscules (and the regular development of the

cell is much more like the budding of a fully developed polype than

the growth of a Protozoon or sponge), leads one to doubt its proper

arrangement with them. At the same time, the want of the cylin-

drical cells for the bodies of the actinoid polypes is equally repug-

nant to the idea of its being a horny madreporoid coral.

There can be no doubt that though the two specimens of these

animals which I have examined are sufficiently different from each

other in structure and growth to be regarded as belonging to two

genera, yet they are so allied as to form a single family, which 1

propose to call CeraTELLAp&. The family may be characterized

by the details which I have already given of their structure.

CERATELLA.

Sponge or coral irregularly dichotomously branched, more or less

expanded on a plane from a single base; of a dark brown colour,

of a uniform, hard, horny substance ; stem hard, dark brown, solid ;

base dilated, rather compressed, of a uniform rigid somewhat spongy

texture, with a velvety surface, which is formed of an abundance of

very minute, cylindrical, tortuous grooves. The branches and

branchlets tapering, formed of a very large quantity of nearly parallel,

[Nov. 26,

DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE CERATELLAD.

hon Meiers Dee

Ceratella fused.

Dehitella atrorubens.

dux quequeq N 7 W

i at 3

TOTO TO

sUL POLS

1868. | DR. T. SALVADORI ON A NEW LEUCOSTICTE. 579

paler brown, projecting, horny points, divergent at the ends, and

producing a spinulose surface. The branchlets tapering to a point,

with a series of acute divergent tufts of spicules on each side (oscules

or cells), with a small circular mouth below the produced acute

outer edge of the tufts of spicules; one of the tufts is placed at the

end of the branchlet, and the tufts seem to be produced at the base

of the previously formed tufts.

CERATELLA FuscA. (Fig. 2, p. 578.) B.M.

Coral expanded, fan-shaped, forming an oblong frond ; branches

divergent from the base, with numerous lateral, subalternate, sub-

dichotomous branches; similar but smaller lateral branchlets.

Hab. Australia, New South Wales, at the head of Bondy Bay.

2. DEHITELLA.

Sponge or coral dichotomously branched, expanded, growing on

a large tuft from a broad, tortuous, creeping base, of a dark brown

colour, and uniform hard rigid substance. Stem hard, cylindrical,

opake, smooth ; branches and branchlets tapering to a point, cylin-

drical, covered with tufts of projecting horny spines on every side ;

those on the branches often placed in sharp-edged, narrow, trans-

verse ridges ; those of the upper branches and branchlets close but

isolated, and divergent from the surface at nearly right angles.

This genus is distinguishable from-Ceratella by the greater thick-

ness and cylindrical form of the stem, by the more tufted and irre-

gular manner of growth, and by the tufts of spicules (oscules or

cells) being more abundant and equally dispersed on all sides of the

branches and branchlets.

DEHITELLA ATRORUBENS. (Fig. 1, p. 578.) B.M.

Hab. Australia?

4. Description of a New Species of the Genus Leucosticte.

By Tuomas Satvavor1, M.D., C.M.Z.S.

(Plate XLIV.)

LEUCOSTICTE GIGLIOLII, sp. nov. (Plate XLIV.)

Leucosticte fusco-purpurascens ; pileo, gula et pectore fusco-

griseo-sericeis ; pilet ac pectoris plumis obscure marginatis ;

plumis nasalibus et regionibus ante et supra oculos rubescen-

tibus ; cervice sordide griseo-rufescente, dorso et scapularibus

brunneis vix rubescente tinctis, uropygio magis rubro; supra-

caudalibus nigricantibus apice obscure rubescentibus, ultimis

nigris griseo tinctis; abdomine fusco-rubescente ; subcaudali-

bus nigricantibus; alis nigricantibus, remigibus subtilissime

rufescente limbatis, tectricibus alarum minoribus subtilissime

rubro marginatis ; subalaribus intense plumbeis ; cauda nigri-

580 SURGEON F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. [ Nov. 26,

cante parum griseo tincta; rostro flavo, apice fusco ; pedibus

cum unguibus nigris.

Long. tot. 0175, al. 0™°113, caud. 0":078, rostri culm. 0"-011,

tarsi 0"-020.

Hab. Dauria.

Mus. Turatiano Mediolani.

I have examined two specimens of this species. One is slightly

less in its dimensions than those given above, and is rather darker

both on its upper and on its under parts; the tail and upper tail-

coverts are also more blackish.

This species has, in common with L. arctoa, the frontal feathers

tinged with dark red; but it differs from it in not having the rec-

trices, remiges, upper and under tail-coverts white mixed with grey.

In its mode of coloration it is more nearly allied to L. griseinucha,

L. tephrocotis, L. brandti, and more particularly to L. brunneinucha;

but from all the above species it may at once be distinguished by the

dark red colour of its frontal feathers.

I have named this bird after my friend Dr. Henry Giglioli, lately

scientific officer on board the Italian frigate ‘ Magenta,’ whose re-

searches in divers branches of natural history will highly interest

the scientific world.

With this one the known species of the genus Leucostiete will

stand as follows—

Leucosticte tephrocotis, Sw., L. hematopygia (Gould),

L. griseinucha (Brandt), L. brandti, Bp.,

L. brunneinucha (Brandt), L. arctoa (Pall.);

L. gigliolii, mihi,

while to the restricted genus Montifringilla are to be referred, with

more propriety, the following three species :—

Montifringilla nivalis (L.). M. adamsi, Moore.

M. geblert (Brandt).

Dr. F. Stoliczka, of the Geological Survey of India, has recently,

in his ‘ Ornithological Observations in the Sutlej Valley, N.W. Hi-

malaya,” p. 62 (Journ. As. Soc. Beng. xxxv. 1868), spoken of another

species of Montifringilla (Leucosticte?) not yet described, which

is only to be found in Ladak, and of which he possesses a single

specimen.

5. Observations on Indian Fishes.

By Francis Day, F.Z.S., F.L.S.

During the last year I have abstained as much as possible from

remarking upon the Cyprinide, being aware that Dr. Giinther,

F.R.S., was engaged upon this family. Having now received the

seventh volume of his catalogue of the fishes of the British Museum,

I propose offering some observations upon a few species apparently

new. In doing this I shall follow the nomenclature adopted by

1868. | SURGEON F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. 581

Dr. Giinther for families and genera, confining my remarks to

species.

Commencing with the genus Barbus, representatives of it exist

in Southern India in almost every tank or river. These fishes are

very valuable as food, though some are more bony than others,

The various species termed ‘‘ Mahseers”’ belong to this genus; a

few of them attain a very large size.

In the Madras Presidency the following appears to be the relative

economic value of the Barbels, subdividing them by the number,

presence, or absence of their appendages. Ihave not perceived any

variations in the species in this respect, except in the Barbus neilli,

wherein one barbel was divided into three at its external extremity.

All or nearly all those fish having four barbels in the Madras

Presidency, provided they are soberly coloured, and either have or

are deficient in the lateral blotch, grow to a large size. The bril-

liantly coloured ones are mostly residents of mountain-streams, or of

rivers contiguous to hills, and they are generally small.

Those with two barbels never grow to the large size attained by

those with four. They are extensively distributed ; and some, espe-

cially when living in mountain-streams, have brilliant colours.

Those without barbels are mostly of small size; some of them have

a vivid coloration.

These facts are, or should be, important considerations in India

with respect to stocking new pieces of water; for when large species

are required those which have four barbels should be selected, irre-

spective of the consideration as to whether they have a serrated or

smooth dorsal spine.

In the Madras Presidency the ‘‘ Tamil” name for a Carp is

«*Candee meen” or “ Carpfish,” but with numerous prefixes to it,

differing in different localities, in fact changing about as the thought

strikes the native who is being interrogated. Thus the Barbus

(Leuciscus) filamentosus, Cuv. & Val., having a red tail, is called

“ Saal Candee” or “red-tailed Carp ;”’ the Chela, from its brilliant

white colour, the ‘‘ Vella Candee” or “ white Carp;”’ the Barilius,

from living in rivers, the “ Aart Candee”? or “river Carp.” Having

premised this, which shows the general inaccuracy of native names, |

have still, however, given them when obtained ; but their designations

are more generic than specific, or, rather, more family ones than either.

BARBUS NEILLI, Sp. nov.

B. iii, D.4. P.15. V.10. A.z. 1.1. 24-26. L. tr. 3.

Length of specimens from 4 to 36 inches.

Length of head 2, of pectoral 4, of base of dorsal 4, of base of

anal ;, of caudal + of the total length. Height of head +, of

body +, of dorsal fin +1, of ventral 4, of anal ;{ of the total length.

Eyes nearly circular, upper margin near the profile; diameter

from 2 to 1 of length of head, 13 diameter apart and the same dis-

tance from end of snout.

Head slightly pointed and compressed at the snout.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1868, No. XX XVIII.

582 SURGEON F,. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. [Nov. 26,

Cleft of mouth extending but little more than half the distance to

beneath the anterior margin of the orbit, but the posterior extremity

of the maxilla to nearly below the same margin. Lower jaw slightly

the shortest. Nasal barbels extend to the anterior margin of the

orbit ; the maxillary barbels are equal to 13 diameter of the orbit

in length. In the largest preserved specimen one of these barbels

is subdivided into three at its external extremity. In one moderate-

sized specimen a number of glands open along its suborbital ring

of bones.

Pharyngeal teeth curved, short, 5, 3, 2/2, 3, 5.

Fins. Dorsal arises slightly in advance of ventrals ; first two undi-

vided rays osseous but minute, third not half so long as fourth,

which is moderately bony, smooth, ends in an articulated extremity,

and is then as long as the first branched ray. Upper margin of the

fin concave. Pectoral extends to ventral, which does not extend, by

the width of two scales, to the anal, which last fin commences mid-

way between the extremity of the caudal and base. of the pectoral ;

its first undivided ray minute, its third as long as the first branched

one. Anal laid flat reaches the base of the caudal. Caudal almost

lunated, its central rays almost equal to the longest of the outer rows.

Scales. Four and a half rows between lateral line and base of dorsal

fin, and two and a half between lateral line and base of ventral.

Lateral line in single tubes, curves very slightly downwards, and

opposite the end of the ventral proceeds direct to centre of base of

caudal fin.

Colours. Silvery above lateral line, and with a dash of yellow below

it. Fins of a bluish tinge, especially the caudal. Eyes golden.

This magnificent Carp grows to a very large size: one was brought

weighing 38 pounds; and its size may be imagined when the speci-

men 39 inches long did not weigh 14 pounds. It is said to grow to

50 or 60 pounds weight, and is very common at Kurnool, where it is

esteemed as food by the natives. It is one of the Mahseers of India.

I have named it after my esteemed friend and correspondent A:

C. Brisbane Neill, Esq., F.Z.S.

BARBUS GUENTHERTI, Sp. nov.

Be itt D.4/9 P16. 8 V9. Ad 13/6.. -C519S 742,

L. tr. 10/6.

Length of specimens from 2 to 553; inches.

Length of head a little above 1, of pectoral 4, of caudal 2, of base

of dorsal 4, of base of anal +1; of the total length. Height of head 4,

of body Z, of dorsal fin 7, of ventral 1, of anal } of the total length.

yes. Upper margin near the profile ; diameter 1 of length of

head, 1 diameter from end of snout, and 1 diameter apart.

Body rather compressed; a considerable rise in the profile from

the occiput to ‘dorsal fin. Snout somewhat obtuse.

Lower jaw slightly shorter than the upper; the posterior extre-

mity of the maxilla extends nearly to beneath the anterior margin of

the orbit. The maxillary cirri are equal to the diameter of the orbit

in length, extending to slightly beyond its centre. The superior

1868.] SURGEON F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. 583

margin of preeorbital bone its longest. Operculum one-third higher

than broad.

Teeth. Pharyngeal teeth crooked, pointed, in three rows,

5, 3, 2/2, 3, 5.

Fins. Dorsal commences slightly in advance of the ventral, and

midway between snout and base of caudal; its first two undivided

rays are very short; the fourth is cartilaginous and articulated, in

large specimens it becomes osseous, but is never strong. Anal begins

midway between the posterior extremity of operculum and the pos-

terior extremity of the caudal fin, which last is deeply lobed.

Seales with numerous horizontal strize; there is an exceedingly

low row along the base of the dorsal fin, and one hardly higher along

the base of the anal.

Lateral line curves downwards along the first six or seven scales,

when it becomes straight and passes along the middle of the side of

the body.

Colours. Silvery, with a tinge of yellow, but without any spots or

markings.

Hab. Kurnool, where it is exceedingly common in both the Hin-

dree and Tamboodra rivers. It grows to upwards of a foot in length,

and is esteemed good eating by the natives, but, like the rest of its

genus, is bony.

I have named this species after Dr. A. Giinther, F.R.S., who was

good enough to point out that the name that I had originally given

to it was preoccupied.

BARBUS AMBASSIS, Sp. NOV.

Bias) Dee Pov. oN o AV SS, USO ea else:

Length of specimens to 2,3, inches.

Length of head -2;, of base of dorsal 4, of base of anal -2,, of cau-

dal of the total length. Height of the head ;7,, of body 2, of

dorsal 7;, of ventral ;7,, of anal + of the total length.

Eyes without any adipose lids; nearly 2 of length of head, 1 dia-

meter apart, 3 a diameter from end of snout.

Opening of mouth oval; upper jaw slightly the longest ; no horny

covering to the lips, which are thin. Maxilla extending to nearly

beneath the anterior margin of the orbit. Suborbital rmg of bones

covers the cheek. No barbels.

Pharyngeal teeth sharp, curved, 5, 3, 2/2, 3, 5.

Fins. Dorsal arises slightly anterior to the ventral, midway be-

tween snout and the base of the caudal; its third undivided ray is

very strong, flattened, and strongly serrated posteriorly, having about

fifteen sharp teeth ; superiorly it ends in a soft point. Anal arises

midway between the snout and the posterior extremity of the caudal

fin, which last is deeply lobed. The pectoral scarcely reaches the

ventral, which latter just extends to the anal.

Scales small, very deciduous. Six rows between the lateral line

and the base of the ventral fin. No enlarged row along the base of

the anal fin. :

584 SURGEON F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. [Nov. 26,

Lateral line in a single tube in each scale, but only distinctly ap-

parent in the anterior third of the body ; still a rudiment of it is per-

ceptible at irregular intervals as far as the centre of the base of the

caudal fin. A small row along the base of the dorsal fin.

Colours. Light greenish superiorly, becoming white along the

abdomen. A brilliant broad silvery band extends from the eye along

the side to the root of the caudal fin. A small black spot is present

at the base of the dorsal fin at its anterior margin, and a large black

finger-mark at the root of the tail. The coloration is essentially

that of an Ambassis.

This elegant little fish does not seem to grow to any large size.

At Kurnool, in October, females 2 inches in length were found full

of ova.

Hab. Kurnool, in Madras ; some specimens have also been re-

ceived from Arcot, showing that its geographical range is wide.

This fish cannot be looked upon as a typical Barbus, but approaches

that genus, as defined by Dr, Gunther, more nearly than any other.

Barsus NASHII, Sp. NOV.

Bi! UD. S/ Lio. ba. (As 3/>. (C9 ah. Aldea

Length of specimens up to 3,2, inches.

Length of head +, of pectoral 4, of base of dorsal 1, of base of

anal ;4, of caudal 2 of the total length. Height of head 2, of

body 4, of dorsal fin 4, of anal 4 of the total length.

Eyes without any adipose lid ; diameter 4 of length of head, 1 dia- _

meter from end of snout, 1; diameter apart.

Mouth antero-inferior ; there is a slight thickening of the mucous

membrane covering the jaws, but not sufficient to be termed horny ;

in fact it would be scarcely apparent were it not that it is of a dark

colour ; if the species grows much larger, which is doubtful, it may

become horny. Lips thin, not fringed, no lateral lobe, no tubercle

on symphysis, nor pores on the snout. No barbels.

Pharyngeal teeth crooked, sharp, 5, 4, 3/3, 4, 5.

Fins. Dorsal arises slightly in advance of the ventral, but does not

extend so far as to above the commencement of the anal ; the upper

margin of the fin slightly concave, its third undivided ray articulated

and weak. Caudal deeply forked.

Scales. No enlarged ones along the base of the anal fin.

Lateral line proceeds direct to the centre of the base of the caudal fin.

Colours. Reddish brown along the back, and silvery over the ab-

domen. A black band passes from the eye to the centre of the base

of the caudal fin. Fins whitish. A dark band along the middle

third of the dorsal, and a dark edging to the caudal.

This very pretty little fish was collected for me, amongst others,

from the Fraserpett river, at the base of the Coorg Hills. J udging

from its coloration, it is a small species and only found in hilly

regions or along their bases.

[have named it after Dr. Nash, to whom I am indebted for many

specimens from the Coorg district.

tol

1868.] DR. C. SEMPER ON MACROBRACHIUM. 585

Barsus (Puntius) MELANAMPYX, Day.

This species Dr. Giinther* considers identical with Barbus (Pun-

tius) grayi, Day, and Barbus (Systomus) arulius, Jerdon.

Whether my B. gray? is merely a variety of B. melanampyzx I am

unable to be quite decided about, not having a specimen of the

latter at hand to compare with; but it certainly is not identical with

the B. arulius, as I shall presently show. Dr. Jerdon observes, “I

know your Puntius melanampyz well; I noticed it in my catalogue as

Cirrhinus fasciatus.” This fish Dr. Giinther has placed as a Ty-

lognathus (p. 62) amongst the doubtful species. But the specific

name fasciatus is occupied by a species of Dr. Bleeker’s t.

As regards the differences between the Barbus grayi and B. arulius,

some easily recognized ones are as follows :—

B. grayi. D. 3/7-8. A. 2/5-6. L. 1. 20. Four barbels.

Lateral line first curves very slightly downwards and then rises op-

posite to the commencement of the dorsal fin. Caudal lobed in its

outer third or, even, half.

B. arulius. D. 3/8-9. A. 2/5. L. 1.23. No barbels. Lateral

line curves directly downwards to above the ventral fin. Caudal deeply

emarginated in its posterior three-fourths. The rise from the snout

to the dorsal is great in the B. gray?, but slight in the B. arulius.

Having been unexpectedly directed to visit the various “ anicuts”

or weirs in the rivers of the Madras Presidency, for the purpose of

ascertaining whether they are or are not causing destruction to the

freshwater fisheries, I must defer the continuation of this paper until

after my return.

6. Some remarks on the New Genus Macrobrachium of Mr.

Spence Bate. By Dr. C. Semper,

The second number of the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society’

of 1868 contains an article by Mr. Spence Bate on a new genus

of freshwater Crustaceans. Having had the opportunity of ex-

amining the original specimens of two of Mr. Bate’s so-called new

species, I found, to my great astonishment, that certainly two, if not

three, of these new species are well known, and have been repeatedly

figured and described.

Macrobrachium americanum, Spence Bate, from Lake Amatitlan,

is identical with Palemon jamaicensis, Herbst. To my knowledge,

Sir Hans Sloane { is the first author who described and figured this

crustacean from Jamaica, as early as 1725; and Parra§ described it

in 1787 as “* Camaron de agua dulce.’ Leach, in his ‘ Zoological

Miscellany,’ repeats that it lives in fresh water; but Milne-Edwards

* Catalogue of Fishes, vii. p. 155.

+ Giinther’s Catalogue, vii. p. 122.

+ A Voyage to the Islands Madera &c., 1725, vol.ii. p. 271, t. 245. fig. 2.

§ Descripcion de diferentes piezas de historia natural &c., 1787, p. 154,

t. 55. fig. 2.

586 DR. C. SEMPER ON MACROBRACHIUM,. [Nov. 26,

omits this fact and simply mentions the Antilles as its home. In

the British Museum are numerous specimens of different sizes from

Brazil, the West Indies, Surinam, British Guiana, Bahia, and the

Isles of Cape Verde. The specimens from Surinam and British

Guiana came from fresh water. The only difference between the

younger and smaller specimens and the larger ones is that the spines

on the legs of the latter are replaced by tubercula ; besides they lack

the two or three large teeth on the inside of the digits which are

found in the extraordinarily large specimens from Lake Amatitlan.

Even Milne-Edwards mentions, in his well-known handbook, that

these teeth are exclusively found in the oldest individuals—a state-

ment which seems to have escaped Mr. Spence Bate.

Macrobrachium formosense, Spence Bate, is probably only a variety

of the well-known Palemon ornatus, Olivier. This species is found

distributed from the East Indies, over the Malaccas and Philippine

Islands, as far as Australia and the Fiji Islands in the Pacific. I

found it myself only in fresh water in the Philippines. The speci-

mens in the British Museum from the Fiji Islands and Australia

are also from fresh water.

Macrobrachium longidigitum, Spence Bate, I cannot at present

identify with any species known to me; it may therefore pass as a

new species.

Macrobrachium africanum, Spence Bate, is one of those unfortu-

nate creatures which nearly every naturalist has declared to be new

without even comparing it with other allied species. It is the old Pa-

lemon gaudichaudii, Olivier, well figured by d’Orbigny *, 1843. Two

specimens of this species with the original labels of Stimpson are in

the British Museum ; and these, though smaller, so completely cor-

respond with Mr. Spence Bate’s original specimens from the Tambo

River that their specific identity cannot be doubted. Poeppig + de-

scribed (1836) the same species from the river ‘‘Aconcagua”’ in Chile,

under the name of Palemon cementarius. His description is so

careful and exact that no doubt can prevail. Later, Philippi ¢, having

obtained the same species from the river “La Ligua”’ in Chile, founded

upon it his genus Bithynis with the species longimana. The only

distinction he could find between this new genus and Palemon was

the extremely short rostrum. On the other hand, Mr. Spence Bate,

in setting up his genus Macrobrachium, attaches great importance

to the long arms, but forgets that the species in question has shorter

arms than other species of Pa/emon (as, for instance, Palemon car-

cinus, Fabr., which also lives in fresh water), and that between these

species with very long and others with very short arms all possible

transitions are tobe found. Both gentlemen, however, entirely over-

look another characteristic which seems to be of importance with re-

gard to the subgenus Leander. Itis the absence of a second spine be-

hind or under the marginal spine of the thorax. If I remember right,

Heller mentions somewhere that the species of the genus Leander,

* Voyage dans l’Amérique méridion. &e., tome vi. p. 37, pl. 17. fig. 2.

t Archiv f. Naturgesch. 1836, Bd. i. pp. 148-145.

} Archiv f. Naturgesch. 1860, Bd. i. pp. 161-164,

ve 7

1868. ] MR. R. B, SHARPE ON THE GENUS CEYX. 587

which have two spines on the anterior rim of the thorax, are marine,

while those of the genus Palemon, with the two spines of the thorax

placed one behind the other, are exclusively freshwater forms. This

is decidedly wrong, according to my own observations in the Philip-

pines. There are genuine species of Palemon and Leander in the

sea as well as in rivers and lakes. Philippi’s genus Bithynis, with

only one spine on the anterior rim, may therefore be considered

a third subgenus of Palemon. The synonymy of this species is

therefore as follows :—

Palemon gaudichaudii, Olivier.

Palemon comentarius, Poeppig.

Bithynis longimana, Philippi.

Macrobrachium africanum, Spence Bate.

I am very glad that I need not change the latter name, which I

should be obliged to do if it really were a new species. Mr. Spence

Bate seems to be of opinion that the Tambo River is in Africa,

whereas it is really on the west coast of South America, near Islay in

Peru. The original specimens were collected there by Mr. Whitely.

When Mr. Spence Bate expresses the opinion that all the four

species of his supposed new genus have descended from one single

primitive form, the reasons which he alleges in favour of this view

are not convincing. My own observations in the Philippines make

me rather doubtful of the alleged fact that only one particular and

no other Paleemonide inhabits each river and lake.

The new genus of Mr. Spence Bate must therefore be suppressed,

and also three of his supposed new species. It is not a new fact that

these large species of Palemon can be eaten, nor that they live in

fresh water. The older naturalists, as Sloane, Parra, Leach, Poeppig,

and Philippi, knew it long ago, as may be seen from their writings.

7. On the Genus Ceyz.

By R. B. Swarre.

It seems necessary to say a few words on this genus, as consider-

able confusion still exists with regard to the correct determination

of some of the species; and I am further anxious to set right a point

in the synonymy of two of them, by which I myself, in my ‘ Mono-

graph of the dlcedinide,’ as well as other ornithologists, have been

led into error.

The genus Ceyx was established in 1801, by Lacépéde, and the

species included in it have only three toes. The birds seem prin-

cipally insectivorous, in contrast to the members of the three-toed

genus Alcyone, the species of which are closely allied to true A/cedo,

and are almost wholly piscivorous. All the members of the genus

Ceyz seem occasionally to feed on fish, but are not generally found

in the neighbourhood of streams. In their general habits they are

allied to the African Ispidine.

The genus Ceyz may be divided into two natural sections, viz.

588 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON THE GENUS CEYX. _ [Nov. 26,

(1) those species having the head and rump lilac-rufous, and (2)

those of which the heads are black, spotted or banded with blue.

The latter section may again be divided into species which have

the beak red, and those which have it black. The following

synoptic table will, I think, satisfactorily set forth the distinctive

characters of each species :—

A. Capite et uropygio lilacinis: rostro corallino.

a. Macula ad latera colli ceerulea nulla.

a’. Scapularibus lilacino-rufis ..............06.0008 1. C. rufidorsa.

b'. Scapularibus nigris ceeruleo lavatis............ 2. C. dillwynni.

6. Macula ad latera colli cerulea.

a', Major: capite lilacino obscuriore maculato :

interscapulio et scapularibus rufis: pectore

pulchre violaceo lavato ...............ceeeeeee 3. C. melanura.

b'. Minor: interscapulio et scapularibus nigris

cyaneo maculatis: subtus flava ............... 4. C. tridactyla.

B. Capite nigro, czeruleo aut cyaneo maculato: dorso pos-

tico et uropygio cyaneis, ultramarinis, aut ar-

genteo-cruleis.

a. Rostro corallino.

a'. Rostro breviore: genis et regione parotica

nigris: dorso postico et uropygio argenteo-

COTTE. vecccc cn asnes scpse ne ecncrs-cecesteeer ee 5. C. capeli.

8'. Rostro longiore: genis et regione parotica

cyaneo aut ceruleo maculatis: dorso pos-

tico et uropygio cyaneis aut ultramarinis.

a". Scapularibus nigris: dorso postico

et uropygio lite cyaneis ............ 6. C. wallacit.

6". Scapularibus cxruleo lavatis: dorso

postico ultramarino; uropygio cy-

anescente.

a'". Major: rostro robustiore: ma-

culis loralibus majoribus: ca-

pitis summi maculis et inter-

scapulio ceerulescentioribus... 7. C. lepida.

"', Minor: subtus intense aurantia :

uropygio late argentescente.. 8. C. wropygialis.

6. Rostro nigro: capite cyaneo fasciato.

a’. Major: pectore et abdomine intense rufis ..._ 9. C. philippinensis.

6’, Minor: pectore et abdomine flavis: gulaalba 10. C. solitaria.

There are in the Indian Region two rufous-headed species of

Ceyx, one of which has the whole back lilac-rufous, while the other

has the middle of the back and scapularies black washed with blue ;

I propose to call them, for the sake of illustration, the rufous-backed

and the blue-backed species respectively. ‘These two birds are

sufficiently distinct, but nevertheless they were placed together by

all the old writers as being sexes or varieties of one species. The

first description and figure of these birds we find in an old Dutch

work, by Vosmaer, printed at Amsterdam in 1768. The Zoological

Society have just acquired for their library a2copy of this rare work,

and we find therein the following paper :—‘‘ Beschryving van twee

zeer fraaie, kortstaartige oost-Indische Ys-vogeltjes,”’ accompanied

by a full description and a coloured plate. The upper figure in

_ this plate represents the blue-backed, and the lower figure the red-

backed species.

1868.] MR. R. B. SHARPE ON THE GENUS CEYX. 589

The next mention we find made of these birds is by Pallas in

1769, one year after Vosmaer’s description. In the 6th fase. of his

‘Spicilegia’ we find a description of Alcedo tridactyla, which de-

scription I here append.

“Vertex ferrugineus, violaceo nitens ; frons ad latera dilutior.

Gene et tota subtus avis e croceo lactei coloris ; preter

gulam prorsus albam. Temporum macula lazurea, infraque

eam longitudinalis, alba. Interscapulium lazureum, alares

plume tantum apicibus, Uropygium ferrugineo-violaceum.

** Remiges ferrugineo nigricantes, interiorum quedam margine

exteriore ferruginee. Cauda brevis, rotundata, ferruginea.

** Pedes albidi, ut rostrum, etc. Unguiculi albicantes.

“Varietas, ut puto, foemine, supra tota jucunde ferruginea,

alaribus quoque plumis ; remigumque, preter extimis, margine.

Vertex, uropygium, extremaque aliquot plumarum dorsalium vio-

laceo nitore perfusa. Pectus magis quam in altera ferrugineum,

abdomen albidius. Carulea temporum areola deficiens.”

It will thus be seen that Pallas considers the red-backed bird to

be a variety of his Alcedo tridactyla.

In 1771 we find that Linnzeus first makes mention of Alcedo

tridactyla; but, as Dr. Pucheran clearly shows, Linnzeus’s descrip-

tion is merely a reproduction of Vosmaer’s. The following is Lin-

nzeus’s description :—

“A. brachyura, supra caudaque rufis, subtus flava, pedibus tri-

dactylis.

** Hab. in India orientali.

“ ditera avis supra tota rufa, etiam cauda ; ventre postico flavo.

“« Altera dorso ceruleo, tota subtus flava, gula alba; gene flave ;

remiges nigra.”

In 1783 Boddaert named the blue-backed species Alcedo rubra

from Buffon’s Pl. Enl. 778. fig. 2, upon which also the Alcedo pur-

purea of Gmelin’s ‘Systema’ (1788) was founded. In 1846 Mr.

Strickland received both birds from Malacca, and he at once saw that

they constituted distinct species. Applying the name ¢tridactyla of

Pallas to the blue-backed bird, he gave to the red-backed one the

appropriate name of rufidorsa.

To this decision Dr. Pucheran demurs; and the following is the

argument of the learned doctor. He says that the first time Linnzeus

makes mention of the name ¢ridactyla is in the ‘ Mantissa,’ and the

only work quoted by him is Vosmaer’s ‘ Monographia.’ Dr. Pu-

cheran had not the original edition of Vosmaer’s book; but he had

the French translation, and he proceeds to show (which is un-

doubtedly the case) that the description of Linneeus is merely a

copy of that of Vosmaer’s.

The learned doctor then quotes Pallas’s description, as given

above, and shows that his “‘ varietas”’ is the same to all intents and

purposes as Mr. Strickland’s Ceywx rufidorsa (P. Z.S. 1846, p. 99) ;

and there can be no doubt, as Mr. Strickland himself observes,

590 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON THE GENUS CEYX. __[Nov. 26,

that his is the same bird as the red-backed variety of Vosmaer’s

Ys-vogel, and of Pallas’s and Linnzeus’s Alcedo tridactyla. Dr.

Pucheran thus sums up his argument :—‘‘ However the case may

be, it is impossible to deny that the variety, or rather the race

with the back blue, of which Vosmaer, Linnzeus, and Pallas have

spoken, has been signalized as a distinct species by Gmelin, who

gave it the name of dlcedo purpurea, afterwards the Ceyx purpureus

of Cuvier. This synonymy appears to us incontestable ; and this

conviction results from it, that, the two types, one with the back

blue and the other with the back red, having been first confounded by

Linneus, and afterwards by Pallas, under the common denomination

of Alcedo tridactyla, and the first having been separated by Gmelin

(dlcedo purpurea, Gm.; Ceyx purpureus, Cuv.), the name of

Alcedo tridactyla ought properly to fall to the second, and to

become a synonym of the Ceya tridactyla of Jardine and Selby,

which is the same bird as Ceya rufidorsa, Strickland.

It was the conviction that Dr. Pucheran was right that induced

me to coincide in his rectification of the synonymy of these two birds

in my ‘ Monograph.’ But since the examination of Vosmaer’s ori-

ginal work, I have had occasion to be somewhat sceptical as to the

value of the worthy doctor’s argument.

Vosmaer, as it appears, was not a binominalist, and nowhere

does he apply a Latin name to the birds he was describing in the

present instance.

Then, again, Dr. Pucheran was most decidedly wrong in saying,

in the above-quoted sentence, that the two birds were first con-

founded by Linnzeus, and afterwards by Pallas; for the name of

the latter has a priority of two years.

The plain solution of the difficulty seems to be that the blue-backed

bird is the Alcedo tridactyla of Pallas, and therefore ought to bear

the name. Vosmaer must be left out of the question, as he never

gave a scientific name to the bird at all. And the name rufidorsa

must be applied to the red-backed species, Mr. Strickland’s being

the first description of that bird. I have endeavoured to give the full

and correct synonymy of the two species at the end of this paper.

I cannot reconcile the Martin-pécheur de Vile de Lucon ot Son-

nerat exactly with any of the rufous-headed species. ‘lhe descrip-

tions of the old authors are so erroneous in many cases that they

are not at all to be depended upon; but if, as Dr. Pucheran sug-

gests, the bird described by him is really distinct from Ceyw rubra,

it can only be referable to Ceyx melanura of the Philippines; and

of this species his description can only be considered a loose and

inaccurate one.

Ceyx melanura is a very excellent species, easily distinguishable by

the obscure lilac spots on the crown. While engaged in the study of

the rufous-headed Ceyces, my attention was attracted to a plate in

Prof. Reichenbach’s ‘Handbuch’ representing what he calls Ceya

tridactyla, and I could not recognize these figures as being copies of

any figures in any work with which I was acquainted. They are

intended to represent two Bornean birds in the Dresden Museum.

1868. ] MR. R, B. SHARPE ON THE GENUS CEYXx. 591

Now these figures of Reichenbach cannot be reconciled with any

of the three rufous-headed species of Ceyx, viz. Ceyx tridactyla of

Penang and the Indian peninsula, Ceyx rufidorsa of Malayana, and

Ceyx melanura of the Philippines. Reichenbach’s bird cannot be

Ceyx rubra, because this species has the middle of the back black

washed with blue, and has a conspicuous blue spot behind the ear.

This spot is wanting in the Bornean bird, which also has the back

rufous from beak to tail. Nor can his bird be intended for either

of the other two species, as both of these have rufous scapularies.

I therefore came to the conclusion that the Bornean Ceyx must be

a distinct species; and I have had some correspondence on the sub-

ject with Dr. Salvadori of Turin, who is contemplating the publi-

cation of a paper on the genus.

In the ‘Natural History of Labuan,’ by Messrs. Motley and

Dillwyn, I found a curious corroboration of my ideas on the subject ;

for there we read that a specimen of Ceywx tridactyla is “ above,

from the beak to the tail, rufous red,’ and has the “ scapulars

dusky black, tipped with rich blue.” This description will not do

for the Malaccan, while it answers exactly to Reichenbach’s figures

of the Bornean birds. I therefore wrote to Mr. Dillwyn to ask

him to favour me with a sight of the bird described by him as Ceyx

tridactyla; and he very kindly sent me the bird to examine. I im-

mediately found all my ideas as to its specific distinctness to be quite

correct, and I therefore propose to name this beautiful bird

CryYxX DILLWYNNI, sp. n.,

in acknowledgment of that gentleman’s kindness in enabling me

thus to elucidate this difficult question. The new species has no

blue spot at the side of the neck, and therefore cannot be con-

founded with Ceyx tridactyla or Ceyx melanura. From Ceyz rujfi-

dorsa it is at once distinguished by its slightly larger size, and by

the scapularies, which are black washed with blue.

Of the other section of the genus Ceyw (that is, of those of which

the heads are black with bright blue spots) the first described were

C. lepida and C. solitaria, which were figured by Temminck in the

‘Planches Colorices.’. The type specimen of C. lepida, which is a

young bird, is figured by’me in the plate of the species in my

‘Monograph of the Alcedinide,’ but the blue on the seapularies is

not very well represented. I know, however, that the type specimen

has this colour, as Mr. Keulemans made a careful examination of the

specimen for me. In Bouru the very distinct species C. cajeli, Wall.,

is found, and in the Sula Islands the equally distinct species C. wal-

lacii, Sharpe. The newly described Ceyx philippinensis of Gould,

though closely allied to Aleyone cyanipectus, is a good species, as I

have since found another specimen in the British Museum. I

cannot satisfactorily make out the Ceya uropygialis of Mr. Gray.

I believe it to be distinct; but it is the most obscure species of the

whole genus. It differs principally in its smaller size and brighter

colouring of the rump. I have seen specimens from Gilolo, Bat-

chian, and Ternate, from which latter island the type specimen

592 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON THE GENUS CEYXx. [Noy. 26,

came. There is, however, another bird of which I have seen spe-

cimens from Batchian and Gilolo, which I[ cannot reconcile at all

with any of the other species. It is larger than C. uropygialis

and about the size of C. /epida, and many people would be inclined

to consider it the young of the latter bird; but the blue spots on

the head are very small and obscure, and the blue on the back not

nearly so much developed as in C. lepida, while it presents the bright

rump of C. uropygialis. I at present consider it to be a variety of

the latter bird; but I think that when we know more of the differ-

ent species, it may prove to be distinct.

I add a list of the species at present known to me, with a full

synonymy, the descriptions being taken from my ‘Monograph’

when the species have already been noticed there.

1. Ceyx rurrporsa, Strickl. Strickland’s Kingfisher.

Alcedo purpurea, var,, Shaw, Gen. Zool. viii. p. 97 (1811).

Ceyx tridactyla, Jard. and Selby, Ill. of Orn. i. pl. 55. fig. 2;

Sharpe, Monogr. Alced. part 2. plate only (1868).

Ceyx rufidorsa, Strickl. P. Z.S. 1846, p. 99; Gray, Gen. of Birds

App. p. 5 (1848); Blyth, Cat. Birds Mus. As. Soc. Beng. p. 50

(1849); Reich. Handb. Alced. p. 8, t. cecxeviii. fig. 3070 (1851) ;

Cass. Cat. Hale. Phil. Mus. p. 13 (1852); Bonap. Consp. Vol.

Anis. p. 9 (1854); Hartl. Journ. f. Orn. 1854, p. 413; Horsf. &

Moore, Cat. Birds Mus. E. I. Co. p. 132 (1854) ; Moore, P. Z.S.

1854, p. 270; Cab. & Heine, Mus. Hein. Th. ii. p. 152 (1860);

Wallace, P. Z. S. 1863, p. 484; Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1868, p- 271.

Dacelo rufidorsa, Schl. Mus. Pays-Bas, Alced. p. 48 (1863); id.

Vog. Ned. Ind. Alced. pp. 40, 67, pl. 16 (1864).

Chuchack-wrang of the Javans (Horsfield).

Binti-abang of the Malays of Sumatra (Raffles).

Bintei of the Bornese (Motley).

C. capite et uropygio lilacinis: rostro corallino: macula ad

latera colli cerulea nulla: scapularibus lilacino-rufis: subtus

flava.

Hab. in regione Indo-Malayana.

Above lilac-rufous, tinged on the sides and back of the head and

on the back with shining violet ; wing-feathers blackish, the inner

web rufous from the base, more conspicuous on the secondaries,

which are almost entirely rufous; throat and a patch of feathers on

each side of the neck white, tinged with light orange; a loral spot

(very faintly developed), cheeks, and under surface of the body

bright orange ; bill and feet coral-red. Total length 4:7 inches, of

bill from front 1°2, from gape 1:09, wing 2:2, tail 0°8, tarsus 0°25,

middle toe 0:4, hind toe 0:2.

Hab. Malacca (Cantor), Sumatra (Mus. Lugd.), Bangka (Mus.

Iugd.), Java( Mus. Lugd.), Bavian Island (Hartlaub), Lombock ( Wal-

lace), Sumbawa (Mus. Lugd.), Flores (Wallace), Borneo (Motley).

The above description and measurements are taken from a nicely

preserved skin obtained in Flores by Mr. Wallace, and now in my

own collection. I have another specimen in my collection, which

1868. | MR. R. B. SHARPE ON THE GENUS CEYX. 593

is larger and brighter than any I have yet seen. This was pur-

chased of a dealer, and is said to be from Singapore; but Lord

Walden thinks it may have come from Camboja. The following

are the measurements of this specimen. Total length 5:1 inches,

of bill from front 1°4, from gape 1°7, wing 2°4, tail 1, tarsus 0°25,

middle toe 0°45, hind toe 0°2.

2. Cryx piLLwynnI, Sharpe, sp. n. Labuan Kingfisher.

Ceyx tridactyla, Reich. Handb. Alced. p. 8, t. eccciii. 6. fig.

3389 (1851); Motley & Dillwyn, Nat. Hist. of Lab. p. 13 (1855).

Ceyx rufidorsa, Sclater, P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 213.

C. capite et uropygio lilacinis: rostro corallino: macula ad

latera colli caerulea nulla: scapularibus nigris ceruleo lavatis.

Hab. in insulis “ Labuan”’ et ‘ Borneo” dictis.

Head, neck, and the whole of the back lilac-rufous, with beautiful

shades of violet ; a little spot at the base of the beak blue; a longi-

tudinal patch of feathers on the sides of the neck white ; scapularies

black, washed with bright blue; tail rufous, blackish towards the

tips of the feathers ; wing-coverts rufous; wing-feathers blackish,

the inner web rufous from the base, more conspicuous on the secon-

daries, the outer web of the exterior primary rufous for the greater

part of its length ; chin and abdomen white; shoulders, upper part

of the breast, flanks, and under wing- and tail-coverts rufous ; bill

and feet coral-red. Total length 5:8 inches, of bill from gape 1°5,

wing 2°45, tail 1:2, tarsus 0°25, middle toe 0:4, hind toe 0°2.

Hab. Labuan (Dillwyn) ; Banjermassing (Motley).

The above description and measurements are taken from the type

specimen, which has been most kindly presented to me by Mr.

Dillwyn, and now forms part of my collection. I have ascertained

that the specimen recorded by Dr. Sclater (J. ¢.) is referable to this

species, by a personal examination of the bird, which is now in Lord

Walden’s collection.

3. Cryx TRIDACTYLA (Pall.). Penang Kingfisher.

Alcedo tridactyla, Pallas, Spic. Zool. vii. p. 10, t. 2. fig. 1 (1769);

Linn. Mant. Plant. p. 524 (1771) ; Scop. Del. Faun, et Flor. Insubr.

ii. p. 90 (1786) ; Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 459 (1788).

Alcedo rubra, Bodd. Tabl. Pl. Enl. p. 49 (1848).

Ceyx rubra, Gray, Cat. Fiss. Brit. Mus. p. 49 (1848).

Dacelo rubra, Schl. Mus. Pays-Bas, Alced. p. 49 (1863) ; id.

Vog. Ned. Ind. Alced. pp. 40, 68, pl. 16 (1864).

Alcedo purpurea, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 449 (1788).

Ceyx purpurea, Less. Traité d’Orn. p. 88 (1831) ; Reich. Handb.

Alced. p. 9, t. ecexeviii. fig. 3071 (1851) ; Bonap. Consp. Vol. Anis.

p- 9 (1854).

Ceyx purpureus, Cuv. Régne Anim. i. p. 120 (1829); Hartl.

Journ. f. Orn. 1855, p. 423.

Ceya tridactyla, Sykes, P. Z. S. 1832, p. 84; Strickl. P. Z. 8.

1846, p. 99; Gray and Mitch. Gen. of Birds, i. p. 459 (c. 1844) ;

594 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON THE GENUS CEYX. _ [Nov. 26,

Jerdon, Ill. Ind. Orn. pl. 25 (1847); Gray, Cat. Fiss. Brit. Mus.

p- 59 (1848) ; Bonap. Consp. Gen. Av. i. pp. 157, 158 (1850);

Cass. Cat. Hale. Phil. Mus. p. 13 (1852); Bonap. Consp. Vol.

Anis. p. 9 (1854); Hartl. Journ. f. Orn. 1854, p. 413; Moore,

P. Z. 8. 1854, p. 269; Jerdon, Birds of Ind. i. p. 229 (1862);

Gray, Cat. Mamm. and Birds of Nep. p. 24 (1863); Sharpe, P. Z. S.

1868, p. 271.

Alcedo erithaca, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 449 (1788).

Ceyz erythaca, Blyth, Cat. Birds Mus. As. Soc. Beng. p. 50

(1849) ; Mason, Burmah, p. 674.

Ceyx luzoniensis, Stephens, Gen. Zool. xiii. p. 106 (1825).

Ceyx microsoma, Burton, P. Z. 8. 1837, p. 89.

Martin-pécheur de Vile de Lugon, Sonn. Voy. Nouy. Guin. p. 67,

pl. 32 (1776).

Martin-pécheur de Pondicherry, Buff. Pl. Enl. 778. fig. 2.

Dein-ngyeen of the Aracanese (Blyth).

Raja-whodan of the Malays (Eyton).

C. capite et uropygio lilacinis: rostro corallino: macula ad

latera colli cerulea: minor: interscapulio et scapularibus

nigris, cyaneo lavatis; subtus flava.

Hab. in regione Indica.

Head and nape rufous, tinged with lilac; upper part of the back,

scapularies, and wing-coverts black, washed with bright blue ; lower

part of the back, rump, and upper tail-coverts rufous, washed with

bright lilac ; wing-feathers blackish, the inner web rufous from the

base ; tail rufous ; a spot in front of the eye, cheeks, sides of the

neck, and under surface of the body pale orange; chin and a patch

of feathers on the side of the neck white; a spot at the base of the

bill and a patch of feathers behind the ear blue ; bill and feet coral-

red ; eyes brown. Total length 5°3 inches, of bill from front 1:2, from

gape 1°6, wing 2°3, tail 1, tarsus 0°2, middle toe 0°4, hind toe 0°2.

Hab. India and Ceylon (Jerdon), Nepal (Hodgson), Penang

(Cantor), Singapore (Mus. Phil.), Sumatra (Mus. Lugd.), Java

(Mus. Brit.), Philippines (Cuming).

4, Ceyx MELANURA, Kaup. Lilac-spotted Kingfisher.

Ceyx melanura, Kaup, Fam. der Kisy. p. 15 (1848); Gray, Cat.

Fiss. Brit. Mus. p. 59 (1848) ; id. Gen. of Birds, App. p. 5 (1848) ;

Bonap. Consp. Gen. Av. i. p. 158 (1850); Reich. Handb. Alced.

p- 9 (1851); Cass. Cat. Hale. Phil. Mus. p. 13 (1852); Hartl.

Journ. f. Orn. 1854, p. 415; Bonap. Consp. Vol. Anis. p. 9

(1854); Cab. & Heine, Mus. Hein. Th. ii. p. 151 (1860) ; Sharpe,

P. Z. S. 1868, p. 271; id. Monogr. Alced. pt. 2 (1868).

Dacelo melanura, Schl. Mus. Pays-Bas, Alced. p. 49 (1863).

C. capite et uropygio lilacinis: rostro corallino: macula ad

latera colli caerulea: major: capite lilacino obscure maculato :

interscapulio et scapularibus rufis: pectore pulchre violaceo

lavato.

Hab, in insulis Philippinis.

1868. | MR. R. B. SHARPE ON THE GENUS CEYX. 995

Above lilac-rufous, the head and cheeks obscurely spotted with

faint lilac; scapularies rufous, a line of black feathers at the base;

a patch of feathers on the sides of the neck blue ; wing-coverts

black, the tip of each feather spotted with bright blue; wing-

feathers blackish, the inner web rufous from the base; tail above

rufous, the exterior feathers blackish ; a loral spot very faint orange ;

throat and a longitudinal patch of feathers under the before-men-

tioned blue spot on the sides of the neck white ; breast shining lilac

tinged with violet ; centre of the abdomen whitish ; under wing- and

tail-coverts light rufous ; bill and feet rich coral-red. Total length

5 inches, of bill from front 1-2, from gape 1-6, wing 2°1, tail 0-7,

tarsus 0°5, middle toe 0°45, hind toe 0°2.

Hab. Philippine Islands (Mus. R. B. Sharpe): Luzon; Manilla

(Mus. J. Gould).

5. Creyx casext, Wallace. Bouru Kingfisher.

Ceyx cajeli, Wall. P. Z. S. 1863, p. 25, pl. v.; Sharpe, P. Z. S.

1868, p. 271; id. Monogr. Alced. pt. i. (1868).

Dacelo cajeli, Schl. Vog. Ned. Ind. Alced. pp. 39, 67, pl. 16

(1864) ; id. Ned. Tidschr. 1866, p. 339.

C. capite nigro, cyaneo maculato: dorso postico et uropygto

argenteo-ceruleis : rostro corallino, breviore: genis et regione

parotica nigris.

Hab. in insula dicta ‘‘ Bouru”’ maris Celebensis.

Crown of the head and wing-coverts black, with very minute

spots of clear blue, each feather having a central streak of brighter

colour; back silvery blue; scapulars and tail black ; wing-feathers

black, the inner web light reddish near the base; a loral spot light

orange; a patch of feathers on each side of the neck white tinged

with orange; throat white; under part light orange, deeper on the

flanks ; a considerable patch of feathers on the sides of the upper

part of the breast black ; bill and feet pale coral-red; eyes dark.

Total length 5:5 inches, of bill from front 1:2, from gape 1°6, wing

2°5, tail 1, tarsus 0:3, middle toe 0:9, hind toe 0-2.

Hab. Bouru (Wallace).

6. Creyx wauuactt, Sharpe. Wallace’s Kingfisher.

Ceyx wallacii, Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1868, p.270; id. Monogr. Alced.

pt. 1 (1868).

Ceyx lepida, Wall. P. Z. S. 1862, p. 338.

C. capite nigro cyaneo maculato : rostro corallino, longiore : genis

cum regione parotica eyaneo maculatis: scapularibus nigris :

dorso postico et uropygio lete cyaneis.

Hab. in insulis dictis “Sula”? maris Celebensis.

Above black ; head and neck spotted with cobalt, more on the

latter, each feather having a central stripe of brighter blue; cheeks

and wing-coverts streaked with bright cobalt; back very rich shi-

ning cobalt, the upper tail-coverts slightly tinged with ultramarine ;

scapularies black ; wing- and tail-feathers blackish, the inner web of

596 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON THE GENUS CEYX. [Nov. 26,

the former light rufous from the base; throat whitish ; a spot on

each side of the base of the bill and the whole of the under surface

bright orange; the characteristic spot on the sides of the neck deep

rufous brown ; a line at the base of the loral spot, also the space

between this spot and the eye, and a large patch of feathers on the

side of the upper part of the breast deep black; bill and feet coral-

red; iris dark. ‘Total length 5:5 inches, of bill from front 1-4, from

gape 1°7, wing 2°5, tail 1, tarsus 0-2, middle toe 0°5, hind toe 0-2.

Hab. Sula Islands (Wallace).

7. Ceyx Lepipa, Temm. Beautiful Kingfisher.

Ceyx lepida, Temm. Pl. Col. 595; Gray, Cat. Fiss. Brit. Mus.

p- 59 (1848); Bonap. Consp. Gen. Av. i. p. 158 (1850); Reich.

Handb. Alced. p. 10, t. ecexeviii. fig. 3066 (1851); Cass. Cat.

Hale. Phil. Mus. p. 14 (1852); Bonap. Consp. Vol. Anis. p. 9

(1854); Gray, P. Z. S. 1860, p. 348; id. P. Z. S. 1861, p. 433;

Sharpe, P. Z. 8S. 1868, p. 271 ; id. Monogr. Alced. pt. 2 (1868).

Alcyone lepida, Gray and Mitch. Gen. of Birds, i. p. 82 (c. 1844).

Dacelo lepida, Schl. Mus. Pays-Bas, Alced. p. 48 (1863) ; id.

Vog. Ned. Ind. diced. pp. 39, 66, pl. 16 (1864).

C. capite nigro, ceruleo maculato: rostro corallino, longiore, ro-

bustiore : genis et regione parotica ceruleo maculatis: dorso

ultramarino, uropygio cyanescente : major: maculis loralibus

majoribus: capitis summit maculis et interscapulio cerulescen-

tioribus.

Hab. in insulis dictis *‘ Ceram,” ** Amboina,”’ et in Nova Guinea

australi et australi-occidentali.

Head, nape, cheeks, and wing-coverts black, plentifully spotted

with rich ultramarine, each feather having a central stripe of brighter

blue ; scapularies black, washed with rich ultramarine ; back very

bright ultramarine, becoming silvery blue towards the rump; wing-

feathers blackish, the inner web rufous from the base ; tail blackish,

tinged with ultramarine ; throat and a longitudinal patch of feathers _

on the side of the neck white, the latter tinged with orange ; a large

spot in front of the eye, and the entire under surface orange, paler

on the abdomen ; bill and feet rich coral-red. Total length 5:5 inches,

of bill from front 1°5, from gape 1°7, wing 2°5, tail 1, tarsus 0°3,

middle toe 0°5, hind toe 0°2.

Hab. Amboina (Wallace), Ceram (Wallace); south and south-

west coast of New Guinea (Wallace, Von Rosenberg).

8. Ceyx uropyGIALis, Gray. Silvery-backed Kingfisher.

Ceyx uropygialis, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1860, p. 348; Sharpe, P. Z. 8.

1868, p. 271.

C. capite nigro, ceruleo maculato: dorso postico ultramarino :

uropygio late argenteo : scapularibus ceruleo lavatis: minor :

subtus intense aurantia.

Hab. in insulis dictis ‘ Batchian,”’ ‘‘ Gilolo,” “ Ternate,” maris

Celebensis.

1868.] MR. R. B. SHARPE ON THE GENUS CEYX. 597

Crown of the head black, minutely spotted with ultramarine, each

feather having a very faint stripe of cobalt down the centre ; scapu-

Jaries black, faintly washed with ultramarine ; back ultramarine on

the upper part and on the tail-coverts ; rump silvery blue, with a

tinge of greenish in some lights; wing-coverts black, tipped with

ultramarine ; wing-feathers blackish, the inner web rufous from the

base ; tail black ; throat and a longitudinal patch of feathers on the

sides of the neck white; a spot in front of the eye pale orange ;

under surface with the under wing- and tail-coverts very rich orange ;

bill and feet coral-red. ‘Total length 5-5 inches, of bill from front

1°3, from gape 1°7, wing 2°4, tail 0-9, tarsus 0°25, middle toe 0°45,

hind toe 0-2.

. Hab. Batchian, Gilolo, Ternate (Wallace).

9. Ceyx partippPinensis, Gould. Philippe Kingfisher.

Ceyx philippinensis, Gould, P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 404.

C. rostro nigro, longiore : capite cyaneo fasciato: gula rufescente :

pectore et abdomine intense rufis: pectoris lateribus intense

lazulino lavatis.

Hab. in insulis Philippinis.

Head and nape bright indigo, thickly banded with irregular mark-

ings of bright cobalt ; back very bright shining cobalt, inclining to

ultramarine on the rump; scapularies black, washed with: bright

indigo, and spotted with cobalt ; wing-feathers blackish, the secon-

daries narrowly edged with indigo; throat whitish, tinged with

rufous ; a patch of feathers on the side of the neck pure white,

tinged with rufous on the outer edge ; a spot in front of the eye and

the entire under surface, as well as the under wing-coverts, deep

rufous, the lower part of the abdomen and under tail-coverts slightly

tinged with indigo; shoulders, and a spot on each side of the upper

part of the breast, shining laguli-blue; upper mandible brownish

black, lower mandible pale orange; feet orange. Total length

5°5 inches, of bill from front 1-3, from gape 1:7, wing 2°3, tail 1-1,

tarsus 0°3, middle toe 0°5, hind toe 0°2.

. Hab. Luzon; Manilla (Mus. J. Gould).

10. Ceyx soriraria, Temm. Solitary Kingfisher.

Ceyzx solitaria, Temm. Pl. Col. 595 ; Gray, P. Z. 8. 1858, p. 172;

id. P. Z.S. 1859, p. 155; id. P.Z. 8. 1861, p- 433; Rosenb. Journ.

f. Orn. 1864, p. 118; Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1868, p. 271; id. Monogr.

Alced. pt. 2 (1868).

Alcyone solitaria, Gray and Mitch. Gen. of Birds, p. 82 (c. 1844) ;

Bonap. Consp. Gen. Av. i. p. 158 (1859); Reich. Handb. Alced.

p- 7, t. ceexeviil. fig. 3067 (1851); Bonap. Consp. Vol. Anis.

pe 9 (1854).

Alcedo solitaria, Schl. Mus. Pays-Bas, Alced. p. 17 (1863); id.

Vog. Ned. Ind. Alced. pp. 12, 48, pl. 3 (1864).

Therosa solitaria, Miller, MS.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1868, No. XXXIX.

598 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON THE GENUS CEYX. _ [Noyv. 26,

Ceyx meninting, Lesson, Voy. Coq. i. p. 691 (1826); id. Traité

d’Orn. p. 241 (1831).

C. rostro nigro: capite cyaneo fasciato: omnino minor: pectore

et abdomine flavidis: gula alba.

Hab. in Nova Guinea et in insulis adjacentibus.

Head and nape black, banded with bright ultramarine ; back and

scapularies rich ultramarine ; cheeks and wing-coverts black, spotted

‘ with bright ultramarine ; wing-feathers blackish, the inner web

fuscous from the base, the secondaries narrowly edged with blue ;

tail black, edged with blue; throat white; a spot in front of the eye

and a longitudinal patch of feathers on the sides of the neck yel-

lowish white ; entire under surface light orange; bill entirely

black ; feet orange. Total length 5 inches, of bill from front 1°3,

from gape 1°6, wing 2°1, tail 0°8, tarsus 0°2, middle toe 0-4, hind

toe 0°2.

Hab. New Guinea (Wallace), Aru Islands (Wallace), Ceram

(Mus. Lugd.),-Mysol (Wallace).

The only evidence of the appearance of this species in Ceram is

an example in the Leyden Museum, said to have come from that

island. Mr. Wallace, whose personal acquaintance with the orni-

thology of the Moluccas renders him the best authority on the

subject, is inclined to doubt the occurrence of the bird in that

locality.

I append a few notes on the geographical distribution of the genus

Ceyx. It will be seen by the table at the end of the present - paper

that representatives of the genus are found in both the Indian and

Australian regions. The four rufous-backed species, however, are

almost entirely confined to the former, while the blue-backed species

are, on the other hand, with one exception, exclusively inhabitants of

the Australian region. Inthe Philippine Islands one species of each

section is met with. Ceyx tridactyla enjoys the most extended geo-

graphical range ; for it is found all over India, and extends down the

Malayan peninsula as far as the island of Java. At Malacca it meets

with Ceyr rufidorsa, which is distributed over the Indo-Malayan

Islands and extends a little way into the Austro-Malayan subregion,

being found in Lombock, Sumbawa, and Flores. This species is also

found in Borneo, and in Labuan the new species Ceyx dillwynni is

met with. As far as we know, the latter bird is exclusively confined

to this island. In the Philippines we find Cey# melanura. This bird

is certainly the link connecting the two sections together, as the lilac

spots on the head exhibit a tendency towards the blue-backed species

of the genus. With the exception of C. philippinensis, all the other

blue-backed species are confined to the Australian region. Ceyx

wallacii is apparently confined to the Sula Islands, and Ceya cajeli

to Bouru. C. uropygialis may be said to be confined to Batchian,

Gilolo, and Ternate, though I hear that in the Leyden Museum there

are specimens of a Ceyx from Morotai, which may ultimately prove to

be of this species. Ceya lepida seems to be most plentiful in Ceram

and Amboyna, but is also found in New Guinea, though apparently

FP 2.8 IS659PL Xi,

’ sequels

A.G. Butler del et Lith W. West inp

mpecies of Adolas

1868. | MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS ADOLIAS. 599

confined to the south and south-west coast. Here it meets with the

range of C. solitaria, which is a true Papuan species. I have drawn

up a table which will exhibit at a glance the distribution of the

various species. In this table I have followed the usual arrangement

of Mr. Wallace of the various groups of islands :—

Tabular View of the Geographical Distribution of the Genus Ceyx.

Indian Region. . Australian Region.

rer Indo-Malay Timor Moluccan {Papuan

; Islands. Group. Group. Islands.

3 aig | 8

wm Vig] .| s] iis | : ra

autres =| 3 S | oS) s “=

= lalgial lalchaerslel is} .iel.]-lelsl .'2

5 SIS lel se SLS leis sralS sliZ1g/Si4 S/O

S [SiSIS/E(SlSls ISIS/S SiSISIE SBlals Ble

A \AZAS RAR aR Ze A Sa ao Kdidaw

1. C. rufidorsa ......... woe [PE] LL [ee LL pe Le | | |

2. Codaliwyrtntis 3252. \pces |... Be oA eel Peel eae

3. C. tridactyla ...... # [el eld |

4, C.melanura.......:.| <. |... a Fe ea

Os. Co reayelae<.- «06st Bests foeel ca? [Sentra Patsfad= lane locate delducocs|- sleet | soa] Me

6. C: wallacii -......... od ee es cel Be Beal eee Aone

Vie LORI CG) 1G cA ane ber ened rane seelecelens|ese|ees|eee'leesleneeea|ecelereleecleneleoe] YH [eeeleee| J

8. C. uropygialis ......] ... |... Aelbse | SiSSale ai le aall>. afeeel spe pecepae habit iE

9. C. philippinensis...) ... |...|...J...]...[-..[.--| #

10. C. solitaria ......... Fy Parle ea peel Ga ea eee |e ee hee ITachyaV saa] ect fe cL ae leeell ge Ree |

8. A Monographie Revision of the Lepidoptera hitherto in-

cluded in the Genus Adolias, with Descriptions of new

Genera and Species. By ArrHur Garpiner Burier,

F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e.

(Plate XLV.)

The genus Adolias was monographed by Mr. Frederic Moore in

the year 1859, and again by Dr. Vollenhoven in 1862; but so much

has been learnt respecting the sexes and affinities of the species

since that time, the species themselves have increased to such an

extent, and the difficulty of classifying them has been so universally

felt, that a complete revision of the group has become a necessity.

In the present paper I have been obliged to make several new

genera, on account of striking differences of structure observed ; the

species are also arranged in natural groups to facilitate their deter-

mimation.

The genus as it now stands contains sixty species, sixteen species

having been separated from it to constitute new genera, and eight

others being removed to the genus Symphedra, Hiibner.

600 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS ADOLIAS. [Nov. 26,

Genus Apottas (Boisduval), Westwood:

Typical species 4. aconthea, Cramer.

Sexes differing in form and pattern ; the males resembling Apa-,

turas or Paphias, the palpi always blunt and cuneiform ; the middle

discocellular of front wing acutely recurved ; the first branch of the

subcostal in hind wing emitted close to the base, the second some

distance beyond.

LUBENTINA group.

1. ADOLIAS ADONTIA.

Q. Papilio adonia, Cramer, Pap, Exot. iii. p. 109, pl. 255. figs.

C, D (1782).

3. Adolias lubentina, Horsfield, Cat. Lep. Mus. E. I. C. t. 5.

fig. 5 (1828-29).

North-east of Java (Cramer). Java, ¢ 92, B.M.

2. ADOLIAS LUBENTINA.

2. Papilio lubentina, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. p. 92, pl. 155. figs.

C, DiQ 779).

3. P. lubentina, Donovan, Ins. China, tab. 36. fig. E er

China (Cramer). North and South India, hee

3. ADOLIAS AMANDA.

3 2. Adolias amanda, Hewitson, ae Butterf. ii. p-.78)

pl. 35. figs. 3, 4 (1861).

Celebes (Hewitson). ; ~Celebes; -¢ 9, B.M.

4. ADOLIAS EVELINA.

3. Papilio evelina, Stoll, Pap. Exot. pl. 28. figs. 2, 2 6 (1791).

3, Bengal (Stoll). 3; Tranquebar, Coll. Banks.

This insect, as represented by Stoll, is of a brilliant bronzy-green

colour.

Race A. derma, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. pt. 2. p. 436

(1844).

3 2. A. eva, Felder, Reise der Novara, iii. p. 432. n. 692 (1867).

India, Celebes, ¢ 9, B.M.

5, ADOLIAS SOMA,

2. Adolias soma, elder: Reise der Novara, p. 432. n. 692)

(1867).

North India (Felder). Java, 3, B.M.

May be only a race of evelina, which also occurs as derma in both

the above localities; it scarcely differs except in the. uate

formed discoidal spots without scarlet centres.

6. ADOLIAS SIKANDi.

Q. Adolias sikandi, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soe. Lendoinl p. 75,

pl. 7. fig. 4 (1859).

Java (Moore). - (Horsfield collection) B.M. -

This species is allied to Felder’s s A. soma.

1868. } MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS ADOLIAS. 601

. ADOLIAS TEUTA.

vr Adolias teuta, Hewitson in Gen. Diurn. Lepid. p. 291. n. 5,

Bh 44. fig. 2 (1850).

Silhet (Westwood § Hewitson). North India, ¢ 9, B.M.

8. ADOLIAS DUNYA.

3. Adolias dunya, Hewitson in Gen. Diurn. Lepid. p- 291..n, 6,

pl. 44. fig. 2 (1850).

. Borneo (Wallace). . Borneo, 3, B.M.

Seems to come into the Lubentina group.

SCHRENKII group.

9. ADOLIAS SCHRENKII.

Q. Adolias schrenkii, Ménétriés in Schrenck’s Amurland, p. 31.

n. 62, tab. 3. fig. 2 (1859). .

Mountains of Buriah (Ménétriés).

This curious species seems most nearly allied to francia, but is

very distinct from all the known Adoliades ; on the under surface

it resembles Apatura ambica, Kollar, and Athyma chevana, Moore :

the former is probably the species imitated *.

FRANCLE group.

10. ADOLIAS FRANCIZ.

3. Adolias francie, G. R. Gray, List. Lep. Nepal, p. 12, t. 14

(1833).

. 9. Adolias raja, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. iii. p. 397.

sp. 40, Taf. 9. fig. 2 (1859).

Darjeeling, ¢, B.M.

. Felder’s specimen is from Assam ; the figure is not very charac-

teristic, being very rough and hard.

11. ADOLIAS SAHADEVA.

2 as 3. Adolias sahadeva, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. London,

p- 80. n. 39, pl. 8. fig. 3 (1859).

3. Differt forma omnino: ale minores, antice apice, postice

angulo ani acutis, fasciis omnibus anticarum pallidis viridi oc-

cultis, posticarum apud costam concurrentibus distinctissimis,

in disco autem reductis et partim nigro oblitteratis: maculis

marginalibus obscurioribus. Nepal, ¢ 2, B.M.

12. ADOLIAS KARDAMA.

3 9. Adolias kardama, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 80,

n. 40, pl. 9. fig. 3 (1859).

China (Moore). Coll. J. O. Westwood.

Allied to sahadeva.

* The powerful flight of all the members of the Emperor group doubtless

gives them a great advantage in aiding their escape from all kinds of enemies.

602 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS ADOLIAS. [Noyv. 26,

13. ADOLIAS DURGA.

3 &. Adolias durga, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 80, 2,

pl. 9. fig. 2 (1859).

Darjeeling (Moore). North India, ¢ 9, B.M.

14. ADOLIAS IVA.

3. Adolias iva, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 78, pl. 8.

fig. 2 (1859).

Darjeeling (Moore). Darjeeling, ¢, B.M.

15. ADOLIAS CONFUCIUS.

2. Adolias confucius, Westwood in Gen. Diurn. Lepid. p. 291.

n. 16 (1850).

China (Westwood).

Closely allied to A. epiona, but larger ; the lower spot on hind

wing lunulate and reversely curved.

16. ADOLIAS EPIONA.

Aconthea epiona, G. R. Gray, Lep. Nepal, p. 13 (1833).

Adolias doubledayii (Boisd.), Gray, Lep. Nepal. p. 13, t. 13

(1833).

North India (Gray, Moore, &c.). North India, ¢ 9, B.M.

17. ADOLTAS NARA.

Q. Adolias nara, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 78, pl.

viii. fig. 1 (1859).

Habitat unknown (Moore). Type specimen, 9, B.M.

18. ADOLIAS SANCARA.

3. Adolias sancara, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 78, pl.

9. fig. 1 (1859).

3, Darjeeling, North India (Moore).

North India and China, ¢ 92, B.M.

The sexes of this species scarcely differ.

19. ADOLIAS VASANTA.

2. Adolias vasanta, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 77,

pl. 7. fig. 2 (1859).

2, Ceylon (Moore). Ceylon, 9, B.M.

Evidently nearly. allied to garuda, but with an oblique white bar

across the front wings.

20. ADOLIAS AGNIS.

9. Adolias agnis, Vollenhoven, Tijdschr. voor Ent. p. 202. n.

27, pl. 12. fig. 2 (1862).

Q, Java (Vollenhoven).

This species is intermediate between garuda and vasanta of

Moore.

1868. ] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS ADOLIAS. 603

ACONTHEA group.

21. ADOLIAS GARUDA.

3 2. Adolias garuda, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 64,

pl. 3. fig. 2 (1859).

North and South India (Moore). North India, ¢ 9, B.M.

Subsp. <Alis omnino pallidiores fulvescentes, maculis discalibus

sepe obsoletis *. North and South India, ¢ 2, B.M.

22. ADOLIAS LUSIADA.

3 2. Adolias lusiada, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. vii. sp. 89

(1863).

Luzon (Semper). Coll. Felder.

Very nearly allied to garuda, Moore.

23. ADOLIAS ANYTE.

3. Adolias anyte, Hewitson, Exot. Butterf. iii. p. 59, pl. 30. fig. 5

(1862).

3. East India. Coll. Hewitson.

Seems to be most nearly allied to garuda.

24. ADOLIAS MERTA.

2 . Adolias merta, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 72, pl. 6.

fig. 4 (1859).

China (Moore). 2, Hopeian Coll., Oxford.

Seems to belong to the Garuda type.

25. ADOLIAS KANDA.

3. Adolias kanda, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 69, pl. 4.

fig. 2 (1859).

Borneo (Wallace). 3, Coll. Hewitson.

Appears to be nearly allied to parta; but in the figure the discal

bands are placed nearer together.

26. ADOLIAS PARTA.

3 2. Adolias parta, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.(N.S.), vol.v.

p- 63, pl. 3. fig. 1 (1859).

3. A. apicalis, Vollenhoven, Tijdschr. voor Ent. p. 186. n. 5,

pl. 10. fig. 1 (1862).

Borneo (Moore § Vollenhoven); 3, India; 9, Borneo. B.M.

The anal angle of the hind wings varies slightly in different indi-

viduals of the male.

27. ADOLIAS ACONTHEA.

3 9. Pap. aconthea, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. p. 60, pl. 134.

figs. D-G (1779).

Batavia ( Cramer). Java, ¢ 9, B.M.

* The figure of the female given in Moore’s figure is applicable to this form

of the species, although the discal spots are here distinct.

604 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS ADOLIAS. [Nov. 26,

Fabricius, in his ‘ Species Insectorum’ (p. 104. n. 458), compares

his P. melissa to Cramer’s figures of aconthea; there can, however,

be little doubt that melissa is a Satyride of the genus @neis. The

species is said to come from Newfoundland, and the description is

nearly the same with that of Fabricius’s fortunatus. The type is said

to be in the Banksian collection ; but, unless it is identical with the

polixenes of the same author, it must be lost: there is, however, a

specimen of Adolias kesava, § (labelled ?melitta, Fabr.); the latter,

of course, has no connexion with the Fabrician species.

28. ADOLIAS SOMADEVA.

2. Adolias somadeva, Felder, Reise der Novara, p. 432..n. 691

(1867).

North India (Felder).

Larger than the Javan d. aconthea (Cramer); the inner margin

of all the wings longer, the outer margin of the front wings less

curved.

29. ADOLIAS ALPHEDA.

3 Q. Adolias alpheda (Godart), Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. London,

p- 66, pl. 3. fig. 4 (1859).

Java (Moore). Java and North India, ¢ 9, B.M.

30. ADOLIAS JAMA.

3 2. Adolias jama, Felder, Reise der Novara, p. 431. n. 690

(1867).

North India, Assam, Malacca interior (Castelnau) ; Banca( Felder).

A local form of the Javan A. alpheda.

31. ADOLIAS OCTOGESIMA.

(3)@. Adolias octogesima, Vollenhoven, Tijdschr. voor Ent.

p. 193. n. 14 (pl. 10. fig. 5), pl. 11. fig. 1.(1862).

3 Q. Java and Borneo (Vollenhoven).

The (?) male of this species does not appear to differ from alpheda

3, Java; and I question its being distinct from that insect; the

female, however, seems rather to belong to the Apiades 2 group.

32. ADOLIAS HESPERUS.

Q. Adolias hesperus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. pt. 1. p. 47. n. 145

(1793).

3 2. A. phemius (Hewitson), Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. London,

p. 65, pl. 3. fig. 3 (1859).

Darjeeling (Moore); India and China. 3.9, B.M.

33. ADOLIAS ANOSIA.

3 2. Adolias anosia, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 65,

pl. 5. fig. 1 (1859).

North India (Moore). North India, ¢ 9, B.M.

Allied to garuda, but very different.

1868. | MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS ADOLIAS. 605

34. ADOLIAS KESAVA.

3 2. Adolias kesava, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 67,

pl. 3. fig. 5 (1859).

Silhet, North India (Moore). North India, ¢ 2, B.M.

Subsp. 3. Areis discalibus fusco purpurascentes (nec virescentes )

lunula punctoque post celle anticarum finem.

East Indies, ¢, B.M.

35. ADOLIAS SURJAS.

2. Adolias surjas, Vollenhoven, Tijdschr. voor Ent. p. 200.

n. 24, pl. 12. fig. 1 (1862).

Q. Java (Vollenhoven).

Seems to come near kesava, Moore.

36. ADOLIAS MAHADEVA.

$. Adolias mahadeva, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p- 68,

pl. 4. fig. 1 (1859).

Hab. Unknown (Moore). 3, Coll. W. W. Saunders.

Seems to come near salia and kesava.

37. ADOLIAS RAMADA.

3. Adolias ramada, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p- 69, pl. 4.

fig. 5 (1859).

** Malacea”’ (Moore). Malacea, ¢, Coll. Roberts.

The nebulous gloss on the disk of the wings in this species varies

from bluish green to violet grey: the nearest ally of ramada is salia ;

but the two insects are abundantly distinct.

SALIA group.

38. ADOLIAS SALIA.

3 2. Adolias salia, Moore, Trans.'Ent. Soc. London, p. 69; pl. 4

fig. 4 (1859).

Java (Moore). . Java, ¢ 9, B.M.

39. Apoxias pecoratus. (Plate XLV. figs. 2 & 9.)

3. Ale supra fusce ; antice costa virescente, characteribus con-

suetis basalibus, fascia irregulari hastata discali viridi lituras

maculares fuscas includente, albo' extus limitata et fusco mar-

ginata, extra squamis fusco pallidis submarginata ; postice

fascia regulari dpud apicem nivea a linea lunulari extus li-

mitata, ad apicem lunulis tribus violaceis extus marginata,

area anali quadrate eneo-viridi : subtus omnes flavescentes,

Jascia communi eneo-albida, apice anticarum eneo-viridi.

2. Ale multo majores, supra fusce, fascia multo latiore albi-

cante et in posticis intus magis irregulari ; subtus fascia velut

supra viridi, opalescente fusco marginata; area basali flava,

characteribus nigro-fuscis ; margine externo omnino ad fasciam

albido opalescente: corpus supra fuscum, subtus album.

Exp. alar. 3, une. 22, 2, 22,

606 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS ADOLIAS. [ Noy. 26,

Singapore (six specimens). 3 2, Coll. Roberts.

Allied to A. salia, but very distinct; the underside of the male

much like that of A. dépunctata, Vollenhoven.

40. ADOLIAS BIPUNCTATA.

3. Adolias bipunctata, Vollenhoven, Tijdschr. voor Ent. ps 191,

n. 11, pl. 10. fig. 4 (1862).

3, Borneo (Vollenhoven).

Allied to A. salia.

CLATHRATA group.

41. ADOLIAS CLATHRATA.

3. Adolias clathrata, Vollenhoven, Tijdschr. voor Ent. p- 105,

n. 38. pl. 12. fig. 5 (1862).

3, Borneo (Vollenhoven).

Seems almost to unite the Sadia and Cocytus groups ; it comes

nearer to the latter.

Cocytus group.

42. ADOLIAS JAPIS.

3. Adolias japis (Godart), Lucas, Hist. Nat. Lep. Exot. pl. 69.

fig. 1 (1835) ; 2. Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. p. 73.n. 21 (1859).

Java (Moore). Java, d 2, B.M.

Race. Ale maris supra fascia communi nivea violaceo partim mar-

ginata (nec ceruleo inclusa), femine obscuriores et fascia com-

muni tenuiore quam in forma typicali. Java, ¢ 9, B.M.

43. ADOLIAS ASOKA.

2. ddolias asoka, Felder, Reise der Novara, p. 433. n. 694,

tab. 58. fig. 1 (1867).

Malacca interior (Castelnau). Borneo, Coll. Felder.

This species seems nearly allied to japis, 2, of Godart.

44. ADoLiAs VACILLARIA, sp.n. (Plate XLV. fig. 1.)

2. Affinis A. asckee Malacce ; ale supra fusce, lineis consuetis

basalibus obscurioribus ; antice fascia seemaculari nivea, ma-

culaque apud apicem, fascia diffusa obscure fusca ab apice ad

marginem anali-internum posticarum currente, in anticis intus

squamis ceruleis, extus apud angulum ani maculis squamosis

violaceo-albidis marginata ; postice punctis duobus submediis,

linea lunulari discali obscure fusca extus maculas septem viola-

ceo-albidas cingente, intus apud apicem maculis quatuor niveis

quadrato-lunatis limitata: subtus omnino pallidiores, area

basali flavescente lineis lunulatis distinctis ; maculis albis anti-

carum velut supra, posticarum obsoletis : corpus supra fuscum,

subtus pallide flavescens.

xp. alar. une. 3.

1868.] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS ADOLIAS. 607

Borneo. 2, B.M.

Allied to asoka of Felder, but very distinct.

45. Apouias cocytus, sp. n. (Plate XLV. figs. 3 & 10.)

3. Pap. cocytus, Fabricius, Mant. Ins. p. 29. n. 316 (1787).

Q. Affinis A. vacillarie, at supra characteribus fere aphide

(Hewits.) ; antice maculis velut in vacillaria at minoribus et

Juscescentibus velut in asoka, linea media velut in vacillaria at

distinete nigrescente: area apicali anticarum omnino virescente ;

postice lunulis tribus submarginalibus apicalibus nigris, squa-

mis albidis circumeinctis. :

Ale subtus omnino flavide, antice disco toto lete flavescente ;

linea alis ambabus lunulari submarginali nigro-fusca: maculis

anticarum supernis niveis fusco cinctis: postice linea angu-

lariter arcuata discali fuscescente, characteribus basalibus

consuetis : corpus supra fuscum, subtus flavescens.

Exp. alar, unc. 28.

Siam (a collectione Banksit). B.M.

The Fabrician type is in the Banksian collection, and, as I have

stated in the ‘ Annals of Natural History’ (Jan. 1868), has no con-

nexion with the cocytus of recent authors.

Q. Above much like a small aphidas in pattern, but with the

apical area covered with greenish scales; below it is also somewhat

like that species, but the hind wings are differently coloured and the

bands distinct. In form it differs considerably, the front wings being

strongly falcate and the hind wings with the anal area produced.

46. ADOLIAS GOPIA.

2 as 3. Adolias gopia, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 73,

pl. 5. fig. 4 (1859). Assam and (?) Fiji Islands, ¢ 2, B.M.

47. ADOLIAS AMBALIKA. :

2. Adolias ambalika, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 74,

pl. 5. fig 3 (1859).

3. A. ambalika, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. i. p. 98. n. 4

(Feb. 1868).

Borneo (Moore). Borneo, ¢ 2, B.M.

48. ADOLIAS GANDARVA.

3 2. Adolias gandarva, Vollenhoven, Tijdschr. voor Ent. p. 199.

n. 29, (2) pl. 11. fig. 4 (1862).

Ha 2

Allied to A. diardi, but seems distinct ; the male described pro-

bably belongs to another species.

49. ADOLIAS DIARDI.

2. Adolias diardi, Vollenhoven, Tijdschr. voor Ent. p. 188. n. 8,

pl. 10. fig. 2 (1862).

g. A. diardi, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.i. p. 98. 0.5 (1868).

2, Borneo (Vollenhoven). Borneo, ¢ 9, B.M.

608 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS ADoLias: | Noy. 26,

50. ADOLIAS BLUMEI.

3. Adolias blumei; Vollenhoven, Tijdschr. voor Ent. p- 204.

n. 30, pl. 12. figs. 3, 4 (1862).

A. blumei, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. i. p. 98. n. 28

(1868).

So, Java (Vollenhoven). Borneo, ¢ 2, BM.

51. ADOLIAS COCYTINA.

6. Adolias cocytina,Horsfield, Zool. Journ. p. 67, pl. 4. figs. 3, 3%

(1829-30); 2. Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. i. p. 99. n. 6 (Feb.

1868).

3. A. godartii, G. R. Gray, List Lep. Nepal, p. 14, tab. 12. fig. 2

(1846).

Q. A. mitra, Felder, Reise der Novara, iii. p. 433. n. 695 (1867).

3, Sumatra ( Horsfield). Sumatra, ¢ 9, B.M.

ADOLIAS LUDEKINGII.

fe Adolias ludekingii, Vollenhoven, Tijdschr. voor Ent. p. 189.

n. 9, pl. 10. fig. 3 (1862).

Q. Sumatra (/% ollenhoven).

This is a local representative of monina, Fabr. (puseda, Moore),

and comes between it and cocytina. The male will doubtless be

difficult.to determine.

53. ADOLIAS MONINA. (Plate XLV. fig. 4.)

6. Pap. monina, Fabricius, Mant. Ins. p. 51. n. 502 (1787),

linea supramarginali latiore nigerrima.

East India (Fabricius). — ‘ East Indies, ¢, B.M.

3 (race). A. cocyta, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. pt. 1. p. 127 (1793).

Q. A. puseda, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. p. 71, pl. 6. fig. 5

(1859). 4

Penang (Moore). Singapore, Penang, ¢ 9, B.M.

I have examined thirty-five specimens of both sexes in Lieut.

Roberts’s collection. The form monina, 9, only differs in the ‘more

strongly marked coloration of the under surface.

54. ADOLIAS LEPIDEA.

3 Q. Adolias lepidea, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. i. p. 71

(1868).

This species has been most minutely described in German by

Prittwitz (Stett. ent. Zeit. 1867) as the cocytus of Fabricius:

TELCHINEA group.

55. ADOLIAS TELCHINEA.

3. Adolias telchinea, Ménétriés, Cat. Lép. Mus. St. Pasa.

pt. 2. t. 9. fig. 3 (1857).

2. Adolias aphidas, Hewitson, Exot. Butterf. iii. p. 60, pl. 30.

fig. 8 (1862).

1868.} s- MR. A. G- BUTLER ON THE GENUS ADOLIAS. 609

3, Northern India (Ménétriés). Mus. Imp. Acad. St. Petersburg.

Q, East India (Hewits.). Nepal, 9, B.M.

56. ADOLIAS SEDEVA.

Q. Adolias sedeva, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 68, pl. 4.

fig. 3 (1859).

3. Adolias adima, id. ibid. p. 76. n. 29 (1859).

3 2, Assam (Moore). Assam, ¢ 9, B.M.

Sedeva is not the female of apiades; the latter has no large white

spots upon the upper surface of the wings.

57. ADOLIAS SANANDA.

¢. Adolias sananda, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 76, pl. 7.

fig. 3 (1859).

3, Assam (Moore). Silhet, ¢, B.M.

58. ADOLIAS JAHNU.

Q. Adolias juhnu, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 74. n. 24,

pl. 7. fig. 1 (1859).

6. Adolias belarama, aaa Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 766,

pl. 41. fig. 3 (1865).

Q, Darjeeling, ¢, North hides (Moore). Silhet and Darjeeling,

3 2, B.M.

$ var. Ale postice maculis subquatuor squamiformibus ceruleis

marginalibus apud angulum ani.

Silhet. : 68> BM.

59. ADOLIAS APIADES.

_ g. Adolias apiades, Ménétriés, Cat. Lép. Mus. St. Pétersb. pt. 2.

t. 9. fig. 4(1857) ; also of Moore.

Q. Ale supra fulvo-fusce strigis consuetis basalibus, lineis

duabus subdiffusis fuscis undatis discalibus continuis, ambabus

apud apicem anticarum albido quadripunctatis: ale subtus

_ fere velut in A. jahnu colorate ; ale autem-antice forma om-

_-- nino distant.

Darjeeling (Ménétriés). Darjeeling, ¢ 9, B.M.

_ 60.. ADOLIAS XIPHIONES, sp.n. (Plate XLV. fig. 6.)

3. Affinis A. apiadi minor, supra obscurior castaneo-fusca liners

anticarum discalibus magis approximatis ; postice fascia mar-

ginali viridi multo latiore: antice subtus basi flavescentes,

punctis apud apicem albicantibus ; postice fundo toto flavo,

maculis aree@ analis ceruleo cinctis, aliter velut in apiade :

corpus supra fuscum, subtus albidum.

Exp. alar. une. 2§.

~ Moulmein. 3, B.M.

Allied to apiades and jahnu 3, but differing considerably from

both.

Fig. 1. Palpus of Adolias aconthea.

la. Subcostal branches of ditto (h. w.).

2. Palpus of Tanaécia pulasara.

610 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS ADOLIAS. [Nov. 26,

2a. Subcostal branches of ditto (h. w.).

3, 3a. Neuration of Stibochiona.

4, 4a. Neuration of Newrosigma.

5. Rudimentary lower discocellular in D. nesimachus.

TANAECIA, g. n.

Typical species Tanaécia pulasara.

Sexes nearly alike; the palpi with a slender bristle-like terminal

joint, varying somewhat in length in the different species; the

middle discocellular of front wing feebly recurved ; the first branch

of the subcostal nervure in hind wing emitted at some distance from

the base, the second just beyond.

‘1. TANAECIA CALLIPHORUS.

3. Adolias calliphorus, Felder, W. e. M. v. p. 302; Hewitson,

Exot. Butterf. iii. p. 61, pl. 31. fig. 9 (1863).

Luzon (Felder). Philippines, 3, B.M.

2. TANAECIA VALMIKIS.

3 2. Adolius valmikis, Felder, Reise der Novara, p. 434. n. 697

(1867).

Borneo (Felder). Id.? Borneo, ¢ 2, B.M.

Larger than the nearly allied arana, Felder (pardalis, Vollenhoven).

3. TANAECIA APSARASA.

2%. Adolias apsarasa, Vollenhoven, Tijdschr. voor Ent. p. 198.

n. 18, pl. 11. fig. 3 (1862).

Borneo (Vollenhoven).

Most nearly allied to d. valmikis, Felder, but quite distinct.

4, TANAECIA SUPERCILIA, sp. n. (Plate XLV. fig. 7.)

3. Valde affinis T. varune ; ale supra velut in T. pelea colorate,

at fascia posticarum lunulari magis arcuata et characteribus

basalibus punctiformibus: ale subtus pallide fusce, area in-

terno-basali anticarum flavescente, fascia sericeo-albida discali,

maculis posticarum latioribus nigris: aliter velut in varuna.

1868. ] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS ADOLIAS. 611

Exp. alar. une. 24.

Penang. 3, Coll. Roberts.

A local representative of 7’. varuna. Lieut. Roberts has assured

me that the nearly allied species of the Adolias group are quite con-

stant to their localities ; otherwise I should have considered this to

be a variety of varuna.

5. TANAECIA VARUNA.

2. Adolias varuna, Vollenhoven, Tijdschr. voor Ent. py 195.

n. 16, pl. 10. fig. 6 (1862).

3. Ale supra velut in feemina, subtus fere velut in lutala 3.

Java (Vollenhoven). Singapore, ¢, B.M.

This, though very closely allied to lutala, seems a good and con-

stant species. In the collection of Lieutenant Roberts there are ten

males and five females, not varying at all, from Singapore. The

under surface of the wings differs considerably in the opposite sexes.

6. TANAECIA ARUNA.

3. Adolias aruna, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. n. 24 (1859).

3. Adolias purdalis, Vollenhoven, Tijdschr. voor Eat. p. 197.

n. 17, pl. 11. fig. 5 (1862).

3, Java (Vollenhoven); 3, Malacca (Felder).

This seems very nearly allied to varuna.

7. TANAECIA LUTALA.

Adolias lutala, Moore, Trans, Ent. Soc. p. 71, pl. 6. fig. 3 (1859).

Borneo (Wallace). Borneo, 3, B.M.

8. TANAECIA TRIGERTA,

3. ddolias trigerta, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p- 72, pl. 5.

fig. 2 (1859).

Java (Moore). Java, ¢ 9, B.M.

The third joint of the palpi in this insect is very short, but needle-

like as in the other species.

9. TANAECIA PELEA.

3. Papilio pelea, Fabricius, Mant. Ins. p. 53. n. 523 (1787).

3. ddolias palguna, Moore, Trans, Ent. Soc. London, p- 70, pl. 6.

fig. 1 (1859).

2 . Coloribus fere maris, alis autem forma et magnitudine lutale 3 .

“In India” (Fabricius); 3, Java (Moore). Java, 9, B.M.

10. TaANAKCIA PULASARA.

S 2. Adolias pulasara, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 71,

(od) pl. 6. fig. 3 (1859).

Malacca, Singapore, Penang (Moore). Malacca, India, 9, B.M.

I have examined eight specimens of both sexes, taken by Lieut.

Roberts in Malacca. The species appears scarcely to vary, although

one male individual in this collection has the external area of all the

wings unusually white.

612 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS ADOLIAS. [Nov. 26,

2. Adolias indras, Vollenhoven, Tijdschr. voor Ent. p. 194.

n. 15, pl. 11. fig. 2 (1862).

, Borneo (Vollenhoven).

This is only the Bornean form of Moore’s pulasara, from which

it seems to differ in the paler margin to the wings, with one or two

other minute and insignificant discrepancies.

11. Tanacra viouartA, sp. n. (Plate XLV. fig. 8.)

Q. Ale supra fusce; antice velut in pelea, at margine toto Susco;

postice fascia lunulari ad angulum ani increscente submarginali

apud apicem lunulis niveis, apud angulum ani purpureis, a

lunulis fuscis intus limitatis, extus a maculis sagittatis fuscis

extra albido terminatis precipue apud apicem.

Ale subtus velut in pulasara, at area basali fusco-flavida (nee

ochreo-albida) sagittisque posticarum violaceis et longioribus.

Exp. alar. unc. 33.

Singapore. 2, Coll. Roberts.

Allied to vikrama, Felder, but very distinct.

12. TANAECIA VIKRAMA.

3. Adolias vikrama, Felder, Reise der Novara, p. 453. n. 696

(1867).

Sumatra (Wallace). Sumatra, ¢, B.M.

Closely allied to 4. pulasara.

Genus Sympnapra, Hiibner (1816).

DirtTea group.:

1. SyYMPH2DRA ARETES.

3 %. Adolias aretes, Hewitson, Exot. Butterf. ii- p. 69, (3)

pl. 35. figs. 1, 2 (1861).

Celebes ( Hewitson). Celebes, ¢ 2, B.M.

Var. ¢. Ale postice fascia preocellari discali obsoleta.

Celebes, 3, B.M.

2. SYMPHEDRA CANESCENS, sp.nov. (Plate XLV. fig. 5.)

Q. Affinis 8. areti 2, minor, fascia autem anticarum discali ma-

eulari alba et ad basin continuata, fasciaque postmedia obliqua

(tn arete, furca solum fascie discalis) a punctis duobus albis

substituta, fascia marginali ad angulum analem albicante ; ma-

culis posticarum majoribus, cincturis tenuioribus flavidis, intus

ad angulum ani albicantibus, maculis flavis pallidioribus.

Ale subtus multo pallidioribus, aliter velut supra: corpus supra

JSuscum flavido maculatum, subtus flavido-fuscum.

Exp. alar. une. 35%5.

Nearly allied to aretes, but formerly looked upon as a variety of

dirtea.

1868. ] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS ADOLIAS. 613

3. SYMPHZDRA DIRTEA.

2. Pap. dirtea, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. pt. 1. p. 59. n. 184

(1793), but not of Hewitson.

2. Adolias boisduvalii, G. R. Gray, List Lep. Nepal, p. 12,

tab. 10. fig. 1, (dirtea 3) fig. 2 (1846).

Bengal (Fabricius). Silhet, Java, Sumatra, ¢ 9, B.M.

Local race. Alis minoribus obscurioribus, antennis fulvo acuminatis.

Borneo. 3 2, B.M.

4. SYMPHEDRA CYANIPARDUS.

3S. dle supra simillime 8. dirtezee, majores, punctis autem anti-

carum basalibus viridi-albidis nec fulvo-aureis, fasciaque mar-

ginali subobsoletu diffusa, punctis duobus distinctis subapi-

calibus niveis ; postice fascia violaceo-viridi intus regularius

dentata, venis haud cinereo acuminatis: subtus maculis omni-

bus distinctissimis viridi-albis, fundo olivaceo-viridi nec fulvo-

Jerrugineo, punctis posticarum obscuris submarginalibus vir

distinguendis.

2. Adolias dirtea, Hewitson in Gen. Diurn. Lepid. pl. 44. fig. 1

(1850).

Silhet. 3 3, B.M.

Local race. Antenne utroque sexu fulvo acuminate ; femina alis

supra paulo magis virescentibus.

Borneo. 36 2, B.M.

5. SYMPHZDRA IMPERATOR.

2. Adolias imperator, Hewitson, Exot. Butterf. iii. p. 62, pl. 31.

fig. 10 (1863); A. imperialis in Index.

Luzon (Hewitson). 2, Coll. Boisduval.

6. SyMPH2ZDRA NINUS.

Q. Adolias ninus, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. 1859; Reise

der Novara, pt. 3. tab. 58. figs. 4, 5 (1867).

Amboina (Doleschall) ; Ceram (Wallace). Coll. Felder.

Comes into the Dirtea group.

7. SympH&£DRA? ACTION.

2. Adolias action, Hewitson, Exot. Butterf. iii. p. 59, pl. 30.

figs. 6, 7 (1862).

Aru Islands. Coll. A. R. Wallace.

Mr. Hewitson says that this species has the discoidal cell of the

front wing closed, but that of the hind wing open.

AEROPUS group.

8. SYMPHEDRA PANOPUS.

3. Adolias panopus, Felder (W. e. M. v. p. 302, 1861); Reise der

Novara, iii. tab. 58. figs. 2, 3 (1867).

Luzon (Felder). 3, Philippines, B.M.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1868, No. XL.

614 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS ADOLIAS. [Nov. 26,

Described originally as a species of Leawias, Boisd. Gen. ( = Sym-

phedra). The structural characters which separate Symphedra

from Adolias are not very considerable, and from their uncertainty

seem almost to indicate a state of transition; the style of coloration,

however, is quite distinct.

DicHoRRAGIA, g. n.

Typical species Dichorragia nesimachus.

Most nearly allied to Apatura (A. erminia), but differing slightly

in the neuration, the hind-wing cell being partially closed by an in-

terrupted and rather delicate lower discocellular nervule. In colour-

ing the type more nearly resembles Symphedra cyanipardus 9

than anything else, which probably accounts for its retention in

Adolias.

DicHORRAGIA NESIMACHUS.

Adolias nesimachus, Boisduval, in Cuvier’s Régn. An. édit. Cro-

chard, Ins. t. 139. fig. 1.

Northern India. 3 9, B.M.

STIBOCHIONA, g. Nn.

Typical species Stibochiona coresia, Hiibner.

Allied to Diadema (D. alimena), but differing from it, from Apa-

tura, and from Adolias in having the discoidal cells of both wings

distinctly closed, the middle and lower discocellulars of front wing

forming a continuous arch, the upper discocellular of hind wing

obliquely arched, the lower a little longer than the upper, slightly

arched, and meeting the median nervure somewhat obliquely at the

origin of the second and third branches. Colours intermediate be-

tween Adolias cocytus and Diadema alimena.

1, STIBOCHIONA NICEA.

Adolias nicea, G. R. Gray, List Lep. Nepal, p. 13, t. 12. fig. 1

(1833).

Adolias dolope, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. iii. sp. 8 (1859).

Darjeeling (Moore). Northern India, ¢ 9, B.M.

3 var. Minor, punctis distincte viridibus nec ceruleis.

Northern India. 3, B.M.

2. STIBOCHIONA CORESIA.

Q. Hypolimnas coresia, Hiibner, Exot. Schmett. Band ii. tab. 46.

fies. 3, 4 (1806).

3. Adolias apaturina, Horsfield, Zool. Journ. v. p. 68, pl. 4.

figs. 1, 18 (1835).

Java. 3 2, BM.

The type of the genus Hypolimnas is a Diadema, so that that

term cannot be adopted.

1868.] COMMANDER KNOCKER ON PELAGIC SHELLS. 615

NEUROSIGMA, g. n.

Typical species Neurosigma siva.

Nearly allied to Romaleosoma, of which it is probably the eastern

representative ; it differs, however, in neuration.

Body, palpi, and antennze formed and coloured as in Romaleosoma ;

the wings coloured as in some Eastern species of Argynnis: the dis-

coidal cells closed ; the upper discocellular of front wings extremely

minute ; the middle short and transverse ; the lower long, transverse,

and gently waved, meeting the third median nervule close to the origin

of the second; the upper discocellular of hind wings short and

arched inwardly ; the lower long, arched outward, slightly angulated

in the centre, and meeting the third median nervule just beyond the

origin of the second.

NEUROSIGMA SIVA.

Adolias siva, Westwood, Cab. Orient. Ent. p. 76, tab. 37. fig. 4

(1847).

Nepal. 3 f°, B.M.

Adolias confinis of Felder (Wien. ent. Monatschr. iii. p. 182,

taf. 4, 1859) is identical with Abrota jumna, Moore, not 4. ganga,

as stated by Gerstaecker.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XLY.

Fig. 1. Adolias vacillaria, Butl., p. 606.

2& 9. decoratus, Butl., p. 605.

3& 10. cocytus, Fabr., p. 607.

4, monind, Kabr., p. 608.

5. Symphedra canescens, Butl., p. 612.

6. Adolias xiphiones, Butl., p. 609.

7. Tanaécia supercilia, Butl., p. 610.

8. violaria, Butl., p. 612.

9. On Pelagic Shells collected during a voyage from Van-

couver Island to this country. By Commander Hvcu

H. Kwocxer, R.N., C.M.Z.S.

' Having lately returned, in command of H.M.S. ‘Alert,’ from the

- Pacific, where I had been sent to bring home that vessel (I found

her at Esquimalt in September 1867), I now beg to send, for the

information of the Zoological Society, a sketch of my researches in

pelagic shells during my passage home.

I conceived the idea on leaving Vancouver that, as I was going to

pass through the four great oceans (viz. North and South Pacific, and

South and North Atlantic), I might usefully try by the tow-net if it

were possible to determine where the several species began and ter-

minated, or whether they ran throughout the whole, or parts only,

of these vast extents of water; and by the Table herewith sent it

will be seen with what success.

COMMANDER KNOCKER ON PELAGIC SHELLS.

[Nov. 26,

Table showing the List of Pelagic Shells found during the passage of H.M.S. ‘Alert,’

Hyalea

ioe

: =]

|| |Fe

Date. 2) 4 Be 3

iG B | jes 3

# * g\g° B sis

slo 8) $/ 8] s/ El 8/8

‘S14 8] $|-8| S18] 8] 3

§ 2 3 3|> =| =|

Rein 3 a

N w.

1867. eins

Ocho elo. 36.) OVS esl Loe lee. *|.

9. ..123 0) 152)... Boel BA Pa CEES

INOVAG: Tc.c| h eee |oeee AE ob eal aseteee| ou

10.../13 0} 153 Coe | el eels

12...j11 0} 152 seal ye

UF. 20S: OAT ales lee (can fore aes | eis

US: 0G) OME eee lee cless| sae = 3 (al La

20: [32 CO) TAO el el emal coats en lozeless

Doce] 2 OM SON et es o| & ane] ok

D2... .\' OF SOPVAD |e] one teisteesl eae *|* |...

Bas We

Uae 10) Eo ee 33) Bed We Sea 3

28...)12 0} 147) x Ber Boel cal Perit

29...)15 0} 148 BA sale le a ba bee

et Of bee Hel kine Bel Bet ocd aoe

Dec. 4/f |Tahiti.| ... eae ane:

11.../28 0} 139 # |...) | |.

12.../30 0) 136 ole

14...133 0} 130}.. .| * |.

15.130 MON129i)": *

Nis ioon nO] LASiF ehs

18...1387 0} 127 Sz

19...\87 30) 127 |...| ... Pasi

20-oo) OM2T se) os Peet eal

D1 2189) wOM DG Bale Se al oa

22...|389 30) 124 5 Mp1 Bae boa Pas eae) ec

24...138 30) 120}. a | ny Eee Otel ths 4 ged

De HAO = OP Oil eele. 2 lee een aoe -eafean|es

26...41 0) 118 |e}.

27...\42 0 120}. ¥|.

SOLE OTD eae Sees ee eee lea leos

1868.

|Jan. 7...\42 0} 90)..

be Te sled Pilot eI ee ay a lal ent ae el er

12: a0). (OF Grech oes peels t tae

Reb. 15215950) CS reales ecoltectecel oleae

| Mar. 11...\40 O} 44| SE i eel os beet ee

12 .135 0} 44)}.. sete

14. ..131 2-0) 44). Gala:

17.../28 0} 40 lf eae

18.../26 0} 41). spel eet see

19...| Of Rio de |...) ..5}...]... Poe

: Janeiro,

April 2.../18 0 wo SEE. sel EAE # | |...|.

3...{17 0} 34}... * =o Peete 3 fe

Cleodora Creseis Cuviera

$ Bilao Hey

3 Bese |e

3 FEES | Eo

5 SE) 2es| S08

3 SS) ees] WEE

=| So] WS sloaes :

s | 8] .| 2] s/ S85] 888) 86° BRAS icc

8 1S/S/ 8 SlSlSslBa2si eau] | et. S13] os

2/3/38] 8] 8iSl8 2185 >| 92°! gs] sis S| sus

3. |S) 3/4) 3) 8530-8 [28 1s] SiS] siS §] §

2/3] So) S el™s/7B jad |e] & 8] 8/8) 8) 3

= {£8} 1) 8/8} 3]! [F | 3/3] 813] 8) 8] 8

= | Fa ES ad a | Pe eee bn

On Re a a em eee |e ci|e.| Be Pa

wa laecle sae J2 Gy Dace ae *|*¥]#]...]..

| * |. Bale oSsc ele eeelc| lace ls aales

weals ig se of ELH] He ece] woe | cee

oe : * Ba Nea 4 fea Bee ee fio

e NeoelssAleealeceloral nee aoe * || x

ealepeke aE | se) Se oe cal eee

Pa ieee Jea| 2 ilose | Beulenetoeee *?

Sie ilise wzef ok | oe feel | oF | eee

a eal SIE bol Ea eel Pee Fe i Pedic sll

evga Pas [5 ed was, | veclesc| enelesslows ¥ Mice

* var.|...|- . oe H | eclecs | coe | cee

wee [esefese[eee|ee [eee] one pee he oe Pe Sa ee oe Wee

ce ee ee) eel eed Meee Meare al eat Bacio cj ese of || eee ee

lucsteealees|oe alee mee 3 eallveulseal eae | 32)

ofall vee scul oe el tess al oeel eal - #55

RES pel eae 8 IS Ds 3 Pree err Pec ees oes seller ¥ [ea

Ba as he se ee ee || seve. | ince vel al esl eeey eee Eh

beat |sesl-odleoslecst ee * * | ace

Je. \seelens| oes |sealeee EFI aeee || can hall cealfestsoelaen| ane Eales:

ay leet feel ae = wes : sche ofade eee

Be eee bee * 5A seo|eus] Suilcea

Ft] 63 * = so|oen| 7365 |e

Baa LEA a Bas * oes ee

saat ietl dl eaalens * ad onl aosfecelaes siliee

a Fel be Sarl a ee as 200] °%\|one]=se| ve) ooo ame

s oendlacelnes|eaulaaelees = lees vo tee | eat oat oe sae

* ah seo] oe '].03|'96| 3 | ca lowatl nen

* Beye |e voes.P | Soksel| ses] Sates * |) self

* * * | % [eos] *'| 5%) ccottioem

see ee |e |oeclsesOk (oath

J x

1 Much carinated.

1868.] COMMANDER KNOCKER ON PELAGIC SHELLS. 617

from Vancouver's Island, B. C., to England, 16th October, 1867, to 12th May, 1868.

Spiralis Atalanta TIanthina Litiopa Cheletropis

[3s = r = iE

= 5 eS . = :

: a | 1 aa88|| 8. 4 linn le 12 ae

¥ = S) Cae Sloan Be Wetft scal wi Mey IES = 2

| Ga i) TASC) 1 O'S |Sg a4 -12 & jig

Sh ae fla cS) ach Ee) Ro, 2g Oo) e.S0 = 3| S| Se

o| o| 8 7 kas kos iSimaelo he wW ig 8) EiSE

BLZ\ 8 2u| |SS7E\8a5| | S82 Feels lsd] 2] 8 Pe

SB) x 3,3 4059/5285 | “dS SIE S)-3) 5 :

Bll = 52 Bisa | mee Giob Bos S552 Sige

> = sa = EI o |\O

alfa |. ee) jagsss|ae2| | peagha 3] [se

SIA S| [Sle] cf |eleaeelegel Ss) Poeigin |. ae

| 81.8 an Oo 4

al (S|) aise [silges| lees] (Te lseil fe

SRA 2/45 2 cv ‘ S| s

Stell [ei eee) Jal jase fe |!

Rive Aloe esate aos) 0 aad eaae = RY Fe ia

Masclee Be |e ot aoa ee (eee naey [ocaleceflege || tones al Seon aed Deataee Caco alt

Aes Male eal seh (ide ; are sae) aes eo |W eefess || 2S

to sd Ps sits s ae bileed lane By eee lees) ted eel heal pee

- wae ee . ee wee wee ee a

Fouled *|... ce. ination Meas bale eS IE) FR da ES

Bee ee Dee al Be EP “e sans ll etecrs| laste ser fora |SAe| Bd | oce ss

Atel Ge FE Niwas se oe Ser ae . es | see see =

= *| * |. wee foealece| wee on ac} soelece| eee

teas * ce ae geile en ee

Py ice a ee eed ed ied ne oe lino |fiese | fins wes see leweleee| wee one eee [eels see

* *?| #|...] 0 * see [eee * * ees) | woe i[enafece os

encore! Hl. cc leenleeeleenlenelecelecelece oe eee tee . * tee eee | cae feweleoe| eee

HE Jove] H le celeceleeeleeelene wefeee] ¥ * * |...[eee] ¥ cee | eve | coe foveloee| oon

5 ee ee ee ees eid ny ond ees ed On coe fous ase ee "8 cs fi see eee | cee [ewelene| ove

* A oe od ee : eee see leselece] eee see aoe | cee feoe] F | one

* oe on oo see see] woe . wee | wae lewelewe! eee

* 85 -/ Soe Seo) vo tee eee woe leeelene! woe .. eve | vee leeclene| coe

fan

weelewele wee lowe * eee eee vee see wae eee lee alee . laa

Pel ack ol eel Perea beecl er ico cee [acetone see | coe foonlees! oo

Peal eaetenalias ose Septtacslvec| race wine. |xesed| teem) ssa] eee] bans

oo] H lee = o ees woe feoelenn| coe see eon] seele ee! cee

aoe a [ised BoA) aca sel aftarfese|iaseh{ = wee |lsmel|psem mee eee

7g Geer ales (eisie| ses sine paleo} eal etna Ig wsoil|eaienthenn,|amalcn's| vse

SoH eel cy Reseed Bice 53 eee Uinta Pisce” licen [leael slot ee-| wes

eelersl: * \

ig}

cot

Date.

Peek es Mera Se

618 COMMANDER KNOCKER ON PELAGIC SHELLS. [Noyv. 26,

Table

Hyulea Cleodora Creseis Cuviera

| a3 rd | sn eee

ej] [#3 =| | |sle4 | Bee |

2) 4] |88 z a g| 228/358

eater Jee $ 3 eid ieee

Ben | See =] || s|slelalsigitsleasvees calcite

So el sis] elSisigl & | S/S] ZI S/SiS8l S22) 255] sl sl al 15) $18

Si ¢/ 8/3/ 8)5] 3/3] 8 | S)S/4) 3! S/S8|.8 [28 |S Sel si S| 8

227181 S) 88] 818) 2 8) Se) Ss se) 7 a (oe |e) Se SS) SiS

S° |2)8)3) 8) S38) S 1S] 8] 1] ss] 3] | (= | S/S) 8) 3) 8 S18

° i °

16 O| d4)* . * Ealines , axe ol ceeds aetebilece! Sos

15-30) 34) *)<.. Til oct ne é : esalyites cos | eles eae | (Scetlieen

15 O| 34) *|-- Filoee| f was AE | seis] Seater owe rarer

1d Oa BOM ize fete | ae sel Gah te | oe) 2 fe 5 *|* |...) |. :

j11 0} 3h} Sehess|ucosh AB aot hen a Soewie te 25) OeMee SIE ste Geog

9 Q| 30/* walacolesnfice |ovchnes loeateeclns mal adecdl wave # PK [eel eloes] | eee

7 O| 30\* sles | % nadllosaleeneee ie | Fleeces] ete vee

5 0} 30/* SNE eulses 3s | uesl'. Slsedboas 3 ade. SR NEE ME ae een ieee fi sea

iy Ol eoUil er * * Ree Bee eee eet eel ee ‘ St wd oe edetees wm }ee

0 O}| 30)*| al sl Re Gel ee Pe S| eae ea * = * Sa el eee |

ea i

N. | w.

2 0} 30/#|. aul /h tewelaee ee Le Fi Silkees sown EENES aa hetis |atorw dicts

De ON. ole Ae: we: ase Sl oee| alte call) wes oc eee lie 2: cok /eatores | eee eee

25)..0).. 40). Be eS ee lhe esse aus Sos iheaetee sosfealade| ceoul ieee

28 30} 40) * Ate |. * * |. 2b |iteonliaes

380 0} 41] *! Bo bec (aI coals Feel at leu. vee | Flee Je] |

31 0} 41 sel osIBE see Se aliense woe [eeefoee] # owe] | cee | one

32 30) 40)...|... ea ae ntmiboren asp cee alee es } SMS, eed eee

SARSO SOI Ne cen fos Hloki| ve R callcos| teeters w| =eelooelbee ok (PE e-8l ce

35 0) 37 ee ; Hevilecs Jala! wee feeeleeeleee| | | HR | vee

36 80, 35 gee les * oe : boon eee je LET.

39) Olsilslese| ses lesslee oe cottaes] ie Monde aa sre Wentealcaeates eas ses eae ene = AE 9) eee

Sie OW 2Sileeo} vee to Reales Wales as Pe eects Wier, tis:

* Much crystalline sand, full of microscopic shells.

Every day, when the weather and the speed of the ship allowed it,

I took specimens of each sort I procured and gummed them on

cardboard, marking date, latitude, and longitude; thus the Table

must be correct.

Respecting the spiral shells (Cheletropis, &c.), of which I found

many varieties, I only casually notice them, being unable to name

them.

I have followed Mons. Rang’s nomenclature chiefly, but in a few

cases have put “‘ var.” (variety) against some of the columns, as the

species differ somewhat from those figured in his work.

(continued).

oe ee ee ee eee Se eee

Spiralis Atalanta | Tanthina Litiopa | Cheletropis

ae 5a

7 = = lip 2

4 ies - Is [tae

$ = soeEl a. a |S {5 (8 ee

| eS et Peee| Pad Ad|e8.j2 [a Ape

2] £1 § b,| |SBeg |S TR] [Ses /oeS™ le |S) E158

45) :8/ 8 ES) [S258 /580) | Se St Slashes) f) 8a

; £)d|-3) 2 a3| IMeesleus| |S Cele ge SSE S| 3) e\ce!

Zla| lal | S1£ H2| | S282 |S es aioml Be aoe e) 4) 8/9 al

s| Elsi 4lz| a | . am JARs ee iaes) | eee ta bys sé

3/8) .8/'8 S}Fl Se |S) gf si | ele BeBe lope] S| Sia ggi [FE a

S) 3) 2/2 a} [S| SSS |Slleee! seis) Sl) 88/7 i"

Bs els “Tse sie |Sls2 a8 lacel & [SH eeoaeat! |

f/ 5] 5) 5 lS) 8] sl [si 7gae]s eS tual aNae IES |i

2 |e le hte Jove] I Pad eg he aie Sane (/aotee tde a aa

<:|/ES eas ae «|, x? ie a 3 ze :

251\ 75) See Be ee Ta Coe eee elise | ase rd Cee Oe eal gies all ess |) ae ban heel ess

=5 C8 Beet Bee Reel Peed eae bealb il: *? Seg ROR eter bd | Aral Were ee | hoc eel lors finccl hee

Bettaes|nes| Pelee | Geychileceles Weel oncbec ol ce ahhac. : stil He otlimaoilteaenttepe ee lhees

°5) od Bed es a el AOR) ee el eee | Ae oan afte * wall \

~~ cc] See Bee Bee Be ee = ; SEE neg’ | scealloeottes

* | & [e?| * ee eee a as sp : * | * Pa Neer ea HE

o5HE5) B32 NE (el Re % | %|oesfee F for SME sesliacer Hikes « ;

Fle sctooo| *|* Paes i So ache? [HE [EM ate] eae : +».

soe} ee| | % * |...) *] *]. a: ses * | * seo ales Hien

-- 4 \E S| ENE noe Ee EB adie Bac cep IRE Heliecelll wear lees’ leone *

“c(t fea | be Paes Hp wwe [*[¥].. Ceieal HS lec

peste PRL] | HK ee cloos * Dao|) oeawe wee. WE eee] ee - ie

* | & | ¥2) x Se. | setae, | EECA 5 Prd ie ye seedias cot Pwallices rales

*|* [*?/.. * Joos] dee 5 «| one 1%

31 ee lea eel bas [ese eras feos 2 sales | sie

1868. | COMMANDER KNOCKER ON PELAGIC SHELLS. 619

2 Not made out.

The Atalantas I have simply placed in separate columns, not

knowing their specific names, but with notes for guidance.

Of the Ianthinas I found several species; one I submitted to Dr.

A. Adams, R.N., who informs me it is new (I. nitida), and has

kindly undertaken to describe it, together with another new shell I

procured *.

* “Dear Caprarn Kyocker,—I think the small Janthina, which occurred some-

what abundantly in your cruise, is a new species, and, on account of its shining

appearance, may be named J. nitida. It belongs to the same section (Jodes,

Morch) as does the pretty Z. exigua; but the whorls are more finely striated, and

‘orUREyy yyNog

‘OUR TY tt yy

620 COMMANDER KNOCKER ON PELAGIC SHELLS. [ Nov. 26, °

I may, perhaps, be allowed to remark that I found the tow-net

but of little service during the daytime, the hours between sunset

and sunrise, especially on moonlight nights, being the most favour-

able. I also remarked, generally, that the dtalante were the first

tu come to the surface, the species of Creseis next, and lastly the

Hyalee and Cleodore; these seldom before the sun had set, and

usually an hour after.

In submitting this “chain” of Pelagic Mollusca to the Members

of the Society, I trust they will make all allowances for imperfections

in a first attempt.

I will now proceed with a few observations on the several varieties ;

but having no microscope on board, and with the number of inter-

ruptions which continually occur on board ship, they will be of a

very superficial nature.

CLEODORA PyRAMIDATA (Péron).

C. lanceolata (young), Rang.

I believe these species to be different, as I found C. pyramidata

and C. lanceolata equally large. In all cases the characters were

distinct, and there were no intermediate forms, C. pyramidata being

invariably more elongated and compressed, the line from the lateral

to the terminal points being nearly straight, whereas in C. lanceolata

the lateral points diverge much more, are more posterior, and the

line from these to the terminal one is much more incurved.

In a work on the natural history of California I found the name

Cleodora exacuta mentioned as the species of that coast. But I

cannot find any difference ‘between it and C. lanceolata, and have

included them both in the same column.

CLreopora (not named).

I obtained only three specimens of this shell (18th and 21st No-

vember and 11th March), all rather damaged; the lateral points

long, attenuated, sharp, and rather inclined forwards; terminal

point short and much curved upwards. Shell glassy, very brittle,

white, and strongly striated across from dorsal ridge to ventral edge.

That obtained on the 11th March has the terminal point less curved,

and the lateral ones directed more forwards. I do not find this

species described in Rang’s work. It appears to differ entirely from

C. cuspidata.

CxLeopora, or Creseis?

On 17th March 1868. A large, long, smooth, glassy shell, rather

the colour is of a uniform violet. The chief peculiarity, however, is its shining

appearance.

“ TanTuina nitipa, A, Ad.

“J. cesta subumbilicata, trochoidea, nitida, violacea, oblique crebrilirata, an-

fractu ultimo convexo in medio valde carinato ; apertura subtriangulari,

labro in medio profunde sinuato. « Yours very sincerely,

“ ARTHUR ADAMS.”

1868.] COMMANDER KNOCKER ON PELAGIC SHELLS. 621

rounded on both surfaces ; the terminal point strongly but gradually

curved. Being damaged on the anterior part, I cannot describe it

further. I do not find anything similar in Rang’s work. It is the

only specimen I obtained.

Hyara.

19th April 1868. This is probably a variety of H. longirostra ;

the rostrum much more compressed, more elevated, and curves up

sooner than in the true H. longirostra.

HyYA ea (name not made out).

19th and 30th April. The only two days I got this shell, and I

find no Hyalea corresponding to it in the work of M. Rang. The

terminal and lateral points truncated and very little developed; the

dorsal plate prolonged considerably in a gentle curve and forming

an obtuse point ; dorsal markings three; ventral plate much rounded

(globular), striated, nearly square anteriorly. It resembles more

H. quadridentata in shape, except the points and projecting plate ;

it 1s also wider in proportion.

IANTHINA?

3rd and 8th April 1868. Aperture very large; spire depressed,

umbilicated ; lip reflected over umbilicus; no notch; colour deep

blue and strongly striated.

LITIOPA.

29th November and 4th December 1867. Resembles much the

Litiopa bombyzx of the Saragossa weed; and if of this species, it is

worthy of notice that it should occur on both sides of the American

continent, although not in quite similar latitudes.

Liriopa.

4th December. Another species, light yellow horn-colour ; body-

whorl very large; sutures deep and very marked; spire short, mam-

millated (not acute as in the other); whorls five; aperture nearly

complete.

Cuecetroris, No. 1.

Whitish cream-colour, aperture and sutures brownish ; spire short,

obtuse ; whorls five, the last large, strongly marked spirally, less so

but very finely transversely, giving a granulated appearance; claws

in three points.

Cueerroris, No. 2.

Deep brown or horn-colour. These I found most plentifully near

the Line on the Atlantie side.

622 ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [ Dec. 10,

CueEvetrortis, No. 3.

White, glassy ; claws closer and sharper; shell smooth.

Cueuetropis, No. 4.

Yellow; smooth, spire elevated. Doubtful if a Cheletropis.

On 5th May 1868 (lat. 34° N., long. 39° W.) I obtained a yel-

lowish semitransparent shell, somewhat resembling Ovygyrus ; spire

concealed, strongly marked in a line with the whorls.

On the same day the tow-net brought in a considerable amount of

extremely fine crystalline sand, which contained numbers of micro-

scopic shells. Some of these I picked out by means of the lens; they

appeared mostly to be discoidal, transparent, and white. I am quite

unable to account for this singular and unique occurrence.

During the long passage, I need scarcely say, I found many spiral

shells, and many of these minute. These being probably the “fry”

of larger sorts, I have not described them. Should at some future

day any notice of them be desired, I will endeavour to send you a

list and short descriptions of them.

December 10, 1868.

Professor Huxley, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

Mr. Sclater called the attention of the Meeting to the following

special additions to the Menagerie since the last Meeting :—

1. A pair of Crowned Hornbills (occus melanoleucus) from

South Africa, purchased November 27th, making nine species of

this family of birds now living in the Society’s Gardens, namely :—

Buceros bicornis. Buceros atratus.

rhinoceros. Toceus erythrorhynchus.

pica. melanoleucus.

corrugatus. Bucorvus abyssinicus.

elatus.

2. Two Regent-birds (Sericulus melinus) from Australia, pur-

chased December 3rd, making three examples of this fine bird now

living in the Gardens. One of the last purchases was in full plu-

mage; the two others in the dress of immaturity.

3. Two Temminck’s Snappers (Macroclemmys temminchii) from

the Mississippi, presented December 5th by Mr. C. Hagenbeck of

Hamburg.

My. Sclater exhibited, on the part of M. Jules Verreaux, Corr.

1868.] ON THE BREEDING OF MAMMALS IN THE GARDENS. 623

Memb., two specimens of Ampeliceps coronatus of Blyth (J. A. 8. B.

vol. xi. pt. 1, p. 195, figured in Gray and Mitchell’s Gen. of Birds,

pl. 81). Mr. Blyth had originally described this bird from speci-

mens from Tennasserim. The present examples were stated to be

from the northern part of Cochin-China, where it inhabits the bushy

plains in small flocks of seven or eight individuals. Its habits were

stated by M. Verreaux’s correspondents to resemble those of the

genus Acridotheres, its food consisting of locusts, grasshoppers, and

other insects, which are often sought for in the vicinity of cattle.

Mr. Sclater also exhibited, and made remarks upon, the skin of a

male Kaleege (Huplocamus cuvieri) from Arracan, which had been

presented to the Society by Mr. John Squire, C.M.Z.S., on Sep-

tember 4th last. The specimen appeared to agree well with Tem-

minck’s figure (Pl. Col. i.) of Lophophorus cuvieri, and was clearly

intermediate between Z. lineatus and H. horsfieldi. Mr. Sclater had

been informed that all the Kaleeges from Arracan were of this

variety, which, if this were truly the case, might be held to consti-

tute a good geographical species.

Mr. E. Blyth exhibited, and made remarks on, some horns of sup-

posed hybrids between the Chamois (Rupicapra tragus) and the

Domestic Goat. ;

The following papers were read :—

1. On the Breeding of Mammals in the Gardens of the

Zoological Society of London during the past twenty

years. By P. L. Scratur, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secre-

tary to the Society.

The first Table subjoined gives a list of the different species of

Mammals that have bred in the Society’s Gardens from the com-

mencement of the year 1848 up to the end of 1867 (that is, during

a period of twenty years), and the number of instances in which each

species has produced living young during the same period. It has

been compiled from the “‘ Occurrences,” the Annual Reports of the

Council of the Society, and from other documents.

The arrangement followed is that of the fourth edition of the

‘ List of Vertebrated Animals living in the Gardens of the Zoological

Society of London’ (1866).

The second Table gives the total number of species that have bred

in each order of Mammals, and the number of species of the same

order that are enumerated in the list of Vertebrates. By this a better

idea may be formed of the comparative frequency of breeding in

each order, which is indicated in the third column.

624 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE BREEDING OF — [Dec. 10,

Doe

— so

A SH ad

No. of instances

of breeding in ee

each species each

during the past | order.

twenty years.

I. QuapRuMANA.

1. Rhesus Monkey............s00..006+ Macacuis rhesus........00..0.000 11

2. Pig-tailed Monkey NEMESEPINUS ...0eceeeeeeees 1

3. Macaque Monkey Sp0% CYNOMOLGUS ....6.0ceeeeeee 2

4. Arabian Baboon Cynocephalus hamadryas...... 2

5. Vervet Monkey ..........s0sscseceee Cercopithecus pygerythrus ... 6

6. Capuchin Monkey..........++s06 o| Cebus CAPUCINUS ......seeeeeee 1

7. Ring-tailed Lemur ...........-... TCT COLED: ote ceedsevcete nee 1

8. White-handed Lemur ............ ADIMANUS. ..4. 00. 06e renee 2

9. Black-fronted Lemur ............ —— NIGTIFTONS.......0esevceeves 2

10. Yellow-cheeked Lemur............ LANTROMYSCAX ....6.0..00- il

. Red-fronted Lemur ............... TUPUTOUS feccatate seats cases 1

. Maholi Galago ............:scceeeee Galago Maho .........6..5-04-- 1 es

IV. Carnivora.

fh. ‘Commiony Wolf ten vreccsccrseccee cts CAnisilpUs \actecs tea stheeas- ae: 11

D2 Tndian WOM Sep scccceacassees si ‘mallapes.. canwes tua tesamseass 2

3. Common Jackal...............00000+ —— QUIALUS ....ereecenvenseecens 2

4, Black-backed Jackal ............... MESOMLELES 455 cco sacon on: 1

G2 Silver HOx veers: csccheennsee bees APGENTALUS: 20 2.c0cca0ns0- 6

sy DIC ORDOL fanaa denice. deeaesieeeces CNG OR Fudd cesemenenaen 1

8. Barred Ichneumon ............... Herpestes fasciatus ......+0.++- 3

9) Senegal Genet 20. ..0.0..-c sconces Genetta senegalensis .......2+++. 1

PF Riprine Genet! .....-.ccrsssecneren LOT O arena nenste saaeele seers 1

MPR ALOMGONCticn. cwosnoeaasosaacmes tas ———$. PONG. eave ves cesavceoosaes 1

MUM eLineIGeneb + skier sdees meeseesen ce HOLUOE! moctpatteumieers tats 1

MPAUTICATINOLVClss> gnatecceescecas iehieere VAVCTTE, CUUCTEG inaeecaeanan ene nen 2

5 WRG Ao. oxannoosoodonconteanagaccsaaed GUISTIZO erteaees ast cess parece “oer 12

AWE 210° 30s ee Aono Woo adoge cen EOO JOO ——— TAT US... 0 ..0rasesseccessenees 6

DEST arce caonanceepebeiooee soeceseant WIZ sectosbincnoeceasosengot: 3

Ibs) SET Sec cpcyebaneaoscop sooaeSuSLO DE LeOpardus ......2.se0eeeeee 8

K LEB Sodocccmodcnge ssosacodernBcodsdde ——— CONCOLOP.... 1. eceereeeeenes 5

Soe O1e8) Fe ie anhgsasnut nse saben denna: UT OTUS ie ae teosh tcanecisa 3

AO Gterecscnseantnisnussoneesiaceatcrece: TUE EA VULGOTAS, J oaviesonscorste aos 1

Pe leT AG (21) dae: aneabeaatcremh ances adsense NM ClES COLUSE teance- teers tegen: 3

Polar "Beary. Jcnssercsetteecdentese one: Thalassarctos maritimus ...... 3

PESTO WALICAL, Ryaaiey's seni =ssseuceme PSUS (OPCLOS sais sna, cctivess Sean 5

del bycligg b]o meee arinonoan oresncon AMETICANUS ...0.0000000m- 3

_—________|_ 8)

VI. Ropenria.

1. American Flying-Squirrel ...... Sciuropterus volucella ......... 2

2. Prairie Marmots.....2cse~ esses. - Arctomys ludovicianus ......... 1

3. Canadian Beaver ...............++ Castor canadensis .........4.4++- 1

4, Barbary Mouse ..................05 Mus barbarus vinccsnc.cdseeens 4

5. Mitchell’s Hapalote .....-......... Hapalotis mitchelli. ............ 1

G., Grenaming ii cin. coche sepa teewece Lemnus norvegicus ......0.065. 1

7%. Undian’ Porcupine « i...0-.22-sne> 0 LLY StH tt VEUCURG, vaca sade clu 5- 3

8. Orange-quilled Porcupine ...... TROLOBOT ZED. insneencsec es 1

9, Chinchilla iss Aeenkeeereee ses senct Chinchilla lanigera ......6..44. 6

O: ‘Golden Aout: tee. te..qearene ees Dasyprocta aqutt ......6..0.065. 11

1. Viscacha: .0..ccasccueseaaeererrerst es Lagostomus trichodactylus ... 2

— —| 33

VIII. Arriopacryra.

Guanace cs satecwessucessnenene stn eth Auchenia huanacus .........4+- 4

PAITAGA cnvoststs Sesmacmnarenienterss MOCOS rena crainay asseanieaviar 10

TERT) je agooadeneMiiece ub adcnoaseppacds WOME ees wndioseseestescers ae 7

5 KEWNENE Gh. SpscpnpdnanhotstoiosenBeApoons Camelopardalis giraffa......... 13

punjab Sheepiisc-ayecsescabewesecress QUIS CYOLOCETOS Aanesyeesesssces 8

1868. | MAMMALS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS. 625

|\No. of instances| No. of

of breeding in | gitto in

| each species | gach

| during the past | oyder,

twenty years.

BIMOUM ON aco tatec teeta aseeeet efi Ovis MUSIMON 22... .02cceeneveee 4

SMAOUGACN facet tak ance aeecs cantar eee tragelaphus ......c1.20000 7

METS Oo.) Qperete eepeneeeee cance: CUpra MEGYACETOS ...ceececseeene | 3

MAID Bue heteor te tne cho ec stack cote BOER: (cs cag boaSettatia eee | 6

meNiubianibex).tsccssdecrens Senrecers NUDLANG «Ese sasuravazeacos 2

» Alpine Whamois....c0s-2-.s6ecaee- Rupricapra tragus ......10.++. 2

Sebhilantomiba @, c.cscspacse-vekescens Cephalophus maxwelli .........| 1

Se Atker= DO. ae anacteececie seenacaece MENG ONS. cdzicduceaccontee 5

. Burchell’s Duiker .................. GUrChEMle icin devccavsenene 1

fb @uvier s! Gazelle;. cv.gescecosccnsate Gazella cuviert ........c0cceeeeee 1

- Dorcas Gazelle ...........c.ce00000: DOT CUS --acocinbs tgas beeen 7

OePplesebORiscss.ee sccucouee sta: enevdcoae 2 Damatlis albifrons ......6.000000- 2

RIO COYA «ste caasesveetessece ann cee OFY ROU COTYCN s.sus cee 9

Lo) DIENT G lite Poneman Serr, Sarina canes OPeAS CANNA oo .ec cc cceeceucecenee | 33

PONV IPN BIO x sensnces census cenadsncenasees UE OPLOL PULA vest enecaee xu oss scene | 11

PEAKS ee cccesnce oces cceaescnecanieenans BOS GTUNNICNS oo. eeeeeeeeneeees +

Oy LCDUG toes ceses sw cisacestetaradioaaeienen's VOGTOUS = vent nemncepcuise teint 13

i ISOM ado nto sae oe ehcaspeweneae Bison americanus ......00.00000- 2

E WWaipiile Deer. at udes snsceascn dene Cervus canadensis .........+..++- 20

p Barbary: DGGE ec evescsececc des ocr) Garbarus Pec... dedes tee 4

PERELBIAD JD OOM «aa mincis sp deeeat dele ws CURT E RG Pepe ROCCE CCE 12

PPROLMOSAN DEEN -.. cccmcanae ose asses LOCUOMUS senna cccheecsssrae | 1

| Japanese Deer <2. ..-..00<--.00e.0s- SCT a ctacebn castes tees ls | 11

. Barasingha Deer .................. QUUOUCHW I, davensiswenexe 3

= Nam bur Deon lida....des cece eee ones QTISLOLEIISY«... sepcissaeasiaaave 21

MER WMRAMD GEL Srycceace-eanetsce saeco tues BUS dew vo ac tebs nae Ses | 6

S Miokacea, Deer. ii c.macacasenstsancae MOVUCCENSIS .ocse.veceso1- 4

Sal Kayo Dts) oa pensions Ak Sane caesne DOREUIUUS) voceccacounes sete es 20

S ASIB Deer. feo ta.catenvasecos<-tane QBISS cteoas secs adeeeta cates =: 11

by MALRDIMIAn DP eOte secede ecareas- —— VIPYINIANUS .. ee eeeeeeeeee 5

= Mexican Deer. 355 assces-2<sascaues MUCLICOMUS \aad.ctocenicanstsi 3

RE AI PAS WIG eck iedepossec subareas ———= COMPESITIS. ....0002000000008 1

PEELING GG: hanno scien cuepenaelerees Rangifer tarandus ............ 3

). Collared Peccary ~................ Dicotyles tajagu.........cs.ceeee 8

AV LGA SiIMen Useat see oees we nodtcnsnen SULSESENON Core can ato ecesaece il

) MMGTANIS WING o.cccececa,cnacsdeveeen- IIECUS) oc taweeidisceaine sc ate 1

(PAT AMATICNION. «(.<2.cessslee sists naies os —— andamanensis ............ 2

. Pencilled River-Hog ............... Potamocherus penicillatus ... 5

—_————/ 300

IX. PERISSODACTYLA.

- Burchell’s Zebra ....2:.2.00s0-000 Pogunts: CUTChElla ...cvscennosnsess 3

pane, Eliviaxoss io astgtusaanacesccese HYP ak CUPENSIS «0.01.0. cee eee ee ee 4

—_——— 7

X. Eprntarta.

. Six-banded Armadillo ............ | Dasypus sexcincetus .........4-. 1 1

XII. Marsvuriana.

1. Virginian Opossum ............... Didelphys virginiana ......... 2

2. Vulpine Phalanger ............... Phalangista vulpina .....00..4.. 9

3. Short-headed Phalanger ......... Belideus breviceps ............4.. 5

4. Common Wombat...............+. :| Phascolomys wombat............ 1

OD. -Reds Kangaroo sscec..-cc0ossens-- Macropus rufus —......c0.c0e00s 1

6. Great Kangaroo..........-.0s0-00 GUGUUNIOUS) Nerescscn tenes enei 2

7. Bennett’s Wallaby ...........+-. Halmaturus bennettii ......... 6

8. Derbyan Wallaby ................. CEP UCOMUB: <1 banca ese ects 1

9. Yellow-footed Rock-Kangaroo...| Petrogale xanthopus ............ 4

10. Gray’s Jerboa Kangaroo ......... Bettongia Grayt......ccecveeveee 6

11, Common Jerboa Kangaroo ...... PONtClata.......0cseceevee 5

[ Dec. 10,

626 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN

Taste II.

Wo.ot No. of | Proportion

apecies breeding ete

in list. species. |, 31 number.

I QnA rarmnany <x. soidacs stenoses 75 12 1 in 6-2

Chiro ptere <<. ecacceamstares tee ]

MUMS MIBECIV OLE. «i. cc0cea0 aemseteaeenion 1

AVE CAYDIVONAT soncssavanscdendeeemetce 74 24 1 in 3:0

Wi Pinnipedia’, ........32 eaenpceones 3

Vile Rodentia.) c.cannsone artes 52 11 lin 4:7

‘Vibe Prohosetd es tatocnes eo teacttet 2

‘VERII: Axtiodacthy lates ..c.c.eseenencein: 85 44 Lin aS

TX. Perissodactyla ...........-.::0.- 9 2 lin 4:5

,. Wd onitatae. es. <1 <2 so. nheminas eee 7 1 lin 7:0

OU AO BtRCBR Gas accent vnc ton eee 1

XS Marsnpialia, «.,sceqsacoecnvees 28 11 1 in 25

XIE Monotremuta’s, «5. ..ecncosacs se i!

339 | 105 | 1in32

2. On Venezuelan Birds collected by Mr. A. Goering. By

P.L. Scrater, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., and Ospert Savin,

F.L.S.—Part I.

Two small collections of birds recently received from our Cor-

responding Member Mr. Anton Goering (to whose labours in Vene-

zuela we have already once called the Society’s attention *) contain

specimens of 99 species.

The subjoined Table gives the names of them according to Sclater’s

‘American Catalogue,’ together with the exact localities whenever

these are stated on Mr. Goering’s labels :—

TurRDID.

p Marductomupatus:,.5.s0-qcarcuntencmateunciee ences

Ep MGINOGICH LY POEM cade cencs eeodtecc ececereer ees

Nore

Parws,

3; (Poliopitlagputoni:.. 22 bscce.<srageer nrc retuen «eames

TROGLODYTID#.

. Campylorhynchus nuchalis ...............:0cce0eee

. bry oihorns levCOfis.secmncia nb segue tekee seers

PUGS: Rise senncusdetiscessheenpcouecathetoeces:

> oS

5 an

Spee!

a | 6's

OD |RiO

| Tucacas.

Cumbre de

Valencia.

| 8. Esteban.

* See P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 165.

1868. | ON VENEZUELAN BIRDS.

| Caraceas.

| Porto

SyLVICOLIDA.

. Henicocichla noveboracensis ...........:62e0e000

, abla pita y WON cceene ats «esac eb evens comnanets 305

. Geothlypis sequinoctialis ............c:eceeeeee eee *

cos]

HirunpDinip&.

10. Atticora cyanoleuca, .........6.s.sc2.sececeeenesesere

AWS PRONE FANELA, taienaidaiowi-tox evtelataldce via sleWeeesivsisaa teats

VIREONIDE.

*12. Hylophilus hypoxanthus ..............s0sssesesees

13. Cyclorhis flavipectus........4...00sescesecsseceeeees

Ca@REBID».

14, Diglossopis cxerulescens .........:s.cseeeeeeeeenees %

USS Dacnis plumibeare, jtenemecssssodcele cou vdedcsanadandee

WG Coereba cy pned lac..sccediunivedeevdoncedéaewsecooudetae

TANAGRID,

Le ENP HONTA VIOIACEAS. «0.502 dapironcccoaattesesanaseine

MAHLAOPASLPA sce Scaa colds satecqaesitessameseseele

TOP Calliste emitatite.. 0 secccanessre sudden dasdicdeontes> x

CORMAN ESE esse orcccen-scdowccnceenesuseaneeveras ack

22. Tanapra melanoptera ........01.ssecevsssseaveceres

23. Rhamphoccelus dimidiatus ............:esceeeeeeee aH

24. Hucometes cristata .....5<-ssecceccecsssessesseb seen) eve

*25. Chlorospingus albitemporalis... .........:0002006+ Bas

26. Buarremon brunneinuchus ..................000+0 *

FRINGILLID£.

7. GUITACACVATICR i020 cov svedencntwshcertaseenstivscaet *

28, Spermophila MINUG........0s-scrcocoovesrssesncee

Corvip&.

DON Cyan OCOL a INCAS a. s<scanecseendeorseessdoareeecesdes

DENDROCOLAPTIDE.

*30. Sclerurus albigularis..................0.066 walteeasiatl

Sl. Synallaxis castanes .........0..0ccesceesoeesceoeeees *

32. Placellodomus frontalis: ................02seesenees

Sd. LREHOPS/PENIGANDIS! 5.....\ceveenaecsacanorssnnaaras

¥34, Sittasomus Olivaceus.............ccsecseessegecueeees

35. Dendrornis susurrans .............0.esesesesesecnes

36. Dendroplex picirostris .........62.ssccsseessencewees eee

37%. Picolaptes lafresnayl..........c.csccowsesooecseecnnes *

FormMICARIIDE.

38. Thamnophilus doliatus ............:cceseeeeneee es

Cumbre de

Valencia.

| Tucacas.

| S. Esteban.

| Cabello.

* KOK OK

628 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN [ Dec. 10,

a :

‘ teal

mn |}O.5/| 2

S |on| 8 (Bs 2

S123! 8 |§$8ia

es |/Ooa|/ S isa =

CO IMO! a OF! a

39. Thamnophilus atricapillus .............:.c:0eeeees

40. Dysithamnus semicinereus ...........-..:0e0ee000 *

41. Herpsilochmus rufimarginatus ..,....++......+6 och *

42. Ramphocenus melanurus ...........000se0ee wee! |h cla Weteme tie en ieee | eee

43. Formicivora intermedia .........sccecc.seseeseeees asin aw eilily Race ees ESS

R44, Grallaricula loricata......cccoccrescerccs-souns acces eael|| ese" eeen ee

TYRANNIDE,

AD. (Say OMis (CINCLACCA sesceas peer pdereet ese sarsteeecr Poi orcs | tecie oor)?

46. Orchilus/ecaudabog) ins. ceseictsenssnes scesvesseesane see *

47... HuUscarkMuUs TMIPIBEr! \.c..-seaedeacenosccncesmansie *

48. SQUATHICTISHALUS coed sucscdeduccs se vaceaeas eel voece. || aw ately

49. Mionectes striaticollis .................cseeseseeeees speril ese: (lcgeee fecal

DOS Al ainen apAsARA caesar: cacadarorecscost= st scans c esc BoA es | |Pationy Peeo" 2+

*51 CLCRANIN GS cant sr aireriestres ter sSeis dees ent ceactens pe ee x

*52 PIACENS ss seccene sermon ete ce rcee tne cece scececse “es *

53. Myiozetetes cayennensis ............c02sseeeereenes eee x

54, Empidochanes olivus ............s..cs.ssersoseeees 3 *

55. Contopus brachytarsus..............06..cceeeeeeees Sie *

*56. Myiarchus erythrocercus ...............se0eceeeeees *

*O7 VONOZUCLOSIS) Fisuss- serch odes. avaduadeap neds *

Corinaip.

OS, Pachyramphus, i6p..) oigacmseqssdssescnecnabdesesoend oats MUSA EEE Be

*59. Heteropelma stenorhynchum ..................6- vod leeen levee | rose allman

GOs Pipra aumica pila 7 abn ke a.nd stecencda.tnceesees ra ee Micra fering Os?

61 filicavidah.m. seecaas tes acces qeasewecsnsee ee

62. Chiroxiphia lanceolata.............ccscssecssceesees

63, Pripreola melanolema............0eceseeereerecoen

64. POTTIORE Soon vas deesnns tae ce ccines'as ssa teek Coote *

65. Chasmorhynchus variegatus ..............6.e00e *

Monorips.

66. Momotus swainsoni ..............cesseseselenssenees ee Fishes accel Eee |:

ALCEDINID2,

G7) (Conylecamericant .:...2s00.snctie cossecetscrecodters Saemilitise<u | exe aflinersen | ante

Bucconip2.

68. Bucco bicinctus...... Ode bapivs sasdeatbesiudecnuseneeses Faz |jiadto. a cone eeos.|l! Ss

TROGONIDE.

69. Pharomaerus tuleidugi::st.esccssccesccscstusceree: *

TROCHILIDE.

70, ‘Glaticis thiranbaie: ce sanoetsc.ctotsteneaiscacncsstae

71. Phaéthornis anthophilus

72. Sternoclyta cyanopectus ...............sesscceesees

‘73; am pormisemanpoiw..s..c00ns- 4 6. cccseee ede

74. Chalybura buffoni

75. Florisuga mellivora

1868. ] ON VENEZUELAN BIRDS. 629

Lg 3

Z| | 8 l28| 4

S ies! s fel s

u 2 o 54 je

8 |O 8) 5 |b a/

Oo AO! a DF mM

76. Lophornis reginge ............ccseseceseeeeeueerseees

77 Ch sBtOGERCURITOBEE «coe hecc saecsacaseocssssuassnoecte *

78. Metallura tyrianthina .............0..:eeeeeeeeeeees *

79. Chrysolampis moschitus ............sesseeeeeeeeees *

80. Lampropygia ceeligena..........-..eeseeseeseeeeeees

81. Erythronota felicia ............0..:0cseceneeeeoeeeee

82, Chrysuromia none ......-.0.ccseeeeee eee eece neon ees *

RAMPHASTID.

83. Aulacorhamphus sulcatus .............eeeeeeeeree ca Sua Moxos len etal etemelinase

Picip#.

84. Picumnus squamulatus...............:eeseeeeeneee es “Boi Weep Peal) eee | ts

85. Campephilus malherbii ...............:..000ee0e- ie ars | trance ieee ees

86. Dryocopus lineatus ...........:sccseeeeeeeeeecen eee

87. Chloronerpes kirkii ............0.:00ccseeeeeeeeeeees Rall teens, 5|) ce), sae tae

PsITTACID.

%88, Conurus 2ruginosuss .............sseecsereeeseceeeeeel coe Scatiihgraod I eam gtte

ACCIPITRES.

89. Urubitinga anthracina ...............ccseeseeeneenee

90. Spizaétus ormatus ............c.eceeeeeeeeneeeeeeee ees Euelloess laces I seeml aie

91. Herpetotheres cachinnans ...............062:.08-- SAP see hacia letecieal lcs

#99... Aeciputer, APs 2 risa. clone sa ddas Tsadgcles-tdeestoa- enlace

O35 Halen detrolem cis, 4<:ased2 « ~2d=+2emecenqe dee settee retrilerces | taser |. see uiteae

94. Cymindis cayennensis ............66:eeseeeerereeees mc atenae Arce... see. | Ad

SrRIGES.

95. Scops brasilianus ............-...--ceseeeeeneeeeereee

96. Glaucidium phaleenoides ................:s6200ee0e Bion eee te cee | face He

CoLuMBs.

97. Chamepelia rufipennis..............62..0eseeeeee ees as Renard | PR

Limicou2.

98. Tringoides macularia .............-.:.6eeeeeseee ee arsine sete || Pe

RALuip#£.

99. Aramides cayennensis ............:ssseceeeneeeeeees alee) Sioeleet h Ge

The following notes relate to the species marked with an asterisk.

12. HyLopxHitus HyPoxanTHUS, Pelz. Orn. Bras. pp. 71, 136.

A single skin of an Hylophilus from San Esteban seems to agree

very well with Pelzeln’s description. Natterer obtained this species

on the Rio Icanna and Rio Vaupé, which are on the confines of

Venezuela. Sclater has a second specimen of this species, received

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1868, No. XLI.

630 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN [ Dec. 10,

in a Trinidad collection, as alluded to in his Cat. Am. B. p. 44

(note). H. insularis of Leotaud (Ois. de Trin. p. 186) would appear

to be referable to this species, and not to H. insularis, Sclater,

although both of them probably occur in that island.

25. CHLOROSPINGUS ALBITEMPORALIS (Lafr.); Sclater, Cat.

AaB ip. 69:

The Venezuelan skin agrees with a Bolivian skin in Sclater’s Col-

lection, and with a specimen from Costa Rica collected by Areé (ef.

Lawrence, Ann. L. N.Y. ix. p. 101). It may be true, as Dr. Ca-

banis has remarked (J. f. O. 1866, p. 162), that Lafresnaye’s de-

scription of Tachyphonus albitempora includes the Mexican C. oph-

thalmicus and the present species. But Lafresnaye gives the habitat

of his bird as “Columbie;”’ so that it seems quite fair to restrict

his term to the southern species, which is readily distinguishable from

the northern form by its small postocular spot, and the brighter

yellow of its breast and sides.

We have carefully compared a series of Mexican and Guatemalan

specimens of C. ophthalmicus, but cannot find differences sufficiently

constant to distinguish them. Even if this were the case, Bona-

parte’s term olivaceus (which was founded on a Central-American

specimen*) would supersede Dr. Cabanis’s proposed new name

postocularis.

30. SCLERURUS ALBIGULARIS.

A single skin of a species most nearly resembling S. wmbretia, but

apparently distinguishable by its white throat, smaller size, greyish

abdomen, and brighter rufous crissum. It is probably S. aldigularis

of Swainson’s ‘ Birds of Brazil,’ pl. 78, which figure we have never yet

succeeded in meeting with. See our remarks, P. Z.S. 1867, p. 574.

34. Srrrasomus oLivacevus, Max. Beitr. iii. p. 1146.

After comparing a large number of specimens of this genus

together from various parts of America, we have come to the con-

clusion that there are only two good species, besides S. stictolemus

of Pelzeln (which we are not acquainted with). These are:—1l. S.

erythacus (Licht.), from Southern Brazil; and, 2. S. olivaceus

(Max.), which ranges from Southern Brazil into Southern Mexico.

The latter, according to this view, includes S. amazonus of Ama-

zonia, S. griseus of Tobago, and S. sylvioides of Southern Mexico

and Central America. These two species are very easily distin-

guishable, S. erythacus being of an ochreous colour beneath, very

different from S. olivaceus.

44. GRALLARICULA LorIcaTA, Sclater, P. Z. 8. 1858, p. 284.

Grallaria loricata, Sel. P. Z. S. 1857, p. 129.

A single skin of this species, originally described by Sclater from

Levraud’s specimens in the Paris Museum.

* Cf. Sclater, P. Z. 8. 1856, p. 90.

1868. ] ON VENEZUELAN BIRDS. 631

46. OrcuiLus ecaupaAtus (Lafr. et d’Orb.).

Todirostrum ecaudatum, Lafr. et @ Orb. Syn. Av. p. 47; d’Orb.

Voy. Ois. p. 316, t. 33, figs. 1, 2.

Orchilus ecaudatus, Pelz. Orn. Bras. p. 102.

A single skin of this scarce species from San Esteban. We had

not previously met with it.

51. ELAIngeA ELEGANS, Pelz. Orn. Bras. p. 179.

In Sclater’s collection there are skins of this species from Bogota,

Cayenne, Pebas in Eastern Peru, and Panama. We have hitherto

called it eaniceps, but now find that it is Pelzeln’s #. elegans (agree-

ing with a Nattererian specimen from Borba), which Pelzeln (J. c.)

considers distinct from #. caniceps of Swainson, also collected by

Natterer. It is quite certain, moreover, that the present bird does

not agree satisfactorily with Swainson’s figure (Orn. Dr. t. 49).

52. ELAINEA PLACENS, Sclater.

The occurrence of this species as far south as Panama has been

already recorded (P. Z. S. 1864, p. 359). Sclater has also recently

received Bogota skins of the same bird. This has led him to re-

examine his £. implacens from Ecuador (P. Z. S. 1861, p. 408),

which he is now convinced is not specifically separable. Pelzeln’s

E. implacens, Orn. Bras. p. 108, is probably the same species.

56. MyIaARCHUS ERYTHROCERCUS, Sp. nov.

Suiriri pardo y rowo, Azara, Apunt. ii. p. 143. no. 195.

Tyrannus crinitus, Hartl. Ind. Az. p.13; d’Orb. Voy. Ois.

. 306.

‘ Tyrannus irritabilis, Bp. Consp. i. p. 189 (nec Vieill.).

** Myiarchus feror 3”?! Burm. Syst. Ueb. ii. p. 471; Pelzeln,

Orn. Bras. p. 116 (partim).

Myjiarchus erythrocercus, Sclater, MS,

Similis M. cooperi, sed crassitie minore (fere sicut M. ferocis),

tarsis brevioribus, et alis magis rotundatis distinguendus.

Taking Prof. Baird’s division of the Myiarchi (Am. B. p. 177),

this species, which we introduce under Sclater’s MS. name, belongs

to the same group as M. crinitus, M. cooperi, and M. cinerascens,

in which the broad rufous edgings of the inner webs of the tail-

feathers are continued nearly or quite to their termination. It is

the only species with these broad rufous edgings yet recognized in

South America, where it appears to be extensively diffused. Sclater’s

collection contains examples from Bahia and Tobago; and in the

Museum of Copenhagen is one from Venezuela, which has been

compared by Prof. Reinhardt with Sclater’s skins, and found to be

identical. If we are not mistaken in our synonymy, it is also found

in Paraguay and Bolivia.

Bonaparte appears to have recognized this bird as 7’. irritabilis ;

but that name of Vieillot is a mere synonym of 7. crinitus. Bur-

632 ON VENEZUELAN BIRDS. [Dec. 10,

meister seems to have taken it for the male of M. ferow, in which

view he is followed by Pelzeln.

Another skin in Sclater’s collection from Dominica (£2. C. Taylor)

is probably also referable to this species, but presents some slight

points of distinction.

57. MyIARCHUS VENEZUELENSIS, Lawr. Pr. Ac. Phil. 1865,

p. 38.

In Sclater’s collection are skins from Tobago and Bogota, appa-

rently referable to this species, which is (somewhat doubtfully

perhaps) distinguishable from M. ferow and M. swainsoni by the

narrow rufous edgings to the wing- and tail-feathers.

59. HeETrEROPELMA STENORHYNCHUM, Sp. nov.

Mr. Goering sends us two skins of a Heteropelma, which belongs

to the group allied to H. turdinum. It is nearly as large as that

species, and therefore exceeds in size Sclater’s specimens of H. wal-

lacii* and H. amazonum. Below it is pale on the throat, like wa/-

lacit, but shows on the belly very faint indications of transverse

markings, which are not discernible in the latter. Above it is most

like H. amazonum, but not quite so dark in colour. The bill is

narrower, and more compressed than that of any of the allied

species, whence we assign it a provisional name. But it must be

allowed that all four of these species are very closely allied, and it

would be desirable to institute further comparisons between them

when more specimens of H. wallacii and H. amazonum come to

hand.

Mr. Goering marks the iris of the bird as “‘ greyish white.”

88. CoNURUS ZRUGINOSUS.

See our former remarks on this species, P. Z. S. 1867, p. 587.

Mr. Goering’s skin agrees with specimens of this Parrot living in

the Society’s Gardens.

92. ACCIPITER, sp.?

Mr. Goering’s collection contains a single skin of an Accipiter

belonging to the erythrocnemis group. It is very nearly adult, but

the sex is not marked. This bird most nearly resembles the Central-

American form Accipiter chionogaster (figured in Exot. Orn.

t. xiv.), being totally without transverse markings below. But it

differs from 4. chionogaster in the deep rufous colour of the tibize

(in which respect it is more like A. erythrocnemis), in the more

plumbeous tinge of the upper surface, and in the light-coloured

bands of the tail being narrower. We hope Mr. Goering will send

us additional specimens of this species, which, for the present, we

must leave undetermined.

* Scl. et Salv. P. Z. S. 1867, p. 579.

1863.] DR. H, BURMEISTER ON ARGENTINE ORNITHOLOGY. 633

3. Contributions to the Ornithology of the Argentine Re-

public and adjacent Lands. By Dr. Herm. Burmetstsr,

F.M.Z.S.—Part I.

In the second volume of my ‘Voyage through the States of La

Plata,’ and in Cabanis’s ‘Journal of Ornithology’ (vol. viii. p. 241),

I have given synopses of all the birds observed by myself during my

journey through this country. These synopses were founded prin-

cipally on observations made in the middle, northern, and western

parts of this country, as I had not been long enough in the east-

ern parts to speak of the ornithology of that side of the republic

with good success. Now, resident during the past five years in

Buenos Ayres, I have studied the ornithology of this district, and

have observed some new species, and others not sufficiently known.

These I beg leave to bring to the knowledge of the learned Society

which has honoured me by naming me one of its foreign members.

1. HyPpoMoRPHNUS URUBITINGA, nob., Syst. Ueb. ii. 43.

This remarkable bird I had already seen near Mendoza, but not

sufficiently recognized, and therefore not included in my synopsis.

Now I know that it is found all over the whole country, and comes

also up to Buenos Ayres, where it is observed on the island in the

mouth of the river Parana, near Las Conchas, from time to time ;

but it is always of rare occurrence.

2. Nisus MAGNIRosTRIS, Gm.; J. c. ii. 76.

Common in the vicinity of Buenos Ayres, and even on the towers

of the churches in the city, where it is seen catching Pigeons.

3. Nisus Graciuis, Temm.; J. c. p. 77.

This handsome bird was brought me two years ago by a French

hunter, who had shot it in the vicinity of Buenos Ayres.

4. CYMINDIS BOLIVIENSIS, sp. nov.

C. fusco-nigra, remigibus rectricibusque subtus albo-fasciatis ;

cera pedibusque croceis: long. 18".

We have of this species one specimen in our museum, which was

killed near Santa Cruz de la Sierra, in the woody plains of the inte-

rior of Bolivia. As I can find no description of this bird in the

works fallen under my inspection, I describe it as a new species.

In size and figure entirely like the common Brazilian species Cym.

uncinata. ‘The bill not stronger, and of the same form, but rather

longer; the upper mandible black, the under mandible whitish.

The sides of the face, from the beak to the eyes, naked, with some

black bristles in a row from the eye to the nostrils. Iris dark brown.

The whole plumage blackish brown, but the bases of the feathers of

the vertex, from the front to the occiput, white; the nuchal feathers

634 DR. H. BURMEISTER ON ARGENTINE ORNITHOLOGY. [ Dec. 10,

elongated, broad, rounded. First primary short, not longer than the

secondaries ; the second somewhat shorter than the fifth; the third

somewhat longer than the same, and the fourth the longest of all;

every one with four or five white bands on the inside, of which the

exterior is somewhat greyish. Secondaries of nearly equal size, every

one with five or six small whitish bands on the inside, which are

only clear white in the middle of the plume. Tail two inches longer

than the wings in position, black, with two large grey bands on the

upperside, and the same white on the underside, and a similar

margin at the end of the rectrices. Legs yellow, with black claws,

the outer toe of the same length as the inner one; the tarsus covered

in front with small hexagonal scales.

Whole length, from the tip of the beak to the end of the tail,

18 inches ; beak 1 inch, wing 10 inches, tail 7 inches, tarsus 14 inch ;

middle claw without the nail 14 lines, the nail 8 lines.

5. Crrcus suprerci.iosus, Temm.; Syst. Ueb. ii. 116.

Not rare near Buenos Ayres.

6. CoccyGus CINEREUS, Vieill.

Coccygus cinereus, Vieill.; Azara, Apunt. ii. 368. no. 268; Burm.

Syst. Uebers. ii. 268. Anm. 2.

This rare Cuckoo has been killed by my hunter sometimes in the

vicinity of Palermo, near Buenos Ayres. It is well described by

Azara, but the colours are not so clear as Azara says. The whole

body is greyish, except the anal portion and the inside of the wings,

which are yellowish, the iris red. As the tail is very short in rela-

tion to the size of the bird, and the eight inner primaries are equal

in length, the bird must make a separate section of the genus Coccy-

gus, or a genus of itself. My hunter has also found the nest with

the eggs, which are of a uniform whitish green.

7. DENDROBATES LIGNARIUS, nob.

Picus lignarius, Mol. Comp. Hist. Nat. Chil. i. 391; Burm. Syst.

Uebers. ii. 225. Anm. I.

This little Woodpecker is found sometimes near Buenos Ayres, in

the willow bushes of the “Boca del Riachuelo” of Barracas. It

seems to be more fond of the southern parts of the province.

8. ELAINEA ALBESCENS, nob.

Pachyrhamphus albescens, Gould, Zool. of the Beagle, iii. 50,

pl, 14.

This bird has all the characters of an Hlainea, and is very nearly

allied to #. modesta, from which it is only different in its somewhat

greater size, clearer colours on the underside, less green colour on the

back, and the want of the white colour at the bases of the head-

feathers. It is not rare in the vicinity of Buenos Ayres, where it

makes its nest in the summer, going during the winter to mure

1868.] DR. H. BURMEISTER ON ARGENTINE ORNITHOLOGY. 635

northern districts. We have found its eggs, which are whitish, with

grey spots round the middle and at the thicker end.

9. PACHYRHAMPHUS ALBINUCHA, sp. nov.

P. supra fusco-cinereus, subtus albus ; vertice nigro, nucha alba:

long. 42".

Fem. mari similis.

Figure and size of P. mitratus (Syst. Uebers. ii. 454.1), P. cine-

reus (Sclat. Cat. 241.1470), but rather smaller, the beak somewhat

slender, and the wings relatively shorter. Upper head black; in

the male with a bluish metallic reflex ; front and lores white, like the

whole underside and a band on the hind neck, which is not so clear

in the female as in the male. From this band to the tail is brown-

ish grey ; the wings and tail browner, as also the upper back, which

is more of a lead-colour. The outer secondaries have whitish bor-

ders ; and of the same colour also are the outer edges of the exterior

tail-feathers. Beak and legs black; iris dark brown. Length

4? inches, beak 4 lines, wing 2 inches, tail 1 inch 7 lines, tarsus

6 lines.

The first exterior tail-feather rather shorter than the others, and

narrow and somewhat pointed. ‘The first primary two lines shorter

than the second, which is nearly equal to the third.

This small bird lives in the sedge of the shores of the Rio de La

Plata, near Buenos Ayres, and has a somewhat melancholy tempera-

ment, sitting quite still in the same place along time. Both sexes

are alike in colour; but the colour of the male is much clearer, and

the white nuchal band broader and more distinct,

10. T“NIOPTERA VARIEGATA.

Tenioptera variegata, Gould, Zool. of the Beagle, iii. 55, pl. 14.

This beautiful bird is rare in the vicinity of Buenos Ayres, and

occurs only at the harvest time (April), when it arrives from the

southern plains of Patagonia, to live on the warmer plains of the

north during the winter. It walks much on the ground, and is

very rarely seen on trees, feeding on grubs and earthworms. I had

for a long time only two specimens of this bird in the museum,

killed to the south of Buenos Ayres, near Barracas; but in the pre-

sent year one of my hunters found a flock of nearly twenty indivi-

duals near the little town of Moron, to the north-west of Buenos

Ayres. Having been informed of the rarity of the species, he re-

turned to the spot, and, having found the flock again, killed the

whole of them, so that I have now sixteen specimens before me.

This was on the 2nd of April.

Examining this series of specimens, I find that the red colour of

the underside, as figured by Gould, is of rare occurrence, and only

present in very old males. The females and most of the males are

grey on the breast up to the throat, with only a reddish tinge, the

lower portion of the body beneath being clear reddish, with a greyish

stripe on each feather.

636 DR. H. BURMEISTER ON ARGENTINE ORNITHOLOGY. [ Dec. 10,

11. ANABATES LOPHOTES.

Anabates lophotes, Bp. Consp. i. 210.

A. cristatus, D’Orb. Voy. Ois. 258.

A. unirufus, Burm. Reise d. d. La Plata-Staaten, ii. 466.

Before I had seen the true Anabates unirufus, D’Orb., from the

interior of Bolivia, I had taken this bird of the Argentine Republic

for that species; but now, having under my inspection two true A.

unirufus, I see the difference. The A. lophotes is larger, not entirely

cinnamon red-brown, but more greyish red-brown, and dark brown

on the vertex, where the feathers are longer and narrower. Only

the tail and the anal portion of the trunk are entirely red-brown.

This species lives in the interior near Cordova, 8S. Luis, La Riaja,

and has never been observed near Buenos Ayres. D’Orbigny shot

an individual in the province of Santa Fé; but this, without doubt,

is a rare occurrence, as I never observed the bird near Parana.

12. LimNoRNIS CURVIROSTRIS.

Limnornis curvirostris, Gould, Zool. of the Beagle, iii. 86, t. 25.

Not rare in the sedge of the shores of the Rio de La Plata, near

Buenos Ayres.

13. SYNALLAXIS SPIXIT.

Synallaxis spixii, Sclater, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1856, p. 98, 1859,

p. 192; Cat. A. B. p. 151.

Parulus ruficeps, Spix.

Synallaxis albescens, nob. Syst. Uebers. iii. 39. 2.

This species is also found in the vicinity of Buenos Ayres; but I

have never seen it in the interior of the eastern side of the country,

near Parana, where I found Synallaxis ruficapilla in abundance.

14. SYNALLAXIS SULPHURIFERA, nob.

S. supra olivaceo-fusca, subtus albido-lutescens ; superciliis gu-

laque albis, hac macula parva sulphurea: long. 6".

This species has the longer and rather curved beak of S. striati-

ceps, but the broad and long pointed tail-feathers of S. spixzii. The

whole upperside is obscure ochraceous, and over the eyes is a white

line. The underside on the throat white, with a small sulphur-

yellow spot in the middle; the breast and body beneath pale loamy

yellow ; the sides of the neck and cheeks striped with white. Wing-

coverts red-brown, also the margin of the longer remiges; but the

middle ones without these margins, forming a dark stripe over the

wings. ‘Tail-feathers ochraceous, the outer ones more of a red-

brown; the tip of every one more or less mutilated, rather large,

and the two middle elongato-acuminated. Beak and legs brown, the

under mandible at the base whitish.

This bird is found near Buenos Ayres, in the sedge of the river-

shores. x

1868.] DR. J, E. GRAY ON XYLOSPONGIA COOKII. 637

4. Note on Xylospongia cookii, a New Genus of Palmated

Sponges in the collection of the British Museum. By

Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., &c.

In the British Museum is a very extraordinary, lobed, woody, pal-

mated body, with eight flattened, irregularly netted, strap-like lobes.

It has been in the collection for many years, but has not been

named ; indeed grave doubts have been entertained if it were not the

woody skeleton of some vegetable production.

Being without any habitat, it has been left unnoticed, in hopes

that a second specimen might occur accompanied by some details of

its history.

It was doubtless collected on the sea-coast, as one of its sides is

more or less covered with the undervalves of some very young

oysters and other attached marine shells,

Being desirous of knowing more of its structure, I submitted a

small fragment of it to the examination of Mr. M. C. Cooke of the

India Museum, who informs me there can be no doubt of its being

a sponge belonging to my family Halichondriade, the substance of

it being studded with abundance of smooth, slender, fusiform, slightly

curved siliceous spicules. I have named the species after Mr. Cooke.

Xytosronera (Fam. HALICHONDRIADZ#).

Frond compressed, fan-shaped, divided above into strap-shaped

flat lobes, rather wider at the ends. Root an expanded disk. Stem

thick, woody, subcylindrical below, compressed above and expanded

into a flat fan-like frond, which is divided above into eight or ten

strap-like flat lobes, like the fingers on the hand, the lobes varying

rather in width, the outer one on each side being the narrowest.

The root and stem are solid, wood-like ; the upper part of the broad,

expanded, fan-like part of the stem more or less pierced with differ-

eut-sized perforations, and the part divided into strap-like reticulate

lobes, which are generally rather wider at the ends. The expanded

part of the stem and the strap-like lobes are all formed of parallel _

cylindrical filaments, about as thick as twine, which in the upper part ;

of the stem are united together by woody matter, leaving only a few

perforations between them ; but in the strap-like lobes the filaments

are much more distinct, rather flexuous, mosculating where they

meet their neighbouring subparallel filaments, united by the woody

material, which is not quite so thick as the filaments. The surface

is rather rugose, the minute rugosities of the stem and filaments

being placed longitudinally and parallel to each other. Spicules of

one kind, minute, slender, fusiform, often very slightly curved or

arched.

XyYLOSPONGIA COOKEI,

Hah. ,

LIST

Jan.

638

APPENDIX.

OF ADDITIONS TO THE SOCIETY’S MENAGERIE

DURING THE YEAR

1868.

8. 1 Grey Parrot (Psittacus erithacus). Deposited.

13, 1 Azara’s Opossum (Didelphys azare) and six young. Presented

by George Wilks, Esq.

15, 2 Hawk-headed Parrots (Deroptyus accipitrinus). Presented by

Samuel Booker, Esq.

1 Chinese Ape (Macacus lasiotus). Presented by Miss C. A.

Winckworth.

16. 1 Pig-tailed Monkey (Macacus nemestrinus), Purchased.

17, 1 Green Monkey (Cercopithecus callitrichus). Presented by Mrs.

Macbeth.

20. 1 Tigress (Felis tigris). Presented by His Excellency Sir Sey-

mour Fitzgerald, Governor of Bombay.

1 Indian Antelope (Antilope cervicapra), Presented by Lieut.

H. R. Bowlby, 20th Regiment.

24. 1 Brown Capuchin Monkey (Cebus apella). Presented by Lieut.

Douglas Macneill, H.M.I.A.

27. 1 pair of Black Wombats (Phascolomys platyrhinus, var. niger).

Purchased.

2 Common Wombats (Phascolomys wombat). Purchased.

1 Sing-Sing Antelope, 2 (Kobus sing-sing). Purchased.

1 Mangabey Monkey (Cercocebus ethiops). Purchased.

28. 1 Mangabey Monkey (Cercocebus ethiops). Presented by the

Rey. Dan. Greatorex.

1 Mealy Amazon (Chrysotis farinosa). Presented by E. A.

Ommaney, Esq., R.N.

29. 1 Common Fox (Canis vulpes). Presented by H. Sykes Thorn-

ton Wrench, Esq.

30. 1 Marimonda Spider Monkey (A¢eles belzebuth). Purchased.

2 Brown Canaan Monkeys (Cebus apella). Purchased.

2 Whitefronted Capuchin Monkeys ( Cebus albifrons). Purchased.

31. 1 Common Camel (Camelus dromedarius). Purchased.

1 Azara’s Fox (Canis azare). Presented by H. Maynard, Esq.

Feb. 3.

Mar.

14,

29.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 639

1 young Cheetah (Felis jubata). Presented by E. T. Rogers,

Esq., C.M.Z.S., H.B.M. Acting Consul at Beyrout, Syria.

1 White Pelican (Pelecanus onocrotalus). Presented by E. T.

Rogers, Esq., .M.Z.8., H.B.M. Acting Consul at Beyrout,

ria.

. 1 Long-shielded Cayman (Jacare longiscutata). Presented by

George Wilks, Esq., C.M.Z.S. From Paraguay.

. 1 Royal ‘Rock-Snake Python regius). Received in exchange.

1 Crested Ground-Parrakeet (Calopsitta nove hollandie). Pre-

sented by H. E. Sharp, Esq.

1 White-necked Stork (Ciconia leucocephala). Purchased.

2 Chesslens (Chameleon vulgaris). Presented by R. McAlpine,

- 2 Common Rheas (Rhea americana). Purchased.

13.

1 Common Dormouse (Myoxus muscardinus). Presented by Sir

Hugh Williams, Bart.

1 Ring-necked Parrakeet (Palgornis torquata). Presented by

Mrs. Bruce.

1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus erythreus). Presented by the ex-

ecutors of the late Dr. Daubeny, deceased.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus). Presented by the

executors of the late Dr. Daubeny, deceased.

. 1 Indian Porcupine (Hystrix leucura). Born.

1 Swinhoe’s Deer (Cervus swinhoti). Purchased.

1 Virginian Opossum (Didelphys virginiana). Purchased.

. 1 Douroucouli (Wyctipithecus feinus). Purchased.

1 Jerboa (Dipus egyptius). Presented by Capt. R. Donaldson.

. 1 Vulpine Phalanger (Phalangista vulpina). Presented by Dr.

‘Winn.

. 1 Sambur Deer (Cervus aristotelis). Born.

1 Arabian Baboon ( Cynocephalus hamadryas). Purchased.

1 Mandrill ( Cynocephalus maimon). Purchased.

1 Drill (Cynocephalus leucopheus). Purchased.

1 Brown Spider Monkey (Ateles hybridus).

. | Smooth-headed Capuchin Monkey (Cebus xanthosternus). De-

posited.

1 Common Hare (Lepus ewropeus). Purchased.

2 Yellow-shouldered Weaver-Birds (Luplectes capensis). Pur-

chased.

3 Long-haired Guineapigs—Peruvian variety (Cavia aperea,

var.). Purchased.

2 Canada Geese (Bernicla canadensis), Presented by Charles

Anthony, jun., Esq.

1 Australian Cachawe (Astur approximans). Purchased.

2 Nankeen Kestrels (Zimneunculus cenchroides). Purchased.

1 Short-eared Owl ( Otus brachyotus). From Natal. Purchased.

1 Le Vaillant’s Parrot (Peocephalus levaillantit), Purchased.

2 Swainson’s Lorikeet ( Trichoglossus multicolor). Purchased.

2 Chestnut-eared Finches (Amadina castanotis). Purchased.

2 Black Bullfinches (Melopyrrha nigra). Purchased.

1 Pied Crow-Shrike (Strepera graculina). Purchased.

1 Black-billed Duck (Dendrocygna arborea). Purchased.

1 Zorilla (Zorilla striata). Purchased.

1 Great Kangaroo (Macropus giganteus). Born.

1 Sarus Crane (Grus antigone). Purchased.

2 Touracous (Corythaixr persa). Purchased,

640

APPENDIX.

Mar. 5. 2 Capuchin Monkeys (Cebus apella). Purchased.

ithe

15.

16.

17.

20.

1 Thick-tailed Opossum (Diédelphys crassicaudata). Presented

by Geo. Wilks, Esq., C.M.Z.S. From La Plata.

1 Grison (Grisonia vittata). Presented by Geo. Wilks, Esq.,

C.M.Z.S. From La Plata.

1 Coypu (Myopotamus coypus). Presented by Geo. Wilks, Esq.,

C.M.Z.S. From La Plata.

8 Chimangos (Milvayo chimango). Presented by Geo. Wilks,

Esq., C.M.Z.S. From La Plata.

1 Burrowing Owl (Pholeoptynx cunicularia). Presented by Geo.

Wilks, Esq., C.M.Z.S. From La Plata.

1 South-American Barn-Ow! (Strix perlata). Presented by Geo.

Wilks, Esq., C.M.Z.S. From La Plata.

1 Red Deer (Cervus elaphus). Purchased.

10 Smooth Shanny (Blennius pholis). Presented by Thomas

Cornish, Esq.

1 Sturgeon (Acipenser sturio). Presented by Messrs. C. Grove.

1 Common Heron (Ardea cinerea). Presented by J. D. Chip-

chase, Esq. -

1 White Stork (Ciconia alba). Presented by J. D. Chipchase,

Esq.

2. Grea Black-backed Gulls (young) (Larus marinus). Pre-

sented by W. Bleat, Esq.

. 1 Mona Monkey (Cercopithecus mona). Purchased.

1 Marmionda Monkey (Ateles belzebuth). Purchased.

1 Marmoset Monkey (Hapale jacchus). Deposited.

. 2 Malayan Squirrels (Sevwrus nigrovittatus). Purchased.

. 1 Fournier’s Capromys (Capromys pilorides). Born.

. 8 Virginian Deer (Cervus virginianus.) Purchased.

2 Spotted-sided Finches (Amadina lathami). Purchased.

2 Australian Owls (Athene book-book). Purchased.

2 Cut-throat Sparrows (Amadina fasciata). Purchased.

1 Common Boa (Boa constrictor). Presented by E. B. Webb,

Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Great Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua galerita). Pre-

sented by G. R. Green, Esq.

1 Mandarin Duck (Atzr galericulata). Purchased.

1 White-billed Parrot (Tanygnathus albirostris). Purchased.

1 Grand Eclectus (Eclectus grandis). Purchased.

6 Common Bluebird (Stalia wilsoni). Purchased.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus, sp.). Purchased.

1 Green Monkey (Cercopithecus callitrichus). Presented by

Colonel Addison.

1 Pine-Marten (Mustela martes). Presented by W. Wynne,

Esq., F.Z.8.

1 Golden Pheasant (Zhaumalea picta). Deposited.

1 Slow Loris (Nycticebus tardigradus). Purchased.

1 Masked Barn-Owl (Striv personata). Purchased.

2 Cardinal Grosbeaks (Cardinalis virginalis). Purchased.

2 Mouflons (Ovis musimon). Presented by Lord Lilford, F.Z.S.

1 Philantomba Antelope ee maxwelli). Presented by

R. W. Tamplin, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Axis Deer (Cervus axis). Purchased.

1 Green Lizard (Lacerta viridis). Presented by G. Gowan, Esq.

Sonnerat’s Jungle-Fowl (Gallus sonneratii). Deposited.

21. 1 Lyre-bird (Menura superba). Purchased.

Masked Parrakeets (Pyrrhulopsis personata). Purchased.

Mar. 21.

22.

23.

27.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 641

2 Grey-headed Parrakeets (Agapornis cana). Purchased.

10 Rain-Quails (Cotwrnix coromandelica). Presented by Dr.

Shortt.

1 Common Quail ( Coturnix communis). Presented by Dr. Shortt.

3 Asiatic Quails (orcnla asiatica). Presented by Dr. Shortt.

5 Cambaian Quails (Perdicula cambaiensis). Presented by Dr.

Shortt.

6 Indian Walkingfishes (Ophiocephalus yachua). Presented by

Dr. Francis Day, F.Z.8.

1 Silky Marmoset (Hapale argentata). Purchased.

1 White-backed Piping Crow (Gymnorhina leuconota). Pre-

sented by Mrs. Cecilia England.

2 Crimson-eared Waxbills (Lstrelda pheenicotis). Purchased.

2 Red-tailed Waxbills (Zstrelda cerulescens). Purchased.

1 White-eared Bulbul (Pycnonotus leucotis). Purchased.

2 South-African Dormice (Graphiurus capensis), Purchased.

1 Aoudad (Ovis tragelaphus). Born.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus). Presented by Mr.

Ross.

1 Cape Hyrax (Hyrax capensis). Presented by Masters Fisher

and Leary.

6 Masked Weaver-birds (Hyphantornis personata). From Abys-

sinia. Presented by Capt. Thomas.

4 Ringed Seals (Phoca fetida). Purchased.

3 Sonnerat’s Jungle-Fowl (Gallus sonnerati’). Received in

exchange.

1 Bronze-winged Pigeon (Phaps chalcoptera). Received in ex-

change.

. 1 American Shore-Lark (Zremophila cornuta). Purchased.

. Ll Indian Wild Dog (Canis primevus). Presented by J. E.

Drummond, Esq.

1 Maugé’s Dasyure (Dasyurus maugei). Presented by Captain

Watson.

3 Common Badgers (Meles taxus). Presented by J. G. Top-

ham, Es

. 1 Australian Wild Duck (Anas superciliosa). Presented by the

Acclimatization Society, Christchurch, New Zealand.

. 1 Banded Ichneumon (Herpestes fasciatus). Presented by G. W.

Craggs, Esq.

1 Golden Pheasant (Thawmalea picta, var.). Purchased.

1 Common Hare (young) (Lepus ewropeus). Purchased.

. 2 Prince Albert’s Curassow (Crax alberti). Purchased.

. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus radiatus). Presented by A. C.

Clarke, Esq.

. 12 Green Lizards (Lacerta viridis). Purchased.

. 1 Shining Parrakeet (Pyrrhulopsis splendens). Purchased.

. 1 Common Hare (Lepus europeus). Purchased.

1 Cashmere Shawl-Goat (Capra hircus). Born.

1 Vulpine Phalanger (Phalangista vulpina). Born.

. 1 Spur-winged Goose (Plectropterus gambensis). Presented by

Capt. R. M. Sperling, R.N. From the Shiré River, East

Africa.

1 Egyptian Goose (Chenalopex egyptiaca). Presented by I. M.

Si erciian Brance, Esq. ¥,

1 White-faced Tree-Duck (Dendrocygna viduata). Presented

by I. M. de Freitas Brance, Esq.

642

April 9.

APPENDIX.

4 Sousliks (Spermophilus citillus). Received in exchange.

10. 1 Red-billed Hornbill (Zoceus erythrorhynchus). Purchased.

13.

26.

27.

28.

30.

31.

1 Black Squirrel (Seiwrus niger). Presented by Admiral E.

Ommaney, C.B.

1 young Cheetah (Felis jubata). From Abyssinia. Purchased.

2 young Syrian Cats (Felis maniculata). From Abyssinia. Pre-

sented by Lord Ruthven.

1 Mouflon (Ovis musimon). Presented by Earl Dudley.

2 Chipping Sparrows (Sprzella socialis). Purchased.

3 American Shore-Larks (Zremophila cornuta). Purchased.

1 Banded Grass-Finch (Poephila cincta). Purchased.

1 Grey Ichneumon (Herpestes griseus). Presented by C. J.

Briarley, Esq.

. 3 Blue Jays (Cyanocitta cristata). Purchased.

. 1 Black-faced Spider Monkey (4¢eles ater). Purchased.

3 Red-shouldered Starlings (Ageleus pheniceus). Purchased.

1 Woodlark (Alauda arborea). Purchased.

. 1 Rose-ringed Parrakeet (Paleornis docilis). Purchased.

. 2 Serin Finches (Fringilla serinus). Presented by F. Vanzeller,

Esq.

. 1 Serin Finch (Fringilla serinus). Received in exchange.

. 1 Undulated Parrakeet (Melopsittacus undulatus). Purchased.

1 Yellow-fronted Amazon (Chrysotis ochrocephala), From

Guiana. Presented by J. L. O’Beirne, Esq., M.P.

. 1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandit), Presented by O.

Moseley, Esq.

2 Chinese Porphyrios (Porphyrio ceelestis). Purchased.

2 Bamboo Partridges (Bambusicola thoracica). Purchased.

1 Common Paradoxure (Paradoxurus typus). Presented by

W. T. Fraser, Esq. From Java.

1 Cashmere Shawl-Goat (Capra hircus). Born.

1 Common Adder (Pelias berus). Presented by Dr. Brashfield.

1 Wrinkled-bill Hornbill (Buceros corrugatus). Purchased.

1 Bornean Fireback (Huplocamus nobilis). Purchased.

1 Greenland Falcon (Falco granlandicus). Purchased.

1 Philantomba Antelope (Cephalophus maxwellii). Purchased.

2 Fire-tailed Finches (Zrythrura prasina). Purchased.

3 Common Sheldrakes (Zadorna vulpanser). Purchased.

1 Squirrel Monkey (Callithrix sciwreus). Purchased.

1 Black-billed Duck (Dendrocygna arborea). Purchased.

2 Common Buzzards (Buteo vulgaris). Purchased.

1 Gray’s Jerboa Kangaroo (Beltongia grayt). Born.

1 Jacket-Monkey (Pithecia satanas (?). Purchased.

1 Rose-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua moluccensis). Presented by

Mrs. Dix.

3 Black Francolins (Francolinus vulgaris). Deposited.

1 Yellow-wattled Lapwing (Sarciophorus bilobus). Purchased.

. 4 Ruddy-headed Geese (Chloephaga rubidiceps).

. 1 Scarlet Ibis (dis rubra). Presented by Dr. Palin, C.M.Z.S.

2 Blue-shouldered Tanagers (Tanagra cyanoptera). Presented

by Dr. Palin, C.M.Z.S.

. 1 Himalayan Bear ( Ursus tibetanus). Presented by Capt. Butler.

1 Indian Gazelle ( Gazella benneitii). Purchased.

. 1 Short-headed Phalanger (Belideus breviceps). Born.

1 Guinea Baboon ( Cynocephalus papio). Deposited.

1 White-fronted Spider Monkey (Aéeles marginatus). Purchased.

May 4.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 643

1 Capuchin Monkey (Cebus capucinus). Purchased.

2 Red-backed Pelicans (Pelecanus rufescens). Purchased.

1 Black Hornbill (Buceros atratus). Purchased.

1 Royal Python (Python regius). Purchased.

1 Fournier’s Capromys (Capromys pilorides). Born.

. 1 Cape Francolin (Francolinus capensis). Purchased.

2 Double-spurred Francolins (Francolinus bicalearatus). Pur-

chased.

2 Hyacinthine Porphyrios (Porphyrio hyacinthinus). Purchased.

2 Porto-Rico Pigeons (Columba corensis). Purchased.

2 Picazuro Pigeons (Columba picazuro). Purchased.

2 Cuban Pigeons (Columba inornata). Purchased.

2 Blue-headed Pigeons (Starnenas cyanocephala). Purchased.

2 Mountain-Doves (Geotrygon montana). Purchased.

4 Talpacoti Ground-Doves (Chamepelia talpacoti). Purchased.

4 Passerine Ground-Doves (Chamepelia passerina). Purchased.

2 Scaly Ground-Doves (Chamepelia sguamosa). Purchased.

1 Abyssinian Guinea-Fowl (Nwmida ptilorhyncha). Purchased.

1 Abyssinian Guinea-Fowl (Nwmida ptilorhyncha). From

Aden. Purchased.

1 Rendal’s Guinea-Fowl (Numida rendalli), Purchased.

1 Bar-headed Goose (Anser indicus). Purchased.

1 Orinoco Goose (Chenalopex jubata). Purchased.

. 2 Harnessed Antelopes (T'ragelaphus scriptus). Purchased.

12.

13.

14,

15.

16.

1 Ostrich (Struthio camelus). Purchased.

2 Syrian Wild Asses (Equus hemippus). Received in exchange.

5 Purple Pheasants (Zuplocamus horsfieldit). Hatched.

3 Swinhoe’s Pheasants (Euplocamus swinhoit). Hatched.

1 Peacock Pheasant (Polyplectron chinguis). Hatched.

1 Common Boa (Boa constrictor). Purchased.

1 Greater White-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua cristata). Received

in exchange.

1 Mona Monkey (Cercopithecus mona). Purchased.

1 Red-bellied Monkey (Cercopithecus erythrogaster). Purchased.

1 White-throated Sapajou (Cebus hypoleucus). Purchased.

4 Crimson Finches (Astrelda phaeton). Purchased.

1 Chilian Conure (Conwrus smaragdinus). Purchased.

1 Aztec Conure (Conurus aztec). Purchased.

1 Golden-headed Parrakeet (Brotogerys tut). Purchased.

1 Weasel-headed Armadillo (Dasypus sexcinctus). Purchased.

3 Fournier’s Capromys (Capromys pilorides). Born.

1 Common Trumpeter (Psophia crepitans). Deposited.

1 Bennett’s Wallaby (Halmaturus bennettii). Born.

1 Yellow-footed Rock-Kangaroo (Petrogale xanthopus). Born.

1 Gray’s Jerboa Kangaroo (Bettongia grayt). Born.

1 Mouflon (Ovts musimon). Born.

1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandit). Purchased.

5 Common Wolves (Canis lupus). Born.

1 Nankeen Night-Heron (Nycticoraz caledonicus). Received in

exchange.

1 Black-necked Stork (Xenorynchus australis). Purchased.

1 Nankeen Night-Heron (Nycticorax caledonicus). Purchased.

1 Regent Bird (Sericulus chrysocephalus). Purchased.

1 Nicobar Pigeon (Phlogenas nicobarica). Purchased.

2 North-African Jackals (Canis anthus). Deposited.

5 North-African Jackals (Canis anthus). Born.

7 Ocellated Skinks (Gongylus ocellatus). Purchased.

644

May 16.

17.

20.

21.

22,

23.

24,

25.

26.

27.

28.

29.

APPENDIX. |

1 Harvest-Mouse (Mus minutus). Purchased.

1 Marmoset Monkey (Hapale jacchus). Presented by Miss

Allen.

2 Hybrid Goats (between C. megaceros, 3, and C. egagrus, 2 ).

Born.

1 Malaccan Parrakeet (Paleornis malaccensis), Purchased.

1 Ceram Lory (Lorius garrulus). Purchased.

1 Ursine Monkey (Colobus wrsinus). Purchased.

1 Cashmere Shawl-Goat (Capra hireus). Born.

7 Ruddy Sheldrakes (Zadorna rutila). Hatched.

10 Pallas’s Eared Pheasants ( Crossoptilon auritum). Hatched.

1 Rose-Hill Parrakeet (Platycercus eximius). Presented by

Mrs. Satterthwaite.

1 Secretary Vulture (Serpentarius reptilivorus). Purchased.

1 Black-breasted Peewit (Sarciophorus pectoralis). Purchased.

1 Graceful Ground-Dove (Geopelia cuneata). Purchased.

1 Australian Goshawk (Astur approximans). Purchased.

2 Red-cheeked Hemipodes (Hemipodius pyrrhothorax). Pur-

chased.

1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus erythreus). Presented by H.

Thornton, Esq.

2 Marimonda Spider Monkeys (Ateles belzebuth). Purchased.

2 Barred-shouldered Ground-Doves (Geopelia humeralis). Pur-

chased.

5 Egyptian Geese (Chenalopex egyptiaca). Hatched.

1 Ashy-headed Goose ( Chloéphaga poliocephala). Hatched.

1 Ruddy-headed Goose (Chloéphaga rubidiceps). Hatched.

4 Upland Geese (Chloéphaga magellanica). Hatched.

1 Eland (Oreas canna). Born.

1 Sacred Kingfisher (Zodiramphus sanctus). Received in ex-

change.

1 Red-bellied Wallaby (Halmaturus billardiert). Received in

exchange.

4 Undulated Grass-Parrakeets (Melopsittacus undulatus). Pur-

chased.

1 Ludio Monkey (Cercopithecus ludio). Purchased.

1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus erythreus). Purchased.

2 Weasel-headed Armadillos (Dasypus sexcinctus). Purchased.

1 Collared Fruit-Bat (Cynonycteris collaris), Purchased. From

Natal.

8 Barred-tailed Pheasants (Phasianus reevesti). Hatched.

2 Scemmerring’s Pheasants (Phasianus semmeringit). Hatched.

6 Black-backed Kaleeges (Huplocamus melanotis). Hatched.

5 Hybrid Lineated Pheasants (between £. cuviert, g, and LZ.

lineatus, 2). Hatched.

1 Coati (Nasua nasica). Presented by J. A. Marshall, Esq.

1 Indian Leopard (Felis leopardus). Presented by Colour-

Serjeant Scott.

1 Aztec Conure (Conwrus aztec). Purchased.

1 Orange-winged Conure (Conurus xanthopterus). Purchased.

4 Paradise Whydah Birds ( Vidua paradisea). Purchased.

1 Demerara Tiger Cat (Felis macroura). Presented by Lieut.

W. Duncan Stewart.

4, Graceful Ground-Doves (Geopelia cuneata). Presented by

Mrs. Jacobson.

2 Peaceful Doves (Geopelia tranguilla). Presented by Mrs.

Jacobson,

May 30.

31.

June 1,

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 645

20 Hybrid Wild Turkeys (between Meleagris gallopavo, 3, and

MM. ocellata, 2). Hatched.

2 Tawny Owls (Syrnium aluco). Presented by G. Dawson

Rowley, Esq., M.A., F.Z.5.

1 Markhoor (Capra megaceros). Born.

8 Sonnerat’s Jungle Fowl (Gallus sonneratii). Hatched.

1 Sun-Bittern (Lwrypyga helias). Hatched.

2 Black Terns (Hydrochelidon nigra). Purchased.

1 Arabian Baboon (Cynocephalus hamadryas). From Abyssinia.

Deposited.

2 Bonelli’s Hagles (Aquila bonellit). Purchased.

2 Hunting Cissas ( Céssa venatoria). Purchased.

1 Goffin’s Cockatoo (Cacatua goffint). Purchased.

1 Typhon Heron (Ardea sumatrana). Presented by A. Grote,

Esq., C.M.Z.S.

3 Indian Geckos (Gecco verus). Presented by A. Grote, Esq.,

C.M.Z.S.

1 Black Hornbill (Buceros atratus). Purchased.

4 Pied Mice (Mus musculus, var.). Presented by Lieut.-Colonel

R, Mather, F.Z.S.

1 Abyssinian Mud-Tortoise (Pelomedusa gehafie). Presented

by the Hon. Mr. Melville.

. 2 Raccoons (Procyon lotor). Born.

2 Crowned Hornbills (Buceros coronatus). Purchased.

1 Coromandel Owl (Bubo coromandelicus). Purchased.

2 Wandering Tree-pies (Dendrocitta vagabunda). Purchased.

1 Occipital Magpie (Urocissa occipitalis). Purchased.

4 Golden-eyed Ant-thrushes (Chrysomma sinense). Purchased.

1 Bengal Hemipode (Twrnix bengalensis). Purchased.

1 Indian Snake (Bungarus ceruleus). Purchased.

3 Common Thrushes (Zurdus musicus), Presented by J. R.

Scott, Hsq., F.Z.S.

1 Common Genet (Genetta vulgaris). Presented by A. Pike,

Esq.

2 Heir olla Ichneumons (Herpestes ichneumon). Presented by

ord Ruthven.

. 1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandii). Presented by Miss

Brown.

1 Toque Monkey (Macacus pileatus). Purchased.

2 White-fronted Parrots (Chrysotis leucocephala). Received in

exchange.

. 1 Green Monkey (Cercopithecus callitrichus). Presented by

Wm. Smith, Esa.

1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus radiatus), Presented by H. A.

Forsby, Esq.

. 1 Mexican Deer (Cervus mexicanus). Born.

4 Cheer Pheasants (Phasianus wallichit). Hatched.

2 Swinhoe’s Pheasants (Euplocamus swinhoii), Hatched.

. 1 Rose-hill Parrakeet (Platycercus eximius), Presented by

Frederick Haines, Esq.

2 Red and Blue Macaws (Ara macao). Deposited.

. 1 Black-faced Kangaroo (Macropus melanops). Born.

1 Ringed Seal (Phoca feetida). Born.

1 Barred-tailed Pheasant (Phasianus reevest?). Hatched.

13 Green-breasted Pheasants (Phasianus versicolor). Watched.

2 Brown Capuchin Monkeys (Cebus apella). Deposited.

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1868, No. XLII.

646

June 10,

ili

16,

17.

18.

19,

APPENDIX.

1 Malbrouck Monkey (Cercopithecus cynosurus). Purchased.

1 Blue-fronted Amazon (Chrysotis amazonica). Received in

exchange.

1 Ocelot (Felis pardalis), Born.

2 Bronze-winged Pigeons (Phaps chaleoptera). Hatched.

24 Short-nosed Seahorses (AZippocampus brevirostris), Pur-

chased.

2 Razorbills (Alea torda). Presented by T. Walker, Esq.

2 Pufiins (Mormon fratercula). Presented by 'T. Walker, Esq.

4 Rose-ringed Parrakeets (Pal@ornis docilis). Presented by

Colonel Ivy.

. 1 White-fronted Lemur (Lema albifrons). Presented by Major

R. Lloyd.

1 Common Hare (Lepus ewropeus). Purchased.

3. 1 Japanese Deer (Cervus sika). Born.

1 Martinique Gallinule (Porphyrio martinicensis). Purchased.

. 8 Pallas’s Eared Pheasants ( Crossopétilon auritum). Hatched.

1 Rufous-tailed Pheasant (Luplocamus erythrophthalmus). Pur-

chased.

1 Prehensile-tailed Porcupine (Cercolabes prehensilis). Presented

by O. Wakefield, Esq.

1 Crab-eating Opossum (Didelphys cancrivora). Presented by

O. Wakefield, Esq.

5 Swinhoe’s Pheasants (Ewplocamus swinhoii). Hatched.

2 Hybrid Lineated Pheasants (between Euplocamus lineatus, 2,

and LE. cuviert, §). Hatched.

1 Yellow-billed Duck (Anas xanthorhyncha). Hatched.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus). Presented by E. W.

Smith, Esq.

1 Garnett’s Galago (Galago yarnettii). Purchased.

10 Cheer Pheasants (Phasianys wallichiv). Hatched,

53 Mandarin Ducks (Ax galericulata). Watched.

1 Montagu’s Harrier (Circus cinerascens). Purchased.

2 Orang-Outangs (Simia satyrus). Presented by Col. Benson

and Mr. Vyapoory.

1 Azara’s Fox (Canis azare). Presented by Mrs. Diggens.

1 Eye-browed Tanager (Saltator, sp.). Purchased.

. 5 Barred-tailed Pheasants (Phastanus reevestt), Hatched.

2 Scemmering’s Pheasants (Phasianus semmeringii). Hatched.

2, 2 Black-necked Swans (Cygnus nigricollis). Watched.

1 Purple-faced Monkey (Cercopithecus cephalopterus). Pur-

chased. ;

4 Hoopoes ( Upupa epops). Purchased.

24, 2 Glaucous Gulls (Larus glaucus). Hatched.

1 Little Tinamon (Zinamus pileatus). Received in exchange.

1 Martinique Gallinule (Porphyrio martinicensis). Received in

exchange.

1 Lesser White-nosed Monkey (Cercopithecus petaurista). Re-

ceived in exchange.

3 Box Tortoises (Avnosternon pennsylvanicum). Received in ex-

change.

3 Rooks (Corvus frugilegus). Presented by H. P, Hensman,

Esq.

. 3 Bahama Ducks (Peeilonetta bahamensis). Hatched.

. 1 Red Lynx (Fels rufa). Purchased.

2 Patagonian Cavies (Dolichotis patagonica), Presented by

Frederick Leybold, E'sq., C.M.Z.S.

June 26.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 647

4 Viscachas (Lagostomus trichodactylus). Presented by Frederick

Leybold, Esq., C.M.Z.5.

1 Kinkajou (Cercoleptes caudivolvulus). Deposited,

. 2 Common Kestrels (Zinnunculus alaudaris), Presented by

Captain Parsons,

. 1 Silky Monkey (Hapale rosalia). Purchased.

. 2 Bahama Ducks (Pecilonetta bahamensis). Hatched,

. 1 Golden Tiger Cat (Felis awata). Purchased.

1 Nuthach (Sttta cesia), Purchased.

. 1 Mexican Deer (Cervus mexicanus). Born.

1 Viscacha (Lagostomus trichodactylus), Born,

1 Nicobar Pigeon (Calenas nicobarica). Hatched.

. 2 Naked-necked Iguanas (Iguana delicatissima). Presented by

T. Ross, Esq.

4 Moustache-Monkeys (Cercopithecus cephus), Received in

exchange.

. 1 Vulpine Phalanger (Phalangista vulpina). Presented by

H.R... The Duke of Edinburgh,

1 Maugé’s Dasyure (Dasywrus maugei), Presented by H.R.H.

The Duke of Edinburgh.

1 Smith’s Ichneumon (Herpestes smithii). Presented by H.R.H.

The Duke of Edinburgh.

1 Australian Fruit-Bat (Pteropus poliocephalus), Presented by

H.R.H. The Duke of Edinburgh.

1 Water-Tortoise (Chelodina longicollis?), Presented by H.R.H.

The Duke of Edinburgh.

1 Azara’s Fox (Canis azare), Presented by George Wilks,

Esq., C.M.Z.S.

2 Hairy Armadillos (Dasypus villosus), Presented by George

Wilks, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

. 1 Marmoset Monkey (Hapale jacchus), Presented by Mrs.

Orwin.

2 Common Kestrels (Zinnunculus alaudarius), From Teneriffe.

Presented by Capt. T. Waite.

. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus erythreus). Presented by Dr.

Tule.

1 Variegated Sheldrake (Zadorna variegata). Presented by

Mrs. Pricket,

1 Arabian Baboon (Cynocephalus hamadryas). Presented by

The Hon. R. Melville,

. 1 Negro Tamarin (Hapale wrsulus). Purchased.

1 Specious Pigeon ( Cohunba speciosa). Purchased.

1 Coati (Wasua nasiea). Presented by G. L. Symon, Esq.

3 Common Kingfishers (Alcedo ispida). Presented by Sir Charles

Osham,

. LSapajou (Cebus, sp.?). Received in exchange,

. 1 Nuthach (Stita eesia), Purchased.

. 1 Young Common Seal (Phoca vitulina), Presented by H. J.

Elwes, Esq., F’.Z.8.

. 8 Barred-tailed Pheasants (Phastanus reevesi?). Hatched.

7 Green-breasted Pheasants (Phasianus versicolor). Hatched.

. 6 Speckled Terrapins (Emys guttata). Purchased,

1 Blue-crowned Conure (Conwrus acuticaudatus). Purchased.

. 2 Spotted Hyzenas (fZyena erocuta). Born.

1 Macaque Monkey (JZacacus cynomolgus). Born.

. 1 Bronze-winged Pigeon (Phaps chalcoptera), Hatched.

648

July 15.

16.

18,

APPENDIX,

1 Jugger Falcon (Fuleo jugger). Presented by W. Jeffreys, jun.,

Ksq.

1 Koodoo Antelope (Strepsiceros kudu). Purchased. From

ubia.

1 Indian Leopard (Felis leopardus). Presented by H. Morland,

sq.

1 Sloth Bear (Mehursus labiatus). Presented by H. Morland, Esq.

. 2 Barred-shouldered Ground-Doyes (Geopelia humeralis).

Hatched.

1 Common Badger (Meles taxus). Presented by W. H. Allies,

Esq., F.Z.S.

5 Young Red Grouse (Lagopus scoticus). Presented by William

Hamilton, Esq.

3 Australian Wild Ducks (Anas superciliosu), Presented by

W. R. Barwood, Esq.

3 Peregrine Falcons (Falco peregrinus). Presented by The Hon.

Charles Ellis.

. 3 Black Wallabies (Halmaturus ualabatus). Presented by the

Acclimatization Society of Victoria.

1 Grote’s Porcupine (Hystrix grotii). Malacca. Presented by

A. Grote, Esq., F.Z.8.

3 Loggerhead Turtles (Caowana caretta). Presented by W. K.

Taunton, Esq.

. 1 Formosan Deer (Cervus taivanus). Born.

1 Hybrid Ibis (between Z. alba and I. rubra). Hatched.

1 Marmoset Monkey (Iapale jacchus). Presented by H. F. B.

Hyles, Esq.

. 2 Garter Snakes (Zropidonotus ordinatus). Purchased.

2 Pinche Monkeys (Hapale edipus). Purchased.

. 1 Gordon’s Hydraspis (Hydraspis gordoni). From Trinidad.

Deposited.

1 Kinkajou (Cercoleptes caudivolvulus). Presented by The Hon.

A. Gordon, C.M.Z.S. From Trinidad.

2 Martinique Water-Hens (Porphyrio martinicensis). Presented

by the Hon, A. Gordon, C.M.Z.S. From Trinidad.

3 Duméril’s Water-Tortoises (Podocnemis dumeriliana). Pyre-

sented by the Hon. A. Gordon, C.M.Z.S. From Trinidad.

1 Common Trumpeter (Psophia crepitans). Presented by Lewis

Joel, Esq., C.M.Z.S. From Venezuela.

2 West-Indian Rails (Aramides cayennensis). Presented by

Lewis Joel, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

. 1 Sun-Bittern (Lurypyga helias). Hatched.

1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandii). Deposited.

1 Greek Land-Tortoise (Zestwdo greca). Presented by G.

Weaver, Esq.

. 1 Black-necked Swan (Cygnus nigricollis). Purchased.

- 1 Common Seal (Phoca vitulina). Purchased.

. 1 Sun-Bittern (Zurypyga helias). Hatched.

. 1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandii). Presented by Miss

A. M. Winder.

. 1 Guinea Baboon (Cynocephalus papio). Presented by Dr.

Hessel.

. 6 Green-breasted Pheasants (Phasianus versicolor). Hatched.

1 Philantomba Antelope (Cephalophus maxwellii), Presented by

Major Sir Robert Sheffield.

3 Silver Pheasants (Luplocamus nycthemerus). Deposited.

2 Capuchin Monkeys (Cebus capucinus), Received in exchange.

Aug. 1.

a |

10.

iui

13.

14,

15.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 649

1 Electric Kel (Gymnotus electricus). Presented by Dr. Palin,

C.M.Z.S.

2 Common Hares (Lepus europeus). Purchased.

. 1 Marmoset Monkey (Hapale jacchus). Purchased.

1 Egyptian Monitor (Monitor niloticus). Purchased.

2 Clapperton’s Francolins (Francolinus clappertoni). Purchased.

1 Red Deer (Cervus elaphus). Presented by Capt. G. G. Munro.

1 West-Indian Rail (Aramides cayennensis). Deposited.

1 Martinique Water-Hen (Porphyrio martinicensis).

. 1 Japanese Deer (Cervus stka). Born.

. 1 Bronze-winged Pigeon (Phaps chalcoptera). Hatched.

2 Talpacote Ground-Doves (Chamepelia talpacoti). Hatched.

4 Palm-Squirrels (Secwrus palmarum). Presented by Oswald

Howell, Esq.

1 Whip Snake (Passerita nycterizans). Presented by Oswald

Howell, Esq.

3 Chinese Squirrels (Seiwrus castanciventris). Pyesented by

George Rapson, Esq.

1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandii), Presented by Lieut.

J. W. Browne.

. 3 Fournier’s Capromys (Capromys pilorides). Born.

2 Red-yented Parrots (Pionus menstruus). Purchased.

1 Patus Monkey (Cercopithecus ruber). “Purchased.

1 South-African Ground-Squizrel (Xerws setosus). Presented by

E. L. Layard, Esq., ¥°.Z.S.

1 Spanish Ibex (Capra pyrenaica). Presented by Major Howard

Tiby.

7 Rufous Tinamous (Rynchotus rufescens). Hatched.

1 Magpie Tanager (Ctssopis leveriana). Purchased.

1 Nicobar Pigeon (Calenas nicobarica). Hatched.

1 Spur-winged Goose (Plectropterus gambensis), Received in

exchange.

2 Southern Skuas (Zestris antaretica). Presented by E. L.

Layard, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Gigantic Salamander (Steboldia maxima). Presented by A.

A. J. Gower, Esq.

1 Quebec Marmot (Arctomys empetra). Presented by Mrs. Bell.

1 Hoolock Gibbon (Hylobates hoolock). Presented by A. Grote,

Ksq., F.Z.S

1 Four-horned Antelope (Tetracerus quadricornis). Presented

by the Babu Rajendra Mullick, C.M.Z.S.

1 Large White Crane (Grus leucogeranos). Presented by the

Babu Rajendra Mullick, C.M.Z.S8.

5 Peacock Pheasants (Polyplectron chinquis). Presented by the

Babu Rajendra Mullick, C.M.Z.S.

3 Spotted-billed’ Ducks (Anas pecilorhyncha). Presented by the

Babu Rajendra Mullick, C.M.Z.S.

1 Black-backed Goose (Sarcidiornis melanota). Presented by

the Babu Rajendra Mullick, C.M.Z.S.

1 Vulpine Phalanger (Phalangista vulpina). Born.

1 Gray’s Jerboa Kangaroo (Bettongia gray’). Born.

2 Rufous Tinamous (Rynchotus rufescens). Hatched.

8 Black-headed Gulls (Larus ridibundus). Presented by Dy. A.

Giinther, F.Z.S.

1 Four-spotted Opossum (Didelphys opossum). Purchased.

3 Golds Tench (Zinca vulgaris). Presented by Highford Bur,

usq.

650

APPENDIX.

Aug. sh 1 Senegal Touracou (Corythaix persa). Purchased.

2 Marmoset Monkeys (Hapale jacchus). Deposited.

2 Common Boas (Boa constrictor). Deposited.

. 2 Rufous-tailed Pheasants (Zuplocamus erythrophthalmus). Pur-

chased.

» 1Sea-Lion, 2 (Ofaria jubata). Obtained by the Society’s

collector in the Falkland Islands.

1 Antarctic Wolf (Canis antarcticus). Obtained by the Society’s

collector in the Falkland Islands.

2 Forster’s Milvagos (Milvago australis). Obtained by the

Society’s collector in the Falkland Islands.

1 Kelp Goose (Bernicla antarctica). Obtained by the Society’s

collector in the Falkland Islands.

2 Upland Geese (Chloephaga magellanica). Obtained by the

ociety’s collector in the Falkland Islands.

1 Dominican Gull (Larus dominicanus). Obtained by the So-

ciety’s collector in the Falkland Islands.

2 Common Marmosets (Hapale jacchus). Purchased.

3. 1 Smooth Snake (Coronella levis). Presented by Wni. Penny,

Esq.

pe Austidtiag Barn-Owl (Strix delicatula). Presented by Dy. F.

Mueller, C.M.Z.S.

2 Olive Agoutis (Dasyprocta acouchy). Presented by G. H.

Hawtayne, Esq.

. LSpringbok (Gazella euchore). Presented by H. Somerset

Mackenzie, Esq.

1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus erythreus). Presented by Lieut.

J. D. Bulman.

. 1 Azara’s Agouti (Dasyprocta azare). Purchased.

. 2 Rough-legged Buzzards (Archibuteo lagopus). Presented by

Captain A. Steuart.

. 2 Ospreys (Pandion hatiactus). Presented by J. P. Traherne,

sq.

1 Nylghaie (Porta picta). Born.

. 2 Passerine Owls (Athene passerina). Presented by Mrs. Wake-

field.

. 1 Capuchin Monkey (Cebus capucinus). Presented by J. Rams-

bottom, Esq.

. 1 Little Grebe (Podiceps minor). Presented by F. H. Salvin,

Esq.

Se Sykres's Monkeys (Cercopithecus albogularis). Purchased.

1 Common Buzzard (Buteo vulgaris). Presented by Theobald

Tax, Esq. From Norway.

2 Cuvier’s Pheasants (Zuplocamus cuvieri). Presented by Dr.

John Squire.

1 Indian Tortoise (Testudo indica). Purchased.

» 1 Red-backed Shrike (Znneoctonus collurio). Presented by Mr.

Felkin.

. 2 Barred-shouldered Doves (Geopelia humeralis). Watched.

1 Maugé’s Dove (Geopelia maugei). Hatched.

1 Forster’s Milvago (Milvago australis). Presented by Capt.

Dyer.

. 8 Indian Crocodiles (Crocodilus palustris). From Cochin. Pre-

sented by Capt. Efford.

. 1 Yellow-footed Kangaroo (Petroyale vanthopus). Born.

1 Barn-Owl (Sfrix flammea). Presented by John Gould, Esq.

Sept. 10.

Oct.

15,

16.

17.

21.

ov.

o> oo

x“

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE, 651

1 Coati (Wasua nasica). Presented by J. L. Moore, Esq.

1 Two-horned Rhinoceros (Rhinoceros bicornis). From Upper

Nubia. Purchased.

2 King Parrakeets (Aprosmictus scapulatus). Presented by R.

M. Way, Esq.

5 Lemmings (Lemnus norvegicus). Presented by Mrs. Wingfield

of Onslow.

1 Brown Capuchin Monkey (Cebus capucinus). Presented by

Mr. Sandland.

1 Bennett’s Wallaby (Halmaturus bennettii). Presented by C.

R. Fenwick, Esq.

1 Common Bittern (Gotawrus stellarts). Presented by F. C.

Capel, Esq.

2 Bronze-winged Pigeons (Phaps chalcoptera). Tatched.

2 Indian Crocodiles ( Crocodilus palustris). From Cochin. Pre-

sented by Capt. Banks.

2 Dotted-jawed Caymans (Jacare punctulata), From Tobago.

Presented by Capt. Spicer.

. 1 Persian Deer, 2 (Cervus maral). Born.

4 Asculapian Snakes (Coluber esculapii) Received in ex-

change.

6 Smooth Snakes (Coronella levis). Received in exchange.

23. 1 Serval (felis serval). Presented by T. C. Chown, Esq.

24, 1 Spotted Cavy (Celogenys paca). Presented by W. C. Kelaart,

Esq.

2 Pine Grosbeaks (Corythus enucleator). Presented by Robert

Honywood, sq.

1 Gannet (Sula bassana). Presented by G. 8. Patey, Esq.

. 1 Richardson’s Skua (Lestris parasitica). Presented by F. Cress-

well, Hsq.

. 1 Indian Antelope, 3 (Antilope cervicapra). Presented by Wm.

Phillipps, Esq.

. 1 Maugé’s Dasyure (Dasyuwrus maugei). Presented by Capt.

Skinner.

1 Great Kagle-Owl (Bubo maximus), Presented by Mrs, Thomas

Bell.

2 Bonnet-Monkeys (Macacus radiatus). Presented by Major the

Hon. R. Needham, F'.Z.8.

1 Honey-Buzzard (Pernis apivorus). Presented by J. G. Topham,

Esq.

. 1 Green Monkey (Cercopithecus callitrichus). Presented by Capt.

M‘Ewen.

. 1 Red-crowned Pigeon (Lrythrenas pulcherrima). Purchased.

. 1 White-throated Sapajou (Cebus hypoleucus). Presented by

Mrs. Fletcher.

2 Golden Agoutis (Dasyprocta aguti). Presented by W. C.

Kelaart, Esq.

1 esa Tortoise (Testudo tabulaia). Received in ex-

change.

2 Hlzoner Falcons (Falco eleonore). From Mogadore. Pre-

sented by Capt. Thomas Waite.

1 Pied Flycatcher (Muscicapa atricapilla). Caught near Hamp-

stead. Presented by F. Bond, Esq., F.Z.8.

2 Golden Pheasants (7haumalea picta, var.). Purchased.

1 Chestnut Cuckoo (Centropus philippensis). Purchased.

1 Black Cuckoo (Eudynamys orientalis). Purchased.

10.

15.

bho bo

Orr

. 1 Indian Antelope (Antilope cervicapra). Presented by G. Y

APPENDIX.

. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus). Presented by T. G.

Palmer, Esq.

1 Arabian Baboon (Cynocephalus hamadryas). Presented by

Lieut. A. E. Puzey.

1 Grivet Monkey (Cercopithecus grisco-viridis). Presented by

E. G. Brietzeke, Isq.

. 2Chamelecns (Chameleon vulgaris). Presented by Wm.

Kirlmess, Esq.

1 Demeraran Cock of the Rock (Rupicola crocea). Presented

by Capt. Coventry.

. 1 Arctic Tern (Sterna arctica). Presented by R. Lawson, Esq.

2 Grey Wagetails (DMotacilla boarula). Purchased.

3 Leopards (Felis leopardus). Born.

. 1 Vulpine Phalanger (Phalaungista vulpina). Presented by Miss

Mary Drew.

Mercer, Esq.

1 Pampas Cat (Felis pajeros). Purchased.

4 Cuming’s Octodons ( Octodon cumingit). Purchased.

1 Patagonian Conure (Conurus patagonicus). Purchased.

1 Darwin’s Rhea (hea darwin). Purchased.

1 Guinea Baboon (Cynocephalus papto). Presented by W. H.

Roberts, Isq.

20. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus). Presented by E.

q ) y g »

Round, Esa.

1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandii). Presented by W. H.

Allies, Esq., F.Z.8.

4 Mississippi Alligators (Alligator mississippiensts). Purchased.

. 1 Ring-necked Parrakeet (Palcornis torquatus). Presented by

Mrs. Hodgkinson.

2 Common Ravens (Corvus corax). Presented by H. J. Symonds,

Esq.

1 Capuchin Monkey (Cebus, sp.). Presented by J. W. Bourne,

Isq.

1 Harnessed Antelope (Tragelaphus scriptus). From Lagos.

Purchased.

1 Canadian Lynx (Felis canadensis). Presented by H. D.

Sheffield, Esq.

. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus). Presented by A.

Caines, Esq.

1 Pied Rat (Mus rattus, var.). Presented by Miss M. Wheeler.

. 1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandii). Presented by E.

Gottgetren, Esq.

1 Silver Fox (Canis argentatus). Deposited.

1 Cross Fox (Canis fulvus, var.). Deposited.

1 Canadian Beaver ( Castor canadensis). Deposited.

. 1 Common Chameleon (Chameleon vulgaris). Presented by

T. C. Read, Esq.

1 Common Chameleon (Chameleon vulgaris). Presented by

— Wyatt, Esq.

. 1 Spur-winged Goose (Plectropterus gambensis). Purchased.

1 Egyptian Goose (Chenalopex egyptiacus). Purchased.

2 Black-billed Sheathbilis (Chionis minor). Presented by E. L.

Layard, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Aard-Wolf (Proteles lalandit). Purchased.

. 1 African Wood-Ihis ( Tantalus ibis). Purchased.

. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus). Presented by Dr.

J.C. Hornsby Wright.

Oct. 28.

29.

30.

Noy. 1.

. 1 Wedge-tailed Eagle (Aquila audaxr), Presented by C. J.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE, 653

1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus radiatus). Presented by Dr. J. C,

Hornsby Wright.

1 Tuatera Lizard ‘(Hatter ta punctata). Deposited by Sir George

Grey, K.C.B,

1 Hybrid Gayal (between Bos indicus and Bos frontalis). Born,

1 Yarrell’s Curassow (Crax carunculata). Deposited.

1 Brown Capuchin Monkey (Cebus apella). Presented by J.

Clarke, Esq.

1 Red Kangaroo (Macropus rufus). Born.

Trendell, Esq.

1 Long-eared Owl ( Ofus vulgaris). Presented by A. F. Barrand,

Ksq.

3. 2 Passerine Parrakeets (Psittacula passerina). Presented by

26.

27.

28.

Miss Bruce.

2 Herring-Gulls (Larus argentatus). Presented by W. Jeflreys,

jun., ‘Tesq.

3 Ringed Seals (Phoca fatida). Purchased.

2 Whiting-Pouts (Gadus luscus), Presented by Mons. Lennier,

. 1 Aurochs (Bos bison). Bred in the Royal Zoological Society’s

Gardens at Amsterdam, July 14th, 1865. Purchased.

. 1 Eland, 9 (Oreas canna). Born.

. 1 Assamese Monkey (Macacus assamensis). From Bhootan.

Deposited.

. 2 Hider Ducks (Somaterta moilissima). Purchased.

1 Green Monkey (Cercopithecus callitrichus). Presented by

Thomas Hayes, Esq.

. 1 Marmoset Monkey (Hapale jacchus). Presented by Mrs.

Boswell. “

2 White American Cranes (Grus americana). Purchased.

. 2 Crested Pigeons (Ocyphaps lophotes). Presented by O. W.

Brierly, Es Sq.

. 2 Common Terns (Sterna hirundo). Presented by Mr, A. A.

van Bemmelen.

. 1 Moustache-Monkey (Cercopithecus cephus). Presented by Dr.

Dyer

. 2 Red and Yellow Macaws (Ara chloroptera). Presented by J.

Morris, Esq.

3 Greek Tortoises (Testudo greca). Presented by Capt. T.

Waite

2 Sandwich-Island Geese (Chloéphaga sandwichensis). Pur-

chased.

1 Javan Peafowl (Pavo muticus). Purchased.

1 Black-winged Peafowl (Pavo nigripennis). Purchased,

. 1 Demoiselle Crane (Anthropoides virgo). Presented by Mrs.

J. Williams.

2 Leopards (Felis leopardus). Deposited.

. 1 Emu (Dromeus nove-hollandie). Presented by H.R.H. The

Prince of Wales.

1 Australian Crane (Grus australasiana). Presented by H.R.H.

The Prince of Wales.

1 Gray’s Jerboa Kangaroo (Bettongia gray). Born.

2 Stanley Cranes ( Tetr apteryx paradiseus).

2 Crowned Hornbills (Zoceus melanoleucus). Purchased.

1 Grand Galago (Galago crassicaudatus). Purchased.

2 Black Rats (Mus rattus). Presented by J. M. Needham, Esq.

. 4 Summer-Ducks (Atv sponsa).

APPENDIX.

. 1 Varying Hare (Zepus timidus). Presented by Miss Sybil

Drummond.

. 1 Cuming’s Octodon (Octodon cumingit). Born.

. 11 Bahama Ducks (Pecilonetta bahamensis). Purchased.

1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus radiatus). Presented by J. May,

Esq.

1 ‘Anietioah Hawk-Owl (Surnia ulula). Purchased.

2 Regent Birds (Sericulus chrysocephalis). Purchased.

2 Crested Pelicans (Pelecanus crispus). Received in exchange.

2 Temminck’s Snappers (Macroclemmys temmincki). Presented

by Herr G. Hagenbeck.

. 1 White Goshawk (Astur nove-hollandie). Deposited.

. 1 Placid Ground-Dove (Geopelia placida). Presented by G.

Waugh, Esq.

1 Arctic Wolf (Canis occidentalis). Deposited.

2 Rooks (Corvus frugilegus). Deposited.

Received in exchange.

1 Peewit ( Vanellus cristatus). Presented by Mrs. H. Roach.

: 1 Redshank (Zotanus calidris). Presented by the Hon. Mrs,

Cresswell.

3 Knots (Zringa canutus). Presented by the Hon. Mrs. Cresswell.

9 Dunlins (Tringa variabilis). Presented by the Hon. Mrs.

Cresswell.

. 1 Common Macaque (Macacus cynomolgus). Presented by Dr.

FE. Blennerhassett.

. 2 Mangabey Monkeys (Cercocebus ethiops). Presented by Dr.

Leared.

. 1 Temminck’s Tragopan; 3 ,(Ceriornts temmincki). Received in

exchange.

1 Indian Mynah (Aeridotheres fuscus). Purchased.

. 1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandii). Presented by Col.

Tower.

2 Javan Chevrotains (Tragulus javanicus). Presented by Russell

Sturgis, Esq., F.Z.5.

. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus erythreus), Born.

. 2 Summer-Ducks (Aza sponsa). Received in exchange.

. 2 Kieldfares (Turdus pilaris). Purchased.

. 1 Barred-shouldered Dove (Geopelia humeralis). Hatched.

. 1 Malbrouck Monkey (Cercopithecus cynosurus). Presented by

David Thompson, Esq.

2 Cape-Doves (na capensis). Presented by Miss L. Saunders.

2 Great Black-backed Gulls (Zarus marinus). Presented by

F. Roxburgh, Esq.

2 55 aks (Rissa tridactyla). Presented by F. Roxburgh,

sq.

Abromys

lordi, 202.

Abrota

ganga, 615.

jumna, 615.

Acanthicus

hystrix, 233:

Acarnus

innominatus, 130.

Accipiter

chionogaster, 632.

erythrocnemis, 632.

nisus, 39.

virgatus, 395.

Acicula

mauritiana, 290, 294.

Aconthea

epiona, 602.

Actitis

hypoleuca, 8, 118.

Actiturus

bartramius, 169.

Actodromas 2

bairdi, 144.

Adolias

aconthea, 600, 603, 604,

610.

action, 613.

adima, 609.

adonia, 600.

agnis, 602.

alpheda, 604.

amanda, 600.

ambalika, 607.

anosia, 604.

anyte, 603.

apaturina, O14.

aphidas, 608.

apiades, 609.

apicalis, 608.

apsarasa, 610,

aruna, 611.

asoka, 606.

belarama, 609.

bipunctata, 606.

blumei, 608.

boisduvalii, 613.

INDEX.

Adolias

calliphorus, 610.

clathrata, 606.

cocyta, 608.

cocytina, 608.

cocytus, 607, 614, G15.

confinis, 615.

confucius, 602.

decoratus, 605, 615.

derma, 600.

diardi, 607.

dirtea, 613.

dolope, 614.

doubledayti, 602.

dunya, 601.

durga, 602.

epiona, 602.

eva, 600:

evelina, 603.

francie, 601.

gandarva, 607.

garuda, 603.

godartii, 608.

gopia, 607.

hesperus, 604.

imperator, G43,

indras, 612.

iva, 602.

Jjahnu, 609.

Jama, 604.

Japis, 606.

kanda, 603.

kardama, 601.

kesava, 604, 605.

lepidea, 608.

lubentina, 600.

ludekingii, 608.

lusiada, 605.

lutala, 611.

mahadeva, 605.

merta, 603.

mitra, 608.

monina, 608, 615.

nara, 602.

nesimachus, 614.

nicea, 614.

ninus, 6138.

Adolias

octogesima, 604.

palguna, 611.

panopus, 613.

pardalis, 611.

parta, 603.

phemius, 604.

pulasara, 611,612.

puseda, 608.

raja, GOL.

ramada, 605.

sahadeva, 601.

salia, 605, 606.

sananda, 609.

sancara, 602.

schrenkii, 601.

sedeva, 609.

sikandi, 600.

siva, 615.

soma, 600.

somadeva, 604.

surjas, 605.

telchinea, 608.

teuta, 601.

trigerta, O11.

vacillaria, 606, 615.

valmikis, 610, 611.

varuna, O11.

vasanta, 602.

aiphiones, 609, 615.

égialites

cantianus, 176.

fatklandica, 138,

144.

nivosus, 176, 570.

vociferus, 176, 570.

wilsonius, 169.

Ageniosus

brevifilis, 229.

Agoua

rachay, 512.

Aigoceros

equina, 218.

leucophea, 218.

niger, 218.

Alauda

rufa, 173.

696

Alca

tmpennis, 361.

Alcedo

erithaca, 594.

purpurea, 589, 590,

593.

rubra, 589, 5938,

solitaria, 597.

tridactyla, 589, 590,

591, 592, 595.

Aleyoncellum

gelatinosum, 132.

speciosum, 133.

Aleyone

eyanipectus, 591.

pusilla, 383.

solitaria, 597.

Aleyonium

digitatum, 131.

Alosa

squamo-pinnata, 377.

Amaurornis

Semoralis, 461.

Ambassis

productus, 10.

Amblypharyngodon

Jjerdoni, 278.

Ampeliceps

coronatus, 623.

Ampelis

formosa, 172.

Anabas

scandens, 276, 281, 282,

2838, 284.

Anabates

cristatus, 636.

lophotes, 636.

unirufus, 636.

Anacyrtus

affinis, 246.

(Cynopotamus) amazo-

num, 246.

Anzeretes

albocristatus, 569.

cristatellus, 175.

Anas

cristata, 570.

topareia, 531.

maculirostris, 146,

moschata, 531.

superciliosa, 4, 8,

118.

Anguilla

Johanne, 12.

Anoplosomatum

antillense, 100.

pallasti, 83.

paretti, 100.

utriculus, 100.

Anous

stolidus, 9, 118, 388.

INDEX.

Anthias

fronticinctus, 226.

Anthropoides

virgo, 567.

Anthus

chii, 173.

correndera, 189, 173.

parvus, 173.

rufus, 139, 178, 568,

569.

Antilope

equina, 217.

saltiana, 157.

Antrostomus

equicaudatus, 569,

longirostris, 142.

Anumbius

acuticaudatus, 141,

Apatura

ambica, 601.

erminia, 614.

Aper

ethiopicus, 46.

orientalis, 42.

Aphyocharax

pusillus, 245.

Apogon

axillaris, 225,

Apterodytes

pennantii, 527.

Apteryx

mantelli, 329.

oweniz, 319.

Aquila

Sulvescens, 395.

imperialis, 395.

pennata, 396,

Aramides

albiventris, 447, 470.

axillaris, 449, 470.

cayennensis, 446, 447,

448, 449, 470, 629.

chiricote, 447.

gigas, 145, 448.

maculatus, 444.

mangle, 449, 470.

maximus, 447.

nigricans, 446.

plumbeus, 449.

rhytirhynchus, 145.

ruficollis, 447, 448, 449,

470.

rhytirhynchus, 446.

saracura, 449, 470.

ypecaha, 144, 145, 448,

470.

zelebori, 446.

Arctocephalus

falklandicus, 192.

Arctomys

ludovicianus, 624,

Arctonyx

collaris, 207, 209.

Ardea

eyanura, 145.

sacra, 4, 8, 118.

sumatrana, 387.

Ardetta

pusilla, 387.

Arius

falearius, 12.

Arpacticus

kronit, 541.

Arses

kaupi, 383.

Artamus

albiventris, 383.

leucogaster, 117.

leucorhynchus, 116,117,

118.

Artynes

compressa, 133.

Arvicola

grenlandia, 349.

Ascaris

bicolor, 69, 70, 71.

simplex, 71.

Ascosoma

blumenbachii, 99.

Ascosomum

blumenbachit, 99.

Aspidosiphon

clavatwm, 103.

coyz, 101.

eumingit, 102, 114.

eremita, 101.

leve, 102.

miilleri, 101.

radiatum, 102.

rhyssaspis, 101.

spratti, 103.

steenstrupii, 101.

truncatum, 102.

Astur

approximans, 381.

cruentus, 381.

nove-hollandie, 382.

rayit, 382.

trivirgatus, 394.

Asturina

magnirostris, 169.

nitida, 169, 173.

plagiata, 173.

unicincta, 143.

Atelopus

flavescens, 479.

Athene

brama, 401.

cuculoides, 402.

radiata, 402.

Athyma

chevana, 601.

Atlapetes

rubricatus, 326.

Atticora

cyanoleuca, 568, 569,

627.

Auchenia

glama, 624.

huanacus, 624,

pacos, 624.

Aulacorhamphus

castaneorhynchus, 220.

hematopygius, 220.

sexnotatus, 219.

sulcatus, 169, 629.

Aulostoma

coloratum, 225.

Babirussa

alfurus, 42, 43.

Balena

biscayensis, 547.

gibbosa, 547.

islandica, 546.

mysticetus, 332, 3365,

338, 340, 345, 534,

539, 546, 548, 553.

nordcaper, 546.

physalus, 547.

Balenoptera

boops, 548.

caroline, 187, 188.

gigas, 332, 335, 340,

547, 548.

musculus, 188, 547.

rostrata, 332, 335, 340,

547, 548.

Balearica

pavonina, 567.

reguiorum, 567.

Barbus

ambassis, 583.

arulius, 585.

rayit, O85.

pnthene 582.

nashii, 584.

neilli, 581.

(Leuciscus) jfilamento-

sus, 581.

(Puntius) grayii, 584.

( ) melanampyx,

(Systomus) aredius,

584.

Basileuterus

griseiceps, 166, 170.

hypoleucus, 170.

mesochrysus, 170.

Belideus

breviceps, 625,

Belone

lovii, 226.

INDEX.

Beluga

catodon, 336, 388, 339,

340, 430, 534, 551.

Bernicla

canadensis, 211.

hutchinsii, 211.

Bettongia

grayi, 625.

penrcillata, 625.

Bison

americanus, 625.

Bithynis

longimana, 587.

Bolborhynchus

orbignesius, 569.

Boleophthalmus

boddaerti, 285.

Bonellia

fabricii, 111.

Suliginosa, 113.

viridis, 113.

Juvenilis, 113.

Bos

bison, 566.

grunniens, 331, 351,

625.

indicus, 625.

primigenius, 427.

taurus, 339, 340,

356.

Brachypteryx

(Drymochares) stedla-

tus, 218.

Brotula

ensiformis, 196.

maculata, 196.

Buarremon

brunneinuchus, 627,

semirufus, 167.

Bubo

ascalaphus, 400.

crassirostris, 532.

nudipes, 57.

Bucco

bicinetus, 168, 628.

Buceros

atratus, 622.

bicornis, 622.

corrugatus, 261, 622.

elatus, 622.

pica, 622.

rhinoceros, 622.

Bucorvus

abyssinicus, 622.

Bufo

ceruleostictus, 480.

galeatus, 480.

glaberrimus, 480, 483,

490.

gymnauchen, £79.

melanostictus, 397.

657

Buliminus

(Pachnodus) fulvicans,

258.

( ) niger, 258.

( ) velutinus, 258.

Bulimus

(Otostomus) lamas,

179, 180.

) rubrovariegatus,

178, 180.

Buteo

canescens, 397.

desertorwm, 397.

erythronotus, 570.

japonicus, 398.

plumipes, 398.

rufiventer, 397.

vulgaris, 397.

Butorides

cyanurus, 138, 145,

flavicollis, 387.

javanica, 387.

scapularis, 145,

Cacopus

globulosus, 480.

Cacotus

maculatus, 480,482,490.

Calidris

arenaria, 176, 570.

Callichthys

armatus, 230, 231.

asper, 276, 287.

littoralis, 276.

subulatus, 276.

Calliste

cyanescens, 627.

cyanoptera, 167.

desmaresti, 627.

guttata, 627.

Callocephalus

barbatus, 424.

grenlandicus, 416.

lagurus, 416.

leporinus, 424.

oceanicus, 416.

vitulinus, 335, 339, 340,

411, 412, 413, 414,

416, 422.

Callorhinus

ursinus, 842, 357.

Callula

guttulata, 479, 490.

obscura, 481.

Calornis

kittlitzii, 4, '7, 117, 118.

metallica, 385.

Camelopardalis

mirc, 624.

Campephilus

malherbii, 629.

658

Campylopterus

enstpennis, 169.

lazulus, 169.

Campylorbynchus

wud 626.

Canis

adusta, 515.

eqyptiacus, 515.

alopex, 515.

alpinus, 498, 500.

antarcticus, 513, 529.

anthus, 502.

argentatus, 518, 519,

624.

auratus, 624.

aureus, 497, 504.

azare, 185, 511, 512,

513, 624.

barbarus, 504.

bengalensis, 517.

borealis, 334, 339, 340,

360.

brachyotus, 498.

brasiliensis, 512, 514.

caama, 520.

cabulensis, 493.

campestris, 506.

cancrivorus, 514,

cerdo, 519.

ceylanicus, 509.

chanco, 501.

chrysurus, 517.

cinereo-argentatus, 519,

522.

corsac, 517, 518,

erocuta, 525.

cruciger, 518.

decussatus, 518.

dhola, 500.

dingo, 509, 624.

domesticus, 508.

dorsalis, 519.

dukhunensis, 500.

famelicus, 519.

familiaris, 334, 339,

340, 346, 360, 508.

leoninus, 510.

Ffennecus, 520.

frustror, 506.

fuliginosus, 521.

fulvicaudatus, 511.

Sulvipes, 514.

fulvus, 518.

griseus, 512, 522,

himalaicus, 516.

himalayanus, 498.

hippophylax, 500.

hodophylax, 500.

hyena, 524,

ésatis, 521.

javanicus, 500.

INDEX.

Canis

Jubatus, 506.

karagan, 517.

kokree, 517.

lagopus, 521.

lalandii, 523.

latrans, 506.

lupus, 501, 624.

lycaon, 501, 502.

magellanicus, 185, 512.

megalotis, 523.

melampus, 514.

melanostomus, 512.

melanotus, 518.

mesomelas, 516, 624.

mexicanus, 502, 506.

microtis, 519.

micrurus, 5OA4.

niloticus, 515.

nubilus, 502.

occidentalis, 347, 359,

502.

ochropus, 508.

pallidus, 520,

pallipes, 504, 624.

pictus, 497.

primevus, 498, 500.

procyonoides, 522.

rufescens, 517.

rippelliz, 519,

rutilans, 500.

simensis, 506.

sumatrensis, 500.

tetradactyla, 509, 513.

thous, 514.

tricolor, 497.

variabilis, 501.

variegatus, 516.

vetulus, 511.

velox, 519.

virginianus, 522.

vulpes, 515,

cvanthurus, 517.

zerda, 519.

(Lycalopex) entreria-

nus, 514,

(——) vetulus, 511.

(Pseudalopex) azare,

512.

) griseus, 512.

(

(Vulpes) lagopus, 521.

Capra

egagrus, 262, 625.

hircus, 339, 340, 356.

ibex, 625.

megaceros, 625.

nubiana, 625.

pyrenaica, 403, 526.

Caprimulgus

exilis, 175.

macrourus, 383.

Caprimulgus

monticolus, 401,

Caranx ;

dentex, 225.

muroadsi, 225.

Carbo

melanoleucus, 4, 9, 118.

Carcharias

vulpes, 543.

Cardinalis

pheniceus, 167, 170.

Carpophaga

pacifiea, 4, '7, 118.

Castor

canadensis, 624.

Siber, 427.

Casuarius

australis, 376, 377, 381,

388.

galeatus, 376, 377.

Cathartes

aura, 569,

californianus, 183, 184.

Catharus

aurantiirostris, 166.

immaculatus, 169.

melpomene, 170.

Catodon

macrocephalus, 336,

340, 549,

Cebus

capucinus, 624.

monachus, 261.

Celeus

cinnamomeus, 169.

citrinus, 169,

Centrites

niger, 142, 569.

Centropristis

brasiliensis, 225,

Centuriosus

pliciceps, 41.

Centurus

tricolor, 169.

Cephalophus

burchelli, 625.

maxrwelli, 625.

mergens, 625.

Ceratella

fusca, 579.

Cercocebus

albigena, 183.

Cercomacra

cerulescens, 573.

cinerascens, 572, 573,

DTD.

napensis, 572, 575.

tyrannina, 573.

Cercopithecus

albogularis, 182.

burnettiz, 182.

Cercopithecus

campbellit, 182.

cephus, 182.

diana, 182.

erxlebenti, 182.

erythrogaster, 182.

erythrotis, 182.

grayii, 182.

leucampyx, 182.

ludio, 182.

martiniz, 182.

melanogenys, 182.

mona, 182.

nictitans, 182.

petaurista, 182.

pluto, 182.

pogonias, 182.

pygerythrus, 624.

saimango, 182.

Certhiola

luteola, 167.

Cervus

aristotelis, 625.

axis, 625.

barbarus, 625.

campestris, 625.

canadensis, 625.

duvancelli, 625.

maral, 625.

mexicanus, 625.

moluccensis, 625.

porcinus, 625.

rusa, 625,

sika, 625.

taévanus, 625.

virginianus, 625,

Ceryle

americana, 175, 628.

cabanisi, 175, 569.

Cetochilus

arcticus, 541.

septentrionalis, 541,

oye

affinis, 270.

cajeli, 271, 588, 591,

595, 598, 599.

cyanopectus, 404.

dillwynnt, 588, 591,

593, 598, 599.

erythaca, 594.

lepida, 270, 588, 591,

592, 596, 598, 599.

luzoniensis, 594.

melanura, 271, 588,

590, 591, 594, 598,

599.

meninting, 598.

microsoma, 594.

hilippinensis,404, 588,

ts 591, 597, 598, 599.

purpurea, 593.

INDEX.

Ceyx

purpureus, 590, 593.

rubra, 590, 591, 593.

rufidorsa, 271, 588,

589, 590, 591, 592,

598, 599.

solitaria, 271, 588, 591,

597, 599.

tridactyla, 270, 588,

590, 992, 598, 498,

599.

uropygialis, 271, 588,

591, 592, 596, 598,

599,

wallacit, 270, 271, 588,

591, 595, 598, 599.

Cheenocetus

rostratus, 556.

Cheetocereus

ros@, 629.

Cheetoderma

nitidulum, 107.

Cheetodon

sancte helene, 225,

227.

Cheetostomus

dentex, 233.

depressus, 232.

fordii, 231.

megacephalus, 232.

Chalcinus

brachypoma, 229.

Chalybura

buffoni, 628.

Chamzospiza

torquata, 326.

Chamzpelia

cruziana, 176, 570.

erythrothorax, 570,

rufipennis, 629.

Chamzza

olivacea, 168.

Charadrius

cantianus, 117, 118.

fulvus, 4, 8, 117, 118.

geoffroyt, 117, 118.

virginicus, 176, 570.

Chasmorhynchus

variegatus, 168, 172,

628.

Chauna

chavaria, 145.

Chelodina

longicollis, 3.

oblonga, 2, 3.

Chetoderma:

nitidulum, 107.

Chinchilla

lanigera, 624.

Chionis

minor, 530.

659

Chiroleptes

alboguttatus, 480,

Chiroxiphia

lanceolata, 168, 628.

Chlamydochen

Jubata, 888.

Chlamydodera

nuchalis, 385.

Chloéphaga

antarctica, 527, 529.

magellanica, 527, 529.

Chloronerpes

kirkii, 629.

rubiginosus, 169.

Chlorophanes

atricapilla, 166.

Chlorospingus

albitemporalis,627, 630.

Alavigularis, 389.

hypopheus, 389.

ophthalmicus, 630.

Choiropotamus

africanus, 34.

larvatus, 35.

pictus, 36.

Chordeiles

acutipennis, 175.

peruvianus, 175, 569.

pruinosus, 175.

semitorquatus, 175.

Chromis

niloticus, 9, 12.

Chrysococcyx

minutillus, T4,

russata, 76.

Chrysocyon

Jubata, 506.

latrans, 506.

Chrysolampis

moschitus, 629.

Chrysomitris

barbata, 140.

capitalis, 569.

columbiana, 167,

cucullata, 167.

marginalis, 140.

Chrysophrys

berda, 10.

calamara, 10.

hasta, 10.

longispinis, 10.

Chrysopicus

chlorozostus, 143.

Chrysoptilus

chlorozostus, 143.

melanochlorus, 143.

Chrysuronia

enone, 629.

Cinclodes

fuscus, 140, 569.

nigrifumosus, 569.

660

Cinclodes

vulgaris, 140.

Circus

eruginosus, 398.

cinereus, 143.

macropterus, 138, 143,

poliopterus, 570.

superciliosus, 634.

Cirrhinus

fasciatus, 585.

Cirrhitichthys

fasciatus, 225.

Cirrochroa

bajadeta, 222.

johannes, 221, 224,

ravana, 222,

Cissa

venatoria, 526.

Cisticola

exilis, 385.

dsura, 885.

lineocapilla, 385.

ruficeps, 385.

Cittura

cyanotis, 271, 272.

sanghirensis, 271,

272.

Clarias

taysmanit, 277.

Cleodora

cuspidata, 616, 618,

620.

exacuta, 620.

lanceolata, 616, 618,

620. ef

ramidata, 616, 618,

PYESO,

Clupea

alba, 377.

alosa, 377.

Jinta, 377.

harengus, 377.

leachit, 377.

pilchardus, 377.

sprattus, 377.

Clymene

obscura, 147.

similis, 146, 147.

Coccoborus

glaucoceruleus, 139.

Coccygus

cinereus, 634,

Ceereba

cerulea, 167.

cyanea, 166, 627.

Coius

datnia, 10.

Colaptes

rupicola, 570.

Collocalia

francica, 116.

INDEX.

Collocalia

vanicorensis, 4, 116,

118.

Colobus

angolensis, 181.

bicolor, 181.

cristatus, 182.

Serrugineus, 180, 181.

guereza, 182.

kirkii, 180, 181.

polycomus, 181.

satanas, 181.

vellerosus, 180.

verus, 180, 182.

Columba

gymnophthalma, 143,

maculosa, 143.

picazuro, 138, 143.

Columbula

picui, 143.

Colymbus

fulica, 469.

Compsocoma

sumptuosa, 167.

Conirostrum

cinereum, 569.

Conopophaga

aurita, 574.

cucullata, 574.

gutturalis, 574, 575.

Contopus

brachytarsus, 168,

pallidus, 175.

Conurus

eruginosus, 629, 632,

aurifrons, 569.

cyanopterus, 169.

patagonicus, 530.

wagleri, 169.

Conus

(Chelyconus) borboni-

cus, 288, 294,

Corbula

(Azara) rostrata, 293,

294.

Corethrura

albigularis, 454.

cayennensis, 452.

guatemalensis, 453.

hypoleucos, 454.

leucopyrrha, 454.

melanophea, 454.

olivacea, 451.

rubra, 452,

Corvus

culminatus, 402,

Coryphospingus

pileatus, 167.

Cossyphus

pectoralis, 226,

Cossyphus

pulchellus, 226.

Coturniculus

manimbe, 167.

Cotyle

leucorrhea, 139.

tapera, 139,

Cracticus

quoyti, 383.

Crax

globicera, 297, 298.

Creciscus

Jamaicensis, 456.

Crenis

amulia, 222, 294.

Creseis

acicula, 616, 618.

clava, 616, 618.

spinifera, 616, 618,

striata, 616, 618.

virgula, 616, 618.

Crex

aurita, 451.

Facialis, 443.

Semoralis, 175, 461.

gularis, 451.

lateralis, 454.

martinica, 459.

melampyga, 448,

minuta, 455.

mustelina, 451.

olivacea, 451.

pratensis, 457, 470.

pygmed, 456.

re AE 169,

458.

Cricetodipus

flavus, 203.

parvus, 203.

Cricetus

anomalus, 203.

Crinia

affinis, 480.

fasciata, 478.

levis, 480.

tasmaniensis, 480,

verrucosa, 478,

Crocuta

maculata, 525.

Crossoptilon

auritum, 210.

Crotophaga

sulcirostris, 175, 569.

Crybastus

gossti, 455,

Cryptotis

brevis, 480,

Ctenomys

magellanicus, 185,

Culicivora

dumicola, 139,

Cuon

alpinus, 498, 500.

dukhunensis, 500.

primevus, 498.

sumatrensis, 498, 499,

500.

Curimatus

asper, 242, 243.

ciliatus, 243.

cyprinoides, 243.

dobula, 243.

essequibensis, 243.

latior, 229.

leuciscus, 239.

rutiloides, 243.

schomburgkii, 248.

troschelii, 243.

Cuviera

artesana, 616, 618.

columnella, 616, 618.

Cyanocorax

incas, 167, 627.

Cyathopoma

Wand 291, 294.

Cyclophorus

layardi, 294.

Cyclorhis

Alavipectus, 166, 627.

Cyclostrema

nevilli, 293, 294.

(Daronia) subdisjuncta, |

293, 294.

Cydonium

muelleri, 131.

Cygnus

soar 211.

bewichii, 212.

buccinator, 211, 212,

213.

nigricollis, 145.

passmori, 211, 212,

2138.

Cymba

elds 375.

neptuni, 375.

olla, 375.

patula, 375.

poreina, 375.

proboscidalis, 3” 5.

Cymindis

boliviensis, 633.

cayennensis, 629.

uncinata, 633.

Cynalicus

melanogaster, 498.

Cynocephalus

hamadryas, 624.

Cynodon

pectoralis, 247.

Cynogale

venatica, 498.

}

INDEX,

Cynonycteris

collaris, 404,

Cyphorinus

leucostictus, 170.

Cypselus

andicola, 569.

Cystignathus

albilabris, 480.

macroglossus, 478,

nodosus, 481.

rhodonotus, 480, 481,

490.

Cystophora

borealis, 435.

cristata, 335, 340, 435.

Dacelo

cajeli, 59D.

rubra, 593.

rufidorsa, 592.

Dacnis

plumbea, 627.

Dactylethra

muelleri, 478.

| Dafila

bahamensis, 146.

spinicauda, 146,

Damalis

albifrons, 625.

Danio

lineatus, 198.

Daphne

aculeata, 250.

Dasynotus

anomalus, 203.

| Dasyprocta

aguti, 624.

Dasypus

sexcinctus, 625.

Dehitella

atrorubens, 579.

| Delphinus

bivittatus, 185.

deductor, 554.

euphrosyne, 334, 336,

340, 549.

globiceps, 554.

holbéllit, 334, 549.

ibsenii, 549.

melas, 554.

obscurus, 146.

orca, 549, 556.

truncatus, 555, 562.

tursio, 336, 554, 555.

Dendrobates

lignarius, 634.

Dendrocincla

atrirostris, 54.»

fumigata, 54.

meruloides, 167.

minor, 54.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1868, No. XLIII.

661

Dendrocincla

longicauda, 54.

ruficeps, 54.

turdina, 54.

| tyrannina, 5A,

Dendrocolaptes

| eayennensis, 56.

| certhia, 56.

concolor, 56.

multistrigatus, 54, 55.

pallescens, 56.

picumnus, 55.

puncticollis, 54, 55.

radiolatus, 56.

sancti-thome, 56.

validus, 5d.

| Dendrocops

| multostrigatus, 56.

picumnus, 56.

puncticollis, 56.

validus, 56.

Dendrocygna

| vagans, 388.

| Dendromanes

| anabatina, 54.

| homochrous, 54.

merula, 54.

meruloides, 54.

ruficeps, 54,

Dendroplex

picirostris, 167, 627.

Dendrornis

susurrans, 167, 627.

Dendrostoma

pinnifolium, 98.

Dendrostomum

alutaceum, 98.

pinnifolium, 98.

ramosum, 98.

Diadema

alimena, 614.

Dichorragia

nesimachus, 610, 614.

Diclidosiphon

| lumbriciformis, 100.

_ Dicotyles

albirostris, 45.

labiatus, 43, 44, 45.

minor, 44,

tajacu, 44, 625.

torquatus, 44, 45.

Dicroglossus

adolfi, 479.

Dictyocylindrus

stuposus, 122.

Didelphys

cerassicaudata, 261,

virginiana, 625.

Diemennia

psammophis, 3,

reticulata, 3.

662

Diesingia

chamissoi, 104.

cupulifera, 104.

Diglossa

brunnetventris, 569.

hyperythra, 170.

similis, 166, 170.

Diglossopis

cerulescens, 627.

Dinornis

casuarinus, 404,

crassus, 404.

elephantopus, 404.

Diplommatina

minuta, 16, 17.

Diplopelma

berdmorii, 479.

Diplopterus

nevius, 169.

Dipodomys

agilis, 200, 201.

hermannii, 201,

montanus, 201,

ordiz, 201.

phillipsit, 200, 201,

202.

wagnert, 201,

Discus

serratus, 290, 294,

vorticella, 12, 17.

Dolerisca

fallax, 168.

Dolichonyx

badius, 140.

Donatia

aurantium, 131,

Doras

crocodili, 284.

hancockii, 284,

helicophilus, 229.

Drepane

punctata, 10.

Dryocopus

lineatus, 629.

Dules

fuscus, 10.

Dysithamnus

ardesiacus, 575,

schistaceus, 575.

semicinereus, 168, 628.

Dysporus

piscator, 9, 118.

sula, 9, 118.

Beheneis

naucrates, 225.

Echinorhynchus

scutatus, 108,

Echiurus

caraibicus, 111.

chilensis, 111.

INDEX,

Echiurus

chrysacanthophorus,

forcipatus, 110,

gaertneri, 110.

lutkenti, 111.

pallasiz, 110.

sitchaénsis, 111.

vulgaris, 109, 110.

Elainea

albescens, 634.

albiceps, 174, 568, 569.

caniceps, 631.

elegans, 628, 631.

implacens, 631.

modesta, 142, 634.

pagana, 628.

placens, 628, 631.

Elanus

axillaris, 382,

melanopterus, 399.

Elaphurus

davidianus, 210, 580,

531.

Elaps

psammophis, 3.

Ima

swinhoet, 291.

Elops

eyprinoides, 12.

machnata, 12.

Elseya

latisternum, 563.

Emberiza

citrinella, 568.

Embernagra

conirostris, 167.

platensis, 140.

Empidochanes

olivus, 628.

(Gulella) clavulata,

260.

Eopsaltria

australis, 384.

Ephialtes

lempijt, 401.

nudipes, 57.

pennatus, 401.

Equula

dussumieri, 10.

quus

burchelli, 625.

hemippus, 404.

Erismatura

ferruginea, 177, 531,

570.

vittata, 531.

Erythra

minuta, 455.

mnea

(Elma) nevillz, 291,294.

Erythra

quadristrigata, 388.

Erythrinus

cinereus, 239,

uniteniatus, 239.

Erythronota

felicig, 629.

Euchlorornis

. formosa, 172.

Huctenogobius

striatus, 272.

Eucometes

cristata, 627.

Eudromias

modesta, 144. .

Eudyptes

chrysolophus, 527.

nigrivestris, 527, 529.

Eumetopia

californiana, 190.

Euotaria

nigrescens, 192.

Eupherusa

cupreiceps, 390.

egregia, 389.

eximia, 390.

nigriventris, 390.

niveicauda, 390.

Euphonia

nigricollis, 167.

trinitatis, 167.

violacea, 627.

xanthogastra, 627.

Euplocamus

cuvieri, 623.

horsfieldi, 623.

lineatus, 623.

nobilis, 261.

Euryphene

swanzyana, 222, 224.

Eurypyga

helias, 116.

Euscarthmus

impiger, 166, 168, 171,

628.

margaritacetventer,171.

orbitatus, 171.

squamicristatus, 628.

Falco

deiroleucus, 639.

eleonore, 567.

qugger, 393.

Farrea

185, 377,

domestica, 339, 340,

349.

leo, 624.

concolor,

624.

Felis

leopardus, 624.

onea, 624.

pajeros, 530.

pardalis, 624.

tagris, 624.

Fennecus

arabicus, 520.

brucei, 520.

caama, 520.

cerdo, 520.

dorsalis, 519.

pallidus, 520.

zaarensis, 519.

Florisuga

mellivora, 628.

Fluvicola

pica, 168.

Fonteia

anomala, 130.

Formicarius

hoffmanni, 575.

Formicivora

intermedia, 168, 628.

strigilata, 5795.

Fringilla

estivalis, 323.

bachmanni, 323.

Fulica

americana, 468, 470.

ardesiaca, 177, 462, 464,

465, 470, 570.

armillata, 145, 465,

466, 470. -

cayennensis, 447.

chilensis, 176, 177,

464.

chloropoides, 467,

468

cornuta, 462, 463,

470.

crassirostris, 461.

frontata, 465, 466,

467.

pe as gat 465.

ee 462, 463, 464,

470.

leucoptera, 467, 468,

470.

leucopygia, 467, 468,

470.

martinica, 459.

noveboracensis, 457.

parva, 460.

ruficollis, 448.

rufifrons, 467.

stricklandi, 177, 468.

Fuligula

cristata, 4, 9, 118.

Furnarius

rufus, 140.

INDEX.

Galago

maholi, 624.

Galbula

ruficauda, 168.

Galeocerdo

arcticus, 368, 369, 371.

rayneri, 369, 370, 371.

Ss 368, 369, 370,

371.

Gallinago

Srenata, 144.

paraguaie, 144.

stricklandi, 144.

Gallinula

albifrons, 454.

cesia, 446.

cayennensis, 447.

chloropus, 462.

crassirostris, 461.

ecaudata, 451.

Jlavirostris, 460.

galeata, 176, 462, 470,

532, 570.

gigas, 448.

lateralis, 454.

mangle, 449.

martinica, 459.

martinicensis, 459.

parva, 460.

pileata, 451.

plumbea, 449.

ruficeps, 447.

ruficollis, 447, 456.

saracura, 449,

Gallophasis

albocristatus, 396.

Gallus

domesticus, 801.

Gambetta

Jlavipes, 144.

melanoleuca, 144.

Gammarus

dentatus, 411.

loricatus, 411.

mutatus, 411.

pinguis, 411.

sabint, 411.

Gazella

bennettiz, 157.

cuviert, 625.

dorcas, 625.

spekit, 157.

Genetta

felina, 624.

pallida, 624.

senegalensis, 624.

tigrina, 624.

Geodia

caribea, 131.

carinata, 152.

gibberosa, 131.

663

Geodia

zetlandica, 131.

Geopelia

placida, 387.

tranquilla, 387.

Geopsittacus

occidentalis, 158, 160,

161, 163, 165.

Geositta

cunicularia, 140, 569.

Geothlypis

equinoctialis, 627.

velata, 138, 139.

Gephyrea

armata, 108.

inermia, T7.

Gerres

lineolatus, 12.

Gibbulina

callifera, 260.

dussumieri, 260.

Gibbus :

lyonetianus, 258.

mauritianus, 260.

ego bacillus,

259.

= barclayi, 13, 17.

( ) callifer, 259.

(——-) elavulus, 16, 17.

( ) eylindrellus,

291, 294

(——) deshayesi, 290,

294.

(——) dussumieri, 260.

(——) holostoma, 259.

( ) mauritianus,

260

(

(——) moreleti, 291,

294.

) modiolus, 259.

) mondraini, 13,

(——) palanga, 260.

(——) productus, 13,

17, 259.

(—— ) striati-costa,

259.

(——) teres, 259.

( ) versipolis, 260.

(Gonidomus) sz/catus,

260.

Glaucestes

jlavirostris, 460.

Glaucidium

brodiezi, 402.

i a 570.

phalenoides, 629.

Glaucis

hirsuta, 628.

Glessula

fusca, 15, 17.

664

Gliciphila

subfasciata, 885.

Globiocephalus

svineval, 336, 340, 554,

555.

Glyphidodon

saxatilis, 226.

Gly phoglossus

pies 480, 483,

490.

Gobius

biocellatus, 154.

bleekeri, 195.

eriniger, 158, 154.

giuris, 278.

grandidieri, 10.

madraspatensis, 152.

neilli, 152, 153.

sublitus, 154.

venenatus, 154.

viridipunctatus, 154.

Gomphobates

kroyeri, 478.

notatus, 478.

Goura

coronata, 802.

Grallaria

hypoleuca, 575.

perspicillata, 575.

Grallaricula

costaricensis, 57D.

loricata, 575, 630, 628.

nana, 575.

Grantia

ciliata, 132.

compressa, 133.

ensata, 132.

Grus

americana, 567.

antigone, 567.

australis, 567.

canadensis, 567.

carunculata, 567.

cinerea, 567.

Sraterculus, 567.

leucogeranos, 526, 567.

monachus, 567.

montignesia, 567.

vipio, 507.

Guira

piririgua, 142.

Guiraca

cyanea, 627.

glauco-cerulea, 139.

Gulo

borealis, 342, 358, 360.

luscus, 331.

Gygis

Fi 4, 9, 118.

Gymnetrus

ascanti, 322.

INDEX.

Gymnetrus

capensis, 320, 322.

hawkenii, 322.

gladius, 322.

Gymnoglaux

lawrencit, 327, 328.

newtonit, 327, 328.

nudipes, 328.

Gypaetus

barbatus, 393.

Gyps

bengalensis, 391, 392,

393.

Fulvus, 391.

Hematopinus

phoce, 430.

Hematopus

niger, 529.

Halcyon

albicilla, 4, 118.

cinnamomina, 5.

reichenbachii, 4, 118.

sanctus, 116, 118.

Haliaetus

leucogaster, 397.

Haliastur

indus, 399.

leucosternus, 381.

Halicherus

griseus, 426.

grypus, 335, 340, 419,

424, 426, 427.

Halichondria

distorta, 124.

Ffarinaria, 124.

panicea, 123,

Halicryptus

spinulosus, 107.

Halicyon

richardsi, 412.

Halmaturus

bennettiz, 625.

billardiert, 2

brachyurus, 2.

derbianus, 625,

| Hapale

argentata, 262.

melanura, 262.

Hapalotis

mitchelli, 624.

Hatteria

punctata, 580.

Heliastes

crusma, 226.

insolatus, 226.

Heliornis

fulica, 469, 470.

fulicarius, 469.

| Heliothrix

auritus, 169.

Helix

silveri, 257.

(Aglaia) farrisi, 179,

180.

(Rhagada) silveri, 257.

Hemiodus

kappleri, 244.

notatus, 244.

Henicocichla

noveboracensis, 627.

Henicorhina

leucosticta, 166, 170.

| Heptranchus

indicus, 371.

Herpestes

fasciatus, 624.

Herpetotheres

cachinnans, 629.

Herpsilochmus

argentatus, 574.

rufimarginatus, 628.

Heterocnemis

albiventris, 574.

simplex, 573, 575.

Heteromys

albolimbatus, 208.

anomalus, 203, 204.

desmarestianus, 204.

fasciatus, 205.

irroratus, 205.

longicaudatus, 204.

melanoleucus, 204, 205.

thompsoni, 203.

Heteropelma

amazonum, 632.

stenorhynchum, 628,

632.

turdinum, 632.

wallacii, 632.

Heterorhina

leucosticta, 170.

prostheleuca, 170.

Himantopus

nigricollis, 144.

Hippotragus

bakeri, 214, 215, 218.

equinus, 217, 218.

miger, 218.

Hirundo

albilinea, 139.

andicola, 569.

fusca, 139.

leucorrhoa, 139.

Holanthias

fronticinctus, 225.

Holocentrum

longipinne, 225.

Holothuria

chrysacanthophora,

eaouar?, 112.

Holothuria

forcipata, 110.

priapus, 104, 106.

uhua

nipalensis, 400.

Hyena

antiquorum, 524.

brunnea, 524.

capensis, 525,

crocuta, 525.

fasciata, 525.

fusca, 524.

maculata, 525.

orientalis, 524.

picta, 497.

rufa, 525.

striata, 524.

venatica, 497.

villosa, 524.

virgata, 525.

vulgaris, 524.

Hyala

abnormis, 292.

Hyalea

angulata, 616, 618.

gibbosa, 616, 618.

globulosa, 616, 618.

infleca, 616, 618.

labiata, 616, 618.

longirostra, 616, 618,

620.

quadridentata, 616,618,

621

tridentata, 616, 618.

trispinosa, 616, 618.

uncinata, 616, 618.

Hydraspis

gordoni, 563, 564.

Hydrociecca

melanops, 461.

Hyla

albomarginata, 488.

arborea,

aurea, 3.

capistrata, 479.

citropus, 479.

dasynotus, 481, 488,

490.

infrafrenata, 481.

infulata, 488.

krefftii, 481.

labialis, 479.

leucotenia, 481, 489,

490.

levaillantii, 479.

moreletii, 479.

nigrofrenata, 481.

phyllochroa, 481.

punctata, 479.

rhodoporus, 481, 488,

490.

| ‘Hyl

INDEX.

es a 479, 489,

490.

triangulum, 481, 489,

490.

Hylambates

marmoratus, 479.

unistrigatus, 481.

viridis, 481, 487.

Hylobates

hoolock, 526.

lar, 526.

Hylodes

bogotensis, 479.

sallei, 481, 487, 490.

Hylophilus

acuticauda, 166, 170.

hypoxanthus, 627,

629.

insularis, 170, 630.

Hylorana

macularia, 479.

temporalis, 480.

| Hyperoodon

butzkof, 556.

phi 336, 340,

(Beenie lati-

frons, 334.

Hypocnemis

jlavescens, 578, 575.

hemileuca, 575.

hypoxantha, 573, 575.

melanura, 575.

Hypolimnas

coresia, 614.

Hypomorphnus

urubitinga, 633.

Hypoptopoma

thoracatum, 234.

Hypotriorchis

chiquera, 393.

femoralis, 143, 570.

Hypudzus

gronlandicus, 331.

yrax

capensis, 625,

Hystrix

leucura, 624.

malabarica, 624.

Tanthina

bicolor, 617, 619.

exigua, 617, 619.

fragilis, 617, 619.

nitida, 617, 619, 620.

Tbis

faleinellus, 145.

Tcterus

auricapillus, 167.

665

Icterus

giraudi, 167.

pyrrhopterus, 140.

vulgaris, 167.

xanthornus, 167.

Icticyon

venaticus, 498.

Ictinia

plumbea, 169.

Idmais

fulvie, 221.

tripuncta, 221, 224.

Tonornis

martinicensis, 459.

Isodictya

infundibuliformis, 122.

varians, 122.

Ixalus

femoralis, 480.

glandulosus, 479.

macropus, 480, 484,

490.

nasutus, 480, 484.

opisthorhodus, 480,

484, 490.

Jacare

longiscutata, 261.

punetulata, 529.

Julis

sancte helene, 226.

Ketupa

ceylonensis, 401.

flavipes, 401.

Kynos

pictus, 497.

Lacazia

hibernica, 105, 108.

longtrostris, 108.

Lagenocetus

latifrons, 556.

Lagenorhynchus

albirostris, 334, 336,

340, 549.

leuicopleurus, 334, 336,

340, 549.

Lagostomus

trichodactylus, 624.

Lampornis

mango, 169, 628.

Lampropsar

guianensis, 167.

Lampropygia

celigena, 169, 629.

Lanceola

parettt, 100.

666

Lanius

dominicanus, 116.

manillensis, 116, 117.

Larus

belcheri, 570.

bonapartit, 178, 570.

cirrhocephalus, 146.

dominicanus, 529.

maculipennis, 146.

melanocephalus, 178.

melanorhynchus, 178.

scoresbit, 529.

Laterirallus

gossti, 455.

hypoleucus, 454.

Leistes

anticus, 140.

superciliaris, 140,

Lemnus

hudsonius, 349.

norvegicus, 624.

Lemur

albimanus, 624.

catta, 624.

nigrifrons, 624.

rufifrons, 624.

xanthomystax, 624.

Leo

marinus, 190.

Lepidosiren

annectens, 286.

Leporinus

frederici, 244.

hypselonotus, 244.

megalepis, 229, 244.

Leptopterus

melaleucus, 116.

Leptoptila

albifrons, 60.

cassini, 59, 60.

cerviniventris, 59, 60.

dubusi, 60.

erythrothorax, 60.

Jamaicensis, 60.

plumbeiceps, 59, 60.

rufacilia, 59, 60.

verreauxi, 60.

Leptotriccus

superciliaris, 389.

sylviola, 389.

Lepus

arcticus, 351.

glactalis, 335, 339, 340,

3851.

variabilts, 351,

Lesbia

forficata, 169.

Lesinia

farcimen, 101.

Lethrinus

ramak, 9,10.

INDEX.

Leuciscus

stigma, 198.

Leucocyon

lagopus, 521.

Leucosticte

arctoa, 580.

brandti, 580.

brunneinucha, 580.

gigliolii, 579.

griseinucha, 580.

hematopygia, 580.

tephrocotis, 580.

Lichenops

erythropterus, 141.

perspicillatus, 141.

Lichia

glauca, 225,

Limnocinclus

acuminatus, 8.

Limnodynastes

affinis, 480.

dumerilii, 478.

krefftii, 480.

platycephalus, 480.

Limnopardalis

variegatus, 444,

Limnornis

curvirostris, 138, 141,

636.

Liopelma

hochstetteri, 478.

Lithodermus

cuneus, 94,

Litiopa

bombyx, 617, 619,

621.

Litoria

latopalmata, 481.

wilcoxti, 481.

Liuperus

elegans, 479.

Loncheres

myosurus, 203.

Lonchura

anomala, 203.

Lophiomys

emhausit, 183.

Lophophorus

cuvieri, 623.

impeyanus, 297.

refulgens, 1.

Lophornis

regine, 629.

Loricaria

acuta, 235.

barbata, 235.

lamina, 239, 240,

lanceolata, 235, 236.

platystoma, 236, 237,

238.

Loricaria

rostrata, 235.

Loxodonta

africana, 262, 264.

Loxosiphon

aspergillum, 104.

elegans, 104.

Lumbricus

echiurus, 109.

edulis, 79.

oayurus, 83.

phalloides, 78.

thalassema, 112.

Luponia

castanea, 178, 180.

similis, 178.

Lupus

anthus, 502, 503,

506.

aureus, 504.

chanco, 501.

gigas, 501.

laniger, 501.

mexicanus, 502.

occidentalis, 501.

pallipes, 504.

sylvestris, 501.

vulgaris, 501.

Lutodeira

chanos, 12.

Lutra

brasiliensis, 64, 66.

solitaria, 66.

vulgaris, 64, 624.

Lycalopex

cancrivorus, 514.

Ffulvicaudus, 511.

vetulus, 511.

Lycaon

tricolor, 497.

typicus, 497.

venaticus, 496,

497.

Lyciscus

cagotis, 508.

Lycornis

cornuta, 463.

Lysca

ardesiaca, 464.

Macacus

assamensis, 566.

cynomolgus, 624.

lasiotus, 60, 61.

nemestrinus, 624.

rhesus, 567, 624.

Macherirhyncbus

flaviventer, 884.

Machetornis

rivosa, 142, 168.

Macrobrachium

africanum, 366, 368,

586, 587.

americanum, 363, 368,

585

formosense, 364, 368,

586.

gangeticum, 365.

longidigitum, 365, 368,

586.

Macrochlamys

tenuicula, 14, 17.

Macroclemmys

temminckii, 622,

Macrocolus

halticus, 200.

Macrodon

trahira, 239.

Macrones

tengara, 275, 278, 279.

Macropus

giganteus, 625.

rufus, 62d.

Mallotus

arcticus, 411, 420.

Manatus

hydropithecus, 360.

simia, 360.

Mecocerculus

leucophrys, 171.

Megalixalus

infrarufus, 480, 485.

Megalophrys

guttulata, 490.

Megaloprepia

magnifica, 387.

Megalotis

cerdo, 520.

lalandii, 523.

Megapodius

senex, 7, 118.

Megaptera

longimana, 336, 340,

548

Megarhynchus

pitangua, 168.

Meleagris

gallopavo, 300.

Meles

anakuma, 207.

chinensis, 206, 207, 208,

209

leptorhynchus, 207.

leucurus, 206, 207, 208,

209.

taxus, 206, 207, 624.

amurensis, 207.

Melictes

beskii, 498.

Melo

diadema, 374, 375.

INDEX.

Melo!

ducalis, 374, 375,

georgine, 374.

umbilicata, 374.

Melosia

arctica, 541,

Melozone

biarcuata, 324,

leucotis, 326.

rubricata, 326.

Melursus

labiatus, 73.

Mentula

cucurbitacea marina,

Menura

alberti, 52.

superba, 49, 53, 262,

victoria, 52, 53.

Mesoprion

annularis, 150.

chirtah, 150, 151.

malabaricus, 150,

151.

Messaga

delicia, 224.

hesparia, 224.

maritona, 224.

Metallura

cupreicauda, 569,

tyrianthina, 169, 629.

Metopiana

peposaca, 146.

Metriopelia

aymara, 570.

Mico

argentatus, 256.

melanurus, 256.

sericeus, 257, 262.

Microcerculus

leucosticus, 170.

Micronisus

badius, 394,

Micropterus

cinereus, 329,

Micropygia

schomburgki, 458.

Milvago

australis, 529.

chimango, 143.

leucurus, 529.

megalopterus, 569.

pezoporus, 143.

Milvulus

violentus, 142.

Milvus

assimilis, 399.

ater, 399.

govinda, 393, 395,

399.

melanotus, 399.

Mimeta

Alavocincta, 885.

Mimus

calandria, 139.

melanopterus, 166.

modulator, 139,

Mionectes

striaticollis, 628.

Mirounga

cristata, 435.

Mixophyes

fasciolatus, 479.

Molobrus

sericeus, 140.

Molothrus

badius, 140.

bonariensis, 140.

rufo-axillaris, 138,

140.

Momotus

swainsoni, 628.

Monachus

albiventer, 415.

Monasa

grandior, 327.

morpheus, 327.

pallescens, 327,

peruand, 327.

Monodon

monoceros, 336, 338,

339, 340, 534, 552.

spurius, 556.

Montifringilla

adamsi, 580.

gebleri, 580.

nivalis, 580.

Morunga

elephantina, 188.

proboscidea, 527.

Mugil

microlepis, 11.

smithit, 9, 11.

Mus

anomatlus, 203.

barbarus, 624.

darwinit, 158.

decumanus, 339, 340,

3438, 350.

grénlandicus, 331, 349.

indicus, 158.

leptosoma, 203.

musculus, 339, 340,343,

350.

norvegicus, 350.

rattus, 157, 158.

rufescens, 158.

sylvaticus, 343.

Muscipeta

albiceps, 174.

Muscisaxicola

albifrons, 569.

668

Muscisaxicola

maculirostris, 568, 569.

mentalis, 569.

rubricapilla, 569.

Mustela

erminea, 342.

gulo, 358, 359.

Mustelirallus

albicollis, 451.

Mya

arenaria, 67.

truncata, 67, 429.

Mycetopus

falcatus, 179, 180.

Myiagra

cae rips! 6, 117, 118.

Myiarchus

cinerascens, 631.

coopert, 631.

crinitus, 631.

erythrocercus, 628, 631.

ferox, 168, 631, 632.

nigriceps, 168.

swainsoni, 632.

venezuelensis, 628, 632.

Myiobius

auriceps, 142.

nevius, 138, 142, 168.

nationi, 174, 175.

rufescens, 174, 175,

569.

vieillotides, 168.

Myiodynastes

eile 168.

Myiotheretes

rufiventris, 138, 141.

Myiozetetes

cayennensis, 628.

guianensis, 168.

Myletes

duriventris, 229, 247.

Myodes

grénlandicus, 343, 349,

350

hudsonius, 3438, 349,

350.

torquatus, 334, 339,340,

842, 348, 349, 350.

Myrmeciza

hemimelena, 575.

immaculata, 575.

marginata, 175.

ruficauda, 175.

Myrmecobius

fasciatus, 3.

Myrmecophaga

jubata, 211.

Myrmotherula

brevicauda, 175.

cinereiventris, 575.

fulviventris, 575.

INDEX.

Myrmotherula

hematonota, 575.

minor, 175.

unicolor, 575.

Myrtis

Francesce, 569.

Myzomela

rubratra, 4, 5, 116,

118.

Nanina

imperfecta, 13.

nitella, 290.

philyrina, 13.

virginia, 290.

(Macrochlamys) geof-

Sreyi, 289, 294.

( ) nitella, 258.

( )powert, 293,

294.

) virginia, 257.

(Rotula) cernica, 12, 17,

258.

(Xesta) de-crespigniz,

179, 180.

(——) sulcifera, 15,

Nannophrys

ceylonensis, 480, 482.

Naucrates

ductor, 10.

Nemosia

ruficeps, 167.

Neoctantes

niger, 571, 572, 575.

Neophron

ginginianus, 392.

percnopterus, 392.

Neopus

malaiensis, 396, 399.

ettapus

pulchellus, 388.

Neurosigma

siva, 615.

Nevillia

lucida, 289, 294.

picta, 289, 294.

Ninox

scutellatus, 402.

Nisaetus

bonelli, 397.

isus

gracilis, 633.

magnirostris, 633.

Noctua

cunicularia, 148.

nudipes, 328.

Nothura :

maculosa, 1438.

Notophorus

torquatus, 43, 44.

Novyacula

cultrata, 228.

sancte helene, 226,

228,

Numenius

borealis, 8.

hudsonicus, 176, 570.

pheopus, 8,118.

Nyctereutes

procyonoides, 522,

523.

Nycticorax

caledonicus, 118.

goisagi, 4, 8, 118.

Ochetostomuin

erythrogrammon, 113.

gertneri, 112.

grohmanni, 112.

lessoni, 112.

mutatorium, 112.

Ochthoéca

leucophrys, 171, 569.

setophagoides, 168, 170,

ulrels

Octodon

cumingti, 530.

Oculina

rosed, 132.

virginea, 564.

Oculinaria

australis, 564.

Odobzenus

rosmarus, 427.

CEdicnemus

superciliaris, 176, 570.

Omphalotropis

borbonica, 292, 294.

Onocrotalus

thagus, 269.

Ophiocephalus

gachua, 274.

kelaarti, 277.

punctatus, 277, 278,

279.

striatus, 280.

Ophryzone

kaupi, 383.

Opisthocomus

cristatus, 306, 311.

rea

gladiator, 336, 340, 543,

549, 550.

Orchilus

ecaudatus, 628, 631.

Oreas

canna, 625.

Oreophilus

ruficollis, 570.

Oreotrochilus

estella, 569.

Orthonyx

spaldingi, 386.

spinicaudus, 386.

Ortygarchus

cayennensis, 447.

mangle, 449.

Ortygometra

albicollis, 451.

carolina, 450.

cayanensis, 451.

chilensis, 456.

cinerea, 456.

flaviventris, 455.

Jamaicensis, 455, 456.

lateralis, 454.

melanops, 461.

minuta, 455.

quadristrigata, 4, 8,118.

ryx

leucoryx, 625.

Oryzoborus

torridus, 167.

Otaria

Salklandica, 528.

hookeri, 190.

ae 185, 190, 192,

leonina, ot

Otis

australis, 471, 473, 475,

476

houbara, 475.

hori, 471, 473, 475,

476.

nigriceps, 476.

tarda, 471, 472, 473,

476.

Otocyon

caffer, 523.

lalandii, 523.

Otogyps

calvus, 391.

Otolithus

argenteus, 9, 10.

Otus

brachyotus, 143, 400.

Ovibos

moschatus, 331, 335,

339, 340, 342, 351.

Ovis

aries, 339, 340, 356.

eycloceros, 624.

musimon, 625.

tragelaphus, 625.

Oxydoras

acipenserinus, 230.

Beraudrent 617, 619.

Oxyrhamphus

Alammiceps, 326.

Frater, 326.

INDEX.

Pachybatrachus

robustus, 557, 558,

560,

Pachymatisma

listeri, 131.

Pachyrhamphus

albescens, 634.

albinucha, 635.

albogriseus, 168.

cinereus, 635.

mitratus, 635.

Pagomys

Fetidus, 335, 339, 340,

360, 412, 413, 414,

429, 425,

grenlandicus, 422.

hispidus, 411,

Pagophilus

. grenlandicus, 335, 340,

407, 412, 413, 416,

419, 424, 426, 427.

Palzmon

carcinus, 586.

cementarius, 586, 587.

gaudichaudi, 586, 587.

Jamaicensis, 585.

ornatus, 586.

haliaetus, 397.

Papilio

aconthea, 603.

adonea, 600.

amulia, 222.

dirtea, 613.

evelina, 600.

lubentina, 600.

melissa, 604.

monina, 608.

pelsa, 611.

Pardirallus

variegatus, 444,

Parra

gallinacea, 388,

jacana, 145,

Parula

pitiayumi, 166, 627.

ruficeps, 636

Patagona

gigas, 569

Pavo

nigripennis, 531.

Pectinator

spekei, 156.

Pelecanus

conspicillatus, 268, 269.

crispus, 267, 269.

fuscus, 268, 269.

javanicus, 266, 268,

269,

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1868, No. XLIV.

669

Pelecanus

minor, 267.

mitratus, 266, 267, 268

269.

moline, 268, 269.

onocrotalus, 2, 264,

265, 266, 267, 268,

269.

philippensis, 268, 269.

rufescens, 266, 267, 268,

269.

trachyrhynchus, 268,

269.

Pelopia

brevifrons, 17.

Penelope

cristata, 298.

Pentacrinus

europeus, 204.

Percnostola

fortis, 575.

Periophthalmus

kelreuteri, 11.

Peristera

brachyptera, 60.

macrodactyla, 60.

Perognathus

bicolor, 202, 204.

cricetodipus, 202.

fasciatus, 201, 205.

flavus, 203.

hispidus, 202.

monticola, 202, 204.

parvus, 201, 203.

penicillatus, 201.

Petalostoma

minutum, 98.

Petasophora

cyanotis, 169.

iolata, 569,

Petrogale

canthopus, 625,

Peucea

estivalis, 323.

botterii, 328.

boucardi, 322, 323,

cassinii, 3238.

notosticta, 322, 323.

ruficeps, 323.

Pezoporus

formosus, 159, 165.

occidentalis, 165.

Phacochcerus

eliant, 47, 48.

ethiopicus, 46, 47.

africanus, 46, 47,

barbatus, 47.

haraja, 47.

kotropotamus, 35.

pallasii, 47.

670

Pheeoprogne

fusca, 139.

Phaéthornis

anthophilus, 628.

guy, 168.

haéton

candidus, 9, 118.

Phalacrocorax

brasilianus, 146.

carunculatus, 529.

magellanicus, 529.

Phalangista

vulpina, 625.

Pharomacrus

fulgidus, 628.

Phascocherus

eliani, 46.

africanus, 46, 47.

edentatus, 47.

incisivus, 46.

larvatus, 35.

typicus, 47.

Phascogale

penicillata, 4,

Phascolomys

wombat, 625.

Phascolosoma

ethiops, 90.

agassizti, 92.

albo-lineatum, 91.

ambiguum, 97.

antillarum, 96.

arcuatum, 88,

australe, 86.

bernhardus, 86, 87.

boreale, 84.

cementarium, 87.

capsiforme, 83, 84, 114.

carneum, 85.

cochlearium, 94.

constellatum, 94.

coriaceum, 86.

cumanense, 86.

cylindratum, 94.

elongatum, 895.

fasciatum, 89, 96.

fasciolatum, 97.

flavum, 97.

forbesi, 83.

genuense, 95.

gouldit, 85.

glans, 96.

granulatum, 88, 97,

granulosum, 95.

grayt, 88.

guttatum, 93.

harveit, 82.

hawkinsii, 92.

immodestum, 96.

javanense, 94.

INDEX.

Phascolosoma

Jeffreysii, 88.

Johnstoni, 95,

leve, 89, 96.

leachii, 97.

lima, 95.

longicolle, 95.

lordi, 92.

loricatum, 94.

margaritaceum, 86.

minutum, 98.

multitorquatum, 93.

nigrescens, 94.

nigriceps, 90, 114.

noduliferum, 92.

nordfolcense, 97.

obscurum, 84.

erstedii, 84.

orbiniense, 93.

oxyurum, 83.

pacificum, 96.

papiliferum, 86.

papillosum, 95.

pectinatum, 96.

pellucidum, 86.

perlucens, 90, 114.

placostegi, 89.

planispinosum, 93.

plicatum, 93.

pourtalesi, 98.

punctatissimum, 84,

puntarene, 94.

pygmeun, 86.

radiata, 101, 102.

rapa, 86.

riiseti, 96.

rubens, 85.

spinicauda, 93.

strombi, 87.

tenuicinctum, 83.

tigrinum, 97.

truncatum, 102.

tuberculatum, 87.

varians, 94.

vermiculum, 85.

violaceum, 85.

vulgare, 84.

(Aspidosiphon) ¢rwn-

catum, 102.

Phascolosomum

ambiguumn, 97.

antillarum, 96.

bernhardus, 87.

capitatum, 87.

dentalii, 87.

echinorhynchus, 80.

Ffasciolatum, 97.

flawum, 97. -

forbesi, 83.

genuense, 95.

gouldii, 85.

Phascolosomum

granulatum, 88, 97.

granulosum, 95.

harveyi, 82.

johnstoni, 95.

leachii, 97.

lima, 95.

noduliferum, 92.

nordfolcense, 97.

papillosum, 95.

pourtalesi, 98.

punctatissimum, 85.

puntarene, 95,

rubens, 85.

strombi, 87.

tenuicinctum, 83.

tigrinum, 97.

vulgare, 84.

Phasianus

reevesit, 115, 210.

torquatus, 210.

Pheucticus

chrysogaster, 569.

Philydor

columbianus, 167, 170.

panerythrus, 170.

rufus, 170.

Phlogopsis

macleannant, 575.

Phoca

albicauda, 416.

annellata, 414.

barbata, 334, 335, 340,

419, 424, 425, 426,

427, 430.

bothnica, 414.

canina, 411.

communis, 411.

concolor, 414.

cristata, 435.

cucullata, 435.

desmarestii, 416.

dimidiata, 435.

discolor, 414.

dorsata, 416.

falklandica, 192.

fasciata, 414.

fetida, 402, 408,

414,

Srederici, 414.

grinlandica, 360, 414,

416, 425, 486, 437.

rypus, 426.

Laird 426.

hispida, 414.

isidoret, 435.

Jubata, 190.

lagura, 416.

leonina, 435.

leporina, 360, 424, 425,

426.

Phoca

leucopla, 435.

linnei, 411.

littorea, 411.

mitrata, 435.

miilleri, 416.

oceanica, 416.

ilayt, 416.

amet 426.

semilunaris, 416,

stelleri, 190.

thienemanni, 426.

ursina, 331, 342, 357,

, 360. :

variegata, 411.

vitulina, 333, 403, 411,

412, 424.

Phoczena

communis, 71, 336, 340,

361, 534, 550, 551.

tuberculifera, 551.

Pheenicopterus

ignipalliatus, 145.

Pholeoptynx

cunicularia, 143, 175,

ae 261, 570.

oni

Eg 167.

Phrygilus

= eg 568, 569.

atriceps, 569.

Sruticeti, 569.

noderus, 529.

ocularis, 568.

plebeius, 568, 569.

speculifer, 569.

ee 188, 189

antiquorum, , ,

336, 340, 547.

latirostris, 188.

sibbaldii, 187, 188,

189.

lignarius, 634.

miatus, 138, 143.

Picumuus

squamulatus, 629.

INDEX.

Piezorhynchus

nitidus, 383.

Pionus

sordidus, 169.

Pipra

aureola, 168.

auricapilla, 628.

filicauda, 628.

Pipreola

Sormosa, 168, 172, 628.

melanolema, 628.

Pitangus

bellicosus, 142.

rufipennis, 168.

Pithex

oinops, 566.

simillima, 75, 76.

strepitans, 75.

Pittosoma

michleri, 575.

Placellodomus

frontalis, 627.

ema

macaria, 221.

macarina, 221, 294,

Platacanthus

agrensis, 278.

madraspatensis, 286,

Platalea

* aaja, 145,

Platymantis

platydactyla, 481.

Platyplectrum

emarginatus, 229.

guttatus, 232.

Plectropterus

gambensis, 261.

rueppelli, 262.

Pleurodema

bibronii, 482.

Plicifer

nevilli, 293, 294.

Plotus

antareticus, 177.

bicornis, 146.

micropterus, 220.

rollandi, 146.

rubricollis, 220.

671

| Podilymbus

antarcticus, 177, 178,

570.

brevirostris, 178.

‘odoa

surinamensis, 469,

Peecilodryas

superciliosa, 384.

Pohlia

palmipes, 479.

Polioaetus

ichthyaetus, 397.

Polioptila

buffoni, 166, 626.

dumicola, 139.

Polyacanthus

cupanus, 275,

Polymastia

bulbosa, 124.

radiosa, 124.

robusta, 124.

Polypedates

cavirostris, 480, 486,

490.

eques, 486.

lividus, 479.

maculatus, 485.

nanus, 480, 485, 490.

nasutus, 480, 486, 490.

pleurostictus, 480.

reticulatus, 480, 486.

rufescens, 480, 486.

Pomacentrus

leucostictus, 226.

Pomatomus

telescopium, 225.

Poospiza

nigro-rufa, 140,

Porcula

papuensis, 33.

salviania, 33.

taivana, 26,

Porcus

babirussa, 43.

guineensis, 36.

Porphyrio

antiquorum, 459.

chloronotus, 459.

martinicus, 459, 460,

470

70.

melanotus,4, 8,117, 118.

parvus, 459, 460, 470.

tavoua, 459.

Porphyriops

aeasatearin 461, 470.

leucopterus, 175, 461.

melanops, 175, 461,470,

Porphyrula

martinica, 459, 460,

Portax

picta, 625,

672

Porzana

albicollis, 450, 451,

470

70.

albigularis, 453, 454,

470.

carolina, 450, 470.

castaneiceps, 453, 470.

cayennensis, 450, 451,

452, 470.

cinerea, 455, 456, 470.

concolor, 452, 453, 470.

erythrops, 457, 458,

470

exilis, 456.

fasciata, 453.

flaviventris, 450, 455,

470.

haurwelli, 453, 470.

Jamaicensis, 450, 455,

470.

leucopyrrha, 453, 454,

470.

levraudi, 452, 470.

maruetta, 450.

melanophea, 450, 453,

454, 455, 470.

notata, 455, 456, 470.

noveboracensis, 450,

457, 458, 470.

rubra, 452, 470.

schomburgki, 457.

spilonota, 455, 456, 470.

tabuensis, 456.

Potamochcerus

africanus, 35, 36.

albifrons, 36.

larvatus, 35, 37.

penicillatus, 36, 37,

625.

porcus, 37.

Premnocopus

undulatus, 56,

Presbytes

albigena, 183.

Priacanthichthys

maderaspatensis, 193.

Priacanthus

boops, 225.

Priapula

caudata, 105.

Priapulus

brevicaudatus, 106.

caudatus, 104, 105, 106,

108

glandifer, 106.

hibernicus, 105, 106,

108.

tuberculato-spinosus,

106, 114

Priapus

humanus, 105, 106.

INDEX,

Prochilodus

nigricans, 229,

Procnias

occidentalis, 167.

Progne

FSurcata, 532.

fusca, 139.

tapera, 139, 627.

Proteles

cristatus, 525.

lalandit, 525, 530.

Psamathia

anne, 5, 116, 118.

Pseudalopex

antarcticus, 513.

zare, 512.

gracilis, 513.

griseus, 512,

magellanicus, 512,

Pseudaspidosiphon

clavatum, 103.

gracile, 103, 114.

spratti, 103.

Pseudechis

australis, 3.

Pseudobufo

subasper, 479.

Pseudoleistes

virescens, 140,

viridis, 140.

Pseudomeles

leucurus, 207.

Pseudoscarus

russellii, 154.

Psittacula

guianensis, 169,

Pterobalena

communis, 188.

Pteronura

sandbachii, 61, 62, 63,

Pteroptochus

niger, S71.

Pteropus

argentatus, 531.

hypomelanus, 531.

medius, 404.

poliocephalus, 526.

Ptilinopus

pelewensis, 7, 118.

roseicapillus, 7.

Ptiloleptis

guira, 142.

Ptilotis

versicolor, 386.

Ptychocherus

plicifrons, 41.

Pucrasia

xanthospila, 210.

Puffinus

opisthomelas, 9, 118,

Puntius

Jilamentosus, 197.

melanampyx, 585.

stigma, 278.

(Capoeta) lepidus,

196.

( ) puckelli, 197.

(Leuciscus) jilamento-

sus, 196.

(Puntius) stigma,

198.

Pupa

(Pupilla) exigua, 13,

17.

Purpura

lapillus, 186.

Pygosceles

wagleri, 577.

Pyranga

ardens, 167.

bidentata, 388.

hepatica, 388, 389.

testacea, 388, 389.

Pyrgisoma

biarcuatum, 324, 325.

cabanisi, 324, 326.

kieneri, 324, 325,

326.

leucote, 326.

rubricatum, 325, 326.

xanthusi, 326.

Pyrgita

biarcuata, 324, 325.

Pyrocephalus

atropurpureus, 175.

mexicanus, 142,

obscurus, 175.

parvirostris, 142,

rubineus, 142, 175,

569

Pyrrhorhynchus

Sformosus, 172.

Pyxicephalus

edulis, 478.

rugosus, 479.

Querquedula

flavirostris, 146.

oxyptera, 146, 570.

versicolor, 146.

Rallina

castanea, 452, 453.

fasciata, 4, 7, 118.

Rallus

albicollis, 451.

antarcticus, 445, 470,

aquaticus, 443,

bicolor, 446.

cesius, 446.

carolinus, 450.

Rallus

castaneus, 452, 453.

cayanensis, 451.

chiricote, 447.

cinereus, 456.

concolor, 452, 453.

crepitans, 444.

erex, 457.

elegans, 444, 470.

exilis, 456.

flaviventer, 455.

éimmaculatus, 446.

Jamaicensis, 455,

kiolo, 451.

leucopyrrhus, 454.

limicola, 445.

longirostris, 444, 470.

maculatus, 443, 444,

470.

maculosus, 443.

maximus, 447.

melanophaius, 453.

melanops, 461.

melanurus, 449,

minutus, 455.

nigricans, 446, 449,

470

olivaceus, 451.

pectoralis, 4, 8, 117,

118.

poliotis, 452.

rhytirhynchus, 145,

ruficollis, 457.

rufopennis, 445.

rythirhynchus, 446,

470, 570.

salinasi, 456.

sanguinolentus, 145,

446

semiplumbeus, 445,

470.

setosus, 446.

stolidus, 450.

superciliaris, 455.

uliginosus, 445,

variegatus, 444,

virginianus, 445,

470.

specu, 144, 145,

Ramphoczenus

melanurus, 628.

Ramphoceelus

dimidiatus, 627.

venezuelensis, 167,

Rana

fusca, 478.

kuhlit, 482.

liebigit, 480,

montezume, 478.

temporaria, 361, 487.

INDEX,

Rangifer

grenlandicus, 352.

tarandus, 335, 339, 340,

625,

Rappia

argus, 479.

citrina, 481.

flavomaculata, 481.

fornasinii, 479.

Sfulvo-vittata, 479.

fuscigula, 479.

insignis, 479.

lagoensis, 480, 487,

490.

marginata, 479,

marmorata, 487.

microps, 481.

nasuta, 481.

reticulata, 480.

saline, 479.

steindachneri, 479.

teniata, 479.

Rectes

tenebrosus, 6, 118.

Rhinoceros

bicornis, 529,

nasalis, 441, 442.

oswellii, 492.

sondaicus, 442.

Rhinochetus

Jubatus, 2, 115, 116.

Rhipidura

albiscapa, 383.

lepida, 6, 117, 118.

torrida, 6

Rhodinocichla

Rhomboidichthys

——, 226.

Rhyncheea

semicollaris, 144,

Rhynchichthys

ornatus, 149,

Rhynchocyclus

cerviniventris, 175,

sulphurescens, 168.

Rhynchotis

rufescens, 114, 116.

Rhynchotus

aenntalates 532.

Rhypticus

saponaceus, 225,

Rhytina

gigas, 342, 357.

Rissoa

monodonta, 289.

Romaleosoma

eupalus, 222,

losinga, 223.

673

Rorqualus

musculus, 547.

Rufirallus

boeckii, 453.

Rupicapra

tragus, 623, 625.

Sacalius

indicus, 493, 504.

Saccomys

anthophilus, 2

Salamandra

maculosa, 255, 256.

Salamandrina

perspicillata, 254,

255.

Salarias

atlanticus, 225.

Salmo

salar, 213, 214, 247,

253

tion

maculipectus, 167.

olivascens, 167.

Saxicola

enanthe, 480.

Sarcidiornis

regia, 532.

Sardis

fabricii, 186.

Sargus

capensis, 225.

Saurophagus

sulphuratus, 142.

Sayornis

cineracea, 168, 628.

Scarus

strigatus, 226.

Scatophagus

tetracanthus, 10.

Schreberus

bremseri, 108.

Sciuropterus

volucella, 624.

Sclerostoma

clathratum, 263, 264.

sipunculiforme, 262,

263, 264.

Sclerurus

pes a ibe 630.

etta, 630

dango

frenata, 144,

Scomber

colias, 225.

Scops

asio, 57.

atricapillus, 58.

barbarus, 56, 57.

brasilianus, 57, 58,

629.

674

Scops

‘ammeola, 56, 57.

kennicotti, 57.

lophotes, 58.

nudipes, 57.

portoricensis, 58.

trichopsis, 57.

ustus, 58.

watsoni, 58.

Scorpzena

mellissi, 225, 228.

scorfina, 225

Scrobicularia

(Capsa) rostrata, 292,

294.

Scrofa

domestica, 38.

Scymnus

Lorene 543.

Sebastes

nigropunctatus, 225,

227.

Sepia

Lae 552.

Sericulus

chrysocephalus, 404.

melinus, 622.

Seriola

lalandii, 225.

Serpophaga

nigricans, 142.

subcristata, 142, 175.

Serranus

impetiginosus, 225.

Serrasalmo

humeralis, 229.

Setophaga

ruticilla, 166.

verticalis, 166.

Sibbaldius

borealis, 336, 548.

ilurus

punctatus, 155.

Simenia

Bagot 505, 506.

Sim:

oa 262.

Siphunculus

dentalii, 87.

tuberculatus, 88.

Sipunculus

eneus, 81.

ambiguus, 97.

angasii, 80, 88, 114.

balanophorus, 78.

bernhardus, 87.

capttatus, 87.

carneus, 85.

clavatus, 103.

cochlearius, 94.

corallicolus, 82.

INDEX,

Sipunculus

deformis, 80, 114.

echinorhy ynchus, 79.

edulis, 79, 110.

elegans, 104.

eximio-clathratus, 81.

fasciolatus, 97.

flavus, 97.

genuensis, 95.

gigas, 79.

gouldit, 85.

granulatus, 98.

indicus, 79.

johnstoni, 95.

levis, 89, 96.

leachii, 97.

lumbriciformis, 100.

nordfolcensis, 97.

nudus, 77, 79, 82.

oxyurus, 83.

papillosus, 95.

phalloides, 78.

punctatissimus, 84.

reticulatus, 78.

robustus, 80.

rufofimbriatus, 79.

saccatus, '77, 78.

strombus, 86.

tesselatus, 78.

tigrinus, 97.

tuberculatus, 87.

verrucosus, 88.

vulgaris, 84.

(Cryptosomum) ce-

mentarius, 87.

(——) dentalii, 87.

aa strombi, 87.

(Gidematosomum)

glans, 96.

Sore) immodestus,

mat pygmeus, 86.

—) rapa, 84, 86.

(Phascolosoma) con-

charum, 87.

( ) erstedii, 84.

(Phascolosomum) aus-

tralis, 86.

( ) borealis, 84.

( ) carneus, 85.

(——) coriaceus, 86.

(—-) elongatus, 85.

( ) forbesiz, 83.

(——) gouldti, 85.

( ) harveyt, 83.

) obscurus, 84.

(——) papillifer, 86.

(——) pellucidus, 86.

(——) rubens, 85.

( ) seutatus, 101.

) radiatus, 102.

Sipunculus

(Phascolosomum) Ze-

nuicinctus, 83.

(——) vermiculus,

85.

(——) violaceus, 85.

(——) vulgaris,

(Phymosomum) antil-

larum, 96.

(——) cochlearius, 94.

( ) constellatus, 94.

( ) eylindratus, 94.

(——) genuensis, 95.

( ) granulosus, 95.

(——) guttatus, 93.

(——) javanensis, 94.

( ) gohnstoni, 95.

(——) longicollis, 95.

) loricatus, 94,

arr: lumbriciformis,

a=) multitorquatus,

(——) nigrescens, 94.

See noduliferus,

( - nodulosus, 92.

(——) orbiniensis, 93.

(——) papillosus, 95.

(——) plicatus, 93.

are puntarene, 95.

( spinicauda, 93.

ore tuberculatus,

(——) varians, 94.

Siredon

mexicanum, 319.

Sisopygis

icterophrys, 141.

Sittella

leucoptera, 387.

Sittasomus

amazonus, 630.

erythacus, 630.

griseus, 630.

olivaceus, 627, 630.

stictolemus, 630.

sylvioides, 630.

Somateria

mollissima, 860.

Sparus

hasta, 10.

Spathura

underwoodt, 169.

Spatula

platalea, 145.

Spermophila

minuta, 167, 627.

telasco, 173, 569.

Sphecotheres

flaviventris, 385.

Spheniscus

megellanicus, 527.

Spiralis

bulimoides, 617, 619.

rostralis, 617, 619.

trochiformis, 617, 619.

ventricosa, 617, 619.

Spizaetus

ornatus, 629.

Spongia

penicillus, 129.

Steatornis

caripensis, 73, 165.

Stelletta

discophora, 132.

Stemmatopus

cristatus, 435.

mitratus, 435.

Stenopsis

bifasciata, 142.

Stenorhynchus

leptonyx, 192, 527.

Sterna

lunata, 4, 9, 118.

Sternaspis

affinis, 109.

assimilis, 109.

elegans, 104.

fossor, 109.

islandica, 109.

scutata, 108, 109.

thalassemoides, 109.

Sternoclyta

eyanopectus, 628.

Sternopygus

virescens, 229,

Stibochiona

coresia, 614.

nicea, 614,

Stomatia

variegata, 12, 17.

Strepsilas

interpres, 8, 118.

Strepsiceros

kudu, 526.

Streptaxis

souleyetiana, 260.

Strix

candida, 400.

choliba, 57.

crucigera, 57.

nudipes, 327, 328,

perlata, 570

rufipes, 59.

Sturnella

bellicosa, 569.

meridionalis, 167.

militaris, 529.

Sturnus

indicus, 219.

purpurascens, 219.

INDEX.

Sturnus

vulgaris, 219.

Stylifer

speciosus, 289, 294.

Stylodon

(Erepta) caldwelli,

258.

Sublegatus

glaber, 166, 168, 169,

172.

Sus

ethiopicus, 46, 48.

affinis, 27, 28.

africanus, 34, 36.

albirostris, 45.

andamanensis, 29, 30,

baberoussa, 42.

babirusa, 27.

babirussa, 43.

babyrussa, 42.

pees hee 24, 32.

bengalensis, 27, 28.

capensis, 35.

celebensis, 25.

ceylonensis, 24.

choiropotamus, 35.

cristatus, 27.

domesticus, 38.

fasciatus, 31.

gambianus, 40.

guinensis, 36.

indicus, 27, 29, 40,

625.

koiropotamus, 18, 34.

labiatus, 45.

larvatus, 18, 24, 32, 34,

35.

leucomystax, 26.

libycus, 31.

papuensis, 33.

penicillatus, 36.

pictus, 36.

porcus, 18, 36.

scrofa, 18, 25, 26, 27,

29, 30, 32, 33, 36,

41, 339, 340, 351,

625.

scrofa aper, 31.

sennaarensis, 32.

setosus aper, 31.

taivanus, 26, 27.

tajassu, 45.

timorensis, 28, 29.

torquatus, 44, 45.

verres, 38.

verrucosus, 23, 24, 25,

vittatus, 24, 25, 26, 29.

zeylanensis, 24.

675

Sus

(Centuriosus) plicipes,

41.

(Gyrosus) plicipes, 41.

Sycalis

arvensis, 140,

aureiventris, 568.

chloris, 568, 569.

luteiventris, 140.

luteocephala, 568.

Sylvia

concolor, 173.

Symbranchus

cuchia, 281.

Symphedra

action, 613.

aretes, 612.

canescens, 612, 615.

cyanipardus, 614.

dirtea, 613.

imperator, 643.

ninus, 613.

panopus, 613.

Synallaxis

egithaloides, 569.

albescens, 140, 141,

636.

albigularis, 167.

anthoides, 138, 141.

castanea, 627.

inornata, 167.

maluroides, 138, 141.

melanops, 140,

orbignit, 569.

ruficapilla, 141, 636.

spixit, 636.

striaticeps, 636.

sulphurifera, 636.

terrestris, 167.

Synancea

verrucosa, 10.

Syrinx

forbesii, 83.

granulosus, 95.

harveit, 82.

nudus, 78.

papillosus, 95.

tenuicinctus, 83.

tesselatus, 78.

Syrnium

aluco, 400.

cinereum, 59.

Sulvescens, 58, 59.

hylophilum, 58, 59.

nebulosum, 58, 59.

nivicolum, 400.

nudipes, 328,

occidentale, 59.

rufipes, 59.

Systomus

sophore, 198.

676

Tachyphonus

albitempora, 630.

luctuosus, 167.

melaleucus, 167.

Tzenioptera

coronata, 141.

ieterophrys, 141.

trupero, 141.

mesta, 141.

variegata, 635.

Tanaécia

apsarasa, 611.

arana, 611.

calliphorus, 610.

lutala, 611.

pelea, 611.

pulasara, 610, 611.

supercilia, 610, 615.

trigerta, 611.

valmikis, 610.

varuna, 610, 611.

vikrama, 612.

violaria, 612, 615.

Tanagra

cyanoptera, 139.

darwinii, 569.

melanoptera, 627,

olivicyanea, 167.

rubricata, 326.

sayaca, 139.

striata, 139.

Tanygnathus

albirostris, 262.

Tanysiptera

sylvia, 383.

Tapirus

laurillardii, 441.

Tarsopterus

trachystomus, 478.

Tatusia

peba, 378.

Taxidea

leucura, 206, 207.

Tephras

finschii, 6, 117, 118.

Tethea

cranium, 130.

ingalli, 131.

lyncurium, 130.

muricata, 131,

robusta, 131.

Tetragonopterus

melanurus, 247.

orbicularis, 229.

ovalis, 245.

Tetrao

cupido, 299.

reinhardti, 346.

urogallus, 301, 309.

Tetrapteryx

paradiseus, 567.

INDEX.

Tetrax

campestris, 475,

Thalassarctos

maritimus, 73, 624.

Thalassema

aquatica, 110.

brevipalpis, 112,

echiurus, 110.

ei ila 113.

agas, \1

ak 112, 118.

lessoniz, 112

mutatorium, 112.

neptuni, 110, 111.

pelzelnit, 113.

peronii, 112.

rupium, 110.

ecutatum, 108.

vulgaris, 110.

Thalassina

mutatoria, 112.

Thamnistes

affinis, 175.

Thamnomanes

glaucus, 175.

Thamnophilus

albicans, 574.

argentinus, 141,

574.

atricapillus, 168,

628.

borbe, 574.

cinereoniger, 574.

doliatus, 168, 571,

627.

hollandi, 574.

maor, 168,

melanurus, 574,

murinus, 574.

nigriceps, 571, 574.

tenuipunctatus, 574.

torquatus, 141.

tschudit, 574.

Thaumalea

picta, 210.

Thaumantias

chionura, 390.

Thaumastura

cora, 568, 569.

Themiste

alutacea, 98.

hennahi, 98.

lageniformis, 98, 114.

pinnifolia, 98.

ramosa, 98.

Thenea

muricata, 131.

Theonella

swinhoei, 566.

Therapon

servus, 10.

Thinocorus

ing@, 532.

orbignyanus, 570.

rumicivorus, 143, 176,

Thous

cancrivorus, 514.

Sulvipes, 514.

Thryothorus

leucotis, 626.

rutilus, 166, 626.

Thyreopsis

coralliophila, 14, 17.

Thyrorhina = 4 4?

schomburgki, 458,

470.

Thyrsites

prometheus, 225.

Tinamotis

pentlandi, 570.

Tinnunculus

alaudarius, 394.

sparverius, 143, 176,

570.

Tityra

cayana, 168.

Toccus :

erythrorhynchus, 622.

melanoleucus, 622.

Todirostrum

cinereum, 168.

ecaudatum, 631.

Totanus

solitarius, 169.

Trichechus

divergens, 427.

hydropitkecus, 360.

manatus, 331, 342, 357,

358.

obesus, 427.

rosmarus, 67, 335, 338,

339, 340, 427.

Tringa

acuminata, 4, 8, 118.

albescens, 8.

bairdi, 1388, 144, 176,

570.

bonananinn 138, 144.

campestris, 144.

dorsalis, 144.

fuscicollis, 144,

melanota, 144.

minuta, 8, 118.

Tringoides

macularia, 629.

Troglodytes

europeus, 219.

parvus, 166.

tessellatus, 569.

Trogon

viridis, 168,

Trupialis

guianensis, 140.

Turdus

amaurochalinus, 138.

aurantiirostris, 169.

chiguanco, 569.

crotopezus, 138.

fumigatus, 166, 626.

leucomelas, 138.

rufiventris, 138,

Tursio

metis, 562.

truncatus, 336, 555,

560, 561, 562.

Turtur

suratensis, 398.

Tyrannula

setophagoides, 170.

Tyrannus

crinitus, 631.

trritabilis, 631.

melancholicus, 142,

168.

violentus, 142.

Ulula

fasciata, 59.

Upeneoides

ceruleus, 194.

fasciolatus, 151.

Urochroma

melanoptera, 169.

Urocyon

littoralis, 522.

virginianus, 521, 522.

Urrua

bengalensis, 400.

Ursus

americanus, 71, 72, 78,

345, 624.

arctos, 73, 624.

Serox, 345.

Sormosanus, 73.

Srugilegus, 72.

Japonicus, 73.

labiatus, 400.

luscus, 342, 347, 359.

malayanus, 73.

maritimus, 334, 339,

340, 348, 344.

nasutus, 72, 73.

ornatus, 72.

piscator, 73.

syriacus, 73.

tibetanus, 73.

INDEX,

Urubitinga

anthracina, 629.

unicincta, 148, 175,

570.

Ute

ensata, 133.

Vanellus

cayennensis, 144.

modestus, 144.

Vermis

microrhynchoteros, 77.

Vertigo

(Alza) dorbonica, 290,

294.

Vitrina

angast, 15, 17.

Slemingii, 15.

Viverra

aurita, 520.

cancrivora, 514,

civetta, 624.

hyenoides, 525.

Volatinia

Jacarina, 167, 1738,

569.

Voluta

magellanica, 186.

Vulpes

adusta, 515.

2are, O12.

bengalensis, 517.

brasiliensis, 514.

caama, 520.

cinereo-argentatus, 519.

corsac, 518.

erucigera, 515.

ferrilatus, 493, 516.

Slavescens, 516.

Suliginosus, 521.

Sulvipes, 514.

fulvus, 518, 519.

griffithsii, 516.

griseus, 512.

indicus, 493, 517.

Japonica, 517.

karagan, 517.

lagopus, 334, 339, 340,

343, 346, 521.

leucopus, 516.

macrourus, 519.

magellanicus, 513.

melanogaster, 515,

mesomelas, 516.

montana, 516.

THE END.

677

Vulpes

nepaulensis, 516.

nilotica, 515.

pallidus, 520.

pennsylvanica, 518.

pusilla, 517.

subhimachalus, 498.

variegata, 516.

velox, 506, 508, 519.

vetulus, 512.

virginianus, 522.

vulgaris, 515.

zaarensis, 520.

Vultur

monachus, 390.

Xanthornus

pyrrhopterus, 140.

Xenophrys

monticola, 480.

Xenops

genibarbis, 627.

niger, S71.

Xenospingus

* concolor,

569.

Xiphias

gladius, 225.

Xiphocolaptes

promeropirynchus, 167.

Xiphogadus

madagascariensis, 11.

Xiphorhamphus

Faleirostris, 247.

Serox, 229.

Xylospongia

cookii, 637.

173, 174,

Zapornia

notata, 456.

Zenaida

auriculata, 176, 570.

maculata, 143.

Zeritis

thysbe, 223, 294.

Zonotrichia

botterii, 323.

boucardi, 323.

cassinii, 323.

matutina, 139.

mystacalis, 324,

pileata, 139, 569.

quinquestriata, 323.

Zosterops

semperi, 117, 118.

<0) iS WwW }

ZF 4 7

- — ‘

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

‘A

’

LIST OF THE PUBLICATIONS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Tue scientific publications of the Zoological Society are of two

kinds — “ Proceedings,” published in an octavo form, and

“ Transactions,” in quarto.

According to the present arrangements, the “ Proceedings”

contain not only notices of all business transacted at the scien-

tific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings

and recommended to be published by the Committee of Pub-

lication. From forty to fifty coloured plates and engravings

are attached to each annual volume of the ‘ Proceedings,” to

illustrate the new or otherwise remarkable species of animals

described in them. Amongst such illustrations, figures of the

new or rare species acquired in a living state for the Society’s

Gardens are often given.

The “ Proceedings” for each year are issued in three parts,

in the months of May, October, and March, the part pub-

lished in March completing the volume for the preceding year.

They may be obtained with black or coloured illustrations.

The “Transactions” contain such of the more important

communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society

as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate

them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form.

The numerous papers of Professor Owen on the Anthropoid

Apes, and on the various species of Dinornis, all form part of

this series.

Fellows, and Honorary, Foreign, and Corresponding Members,

upon payment of a Subscription of £1 1s. before the day of the

Anniversary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive all the

Society’s Publications for the year. They are likewise entitled

to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per cent. less

than the price charged for them to the Public. A further re-

duction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of Publications

issued prior to 1861, if they exceed the value of five pounds.

The following is a complete list of the publications of the

Society already issued. They may be obtained at the Society’s

Office (11, Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Longmans’ the

Society’s publishers (Paternoster Row, E.C.), or through any

bookseller :—

[April 1869.]

PROCEEDINGS OF THE COMMITTEE OF SCIENCE AND CORRE-

SPONDENCE OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

8vo. 2 vols.

To Fellows. To the Public.

Part als eieaU-ol., L voli Sv0;.ccsccccestevecs cae Price 4s. 6d. ... 6s.

SAL 1632. a OT TERRE TLS 2 eae » 4s.6d. ... 6s.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

8vo. 15 vols. and Index. (First Series.)

Priceto Price to the Price to Pricetothe

Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public.

Part ‘I. 1833. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. ... 6s. Part IX. 1841. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. ... 6s.

5s If. 1834. mae 4s. 6d. ... 6s. # X. 1842. 3 4s. 6d. ... fis.

35.) AED 1835. e 4s. 6d. ... 6s. see (Rl 843: 55 As. 6d. ... 6s.

Sy OV USs6. 33 4s. 6d. ... 6s. » AIL. 1844. . As. 6d. ... 6s.

ey V. 1837. 5s 4s. 6d. ... 6s. » XIII, 1845. ms 4s. 6d. ... 6s.

pe Wil ae: aS 4s. 6d. ... 63. >», AILV. 1846. es As. 6d. ... 6s.

» VIRSTS839} :. 4s. 6d. ... 6s. XV. 1847. as 4s. 6d. ... 6s.

» VIII. 1840. mr 4s. 6d. ... 6s. Tndez 1830-47. 33 As. 6d. ... 6s.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

8vo. 13 vols. and Index. (Second Series.)

Without Illustrations. With Illustrations.

To Fellows. To the Public. To Fellows. To the Public.

Sed. OS. Tike

Part XVI. ¥84Stivol. 8vo.4s. 6d) %.356s.0 VY Pnee 1 ol 0) vey, 6

NIMs R49. send el ssGddo tne. cri Bitguwe.” agercblerien eee

A XV B50! aM AS. Odi esac tay OSs aie vhynches ln edie Olen mee

a XIX. 1851. ie As..00. =v. 68, lee 6, 40) £0 > OL en

fe XX. 1852. ef 4s: Gd.) Ts. 68; i 4,” OO 16 Oe ree

x XXI. 1853. 3 4sh6dSlR04 6s ah W4p" OSM OFe aP ep

P.O. cata e aS 4sa6d.) weeriGs.. os. espe) 2OmOnneA Ag 16. 20

3 | CN ad 855. 7% 48,08. tiscn0 NOSa geese, allt Zee Giegseo lO ee

Be OVE cIS56:; . 48. 6d. cox 68. acct => V1 Oe eeieo

SUAS VEER TS5S: nm 4s Gap tS Osy se Ee DOP ee

» XX VIETW859: - 4st6d.o...0 MGS CRU & 1Ol2ON Ry eee

5 XX VIEL. 1860. * 48. Oder o.e8 wey 68s \iwee rts spit (LZ sO pecs e

Index 1848-60. bs AS. CdS: ave en OSed exes? i510. 741,60) pea

THE ILLUSTRATIONS OF THIS SERIES ARE ALSO SOLD SEPARATELY

IN FIVE VOLUMES, AS FOLLOWS :—

To Fellows. To the Public.

Seen e #£ os. d.

Mammalia ........... 1 vol., contaming 83 Plates ... Price 2 8 0 .. 3 3 O

INVES.’ scsicaciendenueetew ee 2 vols., pe i173 anes Ad »o 4 15 ‘0 (2.6 worU

Reptilia et Pisces ... 1 vol., aS 435; ARG St ao Oe 110 6

Mollusca........-ss0a 1 vol., a 71 ee ogg LS, Br ODO

Annulosa et Radiata 1 vol., a 90 ,, Gee >» 2 8°00 saa

PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF

THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 8vo.

Complete. Letterpress only. Illustrations only.

To To the To To the To To the

Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public.

1861, cloth 32s......... Al Secccvened 4s. 6d OSecenss.2 O78 iOdescacanes 4ls

62, Be a eS as waite TALS asnceens ASHOds secu vee Geiveassoss 278 Odcsccceee 4ls.

VWSGHivesst THSLS S.0. dase A] SH teen 49° Od). ccdee Oshie-.? oo: QT SIGE: ches 41s.

WSG45 6 45. B28. ccccnese AT Siss-sscees 4s. 6d......06- Garecevnees DSiOO secs sane 4ls.

W865; 4, (S2stse-e. ATS. Site AST GAES. xd. sOSe-nceets DiSHOde=:..+00s 4ls.

S665 55) S2si.cucccs AT Si scsesves 4s. 6d...000..- GSoc.cce0se DOSE Occ. oe ce 41s.

With Illustrations, With Illustrations,

Uncoloured. Coloured.

To Fellows. To the Public. To Fellows. To the Public.

1867, Cloth ..ecsrcsseceeceeee lls. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 32s. 6d. ... 47s. 6d.

1868; cloth cccccccsnccseesess lls. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 32s.6d.... 47s. 6d.

TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF

LONDON. 4to.

To Fellows. To the Public.

#£ s. d. £s. d.

Vol. I., containing 59 Plates ... .. Price 313 6 ... 418 O

Vol. II., 55 hinds; ei wea Lng, 24 OND 5 6 6

Vol. I1I., is 63s, bo searamasy Se SVG 411 0

Vol. IV. s 7k ws owe aah. wns OH 2ETO 84 286

Vol. V., G74 55 = ADTs, WHOIS 6 619 0

Vol. VI., Part ee 33 te i ae ROO ya BED

Vols Vis esl TT A103; ed ath it ae ailoteg.eeO Pier eG" 0

Vol. VI, pyle, 6 |G, ec ers, el ee am, 116 0

WVoleVI is 53 TV. / 12-55 a alt yield 7 0 116 0

Moly Vilsees3) Veen Lt vss 2h =e. weeds FO 116 0

Wal Vil sy VIs. 8 55 vase UL? Tit 10 116 0

Wols VI, 5 VEL; 25u, 3; s . 1160 2850

The following are the ans of the most billy published

Parts of the “ Transactions ”

Vol. VI. Part 5. Price 36s. “ teseaciten of the Remains of Three

Extinct Species of Elephant found in the Zubbug Cave, Malta,”’ by George

Busk, F.R.S.; “On a Species of Dormouse occurring in the Fossil State

in Malta,” by. A. Leith Adams.

Vol. VI. Part 6. Price 36s. ‘On the Osteology of the Cachalot,’

by W. H. Flower, F.R.S.; “ On a Picture supposed to’represent a Didine

Bird,” by Alfred Newton.

Vol. VI. Part 7. Price 48s. ‘‘An Account of the Fishes of the States

of Central America, based on Collections made by Captain Dow, F. God-

man, Hsq., and O. Salvin, Esq.,” by Albert Giinther, M.D.

A LIST OF VERTEBRATED ANIMALS LIVING IN

THE GARDENS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON (Fourth Edition), 1866.

This List contains the scientific and vernacular names of ail the species

of Vertebrates in the Society’s Collection arranged in systematic order,

and forms a complete record of all the specimens that have been exhibited

alive in the Society’s Gardens in the years 1863, 1864, 1865, and 1866.

The total number of the species is as follows:—Mammals 339, Birds 721,

Reptiles 73, Batrachians 25, Fishes 54; total 1212. Price 1s. 6d.

Now ready, price £25, in two volumes, bound in half-morocco,

containing 100 coloured plates,

ZOOLOGICAL SKETCHES

By JOSEPH WOLF.

THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON,

FROM ANIMALS IN THEIR VIVARIUM.

EDITED, WITH NOTES,

By PHILIP LUTLEY SCLATER, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S,,

SECRETARY TO THE SOCIETY.

Tuts series of Drawings was undertaken with the object of preserving a

faithful record of the living characters of the most rare and interesting

Animals in the Vivarium of the Zoological Society of London.

In selecting the subjects, particular regard has been paid to those species

which exhibit aptitude for acclimatization, either as objects of economic

value, or simply as additions to the Exotie Animals which are now so

frequently seen in the parks and on the ornamental waters of Europe.

The Drawings have been executed in Water Colours, after most careful

study, by Mr. Wor, who may be fairly said to stand alone in minute

knowledge of the habits and forms of Mammalia as well as of Birds; and

the Lithographic copies, partly printed in colour and then finished by hand,

are in such exact fac-simile as to be scarcely distinguishable from the ori-

ginals.

The Letterpress, prepared by the Editor, embraces all particulars of in-

terest relating to the general history, habits, distribution, and use of the

Animals illustrated in the Plates.

London: GRAVES AND Co., Pall Mall.

Price 6d., Sewed,

A GUIDE TO THE GARDENS

OF THE

ZCOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Twenty-first Edition, corrected according to the present Arrange-

ment of the Gardens,

By PHILIP LUTLEY SCLATER, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S.,

SECRETARY TO THE SOCIETY.

London: Brapnury Anp Evans, 11, Bouverie Street; and at the Society's

Gardens in the Regent’s Park.

q My

aan wi

ha?

Lae

bat

A sa

; f

# bow HAD why: mn

Pigs ee war Dsl! ia

» ee Oaining ya Wer

i Oy as ahestar 2 oe UNial eh Nn ing 1 iy:

i ‘gh: eae ibe YW ase Al 4 aie

x ie a a Ht Ua ace reo iad Lf Pa Pry he

a Mat }) SL eee flee ay 9 ap i inwish ou) Nm, an

Reh, Ae we ey ce A ay §. TR ane 3

Buty ohcswrk ip Ait ot lair ie a Mead inaea ¢

es ba at ie; om i ipits: bine war chy NA ty SINC

utes, 1D hy Gi: Eh Wert peony VO. tee Vac. aaa tha ee

tel eA Fit Bears Se +9 ai? 8 Lig Haid Pe ae 1h as yey) Wak,

egy Aiiarranie CN ea Del) |) avi VAG ag hae eatin

aiss i eu) # Fi Lae be ai oa PW hee ee ce) | lenin

Crreiis a ne

‘ke i ee er Hi li hy oe Rr aN, ial A

iP Aity ua ie Wan vn on rN eat sae ne he ded ee Ele

iu ies ARB ; aah 'y a:

oa i) lea oe,

iH ' tj 7 Attn,

, ;

\ eae ye pee,

son eat oe

, ae at ae nd. ig! sie

Ay, werag i) a, - :

cranes vag aes Pie ae Lead, NON

oe j besiaie/ ta, “shi iy

en Geen